language-pack-gnome-pl-base/0000755000000000000000000000000012321560320013061 5ustar language-pack-gnome-pl-base/COPYING0000644000000000000000000004310312321560320014115 0ustar GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2, June 1991 Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too. When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software. Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations. Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program. You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.) These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program. In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License. 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable. If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code. 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it. 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License. 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License. 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License. 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. NO WARRANTY 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. Copyright (C) This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. , 1 April 1989 Ty Coon, President of Vice This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General Public License instead of this License. language-pack-gnome-pl-base/data/0000755000000000000000000000000012321560320013772 5ustar language-pack-gnome-pl-base/data/static.tar0000644000000000000000000562000012321556601016003 0ustar usr/share/help-langpack/pl/totem/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000016743412316541440023316 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 ]>
Podręcznik <application>Odtwarzacza filmów Totem</application> 2003 Chee Bin HOH 2009 Philip Withnall Odtwarzacz filmów Totem jest odtwarzaczem multimediów dla środowiska GNOME domyślnie używającym GStreamer, ale mogącym także używać xine. Wspiera większość kodeków dźwiękowych i wideo włącznie z m.in. DVD. Wspiera funkcje takie jak wyjście TV, odtwarzanie pełnoekranowe, napisy i inne. Projekt dokumentacji GNOME Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. Ten podręcznik jest częścią kolekcji podręczników użytkownika GNOME dystrybuowanych na zasadach GFDL. Aby rozpowszechniać ten podręcznik w odłączeniu od kolekcji, należy dołączyć kopię licencji do podręcznika, jak wyjaśniono to w sekcji 6. licencji. Nazwy używane przez firmy by wyróżniać swoje produkty i usługi są zazwyczaj zarejestrowanymi znakami towarowymi. Jeśli występują one w dokumentacji GNOME, w przypadku gdy są znane przez członków Projektu Dokumentacji GNOME, są one napisane wielkimi literami lub zaczynają się od wielkiej litery. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Chee Bin HOH GNOME Documentation Project cbhoh@gnome.org Baptiste Mille-Mathias GNOME Documentation project Update documentation baptiste.millemathias@gmail.org Philip Withnall Update documentation philip@tecnocode.co.uk Totem Movie Player Manual V2.0 August 2006 Chee Bin HOH cbhoh@gnome.org GNOME Documentation Project Totem Movie Player Manual V3.0 February 2009 Philip Withnall philip@tecnocode.co.uk GNOME Documentation Project Podręcznik opisuje wersję 2.26 odtwarzacza filmów Totem. Informacje zwrotne To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Totem Movie Player application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page. Totem Movie Player totem Wprowadzenie Odtwarzacz filmów Totem jest odtwarzaczem filmów dla środowiska GNOME korzystającym z GStreamer i biblioteki xine, dającym możliwość odtwarzania filmów i utworów. Odtwarzacz filmów Totem dostarcza następujące funkcje: Obsługuje różnorodne formaty plików dźwiękowych i wideo. Udostępnia różnorodne tryby powiększeń i proporcji obrazu oraz tryb pełnoekranowy. Obsługa przewijania i regulacja głośności. Lista odtwarzania. Obsługa napisów. Nawigacja przy pomocy klawiatury. Pełen zestaw wtyczek włącznie z pobieraniem napisów, przeglądarką YouTube i nagrywarką płyt wideo. Odtwarzacz filmów Totem jest dostarczany z następującymi funkcjami: Generator miniaturek wideo dla GNOME. Program do podglądu dźwięku dla środowiska GNOME. Karta właściwości w programie Nautilus. Pierwsze kroki Uruchamianie <application>Odtwarzacza filmów Totem</application> Odtwarzacz filmów Totem można uruchomić w następujący sposób: Menu Programy Choose Sound & Video Movie Player . Wiersz poleceń Aby uruchomić Odtwarzacz filmów Totem z wiersza poleceń, należy wprowadzić poniższe polecenie i nacisnąć Enter: totem Aby wyświetlić inne dostępne opcje uruchamiania z wiersza poleceń, należy wprowadzić totem --help, i nacisnąć Enter. Po uruchomieniu <application>Odtwarzacza filmów Totem</application> Po uruchomieniu Odtwarzacza filmów Totem zostanie wyświetlone następujące okno:
Okno startowe <application>Odtwarzacza filmów Totem</application> Shows Totem Movie Player main window with sidebar opened on playlist. Contains menubar, display area, sidebar, elapsed time slider, seek control buttons, volume slider and statusbar.
Okno Odtwarzacza filmów Totem zawiera następujące elementy: Pasek menu. Pasek menu zawiera wszystkie polecenia które są potrzebne do używania Odtwarzacza filmów Totem . Obszar wyświetlania. Na obszarze wyświetlania pojawia się film albo wizualizacja aktualnego utworu. Panel. Panel wyświetla właściwości odtwarzanego pliku oraz listę odtwarzania. Może być także używany przez różne wtyczki, takie jak MythTV, YouTube oraz wyszukiwanie filmów/wideo. Wtyczki mogą zostać wybrane z rozwijanej listy na górze panelu bocznego. Suwak upływu czasu. Suwak upływu czasu wyświetla upływ czasu filmu lub utworu. Umożliwia także przewijanie filmu lub utworu do przodu lub do tyłu przez przeciągnięcie suwaka wzdłuż paska upływu czasu lub przez kliknięcie w żądany punkt paska. Przyciski obsługi przewijania. Przyciski obsługi przewijania pozwalają na przejście do następnego lub poprzedniego utworu oraz wstrzymanie lub odtwarzanie filmu lub utworu. Przycisk regulacji głośności. Suwak głośności umożliwia dostosowanie poziomu głośności. Pasek stanu. Pasek stanu wyświetla informację o stanie odtwarzanego filmu lub utworu. Użytkowanie Otwieranie pliku To open a video or an audio file, choose CtrlO Movie Open . The Select Movies or Playlists dialog is displayed. Select the file or files you want to open, then click OK. Można przeciągnąć plik z innego programu takiego jak np. menedżer plików do okna Odtwarzacza filmów Totem. Po przeciągnięciu pliku na obszar wyświetlania plik zastąpi bieżącą listę odtwarzania i zostanie natychmiast odtworzony. Po przeciągnięciu pliku na panel plik zostanie dołączony do bieżącej listy odtwarzania. Odtwarzacz filmów Totem otworzy i odtworzy film lub utwór. Odtwarzacz filmów Totem wyświetli tytuł filmu/utworu w belce tytułowej okna i w liście odtwarzania na panelu. Przy próbie otwarcia nieobsługiwanego formatu Odtwarzacz filmów Totem wyświetli okno błędu. Błąd pojawia się często przy braku poprawnie zainstalowanych kodeków. Informacje o kodekach można znaleźć na stronie WWW Odtwarzacza filmów Totem. Można kliknąć dwukrotnie plik dźwiękowy lub filmowy w menedżerze plików Nautilus, aby odtworzyć go w oknie Odtwarzacza filmów Totem. Otwieranie z położenia To open a file by URI (location), choose CtrlL Movie Open Location . The Open Location dialog is displayed. Use the drop-down combination box to specify the URI you would like to open (it lists URIs which have previously been opened) – or type one in directly – then click on the Open button. Jeśli w schowku znajduje się adres URl, zostanie on automatycznie wstawiony do okna dialogowego. Aby odtworzyć film (DVD lub VCD) Insert the disc in the optical device of your computer, then choose MoviePlay Disc . To eject a DVD or VCD, choose CtrlE Movie Eject . Wstrzymanie filmu lub utworu To pause a movie or song that is playing, click on the Shows pause button. button, or choose CtrlSpace Movie Play / Pause . You may also use the P key to pause or play a movie. To resume playing a movie or song, click on the Shows play button. button again, or choose CtrlSpace Movie Play / Pause . Wyświetlanie właściwości filmu lub piosenki To view the properties of a movie or song, choose View Sidebar to make the sidebar appear, and choose Properties in the drop-down list at the top of the sidebar. Nawigacja pomiędzy filmami i utworami Można przechodzić pomiędzy filmami i utworami w następujący sposób: Przechodzenie naprzód To skip forward through a movie or song, choose Right Go Skip Forward . Przechodzenie wstecz To skip backwards through a movie or song, choose Left Go Skip Backwards . Przejście do To skip to a specific elapsed time in the movie or song, choose CtrlK Go Skip to . The Skip to dialog is displayed. Use the spin box to specify the elapsed time (in seconds) to skip to, then click OK. Pole pozwala również na użycie bardziej naturalnego języka. Można wprowadzić czas w formatach "hh:mm:ss", "mm:ss" lub "ss"; gdzie "hh" oznacza godzinę, "mm" oznacza minuty a "ss" oznacza sekundy do których należy przejść. Przemieszczanie do następnego filmu lub utworu To move to the next movie or song, choose AltRight Go Next Chapter/Movie or click on the Shows a seek next button button. Przejście do poprzedniego filmu lub utworu To move to the previous movie or song, choose AltLeft Go Previous Chapter/Movie or click on the Shows a seek previous button button. Zmiana dopasowania obrazu do okna Zmiana rozmiaru wideo Można zmienić dopasowanie okna do obrazu w następujący sposób: To zoom to fullscreen mode, choose F11 ViewFullscreen. You can also use the F key to toggle fullscreen mode. To exit fullscreen mode, click on the Leave Fullscreen button or press Esc, F11 or F. To change the size of the original movie or visualization, choose Ctrl0 ViewFit Window to Movie and choose a scale ratio. Zmiana proporcji obrazu To switch between different aspect ratios, choose A View Aspect Ratio . Ustawianie głośności To increase the volume, choose Up Sound Volume Up . To decrease the volume, choose Down Sound Volume Down . Aby ustawić poziom głośności, można także użyć przycisku głośności. Należy nacisnąć przycisk i wybrać poziom głośności suwakiem. Ustawianie okna zawsze na wierzchu To make the Totem Movie Player window always on top of other application windows, choose Edit Plugins . Select the Always on Top plugin to enable it. The Totem Movie Player window will now stay on top of all other windows while a movie is playing, but not while audio or visualizations are playing. Aby wyłączyć funkcję bycia zawsze na wierzchu, należy włączyć wtyczkę Zawsze na wierzchu. Aby uzyskać więcej informacji na ten temat należy zobaczyć . Wyświetlanie/ukrywanie elementów sterujących To show or hide the Totem Movie Player window controls, choose CtrlH View Show Controls , or press the H key. You can also right-click on the Totem Movie Player window, then choose CtrlH Show Controls from the popup menu. Jeżeli opcja Wyświetlanie elementów sterujących jest zaznaczona, Odtwarzacz filmów Totem wyświetli pasek menu, pole upływu czasu, przyciski obsługi przewijania, przycisk głośności i pasek menu. Jeżeli opcjaWyświetlanie elementów sterujących jest odznaczona, elementy te zostaną ukryte i będzie wyświetlany tylko obszar wyświetlania. Zarządzanie listą odtwarzania Wyświetlanie lub ukrywanie listy odtwarzania To show or hide the playlist, choose ViewSidebar or click on the Sidebar button, and choose Playlist on the top of the sidebar. Zarządzanie listą odtwarzania You can use the Playlist dialog to do the following: To add a track or movie To add a track or movie to the playlist, click on the Add button. The Select Movies or Playlists dialog is displayed. Select the file that you want to add to the playlist, then click Add. To remove a track or movie To remove a track or movie from the playlist, select the item or items to remove from the playlist, then click on the Remove button. To save the playlist to a file To save the playlist to a file, click on the Save Playlist button. The Save Playlist dialog is displayed; specify the filename as which you want to save the playlist, and click Save. To move a track or movie up the playlist To move a track or movie up the playlist, select the item from the playlist, then click on the Move Up button. To move a track or movie down the playlist To move a track or movie down the playlist, select the item from the playlist, then click on the Move Down button. Zaznaczanie/odznaczanie powtarzania Aby włączyć/wyłączyć powtarzanie, należy wybrać EdycjaPowtarzanie. Zaznaczanie/odznaczanie trybu losowego Aby włączyć/wyłączyć tryb losowy, należy wybrać EdycjaTryb losowy. Wybór napisów Aby zmienić język napisów należy w WidokNapisy wybrać język w jakim mają być wyświetlane napisy. Aby wyłączyć wyświetlanie napisów, należy wybrać WidokNapisyPusty. Domyślnie, Odtwarzacz filmów Totem wybiera domyślnie taki język napisów, jaki jest normalnie używany podczas pracy. Odtwarzacz filmów Totem automatycznie wczytuje i wyświetla napisy jeżeli plik który je zawiera ma taką samą nazwę jak odtwarzany plik wideo i rozszerzenie asc, txt, sub, srt, smi, ssa lub ass. Jeśli plik napisów posiada inną nazwę niż nazwa odtwarzanego filmu, można wybrać prawym przyciskiem myszy film w liście odtwarzania i wybrać Wybierz plik napisów z wyświetlonego menu kontekstowego, aby wczytać właściwy plik napisów. Można również wczytać napisy WidokWybierz plik napisów. Przy użyciu wtyczki Pobieranie napisów można również pobrać napisy z serwisu OpenSubtitles. Aby uzyskać więcej informacji na ten temat należy zobaczyć . Pobieranie zrzutu ekranu To take a screenshot of the movie or visualization that is playing, choose Edit Take Screenshot . The Save Screenshot dialog is displayed. Choose a location and insert the filename as which you want to save the screenshot, then click on the Save button to save the screenshot. Odtwarzacz filmów Totem wyświetli podgląd zrzutu ekranu po lewej stronie okna Zrzut ekranu. Tworzenie galerii zrzutów ekranu To create a gallery of screenshots of the movie or visualization that is playing, choose Edit Create Screenshot Gallery . The Save Gallery dialog is displayed. Choose a location and insert the filename as which you want to save the gallery image, then click on the Save button to save the screenshot. Można określić szerokość poszczególnych zrzutów ekranu w galerii w polu Szerokość zrzutów ekranu. Domyślną wartością jest 128 pikseli. Można również określić liczbę zrzutów ekranu umieszczanych w galerii. Domyślnie liczba ta jest obliczana na podstawie długości filmu; jednak, można ją zmienić przez odznaczenie pola wyboru Obliczanie liczby zrzutów ekranu i wprowadzenie nowej liczby w polu Liczba zrzutów ekranu. Wtyczki Odtwarzacz filmów Totem posiada wiele funkcji dostępnych w formie wtyczek — oprogramowania, które zostaje wczytanie tylko jeśli jest potrzebne. Aby włączyć wtyczkę Aby wyświetlić listę zainstalowanych wtyczek należy wybrać EdycjaZrzut ekranu. Zostanie wyświetlone okno Zrzut ekranu. Proszę wybrać położenie i wprowadzić nazwę pliku do jakiego ma zostać zapisany zrzut, i nacisnąć przycisk Zapisz. Aby włączyć wtyczkę należy zaznaczyć pole wyboru po lewej stronie nazwy widocznej na liście wtyczek, a wtyczka zostanie natychmiast wczytana. Jeśli wystąpi błąd podczas wczytywania wtyczki zostanie wyświetlone okno błędu. Aby wyłączyć wtyczkę należy odznaczyć pole wyboru. Wtyczki zostaną włączone lub wyłączone według ustawień nawet gdy Odtwarzacz filmów Totem jest zamknięty. Zawsze na wierzchu Po włączeniu wtyczki Zawsze na wierzchu główne okno Odtwarzacza filmów Totem znajdować się będzie zawsze nad innymi oknami podczas odtwarzania filmu, jednak nie podczas odtwarzania utworu lub podczas wyświetlania wizualizacji. Aby zmienić to zachowanie należy wyłączyć wtyczkę. Klient DLNA/UPnP Coherence Wtyczka Klient DLNA/UPnP Coherence pozwala Odtwarzaczowi filmów Totem na odtwarzanie zawartości multimedialnej serwerów UPnP (np. serwerów Coherence) w sieci lokalnej. Po włączeniu wtyczki Klient DLNA/UPnP Coherence należy wybrać F9WidokPanel lub nacisnąć przycisk Panel, aby wyświetlić panel. Następnie należy wybrać opcję Klient DLNA/UPnP z listy rozwijanej znajdującej się na górze panelu aby wyświetlić panel Klienta DLNA/UPnP Coherence. Widok drzewa w panelu wyświetli listę dostępnych serwerów multimediów. Naciśnięcie na jeden z nich rozwinie go wyświetlając rodzaje dostępnych multimediów na danym serwerze, a naciśnięcie na katalog multimediów rozwinie listę dostępnych plików multimediów. Podwójne naciśnięcie na plik doda go do listy odtwarzania Odtwarzacza filmów Totem i go odtworzy. Można zamiast tego nacisnąć prawym przyciskiem myszy na plik i wybrać Odtwórz lub Dodaj do listy odtwarzania, aby natychmiast odtworzyć plik lub dodać go na końcu listy odtwarzania. Jeśli zezwala na to serwer, wybranie opcji Usuń z menu kontekstowego pliku pozwala na usunięcie pliku z serwera multimediów. Adnotacje Gromit Wtyczka Adnotacje Gromit pozwala rysować na filmach podczas ich odtwarzania przy użyciu programu Gromit. Przed włączeniem wtyczki konieczna jest instalacja programu Gromit — aby uzyskać więcej informacji na temat instalacji programów należy sprawdzić dokumentację systemu operacyjnego. Po włączeniu wtyczki należy nacisnąć CtrlD, aby włączyć lub wyłączyć Gromit. Gdy Gromit jest włączony kursor zmieni się w krzyżyk. Aby rysować na ekranie należy nacisnąć i przytrzymać przycisk myszy i przesunąć kursor przed zwolnieniem przycisku myszy. Aby wyłączyć Gromit należy ponownie nacisnąć CtrlD. Aby wyczyścić adnotacje należy nacisnąć CtrlE lub zamknąć Odtwarzacz filmów Totem. Jamendo Wtyczka Jamendo pozwala na odsłuchiwanie kolekcji muzyki publikowanej na licencji Creative Commons pod adresem Jamendo Aby skonfigurować wtyczkę Wtyczkę Jamendo można skonfigurować. Należy nacisnąć na przycisk Konfiguruj podczas włączania wtyczki, a zostanie wyświetlone okno Konfiguracja wtyczki Jamendo. W tym miejscu można wybrać czy piosenki mają być pobierane w formacie Ogg czy MP3. (Ogg jest zalecanym formatem ze względu na jego otwartoźródłową naturę); oraz liczbę albumów do pobrania podczas wyszukiwania (można zwiększyć liczbę albumów przy szybszym łączu internetowym). Po zakończeniu należy nacisnąć OK. Aby wyświetlić panel boczny Jamendo Po włączeniu wtyczki Jamendo należy wybrać F9WidokPanel lub nacisnąć przycisk Panel, aby wyświetlić panel. Następnie należy wybrać opcję Jamendo z listy rozwijanej znajdującej się na górze panelu aby wyświetlić panel Jamendo. Aby wyszukać muzykę Należy wprowadzić termin wyszukiwania w pole wyszukiwania na górze panelu Jamendo. Można wyszukiwać nazwy artystów lub etykiet. Aby rozpocząć wyszukiwanie należy nacisnąć przycisk start. Wyniki wyszukiwania zostaną wyświetlone w widoku drzewa na stronie Wyniki wyszukiwania panelu i mogą być przeglądane przy użyciu przycisków strzałek na dole panelu. Albumy są wyświetlane formie list i po kliknięciu w wybrany album znajdujące się na nim ścieżki zostaną wyświetlone w liście. Ponowne kliknięcie w album ukrywa ścieżki albumu. Po wybraniu artysty można nacisnąć na Stronie albumu na jamendo, aby otworzyć stronę albumu na stronie Jamendo. Podwójne kliknięcie w album lub wybranie opcji Dodaj do listy odtwarzania z menu kontekstowego albumu zastępuje listę odtwarzania ścieżkami z tego albumu i rozpoczyna przesyłanie strumienia tego pliku ze strony Jamendo. Podwójne kliknięcie na poszczególną ścieżkę zastępuje bieżąca listę odtwarzania jedynie tym plikiem. Popularne albumy i ostatnie wydania Przejście do karty Popularne w panelu Jamendo spowoduje wyświetlenie listy obecnie najbardziej popularnych albumów na Jamendo, które mogą zostać odtwarzane tak jak w przypadku wyszukiwania. Przejście do karty Najnowsze wydania spowoduje, w ten sam sposób, wczytanie listy najnowszych wydań albumów na Jamendo. Wyszukiwanie lokalne Wtyczka Wyszukiwanie lokalne pozwala na wyszukiwanie filmów i plików muzycznych na komputerze na którym jest uruchomiony Odtwarzacz filmów Totem. Po włączeniu wtyczki należy wybrać F9ViewPanel lub nacisnąć przycisk Panel, aby został wyświetlony panel. Następnie należy wybrać opcję Wyszukiwanie lokalne z listy rozwijanej na górze okna panelu aby wyświetlić panel Wyszukiwania lokalnego. Aby wykonać wyszukiwanie należy wprowadzić termin wyszukiwania w polu na górze panelu i nacisnąć przycisk Znajdź. Wyszukiwanie może zawierać symbole wieloznaczne, takie jak *, które pasują do wielu znaków. Na przykład, wyszukiwanie *.mpg wyszuka wszystkie filmy o rozszerzeniu .mpg. Wyniki wyszukiwania mogą być przeglądane przy użyciu przycisków Wstecz i Dalej na dole panelu; można również przejść do określonej strony wyników wyszukiwania przez wprowadzenie jej numeru w odpowiednim polu. Publikowanie listy odtwarzania Wtyczka Publikowanie listy odtwarzania pozwala na publikowanie list odtwarzania w sieci lokalnej, aby inne komputery mogły uzyskać do niej dostęp i je odtwarzać. Aby skonfigurować wtyczkę The Publish Playlist plugin can be configured. Click on the Configure button when enabling the plugin, and the configuration dialog will be displayed. Here, you can change the name which will appear for your playlist share. The following strings will be replaced when playlists are published: %a Replaced with the program's name: Totem Movie Player. %h Replaced with your computer's host name. %u Replaced with your username. %U Replaced with your real name. %% Replaced with a literal percent sign. Można również zaznaczyć pole wyboru Używaj szyfrowanego protokołu jeśli współdzielone listy odtwarzania mają być szyfrowane podczas przesyłania w sieci. Po zakończeniu należy nacisnąć przycisk Zamknij. Aby opublikować listy odtwarzania Po włączeniu wtyczki nie trzeba ręcznie publikować list odtwarzania; są one automatycznie udostępniane w sieci w postaci strony Zeroconf. Przeszukiwanie otoczenia Aby wyświetlić współdzielone listy odtwarzania innych użytkowników w sieci lokalnej należy wybrać opcję Otoczenie z rozwijanej listy na górze panelu. Jeśli zostały opublikowane w sieci listy odtwarzania, będą one widoczne. Podwójne naciśnięcie na wybraną listę odtwarzania spowoduje odtworzenie jej. Pobieranie napisów Wtyczka Pobieranie napisów pozwala na znajdowanie i pobieranie plików napisów z serwisu OpenSubtitles. Można pobrać napisy jedynie dla filmów zapisanych na komputerze; nie można pobierać napisów dla plików dźwiękowych, płyt DVD, płyt VCD, strumieni DVB lub HTTP. Aby wyszukać napisy dla aktualnie odtwarzanego filmu należy wybrać WidokPobieranie napisów, który wyświetli okno Pobierania napisów. Z rozwijanej listy, znajdującej się na górze okna należy wybrać język napisów do pobrania, a następnie nacisnąć przycisk Znajdź, aby wyszukać napisy dla bieżącego filmu. Napisy są znajdowane na podstawie zawartości filmów, a nie na podstawie nazw plików czy etykiet. Wyniki wyszukiwania wyświetlane są w postaci listy w widoku drzewa po środku okna. Obecnie, napisy mogą być używane przy odtwarzaniu filmu jedynie po ponownym wczytaniu filmu wraz z napisami, więc po zaznaczeniu wybranych napisów należy nacisnąć przycisk Odtwórz z napisami, aby pobrać napisy a następnie wczytać ponownie film. Pobrane pliki napisów są przechowywane w pamięci podręcznej (domyślnie w katalogu ~/.cache/totem/subtitles), aby nie trzeba ich było pobierać ponownie podczas odtwarzania filmu. Podczas pobierania nowych napisów do filmu wszelkie uprzednio pobrane napisy dla tego filmu są usuwane. Miniaturka Wtyczka Miniaturka wstawia do ikony okna głównego Odtwarzacza filmów Totem miniaturkę aktualnie odtwarzanego filmu i uaktualnia ikonę po wczytaniu nowych filmów. Jeśli nie została utworzona miniaturka obecnie odtwarzanego filmu (lub jeśli odtwarzany jest plik dźwiękowy) ikona okna głównego zostanie zostanie zastąpiona logo Odtwarzacza filmów Totem Nagrywarka płyt wideo Wtyczka Nagrywarka płyt wideo pozwala na nagrywanie bieżącej listy odtwarzania w formacie DVD-Video lub VCD przy użyciu programu Brasero. To burn the current playlist, choose MovieCreate Video Disc. A Brasero dialog will be displayed, giving options for converting the movies to the appropriate format and burning them to disc. For more information, see the Brasero documentation. Przeglądarka YouTube Wtyczka Przeglądarka YouTube pozwala na wyszukiwanie i przeglądanie YouTube, a także na odtwarzanie filmów z YouTube bezpośrednio w Odtwarzaczu filmów Totem. Po włączeniu wtyczki należy wybrać F9WidokPanel lub nacisnąć przycisk Panel, aby wyświetlić panel, a następnie wybrać YouTube z listy rozwijanej na górze panelu aby wyświetlić panel YouTube. Aby wyszukać filmy z YouTube należy wprowadzić termin wyszukiwania w pole na górze panelu i nacisnąć przycisk Znajdź. Wyniki wyszukiwania zostaną wyświetlone w postaci widoku drzewa. Większa liczba wyników zostanie automatycznie wczytana podczas przewijania listy. Aby odtworzyć film należy kliknąć dwukrotnie w liście wyników lub wybrać Dodaj do listy odtwarzania z menu kontekstowego. Podczas odtwarzania filmu zostanie automatycznie wczytana strona z listą Powiązanych filmów w panelu YouTube. Filmy z YouTube można otwierać w przeglądarce internetowej wybierając opcję Otwórz w przeglądarce WWW z menu kontekstowego. W ten sposób film zostanie otworzony w swoim oryginalnym położeniu na stronie YouTube. Usługa D-Bus Wtyczka Usługa D-Bus wysyła powiadomienia o odtwarzanej w Odtwarzaczu filmów Totem ścieżce przez szynę sesji D-Bus. Programy takie jak Gajim mogą pobierać te powiadomienia i w odpowiedni sposób reagować, np. uaktualniając status komunikatora, aby wyświetlać nazwę aktualnie odtwarzanego filmu w Odtwarzaczu filmów Totem. Preferencje To modify the preferences of Totem Movie Player, choose Edit Preferences . Ogólne Sieć Należy wybrać prędkość połączenia internetowego z listy Prędkość połączenia. Napisy Automatyczne wczytanie pliku napisów po wczytaniu pliku wideo: zaznaczenie tej opcji spowoduje automatyczne wczytanie plików z napisami o tej samej nazwie co film po wczytaniu pliku wideo. Czcionka: należy wybrać tę opcję, aby zmienić czcionkę używaną do wyświetlania napisów. Kodowanie: należy wybrać tę opcję, aby zmienić kodowanie używane do wyświetlania napisów. Wyświetlanie Wyświetlanie Należy wybrać Automatyczne skalowanie okna po wczytaniu nowego pliku wideo, aby Odtwarzacz filmów Totem automatycznie dostosowywał swój rozmiar po wczytaniu nowego pliku. Należy zaznaczyć opcję wygaszania ekranu, aby zezwolić na uruchamianie wygaszacza ekranu podczas odtwarzania dźwięku. Niektóre monitory ze zintegrowanymi głośnikami mogą zatrzymać odtwarzanie dźwięku gdy zostaje uruchomiony wygaszacz ekranu. Efekty wizualne Efekty wizualne podczas odtwarzania plików dźwiękowych: należy wybrać tę opcję, aby podczas odtwarzania pliku dźwiękowego były wyświetlane efekty wizualne . Rodzaj efektu: należy wybrać rodzaj efektu z listy. Rozmiar wizualizacji: należy wybrać rozmiar wizualizacji z listy. Równowaga koloru Jaskrawość: należy użyć suwaka, aby ustalić poziom jaskrawości. Kontrast: należy użyć suwaka, aby ustalić poziom kontrastu. Nasycenie: należy użyć suwaka, aby ustalić poziom nasycenia. Odcień: należy użyć suwaka, aby ustalić poziom odcienia. Można również użyć przycisku Przywróć domyślne, aby przywrócić barwę koloru do jej pierwotnych pozycji. Dźwięk Wyjście dźwięku Należy wybrać rodzaj wyjścia dźwięku z listy Rodzaj wyjścia dźwięku. O <application>Odtwarzaczu filmów Totem</application> Odtwarzacz filmów Totem został napisany przez Bastien Nocera (hadess@hadess.net), Julien Moutte (julien@moutte.net) dla GStreamer, i Guenter Bartsch (guenter@users.sourceforge.net). Aby dowiedzieć się więcej o Odtwarzaczu filmów Totem, proszę odwiedzić witrynę Odtwarzacza filmów Totem. To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding the Totem Movie Player application or this manual, follow the directions in the GNOME Feedback Page. This program is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public license as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. A copy of this license can be found at this link, or in the file COPYING included with the source code of this program.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/totem/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000710412316541440022436 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find a copy of the GFDL at this link or in the file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual. Ten podręcznik jest częścią kolekcji podręczników użytkownika GNOME dystrybuowanych na zasadach GFDL. Aby rozpowszechniać ten podręcznik w odłączeniu od kolekcji, należy dołączyć kopię licencji do podręcznika, jak wyjaśniono to w sekcji 6. licencji. Nazwy używane przez firmy by wyróżniać swoje produkty i usługi są zazwyczaj zarejestrowanymi znakami towarowymi. Jeśli występują one w dokumentacji GNOME, w przypadku gdy są znane przez członków Projektu Dokumentacji GNOME, są one napisane wielkimi literami lub zaczynają się od wielkiej litery. DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT: DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. usr/share/help-langpack/pl/totem/figures/totem_start_window.png0000644000373100047300000020401712316541440026740 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000PNG  IHDR[ sBITO IDATxw|el/ !;"JS,<<ϳgorvAR!^7)[gw aT}xLfyffg晡bAI!B]2@QMS8x;Ϛ+[d#BK'?eZ UE(w@}?u;ԵB!Cj;~NhtpӢ?QyFJ: V@9jb1Uz! vNsRjsz$>cfA̩W8H([)In/y/yc:h,EBڎƛ[**ju&;*Cü4OmSPgc1M9s jy >r7XϾoW(z'+Ɔ 8ʏwh?ڵVd_jtLzRY]( @-wtVP5Jԙ65t}I8ä !dK[#!BT$^0{>Z n-jt$cVR`lP A@3b+5&N#U`(n 2:)!"rr={:(ILS0-zgWLzu+nHs ,Аӟ{YeC)K`>R; T+lO~fW4݇ӅdNP '=̆}w-X`UW^;226 㹶rs#x{b ;FIHg VX 5VN$OSO,?X=pZ h3q6BTC%{Qxb=sEc^:`i"lE5(;?j%@/opPofԮ4}Ο|V嵌9\#=pT1'\;ou,mzP-KOG  lӟ26c!B;97';Ӗy0b.)3JC|&lF#d4K }! δy(4=0gկ5 ~9{,{!CvH{@s 6ɉHQN' #Dh̫|eFL~ҲS\? RvQy6=A|8*֡FhR-o_сI/ߛ|Ǒ=LX\<﹜E'Xܹ/;Z4/PjcxW^(xGU5 !4=ni+vO]߶3>^K2+nMGbh?Zu_cG?j{Oo Q/Uo/aD6Й1|]wٝŋh;{?3~ o?@;_?iFX!饄YSξRx?zh\¬):Cag5e"zuG4!3t- %?2`#?*N6;Bh8\:v#y/x7ag+)Ϸa*.Ƀ㤆CudJTZoI6Jkbxի'LtkT*m:J+Ke^[! B 3kf ~no ^0VXZG~W&SC3hA%3l)dU͵30A( tF@' J !B2IB}\ђ)XWBvuk35rKXnĦޙ!u@`lhks~23D`?̺0Vq~x6D3ֺfxc%r+ˍzku_1l/XpYEDDs T[OJ CkefCڨ3{ !4Lmd{)p7[eJ>޹=K0#={ }$B ?_ܬŌ1 ?BhjئP/Z"Ja#ֆ~{h[ttlc Ѫ%jcnNeCwD5A 'h[Kc;`+Gg2ȵ4(.`2S]^lR-)ms-qEXC޶=#R}`6k;8Vix=i݋aϙrϒڊ*Zˤ]s'"o*+z7E݆)Wn;o*?^4+cuMDguoQ&BAcXS=i): XBDe*&}/Odt?+ !R<1cf4kǧ g B# *~>1F#&ڢF Z:,4+Sɝ>>c>2Toohqň V%lBhd-pKjtE.ٶ~eF)8;h7zԻz!*؛a%aˬ|n6W\^YUUyxd B᭐n9WV}X\n!%Am}6KǜY[aPDSl_XdjW|-;"2-M Bbs.T>7vTps8H(6²ܵ!B' YFcӏ~ւary:H(豍!BhzdW.^魜hOwDB!4H:C^2h^e/QBSh5"B]65U} RB!tDB!tc\1B!e%xm!B!:썻?z,B] W̐I~P92ߊ󦗅7&O##@Z?QqJjWd`g B16B_?_⣇Ҙ$(4-&V0= #Ӄ Ly_/ _>_U׏ 'FW zy2V[1{_g;ώ 9kkЩwB,!Ō{2@ }jOlZ +}40X,rsSɝ[qk?9]m,tq[\?=os$ e}n!@TW62Nbm<}::DD<CPn[$N|pnDR۷?lHsޟ*|$V:<˙/,ö[ccWm5b)_umpm]Z hRDđ3GKOm?1Z`)ۙmCwYǭ[?x6@M5Za]K2S2g^OR W֤)pMp5B43?|3׎hq|E}Du+p>񊛞Z;TFS͛nJ*|÷Wi41wnhrct#ni!W=6.8?-,|ZUmyg'k4m>sjF7*^֖+ykRԗxI!Z!Fh".?oM]^uśn#qφfVrCGO|t[nwvA𕷦}kr~ ]sx/|rZ"skmt܍/}?V?XRqTeE/T g]O.}p_s\{{sgdV92λwS>9-[(خSVs$yv7zr]ۖOw=R{8zq~k AO9k @u}]Cϯ۳oz&+NVN#ڄ݂B&=$ĺ3 0(9/e~yĸ?2LwBKwMOX]}j؏m~j6~[r,O I^+!Ƿyv;!Ѹc›2^k?ZCSƒ“_st eɫ|q?L֟YQ{pc231n+ROgs 9JDĈTWO[l|V O軏'o8fcWݱ# o- a|'iu=[KW~U+N.t+t K $rP( P{vcͯ޳+F&ν_&G?P ۭAhT8;fŶcR[j}se# _V?<:?9<2W^G;>Ϡ.7*+gӒcR> &gk;ޗQ;Ƿvo:=K70c_1RZ c٠ӗ4JV;*JN0J2trsqqۧ_{mmQ/~:M`:RNbnKSѼ<-'O_,hh=I}ho=pkNHՖkUN8Jw]Vjs{YMXcmt޼nzvv_ĺgYʭ:ׇ=tFڏy5J`uxF.DT s<xl. .߶¶;_4t/'Z\k>3BhgWsG{}A=!&q>Ã&O+ϧF=:Pf4Ϭ\A [+MFBȤԳhL#EE3CpVr_:P(ϔ[ @Sxgǵ׼("xW}31[b9:f@U;'Mrƨ `Lz{͡cN/ߞtmGcfLɎ=n_Rq2'8$@&R >qۇpO\ 8ڀثE <7R((\x.\?7GND,N Mc9E%z\Ӯawf*.o: IDAT1٤h˞씂B4إ;a][]!t@v*/q`=. L "MXSG߲HzG_|R_~YB3"[-N %8ێr{ûĕ S>z]8?i) l_cף̑ύ{*#yvѼa(;yӉZIOmKܥ.e_4/r}oo=q"wws'%s@L=f`[CZ{9!͉|A8IHV0{o_.Gt{s1s;xp_4ڇ1Ux냉jZ4 FhYuU鱝k_E~l|Ww[Ig_GT84q}SBXΊۼ>x(/,|7~}G~ZUx_x{<·pZ dj^Tb0ڇgcBa"<P쇞^2/{EYޚI-Iҳ#(2nYrɇV|/}u >Ydxyvb&߻;m3& "Ly3+5# b*G̞Bp_?SϾGɪOz(e:&h?3~]>exKa'DGDGDGD.N{M5w(;w:_0zQg_/tR!ϯL7SS)=\ !ŨUcł5B!t9p1^A!y!B҅m!B.mKFB!. ɞ/B!e3>~X)!4tMX #D!DB!0"B!L!B` Јp8x_Х(HIbBhs\MMunnkKMJ*!!!,,aYL!r8GϜ!N$qWQ^g.@6NvL!4RGα왳GDbm t cY6:6N2 .*a)!z>$4 AppA8n$ "@ n%]3~rc!B!!B!&BB!tyBhd!}_?X}(mBo/l|VtYǗDGG6Hiux567dY|Am!4¿mtMcKu/eG,Nag 4֬Yf͚-+P}8+I !.>g?|q{5oX?WNKK[zІ䔤C0aH,\ZgWϿ\ 3srN$'a"DKq}w!|O,f'/Һqq#֓Imo{Lf]AvOqsSF0"z*7y90mr:C&BvTQ_BZ~^w#!=Dio=0#BɈb˘.FW:o=ueer[~m;B]f͓O>k׮ڵ'\fM%'>ӵkEƎ>C`k0"~j-m~SG{P!\דEI8kxщ-Ķxd: r~j^ؙ[p^~?rگW]Loz-m\1ianZ#>cح?}_`8FRN767n|* _?Z6^]x}$`,_6?T5Gl{=ۻ%OT P-}sE"/&k߻9d)^凧KW~ƍ Xw^1ncMӷ޼O?9vxRryyV[tl#D(;Rr_d{iP^^$eYe}lUFk *vnV;qDT}pN&K(qԜLQƼww-[~MdկzݑMYׁ ΈpMh3K-X{cE}0 )PQXtF~ێŅ(Vmvj2A:uX!49nwKvqVDV;bڬ"}dk~u,xU?x{eyK/<%GjgfY.9bRVOpVAh88eyl:72ryv 9p+x0mXzZ:ESvt9u,{ܷ>vAxjO3qpusc:6|.˵ݖwtn^5\m!4 <#@7kï|O61O(p8'T89> ' 4:omwZhJU CȩCxsuV!n JRᳵ'fVK¦!{֬kI }]KVkK_m\Kg?9:d6Ϙ9h1G͘9d6R€_~nGJicǎ$lϾ\;$c"Dv}qNv3 BL9?w{OV֖eC>M`@(ڵ7_vo,WN.@q /ɘN7Y`yS~P朵"8BEL e8nnt݆Mu!sF{Qu8q̛7fl6[|uA8ۇ>P5Drŋ=JZx-,wnjOIM>sd2u=wv8y"?)%l2~÷BRɄ~SM=o=unBJ\\.zձ,!)}bBc#F=rD7==֝^tj5K>\:o%w|c)bBhw9=,8"mi"Ea$D3wbB@9j^4I,!e͇9?ߑQ%߯y w^p<}fʕ=ܼyN6{nʕCܓ'RS VwC4Mw~'I~^aJjұc9ܡVwEcn#mV|}=l6"FOW_|Ń>[o\>EW]Rs?رаU7*};yaAAeKh+j>CYB#}'BBNoq„ C{:/zɒtO-+o91"~Dŝ """:1"Hv6B.DxqDB#!B1"X]#$b"DSS?s8s|o=Bh"4669t(}hP!Y@ LII>jnB.?hZV'L!`Y6"*:0(n1B0Y!+HG`"DE He2B!0"B!L!B!B!DB!.W!FM~J@ W^!.7rVBh}'OWB!.wB!0"B!L!B!B!DB!0"B!L!B!B!DB!0"B!L!B!B!DB!0"B!L!B!B!DB!0"B!L!B!B!DB!0"B!L!B!B!0XP*;e2J9H4[V+!(JP]g%qǒc\u+یPd?X[kFz̖$9odTȨIc][:&SqubVsX ֈE" JOU[ƺ<BmRC# y?Z@[,BB mr#TreE-:&!)kE;d'ɬ5 0Oftq\}]SsZq8EߊBa"D ]K yEL_?O5dsfc}n)V/,eĬ¯EI1U}n OH/!.x]v .*(uێ utT:r*$~Ѭ,o39}r$Q%Lf(1HI^Ba"DHgZ2JkjԵ >^cʄ輓ŽZ9Flն~?C9YZzD*vSWfsFTlhkw1Bı bZO1)-.!Y׬8Pei. +#Dާ  rC-O^*H({H$b)sRcBul9yh: Df㲎pPȦNt gľQ+bf K$E UW}Ah괱 {| B2K[ϒPߜW:RRL9FOkBKl3T-36-RHX#K9~(Y1 ͸Ba"DDH8ٳe2 =ؼ_TɃ5# iF+ŞFg$ muy-d9XJ%Ba"DhSUOQȤAEq{BaƎO=QdqCb(99.4^5ԟ}bv[ B]n>Bty1Fӹٍ҆G̻bjL\8MY& QO[ q8-h2B2m}ip1ɡaAeٔ谲:EHĢIOOlj?aLo75+KB!Bl(tyܐ4<֎S*$&67VVfs$:$40@˭}e%99du8!0"4(dRLb4Y!4M\Eez}kFfSKEFdChXm^X,H%j[%}*gΫ=V:,a!Ba"D;2L.bT$D"H0 BYzv#<bXVbYƎc{n i:,8p ojm߲?95."*D*jC粬cY' H\1"&Btd>~~*[#S(=XVbhi77) jۏ=y*95g8q"`:!0˅+ 07 / @*ybD,nsrx+A߶oa_ظpk j5ac(D!L, 蠠t;5UWUW \kn9"KBÂCB2tppW]U_qEg#!&B4`,FFjܺ^`z;:y'N+2OV+kĠoZt͆vٝ¾!]2(   * YV*ȤRT*BYjw8l6[,hjO1-e6(}kd&hV$b)vcq) Y\*B!˲ ;M&d1p^Btz4~BEO$GG}ie?_?M@K4|8{Qg{!<`hljihhlnֵX}}}}GWUVV<}&\dԺhFdqV}K?`[  yBJR%'GτREFjB3u|nY@ ieY!24$(9#q5tUUtz}o"DF68QWU5J./zD!]4^^)FtDhhJbbblߙ亇Ѫs'n`Յ"&Btё+ɣGEE-NQTDh$J6 י=&^~63JRT8y܂FR'͚ehi9USQ1T5&uk!yA?B!xؤ^̫R(gfN3&yQ?́'詥mP3ucƴd?Óh̙XW}^LMumI%?מ%nh#ЗρEx;e>^xr!&BtqO3F$BϜ  ݢ&p8"Ύ#:c3vM(_P)D,`&?tks/.+,<~ۍ̄jRR4q1/cI@_AjBHPN}Ғ͜|L:g8yn;b.9m5 :!sd/͓EI$ت}wLQTT||PXXw."DFW5M'&{| EQ F^[ !3 ;[ t-%yl;sX,fY.),FܷgɄ3¢g28.+Ba"ӧx~P\tDĊ%KCBh?%`gC``GQ2wzCO-jZvE"D"q8o\fۮ]ݷ70$dҥOOdlZkB!cb2&NtVoX$-9I nS>- IDATs.t豥c#0LFiD"cfr޼3f};ot>vG vNg,{(tS GGGG{{P(dRuma"":??<9"6o=A+&3zm;M<Є c&dh?/-pcX+kϼŎH$x!&B4RHeIguUDhm7te0-<)vAAWnG:/( \.;L%gNaSnR^}ݻ¶cԹ>:["42]=;W ˲8gߞa_.`C3g[T*<B!|̝+Z#YhԩL' 59 g=%uJk&{l>؟Ca0Z[[ RdDV{޾뻒Ypʜ9P]o#仦vWP$R2T"wm6;:LmmF]bscDFӧ3o ng`^n콋[R`0T*B}E"фcCm\LRyda4ü+JYHHFsaD"DE@{`h5t `GDF&tV<~˖<{C-yϵQqm>%#]S[R쥣IOOZZZjT*uࠠۮ~Gw7*.N**.%RM;ά\&(СaAQ!*/ӤBh7UW\oڣ&?TlhkwěB!23F4}uM7CE׊@@+nӸ?{ 7:u7驥_uq\CCD"qm+|gk mpp`Xdb*d P4=H c£cEbP)WR* ˹V; Eӄ'}DB/R$r=KJvF!LBJHJOw)JP69(|׈\#B[~>[ L&lV*)5g-\B5B (a9RRdaiwdX&6.2<"$/(  %B!7i iin#~o5ur6 z}Gb3pcAwoDKxt_4vӲe?nTU[s<\&9eF'>wwttMvDQ2@ K \!c{B!;jtbpfҔyW BD.q0&*{]}fIӞ5hŤ(+&nX,UUUr-ݰd[䗔\ݧR)OJ|KbGYgf (7(Xx {IYskk\ H,"<ES !& /!-?vP(tMlp{^B^O<]>v{$= ! f-*ʥ n#Ǐ{ X^CF?aT@4U/i5ڋeritLxXxø̚eqG/,.0v(PBmMCŽӹSNv^P]nJjX,:S( eBq>F8k,VY _Dvve({iZkjjZx@"̞6^q:>IC}o渴qݘue;q2uTVx(b  mxֶw gｃ$;;|jogz f0`Y`=b \")t:nɈC "q ).B Qxs]F;K\we2Z-d5Sc,ARTNʉ!%;oex?Bc6}`"&Sƈaˆ yn~;SIB(?/|`߾, #Ґ_\kQ }V4hK<Tkl\{֗.^͵As?{wcm~Ocb%`D=FW%o A DE=c~G4,I_˨30' zV> =ϕD~ޟBPω&.GJ(L$Qk!d/շîtσZjqCPC- a޺1SJ yF ic$1{ x?kM<8}䈋~[ߊ2c“Vdt}qkqxN ꭸk(]ojT*B& i&FeGcq\ K%a[<+~CK+ C(޹5{t,p$q.6FYC?e8('MEQ,@C3U"qWK77Cӊ1z6DI>AIa;1HReil|XV1{0:1J'qqt y?;a}ivp_xnWףѨ$IA$Dcq{=Z O4:!&e, (FљT:ɏlܺ5LO?] cC$OÚjsz{\/4Ed&HD˜PF,88 /wFaO*|[A &~v:zT~`I&['3FVsz1 zPM\dzD_H>CƆa4 Ӥ_crp0~AȩA}akݝ/NDM&Q,+Krt.!1`Je2'0ƿ뿞D^^AS.₳bɡNwAL/2}pg`_2Gnݘo%IzSߒC{x>6r;7BLjr8,o0خ>13w]5 '&G1raf҃IfFXLR,7,ېD9 OLiyStz-!tt2' #sDK;zzbrRJ&"w2`^W߹sh{BiP7cx.,}^=,'Ϟu 7劆XqX,6ؗ3v_ 9]'ՏG"H I%{*ߟ/ Cl^r0}~Kuw[w`C7]15뚮{IUuP @@ױӧ]I>Z75R:sl5$$kzJx6I/"q,]H_[-ĊJSjKm4[n0k>#@ B+J:~D"W]zRo,_hlllXմBSL|G|3NPh]hԛ/ĠDx7]MQwVsT+=aXb=%ѯcAIv[W0, c zCcybCW;>I!}q{Μqu}gSNǥ+|A 5M[[[rVcߚ^{o?WGHuRAR!JMӤY%޳E^ykZyZBJ[9et}AHgonRX}bcBHϽ3a H!M1c:m4ZZh,7-.D P|.( !$B_._["R4?:w50 50Msmm-Z1 5y? !1!v[ ô.7N4vȯBa3<tl޼yd_0ZV[aF,6oB(=MecLx(3̬{@kJV6&feƹO`;247U @@=o_ڂ$ߢ!]666RT*%8MHu!;$x  2c麮\gEk;zu5Z̉ aؕes?W ~'/X4 HQ1#FTUǨlRvө6N Ad:=65ŏ k\.k|˸ԅUL{D"UQW_Hik^m.l6[f=A}ZmyB$NGag}gH&C}鉯FYVKw躑>L4pKKZA Kj1vEGNx]v/J)N8b)4Msee%%ph7c7{__GIޖ<NzE᏿GGk}gum$c6/;@JN{|O +7(^>̏s9o coлkccc}}JӠ PhiAET*u[ml#ޚ2֠]*`>DΊ;n͑ek/<w/.C_PK^1%*( ) ]^,݈:}@ P`#}M9`Y~>b]wZصFGٻ df+NDQp&;񛾖B1(îJW^s׬W;bh/!hoK>71Zn&X4:UUKc}A SI4:1:q"qAd$ XXX.6ԴmI]]AO/8E1JYWxگ_K<jQ% FF]ȝ(rG^BXpu?tfYVk2B8>h 9xwY ~9#ϯL/ugzf㚦-=$(=ǛеDbBRdZ3MӛM: 6 儲 VOdj>ׯ_.b2UTUSޟͦ66mb}݉|SPDWsΉU^v2&%ju?̤S,[( 0 @ !hHqM;7   UU.V 4b8࿐A$ #gNtqjuuu XCVAEQ$zfD&dDHAz!q/n!*sZ[s =NP_r`\!"r{RTotӁD>'] n.jhd2>s$ DKեR)LZzD &,^.[SjvYv {1  qWcP̄~ūp }fmh(RB@PTeFEqzbr:M׫*n5eCm @@896uJ\Zc(ea覩jRV+-U3 cr"E%"I( PhQ)B]sAi"H4A6EW k%7d2o˗̓؇`15Ե? D? 9đՅ 6Hvj2veR膎._A뉮b1NW{!Ċ}d:O 7/^<37j,>4 (̵_y 7(XЕzMqMy;vMH1BfϭLN ۃr6%!T&"5HraAtUΗgCtă'wvfli6@ B?8oN:׹rJvRFxsX,&H$byZ :b tmqi^Khh[M_}뭡'CR,V2\/ʲL)2B IDAT81/mJ:oύO /9~bz}?vkRZ~e|$;!9n-|mx}3wz0>AI&&\Ŗ^ۮ;u$I^J0d2a6fY*~pBeVV￟3O>p *kGBYZ-4!(8țZ$jullzo1TO9>u-2fln47f[)Os2!C\{nQB\w0@ RPpw }\s,hBY|MMTUy???()zR16_[_˿G&޲]zbEQEoUB+vhk?ff^zٺ@MӾw燐Unܜk4m#G{Q~Yϕ$N&nxOdSK̝E\6-b/ 1N $@ s r\a,#/"%Ig!8HD"ajx:u. 7o YByyNE㟗 !]q]yd۷өPcȥKI)*ѯd=^]XQ+ t;ߥXVIc9akĬ,nߙoJ(@@{BÃvV3!Z EQ (ʲlcXR.w߶Jf.-,}q;zym퇯[_{9J޿>UtP%s~r#3od?J|JKh2\f9FMSZ*d"F#J&N$cR0%wXO&]D1ުŨ'$zϵi5;qCӵWz۷bz /ؑWn8G:Dnxh8KɛPs߱+"FMD:('{`;i&"H٦I76}p\ }j219-"@ B] җͺbDcC|Ƶ?O=x mea%GA #G]=mJ>i:¡`zQ웗ɖGGGK @@-2e9v?{%IꊃN!FU>]ѩDμᇏ}(bLxTb1튉ȓAn/2.=4 ^?rdjbrȋdѨrC&J++B AWˊͦr9 }~mä[I<q Dڎ"Q&2VwC~BQQ'B0J0;4͋?>km;3L&(#]{x3kЗ,)&l~v}v}tiY rVKm[FԨIMj2Q(r,ŔX4Nea^6۲0;[.٬ɕ+8+8*G'bPrW(k^>*Bkkw޺x@1Q"%ח]].\>l م377!A!BE7?j G+|I0nBnC:erc èT* W6J%Gzq6k'EuCB0,B+ek2(fsT*+Xk;&7FUԊj\|OF#A  TvaLq!y1e8 1+:l&@$!|[VF8GjZЪ9D"!LMjRj8 }sVAې$ˎ{*; u1ӹF iqjوJd yK88[HRS!HV$! cL"9l۽4,${ā1՞V$I~9A&;n͑ek/EHϣm7G=zȰG-uP*j0JVO@.(zSC#}K!cbc &{dZ.IRL:-<%C=npPopK-W9qW-I8\20e>[{926B"mGk麷6zuc M씧Ƃ(e3L.GDHI7ss9A]J/sG|+HM'Q>:&j5/֕Ǒd7ĈTjdP~^]ifKU{!*IcfxŬ`<+MNѝ;M0VXe 7 (8e; M.굫^THmbO!&q㱨{3k@_vpZfp!}v$ o . B !FwnljJVC\.Nyө]rrWO2Fj?:5k^bH[vcD؞d~6l:Ȳn3Kҩ$A"mC.7u{#]1JMZ.4h&˲;Vd6 x.mIcSSC>(J"\&@>,OA-W}F[ @@m#l6m٣lנaR9Ǫ&IHӱh>qk-ΝszaDQv=Jq6˜hzuW2, 0by ?NKfh=K$1#*%C[f$YcPp!.%iTUD/Z0z"` a"rׯ_v1Wޫ.mVD/>\K/'Ăӊ}J@~s+Lw(+WuS]hn5|Ӈ ӼӰkC3 2s0SLh{r1Zu{NTɲ4ŹA Dڂ"OK++h?UU,jh4J`彤B{+ڥK/\pk/<$o(3_|B32VBz)<:2ѣ>ֵ0r/4L,’]zj9(37Vw+@ PGKDX(kk^amHڶ1ii(\l8d ǿۉx?ѓ'_7z%'{qPcgΝU*rh.$T*Ɉ3g>4=I;vz-JfDZ ] {#cg⹅׮=rci}7a ,[e&D*#B&(eZT6jHHM6&*Y"K@ B6U* ]hfn6!b!cF3;Bҍ|>/D၁?zUO'd:LA|駮Fs8LOM=zɱ\6+:Vٰa\.'IYƂ 6Ceho'|^`Y,*nTFD䉉zCIa.@wB"mI."\\kZ#2٭3d2UF%ɲbQ<^~s/_O*jnŎ:##CCT:XDFQJj<r~=\HB +n1G9.4t]DQgwQ>V7*3+\Э{׾ypر,K A ܿi{smcT.YN52R2^oD"+%mKZ6Fcv)hAD"z'_ZZ[_[/i (H6x,%٪A݉Dn:M]"F4x< 4Rmz0~\.q( ]O1RuӠAc`A LHȧ콕KEڬ|jk_F@ B o޹B)v>.J8W34ƖyȂ3Dh6>i&MAIE*yXg՘DU[ykUUeYPh"xX_<!xPXeJѨ-U^Vd)Sh&O&FP.qkJ]!Iј"L5# "CQ\]Z$»w>}fW%ܣO]7*j*87uUmh4YZ#"˲$wϲٶ@lAa6 jjy!.3!XjH$,ObՆ%[c;r0&XS|}~~ށ\=/"9vd44Jyu\o!Li#fJ9(b>54QlL6੩+W~%Yh7AĨ59bRn3ȢJydS<޹wlb1, 򠶍Z(,^ @ijL&#(!mk5cDa"6 e}D\Zǣј}sj# 5v{szI|RLY(O3(ZmA~A뺾lۤNT 4Mp&>a_N+++ȑU|덠A9S/ LK׮aJ/_Im/RԋfKŖ<0liaj2Ί(!RĬԔu*Uc'#ojhQj-Koj Dکrq}=#\[}lDZ]'E7M4M__|La^^pKa5Moz.E1=nCDH5@5xr9# >Zlmم7~D;4lؼv}a +Til,?{o 1DF10fQL0Uձ@!J1&>򳻯;7n8Twy@ź3At]_[[WUͅqH R1MӬ.< ګQJ i. ڥ:51q5( SS ť${ IDATJ#DTAU7K8HE\rQr*db &sSI\Wwxo5|A ݻs4 ~)K6IȮ-ijn;RiiR/v#Rd<ىxBC8ƈYqvxjҝ[*7Ji?2c'b1) $x& uUL:jŵwt$+"b1"a !!,K@ 'tMwp oEѲm #bT4=XFmᶳIt]] :ji& sa]H[#fX>5͸}g 1tU#'$M=˶[`3JkkwWn7΃"XefT*Ɍ1L1Ÿ^SJ#>28HBa0b!1 {cYy_ @ pOtowc1؉o1ƭVkeeh VWQJ[-ՅJHժT*vc设c$ңm0xl$rޛ+PYr,~/F,7izG)tFutBH/L(clyknr1I,1LcLܖRC$ !}>6=Qa}}uii`x|?ܗͺx^XTn4T*Q [ aR%?%thnGxQv`7^csG8 Jb7GRD޷$.x5!"( 2Eih}5{MB)4RMZ8:/ѡiVm5l||ȑ֚$ҋFp|Uo~)4DTqS74YS"Zuqc &h8dQAηS\wb: U[A;Jď\~}P@N,[jXm^DYaJFa&ڥl]7Z-b^p뮮kwM(~S<\'!җ* ai+i-aAz91?2<%[`k#!0BB?=A T9pcmcL\FCY ؁@ !hGb]p;v4"žfaIkFTax;{ϵI)uRkiҠrVA~ViZAnx|x-dّR (5Bq$5Uי NL?@WGJ!vIkٖj43a2mZJY]V@Ln,~q{WwO&˲M`g  4FK$ (B,^RjBZ M:sR3E_j5#v;qt{jvyOKttğԱNJ9B BaN#YaT~tL02Mf(˲ tjumM._ v*>z_[oZIiڮ8=CCRGxBVjPOi47`MSoݺ^-ɸgFF'=-̇O&c0#S:]3mfMˆ1A X9Oc$xdh YE㬆 S@ !hZwϕt~OϞ:DQ4 4ͭzw9Ih[Hy;\13:&ҧzb6F.ղ{A#MxGjȩ'_iѸ Gc>mRu 4ݨZT6XRr"(BHHĎT*]H@ B?JRe,rDԶnOw~4i,˻N9F0F],&5FiŒ3Z,$G2 'q0&AUu0LP9w<*eIQPAc"m]ō7oN>l7~Pmԝ;yhȮA0Apuaq 1kVDq,iFV5BZ8_GzkPjD!E 1 EdLJMCS U3(efˑI gw!" 1qUu΁@ 3]:~lrRӡ;]yءC<hah+ [6I/zʏl5~ D(êfe#×e{GOajD J 1d)cl魖4zrtӖeA =SĈ":nG :΋sA Dօ?/񃯼`:Pe4~w{M[H35hVE p`> "N?%SG&_{pͩ?ęmiiTƊD2q2L7޵cy }{wM/zTr vcԃ0vaN(~vNRj?LAH{fElzЕKcY2㋫f a {Oxrǧ\P<񈘎KYeÈKQA@ [o' DGW)f#R(J^bls؞۹PEVTZA㓋ѣ7 Et ?Pjk6;(+cˎxv{dq&!$P1)j],uyO Fڑ H[&[.S?r=@_kY^y}M7ЮmlW_~yAx"TU C{PJ}qPQϝ|}W"(͖KD0B,)8ES_(,jSTbKcdQ%l b(l]7ё={t/}L҄o=VQw=@_U|58#E6/9B$qf8" 1rDt#eG"?x 1^_Ֆt&p }a2"~"LYĊD$oF ޲+/Js0B%$"PebW=ݝ7{ WN3Vo /Fn=?/5M;{+ĂVetJڥ˗gfg "ߨͅSDmU{7+MחWWij_ŋn޺eoYoM"0F(EaciC1Jj@"FcBa" Q"H" '#ɁDvjؖZ[SvƸLJDVK޴P;vĩTh$3ؙ3 =xA !㍟䙗^/^lcgϊJ+D"kkK[Z^~/^!Tk@nnЌ!CkZY]/-߰ƕX&?yfԠpҢ]IBH$%2MsbjaeN&y;3htjj>B{*@ BPJ4^r׫?(m)~˲,PӴ/\xffgl1B_F:sc@&m(-^{ukgMPC[7:Es..gB>͚ZMMĝ_l  {+@ BЦVK/s$+<䓩d҆BIb WxwߵmtKg҃}|_: QVzi4UȐŅ+Sgުڑ2؝ b 3bQO|AC1Bc;niTs|^W76<2f*7~[XtltdlxP(pc!b--Ε+U~WՙE9<(Q&gq \`!` %sA(vxMxq<F1"k?ѓ??0r[k4ӟ;s X _?lr&l6`?QEH$ʿʤfT2~zHR4NK, ,`5|m`lgD1ZtQI"d,VGWJ^Fۺ^(ʕkF*>y*I)]|gvQo"5Zsmj~IZ!' `b}}Itܱz JGǫ%>c1JăNZ{J=xA !Dt O=5~䣏KKlfl&fADQ$  yQQ/~qXp ‰Xo*)jaC108iG酷79u$%IDJ$%%, e̤zŌ B Bmvmnh΁bT 8aldh|t:•k7fr}tZ׵RTw0j߿=0&<K߹K$lR᠍Q֋Oj;1Vd̩7""KSF!D[e滯ZV:u{n"Ё}m``HeIdIƄLO߷_Q">ȦiK++KH$MF'!6YtR -C`ERl"!b:+NY0 'XKa"+Q9(19DHTo#5I혹BHDcV>i\TuqqQJm%Idt2aSպvj)akz'''7w1xm#Nˌ[Vd?uZTq26ތC$?44xṹBhCgөm@DpZ:7 ̗Wo `HkTִz4F<#hvXGx"f[nI3%nP/jW. *^z=̷@T;|QAT2{{5+uu]Bj+~A5!P֘ 2B,]^.?ODVW叜=}(()p($"GDd\o֭H59$Id ΁19<4ĭ`:-MD"0@![X(f掚fժn nB (I,Q BU=17&riXzˀCL%IV߹}%Sk}kݻrgZ-gtzg9p@Ű$R8k fasj w5AZ0Iʑ$w 7)X6 O?~U?: $!YFv a"t5B&UF?FGǠĽAw&72[үĤ?4 Q@AA%pzXvI`#]Bc17(+l>cMDqdnوۼ$h'sSdǻ?ΏK,0@~A pnx,fC.]-+<9rh^$:ecs7{WOA$?Velŋi7n;rW^59K/ӿ1DBb{"nAUUCMhEQNټt'W(kL!qK`޳ĭV\*9u t K Jؑ,&EC1&4yS)f$N I'l8 1n-I]@?'2k]s:ęOK^Y7x fadDM׿n,{ &Ǟ{HN/-`H%8ȹ~s#fggo..@zg>x\G;5^ASNP rI0ũ>CYc AGF:xײj涵3MS4oJ|(&ӂS~ D1 ?R BtرNɊ'VFd9C@NG]訿33j^ sR~mwo/$}G?܌3,/|魃(VA>:ѼU-m\)V=51^Vwvw|Pbj:aUF|v#X%1rp%35&K:t @մf׆ IDATi (J<*H Dző1A%_ p+7cY]*hдL*N 6\6+;n(b|n~n'".'bAE$ei3pbx#stqwndfgfʕiFOJhXMVt_a15c0WGFݽSDAFH&JV_#,JQf( Ep!%R l46f ͏Y-gs̞cw1&4UWCCEl&{ꁓB"GG/= X(*%aRIA=1Qd @3h q/LxŅ74VV׎;27;{ma.t4grԌzDyX76z8M:|h>=7Efg/Lg/5&NL\!3_GgN?BsCb(GW&T %& ;YA$){N|*z'sdލ;VRZv,(8%/e`De_BaR~l<3R:FInVP(fd2YV ]w_ͦY#Ok|ic z v5<vEܜ2 35&"W\${~i{ at-ݦL@9bSǺo?"qs"il޻kDޗz1έ|M4]BM-n`ixS+H\Σ`-; A7ҏ^Rxy ߙ KiZXf3LP,^~wU֯x1AdL&Hx9//H!I7t3o|Py4$$3Hw@w{'yOޗq/@(&;QܙMh# S4ޒ "9֛rb0TTBo3ڳz]v!'5& +J~tԻg>l.kCNQ8xQT,Mtn#Lgf:멓,'54:އzvAqS4+ ZxK;{ީɤӟ=r$p|QW`WY o؎yH3;  }쩃s3-Z嶪+PzhX*K;;8L֥Nq[%Tgzh4Hw/?G_{e #$:{g>Guݰ^D"N)jյ+S83w` Fv]xA_{^wBW/ v&hVů|kz{V:>z3~nWB&mzٓBf&To l a2ؓ~o~`^zhhllX*ʹ|ih˞ǼpON>32(_pG{Ƞo1H60Au_˿7[L&ӟvo/w9 L'gǻ2 W6vX4z+WjzN&XhjD"a/<8e^ [llmni}o>@Yc  QS>px@9- 20@PA7>Щɉ1 ǢaݽɱћՅyzw -ba4BYc  ȈH؉gffM`Dbtt4͞kRip-#^Uc t{g_7!I ɟT,1q?6JPcz\ZF($)b+[N^411fWVWu]r#?$v׾{H4]ѯ=Aét19 00`dx\/Tn0݅{]?}wE7$fzzW~3X0WAb3hwƀڎd!d2Y'nzY4Kr6r[[fܬZ^:BIZŹS'OoZ+gxS`C(kL!Þ|1c#c\m=J%uh;7!>w@@ݎAw㛻m߫|ٟ};ނh4f;:7{@MLDD]+=bf(  mk/@xlfdddsk .^67;cToy.C雕a{Er=SG #fgffgfaYK={^zq_l\B1O٫CX 36:rPZ[w^STRYبTkdŽ/ҜNʊjDA^Zf P֘ 2Ÿv#nP#D"ifvvwT yk9Ȥ6rs&bc]L@|OcWn`vDL7:վTWAgD3= {ZwD0أ3]{w YȐ2 m yAc/qH1IOMƹ (c#ÕJ/_#0d-`ոDfz*؉!c׌PQW,NAFSM"RaLz(˛ʵZVu*qTDZ%gn;6KAwSz>!WB YՃ镘MlTX1i0fz< sogD/ZeyAܙg//jCTƊM5>6O_]DB86:I%I2 }H@`vKl@vѶC;>D_w.T~y-5&}*g kU4fFT拝f@Y|vG:¤S,>bg}~?^%];B^=z.̶4_\E0:$W{sb F? vfZY{cag¨ mMF"[[[Vkqmر w87<.FMÒ`Z'~}kЭk(kLO/dXϧ\.gkd"qg,azܹ+Zd^B\裯/:>j)O zwI;hwQ衞 4iK+F(B&~iYhvM_yՠ0A P6<^#a,3'h+cG"a[`' D">2<^;߸ok3V5koZ][8r䈳jRx@1{e #%˹gL:ɤpĉTx [^U!w?|{by\e#õZ ν͟ogJvU54e2岌 VrWV}NLàʒ{e A! әP*J 1d25:2O[֥˾ VI:!wKW{wW |W \)}#A˺ ˯9@cGh?; bR|ZП2 (pf}1Z(Zu' k/0Yr uW\6+I\{]}x#"p>}ӧ:}G?(2@9Gd5( {_z!y!;bpKR'+ Xeœ^Z^0l$ 4ͅ덆OwI[Njehޠ繃{ -/2$JLzd Zkko Fl&rFTkecG{+~$Q∌C[+B2e #i$94f2L&i`,$~o^\ե8$*}UǢR<FXX Isfh4FӬ WpR(d7Ax^x|t葃(--j޻t%p.8Н<1XeF^ T$k8z_3OM}ſ];0=5:2zg8dw1xD :%P흝jq|fҚe?l#te9EQ@, x0n@OՓSIN 0 ?x$}@r<g(F2䁱h*!_wٗF_DtR|#,(*nrzrS}\EŬ%J24֊%_ 2IV!2D_.el(^/:"(a{K=Q(ʦiʊ>&v3 I3/_~sNFx?1A?!P#]#H6 ÙtrsFZes^VW#d ?6RM0  MnI%EòRTXؽzFQ`IʪwBYC\'*X [!`(w64Zq󝗎=\`D=5nB)?t>tnl"76"cB(SS$n="cz9{e ##LOM1ƆRxܞVԄQZiզViͶaӮ:?1FNhhFDcB=SC%$LDrͽVyRmy#rlcdccq;ca嵍g Z"eܮ曵i "TH*h#"?y(71}x*oiN.'24vM4u]#˯魤=p X^Ik*ULs(kLOeP Ay{)[UUTZpӬVr|{\e={Gggҩ#6UaYLFȆ5&"Q@XHYD6=ͥۍfg(Iu{n*=*w#6OmI=k^qsiI|Ut)L-ǮɎӥº߄B&B.#ݬ}?3GR1{b|2v]+JK޾zcFh& " %2Ʀ&&A(hM|yw 0k Ax"!f +FRR^+J\ DЎGpXT>q8DdK5FTIE'Vb4"#x,$z $vTqْ(Sag;7ވb,V"䎏Ղl^[۶n$YbIw+ !,a;>kl.^\~沉D"LVUx8!99FwGƮ\ٙI&aDd J;.Q}j 2B.%0J*a8w+jP( gX3GڠM }z;Nq{WFґLBr3MlV(6DR:N'U) `<GC˛u-ocrHѳ |0DV0 gśІ*Ɲ_6Pt9F!@+ԔբV);_yEoѿ}(b~8_,sAΜ~DI d@@x]7L멭/W7& cnh4fNZ(T<W5jx<˶ յ`11ɱd\y_UܮxOg}bsˇ&80mȤÙH;{IB7Wk=Cp3B^>O;u"qZR<1#2<09tP^,[7nJ͠BDr]}n6LJﺦBMG1T%HgR7+n0RH9=Qql0ԝ;\yg+w}~E|{{kwwW54wG&wu앹HXdž9:o:=ę.ǘ3Ջ O~dv1Zҥ7vڞ?p@T2MOݗM e;O[N+o'1sFV#Hin-M/rVQ<Ad 30umjzz@|ܹ<Y aEzL_Gחvo.:3hխ46/XnLܾܾT:qP~(X]_.I;- J*jԔ`sKH#[uފ,ݾ}; TM5M^TRtkMWlE!~P0-LdL By  M7جّz4,gKDj(5?7w bW7o~8TU&,3cggg\?xp5r~{s~ {C$fUSÊessBsϻ?!AzvrH|x̧߾~{?gƚ7ȍҵ.hg>oʥ #!pjbǚ-}e2;=$ÙV=K1k?+¼;7E;@k7FDUUɆ3KH/+øcV \|~V.]rl6;nYK77|쑃\~ỊX,Hr//JN/A!qoF|VƘ, G~1s qBSSlWjul鯾l~NgLD%7FMRae<8<0$C E7"Eߧ. Qow-"cRy4a dYaTKD5s,SmAl|fL5y,nf4&RPH0˕jTQ5k;os鹹9i[[_ٙ'Y듐Hb|{++~iTPBAFH3"No6Lqk{>̳lq!ۻp_x^UUD6ļ0٩xڧ[HU񉳕Zpf.嘩յZYͭٓ߾UüRZ];<q [S;\(Ƈܱ, TÄmA<V~G/]Y=)`9$%t*!LLRO?T|qq7U*z~ܹS>8;;+˲>ҭK؁əәxkoZ- X_Y5 {j$d"!2xbr֭7xC:8m sMy䱳 (ŧ!cb|ԡgpk kM=p{Zl!PMS7y%|DR:8t,z1K3qpc rVmu2 smHʂ2{tkϾO?ӓ pϿㅅfܹ8911D]k -ȡPF jj:Aw2f!Zo:M;z'giDxݕj  ${9bۗ~QIM ^ ?ybsSDtƆs\&ȮW%#CagcdLtw^1īg^m}y^^1Pnߙzs/qiC` :tJCC㣩TJ)0+Jx…ѣǎzRLk. B ca^_AdĽ\I ɶ'Y)cY`5(1#nH2tN11  Lg;t`BD\ I"v۵j2*RJ&ԛZ1"= ""GD Cs^VJRn44k6ۿ5@UۈXoG4A0 ڮA垞g|^_][k6 ŀX- 4w (a1N@;@Ala'hvQJMpAd]3ZE6yqv8G <Dqbl("G&pb]-ڜcXF3JHTBդ0+-Αslkf7ZFgjoau ^V߈F v'Q,!ؾ0o,/ݚB۷ѡV. A!qߌ0bGѨ$I8!JyFϯ^$7w,^1 B1zc#ө聉<67J,," "47t78H)K"UX {ה㈚hYe 0@ I, IL9i&r)H8MMLYzVU*juj x?P.Ѱ Ek$IHyoo׻lE]<ƢQej"zkyRk'?u ][;WMyӹ|sD/OFP5Tn'Α PoA2*"-tˑLΞ5.#ΗRv@İ" 'WCz;7;{=Vcj8fbLSUDlx&"RAZIފ䐥f=ؙӧ{uȑ'w0 0ҁwۭۺf; {;bEV:|4949hCiT.7kaU&ػZؚqiy7_\Z ÌTMAᇊJg1BtyX0w>d^/cl/?{ T'~3YٔkmsޫK Ӵ-o"л1ښgLUD\AAg#tJ,#E ,cj^n.>`P{J\3;0wO70@h+jjEI=xv[[W5=>iA*g7,ҝ%cuQ2H$ <DUS)@HAdƘtEbA2~?j(wҙb60h;b* 4 ߼cwKsVȟU)x-oJkL9C$wо‹xnSʘ  !BU B$)$@ٸD7~EF+NC?+ϊA2S)=낸zkX+׶@2Zw.hT]0UM \$ =T.-\>x %c i:MUJA#?FL"b!{أMMMu ;z:1B%,bofDst'SI|a4v;WkZ5ꫯ%g?ݴIXۧwA5z}aj` MFHAdq4j/fk Z{~.t.Co66&[-ՙxnU@X$ 0A %R{o?̱66.$g~ݡM "zeWfM6j6x Ê⶞a 4UErӤ p}-4RƮj^OVCŒH@ffÊ8xWz< ŇS=U2Z:uJX;{#J(X $e|cfVM cq\I Aޟaub2I}7"b޵mFC]kw "Bw92|Tp3xF,1f|<["0V#i,3 TUm1M"$ 2?5BQۻjN6͌5 _/0 BD3:1Ay&zw-o&|uʛ[E4Ȭ_QyRiJFHAd:1p8 #oa%i/{ S=L[w˛t:NZ*#t&7Ml}#?%$AAhXZgD{Vgg~iNV׍[_W}u'pu=# GJ:_>9 'Drj5D%!Qb=ܸw_Jc  bTVBA^#J݌P-5tcXMC?mw;rPr|kF0顄a ᠆εnjdiF=^9 = o-o!ܴ{ ÛdV112B͟5!AA_T1³gκGyԻDKZ'K:38nSq?Q_Ç{3MD@l[[c\Bw'<J@u4= P  ?4#t[A y.ȑj?kH1Dh4K+Buj^63Frjn[LOsٔ: av@ z1C!7@i>sJAdsLl{{9Qr5 cc zp/[ ūmjD3뵵7o"93kuD0O^h/lL4@>cew(R(0UDA*K=6ٍp{j`g0;7233c@XZi.}h]n|H0X#pCUˍV ȩHPv}U@e! <1"y~6 ##IAAFxqC},[cE Mq1tC u޻P:Y.U{Xҵo{Uh ߩ 'QFTBt̜llys|~Ȼyukv=&Fb3'0]"i)% P{?NКGȜ0u]p#6Moll6?qU*7_lzǹٮ]gm^:(dz'A"wU2;3~:F{ɍ,3c}x4Mw!ca'O)AA_ܬ9_^Yp[*׏ѱVxOgR4ӧZw˛S}9?aZ77x 777gIc9 3p)% 21Eٹ}Çonmj5G\?y#ʣKoA gBsju55#GuOUc'iou 8t[ AέnV!2>>ezFmƍfﴡnmmuBl/Wf|g\䦩z % 76V G坽µ'O{//XCәPh4|\+Lv($~nW(,qz_4w/^Aյͩ >EQ`)kLAdvceuUJҵ-)qcylldjzуrR,T֝(L%CC2~W!I ~aD0 Z}PūWE#q#1AA~FDfßBmZMaWjlr9VZHr3W to]ZY?|숡L!M*f^/FQD`rhr$IDh< *h4Y^_]MSZp޹\Cޙ Vv[0[Rɻ )FHAd7(+䘫 M.]kBщyφXqDp{۶2v1BuqڴO)FHAd[\xu}afWW0vV+&a身( xNAR*eh%'H ^nzOO'i AAxٽZ*1Z)_ IDATk5MUiC/U*=^$ 2i{;;hZB{;"nwwK!GܥԵJlri^CAdĽ=S+R bZ]\U*r\_Yi ŝ-C @RR.Gc1)41MY1i(k Q ,B*~}^Yv x9Y:F^VJ~!4חx" 2󈸦JM35 Y7ٔ|4u)HAwe    2B     #$    2B     #$    2B     #$    2B     #$    2B     #$    2B     #$    2B     #$    2B     #$    2B     #ڻ(߹&AÑp(T-*WKVEꁶXTh>Z(ZŃGr$9w\I%!!$yW2ٹvg?`p=~opP+(#@"$B@"$B@"$B@"$B8ވu]j#ZfO~2#m"dowMa"W)\qm6s6n B nXt`0Ϊ7mxSq[i?}~'~S:d`m֭g}d~l69gm@ pTFTe'Xdg_zO>&gkyK5iWtאָ ޿?ګg_.hoqNʾ(q&d6Ew-'9IWb1CܥVy;NV"Μub^@cw%siٮo*5H״'j}דּϱl80V|FB"F,k.4iY|c*g8ΙUv%?= ]5"Q"NUH "4@?YIld%))&Wr4.HU -:5?Y`e%7o{}/L>qat]稟e(HNbY?|,gMV|+}V-ϒή~^LڲTHokUs_=nef] fO[9~8N;gI?{khGDHRZs7moO|0e͢(qIL+^y}}7S;J\EʟYgO+HV}{qMD{uU/f_M|"4H+WK_{&%%L7gxk?Fș{EW)oߥ?uYK5ZUL˽ٙ}Oqu"R-`d:r}HHG#3hjقzJCBv=p8| [v7lnڴ#25*k65Djsr \xATW[⩧Ŕ)'({vvvRvhXٌ!$@"y3&邂 L&t+HDhp:8[CD5<`yA$BW_cCk5@"$B8!pr4(Cp$ID0BP]mMy7q055tRqCGHe_S]_RR:y$v2p"Ȑeg"˛6m8qfED('MdG]~!  ]>ĒRI%Qa$|HC!q24"$B!#F1!`d&¨,3]$IAw"hl 65=kXp|xOvjJ#C{{}RRRcݕ(#ģ(p\IK(HOs:8Jp\'B"fwupJ^U9ó ?UADEY?-놹H$tس՚^[OUE93[,465e46kwr;u]Y?=99e?,[s˲F~$Im'6MDd;ɉTr,:hAhooz<6(t=  RSSf113f1ڲE˻*D@0c} Na߅GZr@;B־3o's]rq)a*]uwLFtד;pX̒$޽{9 0141$''wt6{=^^ş'#+Fob*pUUeYnoooooϷp8on5l2c,ⱁ`f'''Lo\h2Ñ={,EEŁ@GeeeJJ2L]Zb#@O.cc;CPA~A+v'7Xs,II._sK(ۏcG$m0u`6]r^$$BֽJs9 MǏ_ɤv'O*Mپ}{B'p8\[_ ƦFp8FfF"ҫF1+ں:IJJJ, GqIlll9v8牎m(4MQ^ZZt:kjjZ[Z"(|I8aB㩪j pXKBBQ6yZ,#$"@#37/`I߽臨~m gN>agWu+V̞?f6m Ͻ{UlFz.8e~۞Цu@v qA$I4"RU:c ê>FQ^WQYhTU5Q9:blϋ#67"J577fdd{VWW҉-V-:Ϲx͗~[ֺbo5&R(Pu۶Dmǎ۶$]2h{*vQ88.麞bπ|{*l{n\yͶb`najx&;;۝tMUXq'%r?rZ1c!ƈ(++KUUuM3"[8P%B+fslNz<яz#b(SwSPƘ(=f]y70=`JAtAH5QHTt]SU2G "bƘѢӦvq?_b{^YֈHNRJSd4SY D_VFj6_zꊸe5EI"Uױ|Yθ+ggDeLՍ/#͓$}E8k>0%N k](,߳r#3i$I@ ;Z֚Ojjblm}(Iv# x3"s.[SںcT:H4z;;qDi:Ӎx˙ڒNq9]=m$:Qsrr8^YW]mҼެ,Aei=BQUH  B4عS2 fUtUUsd\z8y^ӴH$2nx^޽jHg\47 4nbe`fQ$XDG]h!'L[&x;sm.-{$Y^8kqk]g߼?ZVç)UB33M'U'Mct3~T,]ףQ9kqsT4yIBɜ3foE˝$Gec6Iy9VDQP5M2ѨQ|~"78Nxs<㈈הMKxr5vtU!%Qs.l2'ʈ8&)77<'77]N;wyD~%~ {cc44q9c^]U efd\iwx1V__ ( G-uuYYYC WQ:qub,VFt8 xRSDr@]UPX]6l٥]t\7GӡebqslϚMm9+e\=q/}%bNŚ`d6w`tiV-?/,bwDQ0fy^E tff9>ɕDDmmG-1|RRR}&2Ehb{+A awaUQsyCaWQt8 $Q""^XP޾ukyVV۝|a,vfśmmfc|>_fff{;wt\!B_cxs㳌폑cŏߗ0 ;qr,#t%D S=AbĢ$厩z38"Q2Y1_o89Y8n85}Rp?Wkδ4YxscA~PuBg(7m=f+**j>*55599k| ʞJɽO px"<(JTPP{M׿ڲϯ衴$8kljX,itQ  EGS!םY؇e=Ӥ1Yw~ƒW__u'ϼXY[a~pBPNDF`&IQ[Scb%"iNoGIr+ffbq<'I1ș!gq47ҏSy^kkoy4yw;t"d\zƒTb#z<GQ uaq)~}ш9ec%RhTϷuSM&s5GuݾQ{ZѣF7ҼiCP1яisKs}]]ZZZq\.$J(4`wPrݍMM.cf=.1&:#e~-J88?&.LMMM<ϋ "q đ (b2dY^uf >3}{c$>iIɾ&sV5厍<$؉jcdmI@1=vw=Q\8IPȌ4]9b<}p"dINw5"03<@o}KIh4jjh-<s;JqzʔvN@Ȍ[r6Mג\F a箝SM)ɩ1Mӌ1|}YP $&Yvu5jF:XTPbO#;p$3z>o|`c2^[[G@h线NU"-D#>21qCÆaH0{X4($Fpx 60F^o~SXd2MrŽEớ A6o:mr4j`2LyfuA.yQvPg'N  ]rrr 1,#!FQT ! !k}[9@b?t Sc XZ2ˍ۷88 p<@;B$B@"oj)j3N{RGKkxic #p%"3yD:k}9.I*QeYJy_yW3gIDATkm=B9,KD5}9''s^@"zomwo鞲THֽv/m7.^X)ض46""ӧ1:i]mf\6<}.c֌zMzˇwힳzaQ:_̝59?;[s.+ >Z.Y̼hsZfl-qKv1kN v\˖-f1w_nYMsu[>^-̾Sgɿ3 \P;[k[]HvS[mF%siE.y"}.{npw{֚իgb+/-_ğȜsiY|:X/hW2R֔K,k.493Eǩw~f}b^vb-W4GD$:3\S{KLDdJa@%R$d~tl"XYf-(0 z9G! nX>O&.{Sͫ[^w#]UqI_$aq-Wskٌunü;wsY4FfY'^qI'>'(}mɡuDDpj7ћn}';}^ܻ)<}.qkּ2y A^/b5>H@'/&\|g\~hW2-fgJi?Ņ73o\(n95]󧮜5 _-8߻([<2ڒCc5f/7.<']?h#"=o#!kz㮝wp\2&"n?xKh.M']^mV>oq^ԧ+G xYz\ z`PW[⩧!@[FV#luGJU@ԻpkI'Mm-=Z)SE7\w- ޕ52Ǚ/}[ݳP:x!*Y1,f0< jjkp,OqgsvIENDB`usr/share/help-langpack/pl/gnome-mahjongg/translate.page0000644000373100047300000000336212300405416025225 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help translate

The GNOME Games user interface and documentation is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community: you are welcome to participate.

There are many languages for which translations are still needed.

To start translating you will need to create an account and join the translation team for your language. This will give you the ability to upload new translations.

You can chat with GNOME translators using irc: join the #i18n chanel on the irc.gnome.org server. People on the channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of timezone differences.

Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their mailing list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/gnome-mahjongg/license.page0000644000373100047300000000356212300405416024654 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Legal information. Licencja

This work is distributed under a CreativeCommons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported license.

You are free:

<em>To share</em>

To copy, distribute and transmit the work.

 <em>To remix</em>

To adapt the work.

Under the following conditions:

<em>Attribution</em>

You must attribute the work in the manner specified by the author or licensor (but not in any way that suggests that they endorse you or your use of the work).

<em>Share Alike</em>

If you alter, transform, or build upon this work, you may distribute the resulting work only under the same, similar or a compatible license.

For the full text of the license, see the CreativeCommons website, or read the full Commons Deed.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/gnome-mahjongg/strategy.page0000644000373100047300000000335712300405416025076 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Strategy

Since each tile layout requires a different approach, there is no one universal strategy. However, there are some strategy tips to keep in mind while you play:

The general strategy is to keep removing matching tiles in such a way that each removed tile will expose further tiles. A good strategy would be to expose new tiles with every set of tiles you match and eliminate.

Choosing easily accessible tiles, such as those from the top levels, is not beneficial. This strategy leaves essential tiles under cover, increasing your chances of losing the game.

Since you are scored by how quickly you finish the game, time is the most important factor in the game. It is therefore important to be fast.

Using the hint option adds a 30-second penalty to your time.

Shuffling tiles adds a 60-second penalty to your time.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/gnome-mahjongg/gameplay.page0000644000373100047300000000316212300405416025025 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Basic gameplay

Mahjongg is played by matching two identical tiles per turn. A tile is eligible for matching if no part of another tile is lying directly on it, and it has a free long edge on either the left or the right. You win by removing all tiles, and you are scored by the amount of time it takes you to do so.

There are many different tile layouts to choose from.

To match two tiles:

Click on the a tile you want to match. If it is an eligible tile, it will be highlighted.

Click on a matching tile. If it is a truly a matching tile, both tiles will vanish.
Video demonstration

Video of gameplay
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/gnome-mahjongg/bug-filing.page0000644000373100047300000000401312300405416025245 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Report a Problem

Mahjongg is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate. If you notice a problem you can file a bug report. To file a bug, go to .

This is a bug tracking system where users and developers can file details about bugs, crashes and request enhancements.

To participate you need an account which will give you the ability to gain access, file bugs, and make comments. Also, you need to register so you can receive updates by e-mail about the status of your bug. If you don't already have an account, just click on the New Account link to create one.

Once you have an account, log in, click on File a BugApplicationsgnome-mahjongg. Before reporting a bug, please read the bug writing guidelines, and please browse for the bug to see if it already exists.

If you are requesting a new feature, choose enhancement in the Severity menu. Fill in the Summary and Description sections and click Commit.

Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/gnome-mahjongg/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000050312300405416024172 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/gnome-mahjongg/develop.page0000644000373100047300000000207212300405416024663 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help develop

The GNOME Games are developed and maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

If you would like to help develop GNOME Games, you can get in touch with the developers using irc, or via our mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/gnome-mahjongg/choosing.page0000644000373100047300000000112012300405416025027 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Select a board

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/gnome-mahjongg/map.page0000644000373100047300000000510012300405416023775 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2012 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2012 Change tile layout

There are 9 different layouts. To select a different tile layout:

Click MahjonggPreferences.

Under Maps select a layout from the drop-down menu.

Click Close

Your new tile layout will take effect immediately unless you have already started a game and chose for the effect to take place after you are finished.

Easy

The Ziggurat

Four Bridges

Cloud

Tic-tac-toe

Red Dragon

Pyramid's Walls

Confounding Cross

Difficult
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/gnome-mahjongg/shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000000350412300405416025264 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Keyboard shortcuts

Fullscreen

F11

Pomoc

F1

Podpowiedź

CtrlH

New game

CtrlN

Wstrzymaj

Pause

Use the toolbar Pause button if your keyboard does not have a Pause key.

Quit

CtrlQ

Redo

ShiftCtrlZ

Undo

CtrlZ
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/gnome-mahjongg/rules.page0000644000373100047300000000260212300405416024356 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Rules

Tiles must be identical to be removed.

Fully and partially covered tiles cannot be matched.

Tiles must have a free long edge in order to be eligible for matching.

You can undo a move without penalty.

Using the hint option adds a 30-second penalty to your time.

If the arrangement does not allow further tiles to be matched, you will be given the option to shuffle the tiles in order to keep playing.

Shuffling tiles adds a 60-second penalty to your time.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/gnome-mahjongg/scoring.page0000644000373100047300000000201112300405416024662 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Scoring

In Mahjongg, you are scored by how quickly you can complete a board.

To view the highscore board:

Select MahjonggScores

The scores are stored on a per map basis. You can view the highscores for a particular map by selecting it from the drop-down menu.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/gnome-mahjongg/index.page0000644000373100047300000000222112300405416024330 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 <media type="image" src="figures/logo.png"/> Mahjongg Mahjongg GNOME Mahjongg help. Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 <media type="image" src="figures/logo32.png">Mahjongg logo</media> Mahjongg

Mahjongg is a simple pattern recognition game. You score points by matching identical tiles.

Rozgrywka
Useful tips
Advanced
Get involved
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/gnome-mahjongg/documentation.page0000644000373100047300000000214712300405416026101 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help write documentation

The GNOME Games documentation is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

To contribute to the Documentation Project, feel free to get in touch with us using irc, or via our mailing list.

Our wiki page contains useful information.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/gnome-mahjongg/pause.page0000644000373100047300000000224012300405416024337 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Pausing your game

You can pause your current game using one of the following methods:

The Pause button in the toolbar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/gnome-mahjongg/toolbar.page0000644000373100047300000000220012300405416024660 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Show/hide the toolbar

To show or hide the toolbar, click MahjonggToolbar.

The toolbar, located under the menu bar, lets you perform common actions with your mouse. To use a toolbar item, just click on it. The buttons, from left to right, are New Game, Undo Move, Redo Move, Hint and Pause.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/gnome-mahjongg/moves.page0000644000373100047300000000173412300405416024362 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Moves left

The Moves Left counter is located on the toolbar. It displays the number of different moves that can be made. It can help you see how far you are from running out of moves, and whether you've seen all possible moves.

Mahjongg counters

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/gnome-mahjongg/hints.page0000644000373100047300000000417712300405416024362 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chris Beiser ctbeiser@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Hints

Hint highlights two tiles that can be matched. If you have already selected one tile, it will show a match for that piece if one exists.

Hint can be accessed by clicking MahjonggHint. Alternatively, use the Hint button in the toolbar, or press CtrlH.

Hint can make Mahjongg too easy, and should be used sparingly.

There is a 30-second penalty for each use of the "hint" option.
Video demonstration You can use Hints to help you find identical tiles. Press CtrlH. There is a 30 s penalty for each use of this option.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/deja-dup/license.page0000644000373100047300000000166312317333255023461 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Poznaj swoje prawa Licencja

Niniejszy program jest wolnym oprogramowaniem; można go rozprowadzać dalej i/lub modyfikować na warunkach Powszechnej Licencji Publicznej GNU, wydanej przez Fundację Wolnego Oprogramowania (Free Software Foundation) - według wersji trzeciej tej Licencji lub którejś z późniejszych wersji.

Program ten jest rozpowszechniany w nadziei, że będzie użyteczny, ale BEZ ŻADNEJ GWARANCJI, w tym bez gwarancji PRZYDATNOŚCI DO KONKRETNEGO ZASTOSOWANIA. Szczegóły można znaleźć w GNU General Public License.

Powinieneś posiadać kopię licencji GNU w tym programie. Jeśli nie, http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/deja-dup/restore-worst-case.page0000644000373100047300000002540012317333256025603 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Co zrobić, jeśli nie można przywrócić plików Kiedy wszystko idzie źle

Déjà Dup może zakończyć się niepowodzeniem. Być może program zakańcza się lub informuje o błędzie kiedy próbujesz przywracać dane. Kiedy naprawdę potrzebujesz, aby dane powróciły, ostatnią rzeczą jaką możesz zrobić jest zgłoszenie błędu. Rozważ a zgłoszenie błędu, ale w międzyczasie jest też tutaj trochę sposobów obejścia niewłaściwego działania Déjà Dup i przywrócenia twoich danych.

To będzie wymagało wiedzy technicznej. Jeśli nic z tego nie ma dla Ciebie sensu, nie bój się i poproś o pomoc.

Otwórz Terminal przez naciśnięcie Ctrl Alt T .

Utwórz katalog, w którym umieścisz swoje przywrócone pliki. Ten poradnik będzie korzystać /tmp/restore:

mkdir -p /tmp/restore
Przywracanie przy użyciu programu Duplicity

Przy założeniu, że Déjà Dup po prostu nie działa w tej chwili poprawnie, użyj narzędzia linii poleceń duplicity, wykorzystywanego przez Déjà Dup do tworzenia kopii zapasowych i przywracania twoich danych.

Jeśli chcesz więcej informacji na temat duplicity niż przedstawione tutaj, uruchom man duplicity.

Pierwszą rzeczną, którą postaramy się zrobić to proste przywracanie wszystkich danych. Zakładając, że pliki są na zewnętrznym dysku zamontowanym jako /media/backup i zostało wybrane szyfrowanie kopii zapasowej, spróbuj tego:

duplicity --gio file:///media/backup /tmp/restore

Jeśli kopia zapasowa nie została zaszyfrowana, dodaj --no-encryption do polecenia.

Inne lokalizacje zapasowe

Jeśli wykonałeś kopię zapasową do zdalnego serwera lub chmury, składnia jaką używasz z duplicity będzie inna niż przykład zewnętrznego dysku powyżej. Zobacz poniżej, jak połączyć się z wybraną przez ciebie lokalizacją kopii zapasowej.

Pamiętaj aby dodać --no-encryption do każdego przykładu polecenia jeśli kopia zapasowa nie jest zaszyfrowana.

Jeśli duplicity ma problem z połączeniem się do Twojego serwera, spróbuj pobrać wszystkie pliki duplicityręcznie do folderu lokalnego jak w przykładzie podanym powyżej.

Amazon S3

Look up your Amazon S3 access key ID and secret access key and replace instances of ID and SECRET in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a folder in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of FOLDER with that path.

export AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID=ID export AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=SEKRET duplicity s3+http://deja-dup-auto-MAŁYMI LITERAMI_ID/KATALOG /tmp/restore Pliki Chmury Rackspace

Look up your Rackspace username and API key and replace instances of USERNAME and KEY in the example below with those respective values.

You may have specified a container in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of CONTAINER with that name.

export CLOUDFILES_USERNAME=NAZWA UŻYTKOWNIKA export CLOUDFILES_APIKEY=KEY duplicity cf+http://CONTAINER /tmp/restore FTP

Sprawdź swój adres serwera, port, nazwę użytkownika, hasło i zastąp SERVER, PORT, USERNAME, i PASSWORD w poniższym przykładzie z tymi odpowiednimi wartościami.

You may have specified a folder in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of FOLDER with that path.

Jeśli zdecydujesz się logować nie używając nazwy użytkownika, należy użyć anonymous jak Twoja NAZWA UŻYTKOWNIKA poniżej.

gvfs-mount ftp://NAZWA UŻYTKOWNIKA@SERWER:PORT/KATALOG duplicity --gio ftp://NAZWA UŻYTKOWNIKA@SERWER:PORT/KATALOG /tmp/restore SSH

Sprawdź swój adres serwera, port, nazwę użytkownika, hasło i zastąp SERVER, PORT, USERNAME, i PASSWORD w poniższym przykładzie z tymi odpowiednimi wartościami.

You may have specified a folder in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of FOLDER with that path.

gvfs-mount ssh://NAZWA UŻYTKOWNIKA@SERWER:PORT/KATALOG duplicity --gio ssh://NAZWA UŻYTKOWNIKA@SERWER:PORT/KATALOG /tmp/restore WebDAV

Sprawdź swój adres serwera, port, nazwę użytkownika, hasło i zastąp SERVER, PORT, USERNAME, i PASSWORD w poniższym przykładzie z tymi odpowiednimi wartościami.

You may have specified a folder in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of FOLDER with that path.

Jeśli zdecydujesz się używać bezpiecznego połączenia (HTTPS) podczas tworzenia kopii zapasowej, należy użyć davs:// zamiast dav:// w poniższym przykładzie.

gvfs-mount dav://NAZWA UŻYTKOWNIKA@SERWER:PORT/KATALOG duplicity --gio dav://NAZWA UŻYTKOWNIKA@SERWER:PORT/KATALOG /tmp/restore Zasób Windows

Sprawdź adres serwera, nazwę użytkownika, hasło i zastąp je SERWER, NAZWA UŻYTKOWNIKA, i HASŁO w poniższym przykładzie z odpowiednimi wartościami.

You may have specified a folder in which to put the backup files. In the example below, replace any instance of FOLDER with that path.

Jeśli została określona domena dla serwera Windows, należy dodać ją na początku NAZWY UŻYTKOWNIKA ze średnikiem między nimi. Na przykład, domena;nazwa użytkownika.

gvfs-mount smb://NAZWA UŻYTKOWNIKA@SERWER/KATALOG duplicity --gio smb://NAZWA UŻYTKOWNIKA@SERWER/KATALOG /tmp/restore
Restoring by Hand

Nawet jeśli duplicity nie działa, to i tak może być trochę nadziei. Format pliku kopii zapasowej jest skomplikowany i nie jest łatwo nim manipulować. Aczkolwiek jeśli jesteś zdesperowany, to warto spróbować.

Jeśli do kopi zapasowej został użyty serwer zdalny lub chumra, najpierw pobierz wszystkie pliki duplicity i umieść je w folderze na swoim komputerze. Następnie należy wejść do tego folderu przez terminal.

Duplicity stores your data in small chunks called volumes. Some volumes belong to the periodic ‘full’ or fresh backups and others to the ‘inc’ or incremental backups. Starting with a full backup set of volumes at volume 1, you’ll need to restore files volume by volume.

Jeśli kopia zapasowa została zaszyfrowana, najpierw musisz odszyfrować wolumen z gpg. Powiedzmy, że masz duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.vol1.difftar.gpg:

gpg --output duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.vol1.difftar --decrypt duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.vol1.difftar.gpg

Albo zrób wszystko na raz (upewnij się że masz wystarczająco miejsca!):

gpg --multifile --decrypt duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.*.difftar.gpg

Now you have either a .difftar or a .difftar.gz volume (depending on whether you had to decrypt it or not). Use tar on whichever one you have to extract the individual patch files:

tar xf duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.vol1.difftar

Lub ponownie, aby zrobić wszystko na raz:

for t in duplicity-full.20110127T131352Z.*.difftar; do tar xf $t; done

Now the patch files will be in multivolume_snapshot and snapshot folders. Each file that spanned multiple volumes will be in multivolume_snapshot. Let’s say you backed up /home/jane/essay.txt:

cd multivolume_snapshot/home/jane/essay.txt cat * > essay.txt

To recover data from incremental backups, use rdiff to stitch the files together. See man rdiff for usage.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/deja-dup/support.page0000644000373100047300000000137612317333256023555 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Uzyskaj więcej pomocy Wsparcie

Jeśli nie ma odpowiedzi na Twoje pytania lub problem którego nie rozumiesz, proszę zapytaj o niego na forum wsparcia.

Należy pamiętać, że ludzie którzy odpowiadają na Twoje pytania są ochotnikami, natomiast Déjà Dup ma działać dobrze, nie posiadając żadnej gwarancji. Więc proszę być uprzejmym i cierpliwym.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/deja-dup/credits.page0000644000373100047300000000442412317333256023473 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Poznaj załogę Podziękowania
Rozwój

Andrew Fister

Michael Terry

Michael Vogt

Urban Skudnik

Canonical Ltd
Dokumentcja

Michael Terry

Canonical Ltd
Sztuka

Andreas Nilsson

Jakub Steiner

Lapo Calamandrei

Michael Terry
Tłumaczenie Launchpad Contributions: Antoni Kudelski https://launchpad.net/~antoni-kudelski-deactivatedaccount Brunon Bierżeniuk https://launchpad.net/~brubek Jerzy Spendel https://launchpad.net/~yuri20 Krzysiek Karolak https://launchpad.net/~krzysiek-karolak1 Mateusz Pogorzelski https://launchpad.net/~pogoma Michael Terry https://launchpad.net/~mterry Michał Rzepiński https://launchpad.net/~micou8 Piotr Strębski https://launchpad.net/~strebski Łukasz Jernaś https://launchpad.net/~deejay1 Łukasz Szeremeta https://launchpad.net/~l-szeremeta
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/deja-dup/backup-auto.page0000644000373100047300000000204512317333256024246 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Odpocznij sobie Automatyczne kopie zapasowe

Jeśli będziesz robił kopie zapasowe tylko wtedy kiedy sobie o tym przypomnisz, to niestety nie będzie to zbyt często. Dlatego właśnie łatwo można ustawić automatyczne tworzenie kopii zapasowych.

Open your Backups settings.

Zobacz swoje ustawienia kopii, żeby potwierdzić, że są takie, jakie chcesz.

Włącz Automatyczne kopie w poglądzie

Rozważ tylko zapisywanie kopii zapasowych przez pewien okres czasu, używając opcji Zachowuj kopie zapasowe w sekcji Harmonogram. W przeciwnym razie, może skończyć się to dużym zużyciem miejsca, kiedy nie zwracasz na to uwagi.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/deja-dup/backup-first.page0000644000373100047300000000151012317333256024421 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Uruchom teraz Twoja pierwsza kopia

Open your Backups settings.

Zobacz swoje ustawienia kopii, żeby potwierdzić, że są takie, jakie chcesz.

Click on the Back Up Now… button on the Overview page.

Poczekaj. Tworzenie kopii może zabrać dużo czasu, szczególnie jeśli tworzysz kopię, a potem przesyłasz ją na zdalny serwer. Po prostu pozwól programie działać w tle, podczas gdy Ty będziesz robił coś innego.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/deja-dup/restore-revert.page0000644000373100047300000000247012317333256025025 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Przywrócić poprzednią wersję pliku Przywracanie pliku

Przejdź do katalogu zawierającego plik, który chcesz przywrócić.

Wybierz plik, który chcesz przywrócić, klikając na nim.

Kliknij Edytuj Przywróć poprzednią wersję ... .

Gdy pojawi się okno dialogowe Przywróć, wybierz datę, do której chcesz powrócić.

Kliknij Naprzód.

Przejrzyj swój wybór i kliknij Przywróć. Zauważ, że operacja ta nadpisze Twoją obecną wersję pliku.

Możesz wybrać kilka plików na raz przed przywracaniem.

Możesz również przywracać pliki używając wiersza poleceń:

deja-dup --restore FILE1 FILE2 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/deja-dup/restore-lost.page0000644000373100047300000000240012317333256024470 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Przywróć plik, który nie jest już obecny Odzyskiwanie utraconego pliku

Przejdź do folderu zawierającego pliki, które zostały utracone.

Kliknij Plik Przywracanie brakujących plików ... .

Kiedy pojawi się okno dialogowe Przywróć, rozpocznie się skanowanie plików znajdujących się w kopii zapasowej, ale już nie będących w tym folderze.

Gdy zobaczysz plik, który chcesz przywrócić, zaznacz go i kliknij Dalej.

Przejrzyj swój wybór i kliknij Przywróć.

Można przywrócić utracone pliki z poziomu wiersza poleceń, jeśli pamiętasz nazwy tych plików:

deja-dup --restore FILE1 FILE2 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/deja-dup/prefs.page0000644000373100047300000001102412317333256023147 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Dostosuj ustawienia Ustawienia <gui>Automatic backup</gui>

Turn this option on to have Déjà Dup automatically back up for you. This is recommended so that you don’t forget to do it yourself. Backups are more useful the more recent they are, so it is important to back up regularly.

 <gui>Folders to save</gui>

Choose a list of folders to save in your backup. Press the Add or Remove buttons to modify the list. If you are only interested in backing up your own data, the default of Home is sufficient.

 <gui>Foldery do ignorowania</gui>

Choose a list of folders to not save in your backup. Press the Add or Remove buttons to modify the list.

Jakieś twoje dane mogą być duże i nie istotne dla ciebie. W takim wypadku możesz zaoszczędzić trochę miejsca i nie kopiować ich.

Niektóre foldery domyślnie nie są kopiowane:

~/.adobe/Flash_Player/AssetCache

~/.cache

~/.gvfs

~/.Private

~/.recent-applications.xbel

~/.recently-used.xbel

~/.steam/root (which by default also ignores ~/.local/share/Steam)

~/.thumbnails

~/.xsession-errors

/proc

/run

/sys

/tmp

 <gui>Storage location</gui>

Use these options to specify the storage location that Déjà Dup will use when backing up or restoring:

Usługi w chmurze

The first few storage locations are cloud storage services provided by various companies. For a small fee, they hold your data for you. A cloud service like this is recommended because it is an easy way to keep your data offsite (meaning out of your home: in case of disaster or theft, your data will still be safe).

These services cost money. Read their rates carefully before using them.

 Serwery zdalne

Wybierz typ zdalnego serwera, do którego chcesz się podłączyć. Będziesz mógł wtedy poznać informacje o tym serwerze. Jeśli jednak znasz URL serwera wybierz Domyślna Lokacja i zatwierdź.

 Nośniki wymienne

Na liście mogą znajdować się dodatkowe urządzenia służące do przechowywania danych, takie jak zewnętrzny twardy dysk lub pendrive.

 Katalog lokalny

You may also want to choose a local folder as a storage location. Note that backups can be quite large, so make sure you have enough free disk space.

Jest to zalecane, ponieważ gdy twój sprzęt nawali, stracisz wszystko: kopię oraz pliki oryginalne.

 <gui>Keep</gui>

Wybierz minimalną ilość czasu zachowania kopii zapasowych plików. Jeśli stwierdzisz, że pliki kopii zapasowej zajmują dużo miejsca, możesz zmniejszyć ten czas. Ze względu na szczegóły wykonania, pliki mogą być przechowywane dłużej niż wybrany czas. Ale pliki nie zostaną usunięte wcześniej.

Backups are kept forever by default, but still may be deleted earlier if the storage location begins to run out of space.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/deja-dup/contribute.page0000644000373100047300000000372512317333256024217 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Pomóż w tworzeniu Déjà Dup coraz lepszym Początki

Więc jednak chcesz pomóc w tworzeniu Déjà Dup coraz lepszym? Super! Przeczytaj więc kilka sugestii.

Zgłoś problem

Widziałeś błąd? Masz jakiś pomysł? Po prostu zgłoś buga. Czekaj cierpliwie na odpowiedź.

Zgłoszenia buga powinno być napisane w języku angielskim.

Napisz do Nas

Nie gryziemy. Napisz emaila na tutaj.

Albo zasubskrybuj newsletter. Lista subskrybentów jest mała.

Prosimy pisać listy po angielsku.

Tłumaczenie

Mówisz po angielsku i jeszcze w innym języku? Super! Możesz pomóc w tłumaczeniu Déjà Dup poprzez stronę. To naprawdę proste.

Wsparcie

Lubisz pomagać ludziom? Odpowiadaj na pytania użytkowników.

To kolejna świetna droga dla osób nie władających angielskim, żeby się dowiedzieć jak działa ten program, możesz odpowiadać użytkownikom twojej narodowości w ich języku.

Kodowanie

Zawsze znajdą się bugi do naprawienia. Jeśli chcesz się czegoś dowiedzieć, to napisz na naszą listę mailingować opisaną poniżej.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/deja-dup/index.page0000644000373100047300000000200012317333256023131 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Backup Help Backup Help Michael Terry mike@mterry.name 2010,2011

Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported License

 <media type="image" mime="image/png" src="figures/deja-dup-icon.png"/> Backup Help
Wykonywanie kopii zapasowej
Przywracanie plików
O <app>Narzędziach Déjà Dup Backup</app>
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/deja-dup/restore-full.page0000644000373100047300000000523112317333256024456 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Przywracanie się nie powiodło Przywracanie pełnego systemu
Ustawienia

Doprowadź swój system do świeżego stanu. Na przykład, całkowicie nowa instalacja lub nowe konto na starym komputerze. Nie zajmuj się jeszcze dostosowywaniem ustawień i wyglądem systemu. Poczekaj aż przywrócisz swoje poprzednie ustawienia, gdyż wszystkie zmiany wprowadzone teraz mogą zostać nadpisane przy przywracaniu poprzedniego stanu.

Następnie zainstaluj Déjà Dup. Twoja dystrybucja powinna ją mieć w swoich repozytoriach. W innym wypadku ściągnij i skompiluj program.
Przywracanie

Open your Backups settings.

Kliknij na Przywróć... w Podgląd

Przywróć pojawi się okno z zapytaniem gdzie są przechowywane pliki kopii zapasowe (Twoja Lokalizacja kopii).

Kliknij Dalej i czekaj na Déjà Dup aż przeskanuje lokalizację kopii zapasowej.

Wybierz datę kiedy została wykonana kopia zapasowa aby przywrócić. Zazwyczaj można po prostu zostawić to w spokoju, domyślnie będzie to najnowsza kopia zapasowa.

Kliknij Naprzód.

Wybierz, gdzie przywrócić. Ponieważ jest to przywracanie kopii zapasowej całego systemu, pozostaw jako domyślne. (Przywracanie z bieżącej instalacji)

Kliknij Naprzód.

Przejrzyj swój wybór i kliknij Przywróć.

Czekaj. Ukończenie przywracania może zająć dużo czasu.

Wreszcie, teraz należy ponownie zainstalować wszystkie programy, którymi cieszyłeś się w poprzedniej instalacji.

Jeśli z jakiś powodów masz problem po próbie przywrócenia korzystając z opcji Przywróć pliki do poprzedniej lokalizacji, spróbuj przywrócić je do katalogu tymczasowego a dopiero potem przenieś je tam gdzie ich miejsce.

Jeśli to nadal nie działa, istnieją bardziej drastyczne rzecze które można spróbować.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/irc-manage.page0000644000373100047300000000407612317332043024013 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Używanie programu Empathy w sieciach IRC. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Internet Relay Chat (IRC)

You must have the telepathy-idle package installed to use IRC in Empathy.

Install telepathy-idle
IRC Chat Rooms and Conversations Pokoje rozmów i rozmowy
Common IRC Problems Powszechne problemy
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/add-contact.page0000644000373100047300000000406712317332043024171 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Dodawanie kontaktu do listy. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Dodawanie kontaktu do listy kontaktów

Należy wybrać RozmowaDodaj kontakt.

Z rozwijanej listy Kont należy wybrać konto, którego chcemy używać do połączenia z kontaktami. Kontakty muszą używać tej samej usługi jak wybrane konto.

W polu Identyfikator należy wpisać identyfikator logowania, nazwę użytkownika, pseudonim lub inny identyfikator właściwy dla danego rodzaju usługi.

W polu Alias należy wpisać nazwę kontaktu, która ma być wyświetlana na liście kontaktów.

Należy nacisnąć przycisk Dodaj, aby dodać osobę do listy kontaktów.

Aby dodać nową osobę do listy kontaktów, należy być podłączonym do Internetu i do konta.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/send-file.page0000644000373100047300000000532012317332043023647 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Wysyłanie plików z własnego komputera do jednego z kontaktów. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Wysyłanie plików

W oknie Lista kontaktów należy wykonać jedno z poniższych działań:

Kliknąć prawym przyciskiem myszy w kontakt, do którego chcemy wysłać plik i wybrać Wyślij plik.

Click on the contact you want to send a file, and choose Edit ContactSend file.

Wybrać plik do wysłania i kliknąć w Wyślij.

Pojawi się okno Przesyłanie plików.

Należy poczekać, aż kontakt zaakceptuje przechodzący plik, lub nacisnąć Zatrzymaj, aby zatrzymać przesyłanie pliku.

Po ukończeniu przesyłania można zamknąć okno Przesyłanie plików.

Jeśli okno zawiera listę wielu ukończonych przesyłów plików, należy nacisnąć Wyczyść, aby wyczyścić listę. W ten sposób zostaną usunięte pliki z listy, jednak nie zostaną usunięte z komputera.

Można wysyłać pliki jedynie przez następujące protokoły: Jabber, Google Talk i Osoby w pobliżu.

Aby wysłać do kogoś plik, należy być połączonym do Internetu lub sieci lokalnej.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/irc-join-room.page0000644000373100047300000000400612317332043024465 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Łączenie z kanałem IRC. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Łączenie z pokojem rozmów IRC

Można dołączyć do pokojów rozmów IRC (znanych również jako kanały) w dowolnej sieci IRC do której jesteśmy połączeni. Aby połączyć się do sieci IRC, należy zobaczyć i .

W oknie Listy kontaktów należy wybrać PokójDołącz....

Z rozwijanej listy Konto należy wybrać konto IRC odpowiadające sieci, której chcemy używać.

W polu tekstowym Pokój należy wpisać nazwę kanały, do którego chcemy dołączyć. Nazwy kanałów IRC rozpoczynają się od symbolu hash (#).

Należy nacisnąć na przycisk Dołącz, aby wejść do pokoju.

Aby dołączyć do wielu pokojów należy powtórzyć powyższe kroki dla każdego pokoju.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000312412317332043024522 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Wprowadzenie do komunikatora Empathy. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Wprowadzenie

Empathy is an instant messaging application for the GNOME Desktop. It supports text messaging, voice & video calls, file transfers, and all the most used messaging systems such as MSN and Google Talk.

Program Empathy posiada funkcje pozwalające na lepszą współpracę podczas pracy oraz z łatwością utrzymywać kontakt z przyjaciółmi.

Using Empathy, you can group all the conversations in a single window, have multiple windows for different kind of conversations, easily search through your previous conversations, and share your desktop in just two clicks.

Okno <gui>Listy kontaktów</gui> Okno główne programu Empathy

Okno główne programu Empathy.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/geolocation.page0000644000373100047300000000225412317332043024307 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Używanie i rozumienie działania geolokalizacji w programie Empathy. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Położenie geograficzne
Geolokalizacja
Rozwiązywanie powszechnych problemów
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/prob-conn-acctdisabled.page0000644000373100047300000000376612317332043026312 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Konto, którego chcemy użyć, nie jest włączone na liście kont. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Konto nie jest włączone

Jeśli konto komunikatora, którego chcemy użyć, nie jest włączone na rozwijanej liście kont podczas rozpoczynania nowej rozmowy lub dołączania do pokoju, szczegóły tego konta mogą nie być poprawne.

Należy się upewnić, że połączenie z Internetem lub siecią lokalną zostało ustanowione.

Należy wybrać EdycjaKonta i zaznaczyć konto, które nie działa.

Należy ponownie wprowadzić nazwę użytkownika i hasło, aby upewnić się, że są one poprawne.

Należy sprawdzić w części Zaawansowane, czy wszystkie szczegóły są poprawne. Szczegóły powinny być możliwe do sprawdzenia na stronie usługi komunikatora.

Check that the account is switched on.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/disable-account.page0000644000373100047300000000442112317332043025037 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Należy wyłączyć w programie Empathy funkcję automatycznego logowania na koncie. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Wyłączanie konta

Można wyłączyć konto bez jego usuwania, aby program Empathy nie logował się na koncie. Można wyłączyć i ponownie włączyć konto jeśli chcemy się czasami na to konto zalogować, ale chcemy używać programu Empathy do obsługi innych kont.

From the Contact List window, choose Edit Accounts, or press F4.

Należy zaznaczyć konto, które chcemy wyłączyć na liście kont po lewej stronie okna.

On the right side of the window, switch it off.

To re-enable the account, switch it on.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/geolocation-privacy.page0000644000373100047300000000573512317332043025771 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jakie informacje są wysyłane i do kogo. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Prywatność w geolokalizacji
Jakie informacje są wysyłane

Można wysyłać następujące dane: kraj, region, położenie, obszar, ulica, budynek, piętro, pokój, kod pocztowy, długość geograficzna, szerokość geograficzna i wysokość nad poziomem morza oraz prędkość i kierunek.

Dokładność i ilość informacji o pozycji geograficznej użytkownika zależą od oprogramowania i infrastruktury użytej do określenia jego pozycji.

Różne rodzaje sieci mogą mieć różne ustawienia dokładności i mogą przesyłać różne informacje. Użycie zewnętrznych urządzeń takich jak GPS lub telefony komórkowe zwiększa dokładność przesyłanych informacji.

Po włączeniu trybu prywatnego żadne informacje bardziej szczegółowe niż miasto w którym znajduje się użytkownik nie zostaną udostępnione, nawet jeśli zostanie użyte urządzenie zewnętrzne.

Osoby mające wgląd do udostępnionych informacji

Jedynie osoby z listy kontaktów mają dostęp do położenia geograficznego użytkownika.

Czym jest tryb prywatny

Tryb prywatny, domyślnie włączony, jest trybem ograniczonej dokładności, który obniży dokładność położenia geograficznego użytkownika udostępnionego innym kontaktom.

Przegląd ustawień prywatności

Przegląd różnych ustawień prywatności geolokalizacji w programie Empathy.

Geolokalizacja nie jest domyślnie włączona.

Tryb prywatny jest domyśnie włączony.

Tryb prywatny pozostaje włączony nawet gdy zostaną użyte zewnętrzne, bardziej dokładne urządzenia.

Jedynie kontakty z listy kontaktów użytkownika mają dostęp do informacji o jego położeniu.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/geolocation-supported.page0000644000373100047300000000316212317332043026331 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Usługi obsługujące geolokalizację i kompatybilność. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Obsługiwane usługi

Funkcja geolokalizacji jest obecnie kompatybilna jedynie z usługą Jabber. Aby jej użyć użytkownik i jego kontakty muszą mieć konto Jabber.

Używany serwer musi obsługiwać funkcję geolokalizacji. Większość serwerów Jabbera obsługuje tę funkcję. Aby uzyskać więcej informacji na ten temat należy zapoznać się z dokumentacją strony internetowej świadczącej usługę.
Kompatybilność

Funkcja geolokalizacji w programie Empathy nie jest kompatybilna z innymi usługami pozycji geograficznej takimi jak Google Latitude, Yahoo Fire Eagle lub Brightkite.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/irc-start-conversation.page0000644000373100047300000000357012317332043026426 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Start a conversation with an IRC contact. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Prowadzenie rozmowy z kimś na IRC.

Można prowadzić prywatne rozmowy z innymi użytkownikami IRC poza publicznymi pokojami IRC. Aby rozpocząć rozmowę z innym użytkownikiem IRC:

Na liście kontaktów pokoju rozmów IRC należy wybrać nazwę użytkownika, z którym chcemy rozmawiać. Można również kliknąć w nazwę użytkownika i wybrać Rozmowa.

Lista kontaktów pokoju IRC różni się od listy kontaktów programu Empathy. Zawiera ona listę użytkowników pokoju rozmów IRC, do którego jesteśmy połączeni. Różne pokoje mogą mieć różne listy użytkowników.

Lista kontaktów pokoju IRC znajduje się zazwyczaj po prawej stronie okna pokoju IRC. Jeśli nie jest wyświetlana, należy wybrać RozmowaLista kontaktów.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/change-status.page0000644000373100047300000000407112317332043024551 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Należy zmienić stan, aby ogłosić swoim kontaktom dostępność. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Zmiana stanu dostępności

Można ustawić stan, aby pokazać swoją dostępność dla kontaktów. Program Empathy pozwala na wybór z listy zdefiniowanych stanów.

Należy wybrać z rozwijanej listy na górze okna Listy kontaktów.

Należy wybrać stan dostępności z listy.

See for a list of the built-in statuses and what they mean. You can also add custom status messages to provide more information about your availability to your contacts.

Jeśli nie używa się komputera przez chwilę, lub jeśli włączony jest wygaszacz ekranu, stan zostanie automatycznie przełączony do trybu Nieobecny.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/prob-conn-name.page0000644000373100047300000000415012317332043024614 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 “Name in use” Pojawia się komunikat błędu "Pseudonim jest już używany" w oknie głównym. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Pojawia się komunikat "Używana nazwa"

Ten rodzaj błędu zdarza się podczas próby połączenia do konta IRC przy użyciu pseudonimu, który jest już używany przez inną osobę w danej sieci.

Należy nacisnąć na ikonę Edytuj w oknie komunikatu błędu.

W polu Pseudonim należy wprowadzić pseudonim.

Jeśli użytkownik zarejestrował ten pseudonim w używanej sieci, należy ustawić hasło dla tego pseudonimu. Aby uzyskać więcej informacji, należy zobaczyć .

Switch the account off, and then switch it on to try to reconnect to the service.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/prob-conn-auth.page0000644000373100047300000000443512317332043024643 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Komunikat błędu "Uwierzytelnienie się nie powiodło" wyświetlany jest w oknie głównym. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Pojawia się komunikat "Uwierzytelnienie nie powiodło się"

Ten rodzaj błędu zdarza, gdy używana usługa komunikatora nie pozwala na połączenie, ponieważ nazwa lub hasło z jakiegoś powodu nie są rozpoznawane.

Należy się upewnić, że połączenie z Internetem lub siecią lokalną zostało ustanowione.

Należy się upewnić, że zostało zarejestrowane konto w usłudze do której próbujemy się połączyć. Jeśli konto nie zostało zarejestrowane, większość usług nie pozwoli na połączenie.

Należy nacisnąć na ikonę Edytuj w oknie komunikatu błędu.

Należy ponownie wprowadzić nazwę użytkownika i hasło, aby upewnić się, że są one poprawne.

Należy odznaczyć pole Włączone znajdujące się obok nazwy konta, a następnie wybrać je ponownie, aby ustanowić połączenie z usługą

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/share-desktop.page0000644000373100047300000000577512317332043024570 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Show your desktop to your contacts. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Współdziel pulpit

It is possible to share your desktop with some of your contacts. You can use this functionality to show your desktop to your contacts to, for example, ask for help or help your contacts resolve a problem.

To be able to share your desktop, you need to have a VNC server, which has support for the feature, installed on your system. Vino, the GNOME VNC server, has the required support.

From the Contact List window, do one of the following:

Select the contact you want to share your desktop with and choose EditContact Share My Desktop.

Right-click on the name of the contact you want to share your desktop with and select Share My Desktop.

An invitation to view your desktop will be sent to the contact you have selected. To view your desktop, they will need to accept it.

You can disconnect the contact from your computer using your desktop sharing application.

For more information about how to use the remote desktop sharing application, refer to its help.

Podczas współdzielenia pulpitu z innym użytkownikiem można zaobserwować zmniejszenie wydajności systemu i spowolnienie połączenia internetowego.

Some of your contacts may not be able to use this feature. It is necessary for them to have version 2.28, or newer, of Empathy and a compatible remote desktop viewer application installed in their system.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/hide-contacts.page0000644000373100047300000000252312317332043024530 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ukrywanie kontaktów w trybie offline na Liście kontaktów. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Ukrywanie kontaktów znajdujących się w trybie offline.

Domyślnie program Empathy wyświetla jedynie kontakty znajdujące się w trybie online. Można jednak również wyświetlać wszystkie kontakty włącznie z tymi, które znajdują się w trybie offline.

Aby ukryć kontakty w trybie offline:

From the Contact List window, choose View Offline Contacts, or press Ctrl H.

Aby ponownie wyświetlić kontakty w trybie offline, należy powtórzyć powyższą procedurę.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/favorite-rooms.page0000644000373100047300000000676612317332043024774 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ustawianie, dołączanie i zarządzanie ulubionymi pokojami. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Ulubione pokoje
Ustawianie ulubionego pokoju

Należy dołączyć do pokoju.

Aby uzyskać więcej informacji na temat dołączania do pokojów IRC, należy zobaczyć

Aby uzyskać więcej informacji na temat rozpoczynania i dołączania do rozmów grupowych, należy zobaczyć .

W oknie rozmowy należy wybrać RozmowaUlubiony pokój.
Dołączanie do ulubionych pokoi

W oknie Lista kontaktów należy wykonać jedno z poniższych działań:

Należy nacisnąć przycisk F5.

Należy wybrać PokójDołącz do ulubionych, aby dołączyć do ulubionych pokoi.

Należy wybrać Pokój i zaznaczyć ulubione pokoje, do których chcemy dołączyć.

Aby dołączyć do ulubionego pokoju, należy być podłączonym do Internetu i swojego konta.
Zarządzanie ulubionymi pokojami

W oknie Listy kontaktów należy wybrać PokójZarządzaj ulubionymi.

Z listy rozwijanej Konto należy wybrać konto, którego ulubionymi pokojami chcemy zarządzać.

Należy wybrać Wszystkie, aby zobaczyć wszystkie swoje ulubione pokoje.

Należy zaznaczyć ulubione pokoje, którymi chcemy zarządzać:

Należy zaznaczyć pole Automatyczne łączenie, aby automatycznie dołączyć do danego pokoju po połączeniu z kontem.

Należy nacisnąć na Usuń, aby usunąć pokój ze swoich ulubionych.

Po zakończeniu należy nacisnąć przycisk Zamknij.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/index.page0000644000373100047300000000341212317332043023110 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Empathy Internet Messenger Empathy Internet Messenger Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 <media type="image" mime="image/png" src="figures/empathy-logo.png"> Empathy Internet Messenger logo </media> Empathy Internet Messenger
Zarządzanie kontami
Zarządzanie kontaktami
Rozmowy tekstowe
Rozmowy głosowe i wideorozmowy
Zaawansowane działania
Powszechne problemy
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/import-account.page0000644000373100047300000000432212317332043024746 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Importowanie konta z innego komunikatora. Peter Haslam peter.haslam@freenet.de Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Importowanie istniejącego konta

Podczas pierwszego uruchomienia programu Empathy można zaimportować konta z innych komunikatorów. Obecnie jedynym obsługiwanym programem jest Pidgin.

Należy uruchomić program Empathy po raz pierwszy. Asystent zaproponuje kilka opcji utworzenia nowych kont.

Należy wybrać Tak, zaimportuj szczegóły konta z i nacisnąć Dalej.

Należy zaznaczyć pole obok każdego konta przeznaczonego do importu.

Należy nacisnąć przycisk Zastosuj.

Obecnie nie można zaimportować kont po ukończeniu konfiguracji pierwszego uruchomienia.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/prob-conn.page0000644000373100047300000000174612317332043023706 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Diagnozowanie powszechnych problemów przy łączeniu do usług komunikatora. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Problemy z połączeniem z usługami komunikatora usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/irc-commands.page0000644000373100047300000000150312317332043024354 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Obsługiwane polecenia IRC. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Obsługiwane polecenia IRC

Aby zobaczyć listę obsługiwanych poleceń IRC, należy w pokoju rozmów wpisać /help a następnie nacisnąć Enter

Wszystkie dostępne polecenia posiadają krótkie opisy użycia.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/geolocation-not-showing.page0000644000373100047300000000354612317332043026566 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Program Empathy nie udostępnia informacji o położeniu geograficznym użytkownika. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Położenie geograficzne nie jest udostępniane

Jeśli inne kontakty nie mają dostępu do położenia użytkownika, być może program Empathy nie jest w stanie określić z właściwym marginesem dokładności położenia geograficznego użytkownika.

W takim wypadku położenie użytkownika nie jest udostępniane, choć wciąż można śledzić położenie innych kontaktów użytkownika.

Jeśli chcemy udostępnić swoje położenie geograficzne, można użyć zewnętrznych urządzeń GPS.

Aby udostępnić położenie geograficzne, wykorzystywany serwer Jabber musi obsługiwać protokół PEP (Personal Eventing Protocal). Lista takich serwerów jest dostępna w Internecie pod tym adresem. Google Talk nie obsługuje w chwili obecnej tego protokołu.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/status-icons.page0000644000373100047300000000635612317332043024447 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Znaczenie różnych stanów dostępności i ikon tych stanów. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Rodzaje stanów dostępności i ikony <media type="image" mime="image/png" src="figures/available.png">Available icon</media> <gui>Available</gui>

Należy użyć stanu Dostępny gdy znajdujemy się przed komputerem i możemy nawiązywać rozmowy z kontaktami. Można ustawić własną wiadomość dla tego stanu dostępności

 <media type="image" mime="image/png" src="figures/busy.png">Busy icon</media> <gui>Busy</gui>

Należy użyć stanu Zajęty, aby powiadomić swoje kontakty, że nie chcemy w danym momencie rozmawiać. Można w tej sytuacji wciąż nawiązać kontakt, np. w przypadku wyjątkowo ważnej sprawie. Domyślnie, program Empathy nie będzie używał powiadomień i dźwięków w stanie zajętości. Można również ustawić własną wiadomość dla tego stanu.

 <media type="image" mime="image/png" src="figures/away.png">Away icon</media> <gui>Away</gui>

Należy użyć stanu Nieobecny, gdy odchodzimy od komputera. Program Empathy automatycznie ustawia stan Nieobecny jeśli komputer nie jest używany przez pewien czas lub włączony jest wygaszacz ekrany. Domyślnie program Empathy nie będzie używał powiadomień lub dźwięków w tym stanie. Można ustawić własną wiadomość

 <media type="image" mime="image/png" src="figures/offline.png">Offline icon</media> <gui>Invisible</gui>

Po ustawieniu stanu na Niewidoczny, użytkownik widoczny jest dla innych jakby był w trybie offline. Połączenie jest wciąż aktywne, można obserwować stany dostępności innych kontaktów i nawiązywać z nimi rozmowy.

 <media type="image" mime="image/png" src="figures/offline.png">Offline icon</media> <gui>Offline</gui>

Ustawienie stanu na Offline rozłącza wszystkie konta użytkownika.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/irc-send-file.page0000644000373100047300000000214212317332043024421 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Program Empathy nie obsługuje w tej chwili funkcji przesyłania plików przez IRC. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Wysyłanie plików przez IRC.

Obecnie nie można wysyłać plików przez IRC.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/video-call.page0000644000373100047300000000564312317332043024030 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Rozpoczęcie wideorozmowy z jednym z kontaktów. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Rozpoczęcie wideorozmowy

If you have a webcam, you can call your contacts and have a video conversation with them. This feature only works with certain types of accounts, and it requires the other person to have an application that supports video calls.

From the Contact List window, click the video call icon next to the name of the contact you wish to call and choose Video Call.

Zostanie otworzone nowe okno. Po ustanowieniu połączenia, na dole okna pojawi się komunikat Połączony wraz z czasem rozmowy.

To end the conversation, click on Hang up.

To turn a video conversation into an audio conversation, choose VideoVideo Off.

Start a video conversation with a meta-contact

From the Contact List window, right-click on the meta-contact.

Select the contact you want to have the conversation, and from the menu select Video Call.

To recognize if a contact is a meta-contact, move your mouse on a contact in the Contact List window, and stop over it for a second: a small pop-up message will appear showing the number of the contacts that form the meta-contact.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/prob-conn-neterror.page0000644000373100047300000000472012317332043025537 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Komunikat błędu "Błąd sieci" wyświetlany jest w oknie głównym. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Pojawia się komunikat "Błąd sieci"

Tego rodzaju błąd pojawia się, gdy program Empathy nie może, z pewnego powodu, połączyć się z usługą komunikatora.

Ten rodzaj błędu pojawia się także podczas próby użycia konta IRC bez ustawienia pseudonimu.

Należy się upewnić, że połączenie z Internetem lub siecią lokalną zostało ustanowione.

Należy nacisnąć na ikonę Edytuj w oknie komunikatu błędu.

Należy sprawdzić w części Zaawansowane, czy wszystkie szczegóły są poprawne. Szczegóły powinny być możliwe do sprawdzenia na stronie usługi komunikatora.

Switch the account off, and then switch it on to try to reconnect to the service.

Obsługa serwerów proxy

W chwili obecnej program Empathy nie może być konfigurowany do obsługi serwerów proxy.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/prev-conv.page0000644000373100047300000001001112317332043023711 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Przeglądanie lub przeszukiwanie poprzednich rozmów. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Wyświetlanie poprzednich rozmów

Program Empathy automatycznie zapisuje wszystkie rozmowy tekstowe prowadzone z kontaktami. Można przeszukiwać wszystkie poprzednie rozmowy lub przeglądać je filtrując kontakty i daty.

Nie trzeba być połączonym do Internetu, aby wyświetlać i przeszukiwać poprzednie rozmowy.
Przeszukiwanie poprzednich rozmów

Można przeszukiwać poprzednie rozmowy z kontaktami w pokojach rozmów według daty.

From the Contact List window, choose View Previous Conversations. Alternatively, press F3.

Należy wybrać konto z rozwijanej listy na górze po prawej stronie. Lista kontaktów i pokojów rozmów dla tego konta zostanie wyświetlona poniżej.

Należy wybrać kontakt lub pokój rozmów, aby zostały wyświetlone jego poprzednie rozmowy. Domyślnie wyświetlone zostaną najpóźniejsze poprzednie rozmowy.

Można przeglądać rozmowy według daty. Dni, w których zostały przeprowadzone rozmowy z wybranym kontaktem, zostaną zaznaczone wytłuszczonym drukiem. Należy je wybrać. Następnie należy kliknąć w strzałki obok miesiąca i roku, aby móc przeglądać wcześniejsze daty.

You can search for text in the conversations by typing into the search field at the top. The matching conversations will be showed.

You can quickly view the previous conversations with one of your contacts from the Contact List window. Simply right click the contact and choose Previous Conversations. The Previous Conversations window will open with that contact already selected.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/add-account.page0000644000373100047300000000633712317332043024174 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Dodawanie nowego konta do programu Empathy. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Dodawanie nowego konta

Można dodać konta komunikatora każdej obsługiwanej usługi, aby komunikować się wszystkimi kontaktami przy użyciu programu Empathy. W przypadku niektórych dostawców kont można w ten sposób również zarejestrować nowe konto. Aby uzyskać więcej informacji na ten temat, należy zapoznać się z .

From the Contact List window, choose Edit Accounts, or press F4.

Click +.

Z rozwijanej listy Protokół należy wybrać rodzaj konta, które chcemy dodać.

W przypadku braku zarejestrowanego konta należy wybrać Utworzenie nowe konta na serwerze. Ta funkcja nie jest dostępna dla wszystkich rodzajów kont i może nie być dostępna u niektórych dostawców kont. Aby uzyskać więcej informacji na ten temat, należy zobaczyć .

Enter the required information. For most accounts, you will only need a login ID and a password. Some accounts may require additional information. See for more information.

Należy nacisnąć przycisk Zastosuj.

Aby zmienić nazwę identyfikującą konto w oknie Kont, należy wybrać konto z listy po lewej stronie i kliknąć w nazwę lub nacisnąć przycisk spacji. Po zakończeniu modyfikacji nazwy należy nacisnąć przycisk Enter.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/overview.page0000644000373100047300000000443212317332043023652 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 What instant messaging is and how you can use it. Aruna S aruna.evam@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Overview of instant messaging

Instant messaging, sometimes abbreviated to IM, is a text-based means to communicate instantly over the internet and the local network. While some IM applications work with only one type of account, others, including Empathy, provide IM facilities by using accounts from different service providers. Some of these even support audio and video calling.

Video Conference

Group chats

Chat rooms

Some instant messaging applications can be used to connect to chat rooms, online places where like-minded people meet to talk. One popular means to connect to several chat rooms is the Internet Relay Chat, also known as IRC. IRC provides public chat rooms, which are open to anyone who creates an account on the IRC Server, and private chat rooms, which are password protected and open only to a select few.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/audio-video.page0000644000373100047300000001243312317332043024211 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Informacja dotycząca możliwości nawiązania rozmowy głosowej lub wideo. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Obsługa rozmów głosowych i wideorozmów

Rozmowy głosowe i wideorozmowy można nawiązywać jedynie z kontaktami używającymi programu obsługującego tę funkcję. Gdy kontakty obsługują rozmowy głosowe i wideorozmowy, przy ich nazwach na liście kontaktów widoczne będą te ikony:

Ikona

Opis

Icon for audio conversation

Kontakt może nawiązywać rozmowy głosowe.

Icon for video conversation

Kontakt może nawiązywać wideorozmowy.

Aby nawiązywać rozmowy głosowe potrzebna jest karta dźwiękowa obsługiwana przez system operacyjny oraz działający mikrofon.

Aby nawiązywać wideorozmowy potrzebna jest kamera internetowa obsługiwana przez system operacyjny oraz działający mikrofon.
Obsługiwane typy kont

Można nawiązywać rozmowy głosowe i wideorozmowy jedynie używając kont pewnych obsługiwanych usług. Poniższa tabele pokazuje czy rozmowy głosowe i wideorozmowy są obsługiwane dla każdego rodzaju konta.

Obsługa typów kont jest zapewniana przez wtyczki. System może nie udostępniać wszystkich z wymienionych typów lub mogą one nie być wymienione. Uaktualnione wtyczki mogą umożliwiać rozmowy głosowe lub wideorozmowy dla rodzajów kont, które oznaczone są tu jako nieobsługiwane.

Usługa

Rozmowy głosowe

Wideorozmowy

AIM

Brak

Brak

Facebook Chat

Brak

Brak

gadugadu

Brak

Brak

Google Talk

Tak

Tak

Groupwise

Brak

Brak

ICQ

Brak

Brak

IRC

Brak

Brak

Jabber

Tak

Tak

MSN

Tak

Tak

myspace

Brak

Brak

qq

Brak

Brak

Osoby w pobliżu

Brak

Brak

sametime

Brak

Brak

silc

Brak

Brak

SIP

Tak

Tak

Yahoo!

Brak

Brak

zephyr

Brak

Brak
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/audio-call.page0000644000373100047300000000557212317332043024024 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Nawiązywanie połączeń głosowych przez Internet Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Nawiązywanie połączeń głosowych

Można nawiązywać rozmowy głosowe z kontaktami. Funkcja ta działa jedynie na pewnego rodzaju kontach i wymaga, aby inna osoba używała programu obsługującego rozmowy głosowe.

From the Contact List window, click the video call icon next to the name of the contact you wish to call and choose Audio Call.

Zostanie otworzone nowe okno. Po ustanowieniu połączenia, na dole okna pojawi się komunikat Połączony wraz z czasem rozmowy.

To end the conversation, click on Hang up.

To turn an audio conversation into a video conversation, choose Video Video On.

Start an audio conversation with a meta-contact

From the Contact List window, right-click on the meta-contact.

Select the contact you want to have the conversation, and from the menu select Audio Call.

To recognize if a contact is a meta-contact, move your mouse on a contact in the Contact List window, and stop over it for a second: a small pop-up message will appear showing the number of the contacts that form the meta-contact.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/accounts-window.page0000644000373100047300000000277512317332043025140 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Dodawanie, modyfikowanie i usuwanie kont. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Okno kont

Okno Kont pozwala na dodawanie, modyfikowanie i usuwanie kont.

Szczegóły konta

W przypadku większości typów kont można po prostu wprowadzić identyfikator logowania i hasło. Pewne konta lub typy kont mogą jednak wymagać podania dodatkowych informacji.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/remove-account.page0000644000373100047300000000424712317332043024737 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Zupełne usunięcie konta z programu Empathy. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Usunięcie konta

Można całkowicie usunąć konto z programu Empathy jeśli nie będzie ono już więcej używane. Jeśli zajdzie w przyszłości potrzeba użycia konta programu Empathy, konieczne będzie ponowne podanie szczegółowych danych konta.

From the Contact List window, choose Edit Accounts, or press F4.

Należy zaznaczyć konto, które chcemy usunąć z listy kont po lewej stronie okna.

Click -.

Zostanie wyświetlone okno z prośbą o potwierdzenie. Naciśnij przycisk Usuń, aby trwale usunąć konto.

Nawet po usunięciu konta, program Empathynie usuwa poprzednich rozmów dla tego konta.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/account-irc.page0000644000373100047300000001457012317332043024217 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Dodatkowe informacje potrzebne do połączenia z sieciami IRC. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Szczegóły konta IRC

Konta IRC wymagają innych informacji niż wiele innych rodzajów kont. Aby utworzyć konto IRC konieczne jest określenie co najmniej sieci IRC i pseudonimu. Niniejsza strona podaje informacje wymagane przez konta IRC.

You must have the telepathy-idle package installed to use IRC in Empathy.

 <gui>Network</gui>

IRC jest systemem otwartym, który pozwala na działanie oddzielnych sieci IRC. Każda sieć jest inna i ma swoich użytkowników i pokoje rozmów. Program Empathy posiada listę najbardziej popularnych sieci na liście rozwijanej Sieć. Można także dodawać sieci. Aby uzyskać więcej informacji, należy zobaczyć poniżej

 <gui>Nickname</gui>

Pseudonim jest jedyny w sieci IRC. Tylko jedna osoba może uzyskać dany pseudonim. Jeśli pojawi się komunikat błędu mówiący, że , należy zmienić pseudonim.

 <gui>Password</gui>

Niektóre serwery, w szczególności te w sieciach prywatnych, wymagają hasła podczas połączenia. W przypadku posiadania uprawnień pozwalających na uwierzytelnienie w sieci, administrator sieci powinien dostarczyć odpowiednie hasła.

Hasła NickServ

On some networks, nicknames can be registered using a service known as NickServ. Empathy does not directly support nickname passwords. On some networks, including the popular freenode network, server passwords are automatically forwarded to NickServ, allowing you to set this field to identify yourself with NickServ. See for more details.

 <gui>Real name</gui>

Można do pseudonimu dołączyć swoje prawdziwe imię i nazwisko. Inni użytkownicy będą mogli poznać te dane.

 <gui>Quit message</gui>

Po przejściu do trybu offline, zostanie wysłany komunikat przy zakończeniu do wszystkich pokojów w których przebywa użytkownik oraz do wszystkich użytkowników z którymi prowadzone są rozmowy prywatne. Należy użyć tego pola do wpisania własnego komunikatu wysyłanego przy zakończeniu.
IRC Networks Sieci

Program Empathy zawiera listę popularnych sieci IRC. Jeśli chcemy używać innej sieci IRC, można ją dodać do listy. Można również edytować sieci i usuwać je z listy.

Aby dodać sieć do listy należy nacisnąć na Dodaj.

Aby edytować sieć z listy, należy wybrać sieć i nacisnąć na Edytuj.

Aby usunąć sieć z listy, należy wybrać sieć i nacisnąć na Usuń.

Dodając lub edytując sieć można wprowadzić następujące informacje:

<gui>Network</gui>

Jest to nazwa sieci, która ma się pojawiać na liście sieci.

 <gui>Charset</gui>

To określa kodowanie znaków, które jest zazwyczaj używane w tej sieci. Kodowanie znaków jest specjalnym sposobem zapisywania znaków przez komputer. Istnieje wiele kodować znaków i trzeba użyć tego samego kodowania znaków jak inni użytkownicy, aby wiadomości były wyświetlane były poprawnie.

Domyślnie, program Empathy używa kodowania UTF-8, nowoczesnego kodowania znaków, które obsługuje tekst w większości języków świata. Innym powszechnym kodowaniem dla języka polskiego jest ISO-8859-2.

 <gui>Servers</gui>

W sieci IRC może być wiele serwerów, z którymi można się połączyć. Po połączeniu do serwera w danej sieci, można się komunikować ze wszystkimi użytkownikami wszystkich innych serwerów tej sieci. Można dodać i usunąć serwery dla sieci używając przycisków Dodaj i Usuń.

Po wybraniu serwera należy nacisnąć na pole w kolumnie Serwer lub Port, aby móc je edytować. Można również użyć strzałek w prawo i w lewo, aby podświetlić odpowiednie pole i nacisnąć przycisk spacji, aby rozpocząć edycję.

Należy zaznaczyć pole w kolumnie SSL, aby cała komunikacja z serwerem była szyfrowana. Należy jednak zauważyć, że inni użytkownicy danej sieci będą wciąż mogli zobaczyć to, co jest publikowane w publicznych pokojach rozmów.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/set-custom-status.page0000644000373100047300000000747612317332044025444 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Dodawanie, modyfikowanie i usuwanie własnych wiadomości dla stanów obecności. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Ustawienie własnej wiadomości

Czasem może wystąpić potrzeba ustawienia własnej wiadomości dla stanu, np. aby powiadomić innych, że będziemy niedostępni przez pewien czas.

Można ustawić własną wiadomość w oparciu o różne dostępne stany dostępności.

W oknie Lista kontaktów należy kliknąć w rozwijaną listę na górze.

Należy wybrać stan, do którego chcemy dodać własną wiadomość. Należy wybrać stan oznaczony etykietą Własna wiadomość.

Należy wprowadzić własną wiadomość do pola tekstowego na górze okna i nacisnąć Enter, aby ustawić wiadomość.

If you want to set the custom message as a favorite, saving it in order to use it again, click on the little heart on the right of the text box where you wrote your custom message.

Bez naciśnięcia gwiazdki własna wiadomość nie będzie dostępna przy ponownym uruchomieniu programu Empathy. Zostanie ona zapamiętana jedynie do końca bieżącej sesji.
Edit and remove a custom message

W oknie Lista kontaktów należy kliknąć w rozwijaną listę na górze.

Należy wybrać Zmodyfikuj własne wiadomości....

Aby zmodyfikować własne wiadomości należy:

W oknie Zapisane własne wiadomości należy wybrać wiadomość stanu, którą chcemy zmodyfikować i nacisnąć na nią dwukrotnie.

Wprowadzić treść nowej własnej wiadomości i nacisnąć Enter, aby ją zmodyfikować.

Aby usunąć własną wiadomość należy:

W oknie Zapisane własne wiadomości należy wybrać wiadomość stanu, którą chcemy usunąć.

Nacisnąć na przycisk Usuń.

Po zakończeniu należy nacisnąć przycisk Zamknij

When you edit a custom message, it will not be set as the current status message. You will need to select it from the Contact List window.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/account-jabber.page0000644000373100047300000000646212317332044024671 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Opcje zaawansowane dla kont Jabber i Google Talk. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Szczegóły konta Jabber

Większość kont Jabber wymaga do połączenia podania jedynie identyfikatora logowania i hasła. W przypadku niektórych kont lub w pewnych rodzajach sieci może wystąpić konieczność podania dodatkowych informacji w polu Zaawansowane. Zazwyczaj nie ma potrzeby zmiany opcji zaawansowanych. Ogólne instrukcje dotyczące dodawania konta można znaleźć w .

Google Talk jest rodzajem konta Jabber. Niniejsze instrukcje dotyczą również kont Google Talk.

 <gui>Encryption required (TLS/SSL)</gui> <gui>Ignore SSL certificate errors</gui>

Gdzie to tylko możliwe komunikacja między programem Empathy i serwerem Jabber jest szyfrowana. Jeśli komunikacja szyfrowana nie jest możliwa wiadomości mogą być przesyłane w formie nieszyfrowanej. Należy zaznaczyć Wymagane szyfrowanie, aby program Empathy nie mógł łączyć się z serwerem Jabber, gdy szyfrowanie nie jest możliwe.

Niektóre serwery protokołu Jabber mogą szyfrować dane przy pomocy nieważnych certyfikatów lub przy użyciu certyfikatów wydanych przez nieznane instytucje. Jeśli serwer jest zaufany, można wybrać opcję Ignorowanie błędów certyfikatu SSL, aby pozwolić na komunikację szyfrowaną przy pomocy nieważnych certyfikatów.

 <gui>Resource</gui> <gui>Priority</gui>

Jeśli więcej programów (np. na różnych komputerach) jest połączonych do jednego konta w tym samym czasie, można ustawić identyfikację poszczególnych zasobów. Domyślnie program Empathy do określenia zasobu używa Telepathy.

Można ustawić priorytet, aby określić który program powinien otrzymywać wiadomości przychodzące od kontaktów. Nowe wiadomości będą wysyłane do programu o najwyższym priorytecie.

 <gui>Override server settings</gui>

Program Empathy używa ustawień domyślnych do połączenia z serwerem usługi Jabber w oparciu o identyfikator logowania użytkownika. W przypadku niektórych serwerów usługi Jabber należy ręcznie wprowadzić własne ustawienia serwera. Ustawienia te powinny zostać udostępnione przez dostawcę usługi Jabber.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/geolocation-what-is.page0000644000373100047300000000334012317332044025657 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Działanie geolokalizacji. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Czym jest geolokalizacja

Geolokalizacja pozwala na określenie rzeczywistego położenia geograficznego komputera lub urządzenia podłączonego do Internetu.

Dzięki funkcji geolokalizacji w programie Empathy można:

Publikować położenie geograficzne swoim kontaktom.

Śledzić położenie geograficzne geograficzne kontaktów i szybko się z nimi łączyć.

Ustawić dokładność swojego położenia i urządzenia używanego do określania położenia.

Aby śledzić położenie geograficzne kontaktów konieczne jest, aby używali usługi i programu obsługującego geolokalizację.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/license.page0000644000373100047300000000274312317332044023432 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Informacje prawne Licencja

Niniejsza praca objęta jest licencją CreativeCommons Uznanie autorstwa - Na tych samych warunkach 3.0 Unported.

Jesteś wolny:

<em>To share</em>

, czyli kopiować, rozpowszechniać, odtwarzać i wykonywać utwór.

 <em>To remix</em>

, czyli tworzyć utwory zależne

Na następujących warunkach:

<em>Attribution</em>

Utwór należy oznaczyć w sposób określony przez Twórcę lub Licencjodawcę.

 <em>Share Alike</em>

Zmieniając utwór, przekształcając go lub tworząc na jego podstawie, wolno rozpowszechniać powstały utwór zależny jedynie na tej samej, podobnej lub kompatybilnej licencji.

Pełen tekst licencji dostępny jest pod adresem witryny Creative Commons; można również przeczytać podsumowanie.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/link-contacts.page0000644000373100047300000000541212317332044024555 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Merge and separate different contacts into a single one. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Combine and separate contacts

If one, or more, of your contacts has multiple accounts with different messaging services, you can combine these contacts into a single one.

The resulting contact is called a meta-contact: a contact composed from different single contacts.

If you have a Jane Smith contact that is using three different messaging services like:

janes@facebook

jane.smith@gmail

jane_smith@hotmail

You can combine these contacts into a single Jane Smith one.

Combining contacts

From the Contact List window, right-click one of the contact that has different accounts, and select Link Contacts....

From the left pane in the Link Contacts window, select the contacts you want to combine.

Click Link.

When a meta-contact has been created, the default contact that will be used to have a conversation with when you double-click on it, is the contact with the highest presence on-line.

Separating contacts

From the Contact List, right-click the contact to separate, and select Link Contacts....

Click Unlink.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/irc-nick-password.page0000644000373100047300000000513712317332044025347 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Należy chronić swój pseudonim przed użyciem przez innych użytkowników IRC. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Należy używać hasła do pseudonimu w sieci IRC

W niektórych sieciach IRC można zarejestrować hasło dzięki usłudze NickServ. Wysyłając specjalną wiadomość do NickServ można ustawić hasło potrzebne do identyfikacji. Niektóre pokoje rozmów IRC mogą nie zezwalać na połączenie bez rejestracji pseudonimu.

Empathy does not currently support nickname registration. Some IRC networks, however, will automatically forward a server password to NickServ. On these networks, you can use the IRC password in Empathy to identify yourself to NickServ. The popular freenode network is known to have this feature.

Aby ustawić hasło serwera IRC:

From the Contact List window, choose Edit Accounts, or press F4.

Należy wybrać konto IRC z listy po lewej stronie okna dialogowego.

W polu Hasło należy wpisać hasło użyte do rejestracji pseudonimu.

Należy nacisnąć przycisk Zastosuj.

Te instrukcje pozwalają jedynie na używanie pseudonimu chronionego hasłem w niektórych sieciach IRC. Obecnie nie można zarejestrować pseudonimu IRC lub zmienić hasła do pseudonimu używając programu Empathy.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/geolocation-turn.page0000644000373100047300000000351312317332044025275 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jak włączać i wyłączać geolokalizację w programie Empathy. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Włączanie/Wyłączanie geolokalizacji

Należy wybrać EdycjaPreferencje.

Należy wybrać kartę Położenie.

Należy wybrać Publikowanie położenia kontaktom, aby włączyć geolokalizację.

Aby wyłączyć geolokalizację należy ją odznaczyć.

Aby zwiększyć dokładność własnego położenia należy odznaczyć Zmniejszenie dokładności położenia.

If you have an external device like a GPS or want to send a more accurate position, select the appropriate option in the Location sources section.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/send-message.page0000644000373100047300000000436512317332044024365 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Wysyłanie wiadomości do jednego z kontaktów. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Wysyłanie wiadomości do kogoś

From the Contact List window, double-click the name of the contact that you want to have a conversation with.

Zostanie otwarte nowe okno. Należy wprowadzić wiadomość w polu na dole okna i nacisnąć Enter, aby ją wysłać.
Send a message to a meta-contact

From the Contact List window, right-click on the meta-contact.

Select the contact you want to have the conversation, and from the menu select Chat.

To recognize if a contact is a meta-contact, move your mouse on a contact in the Contact List window, and stop over it for a second: a small pop-up message will appear showing the number of the contacts that form the meta-contact.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/create-account.page0000644000373100047300000001361612317332044024706 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Należy zarejestrować konto jednej z obsługiwanych usług komunikatora. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Rejestracja nowego konta

Większość rodzajów kont wymaga stworzenia konta u dostawcy usługi przed połączeniem za pomocą komunikatora takiego jak program Empathy. Niektórzy dostawcy kont pozwalają na użycie programu Empathy do rejestracji nowego konta przy użyciu tych samych kroków jak te potrzebne przy dodawaniu konta.

This page provides information on creating a new account for various types of accounts. Your account provider should give you a login ID and a password, as well as any additional information you need to connect using Empathy.

Facebook

Facebook is one of the most-used social networks. It allows users to create their own profile and to communicate with their friends.

To use Facebook to communicate with your friends, you will need to create a new account from the website: www.facebook.com.

Jabber

Jabber jest otwartym systemem komunikacyjnym. Podobnie jak e-mail Jabber pozwala na wybór dostawcy konta i komunikację z innymi użytkownikami Jabbera niezależnie od ich dostawcy konta.

Należy stworzyć nowe konto u jednego z dostawców usług Jabber. Istnieje wielu dostawców niepobierających opłat; jednym z popularnych dostawców jest Jabber.org.

Google Mail i Google Talk są usługami zawierającymi w sobie konto Jabbera. Google Talk jest usługą Jabbera. Należy użyć swojego adresu Google Mail i hasła, aby połączyć się za pomocą programu Empathy.
Osoby w pobliżu

Nie ma potrzeby tworzenia konta u dostawcy usług, aby korzystać z tej funkcji. Usługa ta działa po podłączeniu do dowolnej sieci lokalnej, takiej jak bezprzewodowy punkt dostępowy. Usługa automatycznie wykrywa w sieci innych użytkowników, którzy korzystają z tej usługi.

Aby uzyskać więcej informacji,należy zobaczyć .

SIP

SIP jest otwartym systemem pozwalającym użytkownikom na nawiązywanie połączeń głosowych i wideorozmów w sieci Internet. Należy utworzyć konto u usługodawcy SIP. Można łączyć się z innymi użytkownikami SIP niezależnie od tego z jakiego usługodawcy SIP korzystają.

Z powodu różnic technicznych bezpłatne usługi Ekiga.net nie są obsługiwane przez obecną wersją programu Empathy.

Niektórzy dostawcy usług SIP umożliwiają wykonywanie połączeń ze zwykłymi telefonami. Zasadniczo, aby korzystać z tej funkcji należy zakupić odpowiednią usługę.

IRC

Aby używać IRC nie potrzeba rejestrować konta. Chociaż pseudonim jest określony podczas dodawania konta IRC do Empathy, to pseudonim ten jest ustalany każdorazowo podczas połączenia. Jeśli inny użytkownik używa tego samego pseudonimu w danej chwili, należy wybrać inny pseudonim.

Some IRC networks use a service called NickServ to allow users to protect their nicknames. See for more information.

Niektóre serwery IRC są chronione hasłem. Aby połączyć się z tymi serwerami konieczna jest znajomość hasła. Zasadniczo, są to prywatne sieci IRC.

Usługi własnościowe

Istnieje wiele własnościowych komunikatorów, które zostały stworzone przez różne firmy i instytucje. Program Empathy pozwala na połączenie z istniejącym kontem w większości najpopularniejszych sieci. Aby utworzyć nowe konto w jednym z tych komunikatorów należy odwiedzić stronę komunikatora i wyrazić zgodę na warunki użytkowania.

AIM

ICQ

MSN

Yahoo!

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/irc-join-pwd.page0000644000373100047300000000257612317332044024316 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Łączenie z pokojem rozmów IRC chronionym hasłem. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Łącznie z chronionym pokojem rozmów IRC.

On some IRC networks, private IRC rooms may be protected with a password. If you know the password, use the following steps to join:

Join the room as normal.

Empathy will prompt you for a password. Enter the password for the IRC chat room and click Join.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/salut-protocol.page0000644000373100047300000000317312317332044024775 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Działanie funkcji protokołu Osoby w pobliżu. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Czym jest protokół Osoby w pobliżu?

Osoby w pobliżu jest usługą nie wymagającą serwera: nie jest konieczne łączenie się i uwierzytelnianie w żadnym centralnym serwerze, aby jej używać.

Tego rodzaju bezserwerowy system jest ograniczony do sieci lokalnej i nie ma potrzeby nawiązywania połączenia z Internetem.

Osoby używające tej usługi wewnątrz tej samej sieci lokalnej zostaną automatycznie wykryte i będzie można nawiązywać z nimi rozmowy i przesyłać pliki, tak jak ma to miejsce w innych protokołach.

Wszystkie współczesne sieci lokalne powinny obsługiwać tego rodzaju usługę.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/empathy/group-conversations.page0000644000373100047300000000762612317332044026044 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Należy rozpocząć lub dołączyć do rozmowy grupowej. Milo Casagrande milo@ubuntu.com

Creative Commons Na tych samych warunkach 3.0

 Rozmowy grupowe

Dzięki rozmowom grupowym można prowadzić rozmowy tekstowe z więcej niż jednym kontaktem w tym samym czasie.

Aby prowadzić rozmowę grupową należy zarejestrować konto w usłudze Jabber lub Google Talk, albo użyć konta Osoby w pobliżu.

Rozmów grupowych można używać tylko gdy inne kontakty używają tej samej usługi.
Rozpoczynanie rozmowy grupowej

W oknie Listy kontaktów należy wybrać PokójDołącz....

Z listy rozwijanej Konto należy zaznaczyć konto, które ma zostać użyte do rozmowy grupowej.

W polu Serwer należy wpisać nazwę serwera, przez który będzie prowadzona rozmowa.

Należy zostawić puste jeśli będzie prowadzona na bieżącym serwerze.

W polu Pokój należy wpisać nazwę, która ma zostać nadana rozmowie.

Zostanie ona użyta jako nazwa pokoju do prowadzenia rozmowy. Nazwa ta będzie dostępna publicznie dla innych osób chcących dołączyć do pokoju. Nie ma możliwości utworzenia pokoju prywatnego.

Aby zaprosić inne kontakty do rozmowy grupowej należy w oknie Listy kontaktów wybrać kontakt, który chcemy zaprosić, a następnie wykonać jedno z poniższych działań:

Należy nacisnąć prawym przyciskiem myszy na kontakt i wybrać Zaproś do pokoju rozmowy.

Należy wybrać EdycjaKontaktZaproś do pokoju rozmowy.

Jeśli otwarte jest więcej niż jedno okno rozmowy należy wybrać to do którego kontakty mają zostać zaproszone.
Dołączanie do rozmowy grupowej

W oknie Listy kontaktów należy wybrać PokójDołącz....

Należy rozwinąć Listę pokoi, aby zobaczyć listę istniejących pokoi.

Należy nacisnąć na nazwę pokoju, do którego chcemy dołączyć.

Nie można dołączyć do wszystkich istniejących pokoi. Niektóre pokoje mogą wymagać podania hasła lub choćby zaproszenia. Program Empathy nie obsługuje tego rodzaju pokojów.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/eog/commandline.page0000644000373100047300000000344412307574672023416 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Command Line The eog command can open any number of images in various modes. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 The command line

To start the Image Viewer from the Terminal, type eog.

You can open a specific file by typing the filename after the eog command:

eog image.jpeg

You can open a specific folder by typing the folder name after the eog command:

eog folder

To see all the images in a folder at once, you may wish to browse the image gallery.

Open an image in fullscreen mode eog --fullscreen image.jpeg
Open image in a new instance eog --new-instance image.jpeg
Open a folder in slideshow mode eog --slide-show Pictures/
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/eog/preferences.page0000644000373100047300000001060412307574672023425 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Image view, slideshow and plugins. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Preferencje

This topic explains all of the settings that you can change in the image viewer. Click EditPreferences to start changing the preferences.

Image view preferences Image enhancements

Select Smooth images when zoomed out to enable image smoothing when you zoom in and out. This makes low-resolution (pixelated) pictures look better by smoothing out jagged edges.

If you enable Automatic orientation, pictures will be automatically rotated according to their Exif metadata. This is information about a picture that is automatically inserted by a digital camera, and can include details on which way up the camera was held when the picture was taken. For example, when automatic orientation is enabled, portrait photos are automatically rotated upright. The rotation is not saved until you save the rotated image.

Automatic orientation does not work with all pictures; only pictures taken using a camera that saves Exif orientation metadata will be rotated.

 Transparent parts

Select one of the following options to determine how the transparent parts of a picture are displayed, if it has any:

As check pattern:

Wyświetla wszystkie przeźroczyste części obrazu jako szachownicę.

As custom color:

Displays any transparent parts of the image in a solid color that you specify by clicking on the color selector button.

As background:

Displays any transparent parts of the image in the Background color, if As custom color under Background is checked. Otherwise, the default background color is used.
Slide show preferences

To customize slideshow settings:

Under Image Zoom you can select if you would like pictures that are smaller than the screen to be expanded so that they fit the screen.

Under Sequence you can select how many seconds each picture should be displayed for (between 1 and 100) before the next picture is shown.

Check Loop sequence if you want the slideshow to repeat continuously. If unchecked, the slideshow will start at the picture you selected, and finish at the last picture in the folder.
Plugin preferences

Here you can check/uncheck any additional features you would like to activate or deactivate. The picture on the left shows the plugins that are available by default.

You may also wish to install the eog-plugins package, which contains plugins providing a number of extra features. After installing it, you will be able to activate additional plugins, like the ones shown in the picture on the right.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/eog/default.page0000644000373100047300000000306212307574672022550 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make image viewer the default application for viewing pictures. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Open pictures in the image viewer by default

If you want to make the image viewer the default program that opens certain image file types:

In the files app, right click the file and choose Properties.

Go to the Open With tab. A list of Recommended Applications will appear.

Select the Image Viewer and click Set as default.

If Image Viewer is not on the Recommended Applications list, click Show other applications. Select Image Viewer from the list that appears and click Set as default.

Click Close.

In future, when you double-click a file of the same type, it will open up in the image viewer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/eog/plugin-python-console.page0000644000373100047300000000271212307574672025402 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The Python console can be used to add extra functions and run scripts in the image viewer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Python console

The image viewer has a plugin system which uses the Python scripting language. If you activate the Python console, you can gain direct access to a Python interpreter from inside the image viewer, which you can then use to write scripts or programmatically manipulate images, for example.

Before you can activate the Python console, you will need to install eog-plugins.

Once eog-plugins is installed, click Edit Preferences and go to the Plugins tab.

Check Python Console and click Close.

Click ToolsPython Console to bring up the console.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/eog/index.page0000644000373100047300000000306012307574672022231 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Help for the Eye of GNOME Image Viewer. <media type="image" src="figures/eog-trail.png"/> Eye of GNOME Image Viewer Eye of GNOME Image Viewer Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 <media type="image" src="figures/eog-logo.png">Eye of GNOME logo</media> Eye of GNOME Image Viewer
View pictures
Edit pictures
Print pictures
Add extra features
Advanced
Frequently asked questions
Tips and tricks
Get involved
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/eog/plugin-zoom-width.page0000644000373100047300000000206112307574672024517 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adjusts the zoom to fit a picture's full width into the window. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Zoom to fit picture width

Activate the Zoom to fit image width plugin if you want pictures to be expanded to fill the full width of the window.

To do this, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Zoom to fit image width and click Close.

In order to add this functionality, you will need to have installed eog-plugins.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/eog/zoom.page0000644000373100047300000000353012307574672022110 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enlarge the picture on the screen by clicking ViewZoom In. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Zoom

You can zoom in and out to show more or less of a picture on the screen at once. This is useful if you want to see a big picture in its entirety, or if you want to inspect the fine details of a picture.

You can zoom using the mouse wheel. Scroll up to zoom in or scroll down to zoom out.

You can also zoom using the buttons on the toolbar. To zoom in, click the Enlarge the image icon, and to zoom out click the Shrink the image icon. These look like "plus" and "minus" signs.

Alternatively, click ViewZoom In or ViewZoom Out.

To view the picture in its original, unscaled size, click ViewNormal Size. This is the same as the "100%" zoom level.

Zoom to best-fit the window

You can choose to zoom in so that the picture fits fully in the window, even if you resize it. Click ViewBest Fit to do this.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/eog/view.page0000644000373100047300000000561412307574672022103 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Press Left and Right to flip between pictures, or use the image gallery to show them all. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 View all pictures in a folder

You can quickly browse through all of the pictures in a folder by opening one of the pictures and then clicking Next and Previous (for example). You can also view an image gallery, with small previews of all of the pictures in a folder shown at once.

Browse through all pictures in a folder

If you have a folder containing several pictures, you can conveniently browse through all of the pictures without having to open them individually.

Open any one of the pictures from the folder you want to browse through.

Click Next and Previous in the toolbar, or press the Right and Left keys, to flip between pictures.

Alternatively, you can use the Up and Down keys, or Space bar and Backspace keys. You can also click GoPrevious Image and GoNext Image.

You can browse through the pictures in fullscreen mode by clicking ViewFullscreen or by pressing F11. Use the keyboard keys to flip between pictures in fullscreen mode.

To return to normal viewing, press Esc or F11.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/eog/format-change.page0000644000373100047300000000640212307574672023640 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can convert pictures from one image format to another. You can do this in a batch for multiple pictures. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Convert to a different file format

Pictures are saved in a specific file format, like JPEG or PNG. You can convert from one file format to another.

Convert a single picture to a different file format

Click ImageSave As. The Save Image window will pop up.

In the name field, change the file extension to the file format you want to convert your image to. The file extension is the part of the file name after the period.

For example, to convert a JPEG (.jpg) file into a Bitmap file (.bmp):

original file: image.jpg

new file: image.bmp

Click Save, and a new file will be saved in the new format. The old file (in the old format) will remain where it was, and will not be deleted.

The image viewer tries to guess which file format to save a picture in based on the file extension you choose. If it doesn't recognize the file extension you type, or if you don't know which one to use, click Supported image files in the Save Image window. This will allow you to choose the file format from the drop down box.

Convert multiple pictures to a different format

You can convert a number of pictures from one file format to another in one go. This is useful if you have a lot of pictures that need converting.

In the image gallery, press and hold down the Ctrl key and select the pictures you want to convert one by one. Alternatively, press CtrlA to select all of the pictures.

Click ImageSave as. A window will appear (shown below).

The converted pictures will be saved in the current folder by default. If you want to save them elsewhere, change the Destination folder.

Select the file format you want to convert the pictures to from the drop-down list to the right of the Filename format box.

Click Save.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/eog/translate.page0000644000373100047300000000330212307574672023116 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Localize the Image Viewer Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help translate

The Image Viewer user interface and documentation is being translated by a world-wide volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

There are many languages for which translations are still needed.

To start translating you will need to create an account and join the translation team for your language. This will give you the ability to upload new translations.

You can chat with GNOME translators using irc. People on the channel are located worldwide, so you may not get an immediate response as a result of timezone differences.

Alternatively, you can contact the Internationalization Team using their mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/eog/plugin-fullscreen-double-click.page0000644000373100047300000000220312307574672027111 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Activate fullscreen mode by double-clicking a picture. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Full-screen with double-click

If you like, you can make it so that pictures are shown full-screen when you double-click them in the image viewer.

To do this, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Fullscreen with double-click and click Close.

Now, double-clicking on an image will toggle between the fullscreen and normal (window) modes.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/eog/flip-rotate.page0000644000373100047300000000404712307574673023357 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Horizontal/vertical, clockwise/counter-clockwise Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Flip or rotate pictures

If your pictures are the wrong way up or back-to-front, you can flip or rotate them so that they look right.

Flip a picture

Click Edit.

Select either Flip Horizontal or Flip Vertical.

If you want to keep the picture flipped in this way, click ImageSave.

Otherwise, don't save the picture and it will be returned to its original orientation the next time you open it.
Rotate a picture

Click Edit.

Select either Rotate Clockwise or Rotate Counter-clockwise.

If you want to keep the picture rotated in this way, click ImageSave.

Otherwise, don't save the picture and it will be returned to its original orientation the next time you open it.

You can use the tools in the toolbar to do this instead. You can also use the keyboard shortcuts:

Rotate Clockwise

CtrlR

Rotate Counter-clockwise

CtrlShiftR
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/eog/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000102712307574673022074 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 United States License.

As a special exception, the copyright holders give you permission to copy, modify, and distribute the example code contained in this document under the terms of your choosing, without restriction.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/eog/plugin-fullscreen-background.page0000644000373100047300000000215612307574673026703 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enables changing background color in fullscreen mode. Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Change fullscreen background color

If you like, you can change the background color in fullscreen mode.

To do this, make sure that eog-plugins is installed. Then, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Fullscreen Background and click Preferences. Choose the color you want in fullscreen mode and click Close

Now, when in fullscreen mode, the background color is the one you selected.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/eog/open.page0000644000373100047300000000251612307574673022071 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Pictures open in a new window. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Open a picture

Pictures should automatically open in the image viewer when you double-click them in the files file browser. If this is not the case, you may need to make the image viewer the default application for viewing pictures.

Each picture you double-click will open in a new image viewer window by default, but you can view multiple pictures in one window if you like.

You can also open pictures from within the image viewer itself:

Click ImageOpen (or press CtrlO). The Open Image window will appear.

Select the picture you want to open and click Open.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/eog/plugin-send-by-mail.page0000644000373100047300000000241512307574673024703 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Easily send pictures by attaching them to a new email. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Send pictures by email

You can add a button that provides a convenient way of sending pictures to people by email.

To do this, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Send By Mail and click Close. This will give you a ToolsSend by mail menu item.

In order to enable this feature, you need to have installed eog-plugins.

Evolution mail must be set up to connect to your email account for this to work.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/eog/print.page0000644000373100047300000000360412307574673022263 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Click ImagePrint and then use the tabs to change print settings. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Print a picture

To print the picture that you are currently viewing:

Click ImagePrint.

Under the General tab, choose the printer you want to use and the number of copies you want to print.

If you go to the Image Settings tab, you can adjust the Position and Size of the picture.

The position of the image on the page can also be adjusted by dragging it around in the preview.

If you are using high-quality photo paper, go to the Page Setup tab and select the correct Paper Type. You should also go to the Image Quality tab and choose a high quality setting, so that you get the best possible photo quality.

Click Print.

Note that some of the tabs mentioned above are not displayed for certain printer models. This is because the printer drivers for those printers don't allow some settings to be changed. So, for example, if you don't see an Image Quality tab, that probably means that the printer drivers that are being used don't support those settings.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/eog/slideshow.page0000644000373100047300000000317012307574673023126 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Click ViewSlideshow to show all of the pictures in a folder as a slideshow. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Pokaz slajdów

To view all of the pictures in a folder as a slideshow:

Open one of the pictures from the folder.

Click ViewSlideshow or press F5.

A full-screen slideshow will start. Every few seconds a new picture will be displayed. If you would like to move through the slideshow more quickly, or return to an image which has already been displayed, you can use the Left and Right arrow keys to manually move backward and forward.

To quit the slideshow, press Esc or F5.

You can change slideshow settings like how long it should show each picture for. See the topic on slideshow preferences for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/eog/plugin-picasa.page0000644000373100047300000000222512307574673023661 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Easily upload pictures to PicasaWeb directly from the Image Viewer. Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Upload photos to <app>PicasaWeb</app>

PicasaWeb is a photo album service that lets you share pictures with people online. You can add a shortcut button that provides a convenient way of uploading pictures to PicasaWeb.

To do this, make sure that eog-plugins is installed. Then, click EditPreferences, go to the Plugins tab and check PicasaWeb Uploader.

This will give you a convenient ToolsUpload to PicasaWeb menu item.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/eog/formats-view.page0000644000373100047300000000313512307574673023551 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The image viewer can display pictures in a wide range of image formats, including PNG, JPEG, and TIFF. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Supported image formats

The image viewer is able to open pictures in the following formats:

ANI - Animacje

BMP - Bitmap

GIF - Graphics Interchange Format

ICO - Ikony Windows

JPEG/JPG - Joint Photographic Experts Group

PCX - PC Paintbrush

PNG - Portable Network Graphics

PNM - Portable Anymap z pakietu narzędziowego PPM

RAS - Sun Raster

SVG - Scalable Vector Graphics

TGA - Targa

TIFF - Tagged Image File Format

WBMP - Wireless Bitmap

XBM - X Bitmap

XPM - X Pixmap

If you try to open a picture in an unsupported format, you will get a Could not load image 'image_name'. error.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/eog/bug-filing.page0000644000373100047300000000462412307574673023155 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 File a bug against the image viewer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Report a problem with the image viewer

The image viewer is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

If you experience problems with the image viewer (for example, if it crashes or behaves unexpectedly), or if it is missing some feature that you think it should have, please file a bug report by clicking on the link . Bug reports are how software developers keep track of problems so that they can fix them.

To participate, you need an account which will give you the ability to file bugs and make comments. Also, you need to register so you can receive updates by email about the status of your bug. If you don't already have an account, just click on the New Account link to create one.

Once you have an account, log in, and click File a BugCoreeog. Before reporting a bug, please read the bug writing guidelines, and please browse for the bug to see if it already exists.

To file your bug, choose the component in the Component menu. If you are not sure which component your bug pertains to, choose general.

If you are requesting a new feature, choose enhancement in the Severity menu. Fill in the Summary and Description sections and click Commit.

Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with. Bugs can take a while to be fixed, and the software developers might ask you for further information to help them figure out what the problem is.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/eog/plugin-slideshow-shuffle.page0000644000373100047300000000210712307574673026053 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Show photos in a random order when playing a slideshow. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Slideshow shuffle

You can make it so that pictures are shown in a random order when you start a slideshow.

To do this, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Slideshow Shuffle and click Close.

In order to enable this feature, you need to have installed eog-plugins.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/eog/desktop-background.page0000644000373100047300000000207412307574673024715 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set your favorite picture as your desktop background/wallpaper. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Make the current picture your desktop background

To set the picture that you are currently viewing as the background image on your desktop, click ImageSet as Wallpaper .

This will immediately change the background to the picture you're viewing. You will then be asked if you would like to modify the picture's appearance using the background preferences window. If you click Hide, the message will disappear.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/eog/formats-save.page0000644000373100047300000000175012307574673023536 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 JPEG, PNG, BMP and others. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Formats supported for saving pictures

The image viewer can save pictures in the following file formats:

JPEG/JPG

PNG

BMP

TIFF

It may be possible to save other image formats depending on the system configuration.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/eog/toolbar.page0000644000373100047300000000424212307574673022570 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Show, hide or edit the toolbar. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 pasek narzędziowy

The toolbar provides easy access to features like zooming and rotating. You can hide it if you find it distracting or it it takes up too much room, however.

Show or hide the toolbar

To toggle whether the toolbar is displayed or not, click ViewToolbar.

Add, remove and rearrange the tools in the toolbar.

By default, the toolbar contains only a basic set of tools. You can add useful extra ones by modifying the toolbar:

Make sure that the toolbar is not hidden.

Click EditToolbar.

The toolbar editor contains the items that are not in the toolbar (see the picture, below). There is also a separator that you can use to group toolbar items together.

To add new items to the toolbar, drag them from the toolbar editor to the toolbar.

To rearrange items on the toolbar, drag them to a new position.

You can remove items from the toolbar by dragging them from the toolbar to the toolbar editor.

When you have finish editing the toolbar, click Close in the toolbar editor window.

To reset the toolbar to its default settings, click Reset to Default in the editor window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/eog/plugins.page0000644000373100047300000000562712307574673022617 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Install plugins to access extra features. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Plugins

You can install the eog-plugins package to get extra plugins for the image viewer. Plugins add additional features, like the ones listed below.

You can install the eog-plugins package using your Linux distribution's package manager.

install eog-plugins

The following features are included in eog-plugins:

Date in statusbar: Shows the image date in the window statusbar.

Exif display: Displays camera settings and histograms for digital photos.

Fullscreen Background: Enables changing background in fullscreen mode.

Fullscreen with double-click: Activate fullscreen mode with double-click.

Map: Display the geolocation of a digital photo on a map.

PicasaWeb Uploader: Upload your pictures to PicasaWeb.

Python Console: A Python scripting console for the image viewer.

Send By Mail: Send a picture to a friend by attaching it to a new email.

Slideshow Shuffle: Shuffles images in slideshow mode.

Zoom to fit image width: Adjusts the zoom to have the pictures's full width fit into the window.

You can manage plugins by using the the Plugins tab in the Preferences window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/eog/edit.page0000644000373100047300000000332512307574673022054 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Click ImageOpen with to edit a picture using an external image editor. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Edit or delete a picture
Edit a picture

The image viewer can only be used to view pictures; it can't edit them. For that, you must use a picture editing application, like the GIMP image editor. To open a picture for editing in a different application:

Click ImageOpen with, or right-click on the image.

Select the application you want to use to edit the picture.

When you are finished editing, save it and close the other application.

The image viewer will detect that the picture has been changed and will reload it.
Delete a picture

To delete a picture that you don't want any more, click EditMove to Trash, or right-click the picture and select Move to Trash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/eog/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000204112307574673023642 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Welcome to the Eye of GNOME Image Viewer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Wstęp

Eye of GNOME is an image viewer. With it, you can view pictures of almost any type. It can handle large collections of pictures, and can display a slideshow. You can also make basic changes to pictures, like rotating or flipping them, or converting them to a different file format.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/eog/shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000001110612307574673023161 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A list of all keyboard shortcuts. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Keyboard shortcuts

This is a list of all of the keyboard shortcuts that you can use in the image viewer.

Opening, closing, saving and printing

Open an image file

CtrlO

Save the image with the same filename

CtrlS

Save a copy of the current image with a new file name

ShiftCtrlS

Print the current image

CtrlP

Close the current window

CtrlW

Set the image as your desktop background

CtrlF8
Viewing images

Go to the previous image in the folder

Back space / Left

Go to the next image in the folder

Space bar / Right

Go to first image in the folder

AltHome

Go to the last image in the folder

AltEnd

Choose a random image in the folder

CtrlM

View the image gallery

F9

View fullscreen

F11

View slideshow

F5

Actual size

Ctrl0 (Zero)

Best fit

F

Scroll around a large image

Altarrow keys
Copy an image to paste into another application

Copy

CtrlC
Zoom and rotate

Zoom in

+

Zoom out

-

Rotate clockwise

CtrlR

Rotate counter-clockwise

ShiftCtrlR
Other

View side pane

CtrlF9

View image properties

AltReturn

Undo

CtrlZ

Help

F1
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/eog/license.page0000644000373100047300000000356112307574673022553 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Legal information. License

This work is distributed under a CreativeCommons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported license.

You are free:

<em>To share</em>

To copy, distribute and transmit the work.

 <em>To remix</em>

To adapt the work.

Under the following conditions:

<em>Attribution</em>

You must attribute the work in the manner specified by the author or licensor (but not in any way that suggests that they endorse you or your use of the work).

<em>Share Alike</em>

If you alter, transform, or build upon this work, you may distribute the resulting work only under the same, similar or a compatible license.

For the full text of the license, see the CreativeCommons website, or read the full Commons Deed.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/eog/develop.page0000644000373100047300000000215112307574673022561 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Improve the Image Viewer Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help develop

The Image Viewer is developed and maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

If you would like to help develop the Image Viewer, you can get in touch with the developers using irc, or via our mailing list.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/eog/rename-multiple.page0000644000373100047300000000661012307574673024227 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Automatically rename and number batches of pictures. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Rename many pictures at once

If you have lots of pictures that you want to rename, perhaps so that they have a standard, numbered name format:

Open the image gallery by pressing F9.

Select all of the pictures that you would like to rename from the image gallery by holding down Ctrl and clicking them one by one.

Alternatively, press CtrlA to select all of the pictures.

Click ImageSave as. A window with some filename options will appear (the picture, below, shows what this window looks like).

The renamed pictures will be saved in the current folder by default. To save them elsewhere, change the Destination folder.

Use the Filename format box to choose a naming format for the pictures. The File Name Preview shows you what the new filenames will look like. See the section, below, for advice on choosing how to rename the files.

Ensure that the Filename Format drop-down list says as is, unless you want to convert the pictures to a different file format.

Click Save As and the pictures will be renamed.
Choose a filename format

The filenames of the renamed files are determined by what you put in the Filename format box.

You can keep the original filename as part of the new filename by leaving the %f in the box.

For example, if you type paris_%f into the Filename format box, pictures called flower.jpg, house.jpg, and cat.jpg would be renamed to paris_flower.jpg, paris_house.jpg, and paris_cat.jpg.

Adding a %n will number the pictures consecutively, starting at the counter number you choose under Options.

For example, if you type sunshine_%n into the Filename format box, pictures called flower.jpg, house.jpg, and cat.jpg would be renamed to sunshine_2.jpg, sunshine_3.jpg, and sunshine_1.jpg. (They will be numbered by alphabetical order of the original filenames.)
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/eog/copy-paste.page0000644000373100047300000000223312307574673023210 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to copy/paste from the image viewer into another application. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Copy and paste a picture

To copy a picture from the image viewer into another application, click EditCopy or right-click on the picture and choose Copy.

The picture has been copied to the clipboard, and can now be pasted into a LibreOffice document, Gimp image, or other application.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/eog/documentation.page0000644000373100047300000000222612307574673023777 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Join the Documentation Team. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Help write documentation

The Image Viewer documentation is maintained by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate.

To contribute to the Documentation Project, feel free to get in touch with us using irc, or via our mailing list.

Our wiki page contains useful information.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/eog/plugin-exif-digital.page0000644000373100047300000000747012307574674024777 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View information such as camera settings and histogram, geolocation, and date. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Fabiana Simões fabianapsimoes@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 View detailed information about a picture

Pictures taken by digital cameras are stored with a host of extra information embedded in them, such as the date that they were taken, what exposure settings were used on the camera and, in some cases, even where the picture was taken.

This topic shows you how to access this information.

Show the date in the status bar

You can display the date that a picture was taken in the status bar at the bottom of the window.

To do this, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Date in statusbar.

Detailed Exif data

The detailed information stored with digital photos is called Exif data. You can view it by installing a plugin for the image viewer.

To be able to see the Exif data embedded in your photos, you must first install the eog-plugins package.

If eog-plugins is installed, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Exif display and click Close.

Click ViewSide Pane to view the camera settings used to take the photo. To also view histograms showing the balance of colors and light/shade in the picture, select Exif display in the Plugins tab and click Preferences. Check the histograms you want to view, listed under Histogram.

You can also view the camera settings used to take the photo in the statusbar. Select Exif display in the Plugins tab and click Preferences. Check Display camera settings in statusbar.
Display a photo location map

Some cameras are able to attach geolocation information (geotags) to digital photos. Geotags are usually just the GPS coordinates (latitude and longitude) for the place where a photo was taken.

To be able to see a map of where your photos were taken, you must first install the eog-plugins package.

If eog-plugins is installed, click EditPreferences and go to the Plugins tab. Then, check Map and click Close.

Click ViewSide Pane to show the map.

The map will show the location that a picture was taken in only if there is geolocation information attached to the photo. Many cameras do not attach geolocation information to pictures.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/baobab/scan-file-system.page0000644000373100047300000000415112307647423024736 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Scan all internal and removable storage devices. Scan the file system

To find out how much space your file system takes up:

Select AnalyzerScan File System from the menu

Your file system includes all internal and removable storage devices which are mounted when the respective folder is scanned.

If the file system that you are trying to scan is large, it may take a few minutes for the scan to complete.

Select AnalyzerStop to cancel the current scan, or AnalyzerRefresh to repeat the last scan.

The results may be useful in deciding which folders can be archived, deleted or moved to free up space. You can also use the results to estimate how much space would be needed for a backup of specific folders.

Right-click on any folder and select Open Folder to launch the Files application, or Move to Trash to move your folder to Trash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/baobab/scan-home.page0000644000373100047300000000514212307647423023426 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Scan all of your personal files that are on your internal storage device. Scan your <file>Home</file> folder

The Home folder is where most files are located for the average user because default settings are often set to save or copy files into subdirectories within it. This includes downloads from the internet, documents which you work on and photos from your camera. Normally, one Home folder exists for each user on the computer.

Select AnalyzerScan Home Folder from the menu

Select AnalyzerStop to cancel the current scan, or AnalyzerRefresh to repeat the last scan.

The results may be useful in deciding which folders can be archived, deleted or moved to free up space. You can also use the results to estimate how much space would be needed for a backup of your Home folder.

Right-click on any folder and select Open Folder to launch the Files application, or Move to Trash to move your folder to Trash.

The default subdirectories usually include Desktop, Documents, Downloads, Pictures and Music, among others. Some of these will already exist when GNOME is installed; others will be created by applications when they are needed.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/baobab/scan-folder.page0000644000373100047300000000434112307647423023751 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Scan a local folder, including all subfolders. Scan a folder

Scans of individual folders are faster than those of the whole file system, so they may be more efficient if you want information only about a specific part of your file system.

Select AnalyzerScan Folder… from the menu

Use the file browser to navigate around your file system and select the desired folder

Click Open to commence scanning

Select AnalyzerStop to cancel the current scan, or AnalyzerRefresh to repeat the last scan.

The results may be useful in deciding which folders can be archived, deleted or moved to free up space. You can also use the results to estimate how much space would be needed for a backup of specific folders.

Right-click on any folder and select Open Folder to launch the Files application, or Move to Trash to move your folder to Trash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/baobab/pref.page0000644000373100047300000000260512307647423022511 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Skip specific devices and partitions when scanning the file system. Disable scanning of individual storage devices and partitions

Disk Usage Analyzer allows you to scan only the partitions and storage devices that you have selected in the Preferences dialog. By default, all devices and partitions are selected, but the application will store your preferences when you close it.

Select EditPreferences

Select the storage devices and partitions that you want to scan, or deselect those that you do not wish to scan

Click Close to save your preferences

The first item in the list, which is mounted on /, cannot be deselected

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/baobab/scan-remote.page0000644000373100047300000000706412307647423023776 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Scan a folder remotely from your computer. Scan a remote folder

Disk Usage Analyzer can scan storage devices which are accessible remotely. To scan the whole file system or any specific folder remotely:

Select Analyzer Scan Remote Folder… from the menu

Choose the protocol that you wish to use

Enter in the IP address of the remote storage device into the Server field or the URI, depending on the protocol that you are using.

Click Scan to continue; you may be asked for more details, like a password and username, before the scan will commence.

Scanning over the network may be slower than scanning a local file system.

Right-click on any folder and select Open Folder to launch the Files application, or Move to Trash to move your folder to Trash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/baobab/pref-view-menu.page0000644000373100047300000000205212307647423024417 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Hide or show the toolbar and the status bar. Toolbar and statusbar

The Toolbar provides shortcuts to the various scan actions, while the Statusbar provides the status of the application (for example, Ready and Scanning…).

Select ViewToolbar from the menu and enable or disable the option

Select ViewStatusbar from the menu and enable or disable the option

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/baobab/pref-view-chart.page0000644000373100047300000000263012307647423024556 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Display the results as a ring chart or a treemap chart. Different chart views

By default, the scan results show each subfolder as the section of a ring, comprising an angle proportional to the size of the relevant folder. Sub-folders are shown in different colors.

Move your mouse over the rings chart displays more details about the subfolders.

Chart visibility can be changed to Treemap View using the drop-down list at the top of the chart on the right-hand side. The tree layout displays the folders as proportionately sized boxes.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/baobab/index.page0000644000373100047300000000172212307647423022663 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Disk Usage Analyzer, a graphical storage device scanner. Disk Usage Analyzer
Scan storage devices
Views and preferences
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/baobab/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000302512307647423024273 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Disk Usage Analyzer, also referred to as baobab, graphically represents your use of storage space. Wprowadzenie

Disk Usage Analyzer is a graphical, menu-driven application for analysing storage device usage. It can be used to scan multiple local or remote storage device (including hard disks, SSDs, USB sticks, digital cameras and memory cards). Disk Usage Analyzer can scan either the whole file system tree, your Home directory, a specific user-requested directory or a remote folder.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/a11y-stickykeys.page0000644000373100047300000000673612320733576025603 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. Turn on sticky keys

Sticky keys allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the AltTab shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, you would press Alt and then Tab to do the same.

You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down several keys at once.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Switch Sticky Keys on.

Quickly turn sticky keys on and off

Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard to turn sticky keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press Shift five times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys.

If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way.

For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press Alt and Tab simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press another key if you had this option turned on. It would wait if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to press some keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are close together), but not others.

Select Disable if two keys are pressed together to enable this.

You can have the computer make a "beep" sound when you start typing a keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select Beep when a modifier key is pressed to enable this.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page0000644000373100047300000000536612320733576027003 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Turn Bluetooth on or off

The Bluetooth icon in the menu bar

You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and click Turn On Bluetooth.

You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and switch Bluetooth on.

Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not see a Bluetooth icon in the menu bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the Fn key.

Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not see a Bluetooth icon in the top bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the Fn key.

To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and click Turn Off Bluetooth.

To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch Bluetooth off.

You only need to switch Visibility on if you are connecting to this computer from another device. See for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/power.page0000644000373100047300000000226012320733577023751 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Natalia Ruz nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Suspend, energy savings, power off, screen dimming… Power & battery
Battery settings
Power problems Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries. Problems
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/nautilus-connect.page0000644000373100047300000001467612320733577026126 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or WebDAV. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Browse files on a server or network share

You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share files with other people on your local network.

To browse files over the network, open the Files application from the Dash, and click Browse Network in the sidebar. The file manager will find any computers on your local area network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/network address.

Connect to a file server

In the file manager, click Files in the menu bar and pick Connect to Server from the app menu.

Enter the address of the server, in the form of a URL. Details on supported URLs are listed below.

If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the Recent Servers list.

Click Connect. A new window will open showing you the files on the server. You can browse the files just as you would for those on your own computer. The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it quickly in the future
Writing URLs

A URL, or uniform resource locator, is a form of address that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted like this:

scheme://servername.example.com/folder

The scheme specifies the protocol or type of server. The example.com portion of the address is called the domain name. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:

scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder

Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the domain name:

scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder

Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported.

Types of servers

You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a username and password.

You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to delete files.

The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its file shares.

SSH

If you have a secure shell account on a server, you can connect using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in.

A typical SSH URL looks like this:

ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder

When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted so that other users on your network can't see it.

 FTP (with login)

FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and upload files.

A typical FTP URL looks like this:

ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/

 Public FTP

Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files.

A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:

ftp://ftp.example.com/path/

Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and password, or with a public username using your email address as the password. For these servers, use the FTP (with login) method, and use the credentials specified by the FTP site.

 Windows share

Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into domains for organization and to better control access. If you have the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows share from the file manager.

A typical Windows share URL looks like this:

smb://servername/Share

 WebDAV and Secure WebDAV

Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users can't see your password.

A typical WebDAV URL looks like this:

http://example.hostname.com/path
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/unity-scrollbars-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000603612320733577027267 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com What are overlay scrollbars?

Ubuntu includes overlay scrollbars which take up less screen space than traditional scrollbars, giving you more room for your content. While inspired by mobile devices where traditional scrollbars aren't needed, Ubuntu's overlay scrollbars are designed to work just as well with a mouse.

Some apps like Firefox and LibreOffice don't support the new scrollbars yet.

Use the scrollbars

The overlay scrollbar appears as a thin orange strip at the edge of a scrollable area. The position of the scrollbar corresponds with your screen's position in the scrollable content. The strip length corresponds with the content length; the shorter the strip, the longer the content.

Move your mouse pointer over any point on the scrollable edge of the content to reveal the thumb slider.

Ways to use the scrollbars:

Click the top half of the thumb slider to scroll one page up. Click the bottom half to scroll one page down.

Drag the thumb slider up or down to move the screen's position exactly where you want it.

on the thumb slider to move the screen's position without needing to drag or scroll page by page. This is especially useful in long documents.

Disable the scrollbars

You can disable the new scrollbars if you prefer the traditional style:

Open the Terminal by pressing CtrlAltt or by searching for terminal in the Dash.

Type the following command and press Enter:

gsettings set com.canonical.desktop.interface scrollbar-mode normal

If you change your mind and want to re-enable the scrollbars, run this command:

gsettings reset com.canonical.desktop.interface scrollbar-mode

Setting your theme to High Contrast will also disable the overlay scrollbars.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/keyboard-nav.page0000644000373100047300000001520312320733577025200 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Use applications and the desktop without a mouse. Keyboard navigation

This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see instead.

If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See for details.

 Navigate user interfaces

Tab and CtrlTab

Move keyboard focus between different controls. Ctrl Tab moves between groups of controls, such as from a sidebar to the main content. CtrlTab can also break out of a control that uses Tab itself, such as a text area.

Hold down Shift to move focus in reverse order.

Arrow keys

Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group.

In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand items with children.

CtrlArrow keys

In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without changing which item is selected.

ShiftArrow keys

In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to the newly focused item.

Space

Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item.

CtrlSpace

In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without deselecting other items.

Alt

Hold down the Alt key to reveal accelerators: underlined letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press Alt plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked on it.

Esc

Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window.

F10

Open the first menu on the menu bar of a window. Use the arrow keys to navigate the menus.

ShiftF10 or the Menu key

Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-clicked.

CtrlF10

In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item.

CtrlPageUp and CtrlPageDown

In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right.
Navigate the desktop
Navigate windows

AltF4

Close the current window.

CtrlSuper↓

Restore a maximized window to its original size.

AltF7

Move the current window. Press AltF7, then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press Enter to finish moving the window, or Esc to return it to its original place.

AltF8

Resize the current window. Press AltF8, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press Enter to finish resizing the window, or Esc to return it to its original size.

CtrlSuper↑

Maximize a window.

CtrlSuper←

Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen.

CtrlSuper→

Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen.

AltSpace

Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/sound-alert.page0000644000373100047300000000277512320733577025065 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable alert sounds. Choose or disable the alert sound

Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely.

Click the sound menu in the menu bar and click Sound Settings.

On the Sound Effects tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds.

Use the volume slider on the Sound Effects tab to set the volume of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or other sound files.

To disable alert sounds entirely, just select Mute next to Alert volume.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-visibility.page0000644000373100047300000000266212320733577027015 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Whether or not other devices can discover your computer. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org What is Bluetooth visibility?

Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth visibility is turned on, your computer will advertise itself to all other devices within range, allowing them to attempt to connect to you.

Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but those devices need to be visible for your computer to discover them.

After you have connected to a device, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to communicate with each other.

Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from another device, you should leave visibility off.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/wacom.page0000644000373100047300000000104012320733577023716 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Adjust the settings of your Wacom tablet. Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Wacom Graphics Tablet usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/keyboard-cursor-blink.page0000644000373100047300000000317012320733577027026 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Make the keyboard cursor blink

If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can make it blink to make it easier to locate.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Hardware section, click Keyboard.

Select Cursor blinks in text fields.

Use the Speed slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-email-virus.page0000644000373100047300000000352112320733577025637 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers of people you email. Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?

Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is through email messages.

Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are unlikely to get a virus through email or otherwise. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need to scan your email for viruses.

You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus software of their own anyway.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-chat.page0000644000373100047300000000141612320733577024322 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Chat on any network using Empathy, make video calls, install skype, social networking apps The Ubuntu Documentation Team Chat & Social Networking usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/video-dvd-restricted.page0000644000373100047300000000420612320733577026646 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and will not play without decryption software. Ubuntu Documentation Project ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com How do I enable restricted codecs to play DVDs?

DVD support cannot be provided by default in Ubuntu due to legal and technical restrictions. Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and so require the use of decryption software in order to play them.

Use Fluendo to legally play DVDs

You can buy a commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from Fluendo. It works with Linux and should be legal to use in all countries.

Use alternative decryption software

In some countries, the use of the below unlicensed decryption software is not permitted by law. Verify that you are within your rights to use it.

Install libdvdnav4, libdvdread4, gstreamer0.10-plugins-bad, and gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly.

If you would like to play encrypted DVDs (see the legal note above), open the Dash and launch a Terminal.

Type the following into the screen which appears, then press Enter:

sudo /usr/share/doc/libdvdread4/install-css.sh

Enter your password to complete the installation.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/files-delete.page0000644000373100047300000000627212320733577025166 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Remove files or folders you no longer need. Cristopher Thomas crisnoh@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Delete files and folders

If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you delete an item it is moved to the Trash folder, where it is stored until you empty the trash. You can restore items in the Trash folder to their original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally deleted.

To send a file to the trash:

Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once.

Press Delete on your keyboard. Alternatively, drag the item to the Trash in the sidebar.

To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click Trash in the sidebar and select Empty Trash.

Permanently delete a file

You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to the trash first.

To permanently delete a file:

Select the item you want to delete.

Press and hold the Shift key, then press the Delete key on your keyboard.

Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to delete the file or folder.

If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a Delete entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Behavior tab. Select Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash.

Deleted files on a removable device may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back into your computer.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/nautilus-views.page0000644000373100047300000001302212320733577025612 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Views preferences in <app>Files</app>

You can change the default view for new folders, how files and folders are sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. Select Files Preferences in the top bar while Files is open and select the Views tab.

Default view <gui>View new folders using</gui>

By default, new folders are shown in icon view. If you prefer the list view, you can set it here as the default. Alternatively, you can select a different view for each folder as you browse by clicking the View items as a list or View items as a grid of icons button in the toolbar.

 <gui>Arrange items</gui>

You can change the default sort order that is used in folders using the Arrange items drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last accessed or when they were trashed.

You can change how files are sorted in an individual folder by clicking the View options button in the toolbar and choosing By Name, By Size, By Type or By Modification Date, or by clicking the list column headers in list view. This menu only affects the current folder.

 <gui>Sort folders before files</gui>

By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To see all folders listed before files, enable this option.

 <gui>Show hidden and backup files</gui>

The file manager does not display hidden files and folders by default. You can always show hidden files by selecting this option.

You can also show hidden files in an individual window by selecting Show Hidden Files, from the View options menu in the toolbar.
Icon view defaults <gui>Default zoom level</gui>

You can make the icons and text larger or smaller by default in icon view using this option. You can also change this setting in an individual folder by clicking the View options button in the toolbar and selecting Zoom In, Zoom Out or Normal Size. If you frequently use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option.

In icon view, more or fewer captions are shown based on your zoom level.
List view defaults <gui>Default zoom level</gui>

You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view using this option. You can also do this in an individual folder by clicking the View options button in the toolbar and selecting Zoom In, Zoom Out or Normal Size.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-screen.page0000644000373100047300000000446412320733577027144 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How do I calibrate my screen?

Calibrating your screen should be a requirement if you're involved in computer design or artwork.

By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different colors that your screen is able to display. By running System SettingsColor you can create a profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device and what settings to adjust.

By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different colors that your screen is able to display. By running System SettingsColor you can create a profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device and what settings to adjust.

Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon appears in the color control panel.

LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/nautilus-display.page0000644000373100047300000000456012320733577026131 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control icon captions used in the file manager. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com File manager display preferences

You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click Edit in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Display tab.

Icon captions

File manager icons with captions

When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last modified.

You can zoom in a folder by clicking the View Zoom In or press Ctrl+. As you zoom in, the file manager will display more and more information in captions. You can choose up to three things to show in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last will only be shown at very large sizes.

If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon caption changes to take effect. Click ViewReload or press CtrlR.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/documents-previews.page0000644000373100047300000000261212320733577026461 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 You can only preview files stored locally. Why don't some files have previews?

When you open Documents, a preview thumbnail is displayed for documents that are stored locally. Those stored on a remote server like Google Docs or SkyDrive show as missing (or blank) preview thumbnails.

If you download a Google Docs or SkyDrive document to local storage, a thumbnail will be generated.

The local copy of a document downloaded from Google Docs or SkyDrive will lose its ability to be updated online. If you want to continue to edit it online, it is better not to download it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-change-size.page0000644000373100047300000000235012320733577027757 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Make the icons in the Launcher larger or smaller. Change the size of icons in the Launcher

You can make the Launcher icons smaller to allow more items to fit in the Launcher. Or you might want to make the Launcher icons larger so they are easier to click.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Appearance.

Move the Launcher icon size slider to increase or decrease the size of the Launcher icons.

The default Launcher icon size is 48.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/wacom-left-handed.page0000644000373100047300000000237312320733577026101 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Switch the Wacom tablet to Left-Handed Orientation. Use the tablet left-handed

Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated 180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the orientation to left-handed:

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

Switch Left-Handed Orientation to ON.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/disk-capacity.page0000644000373100047300000000641712320733577025352 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor to check space and capacity. Check how much disk space is left

You can check how much disk space is left with Disk Usage Analyzer or System Monitor.

Check with Disk Usage Analyzer

To check the free disk space and disk capacity using Disk Usage Analyzer:

Open the Disk Usage Analyzer application from the Dash. The window will display the Total file system capacity and Total file system usage.

Open the Disks application from the Activities overview. The window will display the Total file system capacity and Total file system usage.

Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to Scan Home, Scan filesystem, Scan a folder, or Scan a remote folder.

The information is displayed according to Folder, Usage, Size and Contents. See more details in Disk Usage Analyzer.

Check with System Monitor

To check the free disk space and disk capacity with System Monitor:

Open the System Monitor application from the Dash.

Open the System Monitor application from the Activities overview.

Select the File Systems tab to view the system's partitions and disk space usage. The information is displayed according to Total, Free, Available and Used.
What if the disk is too full?

If the disk is too full you should:

Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore.

Make backups of the important files that you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/legal.xml0000644000373100047300000000050312320733577023563 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/user-admin-explain.page0000644000373100047300000000724412320733577026326 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org How do administrative privileges work?

As well as the files that you create, your computer has a number of files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these important system files are changed improperly they can cause various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are also protected.

The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with administrative privileges to change the files or use the applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges.

Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an application needs admin privileges, it will ask for your password. For example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer (package manager) will ask for your admin password so it can add the new application to the system. Once it has finished, your admin privileges will be taken away again.

Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges you will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, the "root" account) have permanent admin privileges. You shouldn't use admin privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, for example).

In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally.

What does "super user" mean?

A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a super user. This is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might see people discussing things like su and sudo; these are programs for temporarily giving you "super user" (admin) privileges.
Why are admin privileges useful?

Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, intentionally or unintentionally.

If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change an important file, or run an application which changes something important by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you need them, reduces the risk of these mistakes happening.

Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security standpoint.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/wacom-mode.page0000644000373100047300000000331112320733577024643 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode. Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode

Tracking Mode determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

Next to Tracking Mode, select Tablet (absolute) or Touchpad (relative).

In absolute mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds to the same point on the tablet.

In relative mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is the way a mouse operates, allowing you to cover distances on the screen with less hand movement.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/user-accounts.page0000644000373100047300000000302712320733577025412 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Users Add user or guest user, change password, administrators… GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org User accounts

Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a different user account if you know the password.

Accounts Manage user accounts
Passwords
Privileges User privileges
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page0000644000373100047300000000545612320733577027254 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Define or change keyboard shortcuts in Keyboard settings. Set keyboard shortcuts

To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Keyboard and select the Shortcuts tab.

Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on the right. The current shortcut definition will change to New accelerator…

Hold down the desired key combination, or press Backspace to clear.
Custom shortcuts

To create your own keyboard shortcut:

Select Custom Shortcuts in the left pane, and click the + button (or click the + button in any category). The Custom Shortcut window will appear.

Type a Name to identify the shortcut, and a Command to run an application, then click Apply. For example, if you wanted the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it Music and use the rhythmbox command.

Click Disabled in the row that was just added. When it changes to New accelerator…, hold down the desired shortcut key combination.

The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. The command that opens an application may not have exactly the same name as the application itself.

If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard shortcut, double-click the name of the shortcut. The Custom Shortcut window will appear, and you can edit the command.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/power-whydim.page0000644000373100047300000000264012320733577025252 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Why does my screen go dim after a while?

When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the computer again, the screen will brighten.

You can stop the screen from dimming itself:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Brightness & Lock and uncheck Dim screen to save power.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/sound-nosound.page0000644000373100047300000001226712320733577025440 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the sound card is detected. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org I can't hear any sounds on the computer

If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the problem.

Make sure that the sound is not muted

Click the sound menu on the menu bar (it looks like a speaker) and make sure that the sound is not muted or turned down.

Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that key to see if it unmutes the sound.

You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check that. Also, click the sound menu on the menu bar and choose Sound Settings. When the Sound window appears, go to the Applications tab and check that your application is not muted.

Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly

If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is securely plugged into the "output" audio socket on the back of the computer. This socket is usually light green in color.

Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may be different when running Linux than on Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to see if that works.

A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too.

Check that the right sound device is selected

Some computers have multiple "sound devices" installed. Some of these are capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to choose the right one.

Click the sound menu in the menu bar and click Sound Settings.

In the Sound window that appears, try selecting a different output from the Play sound through list.

For the selected device, click Test Sound. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to that speaker.

If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other devices that are listed.
Check that the sound card was detected properly

Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card are not installed.

Go to the Dash and open the Terminal.

Type aplay -l and press Enter.

A list of devices will be shown. If there are no playback hardware devices, your sound card has not been detected.

If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have.

You can see what sound card you have by using the lspci command in the Terminal. You can get more complete results if you run lspci as superuser; enter sudo lspci and type your password. See if an audio controller or audio device is listed—it should have the sound card's make and model number. sudo lspci -v will show a list with more detailed information.

You may be able to find and install drivers for your card by searching the Internet. Otherwise, you can file a bug.

If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the computer and external USB sound cards.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/prefs-language.page0000644000373100047300000000225612320733577025522 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team Install languages, change language, region and formats, input sources… Region & Language
Language Support
Text Entry
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/a11y-slowkeys.page0000644000373100047300000000511312320733577025246 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the screen. Turn on slow keys

Turn on slow keys if you would like there to be a delay between pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little while before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on the keyboard first time.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Switch Slow Keys on.

Quickly turn slow keys on and off

Under Enable by Keyboard, select Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard to turn slow keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold Shift for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys.

Use the Acceptance delay slider to control how long you have to hold a key down for it to register.

You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold the key down long enough.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/clock-set.page0000644000373100047300000000546712320733577024515 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Update the time/date displayed at the top of the screen. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Project ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the date and time

If the date and time displayed on the menu bar are incorrect or in the wrong format, you can change them:

If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong format, you can change them:

To adjust the time and date, click on the clock located in the menu bar and select Date & Time Settings.

Change the system time zone by clicking on the map or entering your city into the Location box.

By default, Ubuntu periodically synchronizes the clock with a very accurate clock on the Internet so you don't have to set your clock manually.

Click on the clock at the right side of the top bar and select Date and Time Settings.

You may need to click Unlock and type the admin password.

Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and minute. You can choose the year, month and day from the drop-down lists.

If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching Network Time on.

When Network Time is switched on, the computer will periodically synchronize its clock with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you don't have to do it manually. This will only work if you are connected to the internet.

You can also change how the hour is displayed by selecting 24-hour or AM/PM format.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/clock-timezone.page0000644000373100047300000000355612320733577025551 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Show other timezones

If you want to know what time it is in different cities around the world, you can add additional timezones to the clock menu. These additional cities will show up below the calendar when you click on the clock.

Click on the clock and select Date & Time Settings.

Switch to the Clock tab and select Time in other locations.

Click Choose locations.

Click + to add a location.

Fill in the Location blank with the city name you want to add. Wait a moment for a list of possible cities to show up in the drop-down list.

Select the city you want and the current time in that location will fill in automatically.

Click - to delete a city from the list.

You can also drag and drop the cities in this Locations window to change the order in which they will show up in the clock menu.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/a11y-dwellclick.page0000644000373100047300000000632612320733577025512 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the mouse still. Simulate clicking by hovering

You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called Hover Click or Dwell Click.

When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be clicked for you.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and Clicking tab.

Switch Hover Click on.

The Hover Click window will open, and will stay above all of your other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen when you hover. For example, if you select Secondary Click, you will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking.

When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be clicked.

Adjust the Delay setting to change how long you have to hold the mouse pointer still before clicking.

You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen.

Adjust the Motion threshold setting to change how much the pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/accounts-which-application.page0000644000373100047300000000643512320733577030045 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org 2012-2013 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Applications can use the accounts created in Online Accounts and the services they exploit. Which applications take advantage of online accounts?

Online Accounts can be used by external applications to automatically configure themselves.

With a Google account

Evolution, the email application. Your email account will be added to Evolution automatically, so it will retrieve your mail, give you access to your contacts, and display your calendar items in your Google agenda.

Empathy, the instant messaging application. Your online account will be added and you will be able to communicate with your friends.

Contacts, which will allow to see and edit your contacts.

Documents can access your online documents and display them.

With Windows Live, Facebook or Twitter accounts

Empathy can use these accounts to connect you online and chat with your contacts, friends, and followers.

With a SkyDrive account

Documents can access your online documents in Microsoft SkyDrive and display them.

With a Exchange account

Once you have created an Exchange account, Evolution will start retrieving mails from this account.

With a ownCloud account

When an ownCloud account is set up, Evolution is able to access and edit contacts and calendar appointments.

Files and other applications will be able to list and access your online files stored in the ownCloud installation.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/user-forgottenpassword.page0000644000373100047300000001703312320733577027367 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Advanced techniques for resetting your password GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org I forgot my password!

It is important to choose not only a good and secure password, but also one that you can remember. If you have forgotten the password to log in to your computer account, you can follow the following steps to reset it.

If you have an encrypted home directory, you will not be able to reset a forgotten password.

If you simply want to change your password, see .

Reset password using Grub

Restart your computer, and hold down Shift during bootup to get into the Grub menu.

If you have a dual-boot machine and you choose at boot time which operating system to boot into, the Grub menu should appear without the need to hold down Shift.

If you are unable to get into the Grub boot menu, and therefore cannot choose to boot into recovery mode, you can use a live CD to reset your user password.

Press the down arrow on your keyboard to highlight the line that ends with the words 'recovery mode', then press Enter.

Your computer will now begin the boot process. After a few moments, a Recovery Menu will appear. Use your down arrow key to highlight root and press Enter.

At the # symbol, type:

passwd username, where username is the username of the account you're changing the password for.

You will be prompted to enter a new UNIX password, and to confirm the new password.

Then type:

# reboot

After you successfully log in, you will not be able to access your keyring (since you don't remember the old password). This means that all your saved passwords for wireless networks, jabber accounts, etc. will no longer be accessible. You will need to delete the old keyring and start a new one.

Reset password using a Live CD or USB

Boot the Live CD or USB.

Mount your drive.

Press AltF2 to get the Run Application window.

Type gksu nautilus to launch the file manager with system-wide privileges.

Within the drive you just mounted, you can check that it is the right drive by clicking home and then your username.

Go to the top-level directory of the mounted drive. Then go into the etc directory.

Locate the 'shadow' file and make a backup copy:

Right-click on the shadow file and select copy.

Then right-click in the empty space and select paste.

Rename the backup "shadow.bak".

Edit the original "shadow" file with a text editor.

Find your username for which you have forgotten the password. It should look something like this (the characters after the colon will be different):

username:$1$2abCd0E or

username:$1$2abCd0E:13721a:0:99999:7:::

Delete the characters after the first colon and before the second colon. This will remove the password for the account.

Save the file, exit out of everything and reboot your computer without the live CD or USB.

When you boot back into your installation, click your name in the menu bar. Open My Account and reset your password.

For Current password do not enter anything, as your current password is blank. Just click Authenticate and enter a new password.

After you successfully log in, you will not be able to access your keyring (since you don't remember the old password). This means that all your saved passwords for wireless networks, jabber accounts, etc. will no longer be accessible. You will need to delete the old keyring and start a new one.

Get rid of the keyring

This will delete all your saved passwords for wireless networks, instant messaging accounts, etc. Only do this if you can't remember the password you used for your keyring.

Go to your Home folder by typing 'home' in the Dash.

Press Ctrlh (or click ViewShow Hidden Files.)

Double click on the folder ~/.local/share.

Double click on the folder called keyrings.

Delete any files you find in the keyrings folder.

Restart the computer.

After you restart and log in you will be asked to enter your wireless networks password.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/a11y-right-click.page0000644000373100047300000000633712320733577025577 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click. Simulate a right mouse click

You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if your pointing device only has a single button.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Pointing and Clicking tab.

Switch Simulated Secondary Click on.

You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it is registered as a right click. On the Pointing and Clicking tab, change the Acceptance delay under Simulated Secondary Click.

To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills with blue as you hold down the left mouse button. Once it is entirely blue, release the mouse button to right-click.

Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get visual feedback from the pointer.

If you use Mouse Keys, this also allows you to right-click by holding down the 5 key on your keypad.

In the Activities overview, you are always able to long-press to right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly differently in the overview: You do not have to release the button to right-click.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/hardware-driver.page0000644000373100047300000000330712320733577025706 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are attached to it. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org What is a driver?

Devices are the physical "parts" of your computer. They may be external like printers and monitor or internal like graphics and audio cards.

In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a device driver.

When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to use the printer. Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any other model.

On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to be installed manually or may not be available at all.

In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-nonm.page0000644000373100047300000000310712320733577024351 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Press AltF2. Type nm-applet There's no network menu in the menu bar

If the network menu has disappeared from the menu bar, your Network Manager may not be running. To start it up again:

Press AltF2

Type nm-applet and press Enter.

The Wireless Network Authentication box may pop up. Enter your password in the appropriate box and click Connect.

If this doesn't work, there could be a problem with the Network Manager. To see if this is the case, go to the Dash and open the Terminal. Type nm-applet and press Enter and see if the network menu appears. If it doesn't, you should see some error messages appear in the Terminal. These should tell you what is going wrong, but they may be quite technical in nature. If so, ask for help on a support forum and quote these error messages.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/a11y-font-size.page0000644000373100047300000000315612320733577025311 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use larger fonts to make text easier to read. Change text size on the screen

If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the size of the font.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab.

Switch Large Text to ON.

In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing Ctrl+. To reduce the text size, press Ctrl-.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/files-preview.page0000644000373100047300000000245012320733577025377 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more. Preview files and folders

You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the preview.

The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or seek through your video and audio.

To view a preview full-screen press f. Press f again to leave full-screen, or press the space bar to exit the preview completely.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/files-hidden.page0000644000373100047300000000640612320733577025156 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Hide a file

The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at your discretion. When a file is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file manager, but it's still there in its folder.

To hide a file, rename it with a . at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named example.txt, you should rename it to .example.txt.

You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder by placing a . at the beginning of the folder's name.
Show all hidden files

If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and either click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH. You will see all hidden files, along with regular files that are not hidden.

To hide these files again, either click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH again.

Unhide a file

To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files. Then, find the hidden file and rename it so that it doesn't have a . in front of its name. For example, to unhide a file called .example.txt, you should rename it to example.txt.

Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files, or press CtrlH to hide any other hidden files again.

By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will always show hidden files, see .

Most hidden files will have a . at the beginning of their name, but others might have a ~ at the end of their name instead. These files are backup files. See for more information.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/accounts-provider-not-available.page0000644000373100047300000000335012320733577031001 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org Kevin M. Godby kevin@godby.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Why aren't service providers listed? Why is my account type not on the list?

Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop it. Currently, the following types of online accounts are supported:

Facebook

Flickr

Google

Twitter

AIM

Windows Live

Salut

Jabber

Yahoo

If you're interested in adding support for other services, contact the developers on the bug tracker.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-tiled.page0000644000373100047300000000276512320733577026525 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Maximize two windows side-by-side. Tile windows

You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between them.

To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using the keyboard, hold down Ctrl and Super and press the Left or Right key.

Hold down the Alt key and drag anywhere in a window to move it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-firewall-ports.page0000644000373100047300000000475312320733577026364 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access for a program with your firewall. Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Commonly-used network ports

This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can change your system's firewall to block or allow access to these applications. There are thousands of ports in use, so this table isn't complete.

Port

Name

Description

5353/udp

mDNS, Avahi

Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, without you having to specify the details manually.

631/udp

Printing

Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network.

631/tcp

Printing

Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network.

5298/tcp

Presence

Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the network, such as "online" or "busy".

5900/tcp

Remote desktop

Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide remote assistance.

3689/tcp

Music sharing (DAAP)

Allows you to share your music library with others on your network.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net.page0000644000373100047300000000235512320733577023410 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Wireless, wired, connection problems, web browsing, email accounts, instant messaging… Networking, web, email & chat usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/nautilus-list.page0000644000373100047300000000675112320733600025426 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control what information is displayed in columns in list view. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com File manager list columns preferences

There are nine columns of information that you can display in the file manager's list view. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and choose the List Columns tab to select which columns will be visible.

Use the Move Up and Move Down buttons to choose the order in which the selected columns will appear.

<gui>Name</gui>

The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed.

 <gui>Size</gui>

The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB.

 <gui>Type</gui>

Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 audio, and more.

 <gui>Modified</gui>

Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified.

 <gui>Owner</gui>

The name of the user the folder or file is owned by.

 <gui>Group</gui>

The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users might be in groups according to department or project.

 <gui>Permissions</gui>

Displays the file access permissions e.g. drwxrw-r--

The first character - is the file type. - means regular file and d means directory (folder).

The next three characters rwx specify permissions for the user who owns the file.

The next three rw- specify permissions for all members of the group that owns the file.

The last three characters in the column r-- specify permissions for all other users on the system.

Each character has the following meanings:

r : Read permission.

w : Write permission.

x : Execute permission.

- : No permission.

<gui>MIME Type</gui>

Displays the MIME type of the item.

 <gui>Location</gui>

The path to the location of the file.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-wepwpa.page0000644000373100047300000000261512320733600026526 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks. What do WEP and WPA mean?

WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network connection so that no one can "listen in" to it and look at which web pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for Wired Equivalent Privacy, and WPA stands for Wireless Protected Access. WPA2 is the second version of the WPA standard.

Using some encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your wireless network.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/contacts-setup.page0000644000373100047300000000253412320733600025560 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account. Starting Contacts for the first time

When you run Contacts for the first time, the Contacts Setup window opens.

If you have online accounts configured, they are listed with Local Address Book. Select an item from the list and click Select.

Click the Online Account Settings to edit existing account settings.

If you have no online accounts configured, click Online Accounts to begin the setup. If you don't wish to set up online accounts at this time, click Local Address Book.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/backup-restore.page0000644000373100047300000000262012320733600025526 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Retrieve your files from a backup. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Restore a backup

If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, you can restore them from the backup:

To restore your backup from a device such as an external hard drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can copy the files back to your computer.

If you created your backup using a backup application such as Déjà Dup, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore your backup. Review the application help for your backup program: it will provide specific instructions on how to restore your files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/keyboard-repeat-keys.page0000644000373100047300000000377112320733600026637 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the delay and speed of repeat keys. Turn off repeated key presses

By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change how long it takes before key presses start repeating.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Hardware section, click Keyboard.

Turn off Key presses repeat when key is held down to disable repeated keys entirely.

Alternatively, adjust the Delay slider to control how long you have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the Speed slider to control how quickly key presses repeat.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/a11y-contrast.page0000644000373100047300000000315612320733600025213 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're easier to see. Adjust the contrast

You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to see. This is not the same as changing the brightness of the whole screen; only parts of the user interface will change.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Seeing tab.

Switch High Contrast to ON.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/addremove-ppa.page0000644000373100047300000000451212320733600025326 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software. Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)

Personal Package Archives (PPAs) are software repositories designed for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party repositories.

Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!

Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or reliability by Ubuntu members, and may contain software which is harmful to your computer.

Install a PPA

On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading Adding this PPA to your system. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look similar to: ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next.

Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or search for Software Center in the Dash.

When the Software Center launches, click Edit Software Sources

Switch to the Other Software tab.

Click Add and enter the ppa: location.

Click Add Source. Enter your password in the Authenticate window.

Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check your software sources for new software.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/color-calibrationtargets.page0000644000373100047300000000250712320733600027601 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Which target types are supported?

The following types of targets are supported:

CMP DigitalTarget

ColorChecker 24

ColorChecker DC

ColorChecker SG

i1 RGB Scan 14

LaserSoft DC Pro

QPcard 201

IT8.7/2

You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and LaserSoft in various online shops.

Alternatively you can buy targets from Wolf Faust at a very fair price.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/hardware-cardreader.page0000644000373100047300000000516712320733600026500 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Troubleshoot media card readers GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Media card reader problems

Many computers contain readers for SD (Secure Digital), MMC (MultiMediaCard), SmartMedia, Memory Stick, CompactFlash, and other storage media cards. These should be automatically detected and mounted. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are not:

Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CompactFlash, require a small amount of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! If you come up against something solid, do not force it.)

Open Files by using the Dash. Does the inserted card appear in the Devices list in the left sidebar? Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press F9 or click View Sidebar Show Sidebar.)

If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click GoComputer. If your card reader is correctly configured, the reader should come up as a drive when no card is present, and the card itself when the card has been mounted (see the picture below).

If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if possible.

If no cards or drives are available in the Computer folder, it is possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB external card readers are also available, and are far better supported by Linux.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-install-java-plugin.page0000644000373100047300000000146412320733600027252 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Help your browser work with websites that require Java. Install the Java browser plug-in

Some websites use small Java programs, which require a Java plugin to be installed in order to run.

Install the icedtea6-plugin package to view Java programs in your browser.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/user-changepicture.page0000644000373100047300000000301312320733600026372 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add your photo to the login and user screens. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Change your login screen photo

When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for yourself.

If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click Browse for more pictures.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-states.page0000644000373100047300000000767412320733600026716 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Restore, resize, arrange and hide. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Window operations

Windows can be resized or concealed to suit workflow.

Minimize, restore and close

To minimize or hide a window:

Click the - in the top left hand corner of the application's menu bar. If the application is maximized (taking up your whole screen), the menu bar will appear at the very top of the screen. Otherwise, the minimize button will appear at the top of the application window.

Or press AltSpace to bring up the window menu. Then press n. The window 'disappears' into the Launcher.

To restore the window:

Click on it in the Launcher or retrieve it from the window switcher by pressing AltTab.

To close the window:

Click the x in the top left hand corner of the window, or

Press AltF4, or

Press AltSpace to bring up the window menu. Then press c.
Resize

A window cannot be resized if it is maximized.

To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:

Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a 'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction.

To resize only in the horizontal direction:

Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a 'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally.

To resize only in the vertical direction:

Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to resize the window vertically.
Arranging windows in your workspace

To place two windows side by side:

Click on the title bar of a window and drag it toward the left edge of the screen. When the mouse pointer touches the edge, the left half of the screen becomes highlighted. Release the mouse button and the window will fill the left half of the screen.

Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen.

Pressing Alt + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the title bar of an application.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/index.page0000644000373100047300000000353712320733600023717 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Desktop Guide Ubuntu Desktop Guide <media type="image" mime="image/png" width="16" height="16" src="figures/ubuntu-logo.png">Help</media> Ubuntu Desktop Guide <media type="image" src="figures/ubuntu-logo.png">Ubuntu Logo</media> Ubuntu Desktop Guide usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/documents-viewgrid.page0000644000373100047300000000305712320733600026424 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com 2014 Change the way documents are displayed. View files in a list or grid

Documents and collections are presented in Grid format by default. To view in List format:

Go to the top bar and click Documents to display the app menu.

Click List from the View as section.

List view has columns displaying the document type and date modified, and whether it's stored locally, or in Google Docs or SkyDrive.

Click Grid in the app menu to return to the default format.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page0000644000373100047300000000602512320733600033153 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps. Wireless network troubleshooter Perform an initial connection check

In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps.

Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a wired internet connection.

If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into the proper slot on your computer.

If your wireless card is inside your computer, make sure that the wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys.

Click the network menu on the menu bar and make sure that the Enable Wireless setting is checked.

Open the Terminal, type nm-tool and press Enter.

This will display information about your network hardware and connection status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section related to the wireless network adapter. The information for each network device is separated by a row of dashes. If you find the line State: connected in the section for your wireless adapter, it means that it is working and connected to your wireless router.

If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or contact your ISP for support.

If the information from nm-tool did not indicate that you were connected to the network, click Next to proceed to the next portion of the troubleshooting guide.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-wired.page0000644000373100047300000000127512320733600024503 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Wired internet connections, Fixed IP addresses… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Wired Networking usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/session-language.page0000644000373100047300000000641112320733600026046 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Switch to a different language for user interface and help text. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team Change which language you use

You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Language Support.

Select your desired language on the Language tab. Drag the language to the top of the list.

You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log out.

Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support your language at all.

There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should update the folder names.

Change the system language

When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you log in. You can also change the system language, the language used in places like the login screen.

Change your language, as described above.

Click Apply System-Wide.

Administrative privileges are required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in Language Support Help.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-files.page0000644000373100047300000000320312320733600025763 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find files, folders, and downloads. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Files lens

The files lens is the second lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a document. The files lens gives you access to recently used files, folders, or downloads.

You can use SuperF to open the Dash directly at the files lens.

If you use Google Drive, be sure to add your Google credentials to Online Accounts to see search results from Google Drive.
Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview shows the file format, file size, and when it was last saved.

You can open a file, email it, or open the folder that contains the file.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by file type, file size, or the last time the file was saved.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-airplane.page0000644000373100047300000000312012320733600027006 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless. Turn off wireless (airplane mode)

If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery power, for example). To do this:

To do this, click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless. This will turn off your wireless connection until you switch it back on again.

To turn wireless back on, click the network menu on the menu bar and select Enable Wireless so that it has a checkmark in front of it.

Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off Bluetooth.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/documents-select.page0000644000373100047300000000341012320733600026054 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Use selection mode to select more than one document or collection. Selecting documents

From Documents selection mode you can open, print, view or make collections of your documents. To use selection mode:

Click the ✓ button.

Select one or more documents or collections. The button bar appears with the actions that are valid for your selection.
Selection mode actions

After selecting one or more documents you can:

Open with Document Viewer (folder icon).

Print (printer icon): print a document (only available when a single document is selected).

Organize (plus icon): create a collection of documents.

Properties (wrench icon): display the properties of a document (only available when a single document is selected).

Delete (trash icon): delete one or more collections.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-friends.page0000644000373100047300000000272712320733600026325 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Browse messages from your online social media accounts. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Friends scope

The Friends scope is the sixth lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a speaking bubble. The Friends scope gives you access to your social media accounts.

You can use SuperG to open the Dash directly at the Friends Scope icon.

The lens will be blank until you enter your credentials in Online Accounts.
Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview gives you more information and allows you to "like" or reshare posts.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by account.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/power-suspend.page0000644000373100047300000000337112320733600025417 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com What happens when I suspend my computer?

When you suspend the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try pressing the power button.

Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they may not be able to suspend or hibernate properly. It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see if it does work before relying on it.

Always save your work before suspending

You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be recovered when you resume the computer again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/contacts-link-unlink.page0000644000373100047300000000516712320733600026660 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Combine information for a contact from multiple sources. Link and unlink contacts usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/keyboard-layouts.page0000644000373100047300000001312612320733600026101 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Juanjo Marín juanj.marin@juntadeandalucia.es Ubuntu Documentation Team Add input sources and switch between them. Use alternative input sources

Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple languages.

Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the input sources you can choose between enable such a method.

Options with input methods are only available if respective input method (IM) engine is installed. When you install a language, a suitable IM engine is automatically installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package ibus-hangul is installed, and the input source option Korean (Hangul) is made available next time you log in. You can also install the IBus IM engine of your choice separately.
Add input sources

You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and clicking preview.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Text Entry.

Click the + button, select an input source, and click Add.

The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the ↑ and ↓ buttons to move sources up and down in the list.

If you select a source with an input method, you can click preferences to access that method's preferences dialog if any.
Input source indicator

You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the current source, such as En for the standard English layout or a symbol in case of a source that uses a special input method, e.g. Chinese (Chewing). Click the input source indicator and select from the menu the source you want to use.

Keyboard shortcuts

You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is SuperSpace, but you can change it:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Text Entry.

Click the current shortcut definition below the label Switch to next source using.

When the shortcut definition has changed to New accelerator..., press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut.
Set input source for all windows or individually for each window

When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different source for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article in another language in a word processor window. Your input source selection will be remembered for each window as you switch between windows.

By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/tips.page0000644000373100047300000000117612320733600023564 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Special characters, middle click shortcuts… Tips & tricks usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/sound-crackle.page0000644000373100047300000000367412320733600025344 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check your audio cables and sound card drivers. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing

If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem with the drivers for the sound card.

Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly.

If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound.

Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged.

Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may need to replace the cable or headphones.

Check if the sound drivers aren't very good.

Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term "Ubuntu", to see if other people are having the same problem.

You can run sudo lspci -v in the Terminal to get more information about your sound card.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/sound-usemic.page0000644000373100047300000000363112320733600025216 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device. Use a different microphone

You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio quality.

If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a microphone next to the adapter. Microphones plugged into the appropriate adapter will usually be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a default input device.

If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which microphone to use by default.

Select a default audio input device

Click the sound menu on the menu bar and select Sound Settings.

On the Input tab, select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should respond when you speak.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-browser.page0000644000373100047300000000151512320733600025051 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change the default browser, install Flash, install the java plugin, Silverlight support… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Web Browsers usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-default-browser.page0000644000373100047300000000337412320733600026500 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the default web browser by going to Details in the System Settings. Change which web browser websites are opened in

When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Details and choose Default Applications from the list on the left side of the window.

Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing the Web option.

When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not the default browser any more. If this happens, click the Cancel button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default browser again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/look-resolution.page0000644000373100047300000000632412320733600025752 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation). GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the size or rotation of the screen

You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by changing the screen resolution. You can change which way up things appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the rotation.

Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Displays.

If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area.

Select your desired resolution and rotation.

Click Apply. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy with the new settings, click Keep This Configuration.

When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual display. If this does not happen, just click Detect Displays.
Resolution

The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an aspect ratio, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a 16:9 aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a resolution that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be letterboxed to avoid distortion.

You can choose the resolution you prefer from the Resolution drop-down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may look fuzzy or pixelated.

Rotation

On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the rotation you want for your display from the Rotation drop-down list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/printing-differentsize.page0000644000373100047300000000334212320733600027273 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print a document on a different paper size or orientation. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Change the paper size when printing

If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the document.

Click FilePrint

Select the Page Setup tab.

Under the Paper column, choose your Paper size from the drop-down list.

Click Print and your document should print.

You can also use the Orientation menu to choose a different orientation:

Portrait

Landscape

Reverse portrait

Reverse landscape

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-othersconnect.page0000644000373100047300000000415212320733600026244 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it. Other users can't connect to the internet

If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they may not be entering the right wireless security password.

You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it without being asked any questions. To do this:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and click Edit Connections.

Find the connection you want everyone to be able to use. You will probably need to switch to the Wireless tab. Select the network name and then click Edit.

Check Available to all users and click Save. You will have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only admin users can do this.

Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without entering any further details.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-chat-skype.page0000644000373100047300000000373212320733600025441 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Skype is proprietary software and must be installed manually on Ubuntu How can I use Skype on Ubuntu?

Skype is proprietary software that allows you to make calls over the Internet using your computer.

Skype uses decentralized peer-to-peer technologies, so your calls do not go through a central server, but through distributed servers and other users.

The Skype software is free to use, but it is not free software; the source code is proprietary and not available for modification.

Skype is not installed by default on Ubuntu. Install the skype package to use it.

You need to activate the Canonical Partner Repository to install Skype

Additional resources for help with <app>Skype</app>

How to record Skype conversations

A list of webcams which are compatible with Skype

Troubleshooting Skype - for advanced users

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page0000644000373100047300000001043412320733600032126 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control who can view and edit your files and folders. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Set file permissions

You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select Properties, then select the Permissions tab.

See and below for details on the types of permissions you can set.

Files

You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-only if you don't want to accidentally change it.

Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong to.

You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in the file's group.

If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select Allow executing file as program to run it. Even with this option selected, the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what to do. See for more information.

Folders

You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, groups, and other users.

The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can set for a file.

<gui>None</gui>

The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder.

 <gui>List files only</gui>

The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be able to open, create, or delete files.

 <gui>Access files</gui>

The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create new files or delete files.

 <gui>Create and delete files</gui>

The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, and deleting files.

You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the folder by clicking Change Permissions for Enclosed Files. Use the drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files or folders, and click Change. Permissions are applied to files and folders in subfolders as well, to any depth.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/look-background.page0000644000373100047300000000556312320733600025672 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org April Gonzales loonycookie@gmail.com Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the desktop background

You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a simple color or gradient.

Right click on the desktop and select Change Desktop Background.

Select an image or color. The settings are applied immediately. Switch to an empty workspace to view your entire desktop.

There are three choices in the drop-down list on the top right.

Select Wallpapers to use one of the many professional background images that ship with Ubuntu. With the exception of the Ubuntu wallpaper, all of the default wallpaper choices were created by winners of a Community Wallpaper Contest.

Some wallpapers are partially transparent and allow a background color to show through. For these wallpapers, there will be a color selector button in the bottom-right corner.

Select Pictures Folder to use one of your own photos from your Pictures folder. Most photo management applications store photos there.

Select Colors & Gradients to just use a flat color or a linear gradient. Color selector buttons will appear in the bottom right corner.

You can also browse for any picture on your computer by clicking the + button. Any picture you add this way will show up under Pictures Folder. You can remove it from the list by selecting it and clicking the - button. Removing a picture from the list will not delete the original file.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/mouse-mousekeys.page0000644000373100047300000000662712320733600025765 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad

If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This feature is called mouse keys.

Tap the Super key to open the Dash.

Type Universal Access and press Enter to open the Universal Access settings.

Press Tab once to select the Seeing tab.

Press ← once to switch to the Pointing and Clicking tab.

Press ↓ once to select the Mouse Keys switch then press Enter to switch it on.

Make sure that Num Lock is turned off. You will now be able to move the mouse pointer using the keypad.

These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only the keyboard. Select Universal Access Settings to see more accessibility options.

The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (Fn) key and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads.

Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing 8 will move the pointer upwards and pressing 2 will move it downwards. Press the 5 key to click once with the mouse, or quickly press it twice to double-click.

Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See for information on how to right-click by holding down 5 or the left mouse button.

If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, turn Num Lock on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad when Num Lock is turned on, though.

The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/accounts.page0000644000373100047300000000223512320733600024421 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Add accounts, Remove accounts, Disable services Online accounts

You can enter your login details for online services, such as Google and Facebook, into the Online Accounts application. This will let you access your calendar, mail, chat accounts, and similar applications without having to enter your account details again.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/color-whatisspace.page0000644000373100047300000000740312320733600026233 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A color space is a defined range of colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com What is a color space?

A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB.

The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a trichromatic color space like RGB we represent the colors on the computer using three values, which restricts up to encoding a triangle of colors.

Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as 3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, install gnome-color-manager and then run gcm-viewer.

sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles

First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and so most modern monitors can display more colors than this. sRGB is a least-common-denominator standard and is used in a large number of applications (including the Internet).

AdobeRGB is frequently used as an editing space. It can encode more colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being clipped or the blacks crushed.

ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!

Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The answer is to do with quantization. If you only have 8 bits (256 levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger steps between each value.

Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong.

Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel.

Color management is a process for converting from one color space to another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page0000644000373100047300000001406112320733600033361 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so you may need to find a better one. Wireless network troubleshooter Make sure that working device drivers are installed

In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for your wireless adapter. A device driver is a piece of software which tells the computer how to make a hardware device work properly. Even though the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:

Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices

Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list for your distribution (for example, Ubuntu, Fedora or openSuSE) and see if your make and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to use some of the information there to get your wireless drivers working.

Look for additional open or proprietary drivers

Although Ubuntu includes support for a large amount of devices, some drivers need to be installed separately. Use the Additional Drivers tool to check for these extra open or proprietary drivers.

Click the button at the far right side of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the System section, click Software Sources.

Switch to the Additional Drivers tab.

Use the Windows drivers for your adapter

In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system (like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless adapters, however, you can install a compatibility layer called NDISwrapper which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more about how to use NDISwrapper here. Note that not all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper.

Full information on ndiswrapper kept on this page including troubleshooting help specific to ndiswrapper.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/documents-filter.page0000644000373100047300000000244512320733600026071 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Choose which documents to display. Filter documents

Click the down button next to the search bar to limit the scope of the search in these categories:

Sources: Local, Google, SkyDrive, or All.

Type: Collections, PDF Documents, Presentations, Spreadsheets, Text Documents, or All.

Title, Author, or All.

In order for Google or SkyDrive to appear in the filter list, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live as an online account.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/display-dual-monitors.page0000644000373100047300000000564412320733600027051 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set up dual monitors on your laptop. Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Connect an external monitor to your laptop
Set up an external monitor

To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your laptop. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust the settings:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Displays.

Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, then switch it ON/OFF.

By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which monitor is "primary", change the monitor in the Launcher Placement drop-down box. You could also drag the Launcher in the preview to the monitor you want to set as the "primary" monitor.

If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change Launcher Placement to All Displays.

To change the "position" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the desired position.

If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the Mirror displays box.

When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click Keep This Configuration.

To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner.

Sticky Edges

A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer to "slip" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's Sticky Edges feature helps with that problem by requiring you to push a little bit harder to move the mouse pointer from one monitor to the other.

You can switch Sticky Edges off if you don't like this feature.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/power-batterylife.page0000644000373100047300000000767012320733600026256 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use less power and improve battery life

Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment. If you have a laptop, this will also help to increase the amount of time it can run on battery power.

General tips

Suspend your computer when you are not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it can be woken up very quickly.

Turn off the computer when you will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the case.

Use the Power preferences in System Settings to change your power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: you can automatically dim the display after a certain time; reduce the display brightness (for laptops); and have the computer automatically suspend if you have not used it for a certain period of time.

Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not using them.
Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries

Reduce the screen brightness; powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop's power consumption.

Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you can use to reduce the brightness.

If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, which takes quite a bit of power.

Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can turn it on again when you need it.
More advanced tips

Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use more power when they have more work to do.

Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the internet, play music or movies can impact your power consumption.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/look-display-fuzzy.page0000644000373100047300000000516412320733601026403 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The screen resolution may be set incorrectly. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?

This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not the right one for your screen.

To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to System Settings. In the Hardware section, choose Displays. Try some of the Resolution options and set the one that makes the screen look better.

When multiple displays are connected

If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy.

You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same window on both screens at once.

To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings. Open Displays.

Uncheck Mirror Displays.

Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the Displays window. Change the Resolution until that display looks right.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-wired-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000337612320733601026137 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable. Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network

To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable. The network icon on the menu bar should pulse for a few seconds and then will change to a "socket" icon when you are connected.

If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other end should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar (depending on the network setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active.

You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable (at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch.

If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup (DHCP). In this case you'll have to configure it manually.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/addremove-install-synaptic.page0000644000373100047300000000544312320733601030051 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com

Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 (CC BY-SA 3.0).

Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to Ubuntu Software Center. Use Synaptic for more advanced software management

Synaptic Package Manager is more powerful and can do some software management tasks which Ubuntu Software Center can't. Synaptic's interface is more complicated and doesn't support newer Software Center features like ratings and reviews and therefore isn't recommended for use by those new to Ubuntu.

Synaptic isn't installed by default, but you can install it with Software Center.

Install software with Synaptic

Open Synaptic from the Dash or the Launcher. You will need to enter your password in the Authenticate window.

Click Search to search for an application, or click Sections and look through the categories to find one.

Right-click the application that you want to install and select Mark for Installation.

If you are asked to mark additional changes, click Mark.

Select any other applications that you would like to install.

Click Apply, and then click Apply in the window that appears. The applications that you chose will be downloaded and installed.

For more information about using Synaptic, consult the Synaptic How To.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/report-ubuntu-bug.page0000644000373100047300000000575412320733601026222 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How and where to report problems with Ubuntu. Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Report a problem in Ubuntu

If you notice a problem in Ubuntu, you can file a bug report.

Type AltF2 and type ubuntu-bug nameofprogram

If you have a hardware issue or don't know the name of the program affected, just type ubuntu-bug

After running one of the above commands, Ubuntu will gather information about the bug. This may take a few minutes. Review the collected information if you wish. Click Send to continue.

A new web browser tab will open to continue processing the bug data. Ubuntu uses the website Launchpad to manage its bug reports. If you do not have a Launchpad account, you will need to register for one to file a bug and receive email updates about its status. You can do this by clicking Create a new account.

After logging in to Launchpad, enter a description of the problem in the summary field.

After clicking Next Launchpad will search for similar bugs in case the bug you are reporting has already been reported. If the bug has already been reported, you can mark that bug as also affecting you. You can also subscribe to the bug report to receive updates about progress with fixing it. If the bug has not already been reported, click No, I need to report a new bug.

Fill in the description field with as much information as you can. It's important that you specify three things:

What you expected to happen

What actually happened

If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where step 1 is "start the program"

Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!

If you get the "This is not a genuine Ubuntu package" error, it means that the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official Ubuntu repositories. In this case, you cannot use Ubuntu's built-in bug reporting tool.

For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the extensive online documentation.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-default-email.page0000644000373100047300000000315412320733601026101 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Change the default email client by going to Details in the System Settings. Change which mail application is used to write emails

When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your word processing application), your default mail application will open up with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one mail application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Details and choose Default Applications from the list on the left side of the window.

Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing the Mail option.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/power-batteryoptimal.page0000644000373100047300000000414512320733601026777 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tips such as "Do not let the battery charge get too low" GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Get the most out of your laptop battery

As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big difference.

Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge before the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it is only partially discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly discharged is worse for the battery.

Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do not let the battery get any warmer than it has to.

Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original battery - always buy replacements when you need them.

This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different treatment.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/prefs-language-install.page0000644000373100047300000000404212320733601027145 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Install more translations and related language support packages. Gunnar Hjalmarsson gunnarhj@ubuntu.com Install languages

When you install Ubuntu, the language you select at installation gets installed together with English, but you can add further languages.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Language Support.

Click Install / Remove Languages.... The Installed Languages window lists all the available languages, with the currently installed languages checked.

Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently installed languages you want to remove.

Click Apply Changes.

Administrative privileges are required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a new language may follow various language support components such as dictionaries for spell checking, fonts and input methods.

Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support your language at all.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000604212320733601026021 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The Dash is the top button in the Launcher. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Find apps, files, music, and more with the Dash

Unity Search

The Dash allows you to search for applications, files, music, and videos, and shows you items that you have used recently. If you have ever worked on a spreadsheet or edited an image and forgot where you saved it, you will surely find this feature of the Dash to be useful.

To start using the Dash, click the top icon in the Launcher. This icon has the Ubuntu logo on it. For faster access, you can just press the Super key.

To hide the Dash, click the top icon again or press Super or Esc.

Search everything from the Dash home

The first thing you'll see when opening the Dash is the Dash Home. Without typing or clicking anything, the Dash Home will show you apps and files you've used recently.

Only one row of results will show for each type. If there are more results, you can click See more results to view them.

To search, just start typing and related search results will automatically appear from the different installed lenses.

Click on a result to open it, or you can press Enter to open the first item in the list.

Lenses

Lenses allow you to focus the Dash results and exclude results from other lenses.

You can see the available lenses in the lens bar, the darker strip at the bottom of the Dash.

To switch to a different lens, click the appropriate icon or press CtrlTab.

Filters

Filters allow you to narrow down your search even further.

Click Filter results to choose filters. You may need to click a filter heading such as Sources to see the available choices.

Previews

If you right click on a search result, a preview will open with more information about the result.

To close the preview, click any empty space or press Esc.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/disk-format.page0000644000373100047300000000546712320733601025035 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash drive by formatting it. Wipe everything off a removable disk

If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and folders. You can do this by formatting the disk - this deletes all of the files on the disk and leaves it empty.

Format a removable disk

Open the Disks application from the Dash.

Open the Disks application from the Activities overview.

Select the disk you want to wipe from the Storage Devices list.

Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!

In the Volumes section, click Unmount Volume. Then click Format Volume.

In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem Type for the disk.

If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux computers, choose FAT. If you only use it on Windows, NTFS may be a better option. A brief description of the file system type will be presented as a label.

Give the disk a name and click Format to begin wiping the disk.

Once the formatting has finished, safely remove the disk. It should now be blank and ready to use again.

 Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files

Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such as shred.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/sound-broken.page0000644000373100047300000000161612320733601025213 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Sound problems

There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-photos.page0000644000373100047300000000301312320733601026175 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View photos from your computer or your online social media accounts. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Photos lens

The photos lens is the fifth lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a camera. The photos lens gives you access to photos on your computer or from Online Accounts such as Facebook or Google Picasa.

You can use SuperC to open the Dash directly at the photos lens.

Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview with more information about the photo and a larger thumbnail.

For photos stored on your computer, you can open, print, view, or email them.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by date the photo was taken or the source.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-what-is-ip-address.page0000644000373100047300000000323312320733601026773 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer. What is an IP address?

"IP address" stands for Internet Protocol address, and each device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one.

An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers.

Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated by a period. 192.168.1.42 is an example of an IP address.

An IP address can either be dynamic or static. Dynamic IP addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP addresses are more common that static addresses - static addresses are typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as administering a server.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/color-howtoimport.page0000644000373100047300000000302412320733601026307 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Color profiles can be imported by opening them. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How do I import color profiles?

The profile can be imported by double clicking on the .ICC or .ICM file in the file browser.

Alternatively you can select Import profile… from System SettingsColor when selecting a profile for a device.

Alternatively you can select Import profile… from System SettingsColor when selecting a profile for a device.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/wacom-stylus.page0000644000373100047300000000427412320733601025257 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus. Configure the stylus

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. These settings can be adjusted:

Eraser Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the "feel" (how physical pressure is translated to digital values) between Soft and Firm.

Button/Scroll Wheel configuration (these change to reflect the stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click, Right Mouse Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, Forward.

Tip Pressure Feel: use the slider to adjust the "feel" between Soft and Firm.

If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use the pager to choose which stylus to configured.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/mouse-problem-notmoving.page0000644000373100047300000001132112320733601027403 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How to check your mouse if it is not working. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Mouse pointer is not moving
Check that the mouse is plugged in

If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your computer.

If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer if it was not plugged in.

Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer

Type CtrlAltT to open the Terminal.

In the terminal window, type xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer, exactly as it appears here, and press Enter.

A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the items says [XExtensionPointer] next to it, and that one of the [XExtensionPointer] items has the name of the mouse to the left of it.

If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by [XExtensionPointer], then the mouse was not recognized by your computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. In this case you should check that the mouse is plugged in and in working condition.

If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse.

It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been detected properly.

Check that the mouse actually works

Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works.

If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be broken.

Checking wireless mice

Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to place without it constantly waking up.

If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the mouse with your computer. See .

Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See .

Check that the battery of the mouse is charged.

Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer.

If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make sure that they are both set to the same channel.

You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if this is the case.

Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/documents-print.page0000644000373100047300000000223712320733601025740 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Print documents that are stored locally or online. Print a document

To print a document:

Click the ✓ button.

In selection mode, check the document to be printed.

Click the Print button in the button bar. The Print dialog opens.

Printing is not available when more than one document is selected, or when a collection is selected.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/color-calibrationdevices.page0000644000373100047300000000431312320733601027550 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 We support a large number of calibration devices. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com What color measuring instruments are supported?

GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:

Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)

Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)

Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)

X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)

X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)

X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)

X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)

Pantone Huey (colorimeter)

MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)

ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)

Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)

The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in Linux.

Thanks to Argyll there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your printers:

X-Rite DTP20 "Pulse" ("swipe" type reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)

X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/a11y-visualalert.page0000644000373100047300000000360212320733601025706 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is played. Flash the screen for alert sounds

Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the alert sound is played.

This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your computer to be silent, such as in a library (see to learn how to mute the alert sound).

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Hearing tab.

Switch Visual Alerts on. Select whether you want the entire screen or just your current window title to flash.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/color-testing.page0000644000373100047300000000405212320733601025373 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Testing color management isn't hard, and we even supply some test profiles. How do I test if color management is working correctly?

The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to see if anything much has changed.

In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when the profiles are being applied:

Bluish Test: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the calibration curves are being sent to the display

ADOBEGAMMA-test: This will turn the screen pink and tests different features of a screen profile

FakeBRG: This will not change the screen, but will swap around the RGB channels to become BGR. This will make all the colors gradients look mostly correct, and there won't be much difference on the whole screen, but images will look very different in applications that support color management.

Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the System SettingsColor preferences.

Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports color management.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/disk-benchmark.page0000644000373100047300000000544212320733601025470 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is. Test the performance of your hard disk

To test the speed of your hard disk:

Open the Disks application from the Dash.

Open the Disks application from the activities overview.

Choose the hard disk from the Disk Drives list.

Click the gear button and select Benchmark Drive.

Click Start Benchmark and adjust the Transfer Rate and Access Time parameters as desired.

Click Start Benchmarking to test how fast data can be read from the disk. Administrative privileges may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

If Also perform write-benchmark is checked, the benchmark will test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take longer to complete.

When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis.

Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last benchmark test.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-printer.page0000644000373100047300000000326512320733601027332 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com How do I calibrate my printer?

There are two ways to profile a printer device:

Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki

Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company

Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile.

Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types.

If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/files-templates.page0000644000373100047300000000412212320733601025676 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Quickly create new documents from custom file templates. Anita Reitere nitalynx@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Templates for commonly-used document types

If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you could create a template document with your letterhead.

Make a new template

Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you could make your letterhead in a word processing application.

Save the file with the template content in the Templates folder in your Home folder. If the Templates folder doesn't exist, you will need to create it first.

 Use a template to create a document

Open the folder where you want to place the new document.

Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose New Document. The names of available templates will be listed in the submenu.

Choose your desired template from the list.

Enter a filename for the newly-created document.

Double-click the file to open it and start editing.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/color-notifications.page0000644000373100047300000000364012320733601026571 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate. Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?

Unfortunately we can't tell without recalibrating whether a device profile is accurate. We can use a simple metric of the amount of time since calibration to determine if a recalibrate is recommended.

Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product.

If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a red warning triangle will be shown in the System SettingsColor dialog next to the profile. A warning notification will also be shown every time you log into your computer.

To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum age of the profile in days:

[rupert@gnome] gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180 [rupert@gnome] gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/addremove-remove.page0000644000373100047300000000347112320733601026047 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Remove software that you no longer use. Remove an application

The Ubuntu Software Center helps you to remove software that you no longer use.

Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher or search for Software Center in the Dash.

When the Software Center opens, click the Installed button at the top.

Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by looking through the list of installed applications.

Select the application and click Remove.

You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the application will be removed.

Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be removed. You will be asked to confirm whether you want this to happen before the applications are removed.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-othersedit.page0000644000373100047300000000457512320733601025552 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com You need to uncheck the Available to all users option in the network connection settings. Other users can't edit the network connections

If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, you may have set the connection to be available to all users. This makes it so that everyone on the computer can connect using that connection, but only users with administrative rights are allowed to change its settings.

The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the connection.

If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, make it so the connection is not set to be available to everyone on the computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for the connection.

Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more

Click the network menu on the menu bar and click Edit Connections.

Find the connection you want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves. Click to select it and then click Edit.

You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only admin users can do this.

Uncheck Available to all users and click Save. Other users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/hardware.page0000644000373100047300000000235412320733601024402 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Hardware Hardware problems, printers, power settings, color management, Bluetooth, disks… Hardware & drivers More topics
Problems Hardware problems Common problems
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-macaddress.page0000644000373100047300000000400612320733601025473 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com The unique identifier assigned to network hardware. What is a MAC address?

A MAC address is the unique identifier that is assigned by the manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an Ethernet card). MAC stands for Media Access Control, and each identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device.

A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a colon. 00:1B:44:11:3A:B7 is an example of a MAC address.

To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:

Click the network menu on the menu bar.

Select Connection Information.

Your MAC address will be displayed as the Hardware Address.

In practice, you may need to modify or "spoof" a MAC address. For example, some internet service providers may require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the network card stops working, and you need to swap a new card in, the service won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/sharing-bluetooth.page0000644000373100047300000000262512320733601026244 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Bluetooth file sharing and receiving options. Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Control sharing over Bluetooth

You can allow access to your Public and Downloads folders for Bluetooth file sharing, and also restrict that access to only trusted devices. Configure Personal File Sharing Preferences to control access to the shared folders on your computer.

A Bluetooth device is trusted if you have paired, or connected your computer to it. See .

 Share your <file>Public</file> folder over Bluetooth

In the Dash, open Personal File Sharing.

Select the desired Bluetooth file sharing and receiving options options from the list.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/app-cheese.page0000644000373100047300000000325312320733601024616 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com It is like your own personal photo booth. Create fun photos and videos with your webcam

With the Cheese application and your webcam, you can take photos and videos, apply fun special effects and share the fun with others.

Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:

Click this link to launch the Software Center.

Read the information and reviews about Cheese to make sure you want to install it.

If you choose to install it, click Install from the Software Center window.

You may need to provide the administrative password to complete the installation.

For help with using Cheese, read the Cheese user guide.

You need to install Cheese before you can read the Cheese user guide.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/about-this-guide.page0000644000373100047300000000406112320733601025754 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team A few tips on using the Ubuntu Desktop Guide. About this guide

This guide gives you a tour of Ubuntu desktop features, answers your computer-related questions, and provides tips on using your computer effectively.

The guide is divided into small, task-oriented topics - not chapters. This means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find answers to your questions.

Related items are linked together. "See Also" links at the bottom of some pages direct you to related topics.

The text input box at the top of this guide acts as a search bar, and relevant results will appear beneath it as soon as you start typing. Left-click on any result to open its page.

The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you with a comprehensive collection of helpful information, we know we won't answer all of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things more helpful, though.

Thank you for taking the time to read the Ubuntu Desktop Guide.

-- The Ubuntu Documentation team

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/shell-workspaces-switch.page0000644000373100047300000000356312320733601027375 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Open the workspace switcher and double-click one of the workspaces. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Switch between workspaces Using the mouse:

Open the Launcher and click the workspace switcher button near the bottom. Double-click on any window or workspace to switch to it, or press the workspace switcher button again to return to your previous workspace.

 Using the keyboard:

Press CtrlAlt→ to move to a workspace which is to the right of the current workspace.

Press CtrlAlt← to move to a workspace which is to the left of the current workspace.

Press CtrlAlt↓ to move to a workspace which is below the current workspace.

Press CtrlAlt↑ to move to a workspace which is above the current workspace.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-menu.page0000644000373100047300000000317212320733601026515 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Stephen M. Webb stephen@ubuntu.com Right clicking a Launcher Icon reveals a menu of actions. The Launcher Icon Menus

Right clicking on a Launcher icon will reveal a menu of actions. The actions available depend on whether the icon is locked to the launcher or not, if the icons is for an application whether it's running or not, and on the specific icon itself. Available actions can include the following.

launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device

unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see )

locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see )

quitting the application if it's running

switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one instance or window

application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/bluetooth.page0000644000373100047300000000236312320733601024612 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Connect, send files, turn on and off… Bluetooth

Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets and input devices like mice and keyboards. You can also use Bluetooth to send files between devices, such as from your computer to your cell phone.

Bluetooth problems Problems
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-install-moonlight.page0000644000373100047300000000301012320733601027023 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in lets you view these pages. Install the Silverlight plug-in

Silverlight is a plug-in for your web browser which allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some websites won't work without Silverlight.

If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux.

If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the Moonlight plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of Silverlight which runs on Linux.

Please see the Moonlight website for more information and installation instructions.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/documents-search.page0000644000373100047300000000236612320733601026054 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Find your documents by title or author. Search for files

To start a search in Documents:

Press CtrlF.

Click the magnifying glass icon.

Start typing. Documents will match by title or author.

You can restrict or filter the search results by clicking the down button and selecting various filters.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/printing-2sided.page0000644000373100047300000000320512320733601025603 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Print two-sided and multi-page layouts

To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:

Click FilePrint.

Go to the Page Setup tab of the Print window and choose an option from the Two-sided drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-sided printing is not available for your printer.

Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to experiment with your printer to see how it works.

You can print more than one page of the document per side of paper too. Use the Pages per side option to do this.

The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always be available.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/color-notspecifiededid.page0000644000373100047300000000273412320733602027226 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date. Why don't the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?

The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically based on the display EDID which is stored in a memory chip inside the monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the available colors the monitor was capable of displaying when it was manufactured, and does not contain much other information for color correction.

As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date.

Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself would lead to more accurate color correction.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/documents-view.page0000644000373100047300000000265012320733602025556 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 View documents full-screen. Display documents stored locally or online

When you open Documents, all of your documents, those stored locally as well as online, are displayed as thumbnails.

In order for your Google Docs or SkyDrive documents to appear, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live, respectively, as an online account.

To view the contents of a document:

Click the thumbnail. The document is displayed full-width in the Documents window (or full-screen if maximized).

To exit the document, click the back arrow button.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page0000644000373100047300000001167012320733602030641 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default applications. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org File properties

To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select Properties. You can also select the file and press AltEnter.

The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this information often, you can have it displayed in list view columns or icon captions.

The information given on the Basic tab is explained below. There are also Permissions and Open With tabs. For certain types of files, such as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information like the dimensions, duration, and codec.

Basic properties <gui>Name</gui>

You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file outside the properties window. See .

 <gui>Type</gui>

This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can't open a picture with a music player. See for more information on this.

The MIME type of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a standard way that computers use to refer to the file type.

 Contents

This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If the folder is empty, the contents will display nothing.

 Size

This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email (big files take longer to send/receive).

Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is 1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on.

 Location

The location of each file on your computer is given by its absolute path. This is a unique "address" of the file on your computer, made up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. For example, if Jim had a file called Resume.pdf in his Home folder, its location would be /home/jim/Resume.pdf.

 Volume

The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a CD, or a network share or file server. Hard disks can be split up into several disk partitions; the partition will be displayed under Volume too.

 Free Space

This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking if the hard disk is full.

 Accessed

The date and time when the file was last opened.

 Modified

The date and time when the file was last changed and saved.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/user-changepassword.page0000644000373100047300000000613112320733602026567 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account settings. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Change your password

It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if you think someone else knows what your password is.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

Click the label next to Password.

The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a password set.

Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password again in the Confirm password field.

You can also click the button next to the New password field to select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful.

Click Change.

Make sure you choose a good password. This will help to keep your user account safe.

Change the keyring password

If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the keyring password. The keyring keeps you from having to remember lots of different passwords by just requiring one master password to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your keyring password will remain the same as your old password. To change the keyring password (to match your login password):

Open the Passwords and Keys application from the Dash.

In the View menu, ensure By keyring is checked.

In the sidebar under Passwords, right-click on Login keyring and select Change Password.

Enter your Old Password, followed by your new Password, and Confirm your new password by entering it again.

Click OK.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/power-batteryestimate.page0000644000373100047300000000470612320733602027151 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The battery life displayed when you click on the battery icon is an estimate. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com The estimated battery life is wrong

When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time.

In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict.

Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made.

As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They will never be completely accurate, though.

If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to make a sensible estimate.

If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the data it needs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/files-copy.page0000644000373100047300000000770112320733602024661 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Copy or move items to a new folder. Cristopher Thomas crisnoh@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Copy or move files and folders

A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or using keyboard shortcuts.

For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if you don't like your changes).

These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files and folders in exactly the same way.

Copy and paste files

Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once.

Right-click and pick Copy, or press CtrlC.

Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file.

Click the gear icon and pick Paste to finish copying the file, or press CtrlV. There will now be a copy of the file in the original folder and the other folder.

 Cut and paste files to move them

Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once.

Right-click and pick Cut, or press CtrlX.

Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file.

Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick Paste to finish moving the file, or press CtrlV. The file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder.

 Drag files to copy or move

Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want to copy.

Click Files in the top bar, select New Window (or press CtrlN) to open a second window. In the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the file.

Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will move it if the destination is on the same device, or copy it if the destination is on a different device.

For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, it will be copied because you're dragging from one device to another.

You can force the file to be copied by holding down the Ctrl key while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the Shift key while dragging.

You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is read-only. Some folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. You can change things from being read-only by changing file permissions .

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/accounts-disable-service.page0000644000373100047300000000400712320733602027461 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Some online accounts allow you to use multiple services (like calendar and email). You can control which of these services can be used by local applications. Disable account services

Some types of online accounts allow access to several services from a single user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to email, calendar, code, contacts, among others. You can choose Google for email and Yahoo! for chat, or any combination the service provider allows.

To disable services:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select Online Accounts.

Select the account you want to change from left windowpane.

Services available for this account are listed in the right windowpane.

Switch off the services you do not want used.

Once a service has been disabled, local applications no longer have access to it. To regain access, go back into Online Accounts and switch it on.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/documents-collections.page0000644000373100047300000000413712320733602027124 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Group related documents in a collection. Make collections of documents

Documents lets you put together documents of different types in one place called a collection. If you have documents that are related, you can group them to make them easier to find. For example, if you had a business trip where you made a presentation, your slides, your flight itinerary (a PDF file), your budget spreadsheet, and other hybrid PDF/ODF documents, can be grouped in one collection.

To create or add to a collection:

Click the ✓ button.

In selection mode, check the documents to be collected.

Click the + button in the button bar.

In the collection list, click Add and type a new collection name, or select an existing collection. The selected documents will be added to the collection.

Collections do not behave like folders and their hierarchy: you cannot put collections inside collections.

To delete a collection:

Click the ✓ button.

In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted.

Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, leaving the original documents.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/user-goodpassword.page0000644000373100047300000001040112320733602026265 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use longer, more complicated passwords. Choose a secure password

Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for others (including computer programs) to guess.

Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your personal information.

People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for choosing a good password:

Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols, and spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess. There are more symbols to choose from, so more possible passwords would have to be checked by someone when trying to guess yours.

A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a movie, a book, a song, or an album. For example, "Flatland: A Romance of Many Dimensions" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd.

Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it.

Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "password" -- people can guess passwords like this very quickly!

Do not use any personal information, such as a date, license plate number, or any family member's name.

Do not use any nouns.

Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to reduce the chance of someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be watching you.

Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be found!

Use different passwords for different things.

Use different passwords for different accounts.

If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it will be able to access all of your accounts immediately.

It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords. Though not as secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email).

Change your passwords regularly.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/media.page0000644000373100047300000000306112320733602023661 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Digital cameras, iPods, playing videos… Sound, video & pictures
Sound Sound Sound Volume, speakers and headphones, microphones… Basic sound
Music and players Music and portable audio players
Photos Photos and digital cameras
Videos Videos and video cameras
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/a11y-braille.page0000644000373100047300000000203012320733602024760 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Use the Orca screen reader with a refreshable Braille display. Read screen in Braille

GNOME provides the Orca screen reader to display the user interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. Install Orca, then refer to the Orca Help for more information.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-connect-device.page0000644000373100047300000000745212320733602027503 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Pair Bluetooth devices. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device

Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the Bluetooth devices.

Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See .

Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Set Up New Device.

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Set up a New Device.

Make the other Bluetooth device discoverable or visible and place it within 10 meters (about 33 feet) of your computer. Click Continue. Your computer will begin searching for devices.

If there are too many devices listed, use the Device type drop-down to display only a single type of device in the list.

Click PIN options to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other device.

The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's manual for the proper setting.

Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click Close.

Click Continue to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, the PIN will be displayed on the screen.

If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show you the PIN you see on your computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the PIN. Confirm the PIN on the device, then click Matches.

You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device list and start again.

A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click Close.

You can remove a Bluetooth connection later if desired.

To control access to your shared files, refer to the Bluetooth Sharing settings. See .

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/user-admin-change.page0000644000373100047300000000406612320733602026077 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by giving them administrative privileges. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Change who has administrative privileges

Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of keeping your system secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

Click Unlock and enter your password to unlock the account settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges yourself.)

Select the user whose privileges you want to change.

Click the label Standard next to Account type and select Administrator.

Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when they next log in.

The first user account on the system has admin privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first installed the system.

It is unwise to have too many users with Administrator privileges on one system.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page0000644000373100047300000000530212320733602030372 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might be disabled or blocked. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com I can't connect my Bluetooth device

There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset.

Connection blocked or untrusted

Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device is set up to allow connections.

 Bluetooth hardware not recognized

Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. This could be because drivers for the adapter aren't installed. Some Bluetooth adapters aren't supported on Linux, so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you will probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter.

 Adapter not switched on

Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and check that it's not disabled.

Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and check that it's not disabled.

 Device Bluetooth connection switched off

Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not in airplane mode.

 No Bluetooth adapter in your computer

Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you want to use Bluetooth.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-disconnecting.page0000644000373100047300000000657712320733602030067 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect properly. Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?

You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the menu bar will pulse if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time.

Weak wireless signal

A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you and the base station can also weaken the signal.

The network icon on the menu bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station.

Network connection not being established properly

Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon after. This normally happens because your computer was only partially successful in connecting to the network - it managed to establish a connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so was disconnected.

A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because the network requires a username to log in, for example).

Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers

Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware.

Busy wireless networks

Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/power-willnotturnon.page0000644000373100047300000000534312320733602026677 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org My computer will not turn on

There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons.

Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable

Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it's removable.

Problem with the computer hardware

A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory/RAM) and a faulty motherboard.

The computer beeps and then switches off

If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off (or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. These beeps are sometimes referred to as beep codes, and the pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in for repairs.

The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen

The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on.

This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/color-assignprofiles.page0000644000373100047300000000420212320733602026744 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Look in System SettingsColor for the option to change this. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How do I assign profiles to devices?

Open System SettingsColor, and click the device that you wish to add a profile to.

Open System SettingsColor, and click the device that you wish to add a profile to.

By clicking Add profile you can select an existing profile or import a new file.

Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile can be the default profile. The default profile is used when there is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for glossy paper and another plain paper.

You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button.

If calibration hardware is connected the Calibrate… button will create a new profile.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/sound-usespeakers.page0000644000373100047300000000502412320733602026263 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device. Use different speakers or headphones

You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers usually either connect using a circular TRS (tip, ring, sleeve) plug or with USB.

If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones next to the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the default device.

Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound settings. Click the sound menu on the menu bar then click Sound Settings. Select your speakers in the list of devices, then click Test Sound. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to that speaker.

If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default.

Select a default audio input device

Click the sound menu on the menu bar and select Sound Settings.

On the Output tab, select the device in the list of devices.

If you don't see your device on the Output tab, check the Hardware tab. Select your device and try different profiles.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/sound-volume.page0000644000373100047300000000462212320733602025243 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each application. Change the sound volume

To change the sound volume, click the sound menu on the menu bar and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely turn off sound by checking Mute.

Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near the "F" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the "F" keys. Hold down the Fn key on your keyboard to use them.

Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a volume control too.

Changing the sound volume for individual applications

You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume in the web browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music.

Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, click the sound menu on the menu bar and click Sound Settings. Go to the Applications tab and change the volume of the application there.

Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its volume.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-apps.page0000644000373100047300000000360212320733602025631 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Run, install, or uninstall apps. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Applications lens

The applications lens is the first lens after the Dash home in the lens bar. The applications lens gives you access to your apps or apps available for install.

You can use SuperA to open the Dash directly at the applications lens.

Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview shows a short description of the app, a screenshot, its Software Center rating, and what version is available.

For installed apps, you can see when the app was installed and either launch the app or uninstall it. Certain essential apps cannot be uninstalled from the preview.

For apps that haven't been installed, you can install them right from the preview.

Filters

Click Filter results if you'd like to only see results for a certain type of application. You can also click SourcesLocal Apps to only view installed apps or SourcesSoftware Center to only show apps available for install.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page0000644000373100047300000000415312320733602030267 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Open the workspace switcher and drag the window to a different workspace. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Move a window to a different workspace

Using the mouse:

Open the Launcher and click the workspace switcher button near the bottom.

Drag the window to the workspace you choose.

Using the keyboard:

Select the window you want to move.

Press CtrlAltShift→ to move the window to a workspace which is to the right of the current workspace on the workspace switcher.

Press CtrlAltShift← to move the window to a workspace which is to the left of the current workspace on the workspace switcher.

Press CtrlAltShift↓ to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on the workspace switcher.

Press CtrlAltShift↑ to move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the workspace switcher.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-chat-empathy.page0000644000373100047300000000312712320733602025755 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com With Empathy you can chat, call and video call with friends and colleagues on a variety of networks Instant messaging on Ubuntu

With the Empathy application, you can chat with people online and with friends and colleagues who use Google Talk, AIM, Windows Live and many other chat programs. With a microphone or a webcam you can also have audio or video calls.

Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start Empathy Instant Messaging from the Dash, the Launcher or choose Chat from the Messaging menu.

You can change your instant messaging status (Available, Away, Busy, etc.) from the Messaging menu.

For help with using Empathy, read the Empathy manual.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page0000644000373100047300000000424212320733602027361 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Edit folder bookmarks

Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager.

Add a bookmark:

Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark.

Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick Bookmark this Location.

 Delete a bookmark:

Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from the app menu.

In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to delete and click the - button.

 Rename a bookmark:

Click on Files in the top bar and pick Bookmarks from the app menu.

In the Bookmarks window, select the bookmark you wish to rename.

In the Name text box, type the new name for the bookmark.

Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other than the name of the folder it points to.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/disk.page0000644000373100047300000000141012320733602023530 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Disk space, performance, problems, volumes and partitions… Disks & storage usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/keyboard.page0000644000373100047300000000231212320733602024400 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Input sources, cursor blinking, super key, keyboard accessibility… Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Keyboard Region & Language Universal access Other topics usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/mouse-sensitivity.page0000644000373100047300000000442012320733602026322 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad

If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

Adjust the Pointer Speed slider until the pointer motion is comfortable for you.

You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the Mouse and Touchpad sections.

The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-shapes.page0000644000373100047300000000400512320733602027031 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com The triangles show you your currently running apps. What do the different shapes and colors in Launcher icons mean?

When you start an app, the Launcher icon pulses to let you know that Ubuntu is starting your app. This is useful because while some apps start immediately, others may take a minute to load.

Once the app has finished starting, a small white triangle will show to the left of the Launcher square. Two triangles means that you have two windows of the same app open. If you have three or more windows of the same app open, three triangles will show.

Apps that aren't currently running have translucent Launcher icon squares. When an app is running, the Launcher icon square is full of color.
Notifications

If an app wants your attention to notify you of something (like a finished download), the Launcher icon will wiggle and glow and the white triangle will become blue. Click the Launcher icon to dismiss the notification.

Apps can also show a number on their Launcher icon. Messaging apps use the number to tell you how many unread messages you have. Software Updater uses it to tell you how many updates are available.

Finally, apps can use a progress bar to let you know how long a process is taking without you needing to keep the app window in view.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/addremove-install.page0000644000373100047300000000525512320733602026223 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Use the Ubuntu Software Center to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful. Install additional software

The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you.

To install additional software, complete the following steps:

Connect to the Internet using a wireless or wired connection.

Click the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or search for Software Center in the Dash.

When the Software Center launches, search for an application, or select a category and find an application from the list.

Select the application that you are interested in and click Install.

You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the installation will begin.

The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection.

A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this feature, uncheck ViewNew Applications in Launcher.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/sharing.page0000644000373100047300000000141512320733602024236 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Desktop sharing, Share files… Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Sharing usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-mobile.page0000644000373100047300000000551612320733602024644 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Connect to the internet using mobile broadband Connect to mobile broadband

Mobile Broadband refers to any kind of high speed Internet connection which is provided by an external device such as a 3G USB stick or mobile phone with built-in HSPA/UMTS/GPRS data connection. Some laptops have recently been produced with mobile broadband devices already inside them.

Most mobile broadband devices should be recognized automatically when you connect them to your computer. Ubuntu will prompt you to configure the device.

The New Mobile Broadband Connection wizard will open automatically when you connect the device.

Click Forward and enter your details, including the country where your Mobile Broadband device was issued, the network provider and type of connection (for example, Contract or pre-pay).

Give your connection a name and click Apply.

Your connection is now ready to use. To connect, click the network menu in the menu bar and select your new connection.

To disconnect, click the network menu in the menu bar and click Disconnect.

If you are not prompted to configure the device when you connect it, it may still be recognized by Ubuntu. In such cases you can add the connection manually.

Click the network menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections...

Switch to the Mobile Broadband tab.

Click Add.

This should open the New Mobile Broadband Connection wizard. Enter your details as described above.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/contacts-add-remove.page0000644000373100047300000000345012320733602026443 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Lucie Hankey ldhankey@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Add or remove a contact in the local address book. Add or remove a contact

To add a contact:

Press New.

In the New contact window, enter the contact name and the desired information. Click on the menu next to each field to choose Work, Home or Other.

Press Create Contact.

To remove a contact:

Select the contact from your contact list.

Press Edit in the top-right corner of Contacts.

Press Remove Contact.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/mouse-touchpad-click.page0000644000373100047300000001010612320733602026620 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad

You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Tap to click.

The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad.

To click, tap on the touchpad.

To double-click, tap twice.

To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop.

If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-click. See for a method of right-clicking without a second mouse button.

If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, middle-click by tapping with three fingers at once.

When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may think they're a single finger.
Two finger scroll

You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Two finger scroll.

When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will scroll instead. If you also select Enable horizontal scrolling, you can move your fingers left and right to scroll horizontally. Be careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, they just look like one big finger to your touchpad.

Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads.
Content sticks to fingers

You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the touchpad.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Content sticks to fingers.

This feature is also known as Natural Scrolling or Reverse Scrolling.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-maximize.page0000644000373100047300000000342512320733602027226 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Maximize and unmaximize a window

You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, so you can look at two windows at once. See for details.

To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the screen, or double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the keyboard, hold down Ctrl and Super and press ↑.

To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the titlebar to restore it. You can also use the keyboard shortcut Ctrl Super ↓.

Hold down the Alt key and drag anywhere in a window to move it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/printing.page0000644000373100047300000000260512320733602024437 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Local setup, order and collate, two-sided and multi-page… Printing
Setup Set up a printer
Sizes and layouts Different paper sizes and layouts
Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong… Printer problems
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/a11y-bouncekeys.page0000644000373100047300000000404712320733602025527 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key. Turn on bounce keys

Turn on bounce keys to ignore key presses that are rapidly repeated. For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on bounce keys.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Switch Bounce Keys on.

Use the Acceptance delay slider to change how long bounce keys waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for the first time. Select Beep when a key is rejected if you want the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it happened too soon after the previous key press.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/nautilus-preview.page0000644000373100047300000000467612320733602026142 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control when thumbnails are used for files. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com File manager preview preferences

The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can control when previews are made. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Preview tab.

<gui>Files</gui>

By default, all previews are done for Local Files Only, those on your computer or connected external drives. You can set this feature to Always or Never. The file manager can browse files on other computers over a local area network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set the preview option to Always.

In addition, you can use the Only for files smaller than setting to limit the size of files previewed.

 <gui>Folders</gui>

If you show file sizes in list view columns or icon captions, folders will be shown with a count of how many files and folders they contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/printing-envelopes.page0000644000373100047300000000427212320733602026437 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen the correct paper size. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Print envelopes and labels

Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for example.

Printing onto envelopes

There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope. The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. After you click Print and the Print window appears, go to the Page Setup tab and choose the Paper type as "Envelope" if you can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the Paper size to an envelope size (e.g. "C5"). The pack of envelopes will say what size they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes.

Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see which way is the right way up.

Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page0000644000373100047300000000263312320733602030600 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Show the Launcher only when you need it. Auto-hide the Launcher

You can hide the Launcher if you only want to see it when you move your mouse or touchpad pointer to the left side of the screen.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Appearance.

Switch to the Behavior tab.

Switch Auto-hide the Launcher on.

To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make the Launcher show. You can adjust the force needed by setting the Reveal sensitivity lower or higher.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-manual.page0000644000373100047300000000456312320733602024653 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter them yourself. Manually set network settings

If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your router or network switch.

To manually set your network settings:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and click Edit Connections.

Select the network connection that you want to set up manually. For example, if you plug in to the network with a cable, look at the Wired tab.

Click the connection you want to edit to select it, then click Edit.

Go to the IPv4 Settings tab and change the Method to Manual.

Click Add and type the IP address, network mask and default gateway IP address into the corresponding columns of the Addresses list. Press Enter or Tab after typing each address.

These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four numbers separated by periods (e.g., 123.45.6.78).

Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use, separated by commas.

Click Save. If you are not connected to the network, click the network icon on the menu bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-music.page0000644000373100047300000000264512320733602026014 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find and play music from your computer or the internet. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Music lens

The music lens is the fourth lens after the Dash home in the lens bar and is represented by a music note. The music lens gives you access to your music or music available online.

You can use SuperM to open the Dash directly at the music lens.

Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview. The preview shows the cover art and the tracks.

Click the track number to play the song right from the preview. Click the track number again to pause the song.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by decade or genre.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/unity-introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000520712320733602026475 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A visual introduction to the Unity desktop. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Welcome to Ubuntu

Ubuntu features Unity, a reimagined way to use your computer. Unity is designed to minimize distractions, give you more room to work, and help you get things done.

This guide is designed to answer your questions about using Unity and your Ubuntu desktop. First we will take a moment to look at some of Unity's key features, and how you can use them.

Getting started with Unity

The Unity desktop
The Launcher

The Launcher

The Launcher appears automatically when you log in to your desktop, and gives you quick access to the applications you use most often.

Learn more about the Launcher.
The Dash

The Ubuntu Button sits near the top left corner of the screen and is always the top item in the Launcher. If you click the Ubuntu Button, Unity will present you with an additional feature of the desktop, the Dash.

The Unity Dash

The Dash is designed to make it easier to find, open, and use apps, files, music, and more. For example, if you type the word "document" into the Search Bar, the Dash will show you applications that help you write and edit documents. It will also show you relevant folders and documents that you have been working on recently.

Learn more about the Dash.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page0000644000373100047300000001523512320733602033324 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been recognized properly by the computer. Wireless connection troubleshooter Check that the wireless adapter was recognized

Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you will check whether the device was recognized properly.

Open a Terminal window, type sudo lshw -C network and press Enter. If this gives an error message, you can install the lshw program on your computer by typing sudo apt-get install lshw into the terminal.

Look through the information that appeared and find the Wireless interface section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you should see something similar (but not identical) to this:

If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the Device Drivers step.

If a wireless device is not listed, the next steps you take will depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has (internal PCI, USB, or PCMCIA).
PCI (internal) wireless adapter

Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was recognized:

Open a Terminal, type lspci and press Enter.

Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked Network controller or Ethernet controller. Several devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to your wireless adapter might include words like wireless, WLAN, wifi or 802.11. Here is an example of what the entry might look like:

Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection

If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the Device Drivers step. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see the instructions below.
USB wireless adapter

Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common. They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. 3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) adapters, so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognized:

Open a Terminal, type lsusb and press Enter.

Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your wireless adapter might include words like wireless, WLAN, wifi or 802.11. Here is an example of what the entry might look like:

If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the Device Drivers step. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see the instructions below.
Checking for a PCMCIA device

PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:

Start your computer without the wireless adapter plugged in.

Open a Terminal and type the following, then press Enter:

tail -f /var/log/dmesg

This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes.

Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it.

To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press CtrlC. After you have done that, you can close the Terminal if you like.

If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the Device Drivers step. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see the instructions below.
Wireless adapter was not recognized

If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it.

To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask about your wireless adapter, for example.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/accounts-add.page0000644000373100047300000000555312320733602025157 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Connect to online accounts Add an account

Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set up for you.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select Online Accounts.

Select an Account Type from the right hand windowpane.

If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process afterwards.

A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your Google username, password and sign in.

If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept the terms. Select Accept to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the Grant Access button. When prompted, enter the current users password.

Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want the calendar, turn the calendar option off.

After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will automatically use those credentials when you log into your account.

For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, remove it.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/backup-check.page0000644000373100047300000000330112320733602025117 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Verify your backup was successful. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Check your backup

After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data since some files could be missing from the backup.

When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly.

You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can have extra confidence that the process was successful.

If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as Déjà Dup. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just copying and pasting files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/session-screenlocks.page0000644000373100047300000000335412320733603026604 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the Brightness & Lock settings. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com The screen locks itself too quickly

If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with your work if you leave the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself too quickly.

To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Brightness & Lock.

Change the value in the Lock screen after drop-down list.

If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch Lock off.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/contacts.page0000644000373100047300000000127712320733603024430 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Access your contacts. Contacts

Use Contacts to store, access or edit information for your contacts, locally or in your Online Accounts.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/contacts-search.page0000644000373100047300000000346412320733603025673 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Search for a contact. Search for a contact

You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:

In the Activities overview, start typing the name of the contact.

Matching contacts will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of applications.

Press Enter to select the contact at the top of the list or click the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top.

To search from inside Contacts:

Click inside the search field.

Start typing the name of the contact.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page0000644000373100047300000001235212320733603027547 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Get around the desktop using the keyboard. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Useful keyboard shortcuts

This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or pointing device at all, see for more information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard.

Getting around the desktop

AltF4

Close the current window.

AltF2

Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)

AltTab

Quickly switch between windows. Hold down Shift for reverse order.

Alt`

Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected application after AltTab.

This shortcut uses ` on US keyboards, where the ` key is above Tab. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is Alt plus whatever key is above Tab.

SuperS

Activate the workspace switcher. Zoom out on all workspaces.

SuperW

Activate "Expo" mode. Show all windows from current workspace.

CtrlAltArrow keys

Switch between workspaces.

CtrlAltShiftArrow keys

Move the current window to a different workspace.

CtrlAltDelete

Log out.

CtrlSuperD

Hide all windows and show the desktop. Press the keys again to restore your windows.

CtrlAltL

Lock the screen.
Common editing shortcuts

CtrlA

Select all text or items in a list.

CtrlX

Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard.

CtrlC

Copy selected text or items to the clipboard.

CtrlV

Paste the contents of the clipboard.

CtrlZ

Undo the last action.
Capturing from the screen

Print Screen

Take a screenshot.

AltPrint Screen

Take a screenshot of a window.

ShiftPrint Screen

Take a screenshot of an area of the screen. The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to select an area.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-remove-connection.page0000644000373100047300000000346012320733603030243 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices

If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or from a device.

Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the - icon underneath the list.

Click Remove in the confirmation window.

You can reconnect a Bluetooth device later if desired.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/shell-guest-session.page0000644000373100047300000000514412320733603026524 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Let a friend or colleague borrow your computer in a secure manner. Gunnar Hjalmarsson gunnarhj@ubuntu.com Launch a restricted guest session
Temporary session with restricted privileges

Once in a while a friend, family member, or colleague may want to borrow your computer. The Ubuntu Guest Session feature provides a convenient way, with a high level of security, to lend your computer to someone else. A guest session can be launched either from the login screen or from within a regular session. If you are currently logged in, click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select Guest Session. This will lock the screen for your own session and start the guest session.

A guest cannot view the home folders of other users, and by default any saved data or changed settings will be removed/reset at logout. It means that each session starts with a fresh environment, unaffected by what previous guests did.

Customization

The Customize Guest Session online tutorial explains how to customize the appearance and behavior.

Disabling the feature

If you prefer to not allow guest access to your computer, you can disable the Guest Session feature. To do so, press CtrlAltT to open a terminal window, and then run this command (it's one long command, even if it may be shown wrapped on the screen - copy and paste to get it right):

sudo sh -c 'printf "[SeatDefaults]\nallow-guest=false\n" >/usr/share/lightdm/lightdm.conf.d/50-no-guest.conf'

The command creates a small configuration file. To re-enable Guest Session, simply remove that file:

sudo rm /usr/share/lightdm/lightdm.conf.d/50-no-guest.conf

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/files-share.page0000644000373100047300000000532412320733603025011 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Share and transfer files

You can share files with your contacts or transfer them to external devices or network shares directly from the file manager.

Open the file manager.

Locate the file you want to transfer.

Right-click the file and select Send To.

The Send To window will appear. Choose where you want to send the file and click Send. See the list of destinations below for more information.

You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down Ctrl, then right-click any selected file. You can have the files automatically compressed into a zip or tar archive.

 Destinations

To email the file, select Email and enter the recipient's email address.

To send the file to an instant messaging contact, select Instant Message, then select contact from the drop-down list. Your instant messaging application may need to be started for this to work.

To write the file to a CD or DVD, select CD/DVD Creator. See to learn more.

To transfer the file to a Bluetooth device, select Bluetooth (OBEX Push) and select the device to send the file to. You will only see devices you have already paired with. See for more information.

To copy a file to an external device like a USB flash drive, or to upload it to a server you've connected to, select Removable disks and shares, then select the device or server you want to copy the file to.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/unity-dash-video.page0000644000373100047300000000252612320733603026001 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find and play videos from your computer or the internet. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Video lens

The video lens is the third lens after the Dash home on the lens bar and is represented by a film strip. The video lens gives you access to your videos or videos available online.

You can even buy or rent videos from the Dash.

You can use SuperV to open the Dash directly at the video lens.

Previews

Right click on a search result to open a preview with more information about the video.

Filters

Click Filter results to filter by video source.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/documents-tracker.page0000644000373100047300000000217212320733603026237 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Local or remote documents do not appear. My documents cannot be seen

If your documents fail to display in Documents, Tracker may not be running or properly configured. Make sure Tracker is running in your session. The default configuration, set to index files in your home directory (non-recursively) and XDG folders (recursively), should be adequate. Ensure that your documents are in one of these paths.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/wacom-multi-monitor.page0000644000373100047300000000252412320733603026531 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor. Choose a monitor

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Wacom Graphics Tablet.

If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet.

Click Map to Monitor…

Check Map to single monitor.

Next to Output, select the monitor you wish to receive input from your graphics tablet.

Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable.

Click Close.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/display-dimscreen.page0000644000373100047300000000520612320733603026222 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Dim the screen to save power or increase the brightness to make it more readable in bright light. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Set screen brightness

You can change the brightness of your screen to save power or to make the screen more readable in bright light. You can also have the screen dim automatically when on battery power and have it turn off automatically when not in use.

Set the brightness

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select Brightness & Lock.

Adjust the Brightness slider to a comfortable value.

Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at the top. Hold down the Fn key to use these keys.

Select Dim screen to save power to have the brightness automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your screen can take a lot of power and significantly reduce how long your battery will last before it needs to be recharged.

The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. You can adjust how long you have to be inactive with the Turn screen off when inactive for option.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-vpn-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000651012320733603025623 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to set up a VPN connection. Connect to a VPN

A VPN (or Virtual Private Network) is a way of connecting to a local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually encrypted to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to without logging in.

There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which VPN client you need to use. Then, open Ubuntu Software Center and search for the network-manager package which works with your VPN (if there is one) and install it. You will need to click the Show technical items link at the bottom of Ubuntu Software Center.

If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will probably have to download and install some client software from the company that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some different instructions to get that working.

Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and, under VPN Connections, select Configure VPN.

Click Add and choose which kind of VPN connection you have.

Click Create and follow the instructions on the screen, entering details like your username and password as you go.

When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network menu on the menu bar, go to VPN Connections and click on the connection you just created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the network icon will change as it tries to connect.

Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the network menu, selecting Edit Connections and going to the VPN tab.

To disconnect from the VPN, click the network menu and select Disconnect under the name of your VPN connection.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/mouse-doubleclick.page0000644000373100047300000000430612320733603026214 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to double-click. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Adjust the double-click speed

Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

Under General, adjust the Double-click slider to a value you find comfortable.

Click the Test Your Settings button to test. A single click in the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight the inside circle.

If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it still has the same problem.

This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other pointing device.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/screen-shot-record.page0000644000373100047300000000374712320733603026324 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Take a picture of what's happening on your screen. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com 2011 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org 2012 Screenshots

You can take a picture of your screen (a screenshot). This is useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for example. Screenshots are just normal picture files, so you can email them and share them on the web.

Take a screenshot

To take a picture of what's on your screen:

Go to the Dash and open the Screenshot tool.

In the Take Screenshot window, select whether to grab the entire desktop, a single window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. Then choose any effects you want.

Click Take Screenshot.

If you selected Select area to grab, the pointer changes into a crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot.

In the Save Screenshot window, enter a file name and choose a folder, then click Save.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/prefs-display.page0000644000373100047300000000127112320733603025366 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Background, size and rotation, brightness… Display & screen usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page0000644000373100047300000000432412320733603030454 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Identify and fix problems with wireless connections Wireless network troubleshooter

This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some reason, try following the instructions here.

We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected to the internet:

Performing an initial check

Gathering information about your hardware

Checking your hardware

Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router

Performing a check of your modem and router

To get started, click on the Next link at the top right of the page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you through each step in the guide.

Using the command line

Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the command line (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in the Dash.

If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are case-sensitive (so you must type them exactly as they appear here), and to press Enter after typing each command to run it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/user-add.page0000644000373100047300000000655212320733603024317 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Add a new user account

You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home folder, documents, and settings.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

You need administrator privileges to add user accounts. Click Unlock in the top right corner and type your password.

In the list of accounts on the left, click the + button to add a new user account.

If you want the new user to have administrative access to the computer, select Administrator for the account type. Administrators can do things like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date and time.

Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if you like.

Click Create.

The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the user's password. Under Login Options click Account disabled next to Password. Select Set a password now from the Action drop-down list, and have the user type their password in the New password and Confirm password fields. See .

You can also click the button next to the New password field to select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful.

Click Change.

In the User Accounts window you can click the image next to the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/unity-shopping.page0000644000373100047300000000366712320733603025614 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Online results make the Dash more useful and help fund Ubuntu development. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Why are there shopping links in the Dash?

In addition to helping you find apps or files on your computer, the Dash also shows you related online results for your searches. Online sources include Amazon.com and dozens of other online sources.

When you purchase music or products from these sources, Canonical receives a small portion of the profits in exchange for directing more business to these stores. Canonical, the company that created and continues to support the Ubuntu project, then uses this money to make Ubuntu better.

Turn off online search results

If you don't want to receive online search suggestions, you can disable this feature.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Security & Privacy and select the Search tab.

Switch off Include online search results.

Log out and log back in for the change to take effect.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page0000644000373100047300000000506112320733603033177 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in subsequent troubleshooting steps. Wireless network troubleshooter Gather information about your network hardware

In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a note of these details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the following items, if you still have them:

The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the user guide for your router)

The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only contains Windows drivers)

The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of the device.

Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look carefully.

Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "firmware" version, or the components (chipset) it uses.

If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)

Once you have as many of these items as possible, click Next.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/files.page0000644000373100047300000000346312320733603023713 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Files Searching, delete files, backups, removable drives, documents… Files, folders & search

Nautilus file manager

 Common tasks More topics
Removable drives and external disks
Backing up
Documents
Tips and questions
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/disk-check.page0000644000373100047300000000601112320733603024606 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Natalia Ruz Leiva nruz@alumnos.inf.utfsm.cl Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy. Check your hard disk for problems
Checking the hard disk

Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called SMART (Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data.

Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by running the Disks application:

Check your disk's health using the Disks application

Open the Disks application from the Dash.

Open the Disks application from the Activities overview.

Select the disk you want to check from the Storage Devices list. Information and status of the disk will appear under Drive.

SMART Status should say "Disk is healthy".

Click the SMART Data button to view more drive information, or to run a self-test.
What if the disk isn't healthy?

Even if the SMART Status indicates that the disk isn't healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be prepared with a backup to prevent data loss.

If the status says "Pre-fail", the disk is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should backup your important files regularly and check the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse.

If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a professional for further diagnosis or repair.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/get-involved.page0000644000373100047300000000252112320733603025206 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How and where to report problems with these help topics. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Participate to improve this guide

This help system is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can file a bug report.

To file a bug, press AltF2 and type ubuntu-bug ubuntu-docs. Press Enter to begin the bug collection process.

See the Ubuntu bug reporting instructions for more information about how to file your bug.

Thanks for helping make the Ubuntu Help better!

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/contacts-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000251412320733603026052 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com 2013 Email, chat with, or phone a contact. Connect with your contact

To email, chat with, or phone someone in Contacts:

Select the contact from your contact list.

Press on the Detail that you want to use. For example, to email your contact, press the email address.

The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/power-othercountry.page0000644000373100047300000000410212320733603026477 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a travel adapter. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?

Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch.

If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice.

If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many computers don't have a switch like this, and will happily work with either voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "110V" or "230V" (for example). Switch it if you need to.

Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch everything off first if you can.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/shell-exit.page0000644000373100047300000000704612320733603024670 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and so on. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Andre Klapper ak-47@gmx.net Alexandre Franke afranke@gnome.org Log out, power off, switch users

When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it (to save power), or leave it powered on and log out.

Log out or switch users

To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it when you log back in.

To log out or switch users, click the system menu at the very right of the menu bar and select the appropriate option.

Lock the screen

If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running applications. When you return, simply enter your password to log back in. If you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain amount of time.

To lock your screen, click the system menu in the menu bar and select Lock Screen.

When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by clicking Switch User on the password screen. You can switch back to your desktop when they are finished.

Suspend

To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of the computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during suspend.

To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu in the menu bar and select Suspend.

Power off or restart

If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click the system menu and select Shut Down.

If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-email.page0000644000373100047300000000122612320733603024457 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Default email apps The Ubuntu Documentation Team The GNOME Documentation Project Email & email software usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/power-constantfan.page0000644000373100047300000000363612320733603026263 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running hot. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org The laptop fan is always running

If your laptop's cooling fan is always running, it could be that the hardware that controls the laptop's cooling system isn't very well supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or available for Linux at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of the time.

If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, vaiofand can be installed to control the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of your laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for your computer.

It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your laptop which may help.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/power-batteryslow.page0000644000373100047300000000201512320733603026312 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?

Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the battery should last longer.

This feature is called CPU frequency scaling.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-security-tips.page0000644000373100047300000000552712320733603026224 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 General tips to keep in mind when using the internet Steven Richards steven.richardspc@gmail.com Staying safe on the internet

A possible reason for why you are using Ubuntu is the robust security that Linux based systems are known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are targeted at popular operating systems like Windows, that have an extremely large user base. Linux based systems are also very secure due to their open source nature, which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included with each distribution.

Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Ubuntu is secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet you can still be susceptible to:

Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information through deception)

Forwarding malicious emails

Applications with malicious intent (viruses)

Unauthorized remote/local network access

To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:

Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do not know.

If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is compromised by identity thieves or other criminals.

Be careful in providing any application root level permissions, especially ones that you have not used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation.

Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a firewall to help protect your computer from intrusion.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/windows-key.page0000644000373100047300000000432412320733603025066 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The Super key provides access to the Dash and the Launcher. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com What is the "Super" key?

This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your keyboard, next to the Alt key, and usually has a window/squares icon on it. It is sometimes called the Windows key, logo key, or system key.

If you have an Apple keyboard, there will not be a Windows key on your keyboard. The ⌘ (Command) key can be used instead.

The Super key serves a special function in Unity. If you press the Super key, the Dash is displayed. If you press and hold the Super key, an overlay showing many of Unity's keyboard shortcuts appears until you release the Super key.

The Super key can help you do even more than that, though. To learn about more uses for the Super key, see the keyboard shortcuts page.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/user-admin-problems.page0000644000373100047300000000247612320733603026501 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin privileges. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Problems caused by administrative restrictions

You may experience a few problems if you don't have administrative privileges. Some tasks require admin privileges in order to work, such as:

Connecting to networks or wireless networks

Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)

Installing new applications

You can change who has admin privileges.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-findip.page0000644000373100047300000000406612320733603024646 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems. Find your IP address

Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have two IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal network and an IP address for your computer on the internet.

Find your internal (network) IP address

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Network and select Wired or Wireless from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to find the IP address for.

Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information.

 Find your external (internet) IP address

Visit whatismyipaddress.com.

The site will display your external IP address for you.

Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may be the same.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/session-formats.page0000644000373100047300000000561312320733603025744 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement. Change date and measurement formats

You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Language Support and select the Regional Formats tab.

Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the Language tab.

You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select Log Out to log out.

After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in calendars.

Change the system formats

When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account after you log in. You can also change the system formats, the formats used in places like the login screen.

Change your formats, as described above.

Click Apply System-Wide.

Administrative privileges are required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account.

You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in Language Support Help.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/backup-thinkabout.page0000644000373100047300000000602312320733603026217 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you may want to back up. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Where can I find the files I want to back up?

Listed below are the most common locations of important files and settings that you may want to back up.

Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)

These are usually stored in your home folder (/home/your_name). They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music, and Videos.

If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it's an external hard disk, for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the Disk Usage Analyzer.

Hidden files

Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. To view hidden files, click ViewShow Hidden Files or press CtrlH. You can copy these to a backup location like any other file.

Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)

Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home folder (see above for information on hidden files).

Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders .config, .gconf, .gnome2, and .local in your Home folder.

System-wide settings

Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home folder. There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most are stored in the /etc folder. In general, you won't need to back up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, however, you should back up the files for the services that it is running.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-chat-social.page0000644000373100047300000000352112320733603025557 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Post to Twitter, Facebook and other social networking sites directly from your desktop Social networking from the desktop

With Ubuntu you can post to your favorite social networking sites from your desktop. Ubuntu uses the Friends scope to allow you to organize your social networking sites in one place, and to post updates from the Me Menu without opening any website.

To set up your social networking accounts:

Open the System menu on the right hand side of the menu bar and select "System Settings...".

Choose Online accounts

Choose the social networking site you want to set up and click Add Account...

Click Authorize and insert your account settings for that site, and follow the instructions

You can now view your social networking messages from the Messaging menu on the right hand side of the menu bar, in the Broadcast section. Click on any of the items in that section to open Friends scope and to read or post messages to your social network.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/color.page0000644000373100047300000000177412320733603023732 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Why is this important, Color profiles, How to calibrate a device… Color management
Color profiles
Calibration
Problems
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-wireless.page0000644000373100047300000000170212320733603025224 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Connect to wifi, Hidden networks, Edit connection settings, Disconnecting… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Wireless Networking usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-hidden.page0000644000373100047300000000410512320733603026455 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wireless Network. Connect to a hidden wireless network

It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is "hidden." Hidden networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you click the network menu in the menu bar (or the list of wireless networks on any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Connect to Hidden Wireless Network.

In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of wireless security, and click Connect.

You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the BSSID (Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: 02:00:01:02:03:04.

You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look for terms like WEP and WPA.

You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still detectable.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/power-batterybroken.page0000644000373100047300000000313612320733603026613 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Your battery is probably not broken; it's more likely that it's just old. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org An error reports my battery has low capacity

When you first log in, you might see a message that says:

Battery may be broken. Your battery has a very low capacity which means that it may be old or broken.

This message is displayed when the computer detects that your battery is not capable of storing much charge. The most likely reason for this is that your battery is old; it's probably not broken, so there's no need to worry.

Over time, all laptop batteries lose their ability to store charge. After a while (normally a year or more), the battery will only be able to store a fraction of the charge that it could when it was new. The message above is shown when this happens.

If your computer or battery is relatively new, it should be capable of holding a high percentage of its design charge. If it can't, then your battery may be broken and you might need to seek a replacement.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-general.page0000644000373100047300000000161312320733603025005 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Find your IP address, WEP & WPA security, MAC addresses, proxies… The Ubuntu Documentation Team The GNOME Documentation Project Networking terms & tips usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/more-help.page0000644000373100047300000000146712320733603024503 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Tips on using this guide, help improve this guide… Get more help

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-problem.page0000644000373100047300000000134412320733603025031 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Troubleshooting wireless connections, finding your wifi network… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Network problems usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/color-canshareprofiles.page0000644000373100047300000000334312320733603027252 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Can I share my color profile?

Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different color profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit for a thousand hours.

This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be getting them closer to calibration, but it's misleading at best to say that their display is calibrated.

Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you created in your own specific lighting conditions doesn't make a lot of sense.

You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/printing-order.page0000644000373100047300000000375212320733603025555 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Collate and reverse the print order. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Make pages print in a different order
Reverse

Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can reverse this printing order.

To reverse the order:

Click FilePrint.

In the General tab of the Print window under Copies, check Reverse. The last page will be printed first, and so on.
Collate

If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). Collating will make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order instead.

To Collate:

Click FilePrint.

In the General tab of the Print window under Copies check Collate.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/video-sending.page0000644000373100047300000000544412320733604025346 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check that they have the right video codecs installed. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Other people can't play the videos I made

If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video.

To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right codecs installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. You can check which format your video is by doing:

Open the file manager.

Right-click on video file and select Properties.

Go to the Audio/Video tab and look at which codec is listed under Video.

Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if your video uses the Theora format and you have a friend using Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for "theora windows media player". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if it's not installed.

If you can't find the right codec, try the VLC media player. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well as Linux, and supports a lot of different video formats. Otherwise, try converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able to do this, and specific video converter applications are available. Check the Ubuntu Software Center to see what's available.

There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could have problems with their video playback application, or the video may not have been created properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video).

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/printing-streaks.page0000644000373100047300000000341012320733604026106 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels or clean the print head. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?

If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with the printer or a low ink/toner supply.

Fading text or images

You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary.

Streaks and lines

If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for instructions).

Wrong colors

The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary.

Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight

If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for details on how to do this.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/files-search.page0000644000373100047300000000711212320733604025152 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Search for files

You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as special folders in your home folder.

Other search applications Search

Open the file manager

If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that folder.

Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press CtrlF.

Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if you name all your invoices with the word "Invoice", type invoice. Press Enter. Words are matched regardless of case.

You can narrow your results by location and file type.

Click Home to restrict the search results to your Home folder, or All Files to search everywhere.

Click + and pick a File Type from the drop-down list to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the x button to remove this option and widen the search results.

You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager.

Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder.

If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them quickly.

Save a search

Start a search as above.

When you're happy with the search parameters, click the ⚙ gear button and select Save Search As.

Give the search a name and click Save. If you like, select a different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it.

To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply delete the search as you would any other file. When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search matched.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/power-hibernate.page0000644000373100047300000000713212320733604025702 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Hibernate is disabled by default since it's not well supported. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com How do I hibernate my computer?

When the computer hibernates, all of your applications and documents are stored and the computer completely switches off so it does not use any power, but the applications and documents will still be open when you switch on the computer again.

Unfortunately, hibernate doesn't work in many cases, which can cause you to lose data if you expect your documents and applications to re-open when you switch your computer back on. Therefore, hibernate is disabled by default.

Test if hibernate works Always save your work before hibernating

You should save all of your work before hibernating the computer, just in case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be recovered when you switch on the computer again.

You can use the command line to test if hibernate works on your computer.

Open the Terminal by pressing Ctrl Altt or by searching for terminal in the Dash.

Open the Terminal by searching for terminal in the Activities overview.

Type sudo pm-hibernate into the terminal and press Enter.

Enter your password when prompted.

After you computer turns off, switch it back on. Did your open applications re-open?

If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large as your available RAM.
Enable hibernate

If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the sudo pm-hibernate command when you want to hibernate.

You can also enable the hibernate option in the menus. To do that, use your favorite text editor to create /etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/com.ubuntu.enable-hibernate.pkla. Add the following to the file and save:

[Re-enable hibernate by default in upower] Identity=unix-user:* Action=org.freedesktop.upower.hibernate ResultActive=yes [Re-enable hibernate by default in logind] Identity=unix-user:* Action=org.freedesktop.login1.hibernate ResultActive=yes
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/bluetooth-send-file.page0000644000373100047300000001133112320733604026454 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Send a file to a Bluetooth device

You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of files, or specific types of files. You can send files in one of three ways: using the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar, from the Bluetooth settings window, or directly from the file manager.

You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth icon on the top bar, or from the Bluetooth settings window.

To send files directly from the file manager, see .

Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See .

 Send files using the Bluetooth icon

Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Send Files to Device.

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Send Files to Device.

Choose the file you want to send and click Select.

To send more than one file in a folder, hold down Ctrl as you select each file.

Select the device which you want to send the files to and click Send.

The list of devices will show both devices you are already connected to as well as visible devices within range. If you have not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to pair with the device after clicking Send. This will probably require confirmation on the other device.

If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device types using the Device type drop-down.

The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file transfer will be shown on your screen.

 Send files from the Bluetooth settings

Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select Bluetooth Settings.

Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only shows devices you've already connected to. See .

In the device information on the right, click Send Files.

Choose the file you want to send and click Select.

To send more than one file in a folder, hold down Ctrl as you select each file.

The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file transfer will be shown on your screen.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-scanner.page0000644000373100047300000000346212320733604027302 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How do I calibrate my scanner?

You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You can then click Calibrate… from System SettingsColor to create a profile for the device.

You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You can then click Calibrate… from System SettingsColor to create a profile for the device.

Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not usually need to be recalibrated.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/user-delete.page0000644000373100047300000000364712320733604025034 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Remove users that no longer use your computer. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Delete a user account

You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can delete that user's account.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open User Accounts.

Click Unlock in the top right corner and type your password to make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts.

Select the user you want to delete and click the - button.

Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click Delete Files if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free up disk space. These files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. You may want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/printing-paperjam.page0000644000373100047300000000243512320733604026237 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that you have. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Clearing a paper jam

Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed.

The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism.

Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's Resume button to start printing again. With some printers, you may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the print job again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/accounts-whyadd.page0000644000373100047300000000245012320733604025702 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Susanna Huhtanen ihmis.suski@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop? Why should I add an account?

Adding your accounts brings a choice of services like calendar, chat, and e-mail straight to your desktop, making services a seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts, you can keep in touch with services of different accounts, like chats, at the same time. Just set your account once and every time you start your computer all the accounts and services you've added will be ready for you.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/color-calibrate-camera.page0000644000373100047300000000320312320733604027072 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com How do I calibrate my camera?

Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control panel.

You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount.

The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile several times for studio, bright sunlight and cloudy lighting conditions.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-connect.page0000644000373100047300000000640612320733604026662 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org The Ubuntu Documentation Team Get on the internet - wirelessly. Connect to a wireless network

If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared files on the network, and so on.

If you have a wireless hardware switch on your computer, make sure that it is turned on.

Click the network menu in the menu bar, and click the name of the network you want to connect to.

If the name of the network isn't in the list, select More Networks to see if the network is further down the list. If you still don't see the network, you may be out of range or the network might be hidden.

If the network is protected by a password (encryption key), enter the password when prompted and click Connect.

If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have to ask the person who administers the wireless network.

The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect to the network.

If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If there aren't many bars, the connection is weak and might not be very reliable.

If the connection is not successful, you may be asked for your password again or it might just tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of things that could have caused this to happen. You could have entered the wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer's wireless card might have a problem, for example. See for more help.

A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the device which provides the internet connection (like a router or modem), but the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different speeds.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-fixed-ip-address.page0000644000373100047300000000452412320733604026525 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network services from your computer. Create a connection with a fixed IP address

Most networks will automatically assign an IP address and other details to your computer when you connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but you might want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its address is (for example, if it is a file server).

To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Edit Connections.

Select the Wired connection on the Wired tab or your WiFi network on the Wireless tab and click Edit.

Click on the IPv4 Settings tab and change the Method to Manual.

If no connection information is listed in the Addresses list, or if you want to set up a new connection, click Add.

Enter the IP Address, Netmask, and Gateway information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses and netmasks are valid for a given network.

If necessary, enter a Domain Name Server address into the DNS servers box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain names; most corporate networks and internet providers have dedicated DNS servers.

Click Save. The network connection should now have a fixed IP address.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/sharing-desktop.page0000644000373100047300000000735112320733604025714 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC. Share your desktop

You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer with a desktop viewing application. Configure Desktop Sharing to allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences.

In the Dash, open Desktop Sharing.

To let others view your desktop, select Allow other users to view your desktop. This means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to your computer and view what's on your screen.

To let others interact with your desktop, select Allow other users to control your desktop. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, run applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the security settings which you are currently using.
Security

It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security option means before changing it.

Confirm access to your machine

If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your desktop, select You must confirm each access to this machine. If you disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow someone to connect to your computer.

This option is enabled by default.

 Enable password

To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, select Require the user to enter this password. If you do not use this option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop.

This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a secure password.

 Allow access to your desktop over the Internet

If your router supports UPnP Internet Gateway Device Protocol and it is enabled, you can allow other people who are not on your local network to view your desktop. To allow this, select Automatically configure UPnP router to open and forward ports. Alternatively, you can configure your router manually.

This option is disabled by default.
Show notification area icon

To be able to disconnect someone who is viewing your desktop, you need to enable this option. If you select Always, this icon will be visible regardless of whether someone is viewing your desktop or not.

If this option is disabled, it is possible for someone to connect to your desktop without your knowledge, depending on the security settings.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/video-dvd.page0000644000373100047300000000434612320733604024474 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong region. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Why won't DVDs play?

If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have the right DVD codecs installed, or the DVD might be from a different region.

Installing the right codecs for DVD playback

In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right codecs installed. A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or audio format. If you try to play a DVD and don't have the right codecs installed, the Movie Player should tell you about this and offer to install them for you.

DVDs are also copy-protected using a system called CSS. This prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them unless you have extra software to handle the copy protection.

Checking the DVD region

DVDs have a region code, which tells you in which region of the world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD player doesn't match the region of the DVD you are trying to play, you won't be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America.

It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use regionset.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/power-hotcomputer.page0000644000373100047300000000522212320733604026310 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which can be damaging. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org My computer gets really hot

Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is normal: it's simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is overheating, which can potentially cause damage.

Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. It's generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient cooling.

If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the computer's cooling system may not be able to remove heat and circulate cool air fast enough.

Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap.

Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will probably need to get it repaired.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/a11y.page0000644000373100047300000000560012320733604023360 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Seeing, hearing, mobility, braille… Universal access

The Unity desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the Universal Access section of System Settings.

The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the accessibility menu in the top bar.

Visual impairments Blindness Low vision Color-blindness Other topics
Hearing impairments
Mobility impairments Mouse movement Clicking and dragging Keyboard use Other topics
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/backup-what.page0000644000373100047300000000475312320733604025023 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com What to back up

Your priority should be to back up your most important files as well as those that are difficult to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:

Your personal files

This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would consider irreplaceable.

 Your personal settings

This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes application preferences, such as settings for LibreOffice, your music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a while to recreate.

 System settings

Most people never change the system settings that are created during installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up these settings.

 Installed software

The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious computer problem by reinstalling it.

In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk space by having backups of them.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/accounts-remove.page0000644000373100047300000000330312320733604025715 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com Remove online account services Remove an account

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select Online Accounts.

From the left windowpane, select the account you wish to remove.

Click the Remove Account button in the lower-right portion of the window.

Removing the selection from Online Accounts in no way affects the account from your service provider.

Click Remove.

Instead of deleting the account completely, you can restrict the service from being accessed by your desktop.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/unity-hud-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000400512320733604025662 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the HUD to search menus of the apps you use. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com What is the HUD?

The HUD or Heads Up Display is a search-based alternative to traditional menus and was introduced in Ubuntu 12.04 LTS.

Some apps like Gimp or Inkscape have hundreds of menu items. If you're using apps like these, you may remember the name of a menu option, but you might not remember how to find it in the menus.

Using a search box can be quite a bit faster than navigating extended menu hierarchies. The HUD also can be more accessible than normal menus as some people are unable to precisely control a mouse pointer.

Use the HUD

To try the HUD:

Tap Alt to open the HUD.

Start typing.

When you see a result that you want to run, use the up and down keys to select the result, then press Enter, or click your desired search result.

If you change your mind and want to exit the HUD, tap the Alt again or the Esc. You can also click anywhere outside the HUD to close the HUD.

The HUD keeps track of your search history and adjusts the search results to be even more useful the more you use it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/color-whatisprofile.page0000644000373100047300000000257112320733604026605 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device response. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com What is a color profile?

A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as a projector or a color space such as sRGB.

Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file with a .ICC or .ICM file extension.

Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices.

Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and when this is achieved the system is said to have an end-to-end color-managed workflow. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that colors are not being lost or modified.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/display-lock.page0000644000373100047300000000367612320733604025213 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your computer. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Automatically lock your screen

When you leave your computer, you should lock the screen to prevent other people from using your desktop and accessing your files. You will still be logged in and all your applications will keep running, but you will have to enter your password to use your computer again. You can lock the screen manually, but you can also have the screen lock automatically.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select Brightness & Lock.

Make sure Lock is switched on, then select a timeout from the drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select Screen turns off to lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled with the Turn screen off when inactive for drop-down list above.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/unity-menubar-intro.page0000644000373100047300000001304712320733604026541 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The menu bar is the dark strip on the top of your screen. Ubuntu Documentation Team Manage apps & settings with the menu bar

The menu bar is the dark strip on the top of your screen. It contains the window management buttons, the app menus, and the status menus.

Window management buttons

The window management buttons are on the top left corner of windows. When maximized, the buttons are in the top left of the screen. Click the buttons to close, minimize, maximize or restore windows.

App menus

The app menus are by default located to the right of the window management buttons. Unity hides the app menus and the window management buttons unless you move your mouse pointer to the top left of the screen or press AltF10. This feature enables you to see more of your content at once, which is especially valuable on small screens like netbooks.

If you want, you can change the default behavior, and have your menus attached to the window title bar of respective application instead of the menu bar.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Appearance and choose the Behavior tab.

Under Show the menus for a window, select In the window's title bar.
Status menus

Ubuntu has several different status menus (sometimes referred to as indicators) on the right side of the menu bar. The status menus are a convenient place where you can check and modify the state of your computer and applications.

List of status menus and what they do

Network menu Offline network icon

Connect to wired, wireless, mobile, and VPN networks.

Input source menu Input source icon

Select keyboard layout/input source, configure input sources.

Bluetooth menu Bluetooth icon

Send or receive files by Bluetooth. This menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected.

Messaging menu Message icon

Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications including email, social networking, and Internet chat.

Battery menu Battery icon

Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a battery isn't detected.

Sound menu Volume icon

Set the volume, configure sound settings, and control media players like Rhythmbox.

Clock

Access the current time and date. Appointments from your Evolution calendar can also display here.

System menu Power cog icon

Access details about your computer, this help guide, and system settings. Switch users, lock screen, log out, suspend, restart or shutdown your computer.

Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status of the application.

Other programs such as Tomboy or Transmission can also add indicator menus to the panel.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-wrongnetwork.page0000644000373100047300000000326612320733604026145 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Edit your connection settings, and remove the unwanted connection option. My computer connects to the wrong network

When you turn your computer on or move to a different location, your computer will automatically try to connect to wireless networks that you have connected to in the past. If it tries to connect to the wrong network each time (that is, not the one that you want it to connect to), do the following:

Click the network menu on the menu bar and select Edit Connections.

Go to the Wireless tab and find the network that you don't want it to keep connecting to.

Click that network once to select it and click Delete. Your computer won't try to connect to that network any more.

If you later want to connect to the network you just deleted, simply select it from the list of wireless networks that appears when you click the network menu on the menu bar - just as you would connect to any other wireless network.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/clock-calendar.page0000644000373100047300000000466512320733604025461 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Calendar appointments

You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called Evolution.

If you have already set up Evolution, click the clock on the menu bar and then click the Add Event to start adding appointments. As appointments are added, they will appear below the calendar when you click on the clock.

To quickly get to the full Evolution calendar, click on the clock and click the first line where today's date is.

This will work only if you have an existing Evolution account. Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your first account.
Turn off Evolution calendar integration

You can also turn off this feature if you like.

Click on the clock and select Time & Date Settings.

Now, switch to the Clock tab.

Uncheck Coming events from Evolution Calendar.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/color-whyimportant.page0000644000373100047300000000706012320733604026470 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Why is color management important?

Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact colors and the range of colors on each medium.

The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph of a bird on a frosty day in winter.

A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder

Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look cold.

This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen

Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a muddy brown.

This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer

The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it.

Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that you can't have white ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good as the paper color.

Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is probably something like 62% on another display. It's like telling a person that you've just driven 7 units of distance, without the unit you don't know if that's 7 kilometers or 7 meters.

In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a sunset, but a projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look "washed out".

In some cases we can correct the device output by altering the data we send to it, but in other cases where that's not possible (you can't print electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going to look like.

For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you might want to match the color exactly, which is important if you're trying to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that has to be the exact Red Hat Red.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/files-disc-write.page0000644000373100047300000000647512320733604025772 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner. Write files to a CD or DVD

You can put files onto a blank disc by using CD/DVD Creator. The option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you place the CD into your CD/DVD writer. The file manager lets you transfer files to other computers or perform backups by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:

Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive.

In the Blank CD/DVD-R Disc window that appears, select CD/DVD Creator and click OK. The CD/DVD Creator folder window will open.

(You can also click on Blank CD/DVD-R Disc under Devices in the file manager sidebar.)

In the Disc Name field, type a name for the disc.

Drag or copy the desired files into the window.

Click Write to Disc.

Under Select a disc to write to, choose the blank disc.

(You could choose Image file instead. This will put the files in a disc image, which will be saved on your computer. You can then burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)

Click Properties if you want to adjust burning speed, the location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should be fine.

Click the Burn button to begin recording.

If Burn Several Copies is selected, you will be prompted for additional discs.

When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose Make More Copies or Close to exit.

For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try Brasero.

For help with using Brasero, read the user guide.
If the disc wasn't burned properly

Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a computer.

In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. 12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can choose the speed by clicking the Properties button in the CD/DVD Creator window.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/files-select.page0000644000373100047300000000403612320733604025166 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Press CtrlS to select multiple files which have similar names. Select files by pattern

You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press CtrlS to bring up the Select Items Matching window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters available:

* matches any number of any characters, even no characters at all.

? matches exactly one of any character.

For example:

If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all have the same base name Invoice, select all three with the pattern

Invoice.*

If you have some photos that are named like Vacation-001.jpg, Vacation-002.jpg, Vacation-003.jpg; select them all with the pattern

Vacation-???.jpg

If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added -edited to the end of the file name of the photos you've edited, select the edited photos with

Vacation-???-edited.jpg

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/printing-cancel-job.page0000644000373100047300000000606612320733604026441 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Jana Svarova jana.svarova@gmail.com 2013 Cancel, pause or release a print job

You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the printer settings.

Cancel a print job

If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so that you do not need to waste any ink or paper.

How to cancel a print job:

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Printers.

Click the Show Jobs button on the right-hand side of the Printers dialog.

Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button on the play-pause-stop symbols.

If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down the Cancel button on your printer.

As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off and then on again.

Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though - if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should probably just leave it where it is.
Pause and release a print job

If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Click Printers.

Click the Show Jobs button on the right-hand side of the Printers dialog and either pause or release the print job based on your needs.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-firewall-on-off.page0000644000373100047300000000557412320733604026372 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep your computer secure. Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Enable or block firewall access

Ubuntu comes equipped with the Uncomplicated Firewall (ufw) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services (except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections.

For more information about how to use ufw, see the online documentation.

Turn the firewall on or off

To turn on the firewall, enter sudo ufw enable in a terminal. To turn off ufw, enter sudo ufw disable.

Allow or block specific network activity

Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules already pre-configured. For instance, to allow SSH connections, enter sudo ufw allow ssh in a terminal. To block ssh, enter sudo ufw block ssh.

Each program that provides services uses a specific network port. To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to its assigned port on the firewall. To allow connections on port 53, enter sudo ufw allow 53 in a terminal. To block port 53, enter sudo ufw block 53.

To check the current status of ufw, enter sudo ufw status in a terminal.

Use ufw without a terminal

You can also install gufw if you prefer to set up the firewall without using a terminal. To install, click this link.

You can launch this program by searching for Firewall Configuration in the Dash. The program does not need to be kept open for the firewall to work.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/whats-new.page0000644000373100047300000000645712320733604024535 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Improvements in the latest version of Ubuntu. Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com What's new in Ubuntu 14.04?

Ubuntu 14.04 LTS continues the evolution of the Unity interface. Below are a few highlights of changes since Ubuntu 12.04 LTS.

New and improved features

The menus of the currently focused application are by default available in Ubuntu's integrated menu bar. However, if you want you can switch to the conventional style and show the app menus in the window title bar of respective application instead (this latter option is new since Ubuntu 13.10).

Support added for scaling Unity on a per-monitor basis, which allows for a better experience on high-DPI displays. Similar scaling support is also available in LibreOffice and Chromium.

Improved look and style including rounded window decorations, a new interface for screen unlock, and other tweaks to the theme.

The integrated Text Entry interface and the related input source status menu are designed to set both keyboard layout and IBus input methods.

A number of improvements have been made to the Dash:

The Dash may now search dozens of different online sources simultaneously. The Internet-based searches may be disabled.

The Dash search results may be filtered by category and source..

Right-clicking on a search result in the Dash will display a full-screen preview with more information.

Use the photos lens to view photos from your computer or from your social networks.

Add or remove scopes from the Dash to customize your experience.

Browse messages from your social networks with the new Friends scope.

Enter your credentials in Online Accounts to easily set up online integration for the Dash, Empathy, and more.

Keep track of contact information for your friends and colleagues with Contacts, your personal address book.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/files-sort.page0000644000373100047300000000700712320733604024677 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Sort files and folders

You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting them in order of date or file size. See below for a list of common ways to sort files. See for information on how to change the default sort order.

The way that you can sort files depends on the folder view that you are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in the toolbar.

Icon view

To sort files in a different order, click the down button in the toolbar and choose By Name, By Size, By Type or By Modification Date.

As an example, if you select By Name, the files will be sorted by their names, in alphabetical order. See for other options.

You can sort in the reverse order by selecting Reversed Order from the pull-down menu.

List view

To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the file manager. For example, click Type to sort by file type. Click the column heading again to sort in the reverse order.

In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those columns. Click the down button in the toolbar, pick Visible Columns and select the columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to sort by those columns. See for descriptions of available columns.

Ways of sorting files By Name

Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file.

 By Size

Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from smallest to largest by default.

 By Type

Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped together, then sorted by name.

 By Modification Date

Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest to newest by default.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/clock-more-info.page0000644000373100047300000000364012320733604025573 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Choose to show additional information such as the date or day of the week. Ubuntu Documentation Project ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Change how much information is shown in the clock

By default, Ubuntu only shows the time in the clock. You can set the clock to show additional information if you choose.

Click on the clock and select Date & Time Settings. Switch to the Clock tab. Select the time and date options you want to display.

You can also turn the clock off entirely by unchecking Show a clock in the menu bar.

If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting System Settings. In the System section, click Time & Date.
Change the date format

You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard for your location.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Personal section, click Language Support.

Switch to the Regional Formats tab.

Select your preferred location in the dropdown list.

You will need to log out and log back in for this change to take effect.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/tips-specialchars.page0000644000373100047300000000573212320733604026231 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, mathematical symbols, and dingbats. Enter special characters

You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some different ways you can enter special characters.

Methods to enter characters
Character map

GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it.

You can find Character Map in the Dash. For more information on the character map, see the Character Map Manual.

Code points

You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the Character Details tab. The code point is the four characters after U+.

To enter a character by its code point, hold down Ctrl and Shift, type u followed by the four-character code point, then release Ctrl and Shift. If you often use characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter them quickly.

Input sources

You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between different input sources using an icon in the menu bar. To learn how, see .

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/power-suspendfail.page0000644000373100047300000000776612320733604026273 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend or hibernate. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Why won't my computer turn back on after I suspended it?

If you suspend or hibernate your computer, then try to resume it or turn it back on, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could be because suspend and hibernate aren't supported properly by your hardware.

My computer is suspended and isn't resuming

If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this doesn't happen, try pressing the power button (don't hold it in, just press it once).

If this still doesn't help, make sure that your computer's monitor is switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again.

As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You should then be able to turn on the computer again.

If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature may not work with your hardware.

If your computer loses power and doesn't have an alternative power supply (such as a working battery), it will switch off.
None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again

If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate properly. Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the computer will be able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It might also happen because you had installed a software update which required the computer to be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down instead of hibernating.

It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because the hardware doesn't support it properly. This might be because of a problem with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. You can test this by hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it doesn't, it is probably a problem with your computer's drivers.

My wireless connection (or other hardware) doesn't work when I wake up my computer

If you suspend or hibernate your computer and then resume it again, you may find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other device doesn't work properly. This could be because the device's driver doesn't properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a problem with the driver and not the device itself.

If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it works.

If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may need to restart your computer for the device to start working again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/documents-formats.page0000644000373100047300000000155312320733604026262 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Michael Hill mdhill@src.gnome.org 2012 Documents displays a number of popular document types. Formats supported

Documents displays PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript and the formats supported by Document Viewer (Evince), Microsoft Office, LibreOffice and Google Docs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/music-cantplay-drm.page0000644000373100047300000000401012320733604026310 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "copy protected". I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store

If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS X computer and then copied it over.

This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for that format so that you can play it.

If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't play it, the song might be copy protected (also known as being DRM restricted). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not supported on Linux.

You can learn more about DRM from the Electronic Frontier Foundation.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/files-open.page0000644000373100047300000000635412320733604024655 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of file. You can change the default too. Cristopher Thomas crisnoh@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Open files with other applications

When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the default application for that file type. You can open it in a different application, search online for applications, or set the default application for all files of the same type.

To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you don't see the application you want, click Open With Other Application. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click Show other applications.

If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more applications by clicking Find applications online. The file manager will search online for packages containing applications that are known to handle files of that type.

Change the default application

You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player to open when you double-click an MP3 file.

Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a .mp3 file.

Right-click the file and select Properties.

Select the Open With tab.

Select the application you want and click Set as default. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click Show other applications.

If Other Applications contains an application you sometimes want to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and click Add. This will add it to Recommended Applications. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the file and selecting it from the list.

This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for all files with the same type.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/documents-info.page0000644000373100047300000000420412320733604025536 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Greg Beam ki7mt@yahoo.com 2014 See a document's name, location, date modified, or type. Find information about documents

When a document is created, it comes with metadata. Documents displays the following metadata for each document:

Title: the name of the document, which can be edited;

Source: the path of the folder containing the document;

Date Modified;

Type: the file format of the document.

To see a document's properties:

Click the Check button to switch to selection mode.

Select a document.

Click the Properties button at the right end of the button bar.

Some types of documents (e.g. PDF files) can be password protected, preventing access to their metadata or content.

Files does not currently offer any mechanism to add privacy to a document. You may be able to do this from the application you used to create the document (e.g. LibreOffice or Adobe Acrobat ).

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/backup-where.page0000644000373100047300000000440112320733604025160 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use. c GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Where to store your backup

You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer breaks, the backup will still be intact. For maximum security, you shouldn't keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together.

It is important to choose an appropriate backup medium, too. You need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for all of the backed-up files.

Local and remote storage options

USB memory key (low capacity)

Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)

External hard disk (typically high capacity)

Internal disk drive (high capacity)

Network-connected drive (high capacity)

File/backup server (high capacity)

Online backup service (Amazon S3, for example; capacity depends on price)

Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of every file on your system, which is also known as a complete system backup.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/files-rename.page0000644000373100047300000001040312320733604025151 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Change file or folder name. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Rename a file or folder

You can use the file manager to change the name of a file or folder.

To rename a file or folder:

Right-click on the item and select Rename, or select the file and press F2.

Type the new name and press Enter.

You can also rename a file from the properties window.

When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is selected, not the file extension (the part after the "."). The extension normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. file.pdf is a PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to change the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it.

If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the gear button in the toolbar and select Undo to restore the former name.
Valid characters for file names

You can use any character except the / (slash) character in file names. Some devices, however, use a file system that has more restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the following characters in your file names: |, \, ?, *, <, ", :, >, /.

If you name a file with a . as the first character, the file will be hidden when you attempt to view it in the file manager.
Common problems The file name is already in use

You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you are working in, the file manager will not allow it.

File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name File.txt is not the same as FILE.txt. Using different file names like this is allowed, though it is not recommended.

 The file name is too long

On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the path to the file (e.g., /home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/… ), so you should avoid long file and folder names where possible.

 The option to rename is grayed out

If Rename is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See for more information.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/addremove-sources.page0000644000373100047300000000707712320733604026246 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and upgrades. Add additional software repositories

Software is available from third-party sources, as well as from the default Ubuntu software repositories. If you want to install software from a third-party software repository, you must add it to Ubuntu's list of available repositories.

Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!

Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or reliability by Ubuntu members, and may contain software which is harmful to your computer.

Install other repositories

Click on the Ubuntu Software Center icon in the Launcher, or search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the Dash.

When the Software Center launches, click Edit Software Sources

You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to the Other Software tab.

Click Add and enter the APT line for the repository. This should be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:

deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ trusty main

Click Add Source then close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check your software sources for new updates.

Activate the Canonical Partner repository

The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software like Skype, Adobe Reader and Adobe Flash Plugin. Software in this repository will appear in Ubuntu Software Center search results but won't be installable until this repository is enabled.

To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the Other Software tab in Software Sources. If you see the Canonical Partners repository in the list, make sure it is checked then close the Software Sources window. If you don't see it, click Add and enter:

deb http://archive.canonical.com/ubuntu trusty partner

Click Add Source then close the Software Sources window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software Center to download the repository information.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/music-player-ipodtransfer.page0000644000373100047300000000406112320733604027715 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward. Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it

When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music player application and also in the file manager (the Files application in the Launcher). You must copy songs onto the iPod using the music player - if you copy them across using the file manager, it won't work because the songs won't be put into the right location. iPods have a special location for storing songs that music player applications know how to get to but the file manager does not.

You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to safely remove it. This will make sure that all of the songs have been copied across properly.

A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the music player application you're using does not support converting the songs from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis (.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software (also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the software installer for an appropriate codec.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-antivirus.page0000644000373100047300000000352312320733604025417 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Team Do I need anti-virus software?

If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their way onto your computer and cause problems.

Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no-one writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly.

Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to worry about them at the moment.

If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the Ubuntu Software Center where a number of applications are available.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-security.page0000644000373100047300000000127412320733604025243 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Antivirus software, basic firewalls… The Ubuntu Documentation Team Keeping safe on the internet usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/prefs.page0000644000373100047300000000154512320733604023730 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Settings Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Keyboard, mouse, display, languages, user accounts… User & system settings usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/files-browse.page0000644000373100047300000000615512320733604025214 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Manage and organize files with the file manager. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ubuntu Documentation Team Browse files and folders

Use the Files file manager to browse and organize the files on your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like external hard disks), on file servers, and on network shares.

To start the file manager, open Files in the Launcher. You can also search for files and folders with the Dash in the same way you would search for applications. They will appear under the heading Files and Folders.

Exploring the contents of folders

In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window.

The path bar above the list of files and folders shows you which folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, or access its properties.

If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches your search.

You can quickly access common places from the sidebar. If you do not see the sidebar, click the down button in the toolbar and pick Show Sidebar. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they will appear in the sidebar. Use the Bookmarks menu to do this, or simply drag a folder into the sidebar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/files-removedrive.page0000644000373100047300000000553112320733604026237 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2012 Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device. Safely remove an external drive

When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it. This could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc from your computer.

To eject a removable device:

Open the file manager.

Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device.

Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and select Eject.
Safely remove a device that is in use

If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a window telling you that "the volume is busy," and listing all the open files on the device. Once you close all the files on the device, the device will automatically be safe to remove. At that time you can unplug or eject it.

If you can't close one of the files, for example if the application using the file is locked up, you can right-click the file in the Volume is busy window and select End Process. This will force the entire locked up application to close, which could close other files you have open with that application.

You can also choose Eject Anyway to remove the device without closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those files open.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-slow.page0000644000373100047300000000657712320733604024373 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it could be a busy time of day. The internet seems slow

If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of things that could be causing the slow down.

Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)

Busy time of day

Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the evenings, for example).

Downloading lots of things at once

If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower.

Unreliable connection

Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable.

Low wireless connection signal

If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network menu on the menu bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong signal.

Using a slower mobile internet connection

If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast "mobile broadband" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection like GPRS.

Web browser has a problem

Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website that the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/hardware-driver-proprietary.page0000644000373100047300000000330612320733604030252 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Proprietary device drivers are not freely available or open source. Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com What are proprietary drivers?

Most of the devices (hardware) attached to your computer should function properly in Ubuntu. These devices are likely to have open source drivers, which means that the drivers can be modified by the Ubuntu developers and problems with them can be fixed.

Some hardware does not have open source drivers, usually because the hardware manufacturer has not released details of their hardware which would make it possible to create such a driver. These devices may have limited functionality or may not work at all.

If a proprietary driver is available for a certain device, you can install it in order to allow your device to function properly, or to add new features. For example, installing a proprietary driver for certain graphics cards may allow you to use more advanced visual effects.

Many computers do not need proprietary drivers at all because the open source drivers fully support the hardware.

Most problems with proprietary drivers cannot be fixed by Ubuntu developers.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/power-lowpower.page0000644000373100047300000000373512320733604025624 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?

When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will automatically suspend. It does this to make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have time to shut down properly either.

You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, click the battery menu in the menu bar and select Power Settings. At the 'When power is critically low' setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, hibernate, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your applications and documents will not be saved when the computer turns off.

Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to fix problems with suspend though.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/backup-why.page0000644000373100047300000000241712320733604024662 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Why, what, where and how of backups. Backups GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Back up your important files

Backing up your files simply means making a copy of them for safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service.

The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies off-site and (possibly) encrypted.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/printing-inklevel.page0000644000373100047300000000321712320733604026250 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges. Anita Reitere nitalynx@gmail.com How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?

How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications installed on your computer.

Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other information.

The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply proprietary drivers with similar features.

Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels. Inkblot shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. See if your printer is on the list of supported models. Another ink levels application for Epson and some other printers is mktink.

Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not designed to report their ink levels.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page0000644000373100047300000000417212320733604030517 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com 2013 Set up dual monitors on your desktop computer. Connect an extra monitor

To set up a second monitor with your desktop computer, connect the monitor. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust the settings:

Click your name on the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Displays.

Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, then switch it ON/OFF.

The monitor with the menu bar is the main monitor. To change which monitor is "main", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the "main" monitor.

To change the "position" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the desired position.

If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the Mirror displays box.

When you are happy with your settings, click Apply and then click Keep This Configuration.

To close the Displays click on the x in the top corner.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/files-autorun.page0000644000373100047300000001274712320733604025414 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and other devices and media. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Open applications for devices or discs

You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in.

To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Select DetailsRemovable Media.

Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or action for that media type. See below for a description of the different types of devices and media.

Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what to do, or nothing will happen automatically.

The Software option is slightly different from the others - if the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it can try to automatically run the software if you like. This is good if you have an application installed on a CD and want it to start when the disc is inserted (for example, a slideshow).

If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click Other Media to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or media from the Type drop-down and the application or action from the Action drop-down.

If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you plug in, select Never prompt or start programs on media insertion at the bottom of the Removable Media window.
Types of devices and media Audio discs

Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under Other Media. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application.

 Video discs

Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the Other Media button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs do not work correctly when you insert them, see .

Blank discs

Use the Other Media button to select a disc-writing application for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs.

 Cameras and photos

Use the Photos drop-down to choose a photo-management application to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can also simply browse your photos using the file manager.

Under Other Media, you can select an application to open Kodak picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called PICTURES.

 Music players

Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager.

 E-book readers

Use the Other Media button to choose an application to manage the books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file manager.

 Software

Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run automatically when the media is inserted. Use the Software option to control what to do when media with autorun software is inserted. You will always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run.

Never run software from media you don't trust.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/mouse-middleclick.page0000644000373100047300000000703112320733605026200 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and more. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Middle-click

Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following these instructions.

On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers at once to middle-click. You have to enable tap clicking in the touchpad settings for this to work.

Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts.

One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at the mouse position.

Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button.

On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked.

You can quickly open a new window for an application with middle-click. Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the Launcher on the left, or in the Dash.

Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the Firefox web browser, though. In Firefox, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed Enter.

In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you had double-clicked.

Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for other functions. Search your application's help for middle-click or middle mouse button.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/shell-apps-favorites.page0000644000373100047300000000332712320733605026662 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add, move, or remove frequently-used program icons on the Launcher. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Project ubuntu-doc@list.ubuntu.com Change which applications show in the Launcher

To add an application to the Launcher for quick access:

Drag the application's icon from the Dash onto the Launcher.

Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the application icon and select Lock to Launcher.

The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location.

To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the application icon and select Unlock from Launcher.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/color-why-calibrate.page0000644000373100047300000000263112320733605026456 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Why do I need to do calibration myself?

Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, they just take a few items from the production line and average them together:

Averaged profiles

Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterization state and make the profile inaccurate.

The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a profile based on your exact characterization state.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/backup-frequency.page0000644000373100047300000000375712320733605026065 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that they're safe. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Frequency of backups

How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough.

On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:

The amount of time you spend on the computer.

How often and by how much the data on the computer changes.

If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a tax audit, more frequent backups may be necessary.

As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, you should back up at least once per week.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/power-closelid.page0000644000373100047300000000507512320733605025544 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power. Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?

When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will suspend in order to save power. This means that the computer isn't actually turned off - it has just gone to sleep. You can resume it by opening the lid. If it doesn't resume, try clicking the mouse or pressing a key. If that still doesn't work, press the power button.

Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their hardware isn't completely supported by the operating system (for example, the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are unable to resume your computer after you've closed the lid. You can try to fix the problem with suspend, or you can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid.

Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed

If you don't want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can change the settings for that behavior:

Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a confined place like a backpack.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

In the Hardware section, click Power.

Set the drop-down menus next to When the lid is closed to Do nothing.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/keyboard-osk.page0000644000373100047300000000270212320733605025200 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Jeremy Bicha jbicha@ubuntu.com Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse. Use a screen keyboard

If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use it, you can turn on the screen keyboard to enter text.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Universal Access and select the Typing tab.

Switch on Typing Assistant to show the screen keyboard.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/addremove.page0000644000373100047300000000143112320733605024552 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Add/remove software Ubuntu Documentation Team Install, remove, extra repositories… Add & remove software usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/music-player-notrecognized.page0000644000373100047300000000446012320733605030073 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Add a .is_audio_player file to tell your computer that it's an audio player. Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?

If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been properly recognized as an audio player.

Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't help, open the file manager. You should see the player listed under Devices in the sidebar - click it to open the folder for the audio player. Now, click FileNew DocumentEmpty Document, type .is_audio_player and press Enter (the period and underscores are important, and it should be all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the device as an audio player.

Now, find the audio player in the file manager sidebar and eject it (right-click and click Eject). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it.

These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They should work if your player is a USB Mass Storage device, though; it should say in its manual if it is.

When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the .is_audio_player file. This is because the period in the file's name tells the file manager to hide the file. You can check that it is still there by clicking ViewShow Hidden Files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/nautilus-behavior.page0000644000373100047300000001065512320733605026255 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify trash behavior. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany@antopolski.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Sindhu S sindhus@live.in File manager behavior preferences

You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. Click Files in the menu bar, pick Preferences and select the Behavior tab.

Behavior <gui>Single click to open items</gui> <gui>Double click to open items</gui>

By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the Ctrl key while clicking to select one or more files.
Executable text files

An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run (execute). The file permissions must also allow for the file to run as a program. The most common are Shell, Python and Perl scripts. These have extensions .sh, .py and .pl, respectively.

When you open an executable text file, you can select from:

Run executable text files when they are opened

View executable text files when they are opened

Ask each time

If Ask each time is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you wish to run or view the selected text file.

Executable text files are also called scripts. All scripts in ~/.local/share/nautilus/scripts folder will appear in the context menu for a file under the Scripts submenu. When a script is executed from a local folder, all selected files will be pasted to the script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:

Navigate to the desired folder.

Select the desired file.

Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired script to execute from the Scripts menu.

A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote folder such as a folder showing web or ftp content.
File manager trash preferences Trash <gui>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</gui>

This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete files.

 <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>

Selecting this option will add a Delete item to the menu that pops up when you right-click on an item in the Files application.

Deleting an item using the Delete menu option bypasses the Trash altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way to recover the deleted item.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/a11y-screen-reader.page0000644000373100047300000000167112320733605026102 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Use the Orca screen reader to speak the user interface. Read screen aloud

GNOME provides the Orca screen reader to speak the user interface. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. Install Orca, and then refer to the Orca Help for more information.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/mouse-wakeup.page0000644000373100047300000000235212320733605025231 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working

Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "wake up" before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad, you can click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse.

Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the touchpad with your palm while typing. See for details.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/mouse.page0000644000373100047300000000235312320733605023740 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Left-handed, speed and sensitivity, touchpad clicking and scrolling… Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Mouse
Common mouse problems Common problems Common problems
Mouse tips Tips Tips
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-install-flash.page0000644000373100047300000000474512320733605026144 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, which display videos and interactive web pages. Install the Flash plug-in

Flash is a plug-in for your web browser that allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some websites won't work without Flash.

If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free (but not open-source) download for most web browsers.

How to install Flash

Click this link to launch the Software Center.

Read the information and reviews to make sure you want to install Flash.

If you choose to install Flash, click Install from the Software Center window.

If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash.
Open-source alternatives to Flash

A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web).

You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible on your computer. Here are a few of the options:

Gnash

LightSpark
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/mouse-disabletouchpad.page0000644000373100047300000000273412320733605027074 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks. Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Disable touchpad while typing

Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time after your last key stroke.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the Touchpad section, check Disable while typing.

The Touchpad section only appears if your system has a touchpad.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-find.page0000644000373100047300000000420212320733605026142 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless networks nearby, or you might be out of range. I can't see my wireless network in the list

There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network icon on the menu bar.

If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned off, or it may not be working properly. Make sure it is turned on.

If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks.

You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while.

The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so and then check if the network has appeared in the list.

The network could be hidden. You need to connect in a different way if it is a hidden network.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-noconnection.page0000644000373100047300000000577012320733605027731 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, turn the wireless card off and on again… I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect

If you're sure that you entered the correct wireless password but you still can't successfully connect to a wireless network, try some of the following:

Double-check that you have the right password

Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters wrong.

Try the hex or ASCII pass key

The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you have access to the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key instead. Make sure you select the correct wireless security option when asked for your password (for example, select WEP 40/128-bit Key if you're typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted connection).

Try turning your wireless card off and then on again

Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - see for more information.

Check that you're using the right type of wireless security

When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, use trial and error to go through the different options.

Check that your wireless card is properly supported

Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different firmware). See for more information.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/disk-partitions.page0000644000373100047300000000631012320733605025731 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to manage them. Manage volumes and partitions

The word volume is used to describe a storage device, like a hard disk. It can also refer to a part of the storage on that device, because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as mounting. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read (and possibly write) files on it.

Often, a mounted volume is called a partition, though they are not necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a physical area of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional “back rooms” of partitions and drives.

View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility

You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk utility.

Open the Dash and start the Disk Utility application.

In the pane marked Storage Devices, you will find hard disks, CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect.

In the right pane, the area labeled Volumes provides a visual breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes.

Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with these utilities.

Your computer most likely has at least one primary partition and a single swap partition. The swap partition is used by the operating system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security or convenience.

One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to start up, or boot. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its Partition Flags in the disk utility. External media such as USB drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/files-tilde.page0000644000373100047300000000316112320733605025007 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 These are backup files. They are hidden by default. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com What is a file with a "~" at the end of its name?

Files with a "~" at the end of their names (for example, example.txt~) are automatically created backup copies of documents edited in the gedit text editor or other applications. It is safe to delete them, but there's no harm to leave them on your computer.

These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because you either selected Show Hidden Files (in the down menu of the Files toolbar) or pressed CtrlH. You can hide them again by repeating either of these steps.

These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See for advice on dealing with hidden files.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/color-calibrationcharacterization.page0000644000373100047300000000523412320733605031467 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Calibration and characterization are different things entirely. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com What's the difference between calibration and characterization?

Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:

Changing controls or internal settings that it has

Applying curves to its color channels

The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in device or systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel calibration curves.

Characterization (or profiling) is recording the way a device reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in any way. It allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware application to modify color when combined with another device profile. Only by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring color from one device representation to another be achieved.

Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if it's in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized.

In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. By convention it is stored in a tag called the vcgt tag. Although it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or applications are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/shell-overview.page0000644000373100047300000000210012320733605025551 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Desktop Introduction, keyboard shortcuts, windows… GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Desktop, apps & windows
The Desktop
Applications and windows
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/mouse-lefthanded.page0000644000373100047300000000266412320733605026041 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Use your mouse left-handed

You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Mouse & Touchpad.

In the General section, switch Primary button to Right.

This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other pointing device.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-edit-connection.page0000644000373100047300000002173612320733605030317 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean. Edit a wireless connection

This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the network menu in the menu bar and select Edit Connections.

Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks.
Available to all users / Connect automatically <gui>Connect automatically</gui>

Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this wireless network whenever it is in range.

If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the computer will connect to the first one shown in the Wireless tab in the Network Connections window. It won't disconnect from one available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range.

 <gui>Available to all users</gui>

Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access to this wireless network. If the network has a WEP/WPA password and you have checked this option, you will only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the password themselves.

If this is checked, you need to be an administrator to change any of the settings for this network. You may be asked to enter your admin password.
Wireless <gui>SSID</gui>

This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise known as the Service Set Identifier. Don't change this unless you have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the settings of your wireless router or base station).

 <gui>Mode</gui>

Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an Infrastructure network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base station or router) or an Ad-hoc network (where there is no base station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to set-up your own ad-hoc network though.

If you choose Ad-hoc, you will see two other options, Band and Channel. These determine which wireless frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only A or only B/G), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too.

 <gui>BSSID</gui>

This is the Basic Service Set Identifier. The SSID (see above) is the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a network is hidden, it will not have an SSID but it will have a BSSID.

 <gui>Device MAC address</gui>

A MAC address is a code which identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory.

This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card.

 <gui>Cloned MAC address</gui>

Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the cloned MAC address box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC address rather than its real one.

 <gui>MTU</gui>

This setting changes the Maximum Transmission Unit, which is the maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting.
Wireless Security <gui>Security</gui>

This defines what sort of encryption your wireless network uses. Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being intercepted, so other people can't "listen in" and see what websites you're visiting and so on.

Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also require a username and a digital "certificate". See for more information on popular types of wireless encryption.
IPv4 Settings

Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and which DNS servers it should use. Change the Method to see different ways of getting/setting that information.

The following methods are available:

<gui>Automatic (DHCP)</gui>

Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a DHCP server. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) connected to the network which decides which network settings your computer should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP.

 <gui>Automatic (DHCP) addresses only</gui>

If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS server to use).

 <gui>Manual</gui>

Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings yourself, including which IP address the computer should use.

 <gui>Link-Local Only</gui>

Link-Local is a way of connecting computers together on a network without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together so they communicate with each other.

 <gui>Disabled</gui>

This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from connecting to it. Note that IPv4 and IPv6 are treated as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled.
IPv6 Settings

This is similar to the IPv4 tab except it deals with the newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular at the moment.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/printing-setup-default-printer.page0000644000373100047300000000401512320733605030700 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Pick the printer that you use most often. Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Jana Svarova jana.svarova@gmail.com 2013 Set the default printer

If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Printers.

Right click your desired default printer from the list of available printers, and click Set as Default.

When choosing from the list of available printers, you can filter the printer search results by specifying a name or location of the printer (for example, 1st floor or entrance).

The search results filtering is available only in the dialog for addition of new printers.

When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, unless you choose a different printer for that specific print job.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/shell-windows.page0000644000373100047300000000445612320733605025415 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Move and organize your windows. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Windows and workspaces

Like other desktops, Unity uses windows to display your running applications. Using both the Dash and the Launcher, you can launch new applications and control which window is active.

In addition to windows, you can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these features.

Windows Working with windows
Workspaces Working with workspaces
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/backup-how.page0000644000373100047300000000455712320733605024660 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your valuable files and settings to protect against loss. Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com How to back up

The recommended way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup applications are available, like Déjà Dup.

The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data.

An alternative option is to copy your files to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the network, or a USB drive. Your personal files and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy them from there.

The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:

Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or other removable media.

Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, you don't have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files.

Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in ~/.local/share/Trash.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-chat-video.page0000644000373100047300000000220012320733605025406 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ubuntu Documentation Team What applications can I use to make video calls? Video calls

You can make video calls from Ubuntu without installing any additional software using Empathy - via the Google Talk, MSN , Jabber , and SIP networks. See the Empathy manual for help on making video calls with Empathy.

Other applications which support video calls include

Skype

Ekiga

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/contacts-edit-details.page0000644000373100047300000000354512320733605027000 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tiffany Antopolski tiffany.antopolski@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Edit the information for each contact. Edit contact details

Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book up to date and complete.

Select the contact from your contact list.

Press Edit in the top-right corner of Contacts.

Edit the contact details.

To add a detail such as a new phone number or email address, press New Detail and select the field that you want to add.

Press Done to finish editing the contact.

In the case of linked contacts, you can edit a profile by clicking on the profile's avatar.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/music-player-newipod.page0000644000373100047300000000247712320733605026674 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can use them. My new iPod won't work

If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the iTunes software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS X.

To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the Volume Format, choose MS-DOS (FAT), Windows or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux.

Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it into a Linux computer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/printing-select.page0000644000373100047300000000241112320733605025712 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Print only certain pages

To only print certain pages from the document:

Click FilePrint

In the General tab in the Print window choose Pages from the Range section.

Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages.

For example, if you enter "1,3,5-7,9" in the Pages text box, pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/power-nowireless.page0000644000373100047300000000407512320733605026137 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended and doesn't resume properly. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer

If you have suspended your computer, or it has hibernated, you may find that your wireless internet connection does not work when you resume it again. This happens when the driver for the wireless device does not fully support certain power saving features. Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the computer is resumed.

If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings

Open Network and select the Wireless tab

Switch the wireless off and then on again

If the wireless still does not work, switch on Airplane Mode and then switch it off again

If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/clock.page0000644000373100047300000000136712320733605023707 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set time and date, timezone, calendar and appointments… Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Time & date usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/files-lost.page0000644000373100047300000000404712320733605024673 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Find a lost file

If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these tips.

If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See to learn how.

If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your home folder.

You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. See to learn how to recover a deleted file.

You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files that start with a . or end with a ~ are hidden in the file manager. Click the down button in the file manager toolbar and pick Show Hidden Files to display them. See to learn more.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/unity-launcher-intro.page0000644000373100047300000000325412320733605026711 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 The Launcher is at the left of your screen. Ubuntu Documentation Team Use the Launcher to start applications

Launcher icons

The Launcher is one of the key components of the Unity desktop. When you log in to your desktop, it will appear along the left-hand side of the screen. The Launcher provides you with quick access to applications, workspaces, removable devices and the trash.

If an application that you want to start using is present in the Launcher, you can click on that application's icon, and it will start up, ready for you to use.

To learn more about the Launcher, explore any of the Launcher help topics below.

Use the Launcher
Customize the Launcher
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-wireless-adhoc.page0000644000373100047300000000351412320733605026305 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and its network connections. Create a wireless hotspot

You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired network or over the cellular network.

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Network and select Wireless on the left.

Click the Use as Hotspot button.

If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only connect to or create one network at a time. Click Create Hotspot to confirm.

A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/printing-setup.page0000644000373100047300000000621112320733605025575 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Set up a printer that is connected to your computer. Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Jim Campbell jwcampbell@gmail.com Paul W. Frields stickster@gmail.com Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org Steven Richards steven.richardspc@gmail.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com Set up a local printer

Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to your computer.

You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local printer now. They are listed in one window.

Make sure the printer is turned on.

Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to authenticate to install them.

A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. Select Print Test Page to print a test page, or Options to make additional changes in the printer setup.

If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer settings.

Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Printers.

Click Add and select the printer from the Devices window.

Click Forward and wait while it searches for drivers.

You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. When finished, click Apply.

You can now print a test page or click Cancel to skip that step.

If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the make and model screens.

After you install the printer, you may wish to change your default printer.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/power-batterywindows.page0000644000373100047300000000364612320733605027035 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the cause of this problem. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?

Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including them in Linux is difficult.

Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some power-saving methods helps, though. If your computer has a variable-speed processor, you might find that changing its settings is also useful.

Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give different estimates.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/files-recover.page0000644000373100047300000000365012320733605025356 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Recover a file from the Trash

If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into the Trash, and should be able to be restored.

To restore a file from the Trash:

Open the Launcher and then click the Trash shortcut which is located at the bottom of the Launcher.

If your deleted file is there, right-click on it and select Restore. It will be restored to the folder it was deleted from.

If you deleted the file by pressing ShiftDelete , or by using the command line, the file has been permanently deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can't be recovered from the Trash.

There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, it's probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can recover it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/color-missingvcgt.page0000644000373100047300000000230712320733605026260 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Missing information for whole-screen color correction?

Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but you will not see all the colors of your screen change.

In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/nautilus-prefs.page0000644000373100047300000000116612320733605025572 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Shaun McCance shaunm@gnome.org File manager preferences usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/color-virtualdevice.page0000644000373100047300000000405712320733605026575 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the computer. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com What's a virtual color managed device?

A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the computer. Examples of this might be:

An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you

Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card

To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of the image files onto the System Settings Color dialog. You can then assign profiles to it like any other device or even calibrate it.

To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of the image files onto the System Settings Color dialog. You can then assign profiles to it like any other device or even calibrate it.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/net-proxy.page0000644000373100047300000000502412320733605024553 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Baptiste Mille-Mathias baptistem@gnome.org Michael Hill mdhillca@gmail.com A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security purposes. Define proxy settings
What is a proxy?

A web proxy filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests from your web browser to fetches the web pages and their elements, and following a policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly used in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or to do security checks on websites.

Change proxy method

Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select System Settings.

Open Network and choose Network Proxy from the list on the left side of the window.

Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods.

None

The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the web.

 Manual

For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the protocols. The protocols are HTTP, HTTPS, FTP and SOCKS.

 Automatic

An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration for your system.

The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network connection to use the chosen configuration.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/shell-workspaces.page0000644000373100047300000000451312320733605026076 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org What is a workspace, and how will it help me?

Workspace switcher button

Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. These virtual desktops increase the size of your working area. Workspaces are meant to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate.

Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music manager could be on a third workspace.

Open the Launcher and click the workspace switcher icon near the bottom. By default, Ubuntu shows 4 workspaces, arranged in 2 rows and 2 columns. You can change the number of workspaces:

Change the number of workspaces

Go to the Dash and open the Terminal.

To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final number to the number you wish. Press Enter.

gsettings set org.compiz.core:/org/compiz/profiles/unity/plugins/core/ vsize 2

To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the final number to the number you wish. Press Enter.

gsettings set org.compiz.core:/org/compiz/profiles/unity/plugins/core/ hsize 3 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/documents.page0000644000373100047300000000234012320733605024605 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Julita Inca yrazes@gmail.com 2012 Ubuntu Documentation Team ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Organize the documents stored locally on your computer or created online. Documents

Documents is a GNOME application that lets you display, organize, and print the documents on your computer or those created remotely using Google Docs or SkyDrive.

View, Sort and Search
Select, Organize, Print
Questions
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/shell-windows-switching.page0000644000373100047300000000602512320733605027404 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Press AltTab. GNOME Documentation Project gnome-doc-list@gnome.org Ubuntu Documentation Project ubuntu-doc@lists.ubuntu.com Switch between windows
From the Launcher

Show the Launcher by moving your mouse to the top left corner of your screen.

Applications that are running have a small white triangle arrow on the left. Click on a running application icon to switch to it.

If a running application has multiple windows open, there will be multiple white arrows on the left. Click the application icon a second time to show all open windows zoomed out. Click the window you want to switch to.

From the keyboard

Press AltTab to bring up the window switcher.

Release Alt to select the next (highlighted) window in the switcher.

Otherwise, still holding down the Alt key, press Tab to cycle through the list of open windows, or ShiftTab to cycle backwards.

Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through.

You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with the → or ← keys, or select one by clicking it with the mouse.

Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the ↓ key.

Only windows from the current workspace will be shown. To show windows from all workspaces, hold down the Ctrl and Alt keys and press Tab or ShiftTab.

Press SuperW to show all open windows zoomed out.

Click the window you want to switch to.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/hardware-problems-graphics.page0000644000373100047300000000140112320733605030015 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Phil Bull philbull@gmail.com Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems. Screen problems

Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/ubuntu-help/color-gettingprofiles.page0000644000373100047300000000310212320733605027122 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself. Richard Hughes richard@hughsie.com Where do I get color profiles?

The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this does require some initial outlay.

Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although sometimes they are wrapped up in driver bundles which you may need to download, extract and then search for the color profiles.

Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device then it's likely dummy data generated that is useless.

See for information on why vendor-supplied profiles are often worse than useless.

usr/share/help-langpack/pl/fdl/index.docbook0000644000373100047300000006701112311475532022724 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000
Licencja GNU Wolnej Dokumentacji Wersja 1.1, marzec 2000 2000Free Software Foundation, Inc. Free Software Foundation Projekt dokumentacji GNOME 1.1 2000-03
Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
. Zezwala się na kopiowanie i rozpowszechnianie wiernych kopii niniejszego dokumentu licencyjnego, jednak bez prawa wprowadzania zmian. Celem niniejszej licencji jest zagwarantowanie wolnego dostępu do podręcznika, treści książki i wszelkiej dokumentacji w formie pisanej oraz zapewnienie każdemu użytkownikowi swobody kopiowania i rozpowszechniania wyżej wymienionych, z dokonywaniem modyfikacji lub bez, zarówno w celach komercyjnych, jak i nie komercyjnych. Ponad to Licencja ta pozwala przyznać zasługi autorowi i wydawcy przy jednoczesnym ich zwolnieniu z odpowiedzialności za modyfikacje dokonywane przez innych. Aviary.pl gnomepl@aviary.pl 2009 2012 Aviary.pl Łukasz Jernaś deejay1@srem.org 2009 Łukasz Jernaś Preambuła Celem niniejszej licencji jest zagwarantowanie wolnego dostępu do podręcznika, treści książki i wszelkiej dokumentacji w formie pisanej oraz zapewnienie każdemu użytkownikowi swobody kopiowania i rozpowszechniania wyżej wymienionych, z dokonywaniem modyfikacji lub bez, zarówno w celach komercyjnych, jak i nie komercyjnych. Ponad to Licencja ta pozwala przyznać zasługi autorowi i wydawcy przy jednoczesnym ich zwolnieniu z odpowiedzialności za modyfikacje dokonywane przez innych. Niniejsza Licencja zastrzega też, że wszelkie prace powstałe na podstawie tego dokumentu muszą nosić cechę wolnego dostępu w tym samym sensie co produkt oryginalny. Licencja stanowi uzupełnienie Powszechnej Licencji Publicznej GNU (GNU General Public License), która jest licencją dotyczącą wolnego oprogramowania. Niniejsza Licencja została opracowana z zamiarem zastosowania jej do podręczników do wolnego oprogramowania, ponieważ wolne oprogramowanie wymaga wolnej dokumentacji: wolny program powinien być rozpowszechniany z podręcznikami, których dotyczą te same prawa, które wiążą się z oprogramowaniem. Licencja ta nie ogranicza się jednak do podręczników oprogramowania. Można ją stosować do różnych dokumentów tekstowych, bez względu na ich przedmiot oraz niezależnie od tego, czy zostały opublikowane w postaci książki drukowanej. Stosowanie tej Licencji zalecane jest głównie w przypadku prac, których celem jest instruktaż lub pomoc podręczna. Zastosownie i definicje Niniejsza Licencja stosuje się do podręczników i innych prac, na których umieszczona jest pochodząca od właściciela praw autorskich informacja, że dana praca może być rozpowszechniana wyłącznie na warunkach niniejszej Licencji. Używane poniżej słowo "Dokument" odnosić się będzie do wszelkich tego typu publikacji. Ich odbiorcy nazywani będą licencjobiorcami. Zmodyfikowana wersja Dokumentu oznacza wszelkie prace zawierające Dokument lub jego część w postaci dosłownej bądź zmodyfikowanej i/lub przełożonej na inny język. Sekcją drugorzędną nazywa się dodatek opatrzony odrębnym tytułem lub sekcję początkową Dokumentu, która dotyczy wyłącznie związku wydawców lub autorów Dokumentu z ogólną tematyką Dokumentu (lub zagadnieniami z nią związanymi) i nie zawiera żadnych treści bezpośrednio związanych z ogólną tematyką (na przykład, jeżeli Dokument stanowi w części podręcznik matematyki, Sekcja drugorzędna nie może wyjaśniać zagadnień matematycznych). Wyżej wyjaśniany związek może się natomiast wyrażać w aspektach historycznym, prawnym, komercyjnym, filozoficznym, etycznym lub politycznym. Sekcje niezmienne to takie Sekcje drugorzędne, których tytuły są ustalone jako tytuły Sekcji niezmiennych w nocie informującej, że Dokument został opublikowany na warunkach Licencji. Treść okładki to pewne krótkie fragmenty tekstu, które w nocie informującej, że Dokument został opublikowany na warunkach Licencji, są opisywane jako "do umieszczenia na przedniej okładce" lub "do umieszczenia na tylnej okładce". Jawna kopia Dokumentu oznacza kopię czytelną dla komputera, zapisaną w formacie, którego specyfikacja jest publicznie dostępna. Zawartość tej kopii może być oglądana i edytowana bezpośrednio za pomocą typowego edytora tekstu lub (w przypadku obrazów złożonych z pikseli) za pomocą typowego programu graficznego lub (w przypadku rysunków) za pomocą ogólnie dostępnego edytora rysunków. Ponadto kopia ta stanowi odpowiednie dane wejściowe dla programów formatujących tekst lub dla programów konwertujących do różnych formatów odpowiednich dla programów formatujących tekst. Kopia spełniająca powyższe warunki, w której jednak zostały wstawione znaczniki mające na celu utrudnienie dalszych modyfikacji przez czytelników, nie jest Jawna. Kopię, która nie jest Jawna, nazywa się Niejawną. Przykładowe formaty kopii Jawnych to: czysty tekst ASCII bez znaczników, format wejściowy Texinfo, format wejściowy LaTeX, SGML lub XML wykorzystujące publicznie dostępne DTD, standardowy prosty HTML przeznaczony do ręcznej modyfikacji. Formaty niejawne to na przykład PostScript, PDF, formaty własne, które mogą być odczytywane i edytowane jedynie przez własne edytory tekstu, SGML lub XML, dla których DTD i/lub narzędzia przetwarzające nie są ogólnie dostępne, oraz HTML wygenerowany maszynowo przez niektóre procesory tekstu jedynie w celu uzyskania danych wynikowych. Strona tytułowa oznacza, w przypadku książki drukowanej, samą stronę tytułową oraz kolejne strony zawierające informacje, które zgodnie z tą Licencją muszą pojawić się na stronie tytułowej. W przypadku prac w formatach nieposiadających strony tytułowej Strona tytułowa oznacza tekst pojawiający się najbliżej tytułu pracy, poprzedzający początek tekstu głównego. Kopiowanie dosłowne Licencjobiorca może kopiować i rozprowadzać Dokument komercyjnie lub niekomercyjnie, w dowolnej postaci, pod warunkiem zamieszczenia na każdej kopii Dokumentu treści Licencji, informacji o prawie autorskim oraz noty mówiącej, że do Dokumentu ma zastosowanie niniejsza Licencja, a także pod warunkiem nie umieszczania żadnych dodatkowych ograniczeń, które nie wynikają z Licencji. Licencjobiorca nie ma prawa używać żadnych technicznych metod pomiarowych utrudniających lub kontrolujących czytanie lub dalsze kopiowanie utworzonych i rozpowszechnianych przez siebie kopii. Może jednak pobierać opłaty za udostępnianie kopii. W przypadku dystrybucji dużej liczby kopii Licencjobiorca jest zobowiązany przestrzegać warunków wymienionych w punkcie 3. Licencjobiorca może także wypożyczać kopie na warunkach opisanych powyżej, a także wystawiać je publicznie. Kopiowanie ilościowe Jeżeli Licencjobiorca publikuje drukowane kopie Dokumentu w liczbie większej niż 100, a licencja Dokumentu wymaga umieszczenia Treści okładki, należy dołączyć kopie okładek, które zawierają całą wyraźną i czytelną Treść okładki: treść przedniej okładki, na przedniej okładce, a treść tylnej okładki, na tylnej okładce. Obie okładki muszą też jasno i czytelnie informować o Licencjobiorcy jako wydawcy tych kopii. Okładka przednia musi przedstawiać pełny tytuł; wszystkie słowa muszą być równie dobrze widoczne i czytelne. Licencjobiorca może na okładkach umieszczać także inne informacje dodatkowe. Kopiowanie ze zmianami ograniczonymi do okładek, dopóki nie narusza tytułu Dokumentu i spełnia opisane warunki, może być traktowane pod innymi względami jako kopiowanie dosłowne. Jeżeli napisy wymagane na którejś z okładek są zbyt obszerne, by mogły pozostać czytelne po ich umieszczeniu, Licencjobiorca powinien umieścić ich początek(taką ilość, jaka wydaje się rozsądna) na rzeczywistej okładce, a pozostałą część na sąsiednich stronach. W przypadku publikowania lub rozpowszechniania Niejawnych kopii Dokumentu w liczbie większej niż 100, Licencjobiorca zobowiązany jest albo dołączyć do każdej z nich Jawną kopię czytelną dla komputera, albo wymienić w lub przy każdej kopii Niejawnej publicznie dostępną w sieci komputerowej lokalizację pełnej kopii Jawnej Dokumentu, bez żadnych informacji dodanych -- lokalizację, do której każdy użytkownik sieci miałby bezpłatny anonimowy dostęp za pomocą standardowych publicznych protokołów sieciowych. W przypadku drugim Licencjobiorca musi podjąć odpowiednie środki ostrożności, by wymieniona kopia Jawna pozostała dostępna we wskazanej lokalizacji przynajmniej przez rok od momentu rozpowszechnienia ostatniej kopii Niejawnej (bezpośredniego lub przez agentów albo sprzedawców) danego wydania. Zaleca się, choć nie wymaga, aby przed rozpoczęciem rozpowszechniania dużej liczby kopii Dokumentu, Licencjobiorca skontaktował się z jego autorami celem uzyskania uaktualnionej wersji Dokumentu. Modyfikacje Licencjobiorca może kopiować i rozpowszechniać Zmodyfikowaną wersję Dokumentu na zasadach wymienionych powyżej w punkcie 2 i 3 pod warunkiem ścisłego przestrzegania niniejszej Licencji. Zmodyfikowana wersja pełni wtedy rolę Dokumentu, a więc Licencja dotycząca modyfikacji i rozpowszechniania Zmodyfikowanej wersji przenoszona jest na każdego, kto posiada jej kopię. Ponadto Licencjobiorca musi w stosunku do Zmodyfikowanej wersji spełnić następujące wymogi: Użyć na Stronie tytułowej (i na okładkach, o ile istnieją) tytułu innego niż tytuł Dokumentu i innego niż tytuły poprzednich wersji (które, o ile istniały, powinny zostać wymienione w Dokumencie, w sekcji Historia). Tytułu jednej z ostatnich wersji Licencjobiorca może użyć, jeżeli jej wydawca wyrazi na to zgodę. Wymienić na Stronie tytułowej, jako autorów, jedną lub kilka osób albo jednostek odpowiedzialnych za autorstwo modyfikacji Zmodyfikowanej wersji, a także przynajmniej pięciu spośród pierwotnych autorów Dokumentu (wszystkich, jeśli było ich mniej niż pięciu). Umieścić na Stronie tytułowej nazwę wydawcy Zmodyfikowanej wersji. Zachować wszelkie noty o prawach autorskich zawarte w Dokumencie. Dodać odpowiednią notę o prawach autorskich dotyczących modyfikacji obok innych not o prawach autorskich. Bezpośrednio po notach o prawach autorskich, zamieścić notę licencyjną zezwalającą na publiczne użytkowanie Zmodyfikowanej wersji na zasadach niniejszej Licencji w postaci podanej w Załączniku poniżej. Zachować w nocie licencyjnej pełną listę Sekcji niezmiennych i wymaganych Treści okładki podanych w nocie licencyjnej Dokumentu. Dołączyć niezmienioną kopię niniejszej Licencji. Zachować sekcję zatytułowaną Historia oraz jej tytuł i dodać do niej informację dotyczącą przynajmniej tytułu, roku publikacji, nowych autorów i wydawcy Zmodyfikowanej wersji zgodnie z danymi zamieszczonymi na Stronie tytułowej. Jeżeli w Dokumencie nie istnieje sekcja pod tytułem Historia, należy ją utworzyć, podając tytuł, rok, autorów i wydawcę Dokumentu zgodnie z danymi zamieszczonymi na stronie tytułowej, a następnie dodając informację dotyczącą Zmodyfikowanej wersji, jak opisano w poprzednim zdaniu. Zachować wymienioną w Dokumencie (jeśli taka istniała) informację o lokalizacji sieciowej, publicznie dostępnej Jawnej kopii Dokumentu, a także o podanych w Dokumencie lokalizacjach sieciowych poprzednich wersji, na których został on oparty. Informacje te mogą się znajdować w sekcji Historia. Zezwala się na pominięcie lokalizacji sieciowej prac, które zostały wydane przynajmniej cztery lata przed samym Dokumentem, a także tych, których pierwotny wydawca wyraża na to zgodę. W każdej sekcji zatytułowanej Podziękowania lub Dedykacje zachować tytuł i treść, oddając również ton każdego z podziękowań i dedykacji. Zachować wszelkie Sekcje niezmienne Dokumentu w niezmienionej postaci (dotyczy zarówno treści, jak i tytułu). Numery sekcji i równoważne im oznaczenia nie są traktowane jako należące do tytułów sekcji. Usunąć wszelkie sekcje zatytułowane Adnotacje. Nie muszą one być załączane w Zmodyfikowanej wersji. Nie nadawać żadnej z istniejących sekcji tytułu Adnotacje ani tytułu pokrywającego się z jakąkolwiek Sekcją niezmienną. Jeżeli Zmodyfikowana wersja zawiera nowe sekcje początkowe lub dodatki stanowiące Sekcje drugorzędne i nie zawierające materiału skopiowanego z Dokumentu, Licencjobiorca może je lub ich część oznaczyć jako sekcje niezmienne. W tym celu musi on dodać ich tytuły do listy Sekcji niezmiennych zawartej w nocie licencyjnej Zmodyfikowanej wersji. Tytuły te muszą być różne od tytułów pozostałych sekcji. Licencjobiorca może dodać sekcję Adnotacje, pod warunkiem, że nie zawiera ona żadnych treści innych niż adnotacje dotyczące Zmodyfikowanej wersji -- mogą to być na przykład stwierdzenia o recenzji koleżeńskiej albo o akceptacji tekstu przez organizację jako autorytatywnej definicji standardu. Na końcu listy Treści okładki w Zmodyfikowanej wersji, Licencjobiorca może dodać fragment do umieszczenia na przedniej okładce o długości nie przekraczającej pięciu słów, a także fragment o długości do 25 słów do umieszczenia na tylnej okładce. Przez każdą jednostkę (lub na mocy ustaleń przez nią poczynionych) może zostać dodany tylko jeden fragment z przeznaczeniem na przednią okładkę i jeden z przeznaczeniem na tylną. Jeżeli Dokument zawiera już treść okładki dla danej okładki, dodaną uprzednio przez Licencjobiorcę lub w ramach ustaleń z jednostką, w imieniu której działa Licencjobiorca, nowa treść okładki nie może zostać dodana. Dopuszcza się jednak zastąpienie poprzedniej treści okładki nową pod warunkiem wyraźnej zgody poprzedniego wydawcy, od którego stara treść pochodzi. Niniejsza Licencja nie oznacza, iż autor (autorzy) i wydawca (wydawcy) wyrażają zgodę na publiczne używanie ich nazwisk w celu zapewnienia autorytetu jakiejkolwiek Zmodyfikowanej wersji. Łączenie dokumentów Licencjobiorca może łączyć Dokument z innymi dokumentami wydanymi na warunkach niniejszej Licencji, na warunkach podanych dla wersji zmodyfikowanych w części 4 powyżej, jednak tylko wtedy, gdy w połączeniu zostaną zawarte wszystkie Sekcje niezmienne wszystkich oryginalnych dokumentów w postaci niezmodyfikowanej i gdy będą one wymienione jako Sekcje niezmienne połączenia w jego nocie licencyjnej. Połączenie wymaga tylko jednej kopii niniejszej Licencji, a kilka identycznych Sekcji niezmiennych może zostać zastąpionych jedną. Jeżeli istnieje kilka Sekcji niezmiennych o tym samym tytule, ale różnej zawartości, Licencjobiorca jest zobowiązany uczynić tytuł każdej z nich unikalnym poprzez dodanie na jego końcu, w nawiasach, nazwy oryginalnego autora lub wydawcy danej sekcji, o ile jest znany, lub unikalnego numeru. Podobne poprawki wymagane są w tytułach sekcji na liście Sekcji niezmiennych w nocie licencyjnej połączenia. W połączeniu Licencjobiorca musi zawrzeć wszystkie sekcje zatytułowane Historia z dokumentów oryginalnych, tworząc jedną sekcję Historia. Podobnie ma postąpić z sekcjami Podziękowania i Dedykacje. Wszystkie sekcje zatytułowane Adnotacje należy usunąć. Zbiory dokumentów Licencjobiorca może utworzyć zbiór składający się z Dokumentu i innych dokumentów wydanych zgodnie z niniejszą Licencją i zastąpić poszczególne kopie Licencji pochodzące z tych dokumentów jedną kopią dołączoną do zbioru, pod warunkiem zachowania zasad Licencji dotyczących kopii dosłownych we wszelkich innych aspektach każdego z dokumentów. Z takiego zbioru Licencjobiorca może wyodrębnić pojedynczy dokument i rozpowszechniać go niezależnie na zasadach niniejszej Licencji, pod warunkiem zamieszczenia w wyodrębnionym dokumencie kopii niniejszej Licencji oraz zachowania zasad Licencji we wszystkich aspektach dotyczących dosłownej kopii tego dokumentu. Zestawienia z pracami niezależnymi Kompilacja Dokumentu lub jego pochodnych z innymi oddzielnymi i niezależnymi dokumentami lub pracami nie jest uznawana za Zmodyfikowaną wersję Dokumentu, chyba że odnoszą się do niej jako do całości prawa autorskie. Taka kompilacja jest nazywana zestawieniem, a niniejsza Licencja nie dotyczy samodzielnych prac skompilowanych z Dokumentem, jeśli nie są to pochodne Dokumentu. Jeżeli do kopii Dokumentu odnoszą się wymagania dotyczące Treści okładki wymienione w części 3 i jeżeli Dokument stanowi mniej niż jedną czwartą całości zestawienia, Treść okładki Dokumentu może być umieszczona na okładkach zamykających Dokument w obrębie zestawienia. W przeciwnym razie Treść okładki musi się pojawić na okładkach całego zestawienia. Tłumaczenie Tłumaczenie jest uznawane za rodzaj modyfikacji, a więc Licencjobiorca może rozpowszechniać tłumaczenia Dokumentu na zasadach wymienionych w punkcie 4. Zastąpienie Sekcji niezmiennych ich tłumaczeniem wymaga specjalnej zgody właścicieli prawa autorskiego. Dopuszcza się jednak zamieszczanie tłumaczeń wybranych lub wszystkich Sekcji niezmiennych obok ich wersji oryginalnych. Podanie tłumaczenia niniejszej Licencji możliwe jest pod warunkiem zamieszczenia także jej oryginalnej wersji angielskiej. W przypadku niezgodności pomiędzy zamieszczonym tłumaczeniem a oryginalną wersją angielską niniejszej Licencji moc prawną ma oryginalna wersja angielska. Wygaśnięcie Poza przypadkami jednoznacznie dopuszczonymi na warunkach niniejszej Licencji nie zezwala się Licencjobiorcy na kopiowanie, modyfikowanie, czy rozpowszechnianie Dokumentu ani też na cedowanie praw licencyjnych. We wszystkich pozostałych wypadkach każda próba kopiowania, modyfikowania lub rozpowszechniania Dokumentu albo cedowania praw licencyjnych jest nieważna i powoduje automatyczne wygaśnięcie praw, które licencjobiorca nabył z tytułu Licencji. Niemniej jednak w odniesieniu do stron, które już otrzymały od Licencjobiorcy kopie albo prawa w ramach niniejszej Licencji, licencje nie zostaną anulowane, dopóki strony te w pełni się do nich stosują. Przyszłe wersje Licencji W miarę potrzeby Free Software Foundation może publikować nowe poprawione wersje GNU Free Documenation License. Wersje te muszą pozostawać w duchu podobnym do wersji obecnej, choć mogą się różnić w szczegółach dotyczących nowych problemów czy zagadnień. Patrz http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. Każdej wersji niniejszej Licencji nadaje się wyróżniający ją numer. Jeżeli w Dokumencie podaje się numer wersji Licencji, oznaczający, iż odnosi się do niego podana lub jakakolwiek późniejsza wersja licencji, Licencjobiorca ma do wyboru stosować się do postanowień i warunków albotej wersji, albo którejkolwiek wersji późniejszej opublikowanej oficjalnie (nie jako propozycja) przez Free Software Foundation. Jeśli Dokument nie podaje numeru wersji niniejszej Licencji, Licencjobiorca może wybrać dowolną wersję kiedykolwiek opublikowaną (nie jako propozycja) przez Free Software Foundation. Załącznik: Jak zastosować tę Licencję dla swojego dokumentu. Aby zastosować tę Licencję w stosunku do dokumentu swojego autorstwa, dołącz kopię Licencji do dokumentu i zamieść następującą informację o prawach autorskich i uwagi o licencji bezpośrednio po stronie tytułowej.
Copyright (c) rok imię nazwisko Udziela się zezwolenia do kopiowania rozpowszechniania i/lub modyfikację tego dokumentu zgodnie z zasadami Licencji GNU Wolnej Dokumentacji w wersji 1.1 lub dowolnej późniejszej opublikowanej przez Free Software Foundation; wraz z zawartymi Sekcjami Niezmiennymi LISTA TYTUŁÓW SEKCJI, wraz z Tekstem na Przedniej Okładce LISTA i z Tekstem na Tylnej Okładce LISTA. Kopia licencji załączona jest w sekcji zatytułowanej GNU Free Documentation License
W przypadku niezamieszczania Sekcji Niezmiennych, należy napisać nie zawiera Sekcji Niezmiennych zamiast spisu sekcji niezmiennych. W przypadku nie zamieszczania Tekstu na Przedniej Okładce należy wpisać bez Tekstu na Okładce w miejsce wraz z Tekstem na Przedniej Okładce LISTA, analogicznie postępowanie dotyczy Tekstu na Tylnej Okładce. Jeśli w dokumencie zawarte są nieszablonowe przykłady kodu programu, zalecamy aby uwolnić również te przykłady na licencji wolnego oprogramowania, takiej jak Powszechna Licencja Publiczna GNU, aby zapewnienić możliwość ich użycia w wolnym oprogramowaniu.
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/brasero/tools-check-integrity.page0000644000373100047300000000310312253720473026222 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 You can test out a disc integrity after burning it. Paulina Gonzalez pau.gonzalezbr@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Check disc integrity

After burning a CD/DVD by using Brasero, you can check its integrity to make sure that the files in the disc are not corrupted.

Select ToolsCheck Integrity....

You can select the option Use an MD5 file to check the disk. if you prefer it.

An MD5 (Message-Digest Algorithm 5) is a cryptographic hash function widely used for checking data integrity.

If you choose this option, you will have to find the MD5 file by clicking in the folder icon placed below.

Press Check to continue or Close to cancel it.

When the checking is finished you can either choose to Check Again or just Close.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/brasero/introduction.page0000644000373100047300000000253012253720473024517 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Introduction to the Brasero disc burning application. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Wprowadzenie

Brasero is an application for burning CDs and DVDs, designed to be easy to use, while providing all the tools necessary for burning.

With Brasero you can:

Burn data to CDs and DVDs

Burn audio CDs from digital audio files (such as OGG, FLAC and MP3)

Kopiowanie płyt CD i DVD

Create video DVDs or SVCDs

Tworzenie i nagrywanie plików obrazów oraz nagrywanie istniejących plików obrazu

Erase CD-RWs and DVD-RWs

Sprawdzanie spójności płyt i obrazów płyt
The <gui>Brasero</gui> main window
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/brasero/prob-dvd.page0000644000373100047300000000253012253720473023513 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 I cannot write to a DVD-R or a DVD-RW. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Problem creating a DVD

Some types of DVD-Rs and DVD-RWs are not compatible with all burners. Check the following to find out if those can be used with your burner.

Check if your DVD drive accepts DVD+ or DVD- discs; if it is labelled with "multi", that usually indicates that it accepts both. Check your disc to see if it is the same as the DVD drive.

Check if your disc is dual layer or single layer: some DVD drives can not write to a dual layer disc.

If you are trying to use a DVD-R, check if it has already been written to before. If you are using a DVD-RW, try blanking it before you attempt to write to it.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/brasero/create-cover.page0000644000373100047300000000453712253720473024366 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Create an inlay for a jewel case. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Create a cover

You can use Brasero to create inlays for your jewel cases. Access the creator by clicking Tools Cover Editor.

If you are creating an audio project and finish putting together the project before creating an inlay, then when you access the Cover Editor interface from the audio project window, the tracks will automatically be listed on the back cover.

If you close the Cover Editor, your changes will be lost.

Open the Cover Editor.

Choose the formatting you wish to use for the text and type the text, scrolling down to see the side and back inlay for the jewel case.

When you first see the Cover Editor dialog, you will not be able to click on any of the text formatting options. Click on the cover you want to work on to be able to use those.

Click the Background properties toolbar icon to add a background for the current cover, or right click on the cover you wish to edit and select Set Background Properties. You can choose to use a colored background or to select a background image.

If you select a centered background image, Brasero sometimes crashes when you click the Close button.

Click the Close button to apply the changes and close the Background Properties dialog.

Print the cover using the Print button, which is located in the top-right corner of the dialog.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/brasero/project-data.page0000644000373100047300000000467312253720473024365 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Write data to a CD or DVD. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Create a data project

A data project is used for writing data (for example, files, photos or music) to a disc, without changing those files in any way. This can be useful for transferring files between computers.

Click Data project on the start page, or select ProjectNew ProjectNew Data Project.

Add the desired files to the project by clicking Add in the toolbar and selecting the files. You can also add files by dragging and dropping them onto the project area or by clicking EditAdd Files.

You can create folders on the CD to store your data in a more structured manner. To create a folder, click New Folder in the toolbar or select EditNew Folder from the menu bar. You can also create folders inside other folders.

You can add a title for the disc in the text entry field below the project area.

Select the blank disc in the drop down list.

Click Burn... to continue.

Select the Burning speed from the drop down list, and any other options you may want.

Click Burn to burn a single CD of the project or Burn Several Copies to burn your project to multiple CDs

If you are using a rewritable disc, which already contains data, you will be asked if you want to blank it or insert a different disc.

If you are using a rewritable disc and the data is not burned correctly onto it, you may need to do a full (non-fast) blank of the disc before trying again.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/brasero/index.page0000644000373100047300000000131412253720473023104 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 <media type="image" src="figures/logo32.png"/> Brasero Help
Create a new project
Troubleshooting
Other tools
usr/share/help-langpack/pl/brasero/project-save.page0000644000373100047300000000464512253720473024411 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Save a project for editing or burning later. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Save a project

You can save an audio, a data or a video project in Brasero for editing or burning later.

Create the project and add the files you wish to use to the project.

Click ProjectSave to save the project.

Enter the name you wish to save the project under, then click Save to save the project.

There are a number of ways which can be used for opening a saved Brasero project by:

selecting it from the list on the start page, under Recent projects

clicking ProjectRecent Projects

clicking ProjectOpen and selecting the project

opening the project from a file browser

Only one instance of Brasero can be opened at any time. If you try to open a second instance, the currently open Brasero window will be focused.

If Brasero is already running and you try to open some files with it from Files, the files will be added to the project that you are currently working on.

If you open a saved project, Brasero will treat it as a new project: if you want to save an updated version of the project, it will ask you to enter a name for it, at this point you can overwrite the old version or save it as a new project by entering a different file name.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/brasero/project-audio.page0000644000373100047300000000375712253720473024557 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Create an audio project. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Write a music CD

Brasero can write audio files to a CD, which you can then use for playing in CD players and so on. It is usually best to use a non-rewritable CD because not all CD players will play rewritable CDs.

Click Audio project on the start page, or select ProjectNew ProjectNew Audio Project.

Add audio files to the project by clicking Add in the toolbar and selecting the desired files. You can also add files by dragging and dropping them onto the project area or by clicking EditAdd Files.

You can add a title for the CD in the text entry field below the project area.

Select the blank CD in the drop down list.

Click Burn... to continue.

Select the Burning speed from the drop down list, and any other options you may want.

Click Burn to burn a single disc of the project or Burn Several Copies to burn your project to multiple discs.

You can also split individual tracks into multiple tracks using the Split tool and add a two second break after a track using the Pause button.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/brasero/split-track.page0000644000373100047300000000575312253720473024245 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Split an audio project track into multiple tracks. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Split an audio track

You can split a single audio track into multiple tracks when you put together an audio project.

Start an audio project and add the tracks you wish to use.

Select the track you wish to split by clicking on it, then click either EditSplit Track… or right click on the track and select Split Track… from the menu.

Select your preferred method of splitting the tracks:

Ręczny podział ścieżki

This option allows you to select the exact length of each new section of the track manually.

 Split track in parts with a fixed length

Use this method to split the track into multiple sections of equal length.

 Split track in a fixed number of parts

This method allows you to split the track into a set number of sections, all of which will be of the same length.

 Podział ścieżki przy każdej ciszy

Select this method for Brasero to auto-detect silences in the recording and to split the track at those points.

Proceed to split the track by clicking Slice.

If you try to split a track into a section less than six seconds long, the new section will be padded to make it 6 seconds long.

Click OK to confirm your track splits and apply the changes.

You can split and merge the same track as many times as you like while you are viewing the split track dialog. Once you confirm your track splitting by clicking OK, you will no longer be able to merge the sections you have already split off. To revert the changes, remove the split sections of the track from your project and re-add the track.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/brasero/prob-cd.page0000644000373100047300000000235612253720473023332 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 My MP3s will not play in a DVD or CD player. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 CD will not play in a CD player

If your CD is not playing in your CD player or stereo, it is probably because the music was not correctly written to the disc or because you used a data project to write the music to the CD instead of an audio project.

Many new CD and DVD players will play music CDs which were created using a data project, but most older players will not.

Older CD players might not be able to play CD-RWs.

If you are using a CD-RW, blank the CD.

Rewrite the CD as an audio project.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/brasero/project-disc-copy.page0000644000373100047300000000312612253720473025336 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Create an identical copy of a disc. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Copy disc

Click Disc copy on the start page, or select ProjectNew ProjectCopy Disc... .

Select the disc you would like to copy from the drop down list below Select disc to copy. If you have more than one disc drive, all discs which are currently in them should be listed.

Choose whether you want to make a copy to another disc or create an image for later use.

Click the Properties button to select burning speed and other custom options.

Click Copy to start copying the disc, or Make Several Copies, if you plan to make more than one copy of the disc.

If you are copying the disc and have only one disc drive, you will be asked to replace the disc you are copying with a writable one after the contents are copied temporarily to your hard disk.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/brasero/tools-blank.page0000644000373100047300000000245312253720473024227 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Erase a rewritable CD or DVD by blanking it. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Blank a disc

You can prepare a rewritable disc, with existing data on it, for writing by blanking it.

Select ToolsBlank....

If you have more than one disc drive with a rewritable disc in it, you can select which disc to rewrite under Select a disc.

You can select Fast blanking to blank the CD quicker.

If you have problems writing to a disc which you fast blanked, try disabling fast blanking and blank it again.

Click Blank to continue.

The disc may be ejected when the blanking is complete.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/brasero/project-video.page0000644000373100047300000000342212253720473024551 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 3 Write a video to a DVD or SVCD. Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@googlemail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Create a video project

Brasero can be used to create video discs for playing in a DVD player or laptop.

Click Video project on the start page, or select ProjectNew ProjectNew Video Project.

Add the videos to the project by clicking Add in the toolbar and selecting the files. You can also add files by dragging and dropping them onto the project area or by clicking EditAdd Files.

You can add a title for the disc in the text entry field below the project area.

Select the blank disc in the drop down list.

Click Burn... to continue.

Select the Burning speed from the drop down list, and any other options you may want.

Click Burn to burn a single disc of the project or Burn Several Copies to burn your project to multiple discs.

 usr/share/help-langpack/pl/brasero/project-image-burn.page0000644000373100047300000000573612253720473025503 0ustar langpacklangpack00000000000000 Burn an existing disc image to a CD or DVD. Marta Bogdanowicz majus85@gmail.com Ekaterina Gerasimova kittykat3756@gmail.com

Creative Commons Share Alike 3.0

 Burn image

Brasero allows you to burn disc images to a CD or DVD. It supports the following extensions of optical disc images: .iso, .toc and .cue.

Disc images are archive files which contain all the data that is on a CD or DVD. Only one disc image can be on a CD at a time, but each archive can contain as little or as much data as you want, as long as it fits on the disc.

To burn a disc image to a CD or DVD, follow these steps:

Click Burn image on the start page or select ProjectNew ProjectBurn image… .

Select a disc image to write by clicking Click here to select a disc image.

Select the disc that you want to use from drop down list below Select a disc to write to. If you have more than one disc drive, all discs which are currently in them should be listed.

After choosing the disc Brasero shows how much free space will remain on the disc after burning.

Click the Properties button to select burning speed and other custom options.

Click Burn to start burning the image. After this operation you can either finish burning or make the other copy of the image.

If you are using a re-writable disc, which already contains data, you will be asked if you want to blank it or insert a different disc.

 language-pack-gnome-pl-base/data/pl/0000755000000000000000000000000012321560320014405 5ustar language-pack-gnome-pl-base/data/pl/LC_MESSAGES/0000755000000000000000000000000012321560352016177 5ustar language-pack-gnome-pl-base/data/pl/LC_MESSAGES/devhelp.po0000644000000000000000000003364612321560320020175 0ustar # -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- # Aviary.pl # Jeśli masz jakiekolwiek uwagi odnoszące się do tłumaczenia lub chcesz # pomóc w jego rozwijaniu i pielęgnowaniu, napisz do nas: # gnomepl@aviary.pl # -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- # Zbigniew Chyla , 2001-2003. # Artur Flinta , 2003. # Wadim Dziedzic , 2007. # Tomasz Dominikowski , 2008-2009. # Piotr Drąg , 2009-2013. # Aviary.pl , 2007-2013. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: devhelp\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-06-08 14:04+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Piotr Drąg \n" "Language-Team: Polish \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:32+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Poedit-Country: Poland\n" "Language: pl\n" "X-Poedit-Language: Polish\n" #. i18n: Please don't translate "Devhelp" (it's marked as translatable #. * for transliteration only) #: ../data/devhelp.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/dh-app.c:162 ../src/dh-app.c:347 #: ../src/dh-window.c:655 msgid "Devhelp" msgstr "Devhelp" #: ../data/devhelp.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Developer's Help program" msgstr "Program pomocy dla programistów" #: ../data/devhelp.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "Documentation Browser" msgstr "Przeglądarka dokumentacji" #: ../data/devhelp.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "documentation;information;manual;developer;api;" msgstr "dokumentacja;informacje;podręcznik;programista;developer;api;" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:1 msgid "Main window maximized state" msgstr "Główne okno zmaksymalizowane" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:2 msgid "Whether the main window should start maximized." msgstr "Określa, czy główne okno powinno być uruchomione zmaksymalizowane." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:3 msgid "Width of the main window" msgstr "Szerokość głównego okna" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:4 msgid "The width of the main window." msgstr "Szerokość głównego okna." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:5 msgid "Height of main window" msgstr "Wysokość głównego okna" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:6 msgid "The height of the main window." msgstr "Wysokość głównego okna." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:7 msgid "X position of main window" msgstr "Pozycja pozioma głównego okna" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:8 msgid "The X position of the main window." msgstr "Pozycja pozioma głównego okna." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:9 msgid "Y position of main window" msgstr "Pozycja pionowa głównego okna" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:10 msgid "The Y position of the main window." msgstr "Pozycja pionowa głównego okna." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:11 msgid "Width of the index and search pane" msgstr "Szerokość indeksu i panelu wyszukiwania" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:12 msgid "The width of the index and search pane." msgstr "Szerokość indeksu i panelu wyszukiwania." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:13 msgid "Selected tab: \"content\" or \"search\"" msgstr "Wybrana karta: \"content\" lub \"search\"" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:14 msgid "Which of the tabs is selected: \"content\" or \"search\"." msgstr "Określa wybraną kartę: \"content\" lub \"search\"." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:15 msgid "Books disabled" msgstr "Wyłączone książki" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:16 msgid "List of books disabled by the user." msgstr "Lista książek wyłączonych przez użytkownika." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:17 msgid "Group by language" msgstr "Grupowanie według języka" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:18 msgid "Whether books should be grouped by language in the UI" msgstr "" "Określa, czy książki powinny być grupowane według języka w interfejsie " "użytkownika" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:19 msgid "Width of the assistant window" msgstr "Szerokość okna asystenta" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:20 msgid "The width of the assistant window." msgstr "Szerokość okna asystenta." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:21 msgid "Height of assistant window" msgstr "Wysokość okna asystenta" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:22 msgid "The height of the assistant window." msgstr "Wysokość okna asystenta." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:23 msgid "X position of assistant window" msgstr "Pozycja pozioma okna asystenta" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:24 msgid "The X position of the assistant window." msgstr "Pozycja pozioma okna asystenta." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:25 msgid "Y position of assistant window" msgstr "Pozycja pionowa okna asystenta" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:26 msgid "The Y position of the assistant window." msgstr "Pozycja pionowa okna asystenta." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:27 msgid "Use system fonts" msgstr "Użycie czcionek systemowych" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:28 msgid "Use the system default fonts." msgstr "Użycie domyślnych czcionek systemu." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:29 msgid "Font for text" msgstr "Czcionka tekstu" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:30 msgid "Font for text with variable width." msgstr "Czcionka tekstu o zmiennej szerokości." #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:31 msgid "Font for fixed width text" msgstr "Czcionka tekstu o stałej szerokości" #: ../data/org.gnome.devhelp.gschema.xml.h:32 msgid "Font for text with fixed width, such as code examples." msgstr "" "Czcionka tekstu o stałej szerokości, takiego jak przykłady kodu źródłowego." #: ../misc/gedit-plugin/devhelp.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Devhelp support" msgstr "Wsparcie programu Devhelp" #: ../misc/gedit-plugin/devhelp.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Makes F2 bring up Devhelp for the word at the cursor" msgstr "" "Wywołuje program Devhelp dla bieżącego słowa po naciśnięciu klawisza F2" #: ../misc/gedit-plugin/devhelp.py:69 msgid "Show API Documentation" msgstr "Wyświetlanie dokumentacji API" #: ../misc/gedit-plugin/devhelp.py:71 msgid "Show API Documentation for the word at the cursor" msgstr "Wyświetlanie dokumentacji API dla słowa pod kursorem" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:1 msgid "New window" msgstr "Nowe okno" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:2 msgid "Preferences" msgstr "Preferencje" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:3 msgid "About Devhelp" msgstr "O programie Devhelp" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:4 msgid "Quit" msgstr "Zakończ" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:5 msgid "New _Tab" msgstr "Nowa _karta" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:6 msgid "_Print" msgstr "Wy_drukuj" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:7 msgid "_Find" msgstr "_Znajdź" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:8 msgid "_Larger text" msgstr "_Większy tekst" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:9 msgid "S_maller text" msgstr "_Mniejszy tekst" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:10 msgid "_Normal size" msgstr "_Zwykły rozmiar" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:11 msgid "_Group by language" msgstr "_Grupowanie według języka" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:12 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Włączona" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:13 msgid "Title" msgstr "Tytuł" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:14 msgid "Book Shelf" msgstr "Półka na książki" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:15 msgid "_Use system fonts" msgstr "_Użycie czcionek systemowych" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:16 msgid "_Variable width: " msgstr "_Zmienna szerokość: " #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:17 msgid "_Fixed width:" msgstr "_Stała szerokość:" #: ../src/devhelp.ui.h:18 msgid "Fonts" msgstr "Czcionki" #: ../src/dh-app.c:157 msgid "translator_credits" msgstr "" "Zbigniew Chyla , 2001-2003\n" "Artur Flinta , 2003\n" "Wadim Dziedzic , 2007\n" "Tomasz Dominikowski , 2008-2009\n" "Piotr Drąg , 2009-2013\n" "Aviary.pl , 2007-2013\n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Dominik Zablotny https://launchpad.net/~doza\n" " GNOME PL Team https://launchpad.net/~translators\n" " Mateusz Tybura https://launchpad.net/~wujciol\n" " Piotr Drąg https://launchpad.net/~raven46\n" " Tomasz Dominikowski https://launchpad.net/~dominikowski\n" " wadim dziedzic https://launchpad.net/~wdziedzic" #: ../src/dh-app.c:164 msgid "A developers' help browser for GNOME" msgstr "Przeglądarka pomocy dla programistów GNOME" #: ../src/dh-app.c:172 msgid "DevHelp Website" msgstr "Witryna programu Devhelp" #. i18n: Please don't translate "Devhelp". #: ../src/dh-assistant.c:121 msgid "Devhelp — Assistant" msgstr "Devhelp — asystent" #: ../src/dh-assistant-view.c:403 msgid "Book:" msgstr "Książka:" #: ../src/dh-book.c:255 #, c-format msgid "Language: %s" msgstr "Język: %s" #: ../src/dh-book.c:256 msgid "Language: Undefined" msgstr "Język: nieokreślony" #. i18n: a documentation book #: ../src/dh-link.c:267 msgid "Book" msgstr "Książka" #. i18n: a "page" in a documentation book #: ../src/dh-link.c:270 msgid "Page" msgstr "Strona" #. i18n: a search hit in the documentation, could be a #. * function, macro, struct, etc #: ../src/dh-link.c:274 msgid "Keyword" msgstr "Słowo kluczowe" #. i18n: in the programming language context, if you don't #. * have an ESTABLISHED term for it, leave it #. * untranslated. #: ../src/dh-link.c:279 msgid "Function" msgstr "Procedura" #. i18n: in the programming language context, if you don't #. * have an ESTABLISHED term for it, leave it #. * untranslated. #: ../src/dh-link.c:284 msgid "Struct" msgstr "Struct" #. i18n: in the programming language context, if you don't #. * have an ESTABLISHED term for it, leave it #. * untranslated. #: ../src/dh-link.c:289 msgid "Macro" msgstr "Makro" #. i18n: in the programming language context, if you don't #. * have an ESTABLISHED term for it, leave it #. * untranslated. #: ../src/dh-link.c:294 msgid "Enum" msgstr "Enum" #. i18n: in the programming language context, if you don't #. * have an ESTABLISHED term for it, leave it #. * untranslated. #: ../src/dh-link.c:299 msgid "Type" msgstr "Typ" #: ../src/dh-main.c:43 msgid "Opens a new Devhelp window" msgstr "Otwiera nowe okno programu Devhelp" #: ../src/dh-main.c:48 msgid "Search for a keyword" msgstr "Wyszukuje słowo kluczowe" #: ../src/dh-main.c:49 ../src/dh-main.c:54 msgid "KEYWORD" msgstr "SŁOWO_KLUCZOWE" #: ../src/dh-main.c:53 msgid "Search and display any hit in the assistant window" msgstr "Wyszukuje i wyświetla każde trafienie w oknie asystenta" #: ../src/dh-main.c:58 msgid "Display the version and exit" msgstr "Wyświetla wersję i kończy działanie" #: ../src/dh-main.c:63 msgid "Quit any running Devhelp" msgstr "Kończy wszystkie uruchomione kopie programu Devhelp" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:97 ../src/dh-parser.c:199 ../src/dh-parser.c:263 #: ../src/dh-parser.c:273 #, c-format msgid "Expected '%s', got '%s' at line %d, column %d" msgstr "Oczekiwano \"%s\", otrzymano \"%s\" w wierszu %d, kolumnie %d" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:114 #, c-format msgid "Invalid namespace '%s' at line %d, column %d" msgstr "Nieprawidłowa przestrzeń nazw \"%s\" w wierszu %d, kolumnie %d" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:143 #, c-format msgid "" "\"title\", \"name\" and \"link\" elements are required at line %d, column %d" msgstr "" "Elementy \"title\", \"name\" i \"link\" są wymagane w wierszu %d, kolumnie %d" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:218 #, c-format msgid "" "\"name\" and \"link\" elements are required inside on line %d, column " "%d" msgstr "" "Elementy \"name\" i \"link\" są wymagane wewnątrz w wierszu %d, " "kolumnie %d" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:298 #, c-format msgid "" "\"name\" and \"link\" elements are required inside '%s' on line %d, column %d" msgstr "" "Elementy \"name\" i \"link\" są wymagane wewnątrz \"%s\" w wierszu %d, " "kolumnie %d" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:311 #, c-format msgid "\"type\" element is required inside on line %d, column %d" msgstr "" "Element \"type\" jest wymagany wewnątrz w wierszu %d, kolumnie %d" #: ../src/dh-parser.c:514 #, c-format msgid "Cannot uncompress book '%s': %s" msgstr "Nie można dekompresować książki \"%s\": %s" #. Setup the Current/All Files selector #: ../src/dh-sidebar.c:478 msgid "Current" msgstr "Bieżące" #: ../src/dh-sidebar.c:481 msgid "All Books" msgstr "Wszystkie książki" #: ../src/dh-window.c:86 msgid "50%" msgstr "50%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:87 msgid "75%" msgstr "75%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:88 msgid "100%" msgstr "100%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:89 msgid "125%" msgstr "125%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:90 msgid "150%" msgstr "150%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:91 msgid "175%" msgstr "175%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:92 msgid "200%" msgstr "200%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:93 msgid "300%" msgstr "300%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:94 msgid "400%" msgstr "400%" #: ../src/dh-window.c:688 msgid "Back" msgstr "Wstecz" #: ../src/dh-window.c:695 msgid "Forward" msgstr "Dalej" #: ../src/dh-window.c:967 msgid "Error opening the requested link." msgstr "Błąd podczas otwierania żądanego odnośnika." #: ../src/dh-window.c:1317 ../src/dh-window.c:1503 msgid "Empty Page" msgstr "Pusta strona" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:320 msgid "Find:" msgstr "Wyszukiwanie:" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:329 msgid "Find Previous" msgstr "Znajdź poprzednie" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:333 ../src/eggfindbar.c:336 msgid "Find previous occurrence of the search string" msgstr "Wyszukuje poprzednie wystąpienie ciągu znaków" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:342 msgid "Find Next" msgstr "Znajdź następne" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:346 ../src/eggfindbar.c:349 msgid "Find next occurrence of the search string" msgstr "Wyszukuje następne wystąpienie ciągu znaków" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:358 msgid "C_ase Sensitive" msgstr "_Uwzględnianie wielkości liter" #: ../src/eggfindbar.c:362 ../src/eggfindbar.c:365 msgid "Toggle case sensitive search" msgstr "Przełącza tryb wyszukiwania z uwzględnianiem wielkości liter" language-pack-gnome-pl-base/data/pl/LC_MESSAGES/eog.po0000644000000000000000000013741112321560321017314 0ustar # -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- # Aviary.pl # Jeśli masz jakiekolwiek uwagi odnoszące się do tłumaczenia lub chcesz # pomóc w jego rozwijaniu i pielęgnowaniu, napisz do nas: # gnomepl@aviary.pl # -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: eog\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-11 11:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-22 12:42+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Launchpad Translations Administrators \n" "Language-Team: Polish \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 " "|| n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:39+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Poedit-Country: Poland\n" "Language: pl\n" "X-Poedit-Language: Polish\n" #. Translaters: This string is for a toggle to display a toolbar. #. * The name of the toolbar is automatically computed from the widgets #. * on the toolbar, and is placed at the %s. Note the _ before the %s #. * which is used to add mnemonics. We know that this is likely to #. * produce duplicates, but don't worry about it. If your language #. * normally has a mnemonic at the start, please use the _. If not, #. * please remove. #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:992 #, c-format msgid "Show “_%s”" msgstr "Wyświetl \"_%s\"" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1485 msgid "_Move on Toolbar" msgstr "_Przesuń na pasku narzędziowym" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1486 msgid "Move the selected item on the toolbar" msgstr "Przesuwa zaznaczony element na pasku narzędziowym" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1487 msgid "_Remove from Toolbar" msgstr "_Usuń z paska narzędziowego" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1488 msgid "Remove the selected item from the toolbar" msgstr "Usuwa zaznaczony element z paska narzędziowego" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1489 msgid "_Delete Toolbar" msgstr "_Usuń pasek narzędziowy" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-editable-toolbar.c:1490 msgid "Remove the selected toolbar" msgstr "Usuwa zaznaczony pasek narzędziowy" #: ../cut-n-paste/toolbar-editor/egg-toolbar-editor.c:489 msgid "Separator" msgstr "Separator" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:1 ../src/eog-window.c:4038 msgid "_View" msgstr "_Widok" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:2 ../src/eog-window.c:4064 msgid "_Toolbar" msgstr "_Pasek narzędziowy" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:3 ../src/eog-window.c:4067 msgid "_Statusbar" msgstr "Pas_ek stanu" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:4 ../src/eog-window.c:4070 msgid "_Image Gallery" msgstr "_Galeria obrazów" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:5 ../src/eog-window.c:4073 msgid "Side _Pane" msgstr "Panel _boczny" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:6 ../src/eog-window.c:4052 msgid "Prefere_nces" msgstr "Prefere_ncje" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:7 ../src/eog-window.c:2565 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4041 msgid "_Help" msgstr "Pomo_c" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:8 msgid "_About Image Viewer" msgstr "_O przeglądarce obrazów" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:9 msgid "_Quit" msgstr "Za_kończ" #: ../data/eog.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/eog-application.c:269 #: ../src/eog-window.c:6163 msgid "Image Viewer" msgstr "Przeglądarka obrazów" #: ../data/eog.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Browse and rotate images" msgstr "Przeglądanie i obracanie obrazów" #. Extra keywords that can be used to search for eog in GNOME Shell and Unity #: ../data/eog.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Picture;Slideshow;Graphics;" msgstr "Obraz;Obrazek;Pokaz;slajdów;Grafika;" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:1 ../src/eog-window.c:5039 msgid "Image Properties" msgstr "Właściwości obrazu" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "_Previous" msgstr "_Poprzedni" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "_Next" msgstr "_Następny" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:4 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:495 msgid "Name:" msgstr "Nazwa:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:5 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:497 msgid "Width:" msgstr "Szerokość:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:6 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:499 msgid "Height:" msgstr "Wysokość:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:7 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:501 msgid "Type:" msgstr "Typ:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "Bytes:" msgstr "Bajty:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:9 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:505 msgid "Folder:" msgstr "Katalog:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:10 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:493 msgid "General" msgstr "Ogólne" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:11 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:530 msgid "Aperture Value:" msgstr "Przesłona:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:12 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:533 msgid "Exposure Time:" msgstr "Czas ekspozycji:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:13 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:536 msgid "Focal Length:" msgstr "Ogniskowa:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:14 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:538 msgid "Flash:" msgstr "Lampa błyskowa:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:15 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:542 msgid "ISO Speed Rating:" msgstr "Wartość ISO:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:16 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:545 msgid "Metering Mode:" msgstr "Tryb pomiaru:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:17 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:548 msgid "Camera Model:" msgstr "Model aparatu:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:18 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:550 msgid "Date/Time:" msgstr "Data/Czas:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:19 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:555 msgid "Description:" msgstr "Opis:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:20 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:558 msgid "Location:" msgstr "Położenie:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:21 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:561 msgid "Keywords:" msgstr "Słowa kluczowe:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:22 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:563 msgid "Author:" msgstr "Autor:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:23 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:566 msgid "Copyright:" msgstr "Prawa autorskie:" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:24 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:569 msgid "Details" msgstr "Szczegóły" #: ../data/eog-image-properties-dialog.ui.h:25 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:526 msgid "Metadata" msgstr "Metadane" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Save As" msgstr "Zapisz jako" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:5 #, no-c-format msgid "%f: original filename" msgstr "%f: oryginalna nazwa pliku" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:7 #, no-c-format msgid "%n: counter" msgstr "%n: licznik" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Filename format:" msgstr "Format nazwy pliku:" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "Choose a folder" msgstr "Wybór katalogu" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "Destination folder:" msgstr "Katalog docelowy:" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "File Path Specifications" msgstr "Określenie ścieżki pliku" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "Start counter at:" msgstr "Początek licznika:" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "Replace spaces with underscores" msgstr "Zamiana spacji na podkreślenia" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opcje" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "Rename from:" msgstr "Zmiana nazwy z:" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:16 msgid "To:" msgstr "Do:" #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:17 msgid "File Name Preview" msgstr "Podgląd nazwy pliku" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Preferences" msgstr "Preferencje" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "Image Enhancements" msgstr "Ulepszenia obrazu" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Smooth images when zoomed _out" msgstr "Interpolacja obrazu przy p_omniejszaniu" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Smooth images when zoomed _in" msgstr "Interpolacja obrazu przy powię_kszaniu" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "_Automatic orientation" msgstr "Orientacja _automatyczna" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Background" msgstr "Tło" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "As custom color:" msgstr "Własny kolor:" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:8 #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Background Color" msgstr "Kolor tła" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "Transparent Parts" msgstr "Części przezroczyste" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "As check _pattern" msgstr "Użyj wzoru _szachownicy" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "As custom c_olor:" msgstr "Własny k_olor:" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "Color for Transparent Areas" msgstr "Kolor dla obszarów przezroczystych" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:13 msgid "As _background" msgstr "Jako _tło" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "Image View" msgstr "Wyświetlanie obrazu" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "Image Zoom" msgstr "Skalowanie obrazu" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:16 msgid "E_xpand images to fit screen" msgstr "Dopasowywanie ob_razów do rozmiaru ekranu" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:17 msgid "Sequence" msgstr "Sekwencja" #. I18N: This sentence will be displayed above a horizonzal scale to select a number of seconds in eog's preferences dialog. #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:19 msgid "_Time between images:" msgstr "_Czas między obrazami:" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:20 msgid "_Loop sequence" msgstr "_Zapętlanie" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:21 msgid "Slideshow" msgstr "Pokaz slajdów" #: ../data/eog-preferences-dialog.ui.h:22 msgid "Plugins" msgstr "Wtyczki" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Automatic orientation" msgstr "Orientacja automatyczna" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether the image should be rotated automatically based on EXIF orientation." msgstr "" "Określa, czy obraz ma być automatycznie obrócony na podstawie danych EXIF." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "The color that is used to fill the area behind the image. If the use-" "background-color key is not set, the color is determined by the active GTK+ " "theme instead." msgstr "" "Kolor używany do wypełnienia obszaru za obrazem. Jeśli klucz use-background-" "color nie jest ustawiony, kolor zostanie ustalony przez aktywny motyw " "biblioteki GTK+." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Interpolate Image" msgstr "Interpolacja obrazu" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Whether the image should be interpolated on zoom-out. This leads to better " "quality but is somewhat slower than non-interpolated images." msgstr "" "Określa, czy przy powiększaniu obrazu powinien on być interpolowany. " "Interpolacja poprawia jakość obrazu, lecz spowalnia jego wyświetlanie." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Extrapolate Image" msgstr "Ekstrapolacja obrazu" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "Whether the image should be extrapolated on zoom-in. This leads to blurry " "quality and is somewhat slower than non-extrapolated images." msgstr "" "Określa, czy przy powiększaniu obrazu powinien on być ekstrapolowany. " "Ekstrapolacja powoduje rozmazanie obrazu i spowalnia jego wyświetlanie." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Transparency indicator" msgstr "Wskaźnik przezroczystości" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "Determines how transparency should be indicated. Valid values are " "CHECK_PATTERN, COLOR and NONE. If COLOR is chosen, then the trans-color key " "determines the color value used." msgstr "" "Określa sposób prezentowania przezroczystości. Poprawnymi wartościami są: " "CHECK_PATTERN (wzór szachownicy), COLOR (kolor) i NONE (brak). Jeśli wybrano " "opcję COLOR, wówczas klucz trans-key określa wartość użytego koloru." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Scroll wheel zoom" msgstr "Przybliżanie i oddalanie za pomocą kółka myszy" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Whether the scroll wheel should be used for zooming." msgstr "Określa, czy kółko myszy ma być używane do przybliżania." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Zoom multiplier" msgstr "Mnożnik przybliżania" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:15 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The multiplier to be applied when using the mouse scroll wheel for zooming. " "This value defines the zooming step used for each scroll event. For example, " "0.05 results in a 5% zoom increment for each scroll event and 1.00 result in " "a 100% zoom increment." msgstr "" "Mnożnik, jaki ma zostać zastosowany podczas używania kółka myszy do " "zbliżania i oddalania. Ta wartość definiuje poziom przybliżenia na każdy " "skok obrotu kółka. Przykładowo, wartość 0.05 powoduje przybliżanie o 5% na " "każdy skok obrotu, a 1.00 powoduje przybliżenie o 100%." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "Transparency color" msgstr "Kolor przezroczystości" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "" "If the transparency key has the value COLOR, then this key determines the " "color which is used for indicating transparency." msgstr "" "Jeśli klucz transparency (przezroczystość) ma wartość COLOR (kolor), wówczas " "opcja ta określa kolor wykorzystywany do prezentacji przezroczystości." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Use a custom background color" msgstr "Użycie własnego koloru tła" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "" "If this is active, the color set by the background-color key will be used to " "fill the area behind the image. If it is not set, the current GTK+ theme " "will determine the fill color." msgstr "" "Jeśli jest włączone, kolor ustawiony przez klucz background-color zostanie " "użyty do wypełnienia obszaru za obrazem. Jeśli nie jest włączone, to " "zostanie użyty kolor z bieżącego motywu biblioteki GTK+." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Loop through the image sequence" msgstr "Zapętlanie sekwencji obrazów" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Whether the sequence of images should be shown in an endless loop." msgstr "Określa, czy sekwencja obrazów powinna być zapętlana." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:23 #, no-c-format msgid "Allow zoom greater than 100% initially" msgstr "Możliwe początkowe powiększenie większe od 100%" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "" "If this is set to FALSE small images will not be stretched to fit into the " "screen initially." msgstr "" "Jeśli opcja jest ustawiona na \"false\", to małe obrazy nie będą rozciągane, " "aby wypełnić początkowo ekran." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Delay in seconds until showing the next image" msgstr "Opóźnienie w sekundach wyświetlania pojedynczego obrazu" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "" "A value greater than 0 determines the seconds an image stays on screen until " "the next one is shown automatically. Zero disables the automatic browsing." msgstr "" "Wartość większa od 0 określa liczbę sekund, jaką obraz pozostaje na ekranie " "przed wyświetleniem kolejnego. Wartość zero wyłącza automatyczne " "przeglądanie." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Show/Hide the window toolbar." msgstr "Wyświetla/ukrywa pasek narzędziowy." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:28 msgid "Show/Hide the window statusbar." msgstr "Wyświetla/ukrywa pasek stanu." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:29 msgid "Show/Hide the image gallery pane." msgstr "Wyświetla/ukrywa panel galerii obrazów." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:30 msgid "" "Image gallery pane position. Set to 0 for bottom; 1 for left; 2 for top; 3 " "for right." msgstr "" "Położenie panelu galerii obrazów. Ustawienia: 0 na dół; 1 na lewo; 2 na " "górę; 3 na prawo." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:31 msgid "Whether the image gallery pane should be resizable." msgstr "Określa, czy można zmieniać rozmiar panelu galerii obrazów." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:32 msgid "Show/Hide the window side pane." msgstr "Wyświetla/ukrywa boczny panel." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:33 msgid "Show/Hide the image gallery pane scroll buttons." msgstr "Wyświetla/ukrywa przyciski przewijania panelu galerii obrazów." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:34 msgid "Close main window without asking to save changes." msgstr "Zamknięcie głównego okna bez pytania o zapisanie zmian." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:35 msgid "Trash images without asking" msgstr "Przenoszenie obrazów do kosza bez potwierdzenia" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:36 msgid "" "If activated, Eye of GNOME won't ask for confirmation when moving images to " "the trash. It will still ask if any of the files cannot be moved to the " "trash and would be deleted instead." msgstr "" "Jeśli włączone, program Eye of GNOME nie będzie żądał potwierdzenia podczas " "przenoszenia obrazów do kosza. Będzie żądał potwierdzenia, jeśli jakiś plik " "nie będzie mógł zostać przeniesiony i zostanie usunięty." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:37 msgid "" "Whether the file chooser should show the user's pictures folder if no images " "are loaded." msgstr "" "Określa, czy okno wybierania pliku powinno wyświetlać katalog obrazów " "użytkownika, jeśli nie wczytano żadnych obrazów." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:38 msgid "" "If activated and no image is loaded in the active window, the file chooser " "will display the user's pictures folder using the XDG special user " "directories. If deactivated or the pictures folder has not been set up, it " "will show the current working directory." msgstr "" "Jeśli jest włączone, a żaden obraz nie będzie wczytany w aktywnym oknie, " "okno wyboru pliku wyświetli katalog obrazów użytkownika używając katalogów " "specjalnych użytkownika XDG. Jeśli jest wyłączone lub katalog obrazów nie " "został ustawiony, wyświetli się bieżący katalog roboczy." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:39 msgid "" "Whether the metadata list in the properties dialog should have its own page." msgstr "" "Określa, czy lista metadanych w oknie dialogowym właściwości powinna " "znajdować się na osobnej stronie." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:40 msgid "" "If activated, the detailed metadata list in the properties dialog will be " "moved to its own page in the dialog. This should make the dialog more usable " "on smaller screens, e.g. as used by netbooks. If disabled, the widget will " "be embedded on the \"Metadata\" page." msgstr "" "Jeśli jest włączone, szczegółowa lista metadanych w oknie dialogowym " "właściwości zostanie przeniesiona na osobną stronę w oknie dialogowym. " "Powinno to sprawić, że okno dialogowe będzie bardziej użyteczne na " "mniejszych ekranach, np. w netbookach. Jeśli jest wyłączone, widżet będzie " "zagnieżdżony na stronie \"Metadane\"." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:41 msgid "External program to use for editing images" msgstr "Zewnętrzny program do modyfikowania obrazów" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:42 msgid "" "The desktop file name (including the \".desktop\") of the application to use " "for editing images (when the \"Edit Image\" toolbar button is clicked). Set " "to the empty string to disable this feature." msgstr "" "Nazwa pliku .desktop (razem z rozszerzeniem \".desktop\") programu do " "modyfikowania obrazów (po naciśnięciu przycisku \"Modyfikuj obraz\" na pasku " "narzędziowym). Ustawienie na pusty ciąg wyłącza tę funkcję." #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:43 msgid "Active plugins" msgstr "Włączone wtyczki" #: ../data/org.gnome.eog.gschema.xml.in.h:44 msgid "" "List of active plugins. It doesn't contain the \"Location\" of the active " "plugins. See the .eog-plugin file for obtaining the \"Location\" of a given " "plugin." msgstr "" "Lista włączonych wtyczek. Nie zawiera położenia włączonych wtyczek. " "Położenie danej wtyczki można sprawdzić w pliku .eog-plugin." #: ../plugins/fullscreen/fullscreen.plugin.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Fullscreen with double-click" msgstr "Pełny ekran za pomocą dwukrotnego kliknięcia" #: ../plugins/fullscreen/fullscreen.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Activate fullscreen mode with double-click" msgstr "" "Włączenie trybu pełnoekranowego za pomocą dwukrotnego kliknięcia myszą" #: ../plugins/reload/eog-reload-plugin.c:74 #: ../plugins/reload/reload.plugin.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Reload Image" msgstr "Wczytaj obraz ponownie" #: ../plugins/reload/eog-reload-plugin.c:76 #: ../plugins/reload/reload.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Reload current image" msgstr "Wczytuje bieżący obraz ponownie" #: ../plugins/statusbar-date/statusbar-date.plugin.desktop.in.h:1 msgid "Date in statusbar" msgstr "Data na pasku stanu" #: ../plugins/statusbar-date/statusbar-date.plugin.desktop.in.h:2 msgid "Shows the image date in the window statusbar" msgstr "Wyświetla/ukrywa datę obrazu na pasku stanu okna" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:166 msgid "Close _without Saving" msgstr "Zamknij _bez zapisywania" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:212 msgid "Question" msgstr "Zapytanie" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:391 msgid "If you don't save, your changes will be lost." msgstr "Jeżeli obraz nie zostanie zapisany, zmiany zostaną utracone." #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:428 #, c-format msgid "Save changes to image \"%s\" before closing?" msgstr "Zapisać zmiany obrazu \"%s\" przed jego zamknięciem?" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:635 #, c-format msgid "There is %d image with unsaved changes. Save changes before closing?" msgid_plural "" "There are %d images with unsaved changes. Save changes before closing?" msgstr[0] "" "Jeden zmieniony obraz nie został zapisany. Zapisać zmiany przed zamknięciem?" msgstr[1] "" "%d zmienione obrazy nie zostały zapisane. Zapisać zmiany przed zamknięciem?" msgstr[2] "" "%d zmienionych obrazów nie zostało zapisanych. Zapisać zmiany przed " "zamknięciem?" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:652 msgid "S_elect the images you want to save:" msgstr "Wy_bór obrazów do zapisania:" #. Secondary label #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:671 msgid "If you don't save, all your changes will be lost." msgstr "" "Jeżeli obraz nie zostanie zapisany, wszystkie zmiany zostaną utracone." #: ../data/eog-multiple-save-as-dialog.ui.h:2 #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:172 #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:119 ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:456 #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:464 ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:472 #: ../src/eog-window.c:3367 ../src/eog-window.c:3370 ../src/eog-window.c:3621 msgid "_Cancel" msgstr "_Anuluj" #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:124 ../src/eog-window.c:847 msgid "_Reload" msgstr "_Wczytaj ponownie" #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:129 ../src/eog-window.c:4085 msgid "Save _As…" msgstr "Z_apisz jako…" #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:171 #, c-format msgid "Could not load image '%s'." msgstr "Nie można wczytać obrazu \"%s\"." #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:213 #, c-format msgid "Could not save image '%s'." msgstr "Nie można zapisać obrazu \"%s\"." #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:256 #, c-format msgid "No images found in '%s'." msgstr "Nie odnaleziono obrazów w \"%s\"." #: ../src/eog-error-message-area.c:263 msgid "The given locations contain no images." msgstr "Podane położenia nie zawierają obrazów." #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:65 msgid "Camera" msgstr "Aparat" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:66 msgid "Image Data" msgstr "Dane obrazu" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:67 msgid "Image Taking Conditions" msgstr "Warunki robienia zdjęcia" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:68 msgid "GPS Data" msgstr "Dane GPS" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:69 msgid "Maker Note" msgstr "Opis twórcy" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:70 msgid "Other" msgstr "Inne" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:72 msgid "XMP Exif" msgstr "XMP EXIF" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:73 msgid "XMP IPTC" msgstr "XMP IPTC" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:74 msgid "XMP Rights Management" msgstr "Zarządzanie uprawnieniami XMP" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:75 msgid "XMP Other" msgstr "Inne XMP" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:251 msgid "Tag" msgstr "Etykieta" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:258 msgid "Value" msgstr "Wartość" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:436 msgid "North" msgstr "Północ" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:439 msgid "East" msgstr "Wschód" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:442 msgid "West" msgstr "Zachód" #: ../src/eog-metadata-details.c:445 msgid "South" msgstr "Południe" #. A strftime-formatted string, to display the date the image was taken. #: ../src/eog-exif-util.c:120 ../src/eog-exif-util.c:160 msgid "%a, %d %B %Y %X" msgstr "%a, %d %B %Y %X" #. A strftime-formatted string, to display the date the image was taken, for the case we don't have the time. #: ../src/eog-exif-util.c:154 msgid "%a, %d %B %Y" msgstr "%a, %d %B %Y" #. TRANSLATORS: This is the actual focal length used when #. the image was taken. #: ../src/eog-exif-util.c:251 #, c-format msgid "%.1f (lens)" msgstr "%.1f (obiektyw)" #. Print as float to get a similar look as above. #. TRANSLATORS: This is the equivalent focal length assuming #. a 35mm film camera. #: ../src/eog-exif-util.c:262 #, c-format msgid "%.1f (35mm film)" msgstr "%.1f (film 35mm)" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:119 msgid "File format is unknown or unsupported" msgstr "Format pliku jest nieznany lub nieobsługiwany" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:124 msgid "" "Image Viewer could not determine a supported writable file format based on " "the filename." msgstr "" "Nie można określić obsługiwanego zapisywalnego formatu pliku opierając się " "na jego nazwie." #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:125 msgid "Please try a different file extension like .png or .jpg." msgstr "Proszę spróbować inne rozszerzenie pliku, takie jak .png lub .jpg." #. Filter name: First description then file extension, eg. "The PNG-Format (*.png)". #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:160 #, c-format msgid "%s (*.%s)" msgstr "%s (*.%s)" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:212 msgid "All files" msgstr "Wszystkie pliki" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:217 msgid "Supported image files" msgstr "Obsługiwane pliki obrazów" #. Pixel size of image: width x height in pixel #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:289 ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:232 #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:236 ../src/eog-properties-dialog.c:134 #: ../src/eog-properties-dialog.c:136 ../src/eog-thumb-view.c:515 msgid "pixel" msgid_plural "pixels" msgstr[0] "piksel" msgstr[1] "piksele" msgstr[2] "pikseli" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:459 msgid "Open Image" msgstr "Otwarcie obrazu" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:467 msgid "Save Image" msgstr "Zapis obrazu" #: ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:475 msgid "Open Folder" msgstr "Otwarcie katalogu" #: ../src/eog-image.c:613 #, c-format msgid "Transformation on unloaded image." msgstr "Transformacja na niewczytanym obrazie." #: ../src/eog-image.c:641 #, c-format msgid "Transformation failed." msgstr "Transformacja się nie powiodła." #: ../src/eog-image.c:1116 #, c-format msgid "EXIF not supported for this file format." msgstr "Dane EXIF nie są obsługiwane dla tego formatu pliku." #: ../src/eog-image.c:1265 #, c-format msgid "Image loading failed." msgstr "Wczytanie obrazu się nie powiodło." #: ../src/eog-image.c:1846 ../src/eog-image.c:1966 #, c-format msgid "No image loaded." msgstr "Nie wczytano obrazu." #: ../src/eog-image.c:1854 ../src/eog-image.c:1975 #, c-format msgid "You do not have the permissions necessary to save the file." msgstr "Brak uprawnień niezbędnych do zapisania pliku." #: ../src/eog-image.c:1864 ../src/eog-image.c:1986 #, c-format msgid "Temporary file creation failed." msgstr "Utworzenie pliku tymczasowego się nie powiodło." #: ../src/eog-image-jpeg.c:374 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't create temporary file for saving: %s" msgstr "Nie można utworzyć pliku tymczasowego do zapisu: %s" #: ../src/eog-image-jpeg.c:393 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't allocate memory for loading JPEG file" msgstr "Nie można przydzielić pamięci do wczytania pliku JPEG" #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:245 ../src/eog-properties-dialog.c:151 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Nieznane" #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:503 msgid "File size:" msgstr "Rozmiar pliku:" #: ../src/eog-metadata-sidebar.c:519 ../src/eog-properties-dialog.c:666 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4089 msgid "Show the folder which contains this file in the file manager" msgstr "Wyświetla w menedżerze plików katalog zawierający ten plik" #: ../src/eog-preferences-dialog.c:109 #, c-format msgid "%lu second" msgid_plural "%lu seconds" msgstr[0] "%lu sekunda" msgstr[1] "%lu sekundy" msgstr[2] "%lu sekund" #: ../src/eog-print.c:371 msgid "Image Settings" msgstr "Ustawienia obrazu" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:902 msgid "Image" msgstr "Obraz" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:903 msgid "The image whose printing properties will be set up" msgstr "Obraz, którego właściwości drukowania będą ustawiane" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:909 msgid "Page Setup" msgstr "Układ strony" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:910 msgid "The information for the page where the image will be printed" msgstr "Informacja o stronie, na której obraz zostanie wydrukowany" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:936 msgid "Position" msgstr "Położenie" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:940 msgid "_Left:" msgstr "_Lewo:" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:942 msgid "_Right:" msgstr "_Prawo:" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:943 msgid "_Top:" msgstr "_Góra:" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:944 msgid "_Bottom:" msgstr "_Dół:" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:947 msgid "C_enter:" msgstr "Śr_odek:" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:952 msgid "None" msgstr "Brak" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:954 msgid "Horizontal" msgstr "Poziomo" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:956 msgid "Vertical" msgstr "Pionowo" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:958 msgid "Both" msgstr "Oba" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:974 msgid "Size" msgstr "Rozmiar" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:977 msgid "_Width:" msgstr "_Szerokość:" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:979 msgid "_Height:" msgstr "_Wysokość:" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:982 msgid "_Scaling:" msgstr "S_kalowanie:" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:993 msgid "_Unit:" msgstr "_Jednostka:" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:998 msgid "Millimeters" msgstr "Milimetry" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:1000 msgid "Inches" msgstr "Cale" #: ../src/eog-print-image-setup.c:1029 msgid "Preview" msgstr "Podgląd" #: ../src/eog-save-as-dialog-helper.c:162 msgid "as is" msgstr "jak jest" #. Translators: This string is displayed in the statusbar. #. * The first token is the image number, the second is total image #. * count. #. * #. * Translate to "%Id" if you want to use localized digits, or #. * translate to "%d" otherwise. #. * #. * Note that translating this doesn't guarantee that you get localized #. * digits. That needs support from your system and locale definition #. * too. #: ../src/eog-statusbar.c:126 #, c-format msgid "%d / %d" msgstr "%d/%d" #: ../src/eog-thumb-view.c:543 msgid "Taken on" msgstr "Zrobione o" #: ../src/eog-uri-converter.c:980 #, c-format msgid "At least two file names are equal." msgstr "Co najmniej dwa pliki mają tę samą nazwę." #: ../src/eog-util.c:68 msgid "Could not display help for Image Viewer" msgstr "Nie można wyświetlić pomocy przeglądarki obrazów" #: ../src/eog-util.c:116 msgid " (invalid Unicode)" msgstr " (nieprawidłowe kodowanie Unicode)" #. Translators: This is the string displayed in the statusbar #. * The tokens are from left to right: #. * - image width #. * - image height #. * - image size in bytes #. * - zoom in percent #: ../src/eog-window.c:541 #, c-format msgid "%i × %i pixel %s %i%%" msgid_plural "%i × %i pixels %s %i%%" msgstr[0] "%i × %i piksel %s %i%%" msgstr[1] "%i × %i piksele %s %i%%" msgstr[2] "%i × %i pikseli %s %i%%" #: ../src/eog-window.c:849 ../src/eog-window.c:2784 msgctxt "MessageArea" msgid "Hi_de" msgstr "_Ukryj" #. The newline character is currently necessary due to a problem #. * with the automatic line break. #: ../src/eog-window.c:859 #, c-format msgid "" "The image \"%s\" has been modified by an external application.\n" "Would you like to reload it?" msgstr "" "Obraz \"%s\" został zmodyfikowany przez zewnętrzny program.\n" "Wczytać go ponownie?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:1023 #, c-format msgid "Use \"%s\" to open the selected image" msgstr "Użycie \"%s\" do otwarcia zaznaczonego obrazu" #. Translators: This string is displayed in the statusbar #. * while saving images. The tokens are from left to right: #. * - the original filename #. * - the current image's position in the queue #. * - the total number of images queued for saving #: ../src/eog-window.c:1179 #, c-format msgid "Saving image \"%s\" (%u/%u)" msgstr "Zapisywanie obrazu \"%s\" (%u/%u)" #: ../src/eog-window.c:1574 #, c-format msgid "Opening image \"%s\"" msgstr "Otwieranie obrazu \"%s\"" #. L10N: This the reason why the screensaver is inhibited. #: ../src/eog-window.c:2030 msgid "Viewing a slideshow" msgstr "Wyświetlanie pokazu slajdów" #: ../src/eog-window.c:2259 #, c-format msgid "" "Error printing file:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Błąd podczas drukowania pliku:\n" "%s" #: ../src/eog-window.c:2558 msgid "Toolbar Editor" msgstr "Edytor paska narzędziowego" #: ../src/eog-window.c:2561 msgid "_Reset to Default" msgstr "Przywróć _domyślne" #: ../src/eog-window.c:2731 ../src/eog-window.c:2746 msgid "Error launching System Settings: " msgstr "Błąd podczas uruchamiania ustawień systemu: " #. I18N: When setting mnemonics for these strings, watch out to not #. clash with mnemonics from eog's menubar #: ../src/eog-window.c:2782 msgid "_Open Background Preferences" msgstr "Otwórz pr_eferencje tła" #. The newline character is currently necessary due to a problem #. * with the automatic line break. #: ../src/eog-window.c:2798 #, c-format msgid "" "The image \"%s\" has been set as Desktop Background.\n" "Would you like to modify its appearance?" msgstr "" "Obraz \"%s\" został ustawiony jako tło pulpitu.\n" "Zmodyfikować jego wygląd?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3265 msgid "Saving image locally…" msgstr "Zapisywanie obrazu lokalnie…" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3343 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to remove\n" "\"%s\" permanently?" msgstr "" "Na pewno trwale\n" "usunąć \"%s\"?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3346 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to remove\n" "the selected image permanently?" msgid_plural "" "Are you sure you want to remove\n" "the %d selected images permanently?" msgstr[0] "" "Na pewno trwale usunąć\n" "zaznaczony obraz?" msgstr[1] "" "Na pewno trwale usunąć\n" "%d zaznaczone obrazy?" msgstr[2] "" "Na pewno trwale usunąć\n" "%d zaznaczonych obrazów?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3368 ../src/eog-window.c:3632 msgid "_Delete" msgstr "_Usuń" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3371 ../src/eog-window.c:3634 msgid "_Yes" msgstr "_Tak" #. add 'dont ask again' button #: ../src/eog-window.c:3375 ../src/eog-window.c:3626 msgid "Do _not ask again during this session" msgstr "_Bez ponownego pytania w trakcie tej sesji" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3419 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't retrieve image file" msgstr "Nie można pobrać pliku obrazu" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3435 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't retrieve image file information" msgstr "Nie można pobrać informacji o pliku obrazu" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3451 ../src/eog-window.c:3693 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't delete file" msgstr "Nie można usunąć pliku" #. set dialog error message #: ../src/eog-window.c:3501 ../src/eog-window.c:3789 #, c-format msgid "Error on deleting image %s" msgstr "Błąd podczas usuwania obrazu %s" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3594 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to move\n" "\"%s\" to the trash?" msgstr "" "Na pewno przenieść\n" "\"%s\" do kosza?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3597 #, c-format msgid "" "A trash for \"%s\" couldn't be found. Do you want to remove this image " "permanently?" msgstr "" "Kosz dla \"%s\" nie mógł zostać odnaleziony. Usunąć obraz bezpowrotnie?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3602 #, c-format msgid "" "Are you sure you want to move\n" "the selected image to the trash?" msgid_plural "" "Are you sure you want to move\n" "the %d selected images to the trash?" msgstr[0] "" "Na pewno przenieść\n" "zaznaczony obraz do kosza?" msgstr[1] "" "Na pewno przenieść\n" "%d zaznaczone obrazy do kosza?" msgstr[2] "" "Na pewno przenieść\n" "%d zaznaczonych obrazów do kosza?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3607 msgid "" "Some of the selected images can't be moved to the trash and will be removed " "permanently. Are you sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" "Niektóre zaznaczone obrazy nie mogą zostać przeniesione do kosza i zostaną " "usunięte bezpowrotnie. Na pewno kontynuować?" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3624 ../src/eog-window.c:4115 ../src/eog-window.c:4142 msgid "Move to _Trash" msgstr "Przenieś do _kosza" #: ../src/eog-window.c:3671 ../src/eog-window.c:3685 #, c-format msgid "Couldn't access trash." msgstr "Nie można uzyskać dostępu do kosza." #: ../src/eog-window.c:4036 msgid "_Image" msgstr "_Obraz" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4037 msgid "_Edit" msgstr "_Edycja" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4039 msgid "_Go" msgstr "P_rzejdź" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4040 msgid "_Tools" msgstr "_Narzędzia" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4043 msgid "_Open…" msgstr "_Otwórz…" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4044 msgid "Open a file" msgstr "Otwiera plik" #: ../src/eog-window.c:2563 ../src/eog-window.c:4046 msgid "_Close" msgstr "Za_mknij" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4047 msgid "Close window" msgstr "Zamyka okno" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4049 msgid "T_oolbar" msgstr "_Pasek narzędziowy" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4050 msgid "Edit the application toolbar" msgstr "Modyfikuje pasek narzędziowy programu" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4053 msgid "Preferences for Image Viewer" msgstr "Preferencje przeglądarki obrazów" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4055 msgid "_Contents" msgstr "_Spis treści" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4056 msgid "Help on this application" msgstr "Pomoc na temat programu" #: ../data/eog-app-menu.xml.h:8 ../src/eog-window.c:4058 msgid "_About" msgstr "_O programie" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4059 msgid "About this application" msgstr "O tym programie" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4065 msgid "Changes the visibility of the toolbar in the current window" msgstr "Zmienia widok paska narzędziowego w bieżącym oknie" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4068 msgid "Changes the visibility of the statusbar in the current window" msgstr "Zmienia widok paska stanu w bieżącym oknie" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4071 msgid "" "Changes the visibility of the image gallery pane in the current window" msgstr "Zmienia widoczność panelu galerii obrazów w bieżącym oknie" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4074 msgid "Changes the visibility of the side pane in the current window" msgstr "Zmienia widoczność panelu bocznego w bieżącym oknie" #: ../src/eog-close-confirmation-dialog.c:178 ../src/eog-file-chooser.c:465 #: ../src/eog-window.c:4079 msgid "_Save" msgstr "_Zapisz" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4080 msgid "Save changes in currently selected images" msgstr "Zapisuje zmiany w bieżąco zaznaczonych obrazach" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4082 msgid "Open _with" msgstr "Otwórz _za pomocą" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4083 msgid "Open the selected image with a different application" msgstr "Otwiera zaznaczony obraz za pomocą innego programu" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4086 msgid "Save the selected images with a different name" msgstr "Zapisuje zaznaczony obraz pod inną nazwą" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4088 msgid "Show Containing _Folder" msgstr "Wyświetl k_atalog zawierający" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4091 msgid "_Print…" msgstr "Wy_drukuj…" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4092 msgid "Print the selected image" msgstr "Drukuje zaznaczony obraz" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4094 msgid "Prope_rties" msgstr "_Właściwości" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4095 msgid "Show the properties and metadata of the selected image" msgstr "Wyświetla właściwości i metadane zaznaczonego obrazu" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4097 msgid "_Undo" msgstr "_Cofnij" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4098 msgid "Undo the last change in the image" msgstr "Cofa ostatnie zmiany w obrazie" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4100 msgid "Flip _Horizontal" msgstr "Odbij po_ziomo" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4101 msgid "Mirror the image horizontally" msgstr "Odbija obrazu w poziomie" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4103 msgid "Flip _Vertical" msgstr "Odbij pio_nowo" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4104 msgid "Mirror the image vertically" msgstr "Odbija obraz w pionie" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4106 msgid "_Rotate Clockwise" msgstr "Obróć w p_rawo" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4107 msgid "Rotate the image 90 degrees to the right" msgstr "Obraca obraz o 90 stopni w prawo" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4109 msgid "Rotate Counterc_lockwise" msgstr "Obróć w _lewo" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4110 msgid "Rotate the image 90 degrees to the left" msgstr "Obraca obraz o 90 stopni w lewo" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4112 msgid "Set as Wa_llpaper" msgstr "Ustaw jako _tapetę" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4113 msgid "Set the selected image as the wallpaper" msgstr "Ustawia zaznaczony obraz jako tapetę" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4116 msgid "Move the selected image to the trash folder" msgstr "Przenosi zaznaczony obraz do katalogu kosza" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4118 msgid "_Delete Image" msgstr "_Usuń obraz" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4119 msgid "Delete the selected image" msgstr "Usuwa zaznaczony obraz" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4121 msgid "_Copy" msgstr "_Skopiuj" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4122 msgid "Copy the selected image to the clipboard" msgstr "Kopiuje zaznaczony obraz do schowka" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4124 ../src/eog-window.c:4133 ../src/eog-window.c:4136 msgid "_Zoom In" msgstr "P_owiększ" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4125 ../src/eog-window.c:4134 msgid "Enlarge the image" msgstr "Powiększa obraz" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4127 ../src/eog-window.c:4139 msgid "Zoom _Out" msgstr "Po_mniejsz" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4128 ../src/eog-window.c:4137 ../src/eog-window.c:4140 msgid "Shrink the image" msgstr "Pomniejsza obraz" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4130 msgid "_Normal Size" msgstr "_Zwykły rozmiar" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4131 msgid "Show the image at its normal size" msgstr "Wyświetla obrazy w naturalnej wielkości" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4148 msgid "_Fullscreen" msgstr "Pełny ekra_n" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4149 msgid "Show the current image in fullscreen mode" msgstr "Wyświetla bieżący obraz w trybie pełnoekranowym" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4151 msgid "Pause Slideshow" msgstr "Wstrzymaj pokaz slajdów" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4152 msgid "Pause or resume the slideshow" msgstr "Wstrzymuje lub wznawia pokaz slajdów" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4154 msgid "_Best Fit" msgstr "_Dopasuj" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4155 msgid "Fit the image to the window" msgstr "Dopasowuje obraz do okna" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4160 ../src/eog-window.c:4175 msgid "_Previous Image" msgstr "_Poprzedni obraz" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4161 msgid "Go to the previous image of the gallery" msgstr "Przechodzi do poprzedniego obrazu w galerii" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4163 msgid "_Next Image" msgstr "_Następny obraz" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4164 msgid "Go to the next image of the gallery" msgstr "Przechodzi do następnego obrazu w galerii" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4166 ../src/eog-window.c:4178 msgid "_First Image" msgstr "Pier_wszy obraz" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4167 msgid "Go to the first image of the gallery" msgstr "Przechodzi do pierwszego obrazu w galerii" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4169 ../src/eog-window.c:4181 msgid "_Last Image" msgstr "_Ostatni obraz" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4170 msgid "Go to the last image of the gallery" msgstr "Przechodzi do ostatniego obrazu w galerii" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4172 msgid "_Random Image" msgstr "_Losowy obraz" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4173 msgid "Go to a random image of the gallery" msgstr "Przechodzi do losowego obrazu w galerii" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4331 msgid "S_lideshow" msgstr "Pokaz _slajdów" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4332 msgid "Start a slideshow view of the images" msgstr "Rozpoczyna pokaz slajdów danych obrazów" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4404 msgid "Previous" msgstr "Poprzedni" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4409 msgid "Next" msgstr "Następny" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4416 msgid "Right" msgstr "Prawo" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4419 msgid "Left" msgstr "Lewo" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4422 msgid "Show Folder" msgstr "Wyświetl katalog" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4425 msgid "In" msgstr "Powiększ" # REV: "Pomniejsz" ? #: ../src/eog-window.c:4428 msgid "Out" msgstr "Pomniejsz" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4431 msgid "Normal" msgstr "Zwykły" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4434 msgid "Fit" msgstr "Dopasuj" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4437 msgid "Gallery" msgstr "Galeria" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4454 msgctxt "action (to trash)" msgid "Trash" msgstr "Przenieś do kosza" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4820 #, c-format msgid "Edit the current image using %s" msgstr "Modyfikuje bieżący obraz używając programu %s" #: ../src/eog-window.c:4822 msgid "Edit Image" msgstr "Modyfikuj obraz" #: ../src/eog-window.c:6166 msgid "The GNOME image viewer." msgstr "Przeglądarka obrazów dla środowiska GNOME." #: ../src/eog-window.c:6169 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Tomasz Kłoczko , 1999\n" "Zbigniew Chyla , 2000-2003\n" "Artur Flinta , 2003-2006\n" "Bartosz Kosiorek , 2005-2006\n" "Wadim Dziedzic , 2007-2008\n" "Tomasz Dominikowski , 2007-2009\n" "Piotr Drąg , 2009-2013\n" "Paweł Żołnowski , 2014\n" "Aviary.pl , 2007-2014\n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Artur Flinta https://launchpad.net/~aflinta-at\n" " Bartosz Kosiorek https://launchpad.net/~gang65\n" " GTriderXC https://launchpad.net/~gtriderxc\n" " Inox https://launchpad.net/~inox\n" " Mateusz Łoskot https://launchpad.net/~mloskot\n" " Paweł Żołnowski https://launchpad.net/~pawel-m\n" " Piotr Drąg https://launchpad.net/~raven46\n" " Piotr Strębski https://launchpad.net/~strebski\n" " Piotr Łukomiak https://launchpad.net/~pioluk\n" " Tomasz Dominikowski https://launchpad.net/~dominikowski\n" " tydell https://launchpad.net/~marcin-tydelski\n" " usul https://launchpad.net/~usultis\n" " wadim dziedzic https://launchpad.net/~wdziedzic" #: ../src/main.c:56 msgid "GNOME Image Viewer" msgstr "Przeglądarka obrazów dla środowiska GNOME" #: ../src/main.c:63 msgid "Open in fullscreen mode" msgstr "Otwiera w trybie pełnoekranowym" #: ../src/main.c:64 msgid "Disable image gallery" msgstr "Wyłącza galerię obrazów" #: ../src/main.c:65 msgid "Open in slideshow mode" msgstr "Otwiera w trybie pokazu slajdów" #: ../src/main.c:66 msgid "Start a new instance instead of reusing an existing one" msgstr "" "Uruchamia nowe wystąpienie programu zamiast ponownego użycia obecnego" #: ../src/main.c:67 msgid "" "Open in a single window, if multiple windows are open the first one is used" msgstr "" "Otwiera w pojedynczym oknie, jeśli otwartych jest wiele okien, to używa " "pierwszego" #: ../src/main.c:69 msgid "Show the application's version" msgstr "Wyświetla wersję programu" #: ../src/main.c:99 msgid "[FILE…]" msgstr "[PLIK…]" #. I18N: The '%s' is replaced with eog's command name. #: ../src/main.c:112 #, c-format msgid "Run '%s --help' to see a full list of available command line options." msgstr "" "Wykonanie polecenia \"%s --help\" wyświetli pełną listę dostępnych opcji " "wiersza poleceń." language-pack-gnome-pl-base/data/pl/LC_MESSAGES/evolution-3.10.po0000644000000000000000000232730312321560321021150 0ustar # -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- # Aviary.pl # Jeśli masz jakiekolwiek uwagi odnoszące się do tłumaczenia lub chcesz # pomóc w jego rozwijaniu i pielęgnowaniu, napisz do nas: # gnomepl@aviary.pl # -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: evolution\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-06 17:25+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-22 15:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Piotr Drąg \n" "Language-Team: Polish \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 " "|| n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:44+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Poedit-Country: Poland\n" "Language: pl\n" "X-Poedit-Language: Polish\n" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:1 msgid "This address book could not be opened." msgstr "Nie można otworzyć tej książki adresowej." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "This address book server might be unreachable or the server name may be " "misspelled or your network connection could be down." msgstr "" "Ten serwer książki adresowej może być niedostępny, nazwa serwera może być " "nieprawidłowa albo połączenie sieciowe nie jest aktywne." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Failed to authenticate with LDAP server." msgstr "Uwierzytelnienie na serwerze LDAP się nie powiodło." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Check to make sure your password is spelled correctly and that you are using " "a supported login method. Remember that many passwords are case sensitive; " "your caps lock might be on." msgstr "" "Proszę sprawdzić, czy hasło zostało prawidłowo napisane, oraz czy używana " "jest obsługiwana metoda logowania. W hasłach rozróżniana jest wielkość " "liter; być może jest włączony klawisz Caps Lock." # co to są te "podstawy wyszukiwania"? # nie wiem :P # FZ #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:5 msgid "This address book server does not have any suggested search bases." msgstr "" "Ten serwer książki adresowej nie posiada żadnych bazy wyszukiwania elementów " "sugerowanych." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "This LDAP server may use an older version of LDAP, which does not support " "this functionality or it may be misconfigured. Ask your administrator for " "supported search bases." msgstr "" "Serwer LDAP może używać starszej wersji LDAP, która nie obsługuje tej " "funkcjonalności, lub może być błędnie skonfigurowany. Proszę zapytać " "administratora o obsługę baz wyszukiwania." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:7 msgid "This server does not support LDAPv3 schema information." msgstr "Ten serwer nie obsługuje informacji schematu LDAPv3." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:8 msgid "Could not get schema information for LDAP server." msgstr "Nie można pobrać informacji schematu serwera LDAP." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:9 msgid "LDAP server did not respond with valid schema information." msgstr "Serwer LDAP nie odpowiedział z prawidłową informacją schematu." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:10 msgid "Could not remove address book." msgstr "Nie można usunąć książki adresowej." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Delete address book '{0}'?" msgstr "Usunąć książkę adresową \"{0}\"?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:12 msgid "This address book will be removed permanently." msgstr "Ta książka adresowa zostanie trwale usunięta." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:13 #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:7 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:66 msgid "Do _Not Delete" msgstr "_Nie usuwaj" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:14 msgid "Delete remote address book "{0}"?" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:15 msgid "" "This will permanently remove the address book "{0}" from the " "server. Are you sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:16 #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:61 msgid "_Delete From Server" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:17 msgid "Category editor not available." msgstr "Edytor kategorii jest niedostępny." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:18 msgid "Unable to open address book" msgstr "Nie można otworzyć książki adresowej" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:19 msgid "Unable to perform search." msgstr "Nie można wykonać wyszukiwania." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:20 msgid "Would you like to save your changes?" msgstr "Zapisać zmiany?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:21 msgid "" "You have made modifications to this contact. Do you want to save these " "changes?" msgstr "Dokonano zmian w tym kontakcie. Zapisać te zmiany?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:22 msgid "_Discard" msgstr "_Porzuć" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:23 msgid "Cannot move contact." msgstr "Nie można przenieść kontaktu." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:24 msgid "" "You are attempting to move a contact from one address book to another but it " "cannot be removed from the source. Do you want to save a copy instead?" msgstr "" "Kontakt ma być przeniesiony z jednej do drugiej książki adresowej, ale nie " "można go usunąć ze źródła. Zapisać kopię zamiast przenoszenia?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:25 msgid "" "The image you have selected is large. Do you want to resize and store it?" msgstr "Wybrany obraz jest duży. Zmniejszyć go i zapisać?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:26 msgid "_Resize" msgstr "_Zmień rozmiar" # czego to dotyczy? # FZ #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:27 msgid "_Use as it is" msgstr "_Użyj takie jak jest" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:28 msgid "_Do not save" msgstr "_Nie zapisuj" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:29 msgid "Unable to save {0}." msgstr "Nie można zapisać {0}." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:30 msgid "Error saving {0} to {1}: {2}" msgstr "Błąd podczas zapisywania {0} do {1}: {2}" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:31 msgid "Address '{0}' already exists." msgstr "Adres \"{0}\" już istnieje." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:32 msgid "" "A contact already exists with this address. Would you like to add a new card " "with the same address anyway?" msgstr "" "Istnieje już kontakt z tym adresem. Dodać nową kartę z takim samym adresem " "mimo to?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:33 #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:997 ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:397 msgid "_Add" msgstr "_Dodaj" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:34 msgid "Some addresses already exist in this contact list." msgstr "Niektóre adresy już istniejąc na tej liście kontaktów." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:35 msgid "" "You are trying to add addresses that are part of this list already. Would " "you like to add them anyway?" msgstr "" "Dodawane są adresy, które są już częścią tej listy. Dodać je mimo to?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:36 msgid "Skip duplicates" msgstr "Pomiń duplikaty" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:37 msgid "Add with duplicates" msgstr "Dodaj z duplikatami" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:38 msgid "List '{0}' is already in this contact list." msgstr "Lista \"{0}\" już znajduje się na tej liście kontaktów." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:39 msgid "" "A contact list named '{0}' is already in this contact list. Would you like " "to add it anyway?" msgstr "" "Kontakt o nazwie \"{0}\" już znajduje się na tej liście kontaktów. Dodać go " "mimo to?" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:40 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1251 msgid "Failed to delete contact" msgstr "Usunięcie kontaktu się nie powiodło" #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:41 msgid "You do not have permission to delete contacts in this address book." msgstr "Brak uprawnień do usuwania kontaktów z tej książki adresowej." #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:42 msgid "Cannot add new contact" msgstr "Nie można dodać nowego kontaktu" #. For Translators: {0} is the name of the address book source #: ../addressbook/addressbook.error.xml.h:44 msgid "" "'{0}' is a read-only address book and cannot be modified. Please select a " "different address book from the side bar in the Contacts view." msgstr "" "\"{0}\" jest książką adresową tylko do odczytu. Proszę zaznaczyć w widoku " "kontaktów książkę adresową, do której można wpisywać nowe kontakty." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:1 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:650 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:672 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:2958 msgid "Contact Editor" msgstr "Edytor kontaktów" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "Image" msgstr "Obraz" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "Nic_kname:" msgstr "Pseu_donim:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "_File under:" msgstr "W_idoczny jako:" # FIXME - jak zobaczę to w akcji to będę wiedział czy nie zmienić # tego na położenie czy coś innego # WK: chodzi tu o wybór ksiązki adresowej #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:5 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:3 msgid "_Where:" msgstr "_Książka adresowa:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:6 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:16 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:1 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:27 msgid "Ca_tegories..." msgstr "Ka_tegorie..." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:7 msgid "Full _Name..." msgstr "Imię i _nazwisko..." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:8 msgid "_Wants to receive HTML mail" msgstr "Chce otrzymywać wiadomości w formacie _HTML" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:9 #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-merging.c:409 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:6 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:590 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:966 #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:395 msgid "Email" msgstr "E-mail" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:10 msgid "Telephone" msgstr "Telefon" # wd #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:11 msgid "Instant Messaging" msgstr "Komunikator" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:12 #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-vcard-importer.c:1003 msgid "Contact" msgstr "Kontakt" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:13 msgid "_Home Page:" msgstr "Strona _domowa:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:14 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:709 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:22 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1889 msgid "_Calendar:" msgstr "_Kalendarz:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:15 msgid "_Free/Busy:" msgstr "_Sygnalizacja zajętości:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:16 msgid "_Video Chat:" msgstr "_Rozmowa wideo:" # wd #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:17 msgid "Home Page:" msgstr "Strona domowa:" # wd #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:18 #: ../modules/cal-config-google/evolution-cal-config-google.c:97 msgid "Calendar:" msgstr "Kalendarz:" # wd #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:19 msgid "Free/Busy:" msgstr "Wolny/zajęty:" # wd #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:20 msgid "Video Chat:" msgstr "Rozmowa wideo:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:21 msgid "_Blog:" msgstr "_Blog:" #. Translators: an accessibility name #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:23 msgid "Blog:" msgstr "Blog:" # wd #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:24 msgid "Web Addresses" msgstr "Adresy WWW" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:25 msgid "Web addresses" msgstr "Adresy WWW" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:26 msgid "_Profession:" msgstr "_Zawód:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:27 msgctxt "Job" msgid "_Title:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:28 msgid "_Company:" msgstr "F_irma:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:29 msgid "_Department:" msgstr "_Wydział:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:30 msgid "_Manager:" msgstr "_Menedżer:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:31 msgid "_Assistant:" msgstr "_Asystent:" # wd #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:32 msgid "Job" msgstr "Praca" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:33 msgid "_Office:" msgstr "_Biuro:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:34 msgid "_Spouse:" msgstr "Małż_onek:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:35 msgid "_Birthday:" msgstr "_Urodziny:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:36 msgid "_Anniversary:" msgstr "Rocznic_a:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:37 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:685 #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2278 msgid "Anniversary" msgstr "Rocznica" #. XXX Allow the category icons to be referenced as named #. * icons, since GtkAction does not support GdkPixbufs. #. Get the icon file for some default category. Doesn't matter #. * which, so long as it has an icon. We're just interested in #. * the directory components. #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:38 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:684 #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2277 ../shell/main.c:128 msgid "Birthday" msgstr "Urodziny" # wd #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:39 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Różne" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:40 msgid "Personal Information" msgstr "Informacje osobiste" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:41 msgid "_City:" msgstr "_Miasto:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:42 msgid "_Zip/Postal Code:" msgstr "_Kod pocztowy:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:43 msgid "_State/Province:" msgstr "_Województwo/Region:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:44 msgid "_Country:" msgstr "_Kraj:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:45 msgid "_PO Box:" msgstr "Sk_rytka pocztowa:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:46 msgid "_Address:" msgstr "_Adres:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:47 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:191 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-contact-map.c:372 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:357 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:81 msgid "Home" msgstr "Dom" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:48 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:190 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-contact-map.c:385 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:354 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:80 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:666 msgid "Work" msgstr "Praca" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:49 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:192 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:82 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:368 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:719 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3963 msgid "Other" msgstr "Inne" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:50 msgid "Mailing Address" msgstr "Adresy pocztowe" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/contact-editor.ui.h:51 msgid "Notes" msgstr "Notatki" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:170 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:593 msgid "AIM" msgstr "AIM" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:171 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:596 msgid "Jabber" msgstr "Jabber" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:172 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:598 msgid "Yahoo" msgstr "Yahoo" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:173 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:599 msgid "Gadu-Gadu" msgstr "Gadu-Gadu" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:174 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:597 msgid "MSN" msgstr "MSN" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:175 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:595 msgid "ICQ" msgstr "ICQ" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:176 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:594 msgid "GroupWise" msgstr "GroupWise" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:177 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:600 msgid "Skype" msgstr "Skype" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:178 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:601 msgid "Twitter" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:230 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:503 msgid "Error adding contact" msgstr "Błąd podczas dodawania kontaktu" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:250 msgid "Error modifying contact" msgstr "Błąd podczas modyfikowania kontaktu" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:270 msgid "Error removing contact" msgstr "Błąd podczas usuwania kontaktu" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:666 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:2952 #, c-format msgid "Contact Editor - %s" msgstr "Edytor kontaktów - %s" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3485 msgid "Please select an image for this contact" msgstr "Proszę wybrać obraz dla tego kontaktu" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3486 msgid "_No image" msgstr "_Brak obrazu" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3827 msgid "" "The contact data is invalid:\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Dane kontaktu są nieprawidłowe:\n" "\n" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3833 #, c-format msgid "'%s' has an invalid format" msgstr "Format \"%s\" jest nieprawidłowy" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3841 #, c-format msgid "'%s' cannot be a future date" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3849 #, c-format msgid "%s'%s' has an invalid format" msgstr "Format %s\"%s\" jest nieprawidłowy" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3862 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3876 #, c-format msgid "%s'%s' is empty" msgstr "%s\"%s\" jest pusty" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c:3891 msgid "Invalid contact." msgstr "Nieprawidłowy kontakt." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-quick-add.c:452 msgid "Contact Quick-Add" msgstr "Szybkie dodanie kontaktu" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-quick-add.c:455 msgid "_Edit Full" msgstr "_Pełna modyfikacja" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-quick-add.c:508 msgid "_Full name" msgstr "I_mię i nazwisko" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-quick-add.c:521 msgid "E_mail" msgstr "_E-mail" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-quick-add.c:534 msgid "_Select Address Book" msgstr "_Wybierz książkę adresową" # wd #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:1 msgid "Mr." msgstr "Pan" # wd #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:2 msgid "Mrs." msgstr "Pani" # wd #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:3 msgid "Ms." msgstr "Pani" # wd #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:4 msgid "Miss" msgstr "Pani" # wd #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:5 msgid "Dr." msgstr "Dr" # wd #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:6 msgid "Sr." msgstr "Sr." # wd #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:7 msgid "Jr." msgstr "Jr." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:8 msgid "I" msgstr "I" # wd #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:9 msgid "II" msgstr "II" # wd #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:10 msgid "III" msgstr "III" # wd #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:11 msgid "Esq." msgstr "Esq." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:12 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:2 msgid "Full Name" msgstr "Imię i nazwisko" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:13 msgid "_First:" msgstr "_Imię:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:14 msgctxt "FullName" msgid "_Title:" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:15 msgid "_Middle:" msgstr "_Drugie imię:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:16 msgid "_Last:" msgstr "_Nazwisko:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-editor/fullname.ui.h:17 msgid "_Suffix:" msgstr "_Przyrostek:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:1 #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:818 msgid "Contact List Editor" msgstr "Edytor listy kontaktów" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:2 msgid "_List name:" msgstr "Nazwa _listy:" # wd #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:4 msgid "Members" msgstr "Członkowie" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:5 msgid "_Type an email address or drag a contact into the list below:" msgstr "" "_Proszę podać adres e-mail lub przeciągnąć kontakt do poniższej listy:" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:6 msgid "_Hide addresses when sending mail to this list" msgstr "_Ukrywanie adresów podczas wysyłania do tej listy" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:7 msgid "Add an email to the List" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:8 msgid "Remove an email address from the List" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:9 msgid "Insert email addresses from Address Book" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/contact-list-editor.ui.h:10 msgid "_Select..." msgstr "Wybi_erz..." #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:941 msgid "Contact List Members" msgstr "Członkowie listy kontaktów" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:1475 msgid "_Members" msgstr "_Członkowie" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:1597 msgid "Error adding list" msgstr "Błąd podczas dodawania listy" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:1617 msgid "Error modifying list" msgstr "Błąd podczas modyfikowania listy" #: ../addressbook/gui/contact-list-editor/e-contact-list-editor.c:1637 msgid "Error removing list" msgstr "Błąd podczas usuwania listy" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-commit-duplicate-detected.ui.h:1 #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-duplicate-detected.ui.h:1 msgid "Duplicate Contact Detected" msgstr "Wykryto powtórzony kontakt" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-commit-duplicate-detected.ui.h:2 msgid "" "The name or email of this contact already exists in this folder. Would you " "like to save the changes anyway?" msgstr "" "Ten katalog zawiera już kontakt o tym samym nazwisku lub adresie e-mail. " "Zapisać zmiany mimo to?" #. Translators: Heading of the contact which has same name or email address in this folder already. #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-commit-duplicate-detected.ui.h:4 msgid "Conflicting Contact:" msgstr "Kontakt kolidujący:" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-commit-duplicate-detected.ui.h:5 msgid "Changed Contact:" msgstr "Kontakt zmieniony:" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-duplicate-detected.ui.h:2 #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-merging.c:364 msgid "_Merge" msgstr "_Połącz" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-duplicate-detected.ui.h:3 msgid "" "The name or email address of this contact already exists\n" "in this folder. Would you like to add it anyway?" msgstr "" "Ten katalog zawiera już kontakt o tym samym nazwisku lub \n" "adresie e-mail. Dodać go mimo to?" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-duplicate-detected.ui.h:5 msgid "Original Contact:" msgstr "Kontakt pierwotny:" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-duplicate-detected.ui.h:6 msgid "New Contact:" msgstr "Nowy kontakt:" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-merging.c:244 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:14 msgid "Cancelled" msgstr "Anulowano" #: ../addressbook/gui/merging/eab-contact-merging.c:346 msgid "Merge Contact" msgstr "Połącz kontakt" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/addresstypes.xml.h:1 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1151 msgid "Name contains" msgstr "Nazwa zawiera" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/addresstypes.xml.h:2 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1144 msgid "Email begins with" msgstr "E-mail rozpoczyna się od" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/addresstypes.xml.h:3 #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:26 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:19 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:30 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1137 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1771 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:791 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:990 msgid "Any field contains" msgstr "Dowolne pole zawiera" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-model.c:163 msgid "No contacts" msgstr "Brak kontaktów" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-model.c:167 #, c-format msgid "%d contact" msgid_plural "%d contacts" msgstr[0] "%d kontakt" msgstr[1] "%d kontakty" msgstr[2] "%d kontaktów" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-model.c:373 msgid "Error getting book view" msgstr "Błąd podczas pobieraniu widoku książki adresowej" # wd #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-model.c:820 msgid "Search Interrupted" msgstr "Wyszukiwanie przerwane" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-table-adapter.c:204 msgid "Error modifying card" msgstr "Błąd podczas modyfikowania karty" # wd #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:649 msgid "Cut selected contacts to the clipboard" msgstr "Wycina zaznaczone kontakty do schowka" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:655 msgid "Copy selected contacts to the clipboard" msgstr "Kopiuje zaznaczone kontakty do schowka" # wd #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:661 msgid "Paste contacts from the clipboard" msgstr "Wkleja kontakty ze schowka" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:667 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:951 msgid "Delete selected contacts" msgstr "Usuwa zaznaczone kontakty" # wd #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:673 msgid "Select all visible contacts" msgstr "Zaznacza wszystkie widoczne kontakty" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1299 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete these contact lists?" msgstr "Na pewno usunąć te listy kontaktów?" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1303 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this contact list?" msgstr "Na pewno usunąć tę listę kontaktów?" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1307 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this contact list (%s)?" msgstr "Na pewno usunąć tę listę kontaktów (%s)?" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1313 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete these contacts?" msgstr "Na pewno usunąć te kontakty?" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1317 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this contact?" msgstr "Na pewno usunąć ten kontakt?" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1321 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this contact (%s)?" msgstr "Na pewno usunąć ten kontakt (%s)?" #. Translators: This is shown for > 5 contacts. #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1477 #, c-format msgid "" "Opening %d contacts will open %d new windows as well.\n" "Do you really want to display all of these contacts?" msgid_plural "" "Opening %d contacts will open %d new windows as well.\n" "Do you really want to display all of these contacts?" msgstr[0] "" "Otwarcie %d kontaktu spowoduje jednoczesne otwarcie %d nowego okna.\n" "Na pewno wyświetlić ten kontakt?" msgstr[1] "" "Otwarcie %d kontaktów spowoduje jednoczesne otwarcie %d nowych okien.\n" "Na pewno wyświetlić te kontakty?" msgstr[2] "" "Otwarcie %d kontaktów spowoduje jednoczesne otwarcie %d nowych okien.\n" "Na pewno wyświetlić te kontakty?" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1485 msgid "_Don't Display" msgstr "_Bez wyświetlania" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.c:1486 msgid "Display _All Contacts" msgstr "_Wyświetlanie wszystkich kontaktów" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:1 msgid "File As" msgstr "Widoczny jako" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:3 msgid "Given Name" msgstr "Imię" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:4 msgid "Family Name" msgstr "Nazwisko" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:5 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:592 msgid "Nickname" msgstr "Pseudonim" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:7 msgid "Email 2" msgstr "2. e-mail" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:8 msgid "Email 3" msgstr "3. e-mail" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:9 msgid "Assistant Phone" msgstr "Telefon asystenta" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:10 msgid "Business Phone" msgstr "Telefon służbowy" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:11 msgid "Business Phone 2" msgstr "2. telefon służbowy" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:12 msgid "Business Fax" msgstr "Faks służbowy" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:13 msgid "Callback Phone" msgstr "Telefon zwrotny" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:14 msgid "Car Phone" msgstr "Telefon samochodowy" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:15 msgid "Company Phone" msgstr "Telefon firmowy" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:16 msgid "Home Phone" msgstr "Telefon domowy" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:17 msgid "Home Phone 2" msgstr "2. telefon domowy" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:18 msgid "Home Fax" msgstr "Faks domowy" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:19 msgid "ISDN Phone" msgstr "Telefon ISDN" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:20 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:682 msgid "Mobile Phone" msgstr "Telefon komórkowy" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:21 msgid "Other Phone" msgstr "Inny telefon" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:22 msgid "Other Fax" msgstr "Inny faks" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:23 msgid "Pager" msgstr "Pager" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:24 msgid "Primary Phone" msgstr "Telefon główny" # FZ #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:25 msgid "Radio" msgstr "Radiotelefon" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:26 msgid "Telex" msgstr "Teleks" #. Translators: This is a vcard standard and stands for the type of #. phone used by the hearing impaired. TTY stands for "teletype" #. (familiar from Unix device names), and TDD is "Telecommunications #. Device for Deaf". However, you probably want to leave this #. abbreviation unchanged unless you know that there is actually a #. different and established translation for this in your language. #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:33 msgid "TTYTDD" msgstr "TTYTDD" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:34 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:645 msgid "Company" msgstr "Firma" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:35 msgid "Unit" msgstr "Jednostka" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:36 msgid "Office" msgstr "Biuro" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:37 msgid "Title" msgstr "Tytuł" # FZ #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:38 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:666 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:5 msgid "Role" msgstr "Rola" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:39 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:649 msgid "Manager" msgstr "Menedżer" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:40 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:650 msgid "Assistant" msgstr "Asystent" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:41 msgid "Web Site" msgstr "Witryna internetowa" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:42 msgid "Journal" msgstr "Dziennik" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:43 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:20 #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:12 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:6 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:4 ../e-util/e-categories-dialog.c:89 msgid "Categories" msgstr "Kategorie" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:44 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:686 msgid "Spouse" msgstr "Małżonek" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-addressbook-view.etspec.h:45 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:741 msgid "Note" msgstr "Notatka" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-contact-map-window.c:374 msgid "Contacts Map" msgstr "Mapa kontaktów" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard-view.c:191 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "Searching for the Contacts..." msgstr "" "\n" "\n" "Wyszukiwanie kontaktów..." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard-view.c:194 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "Search for the Contact\n" "\n" "or double-click here to create a new Contact." msgstr "" "\n" "\n" "Wyszukanie kontaktu\n" "\n" "lub dwukrotne kliknięcie utworzy nowy kontakt." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard-view.c:197 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "There are no items to show in this view.\n" "\n" "Double-click here to create a new Contact." msgstr "" "\n" "\n" "Brak elementów do wyświetlenia w tym widoku.\n" "\n" "Dwukrotne kliknięcie utworzy nowy kontakt." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard-view.c:201 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "Search for the Contact." msgstr "" "\n" "\n" "Wyszukanie kontaktu." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard-view.c:203 msgid "" "\n" "\n" "There are no items to show in this view." msgstr "" "\n" "\n" "Brak elementów do wyświetlenia w tym widoku." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard.c:93 msgid "Work Email" msgstr "E-mail służbowy" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard.c:94 msgid "Home Email" msgstr "E-mail domowy" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard.c:95 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/e-minicard.c:828 msgid "Other Email" msgstr "Inny e-mail" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-addressbook-view.c:95 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-addressbook-view.c:104 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard-view.c:194 msgid "evolution address book" msgstr "książka adresowa programu Evolution" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard-view.c:36 msgid "New Contact" msgstr "Nowy kontakt" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard-view.c:37 msgid "New Contact List" msgstr "Nowa lista kontaktów" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard-view.c:177 #, c-format msgid "current address book folder %s has %d card" msgid_plural "current address book folder %s has %d cards" msgstr[0] "bieżący katalog książki adresowej %s zawiera %d kartę" msgstr[1] "bieżący katalog książki adresowej %s zawiera %d karty" msgstr[2] "bieżący katalog książki adresowej %s zawiera %d kart" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard.c:34 msgid "Open" msgstr "Otwórz" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard.c:160 msgid "Contact List: " msgstr "Lista kontaktów: " #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard.c:161 msgid "Contact: " msgstr "Kontakt: " #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/ea-minicard.c:188 msgid "evolution minicard" msgstr "minikarta programu Evolution" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:150 msgid "Copy _Email Address" msgstr "Skopiuj adres _e-mail" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:152 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:428 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:307 msgid "Copy the email address to the clipboard" msgstr "Kopiuje adres e-mail do schowka" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:157 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:433 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:312 msgid "_Send New Message To..." msgstr "_Wyślij nową wiadomość do..." # wd #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:159 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:435 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:314 msgid "Send a mail message to this address" msgstr "Wysyła wiadomość pocztową pod ten adres" # FIXME - Nie mam pewności , że to o to idzie #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-display.c:291 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:970 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:990 #, c-format msgid "Click to mail %s" msgstr "Kliknięcie spowoduje wysłanie %s" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:137 msgid "Open map" msgstr "Otwórz mapę" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:529 msgid "List Members:" msgstr "Członkowie listy:" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:646 msgid "Department" msgstr "Wydział" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:647 msgid "Profession" msgstr "Zawód" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:648 msgid "Position" msgstr "Pozycja" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:651 msgid "Video Chat" msgstr "Rozmowa wideo" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:652 #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:8 ../e-util/e-send-options.c:546 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:216 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:245 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view.c:591 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:21 msgid "Calendar" msgstr "Kalendarz" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:653 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:116 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:343 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:2 msgid "Free/Busy" msgstr "Sygnalizacja zajętości" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:654 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:681 msgid "Phone" msgstr "Telefon" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:655 msgid "Fax" msgstr "Telefaks" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:656 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:683 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:709 msgid "Address" msgstr "Adres" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:679 msgid "Home Page" msgstr "Strona domowa" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:680 msgid "Web Log" msgstr "Blog" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:696 msgid "Personal" msgstr "Osobiste" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:930 msgid "List Members" msgstr "Członkowie listy" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:951 msgid "Job Title" msgstr "Tytuł służbowy" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:992 msgid "Home page" msgstr "Strona domowa" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-contact-formatter.c:1002 msgid "Blog" msgstr "Blog" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:123 msgid "" "This address book cannot be opened. This either means this book is not " "marked for offline usage or not yet downloaded for offline usage. Please " "load the address book once in online mode to download its contents." msgstr "" "Nie można otworzyć tej książki adresowej. Oznacza to, że albo nie została " "ona zaznaczona do użytku w trybie offline, albo jeszcze nie została pobrana " "do korzystania w tym trybie. Proszę wczytać ją raz w trybie online, aby " "pobrać jej zawartość." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:142 #, c-format msgid "" "This address book cannot be opened. Please check that the path %s exists " "and that permissions are set to access it." msgstr "" "Nie można otworzyć tej książki adresowej. Proszę sprawdzić, czy ścieżka %s " "istnieje, oraz czy ma ustawione odpowiednie uprawnienia dostępu." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:155 msgid "" "This version of Evolution does not have LDAP support compiled in to it. To " "use LDAP in Evolution an LDAP-enabled Evolution package must be installed." msgstr "" "Ta wersja programu Evolution została skompilowana bez obsługi LDAP. Aby móc " "wykorzystać LDAP, należy zainstalować program Evolution z obsługą LDAP." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:164 msgid "" "This address book cannot be opened. This either means that an incorrect URI " "was entered, or the server is unreachable." msgstr "" "Nie można otworzyć tej książki adresowej. Może to być spowodowane użyciem " "nieprawidłowego adresu URI lub niedostępnością serwera." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:174 msgid "Detailed error message:" msgstr "Szczegółowy komunikat błędu:" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:211 msgid "" "More cards matched this query than either the server is \n" "configured to return or Evolution is configured to display.\n" "Please make your search more specific or raise the result limit in\n" "the directory server preferences for this address book." msgstr "" "Odpowiedź na to zapytanie zawiera więcej kart, niż serwer może zwrócić, lub\n" "więcej, niż ich skonfigurowana liczba dla programu Evolution. Proszę\n" "doprecyzować zapytanie lub zwiększyć ograniczenie w ustawieniach serwera\n" "katalogowego, powiązanego z tą książką adresową." #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:218 msgid "" "The time to execute this query exceeded the server limit or the limit\n" "configured for this address book. Please make your search\n" "more specific or raise the time limit in the directory server\n" "preferences for this address book." msgstr "" "Czas wykonania tego zapytania przekroczył ograniczenie czasu serwera lub\n" "ograniczenie skonfigurowane dla tej książki adresowej. Proszę doprecyzować\n" "zapytanie lub zwiększyć ograniczenie czasowe w preferencjach serwera\n" "katalogowego obsługującego tę książkę adresową." #. Translators: %s is replaced with a detailed error message, or an empty string, if not provided #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:226 #, c-format msgid "The backend for this address book was unable to parse this query. %s" msgstr "" "Mechanizm tej książki adresowej nie mógł przetworzyć tego zapytania. %s" #. Translators: %s is replaced with a detailed error message, or an empty string, if not provided #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:231 #, c-format msgid "The backend for this address book refused to perform this query. %s" msgstr "" "Mechanizm tej książki adresowej odrzucił wykonanie tego zapytania. %s" #. Translators: %s is replaced with a detailed error message, or an empty string, if not provided #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:237 #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:243 #, c-format msgid "This query did not complete successfully. %s" msgstr "To zapytanie nie zostało ukończone pomyślnie. %s" #. This is a filename. Translators take note. #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:265 msgid "card.vcf" msgstr "karta.vcf" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:316 msgid "Select Address Book" msgstr "Wybór książki adresowej" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:398 msgid "list" msgstr "lista" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:587 msgid "Move contact to" msgstr "Przeniesienie kontaktu do" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:589 msgid "Copy contact to" msgstr "Skopiowanie kontaktu do" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:592 msgid "Move contacts to" msgstr "Przeniesienie kontaktów do" #: ../addressbook/gui/widgets/eab-gui-util.c:594 msgid "Copy contacts to" msgstr "Skopiowanie kontaktów do" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:747 #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-ldif-importer.c:549 #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-vcard-importer.c:281 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:440 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:935 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:974 ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Importing..." msgstr "Importowanie..." #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1082 msgid "Outlook Contacts CSV or Tab (.csv, .tab)" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1083 msgid "Outlook Contacts CSV and Tab Importer" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1091 msgid "Mozilla Contacts CSV or Tab (.csv, .tab)" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1092 msgid "Mozilla Contacts CSV and Tab Importer" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1100 msgid "Evolution Contacts CSV or Tab (.csv, .tab)" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-csv-importer.c:1101 msgid "Evolution Contacts CSV and Tab Importer" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-ldif-importer.c:807 msgid "LDAP Data Interchange Format (.ldif)" msgstr "Format wymiany danych LDAP (.ldif)" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-ldif-importer.c:808 msgid "Evolution LDIF importer" msgstr "Importer LDIF Evolution" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-vcard-importer.c:666 msgid "vCard (.vcf, .gcrd)" msgstr "vCard (.vcf, .gcrd)" #: ../addressbook/importers/evolution-vcard-importer.c:667 msgid "Evolution vCard Importer" msgstr "Importer vCard Evolution" #. Uncomment next if it is successful to get total number if pages in list view #. * g_object_get (operation, "n-pages", &n_pages, NULL) #: ../addressbook/printing/e-contact-print.c:764 #, c-format msgid "Page %d" msgstr "Strona %d" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:59 msgid "Specify the output file instead of standard output" msgstr "Proszę podać plik wyjściowy zamiast standardowego wyjścia" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:60 msgid "OUTPUTFILE" msgstr "PLIK_WYJŚCIOWY" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:63 msgid "List local address book folders" msgstr "Lista lokalnych katalogów książek adresowych" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:66 msgid "Show cards as vcard or csv file" msgstr "Wyświetlanie wizytówek jako vcard lub plików csv" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:67 msgid "[vcard|csv]" msgstr "[vcard|cvs]" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:136 msgid "" "Command line arguments error, please use --help option to see the usage." msgstr "" "Błąd parametrów wiersza poleceń; proszę użyć opcji --help, aby otrzymać " "informacje na temat użycia." #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:150 msgid "Only support csv or vcard format." msgstr "Obsługiwane są tylko formaty csv oraz vcard." #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export.c:181 msgid "Unhandled error" msgstr "Nieobsłużony błąd" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export-list-cards.c:625 #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export-list-folders.c:46 msgid "Can not open file" msgstr "Nie można otworzyć pliku" #: ../addressbook/tools/evolution-addressbook-export-list-folders.c:76 #, c-format msgid "Failed to open client '%s': %s" msgstr "Otwarcie klienta \"%s\" się nie powiodło: %s" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify-dialog.c:106 msgid "minute" msgid_plural "minutes" msgstr[0] "minuta" msgstr[1] "minuty" msgstr[2] "minut" # wd #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify-dialog.c:119 msgid "hour" msgid_plural "hours" msgstr[0] "godzina" msgstr[1] "godziny" msgstr[2] "godzin" #. For Translator : 'day' is part of the sentence of the form 'appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [first] [day] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in[square brackets]). This means that after 'first', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify-dialog.c:132 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1248 msgid "day" msgid_plural "days" msgstr[0] "dzień" msgstr[1] "dni" msgstr[2] "dni" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify-dialog.c:329 msgid "Start time" msgstr "Czas rozpoczęcia" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:1 msgid "Appointments" msgstr "Spotkania" # FZ #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:2 msgid "Dismiss _All" msgstr "Zamknij _wszystkie" # FZ #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:3 msgid "_Snooze" msgstr "_Drzemka" # FZ #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:4 ../e-util/e-alert-dialog.c:166 msgid "_Dismiss" msgstr "Za_mknij" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:5 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1835 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1845 #: ../modules/cal-config-weather/evolution-cal-config-weather.c:209 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1501 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1612 msgid "Location:" msgstr "Położenie:" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:6 msgid "location of appointment" msgstr "miejsce spotkania" # FZ #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:7 msgid "Snooze _time:" msgstr "_Czas drzemki:" #. Translators: This is the last part of the sentence: #. * "Purge events older than <> days" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:8 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:6 ../e-util/filter.ui.h:8 #: ../e-util/e-interval-chooser.c:143 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:352 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:6 msgid "days" msgstr "dni" # wd #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:9 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:5 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:18 ../e-util/filter.ui.h:7 #: ../e-util/e-interval-chooser.c:141 msgid "hours" msgstr "godziny" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-notify.ui.h:10 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:19 ../e-util/filter.ui.h:6 #: ../e-util/e-interval-chooser.c:139 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-provider-page.c:527 msgid "minutes" msgstr "minut" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1679 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1815 msgid "No summary available." msgstr "Brak podsumowania." #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1688 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1690 msgid "No description available." msgstr "Brak opisu." #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1698 msgid "No location information available." msgstr "Brak informacji o miejscu." #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1703 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1806 #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:2145 msgid "Evolution Reminders" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1747 #, c-format msgid "You have %d reminder" msgid_plural "You have %d reminders" msgstr[0] "Obecnie jest %d przypomnienie" msgstr[1] "Obecnie są %d przypomnienia" msgstr[2] "Obecnie jest %d przypomnień" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1965 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Ostrzeżenie" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1971 #, c-format msgid "" "An Evolution Calendar reminder is about to trigger. This reminder is " "configured to run the following program:\n" "\n" " %s\n" "\n" "Are you sure you want to run this program?" msgstr "" "Za chwilę zostanie włączone powiadomienie kalendarza programu Evolution. " "Zostało ono skonfigurowane tak, aby uruchomić następujący program:\n" "\n" " %s\n" "\n" "Na pewno uruchomić ten program?" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/alarm-queue.c:1986 msgid "Do not ask me about this program again." msgstr "Bez pytania o ten program w przyszłości." #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/util.c:44 msgid "invalid time" msgstr "nieprawidłowy czas" #. Translator: Entire string is like "Pop up an alert %d hours before start of appointment" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/util.c:70 ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:370 #: ../calendar/gui/misc.c:96 #, c-format msgid "%d hour" msgid_plural "%d hours" msgstr[0] "%d godzina" msgstr[1] "%d godziny" msgstr[2] "%d godzin" #. Translator: Entire string is like "Pop up an alert %d minutes before start of appointment" #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/util.c:76 ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:376 #: ../calendar/gui/misc.c:102 #, c-format msgid "%d minute" msgid_plural "%d minutes" msgstr[0] "%d minuta" msgstr[1] "%d minuty" msgstr[2] "%d minut" #. TRANSLATORS: here, "second" is the time division (like "minute"), not the ordinal number (like "third") #. Translator: Entire string is like "Pop up an alert %d seconds before start of appointment" #. TRANSLATORS: here, "second" is the time division (like "minute"), not the ordinal number (like "third") #: ../calendar/alarm-notify/util.c:80 ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:382 #: ../calendar/gui/misc.c:106 #, c-format msgid "%d second" msgid_plural "%d seconds" msgstr[0] "%d sekunda" msgstr[1] "%d sekundy" msgstr[2] "%d sekund" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Would you like to send all the participants a cancelation notice?" msgstr "Wysłać do wszystkich uczestników informację o odwołaniu?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "If you do not send a cancelation notice, the other participants may not know " "the meeting is canceled." msgstr "" "Jeżeli informacja o odwołaniu nie zostanie wysłana, inni uczestnicy mogą się " "nie dowiedzieć, że zebranie się nie odbędzie." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Do _not Send" msgstr "_Nie wysyłaj" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:4 msgid "_Send Notice" msgstr "_Wyślij informację" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:5 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-comp.c:193 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this meeting?" msgstr "Na pewno usunąć to zebranie?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "All information on this meeting will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "Wszystkie informacje o tym zebraniu zostaną bezpowrotnie usunięte." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:8 msgid "" "If you do not send a cancelation notice, the other participants may not know " "the task has been deleted." msgstr "" "Jeżeli informacja o odwołaniu nie zostanie wysłana, inni uczestnicy mogą się " "nie dowiedzieć, że zadanie zostało usunięte." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:9 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-comp.c:196 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this task?" msgstr "Na pewno usunąć to zadanie?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:10 msgid "All information on this task will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "Wszystkie informacje o tym zadaniu zostaną bezpowrotnie usunięte." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Would you like to send a cancelation notice for this memo?" msgstr "Wysłać informację o odwołaniu tej notatki?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" "If you do not send a cancelation notice, the other participants may not know " "the memo has been deleted." msgstr "" "Jeżeli informacja o odwołaniu nie zostanie wysłana, inni uczestnicy mogą się " "nie dowiedzieć, że notatka została usunięta." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:13 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-comp.c:199 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this memo?" msgstr "Na pewno usunąć tę notatkę?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:14 msgid "All information on this memo will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "" "Wszystkie informacje zawarte w tej notatce zostaną bezpowrotnie usunięte." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:15 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the meeting titled '{0}'?" msgstr "Na pewno usunąć spotkanie o nazwie \"{0}\"?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:16 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the appointment titled '{0}'?" msgstr "Na pewno usunąć spotkanie \"{0}\"?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:17 msgid "" "All information on this appointment will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "Wszystkie informacje o tym spotkaniu zostaną bezpowrotnie usunięte." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:18 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this appointment?" msgstr "Na pewno usunąć to spotkanie?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:19 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the '{0}' task?" msgstr "Na pewno usunąć zadanie \"{0}\"?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:20 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete the memo '{0}'?" msgstr "Na pewno usunąć notatkę \"{0}\"?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:21 msgid "All information in this memo will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "" "Wszystkie informacje zawarte w tej notatce zostaną bezpowrotnie usunięte." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:22 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete these {0} appointments?" msgstr "Na pewno usunąć te spotkania ({0})?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:23 msgid "" "All information on these appointments will be deleted and can not be " "restored." msgstr "" "Wszystkie informacje o tych spotkaniach zostaną bezpowrotnie usunięte." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:24 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete these {0} tasks?" msgstr "Na pewno usunąć te zadania ({0})?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:25 msgid "" "All information on these tasks will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "Wszystkie informacje o tych zadaniach zostaną bezpowrotnie usunięte." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:26 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete these {0} memos?" msgstr "Na pewno usunąć te notatki ({0})?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:27 msgid "" "All information in these memos will be deleted and can not be restored." msgstr "" "Wszystkie informacje zawarte w tych notatkach zostaną bezpowrotnie usunięte." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:28 msgid "Would you like to save your changes to this meeting?" msgstr "Zapisać zmiany w tym zebraniu?" # wd #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:29 msgid "You have changed this meeting, but not yet saved it." msgstr "Wprowadzono zmiany w zebraniu, ale nie zostały one jeszcze zapisane." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:30 msgid "_Save Changes" msgstr "_Zapisz zmiany" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:31 #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:16 msgid "_Discard Changes" msgstr "_Porzuć zmiany" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:32 msgid "Would you like to save your changes to this appointment?" msgstr "Zapisać zmiany w tym spotkaniu?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:33 msgid "You have changed this appointment, but not yet saved it." msgstr "" "Wprowadzono zmiany w spotkaniu, ale nie zostały one jeszcze zapisane." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:34 msgid "Would you like to save your changes to this task?" msgstr "Zapisać zmiany w tym zadaniu?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:35 msgid "You have changed this task, but not yet saved it." msgstr "Wprowadzono zmiany w zadaniu, ale nie zostały one jeszcze zapisane." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:36 msgid "Would you like to save your changes to this memo?" msgstr "Zapisać zmiany w tej notatce?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:37 msgid "You have made changes to this memo, but not yet saved them." msgstr "" "Wprowadzono zmiany w tej notatce, ale nie zostały one jeszcze zapisane." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:38 msgid "Would you like to send meeting invitations to participants?" msgstr "Wysłać do uczestników zaproszenie na zebranie?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:39 msgid "" "Email invitations will be sent to all participants and allow them to reply." msgstr "" "Do wszystkich uczestników wysłane zostaną zaproszenia, na które będą mogli " "odpowiedzieć." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:40 #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:13 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:8 #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-attachment-reminder.error.xml.h:5 msgid "_Send" msgstr "_Wyślij" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:41 msgid "Would you like to send updated meeting information to participants?" msgstr "Wysłać aktualizację informacji o zebraniu do uczestników?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:42 msgid "" "Sending updated information allows other participants to keep their " "calendars up to date." msgstr "" "Wysyłanie aktualnych informacji pozwoli innym uczestnikom na aktualizację " "ich kalendarzy." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:43 msgid "Would you like to send this task to participants?" msgstr "Wysłać to zadanie do uczestników?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:44 msgid "" "Email invitations will be sent to all participants and allow them to accept " "this task." msgstr "" "Do wszystkich uczestników zadania wysłane zostaną zaproszenia, które pozwolą " "im zaakceptować zadanie." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:45 msgid "Download in progress. Do you want to save the task?" msgstr "Trwa pobieranie. Zapisać to zadanie?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:46 msgid "" "Some attachments are being downloaded. Saving the task would result in the " "loss of these attachments." msgstr "" "Trwa pobieranie załączników. Zapisanie zadania spowoduje utratę tych " "załączników." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:47 ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:297 msgid "_Save" msgstr "_Zapisz" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:48 msgid "Download in progress. Do you want to save the appointment?" msgstr "Trwa pobieranie. Zapisać to spotkanie?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:49 msgid "" "Some attachments are being downloaded. Saving the appointment would result " "in the loss of these attachments." msgstr "" "Trwa pobieranie załączników. Zapisanie spotkania spowoduje utratę tych " "załączników." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:50 msgid "Would you like to send updated task information to participants?" msgstr "Wysłać aktualizację zadania do uczestników?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:51 msgid "" "Sending updated information allows other participants to keep their task " "lists up to date." msgstr "" "Wysyłanie aktualnych informacji pozwoli innym uczestnikom na aktualizację " "ich list zadań." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:52 msgid "Editor could not be loaded." msgstr "Nie można wczytać edytora." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:53 msgid "Delete calendar '{0}'?" msgstr "Usunąć kalendarz \"{0}\"?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:54 msgid "This calendar will be removed permanently." msgstr "Ten kalendarz zostanie trwale usunięty." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:55 msgid "Delete task list '{0}'?" msgstr "Usunąć listę zadań \"{0}\"?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:56 msgid "This task list will be removed permanently." msgstr "Ta lista zadań zostanie trwale usunięta." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:57 msgid "Delete memo list '{0}'?" msgstr "Usunąć listę notatek \"{0}\"?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:58 msgid "This memo list will be removed permanently." msgstr "Ta lista notatek zostanie trwale usunięta." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:59 msgid "Delete remote calendar '{0}'?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:60 msgid "" "This will permanently remove the calendar '{0}' from the server. Are you " "sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:62 msgid "Delete remote task list '{0}'?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:63 msgid "" "This will permanently remove the task list '{0}' from the server. Are you " "sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:64 msgid "Delete remote memo list '{0}'?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:65 msgid "" "This will permanently remove the memo list '{0}' from the server. Are you " "sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:66 msgid "Are you sure you want to save the appointment without a summary?" msgstr "Na pewno zapisać spotkanie bez podsumowania?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:67 msgid "" "Adding a meaningful summary to your appointment will give you an idea of " "what your appointment is about." msgstr "" "Podanie treściwego opisu spotkania ułatwi odbiorcom zrozumienie jego tematu." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:68 msgid "Are you sure you want to save the task without a summary?" msgstr "Na pewno zapisać zadanie bez podsumowania?" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:69 msgid "" "Adding a meaningful summary to your task will give you an idea of what your " "task is about." msgstr "" "Podanie treściwego opisu zadania ułatwi odbiorcom zrozumienie jego tematu." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:70 msgid "Are you sure you want to save the memo without a summary?" msgstr "Na pewno zapisać notatkę bez podsumowania?" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:72 msgid "Error loading calendar '{0}'" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:73 msgid "The calendar is not marked for offline usage." msgstr "Ten kalendarz nie jest zaznaczony do użycia w trybie offline." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:74 msgid "Cannot save event" msgstr "Nie można zapisać wydarzenia" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar source #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:76 msgid "" "'{0}' is a read-only calendar and cannot be modified. Please select a " "different calendar that can accept appointments." msgstr "" "\"{0}\" to kalendarz tylko do odczytu, który nie może być modyfikowany. " "Proszę wybrać inny kalendarz, do którego można wpisywać nowe spotkania." #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:77 msgid "Cannot save task" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar source #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:79 msgid "" "'{0}' does not support assigned tasks, please select a different task list." msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the task list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:81 msgid "Error loading task list '{0}'" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:82 msgid "The task list is not marked for offline usage." msgstr "Ta lista zadań nie jest zaznaczona do użycia w trybie offline." #. Translators: {0} is the name of the memo list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:84 msgid "Error loading memo list '{0}'" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:85 msgid "The memo list is not marked for offline usage." msgstr "Ta lista notatek nie jest zaznaczona do użycia w trybie offline." #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:87 msgid "Failed to copy an event into the calendar '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the task list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:89 msgid "Failed to copy a task into the task list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the memo list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:91 msgid "Failed to copy a memo into the memo list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:93 msgid "Failed to move an event into the calendar '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the task list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:95 msgid "Failed to move a task into the task list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the memo list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:97 msgid "Failed to move a memo into the memo list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:99 msgid "Copying an event into the calendar '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the task list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:101 msgid "Copying a task into the task list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the memo list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:103 msgid "Copying a memo into the memo list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the calendar. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:105 msgid "Moving an event into the calendar '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the task list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:107 msgid "Moving a task into the task list '{0}'" msgstr "" #. Translators: {0} is the name of the memo list. #: ../calendar/calendar.error.xml.h:109 msgid "Moving a memo into the memo list '{0}'" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:1 #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:3 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:2 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:1 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:1 ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:376 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Podsumowanie" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:2 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:2 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:2 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:11 msgid "contains" msgstr "zawiera" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:3 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:3 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:3 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:17 msgid "does not contain" msgstr "nie zawiera" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:4 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:4 ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:4 #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:4 ../e-util/e-attachment-tree-view.c:528 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:69 msgid "Description" msgstr "Opis" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:5 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:5 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:7 msgid "Any Field" msgstr "Dowolne pole" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:6 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:7 msgid "Classification" msgstr "Klasyfikacja" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:7 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:8 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:9 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:34 msgid "is" msgstr "jest" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:8 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:9 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:10 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:40 msgid "is not" msgstr "nie jest" # FZ #. To Translators: This is task classification #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:9 ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:2 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.c:250 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:454 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:461 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:547 #: ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:10 msgid "Public" msgstr "Publiczne" # FZ #. To Translators: This is task classification #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:10 ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.c:251 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:463 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:548 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:11 msgid "Private" msgstr "Prywatne" # FZ #. To Translators: This is task classification #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:11 ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:6 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.c:252 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:465 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:549 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:12 #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:7 msgid "Confidential" msgstr "Poufne" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:12 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:6 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:5 msgid "Organizer" msgstr "Organizator" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:13 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:2 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:6 msgid "Attendee" msgstr "Uczestnik" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:14 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:5 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:14 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:897 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:22 #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:390 msgid "Location" msgstr "Położenie" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:15 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:13 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:23 ../e-util/e-categories-selector.c:328 msgid "Category" msgstr "Kategoria" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:16 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:14 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:15 ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print.c:54 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:204 #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:6 msgid "Attachments" msgstr "Załączniki" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:17 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:15 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:16 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:27 msgid "Exist" msgstr "Istnieje" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:18 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:16 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:17 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:24 msgid "Do Not Exist" msgstr "Nie istnieje" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:19 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:310 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:331 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:15 msgid "Recurrence" msgstr "Powtarzanie" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:20 msgid "Occurs" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:21 msgid "Less Than" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:22 msgid "Exactly" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:23 msgid "More Than" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:24 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:17 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:28 msgid "Summary Contains" msgstr "Podsumowanie zawiera" #: ../calendar/gui/caltypes.xml.h:25 ../calendar/gui/memotypes.xml.h:18 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:29 msgid "Description Contains" msgstr "Opis zawiera" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:669 msgid "Edit Reminder" msgstr "Modyfikacja przypomnienia" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:897 #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:412 msgid "Pop up an alert" msgstr "Przypomnienie" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:898 #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:408 msgid "Play a sound" msgstr "Odtworzenie dźwięku" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:899 #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:420 msgid "Run a program" msgstr "Uruchomienie programu" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:900 #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:416 msgid "Send an email" msgstr "Wysłanie wiadomości" # wd #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:909 msgid "before" msgstr "przed" # wd #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:910 msgid "after" msgstr "po" # wd #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:919 msgid "start of appointment" msgstr "początek spotkania" # wd #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.c:920 msgid "end of appointment" msgstr "koniec spotkania" # wd #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "minute(s)" msgstr "minut" # wd #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "hour(s)" msgstr "godzin" # wd #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "day(s)" msgstr "dni" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "Add Reminder" msgstr "Dodanie przypomnienia" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:8 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:353 msgid "Reminder" msgstr "Przypomnienie" # wd #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "Repeat" msgstr "Powtarzanie" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "_Repeat the reminder" msgstr "Powta_rzanie przypomnienia" #. This is part of the sentence: 'Repeat the reminder %d extra times every %d minutes'. Where %d are numbers. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "extra times every" msgstr "razy dodatkowo co" # wd #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:13 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:30 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opcje" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:14 msgid "Custom _message" msgstr "Własna wiado_mość" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:15 msgid "Mes_sage:" msgstr "_Wiadomość:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:16 msgid "Custom reminder sound" msgstr "Własny dźwięk przypomnienia" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:17 msgid "_Sound:" msgstr "_Dźwięk:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:18 msgid "Select A File" msgstr "Wybór pliku" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:19 msgid "_Program:" msgstr "_Program:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:20 msgid "_Arguments:" msgstr "_Parametry:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-dialog.ui.h:21 msgid "Send To:" msgstr "Odbiorca:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-list-dialog.c:240 msgid "Action/Trigger" msgstr "Działanie/przełączenie" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-list-dialog.ui.h:1 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:25 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:62 msgid "Reminders" msgstr "Przypomnienia" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/alarm-list-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "A_dd" msgstr "_Dodaj" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:60 msgid "This event has been deleted." msgstr "Wydarzenie zostało usunięte." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:64 msgid "This task has been deleted." msgstr "Zadanie zostało usunięte." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:68 msgid "This memo has been deleted." msgstr "Notatka została usunięta." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:78 #, c-format msgid "%s You have made changes. Forget those changes and close the editor?" msgstr "%s Wprowadzono zmiany. Anulować je wszystkie i zamknąć edytor?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:80 #, c-format msgid "%s You have made no changes, close the editor?" msgstr "%s Nie wprowadzono żadnych zmian, zamknąć edytor?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:85 msgid "This event has been changed." msgstr "Wydarzenie zostało zmienione." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:89 msgid "This task has been changed." msgstr "Zadanie zostało zmienione." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:93 msgid "This memo has been changed." msgstr "Notatka została zmieniona." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:103 #, c-format msgid "" "%s You have made changes. Forget those changes and update the editor?" msgstr "" "%s Wprowadzono zmiany. Anulować je wszystkie i zaktualizować edytor?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/changed-comp.c:105 #, c-format msgid "%s You have made no changes, update the editor?" msgstr "%s Nie wprowadzono żadnych zmian, zaktualizować edytor?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:266 msgid "Could not save attachments" msgstr "Nie można zapisać załączników" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:620 msgid "Could not update object" msgstr "Nie można zaktualizować obiektu" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:754 msgid "Edit Appointment" msgstr "Modyfikacja spotkania" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:761 #, c-format msgid "Meeting - %s" msgstr "Zebranie - %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:763 #, c-format msgid "Appointment - %s" msgstr "Spotkanie - %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:769 #, c-format msgid "Assigned Task - %s" msgstr "Przypisane zadanie - %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:771 #, c-format msgid "Task - %s" msgstr "Zadanie - %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:776 #, c-format msgid "Memo - %s" msgstr "Notatka - %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:792 msgid "No Summary" msgstr "Bez podsumowania" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:913 msgid "Keep original item?" msgstr "Zachować element pierwotny?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1080 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1108 msgid "Unable to synchronize with the server" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1222 msgid "Close the current window" msgstr "Zamyka bieżące okno" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1229 ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:121 #: ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:558 ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:455 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:1296 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:341 #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:1305 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:136 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:888 msgid "Copy the selection" msgstr "Kopiuje zaznaczenie" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1236 ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:114 #: ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:553 ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:1290 #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:1299 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:143 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:895 msgid "Cut the selection" msgstr "Wycina zaznaczenie" # wd #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1243 ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:135 #: ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:568 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:902 msgid "Delete the selection" msgstr "Usuwa zaznaczenie" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1250 msgid "View help" msgstr "Wyświetla pomoc" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1257 ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:128 #: ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:563 ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:1302 #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:1311 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:150 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:923 msgid "Paste the clipboard" msgstr "Wkleja zawartość schowka" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1278 msgid "Save current changes" msgstr "Zapisuje bieżące zmiany" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1283 #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:317 msgid "Save and Close" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1285 msgid "Save current changes and close editor" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1292 ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:142 #: ../e-util/e-focus-tracker.c:573 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:157 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1000 msgid "Select all text" msgstr "Zaznacza cały tekst" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1299 msgid "_Classification" msgstr "_Klasyfikacja" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1306 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:19 ../e-util/filter.ui.h:16 #: ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:171 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:32 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1028 msgid "_Edit" msgstr "_Edycja" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1313 #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:322 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:164 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1035 msgid "_File" msgstr "_Plik" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1320 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1042 msgid "_Help" msgstr "Pomo_c" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1327 msgid "_Insert" msgstr "W_stawianie" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1334 #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:320 msgid "_Options" msgstr "_Opcje" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1341 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:178 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1077 ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:5 msgid "_View" msgstr "_Widok" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1351 #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:269 msgid "_Attachment..." msgstr "_Załącznik..." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1353 #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:271 ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:413 msgid "Attach a file" msgstr "Załączenie pliku" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1361 msgid "_Categories" msgstr "_Kategorie" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1363 msgid "Toggles whether to display categories" msgstr "Przełącza wyświetlanie kategorii" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1369 msgid "Time _Zone" msgstr "Strefa c_zasowa" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1371 msgid "Toggles whether the time zone is displayed" msgstr "Przełącza wyświetlanie pola strefy czasowej" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1380 msgid "Pu_blic" msgstr "Pu_bliczne" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1382 msgid "Classify as public" msgstr "Oznacz jako publiczne" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1387 msgid "_Private" msgstr "_Prywatne" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1389 msgid "Classify as private" msgstr "Oznacz jako prywatne" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1394 msgid "_Confidential" msgstr "P_oufne" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1396 msgid "Classify as confidential" msgstr "Oznacz jako poufne" # WK: usunięto "Pole" w celu poprawy wyglądu i spójności menu #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1404 msgid "R_ole Field" msgstr "R_ola" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1406 msgid "Toggles whether the Role field is displayed" msgstr "Przełącza wyświetlanie pola roli" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1412 msgid "_RSVP" msgstr "_RSVP" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1414 msgid "Toggles whether the RSVP field is displayed" msgstr "Przełącza wyświetlanie pola RSVP" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1420 msgid "_Status Field" msgstr "_Stan" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1422 msgid "Toggles whether the Status field is displayed" msgstr "Przełącza wyświetlanie pola statusu" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1428 msgid "_Type Field" msgstr "_Typ" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:1430 msgid "Toggles whether the Attendee Type is displayed" msgstr "Przełącza wyświetlanie pola typy uczestnika" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:2211 #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:488 msgid "Attach" msgstr "Załącz" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:2541 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:2751 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:3764 msgid "Changes made to this item may be discarded if an update arrives" msgstr "" "Zmiany dokonane w tym elemencie mogą zostać porzucone, jeśli nadejdzie " "aktualizacja" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:3726 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:121 msgid "attachment" msgstr "załącznik" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor.c:3796 msgid "Unable to use current version!" msgstr "Nie można użyć bieżącej wersji." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/comp-editor-page.c:441 #, c-format msgid "Validation error: %s" msgstr "Wykryto błąd podczas weryfikowania poprawności: %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/copy-source-dialog.c:121 msgid "Could not open destination" msgstr "Nie można otworzyć celu" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/copy-source-dialog.c:131 msgid "Destination is read only" msgstr "Cel jest tylko do odczytu" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/copy-source-dialog.c:173 msgid "Cannot create object" msgstr "Nie można utworzyć obiektu" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/copy-source-dialog.c:204 msgid "Could not open source" msgstr "Nie można otworzyć źródła" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-comp.c:216 msgid "_Delete this item from all other recipient's mailboxes?" msgstr "_Usunąć ten element ze wszystkich innych skrzynek odbiorcy?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-comp.c:219 msgid "_Retract comment" msgstr "Wycofaj _komentarz" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:55 #, c-format msgid "The event could not be deleted due to a dbus error: %s" msgstr "Nie można usunąć tego wydarzenia z powodu błędu D-Bus: %s" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:59 #, c-format msgid "The task could not be deleted due to a dbus error: %s" msgstr "Nie można usunąć tego zadania z powodu błędu D-Bus: %s" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:63 #, c-format msgid "The memo could not be deleted due to a dbus error: %s" msgstr "Nie można usunąć tej notatki z powodu błędu D-Bus: %s" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:67 #, c-format msgid "The item could not be deleted due to a dbus error: %s" msgstr "Nie można usunąć tego elementu z powodu błędu D-Bus: %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:74 msgid "The event could not be deleted because permission was denied" msgstr "Nie można usunąć tego wydarzenia z powodu braku uprawnień" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:77 msgid "The task could not be deleted because permission was denied" msgstr "Nie można usunąć tego zadania z powodu braku uprawnień" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:80 msgid "The memo could not be deleted because permission was denied" msgstr "Nie można usunąć tej notatki z powodu braku uprawnień" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:83 msgid "The item could not be deleted because permission was denied" msgstr "Nie można usunąć tego elementu z powodu braku uprawnień" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:91 #, c-format msgid "The event could not be deleted due to an error: %s" msgstr "Nie można usunąć tego wydarzenia z powodu błędu: %s" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:95 #, c-format msgid "The task could not be deleted due to an error: %s" msgstr "Nie można usunąć tego zadania z powodu błędu: %s" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:99 #, c-format msgid "The memo could not be deleted due to an error: %s" msgstr "Nie można usunąć tej notatki z powodu błędu: %s" #. Translators: The '%s' is replaced with a detailed error message #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/delete-error.c:103 #, c-format msgid "The item could not be deleted due to an error: %s" msgstr "Nie można usunąć tego elementu z powodu błędu: %s" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/e-delegate-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Enter Delegate" msgstr "Oddelegowanie" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/e-delegate-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "Delegate To:" msgstr "Oddelegowanie do:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/e-delegate-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Contacts..." msgstr "Kontakty..." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:205 msgid "_Reminders" msgstr "_Przypomnienia" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:207 msgid "Set or unset reminders for this event" msgstr "Ustawienie przypomnień dla tego wydarzenia" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:215 msgid "Show Time as _Busy" msgstr "_Zajęty w tym czasie" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:217 msgid "Toggles whether to show time as busy" msgstr "Przełącza wyświetlanie jako zajętego w tym czasie" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:226 msgid "_Recurrence" msgstr "_Powtarzanie" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:228 msgid "Make this a recurring event" msgstr "Oznacza jako wydarz4enie powtarzalne" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:233 ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:14 msgid "Send Options" msgstr "Opcje wysyłania" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:235 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-editor.c:96 msgid "Insert advanced send options" msgstr "Zaawansowane opcje wysyłania" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:243 msgid "All _Day Event" msgstr "Wydarzenie _całodniowe" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:245 msgid "Toggles whether to have All Day Event" msgstr "Przełącza dostępność pola \"Wydarzenie całodniowe\"" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:254 msgid "_Free/Busy" msgstr "_Wolny/zajęty" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:256 msgid "Query free / busy information for the attendees" msgstr "Sprawdź stan wolny/zajęty dla uczestników" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:307 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3505 msgid "Appointment" msgstr "Spotkanie" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:377 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:24 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:165 msgid "Attendees" msgstr "Uczestnicy" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-editor.c:574 msgid "Print this event" msgstr "Drukuje to wydarzenie" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:557 msgid "Event's start time is in the past" msgstr "Czas rozpoczęcia wydarzenia jest w przeszłości" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:634 msgid "Event cannot be edited, because the selected calendar is read only" msgstr "" "Nie można zmodyfikować wydarzenia, ponieważ wybrany kalendarz jest tylko do " "odczytu" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:638 msgid "Event cannot be fully edited, because you are not the organizer" msgstr "" "Tylko organizator wydarzenia może modyfikować wszystkie aspekty wydarzenia" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:650 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3165 msgid "This event has reminders" msgstr "To wydarzenie zawiera przypomnienia" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:717 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:13 msgid "Or_ganizer:" msgstr "Organiza_tor:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1300 msgid "Event with no start date" msgstr "Wydarzenie bez daty rozpoczęcia" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1303 msgid "Event with no end date" msgstr "Wydarzenie bez daty zakończenia" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1476 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:726 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1025 msgid "Start date is wrong" msgstr "Błędna data początkowa" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1487 msgid "End date is wrong" msgstr "Błędna data końcowa" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1511 msgid "Start time is wrong" msgstr "Błędny czas początkowy" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1519 msgid "End time is wrong" msgstr "Błędny czas końcowy" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1683 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:765 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1079 msgid "An organizer is required." msgstr "Wymagany jest organizator." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1718 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1114 msgid "At least one attendee is required." msgstr "Wymagany jest co najmniej jeden uczestnik." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1924 msgid "_Delegatees" msgstr "_Delegaci" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:1926 msgid "Atte_ndees" msgstr "_Uczestnicy" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3445 #, c-format msgid "%d day before appointment" msgid_plural "%d days before appointment" msgstr[0] "dzień przed spotkaniem" msgstr[1] "%d dni przed spotkaniem" msgstr[2] "%d dni przed spotkaniem" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3451 #, c-format msgid "%d hour before appointment" msgid_plural "%d hours before appointment" msgstr[0] "godzinę przed spotkaniem" msgstr[1] "%d godziny przed spotkaniem" msgstr[2] "%d godzin przed spotkaniem" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3457 #, c-format msgid "%d minute before appointment" msgid_plural "%d minutes before appointment" msgstr[0] "minutę przed spotkaniem" msgstr[1] "%d minuty przed spotkaniem" msgstr[2] "%d minut przed spotkaniem" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3478 msgid "Customize" msgstr "Dostosuj" #. Translators: "None" for "No reminder set" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.c:3485 msgctxt "cal-reminders" msgid "None" msgstr "Brak" #. TRANSLATORS: 'for' in a sense of 'duration'; example string: Time: [date] [time] for [ H ] hours [ M ] minutes #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:2 msgctxt "eventpage" msgid "for" msgstr "przez" #. TRANSLATORS: 'until' in a sense of 'duration'; example string: Time: [date] [time] until [ date ] [ time ] #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:4 msgctxt "eventpage" msgid "until" msgstr "aż do" #. TRANSLATORS: Predefined reminder's description #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:6 msgctxt "eventpage" msgid "15 minutes before appointment" msgstr "15 minut przed spotkaniem" #. TRANSLATORS: Predefined reminder's description #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:8 msgctxt "eventpage" msgid "1 hour before appointment" msgstr "1 godzinę przed spotkaniem" #. TRANSLATORS: Predefined reminder's description #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:10 msgctxt "eventpage" msgid "1 day before appointment" msgstr "1 dzień przed spotkaniem" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:11 msgid "_Location:" msgstr "_Położenie:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:12 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:2 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:29 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-dialog.c:357 msgid "_Description:" msgstr "_Opis:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:14 msgid "_Time:" msgstr "_Czas:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:15 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:13 msgid "Time _zone:" msgstr "_Strefa czasowa:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:17 msgid "_Summary:" msgstr "Pod_sumowanie:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:21 msgid "Event Description" msgstr "Opis wydarzenia" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:23 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:30 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:547 msgid "Atte_ndees..." msgstr "_Uczestnicy..." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:26 msgid "_Reminder" msgstr "_Przypomnienie" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/event-page.ui.h:27 msgid "Custom Reminder:" msgstr "Własne przypomnienie:" # wd #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "January" msgstr "styczeń" # wd #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "February" msgstr "luty" # wd #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "March" msgstr "marzec" # wd #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "April" msgstr "kwiecień" # wd #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "May" msgstr "maj" # wd #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "June" msgstr "czerwiec" # wd #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "July" msgstr "lipiec" # wd #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:8 msgid "August" msgstr "sierpień" # wd #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "September" msgstr "wrzesień" # wd #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "October" msgstr "październik" # wd #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:11 msgid "November" msgstr "listopad" # wd #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:12 msgid "December" msgstr "grudzień" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:13 msgid "Select Date" msgstr "Wybór daty" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/goto-dialog.ui.h:14 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1379 msgid "Select _Today" msgstr "_Dzisiaj" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-editor.c:106 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3509 msgid "Memo" msgstr "Notatka" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-editor.c:156 msgid "Print this memo" msgstr "Drukuje tę notatkę" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:421 msgid "Memo's start date is in the past" msgstr "Czas rozpoczęcia notatki jest w przeszłości" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:457 msgid "Memo cannot be edited, because the selected memo list is read only" msgstr "" "Nie można zmodyfikować notatki, ponieważ wybrana lista notatek jest tylko do " "odczytu" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:461 msgid "Memo cannot be fully edited, because you are not the organizer" msgstr "Tylko organizator może modyfikować wszystkie aspekty notatki" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.c:1160 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:203 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:220 #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:49 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:78 #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:9 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:66 msgid "To" msgstr "Do" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:3 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:426 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:31 msgid "_List:" msgstr "_Lista:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:434 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:24 msgid "Organi_zer:" msgstr "Organi_zator:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:5 msgid "T_o:" msgstr "_Do:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:6 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:26 msgid "Sta_rt date:" msgstr "Data _rozpoczęcia:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/memo-page.ui.h:7 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:23 msgid "Su_mmary:" msgstr "Pod_sumowanie:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:53 #, c-format msgid "You are modifying a recurring event. What would you like to modify?" msgstr "Modyfikowane jest wydarzenie okresowe. Co zmodyfikować?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:55 #, c-format msgid "" "You are delegating a recurring event. What would you like to delegate?" msgstr "Delegowane jest wydarzenie okresowe. Co delegować?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:59 #, c-format msgid "You are modifying a recurring task. What would you like to modify?" msgstr "Modyfikowane jest zadanie okresowe. Co zmodyfikować?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:63 #, c-format msgid "You are modifying a recurring memo. What would you like to modify?" msgstr "Modyfikowana jest notatka okresowa. Co zmodyfikować?" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:89 msgid "This Instance Only" msgstr "Tylko tę instancję" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:93 msgid "This and Prior Instances" msgstr "Tę i wcześniejsze instancje" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:99 msgid "This and Future Instances" msgstr "Tę i przyszłe instancje" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recur-comp.c:104 msgid "All Instances" msgstr "Wszystkie instancje" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:575 msgid "This appointment contains recurrences that Evolution cannot edit." msgstr "" "Spotkanie zawiera powtórzenia, których nie można zmieniać za pomocą programu " "Evolution." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1000 msgid "Recurrence date is invalid" msgstr "Okresowa data jest nieprawidłowa" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1044 msgid "End time of the recurrence was before event's start" msgstr "" "Czas zakończenia powtarzania jest wcześniejszy od czasu rozpoczęcia " "wydarzenia" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] week(s) on [Wednesday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after the 'on', name of a week day always follows. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1073 msgid "on" msgstr "w" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [first] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'first', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1154 msgid "first" msgstr "pierwszy" #. TRANSLATORS: here, "second" is the ordinal number (like "third"), not the time division (like "minute") #. * Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [second] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'second', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1160 msgid "second" msgstr "drugi" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [third] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'third', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1165 msgid "third" msgstr "trzeci" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [fourth] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'fourth', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1170 msgid "fourth" msgstr "czwarty" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [fifth] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'fifth', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1175 msgid "fifth" msgstr "piąty" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [last] [Monday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). This means that after 'last', either the string 'day' or #. * the name of a week day (like 'Monday' or 'Friday') always follow. #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1180 msgid "last" msgstr "ostatni" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [Other date] [11th to 20th] [17th] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1204 msgid "Other Date" msgstr "Inna data" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a submenu option string to split the date range into three submenus to choose the exact day of #. * the month to setup an appointment recurrence. The entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) #. * on the [Other date] [1st to 10th] [7th] [forever]' (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1210 msgid "1st to 10th" msgstr "1. do 10." #. TRANSLATORS: This is a submenu option string to split the date range into three submenus to choose the exact day of #. * the month to setup an appointment recurrence. The entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) #. * on the [Other date] [11th to 20th] [17th] [forever]' (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1216 msgid "11th to 20th" msgstr "11. do 20." #. TRANSLATORS: This is a submenu option string to split the date range into three submenus to choose the exact day of #. * the month to setup an appointment recurrence. The entire string is for example: This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) #. * on the [Other date] [21th to 31th] [27th] [forever]' (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets]). #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1222 msgid "21st to 31st" msgstr "21. do 31." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1249 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:25 msgid "Monday" msgstr "Poniedziałek" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1250 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:28 msgid "Tuesday" msgstr "wtorek" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1251 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:31 msgid "Wednesday" msgstr "środa" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1252 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:34 msgid "Thursday" msgstr "czwartek" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1253 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:37 msgid "Friday" msgstr "Piątek" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1254 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:40 msgid "Saturday" msgstr "sobota" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1255 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:43 msgid "Sunday" msgstr "niedziela" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every [x] month(s) on the [second] [Tuesday] [forever]' #. * (dropdown menu options are in [square brackets])." #. #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1386 msgid "on the" msgstr "w" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:1571 msgid "occurrences" msgstr "wystąpień" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:2341 msgid "Add exception" msgstr "Dodanie wyjątku" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:2383 msgid "Could not get a selection to modify." msgstr "Nie można pobrać zaznaczenia do modyfikacji." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:2389 msgid "Modify exception" msgstr "Modyfikacja wyjątku" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:2435 msgid "Could not get a selection to delete." msgstr "Nie można pobrać zaznaczenia do usunięcia." #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.c:2576 msgid "Date/Time" msgstr "Data/czas" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:2 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "day(s)" msgstr "dni" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:4 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "week(s)" msgstr "tygodnie" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:6 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "month(s)" msgstr "miesiące" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:8 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "year(s)" msgstr "rok/lata" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:10 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "for" msgstr "przez" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:12 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "until" msgstr "aż do" #. TRANSLATORS: Entire string is for example: 'This appointment recurs/Every[x][day(s)][for][1]occurrences' (combobox options are in [square brackets]) #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:14 msgctxt "recurrpage" msgid "forever" msgstr "na zawsze" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:16 msgid "This appointment rec_urs" msgstr "Spotkanie powta_rzalne" # FIXME - sprawdzić formę #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:17 msgid "Every" msgstr "Co" # wd #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:18 msgid "Exceptions" msgstr "Wyjątki" # wd #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/recurrence-page.ui.h:20 msgid "Preview" msgstr "Podgląd" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/send-comp.c:173 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/send-comp.c:255 msgid "Send my reminders with this event" msgstr "Wysyłanie przypomnień wraz z tym wydarzeniem" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/send-comp.c:175 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/send-comp.c:257 msgid "Notify new attendees _only" msgstr "P_owiadamianie tylko nowych uczestników" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-editor.c:94 msgid "_Send Options" msgstr "Opcje _wysyłania" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-editor.c:149 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3507 #: ../e-util/e-send-options.c:553 msgid "Task" msgstr "Zadanie" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-editor.c:286 msgid "Print this task" msgstr "Drukuje to zadanie" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:330 msgid "Task's start date is in the past" msgstr "Czas rozpoczęcia zadania jest w przeszłości" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:331 msgid "Task's due date is in the past" msgstr "Czas terminu ukończenia zadania jest w przeszłości" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:364 msgid "Task cannot be edited, because the selected task list is read only" msgstr "" "Nie można zmodyfikować zadania, ponieważ wybrana lista zadań jest tylko do " "odczytu" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:368 msgid "Task cannot be fully edited, because you are not the organizer" msgstr "" "Tylko organizator wydarzenia może modyfikować wszystkie aspekty zadania" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:372 msgid "" "Task cannot be edited, because the selected task list does not support " "assigned tasks" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1006 msgid "Due date is wrong" msgstr "Termin ukończenia jest błędny" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1174 #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.c:1199 msgid "Completed date is wrong" msgstr "Błędna data ukończenia" #. To Translators: This is task priority #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:8 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:337 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:573 ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:19 #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:2 ../mail/message-list.c:320 msgid "High" msgstr "Wysoki" #. To Translators: This is task priority #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:10 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:339 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:1666 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:574 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:20 ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:5 #: ../mail/message-list.c:319 msgid "Normal" msgstr "Zwykły" #. To Translators: This is task priority #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:12 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:341 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:575 ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:21 #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:4 ../mail/message-list.c:318 msgid "Low" msgstr "Niski" #. To Translators: This is task priority #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:14 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:576 ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:22 #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:1 msgid "Undefined" msgstr "Nieokreślony" #. To Translators: This is task status #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:16 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:322 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:311 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:553 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:214 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:229 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:656 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3591 ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:11 msgid "Not Started" msgstr "Nierozpoczęte" #. To Translators: This is task status #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:18 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:312 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:313 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:555 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:633 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:216 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:231 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:657 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3594 msgid "In Progress" msgstr "W trakcie" #. To Translators: This is task status #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:20 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:315 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:315 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:557 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:205 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:228 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:218 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:233 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:658 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3597 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:13 #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:380 msgid "Completed" msgstr "Ukończono" #. To Translators: This is task status #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:22 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:318 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:317 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:559 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:220 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:235 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:659 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3600 ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:878 msgid "Canceled" msgstr "Anulowano" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:25 msgid "D_ue date:" msgstr "_Termin ukończenia:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:28 msgid "Time zone:" msgstr "Strefa czasowa:" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:32 msgid "_Status:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:33 msgid "Date _completed:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:34 msgid "_Percent complete:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:35 msgid "Priorit_y:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:36 msgid "C_lassification:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/dialogs/task-page.ui.h:37 msgid "_Web Page:" msgstr "Strona _WWW:" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view.c:324 msgid "New Appointment" msgstr "Nowe spotkanie" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view.c:325 msgid "New All Day Event" msgstr "Nowe wydarzenie całodniowe" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view.c:326 msgid "New Meeting" msgstr "Nowe zebranie" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view.c:327 msgid "Go to Today" msgstr "Dzisiaj" # chyba do poprawy; nie ma czegoś takiego w interfejsie # propozycja: "Przejdź do dnia..." # w interfejsie jest "Wybierz datę", ale nie wiem, czy to jest to samo # FZ #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view.c:328 msgid "Go to Date" msgstr "Przejście do danej daty" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:298 msgid "It has reminders." msgstr "Zawiera przypomnienia." # trochę nie po polsku # FZ #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:301 msgid "It has recurrences." msgstr "Zawiera powtórzenia." # trochę nie po polsku # FZ #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:304 msgid "It is a meeting." msgstr "To jest zebranie." #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:311 #, c-format msgid "Calendar Event: Summary is %s." msgstr "Wydarzenia kalendarza: podsumowanie: %s." #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:314 msgid "Calendar Event: It has no summary." msgstr "Wydarzenia kalendarza: brak podsumowania." #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:337 msgid "calendar view event" msgstr "Wydarzenie widoku kalendarza" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-cal-view-event.c:569 msgid "Grab Focus" msgstr "Przejmij aktywność" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:154 ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:154 #, c-format msgid "It has %d event." msgid_plural "It has %d events." msgstr[0] "Zawiera %d wydarzenie." msgstr[1] "Zawiera %d wydarzenia." msgstr[2] "Zawiera %d wydarzeń." #. To translators: Here, "It" is either like "Work Week View: July #. 10th - July 14th, 2006." or "Day View: Thursday July 13th, 2006." #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:161 ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:157 msgid "It has no events." msgstr "Nie zawiera wydarzeń." #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:169 #, c-format msgid "Work Week View: %s. %s" msgstr "Widok tygodnia roboczego: %s. %s" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:176 #, c-format msgid "Day View: %s. %s" msgstr "Widok dnia: %s. %s" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:210 msgid "calendar view for a work week" msgstr "widok kalendarza dla tygodnia roboczego" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view.c:212 msgid "calendar view for one or more days" msgstr "widok kalendarza dla jednego lub więcej dni" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-day-view-main-item.c:327 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view-main-item.c:354 msgid "a table to view and select the current time range" msgstr "tabela z widokiem i wyborem bieżącego zakresu czasu" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:48 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:56 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1114 msgid "Gnome Calendar" msgstr "Kalendarz środowiska GNOME" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:204 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1191 msgid "%A %d %b %Y" msgstr "%A %d %b %Y" #. strftime format %a = abbreviated weekday name, %d = day of month, #. * %b = abbreviated month name. Don't use any other specifiers. #. strftime format %a = abbreviated weekday name, #. * %d = day of month, %b = abbreviated month name. #. * You can change the order but don't change the #. * specifiers or add anything. #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:208 ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:2793 #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-top-item.c:859 #: ../calendar/gui/e-week-view-main-item.c:219 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1195 msgid "%a %d %b" msgstr "%a %d %b" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:211 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:217 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:220 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1198 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1204 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1207 msgid "%a %d %b %Y" msgstr "%a %d %b %Y" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:239 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:247 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:254 #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:257 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1224 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1235 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1242 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1245 msgid "%d %b %Y" msgstr "%d %b %Y" #. strftime format %d = day of month, %b = abbreviated month name. #. * Don't use any other specifiers. #. strftime format %d = day of month, %b = abbreviated #. * month name. You can change the order but don't #. * change the specifiers or add anything. #: ../calendar/gui/ea-gnome-calendar.c:244 ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:2809 #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-top-item.c:863 #: ../calendar/gui/e-week-view-main-item.c:233 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1231 msgid "%d %b" msgstr "%d %b" # nie ma czegoś takiego w interfejsie? # FZ #: ../calendar/gui/ea-jump-button.c:151 msgid "Jump button" msgstr "Przycisk skoku" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-jump-button.c:160 msgid "Click here, you can find more events." msgstr "Proszę kliknąć, aby odnaleźć więcej wydarzeń." #. Translator: Entire string is like "Pop up an alert %d days before start of appointment" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:358 #, c-format msgid "%d day" msgid_plural "%d days" msgstr[0] "%d dzień" msgstr[1] "%d dni" msgstr[2] "%d dni" #. Translator: Entire string is like "Pop up an alert %d weeks before start of appointment" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:364 #, c-format msgid "%d week" msgid_plural "%d weeks" msgstr[0] "%d tydzień" msgstr[1] "%d tygodnie" msgstr[2] "%d tygodni" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:426 msgid "Unknown action to be performed" msgstr "Wykonanie nieznanej czynności" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:441 #, c-format msgid "%s %s before the start of the appointment" msgstr "%s %s przed rozpoczęciem spotkania" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:447 #, c-format msgid "%s %s after the start of the appointment" msgstr "%s %s po rozpoczęciu spotkania" #. Translator: The %s refers to the base, which would be actions like #. * "Play a sound" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:454 #, c-format msgid "%s at the start of the appointment" msgstr "%s na początku spotkania" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:466 #, c-format msgid "%s %s before the end of the appointment" msgstr "%s %s przed końcem spotkania" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:472 #, c-format msgid "%s %s after the end of the appointment" msgstr "%s %s po zakończeniu spotkania" #. Translator: The %s refers to the base, which would be actions like #. * "Play a sound" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:479 #, c-format msgid "%s at the end of the appointment" msgstr "%s na końcu spotkania" #. Translator: The first %s refers to the base, which would be actions like #. * "Play a Sound". Second %s is an absolute time, e.g. "10:00AM" #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:503 #, c-format msgid "%s at %s" msgstr "%s o %s" #. Translator: The %s refers to the base, which would be actions like #. * "Play a sound". "Trigger types" are absolute or relative dates #: ../calendar/gui/e-alarm-list.c:511 #, c-format msgid "%s for an unknown trigger type" msgstr "%s z nieznanym typem warunku" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:163 #, c-format msgid "Month View: %s. %s" msgstr "Widok miesiąca: %s. %s" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:168 #, c-format msgid "Week View: %s. %s" msgstr "Widok tygodnia: %s. %s" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:202 msgid "calendar view for a month" msgstr "widok kalendarza dla miesiąca" #: ../calendar/gui/ea-week-view.c:204 msgid "calendar view for one or more weeks" msgstr "widok kalendarza dla jednego lub więcej tygodni" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:223 ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:750 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-page.c:126 msgid "Untitled" msgstr "Bez nazwy" # wd #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:231 msgid "Categories:" msgstr "Kategorie:" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:263 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "Podsumowanie:" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:272 msgid "Start Date:" msgstr "Data rozpoczęcia:" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:284 msgid "End Date:" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:296 msgid "Due Date:" msgstr "Termin ukończenia:" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:308 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1504 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1621 msgid "Status:" msgstr "Stan:" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:335 msgid "Priority:" msgstr "Priorytet:" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:360 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-service-page.c:672 msgid "Description:" msgstr "Opis:" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-component-preview.c:391 msgid "Web Page:" msgstr "Witryna WWW:" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-selector.c:358 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1097 #, c-format msgid "Copying an event into the calendar %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-selector.c:359 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1096 #, c-format msgid "Moving an event into the calendar %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:1 msgid "Click to add a task" msgstr "Kliknięcie dodaje zadanie" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:2 msgid "Start date" msgstr "Data rozpoczęcia" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:3 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:652 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:4 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:3 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-tree-view.c:586 #: ../mail/e-mail-account-tree-view.c:159 msgid "Type" msgstr "Typ" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:5 msgid "Completion date" msgstr "Data ukończenia" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:6 ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:880 msgid "Complete" msgstr "Ukończono" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:7 msgid "Due date" msgstr "Termin ukończenia" # WK: ukończenie nie zasłuuje chyba na Dużą Litere? #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:9 #, no-c-format msgid "% Complete" msgstr "% ukończenia" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:10 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:18 #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:387 msgid "Priority" msgstr "Priorytet" #. To Translators: 'Status' here means the state of the attendees, the resulting string will be in a form: #. * Status: Accepted: X Declined: Y ... #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:11 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:4017 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:695 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:9 #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:8 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:75 #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:1 msgid "Status" msgstr "Stan" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:13 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:7 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:6 #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:381 msgid "Created" msgstr "Utworzono" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-table.etspec.h:14 #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:8 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:7 msgid "Last modified" msgstr "Ostatnio zmodyfikowane" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:446 msgid "Cut selected events to the clipboard" msgstr "Wycina zaznaczone wydarzenia do schowka" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:452 msgid "Copy selected events to the clipboard" msgstr "Kopiuje zaznaczone wydarzenia do schowka" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:458 msgid "Paste events from the clipboard" msgstr "Wkleja wydarzenia ze schowka" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:464 msgid "Delete selected events" msgstr "Usuwa zaznaczone wydarzenia" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:484 ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:183 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:270 msgid "Deleting selected objects" msgstr "Usuwanie zaznaczonych obiektów" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:646 ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:878 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1176 msgid "Updating objects" msgstr "Aktualizowanie obiektów" #. To Translators: It will display "Organiser: NameOfTheUser " #. To Translators: It will display #. * "Organizer: NameOfTheUser " #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2084 ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:553 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:840 #, c-format msgid "Organizer: %s <%s>" msgstr "Organizator: %s <%s>" #. With SunOne accouts, there may be no ':' in organiser.value #. With SunOne accounts, there may be no ':' in #. * organizer.value. #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2088 ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:558 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:844 #, c-format msgid "Organizer: %s" msgstr "Organizator: %s" #. To Translators: It will display "Location: PlaceOfTheMeeting" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2104 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:2664 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3545 #, c-format msgid "Location: %s" msgstr "Miejsce: %s" #. To Translators: It will display "Time: ActualStartDateAndTime (DurationOfTheMeeting)" #: ../calendar/gui/e-calendar-view.c:2135 #, c-format msgid "Time: %s %s" msgstr "Czas: %s %s" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:1 #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:5 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "Data rozpoczęcia" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-list-view.etspec.h:2 msgid "End Date" msgstr "Data ukończenia" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:467 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:185 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:199 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:135 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:170 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:233 ../calendar/gui/print.c:1251 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1268 ../e-util/e-charset.c:52 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3508 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6092 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:100 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Nieznany" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:1668 msgid "Recurring" msgstr "Powtarzanie" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:1670 msgid "Assigned" msgstr "Przyporządkowano" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:1672 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:1163 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:209 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:177 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:187 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1024 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Tak" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:1672 ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:1163 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:210 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:189 msgid "No" msgstr "Nie" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3958 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:221 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:197 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:220 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6080 msgid "Accepted" msgstr "Zaakceptowano" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3959 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:222 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:199 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:222 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6086 msgid "Declined" msgstr "Odrzucono" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3960 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:223 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:201 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:224 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:526 msgid "Tentative" msgstr "Próbne" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3961 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:224 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:203 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:226 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6089 msgid "Delegated" msgstr "Oddelegowano" # FZ #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model.c:3962 msgid "Needs action" msgstr "Wymaga działania" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-calendar.c:125 #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:631 msgid "Free" msgstr "Wolny" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-calendar.c:128 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:527 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:632 msgid "Busy" msgstr "Zajęty" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:499 msgid "" "The geographical position must be entered in the format: \n" "\n" "45.436845,125.862501" msgstr "" "Położenie geograficzne musi zostać podane w formacie: \n" "\n" "45.436845,125.862501" # wd #. Translators: "None" for task's status #: ../calendar/gui/e-cal-model-tasks.c:551 msgctxt "cal-task-status" msgid "None" msgstr "Brak" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a time, 24-hour. #: ../calendar/gui/e-cell-date-edit-text.c:159 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%a, %d.%m.%Y %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a time, 12-hour. #: ../calendar/gui/e-cell-date-edit-text.c:162 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%a, %d.%m.%Y %I:%M:%S %p" #: ../calendar/gui/e-cell-date-edit-text.c:170 #, c-format msgid "" "The date must be entered in the format: \n" "%s" msgstr "" "Data musi zostać podana w formacie: \n" "%s" # FZ # wd: ante meridiem #. String to use in 12-hour time format for times in the morning. #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:1983 ../calendar/gui/e-week-view.c:1554 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1074 ../calendar/gui/print.c:1093 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:2637 ../calendar/gui/print.c:2657 msgid "am" msgstr "AM" # WD: post meridiem #. String to use in 12-hour time format for times in the afternoon. #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:1986 ../calendar/gui/e-week-view.c:1557 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1079 ../calendar/gui/print.c:1095 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:2642 ../calendar/gui/print.c:2659 msgid "pm" msgstr "PM" #. strftime format %A = full weekday name, %d = day of month, #. * %B = full month name. Don't use any other specifiers. #. strftime format %A = full weekday name, %d = day of #. * month, %B = full month name. You can change the #. * order but don't change the specifiers or add #. * anything. #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:2776 ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-top-item.c:855 #: ../calendar/gui/e-week-view-main-item.c:210 ../calendar/gui/print.c:2093 msgid "%A %d %B" msgstr "%A %d %B" #. To Translators: the %d stands for a week number, it's value between 1 and 52/53 #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view.c:3438 #, c-format msgid "Week %d" msgstr "Tydzień %d" #. Translators: %02i is the number of minutes; #. * this is a context menu entry to change the #. * length of the time division in the calendar #. * day view, e.g. a day is displayed in #. * 24 "60 minute divisions" or #. * 48 "30 minute divisions". #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-time-item.c:801 #, c-format msgid "%02i minute divisions" msgstr "%02i-minutowe przedziały czasu" #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-time-item.c:826 msgid "Show the second time zone" msgstr "Wyświetlanie dodatkowej strefy czasowej" # wd #. Translators: "None" indicates no second time zone set for a day view #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-time-item.c:843 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:306 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:358 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:11 msgctxt "cal-second-zone" msgid "None" msgstr "Brak" #: ../calendar/gui/e-day-view-time-item.c:877 #: ../calendar/gui/e-timezone-entry.c:324 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:389 msgid "Select..." msgstr "Wybierz..." #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:64 msgid "Chair Persons" msgstr "Osoby przewodniczące" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:65 msgid "Required Participants" msgstr "Uczestnicy wymagani" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:66 msgid "Optional Participants" msgstr "Uczestnicy opcjonalni" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:67 msgid "Resources" msgstr "Zasoby" # FZ # do sprawdzenia! #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:181 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:110 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:127 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1018 ../calendar/gui/print.c:1247 msgid "Individual" msgstr "Osoba" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:182 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:112 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:129 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1248 ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:5 msgid "Group" msgstr "Grupa" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:183 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:114 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:131 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1249 msgid "Resource" msgstr "Zasób" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:184 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:116 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:133 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1250 msgid "Room" msgstr "Pokój" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:195 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:145 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:162 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1264 msgid "Chair" msgstr "Prowadzący" # WK: uproszczenie i dopasowanie do pozostałych pozycji listy #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:196 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:147 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:164 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1021 ../calendar/gui/print.c:1265 msgid "Required Participant" msgstr "Wymagany" # WK: uproszczenie i dopasowanie do pozostałych pozycji listy #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:197 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:149 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:166 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1266 msgid "Optional Participant" msgstr "Opcjonalny" # WK: "Nie uczestnik" brzmi okropnie, ta forma pasuje np. do "Prowadzący" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:198 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:151 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:168 #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:1267 msgid "Non-Participant" msgstr "Nieuczestniczący" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:220 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:195 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:218 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1031 msgid "Needs Action" msgstr "Wymaga działania" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:626 msgid "Attendee " msgstr "Uczestnik " #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-list-view.c:681 #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:6 msgid "RSVP" msgstr "RSVP" # WK: do ujednolicenia # FZ #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:207 ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:230 msgid "In Process" msgstr "W toku" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1910 #, c-format msgid "" "Enter password to access free/busy information on server %s as user %s" msgstr "" "Proszę wprowadzić hasło, aby uzyskać informacje o zajętości na serwerze %s " "jako użytkownik %s" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1920 #, c-format msgid "Failure reason: %s" msgstr "Przyczyna niepowodzenia: %s" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-store.c:1925 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:351 #: ../smime/gui/component.c:64 msgid "Enter password" msgstr "Proszę wprowadzić hasło" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:528 msgid "Out of Office" msgstr "Poza biurem" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:530 msgid "No Information" msgstr "Brak informacji" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:570 msgid "O_ptions" msgstr "_Opcje" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:590 msgid "Show _only working hours" msgstr "Wyświetlanie _tylko godzin roboczych" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:603 msgid "Show _zoomed out" msgstr "Wyświetlanie w pomniejs_zeniu" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:621 msgid "_Update free/busy" msgstr "Zakt_ualizuj informację o zajętości" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:638 msgid "_<<" msgstr "_<<" # FZ #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:658 msgid "_Autopick" msgstr "Wybór _automatyczny" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:675 msgid ">_>" msgstr ">_>" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:696 msgid "_All people and resources" msgstr "_Wszystkie osoby i zasoby" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:707 msgid "All _people and one resource" msgstr "Wszystkie oso_by i jeden zasób" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:718 msgid "_Required people" msgstr "Wy_magane osoby" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:728 msgid "Required people and _one resource" msgstr "Wymagane osoby i j_eden zasób" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:767 msgid "_Start time:" msgstr "Cza_s rozpoczęcia:" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:796 msgid "_End time:" msgstr "_Czas zakończenia:" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:2660 #, c-format msgid "" "Summary: %s\n" "Location: %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.c:2662 ../calendar/gui/print.c:3534 #, c-format msgid "Summary: %s" msgstr "Podsumowanie: %s" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:1 msgid "Click here to add an attendee" msgstr "Kliknięcie dodaje uczestnika" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:3 msgid "Member" msgstr "Członek" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:7 msgid "Delegated To" msgstr "Oddelegowane do" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:8 msgid "Delegated From" msgstr "Oddelegowane od" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:10 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "Nazwa wspólna" #: ../calendar/gui/e-meeting-time-sel.etspec.h:11 msgid "Language" msgstr "Język" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:434 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-content.c:482 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:212 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:227 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view.c:307 msgid "Memos" msgstr "Notatki" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:515 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:803 msgid "* No Summary *" msgstr "* Brak podsumowania *" #. Translators: This is followed by an event's start date/time #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:602 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:887 msgid "Start: " msgstr "Rozpoczęcie: " #. Translators: This is followed by an event's due date/time #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:621 ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:905 msgid "Due: " msgstr "Termin: " # wd #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:742 msgid "Cut selected memos to the clipboard" msgstr "Wycina zaznaczone notatki do schowka" # wd #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:748 msgid "Copy selected memos to the clipboard" msgstr "Kopiuje zaznaczone notatki do schowka" # wd #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:754 msgid "Paste memos from the clipboard" msgstr "Wkleja notatki ze schowka" #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:760 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:589 msgid "Delete selected memos" msgstr "Usuwa zaznaczoną notatkę" # wd #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.c:766 msgid "Select all visible memos" msgstr "Zaznacza wszystkie widoczne notatki" # FZ #: ../calendar/gui/e-memo-table.etspec.h:1 msgid "Click to add a memo" msgstr "Kliknięcie pozwoli dodać notatkę" #. Translators: "%d%%" is the percentage of a task done. #. * %d is the actual value, %% is replaced with a percent sign. #. * Result values will be 0%, 10%, 20%, ... 100% #. #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:604 #, c-format msgid "%d%%" msgstr "%d%%" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:721 ../calendar/gui/print.c:2418 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:79 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1078 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:61 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-content.c:439 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:235 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:250 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view.c:462 msgid "Tasks" msgstr "Zadania" # wd #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1040 msgid "Cut selected tasks to the clipboard" msgstr "Wycina zaznaczone zadania do schowka" # wd #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1046 msgid "Copy selected tasks to the clipboard" msgstr "Kopiuje zaznaczone zadania do schowka" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1052 msgid "Paste tasks from the clipboard" msgstr "Wkleja zadania ze schowka" #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1058 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:713 msgid "Delete selected tasks" msgstr "Usuwa zaznaczone zadanie" # wd #: ../calendar/gui/e-task-table.c:1064 msgid "Select all visible tasks" msgstr "Zaznacza wszystkie widoczne zadania" #: ../calendar/gui/e-timezone-entry.c:335 msgid "Select Timezone" msgstr "Strefa czasowa" #. strftime format %d = day of month, %B = full #. * month name. You can change the order but don't #. * change the specifiers or add anything. #: ../calendar/gui/e-week-view-main-item.c:227 ../calendar/gui/print.c:2072 msgid "%d %B" msgstr "%d %B" #: ../calendar/gui/gnome-cal.c:2369 msgid "Purging" msgstr "Czyszczenie" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:648 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:706 #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:840 msgid "An organizer must be set." msgstr "Należy ustawić organizatora." #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:697 msgid "At least one attendee is necessary" msgstr "Wymagany jest co najmniej jeden uczestnik" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:928 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1089 msgid "Event information" msgstr "Informacja o spotkaniu" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:931 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1092 msgid "Task information" msgstr "Informacja o zadaniu" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:934 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1095 msgid "Memo information" msgstr "Informacja o notatce" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:937 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1113 msgid "Free/Busy information" msgstr "Informacja o zajętości" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:940 msgid "Calendar information" msgstr "Informacja kalendarza" #. Translators: This is part of the subject #. * line of a meeting request or update email. #. * The full subject line would be: #. * "Accepted: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:977 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Accepted" msgstr "Zaakceptowano" #. Translators: This is part of the subject #. * line of a meeting request or update email. #. * The full subject line would be: #. * "Tentatively Accepted: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:984 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Tentatively Accepted" msgstr "Wstępnie zaakceptowano" #. Translators: This is part of the subject #. * line of a meeting request or update email. #. * The full subject line would be: #. * "Declined: Meeting Name". #. Translators: This is part of the subject line of a #. * meeting request or update email. The full subject #. * line would be: "Declined: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:991 ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1039 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Declined" msgstr "Odrzucono" #. Translators: This is part of the subject #. * line of a meeting request or update email. #. * The full subject line would be: #. * "Delegated: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:998 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Delegated" msgstr "Oddelegowano" #. Translators: This is part of the subject line of a #. * meeting request or update email. The full subject #. * line would be: "Updated: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1011 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Updated" msgstr "Zaktualizowano" #. Translators: This is part of the subject line of a #. * meeting request or update email. The full subject #. * line would be: "Cancel: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1018 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Anulowano" #. Translators: This is part of the subject line of a #. * meeting request or update email. The full subject #. * line would be: "Refresh: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1025 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Refresh" msgstr "Odświeżono" #. Translators: This is part of the subject line of a #. * meeting request or update email. The full subject #. * line would be: "Counter-proposal: Meeting Name". #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1032 msgctxt "Meeting" msgid "Counter-proposal" msgstr "Kontrpropozycja" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1110 #, c-format msgid "Free/Busy information (%s to %s)" msgstr "Informacja o zajętości (od %s do %s)" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1118 msgid "iCalendar information" msgstr "Informacja w formacie iCalendar" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1146 msgid "Unable to book a resource, the new event collides with some other." msgstr "Nie można zarezerwować zasobu. Nowe wydarzenie koliduje z innym." #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1154 #, c-format msgid "Unable to book a resource, error: %s" msgstr "" #: ../calendar/gui/itip-utils.c:1326 msgid "You must be an attendee of the event." msgstr "Trzeba należeć do uczestników wydarzenia." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:661 msgid "1st" msgstr "1." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:661 msgid "2nd" msgstr "2." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:661 msgid "3rd" msgstr "3." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:661 msgid "4th" msgstr "4." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:661 msgid "5th" msgstr "5." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:662 msgid "6th" msgstr "6." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:662 msgid "7th" msgstr "7." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:662 msgid "8th" msgstr "8." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:662 msgid "9th" msgstr "9." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:662 msgid "10th" msgstr "10." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:663 msgid "11th" msgstr "11." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:663 msgid "12th" msgstr "12." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:663 msgid "13th" msgstr "13." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:663 msgid "14th" msgstr "14." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:663 msgid "15th" msgstr "15." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:664 msgid "16th" msgstr "16." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:664 msgid "17th" msgstr "17." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:664 msgid "18th" msgstr "18." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:664 msgid "19th" msgstr "19." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:664 msgid "20th" msgstr "20." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:665 msgid "21st" msgstr "21." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:665 msgid "22nd" msgstr "22." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:665 msgid "23rd" msgstr "23." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:665 msgid "24th" msgstr "24." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:665 msgid "25th" msgstr "25." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:666 msgid "26th" msgstr "26." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:666 msgid "27th" msgstr "27." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:666 msgid "28th" msgstr "28." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:666 msgid "29th" msgstr "29." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:666 msgid "30th" msgstr "30." #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:667 msgid "31st" msgstr "31." #. Translators: These are workday abbreviations, #. * e.g. Su=Sunday and Th=thursday #. G_DATE_BAD_WEEKDAY #. G_DATE_MONDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:727 msgid "Mo" msgstr "po" #. G_DATE_TUESDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:728 msgid "Tu" msgstr "wt" #. G_DATE_WEDNESDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:729 msgid "We" msgstr "śr" #. G_DATE_THURSDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:730 msgid "Th" msgstr "cz" #. G_DATE_FRIDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:731 msgid "Fr" msgstr "pt" #. G_DATE_SATURDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:732 msgid "Sa" msgstr "so" #. G_DATE_SUNDAY #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:733 msgid "Su" msgstr "ni" #. Translators: This is part of "START to END" text, #. * where START and END are date/times. #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3328 msgid " to " msgstr " do " #. Translators: This is part of "START to END #. * (Completed COMPLETED)", where COMPLETED is a #. * completed date/time. #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3338 msgid " (Completed " msgstr " (Ukończono " #. Translators: This is part of "Completed COMPLETED", #. * where COMPLETED is a completed date/time. #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3344 msgid "Completed " msgstr "Ukończono " # WK: a nie chodzi tu o "Do" (termin)? # FZ #. Translators: This is part of "START (Due DUE)", #. * where START and DUE are dates/times. #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3354 msgid " (Due " msgstr " (Termin " # FZ #. Translators: This is part of "Due DUE", #. * where DUE is a date/time due the event #. * should be finished. #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3361 msgid "Due " msgstr "Termin " #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3564 msgid "Attendees: " msgstr "Uczestnicy: " #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3608 #, c-format msgid "Status: %s" msgstr "Stan: %s" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3624 #, c-format msgid "Priority: %s" msgstr "Priorytet: %s" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3642 #, c-format msgid "Percent Complete: %i" msgstr "Procent ukończenia: %i" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3656 #, c-format msgid "URL: %s" msgstr "Adres URL: %s" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3670 #, c-format msgid "Categories: %s" msgstr "Kategorie: %s" #: ../calendar/gui/print.c:3681 msgid "Contacts: " msgstr "Kontakty: " #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:12 msgid "In progress" msgstr "W trakcie" #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:25 #, no-c-format msgid "% Completed" msgstr "% ukończono" #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:26 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:38 msgid "is greater than" msgstr "jest większe niż" #: ../calendar/gui/tasktypes.xml.h:27 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:39 msgid "is less than" msgstr "jest mniejsze niż" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:78 msgid "Appointments and Meetings" msgstr "Spotkania i zebrania" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:462 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:901 msgid "Opening calendar" msgstr "Otwieranie kalendarza" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:610 msgid "iCalendar files (.ics)" msgstr "Pliki iCalendar (.ics)" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:611 msgid "Evolution iCalendar importer" msgstr "Asystent importu plików iCalendar dla programu Evolution" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:703 msgid "Reminder!" msgstr "Przypomnienie!" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:787 msgid "vCalendar files (.vcs)" msgstr "Pliki vCalendar (.vcs)" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:788 msgid "Evolution vCalendar importer" msgstr "Asystent importu plików vCalendar dla programu Evolution" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1071 msgid "Calendar Events" msgstr "Wydarzenia kalendarza" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1115 msgid "Evolution Calendar intelligent importer" msgstr "Inteligentny asystent importu kalendarza programu Evolution" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1186 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1500 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Meeting" msgstr "Zebranie" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1186 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1500 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Event" msgstr "Wydarzenie" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1189 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1501 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Task" msgstr "Zadanie" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1192 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1502 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Memo" msgstr "Notatka" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1201 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "has recurrences" msgstr "zawiera powtórzenia" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1206 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "is an instance" msgstr "jest instancją" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1211 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "has reminders" msgstr "zawiera przypomnienia" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1216 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "has attachments" msgstr "zawiera załączniki" #. Translators: Appointment's classification #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1229 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Public" msgstr "Publiczne" #. Translators: Appointment's classification #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1232 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Private" msgstr "Prywatne" #. Translators: Appointment's classification #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1235 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Confidential" msgstr "Poufne" #. Translators: Appointment's classification section name #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1239 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Classification" msgstr "Klasyfikacja" #. Translators: Appointment's summary #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1244 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1544 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Summary" msgstr "Podsumowanie" #. Translators: Appointment's location #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1250 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Location" msgstr "Położenie" #. Translators: Appointment's start time #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1258 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1539 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Start" msgstr "Rozpoczęcie" #. Translators: 'Due' like the time due a task should be finished #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1269 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Due" msgstr "Termin" #. Translators: Appointment's end time #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1281 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "End" msgstr "Zakończenie" #. Translators: Appointment's categories #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1291 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Categories" msgstr "Kategorie" #. Translators: Appointment's complete value (either percentage, or a date/time of a completion) #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1315 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Completed" msgstr "Ukończono" #. Translators: Appointment's URL #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1323 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "URL" msgstr "Adres URL" #. Translators: Appointment's organizer #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1334 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1337 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Organizer" msgstr "Organizator" #. Translators: Appointment's attendees #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1357 #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1360 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Attendees" msgstr "Uczestnicy" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1374 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Description" msgstr "Opis" #: ../calendar/importers/icalendar-importer.c:1534 msgctxt "iCalImp" msgid "Type" msgstr "Typ" #. #. * #. * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or #. * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public #. * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either #. * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) version 3. #. * #. * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, #. * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of #. * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU #. * Lesser General Public License for more details. #. * #. * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public #. * License along with the program; if not, see #. * #. * #. * Copyright (C) 1999-2008 Novell, Inc. (www.novell.com) #. * #. #. #. * These are the timezone names from the Olson timezone data. #. * We only place them here so gettext picks them up for translation. #. * Don't include in any C files. #. #: ../calendar/zones.h:26 msgid "Africa/Abidjan" msgstr "Afryka/Abidżan" #: ../calendar/zones.h:27 msgid "Africa/Accra" msgstr "Afryka/Akra" #: ../calendar/zones.h:28 msgid "Africa/Addis_Ababa" msgstr "Afryka/Addis_Abeba" #: ../calendar/zones.h:29 msgid "Africa/Algiers" msgstr "Afryka/Algier" #: ../calendar/zones.h:30 msgid "Africa/Asmera" msgstr "Afryka/Asmara" #: ../calendar/zones.h:31 msgid "Africa/Bamako" msgstr "Afryka/Bamako" #: ../calendar/zones.h:32 msgid "Africa/Bangui" msgstr "Afryka/Bangi" #: ../calendar/zones.h:33 msgid "Africa/Banjul" msgstr "Afryka/Bandżul" #: ../calendar/zones.h:34 msgid "Africa/Bissau" msgstr "Afryka/Bissau" #: ../calendar/zones.h:35 msgid "Africa/Blantyre" msgstr "Afryka/Blantyre" #: ../calendar/zones.h:36 msgid "Africa/Brazzaville" msgstr "Afryka/Brazzaville" #: ../calendar/zones.h:37 msgid "Africa/Bujumbura" msgstr "Afryka/Bużumbura" #: ../calendar/zones.h:38 msgid "Africa/Cairo" msgstr "Afryka/Kair" #: ../calendar/zones.h:39 msgid "Africa/Casablanca" msgstr "Afryka/Casablanca" #: ../calendar/zones.h:40 msgid "Africa/Ceuta" msgstr "Afryka/Ceuta" #: ../calendar/zones.h:41 msgid "Africa/Conakry" msgstr "Afryka/Konakry" #: ../calendar/zones.h:42 msgid "Africa/Dakar" msgstr "Afryka/Dakar" #: ../calendar/zones.h:43 msgid "Africa/Dar_es_Salaam" msgstr "Afryka/Dar_es_Salaam" #: ../calendar/zones.h:44 msgid "Africa/Djibouti" msgstr "Afryka/Dżibuti" #: ../calendar/zones.h:45 msgid "Africa/Douala" msgstr "Afryka/Duala" #: ../calendar/zones.h:46 msgid "Africa/El_Aaiun" msgstr "Afryka/Al_Ujun" #: ../calendar/zones.h:47 msgid "Africa/Freetown" msgstr "Afryka/Freetown" #: ../calendar/zones.h:48 msgid "Africa/Gaborone" msgstr "Afryka/Gaborone" #: ../calendar/zones.h:49 msgid "Africa/Harare" msgstr "Afryka/Harare" #: ../calendar/zones.h:50 msgid "Africa/Johannesburg" msgstr "Afryka/Johannesburg" #: ../calendar/zones.h:51 msgid "Africa/Kampala" msgstr "Afryka/Kampala" #: ../calendar/zones.h:52 msgid "Africa/Khartoum" msgstr "Afryka/Chartum" #: ../calendar/zones.h:53 msgid "Africa/Kigali" msgstr "Afryka/Kigali" #: ../calendar/zones.h:54 msgid "Africa/Kinshasa" msgstr "Afryka/Kinszasa" #: ../calendar/zones.h:55 msgid "Africa/Lagos" msgstr "Afryka/Lagos" #: ../calendar/zones.h:56 msgid "Africa/Libreville" msgstr "Afryka/Libreville" #: ../calendar/zones.h:57 msgid "Africa/Lome" msgstr "Afryka/Lome" #: ../calendar/zones.h:58 msgid "Africa/Luanda" msgstr "Afryka/Luanda" #: ../calendar/zones.h:59 msgid "Africa/Lubumbashi" msgstr "Afryka/Lubumbashi" #: ../calendar/zones.h:60 msgid "Africa/Lusaka" msgstr "Afryka/Lusaka" #: ../calendar/zones.h:61 msgid "Africa/Malabo" msgstr "Afryka/Malabo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:62 msgid "Africa/Maputo" msgstr "Afryka/Maputo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:63 msgid "Africa/Maseru" msgstr "Afryka/Maseru" #: ../calendar/zones.h:64 msgid "Africa/Mbabane" msgstr "Afryka/Mbabane" #: ../calendar/zones.h:65 msgid "Africa/Mogadishu" msgstr "Afryka/Mogadiszu" #: ../calendar/zones.h:66 msgid "Africa/Monrovia" msgstr "Afryka/Monrovia" #: ../calendar/zones.h:67 msgid "Africa/Nairobi" msgstr "Afryka/Nairobi" #: ../calendar/zones.h:68 msgid "Africa/Ndjamena" msgstr "Afryka/Ndżamena" #: ../calendar/zones.h:69 msgid "Africa/Niamey" msgstr "Afryka/Niamey" #: ../calendar/zones.h:70 msgid "Africa/Nouakchott" msgstr "Afryka/Nawakszut" #: ../calendar/zones.h:71 msgid "Africa/Ouagadougou" msgstr "Afryka/Wagadugu" #: ../calendar/zones.h:72 msgid "Africa/Porto-Novo" msgstr "Afryka/Porto-Novo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:73 msgid "Africa/Sao_Tome" msgstr "Afryka/Sao_Tome" #: ../calendar/zones.h:74 msgid "Africa/Timbuktu" msgstr "Afryka/Timbuktu" #: ../calendar/zones.h:75 msgid "Africa/Tripoli" msgstr "Afryka/Trypolis" #: ../calendar/zones.h:76 msgid "Africa/Tunis" msgstr "Afryka/Tunis" #: ../calendar/zones.h:77 msgid "Africa/Windhoek" msgstr "Afryka/Windhuk" #: ../calendar/zones.h:78 msgid "America/Adak" msgstr "Ameryka/Adak" #: ../calendar/zones.h:79 msgid "America/Anchorage" msgstr "Ameryka/Anchorage" #: ../calendar/zones.h:80 msgid "America/Anguilla" msgstr "Ameryka/Anguilla" #: ../calendar/zones.h:81 msgid "America/Antigua" msgstr "Ameryka/Antigua" #: ../calendar/zones.h:82 msgid "America/Araguaina" msgstr "Ameryka/Araguaina" #: ../calendar/zones.h:83 msgid "America/Aruba" msgstr "Ameryka/Aruba" #: ../calendar/zones.h:84 msgid "America/Asuncion" msgstr "Ameryka/Asuncion" #: ../calendar/zones.h:85 msgid "America/Barbados" msgstr "Ameryka/Barbados" #: ../calendar/zones.h:86 msgid "America/Belem" msgstr "Ameryka/Belem" #: ../calendar/zones.h:87 msgid "America/Belize" msgstr "Ameryka/Belize" #: ../calendar/zones.h:88 msgid "America/Boa_Vista" msgstr "Ameryka/Boa_Vista" #: ../calendar/zones.h:89 msgid "America/Bogota" msgstr "Ameryka/Bogota" #: ../calendar/zones.h:90 msgid "America/Boise" msgstr "Ameryka/Boise" #: ../calendar/zones.h:91 msgid "America/Buenos_Aires" msgstr "Ameryka/Buenos_Aires" #: ../calendar/zones.h:92 msgid "America/Cambridge_Bay" msgstr "Ameryka/Cambridge_Bay" #: ../calendar/zones.h:93 msgid "America/Cancun" msgstr "Ameryka/Cancun" #: ../calendar/zones.h:94 msgid "America/Caracas" msgstr "Ameryka/Caracas" #: ../calendar/zones.h:95 msgid "America/Catamarca" msgstr "Ameryka/Catamarca" #: ../calendar/zones.h:96 msgid "America/Cayenne" msgstr "Ameryka/Kajenna" #: ../calendar/zones.h:97 msgid "America/Cayman" msgstr "Ameryka/Kajmany" #: ../calendar/zones.h:98 msgid "America/Chicago" msgstr "Ameryka/Chicago" #: ../calendar/zones.h:99 msgid "America/Chihuahua" msgstr "Ameryka/Chihuahua" #: ../calendar/zones.h:100 msgid "America/Cordoba" msgstr "Ameryka/Cordoba" #: ../calendar/zones.h:101 msgid "America/Costa_Rica" msgstr "Ameryka/Kostaryka" #: ../calendar/zones.h:102 msgid "America/Cuiaba" msgstr "Ameryka/Cuiaba" #: ../calendar/zones.h:103 msgid "America/Curacao" msgstr "Ameryka/Curacao" #: ../calendar/zones.h:104 msgid "America/Danmarkshavn" msgstr "Ameryka/Danmarkshavn" #: ../calendar/zones.h:105 msgid "America/Dawson" msgstr "Ameryka/Dawson" #: ../calendar/zones.h:106 msgid "America/Dawson_Creek" msgstr "Ameryka/Dawson_Creek" #: ../calendar/zones.h:107 msgid "America/Denver" msgstr "Ameryka/Denver" #: ../calendar/zones.h:108 msgid "America/Detroit" msgstr "Ameryka/Detroit" #: ../calendar/zones.h:109 msgid "America/Dominica" msgstr "Ameryka/Dominika" #: ../calendar/zones.h:110 msgid "America/Edmonton" msgstr "Ameryka/Edmonton" #: ../calendar/zones.h:111 msgid "America/Eirunepe" msgstr "Ameryka/Eirunepe" #: ../calendar/zones.h:112 msgid "America/El_Salvador" msgstr "Ameryka/El_Salvador" #: ../calendar/zones.h:113 msgid "America/Fortaleza" msgstr "Ameryka/Fortaleza" #: ../calendar/zones.h:114 msgid "America/Glace_Bay" msgstr "Ameryka/Glace_Bay" # Znowu ktoś przenosi grenlandię do ameryki #: ../calendar/zones.h:115 msgid "America/Godthab" msgstr "Arktyka/Nuuk" #: ../calendar/zones.h:116 msgid "America/Goose_Bay" msgstr "Ameryka/Goose_Bay" #: ../calendar/zones.h:117 msgid "America/Grand_Turk" msgstr "Ameryka/Wielki_Turk" #: ../calendar/zones.h:118 msgid "America/Grenada" msgstr "Ameryka/Grenada" #: ../calendar/zones.h:119 msgid "America/Guadeloupe" msgstr "Ameryka/Gwadelupa" #: ../calendar/zones.h:120 msgid "America/Guatemala" msgstr "Ameryka/Gwatemala" #: ../calendar/zones.h:121 msgid "America/Guayaquil" msgstr "Ameryka/Santiago_de_Guayaquil" #: ../calendar/zones.h:122 msgid "America/Guyana" msgstr "Ameryka/Gujana" #: ../calendar/zones.h:123 msgid "America/Halifax" msgstr "Ameryka/Halifax" #: ../calendar/zones.h:124 msgid "America/Havana" msgstr "Ameryka/Hawana" #: ../calendar/zones.h:125 msgid "America/Hermosillo" msgstr "Ameryka/Hermosillo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:126 msgid "America/Indiana/Indianapolis" msgstr "Ameryka/Indiana/Indianapolis" #: ../calendar/zones.h:127 msgid "America/Indiana/Knox" msgstr "Ameryka/Indiana/Knox" #: ../calendar/zones.h:128 msgid "America/Indiana/Marengo" msgstr "Ameryka/Indiana/Marengo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:129 msgid "America/Indiana/Vevay" msgstr "Ameryka/Indiana/Vevay" #: ../calendar/zones.h:130 msgid "America/Indianapolis" msgstr "Ameryka/Indianapolis" #: ../calendar/zones.h:131 msgid "America/Inuvik" msgstr "Ameryka/Inuvik" #: ../calendar/zones.h:132 msgid "America/Iqaluit" msgstr "Ameryka/Iqaluit" #: ../calendar/zones.h:133 msgid "America/Jamaica" msgstr "Ameryka/Jamajka" #: ../calendar/zones.h:134 msgid "America/Jujuy" msgstr "Ameryka/San_Salvador_de_Jujuy" #: ../calendar/zones.h:135 msgid "America/Juneau" msgstr "Ameryka/Juneau" #: ../calendar/zones.h:136 msgid "America/Kentucky/Louisville" msgstr "Ameryka/Kentucky/Louisville" #: ../calendar/zones.h:137 msgid "America/Kentucky/Monticello" msgstr "Ameryka/Kentucky/Monticello" #: ../calendar/zones.h:138 msgid "America/La_Paz" msgstr "Ameryka/La_Paz" #: ../calendar/zones.h:139 msgid "America/Lima" msgstr "Ameryka/Lima" #: ../calendar/zones.h:140 msgid "America/Los_Angeles" msgstr "Ameryka/Los_Angeles" #: ../calendar/zones.h:141 msgid "America/Louisville" msgstr "Ameryka/Louisville" #: ../calendar/zones.h:142 msgid "America/Maceio" msgstr "Ameryka/Maceio" #: ../calendar/zones.h:143 msgid "America/Managua" msgstr "Ameryka/Managua" #: ../calendar/zones.h:144 msgid "America/Manaus" msgstr "Ameryka/Manaus" #: ../calendar/zones.h:145 msgid "America/Martinique" msgstr "Ameryka/Martynika" #: ../calendar/zones.h:146 msgid "America/Mazatlan" msgstr "Ameryka/Mazatlan" #: ../calendar/zones.h:147 msgid "America/Mendoza" msgstr "Ameryka/Mendoza" #: ../calendar/zones.h:148 msgid "America/Menominee" msgstr "Ameryka/Menominee" #: ../calendar/zones.h:149 msgid "America/Merida" msgstr "Ameryka/Merida" #: ../calendar/zones.h:150 msgid "America/Mexico_City" msgstr "Ameryka/Meksyk" #: ../calendar/zones.h:151 msgid "America/Miquelon" msgstr "Ameryka/Miquelon" #: ../calendar/zones.h:152 msgid "America/Monterrey" msgstr "Ameryka/Monterrey" #: ../calendar/zones.h:153 msgid "America/Montevideo" msgstr "Ameryka/Montevideo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:154 msgid "America/Montreal" msgstr "Ameryka/Montreal" #: ../calendar/zones.h:155 msgid "America/Montserrat" msgstr "Ameryka/Montserrat" #: ../calendar/zones.h:156 msgid "America/Nassau" msgstr "Ameryka/Nassau" #: ../calendar/zones.h:157 msgid "America/New_York" msgstr "Ameryka/Nowy_Jork" #: ../calendar/zones.h:158 msgid "America/Nipigon" msgstr "Ameryka/Nipigon" #: ../calendar/zones.h:159 msgid "America/Nome" msgstr "Ameryka/Nome" #: ../calendar/zones.h:160 msgid "America/Noronha" msgstr "Ameryka/Fernando_de_Noronha" #: ../calendar/zones.h:161 msgid "America/North_Dakota/Center" msgstr "Ameryka/Dakota_Północna/Centrum" #: ../calendar/zones.h:162 msgid "America/Panama" msgstr "Ameryka/Panama" #: ../calendar/zones.h:163 msgid "America/Pangnirtung" msgstr "Ameryka/Pangnirtung" #: ../calendar/zones.h:164 msgid "America/Paramaribo" msgstr "Ameryka/Paramaribo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:165 msgid "America/Phoenix" msgstr "Ameryka/Phoenix" #: ../calendar/zones.h:166 msgid "America/Port-au-Prince" msgstr "Ameryka/Port-au-Prince" #: ../calendar/zones.h:167 msgid "America/Port_of_Spain" msgstr "Ameryka/Port-of-Spain" #: ../calendar/zones.h:168 msgid "America/Porto_Velho" msgstr "Ameryka/Porto_Velho" #: ../calendar/zones.h:169 msgid "America/Puerto_Rico" msgstr "Ameryka/Portoryko" #: ../calendar/zones.h:170 msgid "America/Rainy_River" msgstr "Ameryka/Rainy_River" #: ../calendar/zones.h:171 msgid "America/Rankin_Inlet" msgstr "Ameryka/Rankin_Inlet" #: ../calendar/zones.h:172 msgid "America/Recife" msgstr "Ameryka/Recife" #: ../calendar/zones.h:173 msgid "America/Regina" msgstr "Ameryka/Regina" #: ../calendar/zones.h:174 msgid "America/Rio_Branco" msgstr "Ameryka/Rio_Branco" #: ../calendar/zones.h:175 msgid "America/Rosario" msgstr "Ameryka/Rosario" # WK: niejednoznaczne # FZ #: ../calendar/zones.h:176 msgid "America/Santiago" msgstr "Ameryka/Santiago" #: ../calendar/zones.h:177 msgid "America/Santo_Domingo" msgstr "Ameryka/Santo_Domingo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:178 msgid "America/Sao_Paulo" msgstr "Ameryka/Sao_Paulo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:179 msgid "America/Scoresbysund" msgstr "Ameryka/Ittoqqortoormiit" #: ../calendar/zones.h:180 msgid "America/Shiprock" msgstr "Ameryka/Shiprock" #: ../calendar/zones.h:181 msgid "America/St_Johns" msgstr "Ameryka/St_Johns" #: ../calendar/zones.h:182 msgid "America/St_Kitts" msgstr "Ameryka/St_Christopher" #: ../calendar/zones.h:183 msgid "America/St_Lucia" msgstr "Ameryka/St_Lucia" #: ../calendar/zones.h:184 msgid "America/St_Thomas" msgstr "Ameryka/St_Thomas" #: ../calendar/zones.h:185 msgid "America/St_Vincent" msgstr "Ameryka/St_Vincent" #: ../calendar/zones.h:186 msgid "America/Swift_Current" msgstr "Ameryka/Swift_Current" #: ../calendar/zones.h:187 msgid "America/Tegucigalpa" msgstr "Ameryka/Tegucigalpa" #: ../calendar/zones.h:188 msgid "America/Thule" msgstr "Ameryka/Thule" #: ../calendar/zones.h:189 msgid "America/Thunder_Bay" msgstr "Ameryka/Thunder_Bay" #: ../calendar/zones.h:190 msgid "America/Tijuana" msgstr "Ameryka/Tijuana" #: ../calendar/zones.h:191 msgid "America/Tortola" msgstr "Ameryka/Tortola" #: ../calendar/zones.h:192 msgid "America/Vancouver" msgstr "Ameryka/Vancouver" #: ../calendar/zones.h:193 msgid "America/Whitehorse" msgstr "Ameryka/Whitehorse" #: ../calendar/zones.h:194 msgid "America/Winnipeg" msgstr "Ameryka/Winnipeg" #: ../calendar/zones.h:195 msgid "America/Yakutat" msgstr "Ameryka/Yakutat" #: ../calendar/zones.h:196 msgid "America/Yellowknife" msgstr "Ameryka/Yellowknife" #: ../calendar/zones.h:197 msgid "Antarctica/Casey" msgstr "Antarktyka/Casey" #: ../calendar/zones.h:198 msgid "Antarctica/Davis" msgstr "Antarktyka/Davis" #: ../calendar/zones.h:199 msgid "Antarctica/DumontDUrville" msgstr "Antarktyka/Dumont-d'Urville" #: ../calendar/zones.h:200 msgid "Antarctica/Mawson" msgstr "Antarktyka/Mawson" #: ../calendar/zones.h:201 msgid "Antarctica/McMurdo" msgstr "Antarktyka/McMurdo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:202 msgid "Antarctica/Palmer" msgstr "Antarktyka/Palmer" #: ../calendar/zones.h:203 msgid "Antarctica/South_Pole" msgstr "Antarktyka/Biegun_Południowy" #: ../calendar/zones.h:204 msgid "Antarctica/Syowa" msgstr "Antarktyka/Syowa" #: ../calendar/zones.h:205 msgid "Antarctica/Vostok" msgstr "Antarktyka/Wostok" #: ../calendar/zones.h:206 msgid "Arctic/Longyearbyen" msgstr "Arktyka/Longyearbyen" #: ../calendar/zones.h:207 msgid "Asia/Aden" msgstr "Azja/Aden" #: ../calendar/zones.h:208 msgid "Asia/Almaty" msgstr "Azja/Ałma_Ata" #: ../calendar/zones.h:209 msgid "Asia/Amman" msgstr "Azja/Amman" #: ../calendar/zones.h:210 msgid "Asia/Anadyr" msgstr "Azja/Anadyr" #: ../calendar/zones.h:211 msgid "Asia/Aqtau" msgstr "Azja/Aktau" #: ../calendar/zones.h:212 msgid "Asia/Aqtobe" msgstr "Azja/Aktobe" #: ../calendar/zones.h:213 msgid "Asia/Ashgabat" msgstr "Azja/Aszchabad" #: ../calendar/zones.h:214 msgid "Asia/Baghdad" msgstr "Azja/Bagdad" #: ../calendar/zones.h:215 msgid "Asia/Bahrain" msgstr "Azja/Bahrajn" #: ../calendar/zones.h:216 msgid "Asia/Baku" msgstr "Azja/Baku" #: ../calendar/zones.h:217 msgid "Asia/Bangkok" msgstr "Azja/Bangkok" #: ../calendar/zones.h:218 msgid "Asia/Beirut" msgstr "Azja/Bejrut" #: ../calendar/zones.h:219 msgid "Asia/Bishkek" msgstr "Azja/Biszkek" #: ../calendar/zones.h:220 msgid "Asia/Brunei" msgstr "Azja/Brunei" #: ../calendar/zones.h:221 msgid "Asia/Calcutta" msgstr "Azja/Kalkuta" #: ../calendar/zones.h:222 msgid "Asia/Choibalsan" msgstr "Azja/Czojbalsan" #: ../calendar/zones.h:223 msgid "Asia/Chongqing" msgstr "Azja/Chongqing" #: ../calendar/zones.h:224 msgid "Asia/Colombo" msgstr "Azja/Kolombo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:225 msgid "Asia/Damascus" msgstr "Azja/Damaszek" #: ../calendar/zones.h:226 msgid "Asia/Dhaka" msgstr "Azja/Dhaka" #: ../calendar/zones.h:227 msgid "Asia/Dili" msgstr "Azja/Dili" #: ../calendar/zones.h:228 msgid "Asia/Dubai" msgstr "Azja/Dubaj" #: ../calendar/zones.h:229 msgid "Asia/Dushanbe" msgstr "Azja/Duszanbe" #: ../calendar/zones.h:230 msgid "Asia/Gaza" msgstr "Azja/Gaza" #: ../calendar/zones.h:231 msgid "Asia/Harbin" msgstr "Azja/Harbin" #: ../calendar/zones.h:232 msgid "Asia/Hong_Kong" msgstr "Azja/Hongkong" #: ../calendar/zones.h:233 msgid "Asia/Hovd" msgstr "Azja/Kobdo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:234 msgid "Asia/Irkutsk" msgstr "Azja/Irkuck" #: ../calendar/zones.h:235 msgid "Asia/Istanbul" msgstr "Azja/Stambuł" #: ../calendar/zones.h:236 msgid "Asia/Jakarta" msgstr "Azja/Dżakarta" #: ../calendar/zones.h:237 msgid "Asia/Jayapura" msgstr "Azja/Jayapura" #: ../calendar/zones.h:238 msgid "Asia/Jerusalem" msgstr "Azja/Jerozolima" #: ../calendar/zones.h:239 msgid "Asia/Kabul" msgstr "Azja/Kabul" #: ../calendar/zones.h:240 msgid "Asia/Kamchatka" msgstr "Azja/Kamczatka" #: ../calendar/zones.h:241 msgid "Asia/Karachi" msgstr "Azja/Karaczi" #: ../calendar/zones.h:242 msgid "Asia/Kashgar" msgstr "Azja/Kaszgar" #: ../calendar/zones.h:243 msgid "Asia/Katmandu" msgstr "Azja/Katmandu" #: ../calendar/zones.h:244 msgid "Asia/Krasnoyarsk" msgstr "Azja/Krasnojarsk" #: ../calendar/zones.h:245 msgid "Asia/Kuala_Lumpur" msgstr "Azja/Kuala_Lumpur" #: ../calendar/zones.h:246 msgid "Asia/Kuching" msgstr "Azja/Kuching" #: ../calendar/zones.h:247 msgid "Asia/Kuwait" msgstr "Azja/Kuwejt" #: ../calendar/zones.h:248 msgid "Asia/Macao" msgstr "Azja/Makau" #: ../calendar/zones.h:249 msgid "Asia/Macau" msgstr "Azja/Makau" #: ../calendar/zones.h:250 msgid "Asia/Magadan" msgstr "Azja/Magadan" #: ../calendar/zones.h:251 msgid "Asia/Makassar" msgstr "Azja/Makasar" #: ../calendar/zones.h:252 msgid "Asia/Manila" msgstr "Azja/Manila" #: ../calendar/zones.h:253 msgid "Asia/Muscat" msgstr "Azja/Maskat" #: ../calendar/zones.h:254 msgid "Asia/Nicosia" msgstr "Azja/Nikozja" #: ../calendar/zones.h:255 msgid "Asia/Novosibirsk" msgstr "Azja/Nowosybirsk" #: ../calendar/zones.h:256 msgid "Asia/Omsk" msgstr "Azja/Omsk" #: ../calendar/zones.h:257 msgid "Asia/Oral" msgstr "Azja/Orał" #: ../calendar/zones.h:258 msgid "Asia/Phnom_Penh" msgstr "Azja/Phnom_Penh" #: ../calendar/zones.h:259 msgid "Asia/Pontianak" msgstr "Azja/Pontianak" #: ../calendar/zones.h:260 msgid "Asia/Pyongyang" msgstr "Azja/Pjongjang" #: ../calendar/zones.h:261 msgid "Asia/Qatar" msgstr "Azja/Katar" #: ../calendar/zones.h:262 msgid "Asia/Qyzylorda" msgstr "Azja/Kyzyłorda" #: ../calendar/zones.h:263 msgid "Asia/Rangoon" msgstr "Azja/Rangun" #: ../calendar/zones.h:264 msgid "Asia/Riyadh" msgstr "Azja/Rijad" #: ../calendar/zones.h:265 msgid "Asia/Saigon" msgstr "Azja/Ho_Chi_Minh" #: ../calendar/zones.h:266 msgid "Asia/Sakhalin" msgstr "Azja/Sachalin" #: ../calendar/zones.h:267 msgid "Asia/Samarkand" msgstr "Azja/Samarkanda" #: ../calendar/zones.h:268 msgid "Asia/Seoul" msgstr "Azja/Seul" #: ../calendar/zones.h:269 msgid "Asia/Shanghai" msgstr "Azja/Szanghaj" #: ../calendar/zones.h:270 msgid "Asia/Singapore" msgstr "Azja/Singapur" #: ../calendar/zones.h:271 msgid "Asia/Taipei" msgstr "Azja/Tajpej" #: ../calendar/zones.h:272 msgid "Asia/Tashkent" msgstr "Azja/Taszkient" #: ../calendar/zones.h:273 msgid "Asia/Tbilisi" msgstr "Azja/Tbilisi" #: ../calendar/zones.h:274 msgid "Asia/Tehran" msgstr "Azja/Teheran" #: ../calendar/zones.h:275 msgid "Asia/Thimphu" msgstr "Azja/Thimphu" #: ../calendar/zones.h:276 msgid "Asia/Tokyo" msgstr "Azja/Tokio" #: ../calendar/zones.h:277 msgid "Asia/Ujung_Pandang" msgstr "Azja/Makasar" #: ../calendar/zones.h:278 msgid "Asia/Ulaanbaatar" msgstr "Azja/Ułan_Bator" #: ../calendar/zones.h:279 msgid "Asia/Urumqi" msgstr "Azja/Urumczi" #: ../calendar/zones.h:280 msgid "Asia/Vientiane" msgstr "Azja/Wientian" #: ../calendar/zones.h:281 msgid "Asia/Vladivostok" msgstr "Azja/Władywostok" #: ../calendar/zones.h:282 msgid "Asia/Yakutsk" msgstr "Azja/Jakuck" #: ../calendar/zones.h:283 msgid "Asia/Yekaterinburg" msgstr "Azja/Jekaterynburg" #: ../calendar/zones.h:284 msgid "Asia/Yerevan" msgstr "Azja/Erywań" #: ../calendar/zones.h:285 msgid "Atlantic/Azores" msgstr "Atlantyk/Azory" #: ../calendar/zones.h:286 msgid "Atlantic/Bermuda" msgstr "Atlantyk/Bermudy" #: ../calendar/zones.h:287 msgid "Atlantic/Canary" msgstr "Atlantyk/Wyspy_Kanaryjskie" #: ../calendar/zones.h:288 msgid "Atlantic/Cape_Verde" msgstr "Atlantyk/Wyspy_Zielonego_Przylądka" #: ../calendar/zones.h:289 msgid "Atlantic/Faeroe" msgstr "Atlantyk/Wyspy_Owcze" #: ../calendar/zones.h:290 msgid "Atlantic/Jan_Mayen" msgstr "Atlantyk/Jan_Mayen" #: ../calendar/zones.h:291 msgid "Atlantic/Madeira" msgstr "Atlantyk/Madera" #: ../calendar/zones.h:292 msgid "Atlantic/Reykjavik" msgstr "Atlantyk/Reykjavik" #: ../calendar/zones.h:293 msgid "Atlantic/South_Georgia" msgstr "Atlantyk/Georgia_Południowa" #: ../calendar/zones.h:294 msgid "Atlantic/St_Helena" msgstr "Atlantyk/Święta_Helena" #: ../calendar/zones.h:295 msgid "Atlantic/Stanley" msgstr "Atlantyk/Stanley" #: ../calendar/zones.h:296 msgid "Australia/Adelaide" msgstr "Australia/Adelajda" #: ../calendar/zones.h:297 msgid "Australia/Brisbane" msgstr "Australia/Brisbane" #: ../calendar/zones.h:298 msgid "Australia/Broken_Hill" msgstr "Australia/Broken_Hill" #: ../calendar/zones.h:299 msgid "Australia/Darwin" msgstr "Australia/Darwin" #: ../calendar/zones.h:300 msgid "Australia/Hobart" msgstr "Australia/Hobart" #: ../calendar/zones.h:301 msgid "Australia/Lindeman" msgstr "Australia/Lindeman" #: ../calendar/zones.h:302 msgid "Australia/Lord_Howe" msgstr "Australia/Lord_Howe" #: ../calendar/zones.h:303 msgid "Australia/Melbourne" msgstr "Australia/Melbourne" #: ../calendar/zones.h:304 msgid "Australia/Perth" msgstr "Australia/Perth" #: ../calendar/zones.h:305 msgid "Australia/Sydney" msgstr "Australia/Sydney" #: ../calendar/zones.h:306 msgid "Europe/Amsterdam" msgstr "Europa/Amsterdam" #: ../calendar/zones.h:307 msgid "Europe/Andorra" msgstr "Europa/Andora" #: ../calendar/zones.h:308 msgid "Europe/Athens" msgstr "Europa/Ateny" #: ../calendar/zones.h:309 msgid "Europe/Belfast" msgstr "Europa/Belfast" #: ../calendar/zones.h:310 msgid "Europe/Belgrade" msgstr "Europa/Belgrad" #: ../calendar/zones.h:311 msgid "Europe/Berlin" msgstr "Europa/Berlin" #: ../calendar/zones.h:312 msgid "Europe/Bratislava" msgstr "Europa/Bratysława" #: ../calendar/zones.h:313 msgid "Europe/Brussels" msgstr "Europa/Bruksela" #: ../calendar/zones.h:314 msgid "Europe/Bucharest" msgstr "Europa/Bukareszt" #: ../calendar/zones.h:315 msgid "Europe/Budapest" msgstr "Europa/Budapeszt" #: ../calendar/zones.h:316 msgid "Europe/Chisinau" msgstr "Europa/Kiszyniów" #: ../calendar/zones.h:317 msgid "Europe/Copenhagen" msgstr "Europa/Kopenhaga" #: ../calendar/zones.h:318 msgid "Europe/Dublin" msgstr "Europa/Dublin" #: ../calendar/zones.h:319 msgid "Europe/Gibraltar" msgstr "Europa/Gibraltar" #: ../calendar/zones.h:320 msgid "Europe/Helsinki" msgstr "Europa/Helsinki" #: ../calendar/zones.h:321 msgid "Europe/Istanbul" msgstr "Europa/Stambuł" #: ../calendar/zones.h:322 msgid "Europe/Kaliningrad" msgstr "Europa/Kaliningrad" #: ../calendar/zones.h:323 msgid "Europe/Kiev" msgstr "Europa/Kijów" #: ../calendar/zones.h:324 msgid "Europe/Lisbon" msgstr "Europa/Lizbona" #: ../calendar/zones.h:325 msgid "Europe/Ljubljana" msgstr "Europa/Lublana" #: ../calendar/zones.h:326 msgid "Europe/London" msgstr "Europa/Londyn" #: ../calendar/zones.h:327 msgid "Europe/Luxembourg" msgstr "Europa/Luksemburg" #: ../calendar/zones.h:328 msgid "Europe/Madrid" msgstr "Europa/Madryt" #: ../calendar/zones.h:329 msgid "Europe/Malta" msgstr "Europa/Malta" #: ../calendar/zones.h:330 msgid "Europe/Minsk" msgstr "Europa/Mińsk" #: ../calendar/zones.h:331 msgid "Europe/Monaco" msgstr "Europa/Monako" #: ../calendar/zones.h:332 msgid "Europe/Moscow" msgstr "Europa/Moskwa" #: ../calendar/zones.h:333 msgid "Europe/Nicosia" msgstr "Europa/Nikozja" #: ../calendar/zones.h:334 msgid "Europe/Oslo" msgstr "Europa/Oslo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:335 msgid "Europe/Paris" msgstr "Europa/Paryż" #: ../calendar/zones.h:336 msgid "Europe/Prague" msgstr "Europa/Praga" #: ../calendar/zones.h:337 msgid "Europe/Riga" msgstr "Europa/Ryga" #: ../calendar/zones.h:338 msgid "Europe/Rome" msgstr "Europa/Rzym" #: ../calendar/zones.h:339 msgid "Europe/Samara" msgstr "Europa/Samara" #: ../calendar/zones.h:340 msgid "Europe/San_Marino" msgstr "Europa/San_Marino" #: ../calendar/zones.h:341 msgid "Europe/Sarajevo" msgstr "Europa/Sarajewo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:342 msgid "Europe/Simferopol" msgstr "Europa/Symferopol" #: ../calendar/zones.h:343 msgid "Europe/Skopje" msgstr "Europa/Skopje" #: ../calendar/zones.h:344 msgid "Europe/Sofia" msgstr "Europa/Sofia" #: ../calendar/zones.h:345 msgid "Europe/Stockholm" msgstr "Europa/Sztokholm" #: ../calendar/zones.h:346 msgid "Europe/Tallinn" msgstr "Europa/Tallin" #: ../calendar/zones.h:347 msgid "Europe/Tirane" msgstr "Europa/Tirana" #: ../calendar/zones.h:348 msgid "Europe/Uzhgorod" msgstr "Europa/Użhorod" #: ../calendar/zones.h:349 msgid "Europe/Vaduz" msgstr "Europa/Vaduz" #: ../calendar/zones.h:350 msgid "Europe/Vatican" msgstr "Europa/Watykan" #: ../calendar/zones.h:351 msgid "Europe/Vienna" msgstr "Europa/Wiedeń" #: ../calendar/zones.h:352 msgid "Europe/Vilnius" msgstr "Europa/Wilno" #: ../calendar/zones.h:353 msgid "Europe/Warsaw" msgstr "Europa/Warszawa" #: ../calendar/zones.h:354 msgid "Europe/Zagreb" msgstr "Europa/Zagrzeb" #: ../calendar/zones.h:355 msgid "Europe/Zaporozhye" msgstr "Europa/Zaporoże" #: ../calendar/zones.h:356 msgid "Europe/Zurich" msgstr "Europa/Zurych" #: ../calendar/zones.h:357 msgid "Indian/Antananarivo" msgstr "Ocean Indyjski/Antananarywa" #: ../calendar/zones.h:358 msgid "Indian/Chagos" msgstr "Ocean Indyjski/Czagos" #: ../calendar/zones.h:359 msgid "Indian/Christmas" msgstr "Ocean Indyjski/Wyspa_Bożego_Narodzenia" #: ../calendar/zones.h:360 msgid "Indian/Cocos" msgstr "Ocean Indyjski/Wyspy_Kokosowe" #: ../calendar/zones.h:361 msgid "Indian/Comoro" msgstr "Ocean Indyjski/Komory" #: ../calendar/zones.h:362 msgid "Indian/Kerguelen" msgstr "Ocean Indyjski/Wyspy_Kerguelena" #: ../calendar/zones.h:363 msgid "Indian/Mahe" msgstr "Ocean Indyjski/Mahe" #: ../calendar/zones.h:364 msgid "Indian/Maldives" msgstr "Ocean Indyjski/Malediwy" #: ../calendar/zones.h:365 msgid "Indian/Mauritius" msgstr "Ocean Indyjski/Mauritius" #: ../calendar/zones.h:366 msgid "Indian/Mayotte" msgstr "Ocean Indyjski/Majotta" #: ../calendar/zones.h:367 msgid "Indian/Reunion" msgstr "Ocean Indyjski/Reunion" #: ../calendar/zones.h:368 msgid "Pacific/Apia" msgstr "Pacyfik/Apia" #: ../calendar/zones.h:369 msgid "Pacific/Auckland" msgstr "Pacyfik/Auckland" #: ../calendar/zones.h:370 msgid "Pacific/Chatham" msgstr "Pacyfik/Wyspy_Chatham" #: ../calendar/zones.h:371 msgid "Pacific/Easter" msgstr "Pacyfik/Wyspa_Wielkanocna" #: ../calendar/zones.h:372 msgid "Pacific/Efate" msgstr "Pacyfik/Efate" #: ../calendar/zones.h:373 msgid "Pacific/Enderbury" msgstr "Pacyfik/Enderbury" #: ../calendar/zones.h:374 msgid "Pacific/Fakaofo" msgstr "Pacyfik/Fakaofo" #: ../calendar/zones.h:375 msgid "Pacific/Fiji" msgstr "Pacyfik/Fidżi" #: ../calendar/zones.h:376 msgid "Pacific/Funafuti" msgstr "Pacyfik/Funafuti" #: ../calendar/zones.h:377 msgid "Pacific/Galapagos" msgstr "Pacyfik/Galapagos" #: ../calendar/zones.h:378 msgid "Pacific/Gambier" msgstr "Pacyfik/Wyspy_Gambiera" #: ../calendar/zones.h:379 msgid "Pacific/Guadalcanal" msgstr "Pacyfik/Guadalcanal" #: ../calendar/zones.h:380 msgid "Pacific/Guam" msgstr "Pacyfik/Guam" #: ../calendar/zones.h:381 msgid "Pacific/Honolulu" msgstr "Pacyfik/Honolulu" #: ../calendar/zones.h:382 msgid "Pacific/Johnston" msgstr "Pacyfik/Johnston" #: ../calendar/zones.h:383 msgid "Pacific/Kiritimati" msgstr "Pacyfik/Kiritimati" #: ../calendar/zones.h:384 msgid "Pacific/Kosrae" msgstr "Pacyfik/Kosrae" #: ../calendar/zones.h:385 msgid "Pacific/Kwajalein" msgstr "Pacyfik/Kwajalein" #: ../calendar/zones.h:386 msgid "Pacific/Majuro" msgstr "Pacyfik/Majuro" #: ../calendar/zones.h:387 msgid "Pacific/Marquesas" msgstr "Pacyfik/Markizy" #: ../calendar/zones.h:388 msgid "Pacific/Midway" msgstr "Pacyfik/Midway" #: ../calendar/zones.h:389 msgid "Pacific/Nauru" msgstr "Pacyfik/Nauru" #: ../calendar/zones.h:390 msgid "Pacific/Niue" msgstr "Pacyfik/Niue" #: ../calendar/zones.h:391 msgid "Pacific/Norfolk" msgstr "Pacyfik/Norfolk" #: ../calendar/zones.h:392 msgid "Pacific/Noumea" msgstr "Pacyfik/Numea" #: ../calendar/zones.h:393 msgid "Pacific/Pago_Pago" msgstr "Pacyfik/Pago_Pago" #: ../calendar/zones.h:394 msgid "Pacific/Palau" msgstr "Pacyfik/Palau" #: ../calendar/zones.h:395 msgid "Pacific/Pitcairn" msgstr "Pacyfik/Pitcairn" #: ../calendar/zones.h:396 msgid "Pacific/Ponape" msgstr "Pacyfik/Pohnpei" #: ../calendar/zones.h:397 msgid "Pacific/Port_Moresby" msgstr "Pacyfik/Port_Moresby" #: ../calendar/zones.h:398 msgid "Pacific/Rarotonga" msgstr "Pacyfik/Rarotonga" #: ../calendar/zones.h:399 msgid "Pacific/Saipan" msgstr "Pacyfik/Saipan" #: ../calendar/zones.h:400 msgid "Pacific/Tahiti" msgstr "Pacyfik/Tahiti" #: ../calendar/zones.h:401 msgid "Pacific/Tarawa" msgstr "Pacyfik/Tarawa" #: ../calendar/zones.h:402 msgid "Pacific/Tongatapu" msgstr "Pacyfik/Tongatapu" #: ../calendar/zones.h:403 msgid "Pacific/Truk" msgstr "Pacyfik/Chuuk" #: ../calendar/zones.h:404 msgid "Pacific/Wake" msgstr "Pacyfik/Wake" #: ../calendar/zones.h:405 msgid "Pacific/Wallis" msgstr "Pacyfik/Wallis" #: ../calendar/zones.h:406 msgid "Pacific/Yap" msgstr "Pacyfik/Yap" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:203 msgid "Save as..." msgstr "Zapisz jako..." #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:276 #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:308 msgid "_Close" msgstr "Zam_knij" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:278 msgid "Close the current file" msgstr "Zamyka bieżący plik" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:283 msgid "New _Message" msgstr "Nowa _wiadomość" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:285 msgid "Open New Message window" msgstr "Otwórz okno nowej wiadomości" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:292 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:937 msgid "Configure Evolution" msgstr "Konfiguruje program Evolution" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:299 msgid "Save the current file" msgstr "Zapisuje bieżący plik" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:304 msgid "Save _As..." msgstr "Zapisz j_ako..." #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:306 msgid "Save the current file with a different name" msgstr "Zapisuje bieżący plik pod inną nazwą" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:313 msgid "Character _Encoding" msgstr "Zes_taw znaków" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:330 msgid "_Print..." msgstr "Wy_drukuj..." #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:337 msgid "Print Pre_view" msgstr "Podgląd wyd_ruku" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:344 msgid "Save as _Draft" msgstr "Zapisz jako s_zkic" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:346 msgid "Save as draft" msgstr "Zapisz jako szkic" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:351 msgid "S_end" msgstr "_Wyślij" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:353 msgid "Send this message" msgstr "Wysyła wiadomość" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:361 msgid "PGP _Encrypt" msgstr "_Szyfrowanie PGP" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:363 msgid "Encrypt this message with PGP" msgstr "Szyfruje wiadomość za pomocą PGP" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:369 msgid "PGP _Sign" msgstr "_Podpis PGP" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:371 msgid "Sign this message with your PGP key" msgstr "Podpisuje wiadomość za pomocą klucza PGP" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:377 msgid "_Picture Gallery" msgstr "_Galeria zdjęć" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:379 msgid "Show a collection of pictures that you can drag to your message" msgstr "" "Wyświetla kolekcję zdjęć, które można przeciągnąć do swojej wiadomości" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:385 msgid "_Prioritize Message" msgstr "_Określ priorytet" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:387 msgid "Set the message priority to high" msgstr "Ustawia priorytet wiadomości na wysoki" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:393 msgid "Re_quest Read Receipt" msgstr "_Zażądaj potwierdzenia przeczytania" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:395 msgid "Get delivery notification when your message is read" msgstr "Żądanie potwierdzenia przeczytania wiadomości" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:401 msgid "S/MIME En_crypt" msgstr "S_zyfrowanie S/MIME" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:403 msgid "Encrypt this message with your S/MIME Encryption Certificate" msgstr "Szyfruje wiadomość za pomocą certyfikatu szyfrującego S/MIME" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:409 msgid "S/MIME Sig_n" msgstr "P_odpis S/MIME" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:411 msgid "Sign this message with your S/MIME Signature Certificate" msgstr "Podpisuje wiadomość za pomocą certyfikatu podpisującego S/MIME" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:417 msgid "_Bcc Field" msgstr "Pole _Ukryta kopia" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:419 msgid "Toggles whether the BCC field is displayed" msgstr "Przełącza wyświetlanie pola \"Ukryta kopia\"" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:425 msgid "_Cc Field" msgstr "Pole _Kopia" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:427 msgid "Toggles whether the CC field is displayed" msgstr "Przełącza wyświetlanie pola \"Kopia\"" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:433 msgid "_Reply-To Field" msgstr "Pole Odpowiedź _do" # FZ #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:435 msgid "Toggles whether the Reply-To field is displayed" msgstr "Przełącza wyświetlanie pola \"Odpowiedź do\"" #: ../composer/e-composer-actions.c:494 msgid "Save Draft" msgstr "Zapisz szkic" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:39 msgid "Enter the recipients of the message" msgstr "Proszę podać adres odbiorcy wiadomości" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:41 msgid "Enter the addresses that will receive a carbon copy of the message" msgstr "Proszę podać adresy, pod które zostanie przesłana kopia wiadomości" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:44 msgid "" "Enter the addresses that will receive a carbon copy of the message without " "appearing in the recipient list of the message" msgstr "" "Proszę podać adresy, które nie mają się pojawić w liście odbiorców, a pod " "które zostanie przesłana kopia wiadomości" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:772 msgid "Fr_om:" msgstr "_Od:" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:779 msgid "_Reply-To:" msgstr "Odpo_wiedź do:" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:784 msgid "_To:" msgstr "_Do:" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:790 msgid "_Cc:" msgstr "_Kopia:" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:796 msgid "_Bcc:" msgstr "_Ukryta kopia:" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:801 msgid "_Post To:" msgstr "_Wyślij do:" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:805 msgid "S_ubject:" msgstr "_Temat:" #: ../composer/e-composer-header-table.c:813 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:489 msgid "Si_gnature:" msgstr "Podp_is:" #: ../composer/e-composer-name-header.c:235 msgid "Click here for the address book" msgstr "Kliknięcie otworzy książkę adresową" #: ../composer/e-composer-post-header.c:184 msgid "Click here to select folders to post to" msgstr "Kliknięcie wybierze katalogi docelowe wysyłki" #: ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:879 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot sign outgoing message: No signing certificate set for this account" msgstr "" "Nie można podpisać wiadomości wychodzącej: Nie ustawiono certyfikatu " "podpisującego dla tego konta" #: ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:888 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot encrypt outgoing message: No encryption certificate set for this " "account" msgstr "" "Nie można zaszyfrować wiadomości wychodzącej: Nie ustawiono certyfikatu " "szyfrującego dla tego konta" #: ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:1569 ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:1981 msgid "Compose Message" msgstr "Tworzenie wiadomości" #: ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:4249 msgid "" "The composer contains a non-text message body, which cannot be edited." msgstr "" "Edytor wiadomości zawiera treść niebędącą tekstem, która nie może podlegać " "modyfikacjom." #: ../composer/e-msg-composer.c:4949 msgid "Untitled Message" msgstr "Wiadomość bez tytułu" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:1 msgid "You cannot attach the file "{0}" to this message." msgstr "Nie można załączyć pliku "{0}" do tej wiadomości." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:2 msgid "The file '{0}' is not a regular file and cannot be sent in a message." msgstr "" "Plik \"{0}\" nie jest zwykłym plikiem i nie może być wysłany w wiadomości." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Could not retrieve messages to attach from {0}." msgstr "Nie można pobrać wiadomości do załączenia z {0}." # FZ #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:4 msgid "Because "{1}"." msgstr "Przyczyna: "{1}"." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Do you want to recover unfinished messages?" msgstr "Odtworzyć niedokończoną wiadomość?" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "Evolution quit unexpectedly while you were composing a new message. " "Recovering the message will allow you to continue where you left off." msgstr "" "Program Evolution niespodziewanie zakończył działanie podczas tworzenia " "nowej wiadomości. Odtworzenie wiadomości pozwoli na kontynuację pracy w tym " "samym miejscu." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:7 msgid "_Do not Recover" msgstr "_Nie odtwarzaj" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:8 msgid "_Recover" msgstr "_Odtwórz" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Could not save to autosave file "{0}"." msgstr "Nie można zapisać do pliku automatycznego zapisu "{0}"." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:10 msgid "Error saving to autosave because "{1}"." msgstr "Błąd zapisu do pliku automatycznego zapisu z powodu "{1}"." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Download in progress. Do you want to send the mail?" msgstr "Trwa pobieranie. Na pewno wysłać wiadomość?" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" " There are few attachments getting downloaded. Sending the mail will cause " "the mail to be sent without those pending attachments " msgstr "" " Trwa pobieranie załączników. Wysłanie wiadomości teraz spowoduje, że " "pobierane pliki nie zostaną załączone " #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:14 msgid "" "Are you sure you want to discard the message, titled '{0}', you are " "composing?" msgstr "Na pewno porzucić pisaną właśnie wiadomość o tytule \"{0}\"?" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:15 msgid "" "Closing this composer window will discard the message permanently, unless " "you choose to save the message in your Drafts folder. This will allow you to " "continue the message at a later date." msgstr "" "Zamknięcie okna tworzenia wiadomości spowoduje bezpowrotne porzucenie " "wiadomości, chyba że zostanie wybrany zapis wiadomości w katalogu szkiców. " "Pozwoli to na późniejsze kontynuowanie pisania wiadomości." #. Response codes were chosen somewhat arbitrarily. #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:18 msgid "_Continue Editing" msgstr "_Kontynuuj edycję" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:19 msgid "_Save Draft" msgstr "_Zapisz szkic" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:20 msgid "Could not create message." msgstr "Nie można utworzyć wiadomości." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:21 msgid "" "Because "{0}", you may need to select different mail options." msgstr "" "Z powodu "{0}" może być konieczne użycie innych opcji poczty." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:22 msgid "Could not read signature file "{0}"." msgstr "Nie można odczytać pliku podpisu "{0}"." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:23 msgid "All accounts have been removed." msgstr "Wszystkie konta zostały usunięte." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:24 msgid "You need to configure an account before you can compose mail." msgstr "Przed utworzeniem wiadomości należy skonfigurować konto." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:25 msgid "An error occurred while saving to your Outbox folder." msgstr "Wystąpił błąd podczas zapisywania do katalogu Wychodzące." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:26 msgid "" "The reported error was "{0}". The message has not been sent." msgstr "Zgłoszony błąd: "{0}". Wiadomość nie została zapisana." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:27 msgid "An error occurred while saving to your Drafts folder." msgstr "Wystąpił błąd podczas zapisywania do katalogu Szkice." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:28 msgid "" "The reported error was "{0}". The message has most likely not been " "saved." msgstr "" "Zgłoszony błąd: "{0}". Wiadomość prawdopodobnie nie została " "zapisana." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:29 msgid "An error occurred while sending. How do you want to proceed?" msgstr "Wystąpił błąd podczas wysyłania. Jak kontynuować?" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:30 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:156 msgid "The reported error was "{0}"." msgstr "Zgłoszony błąd: "{0}"." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:31 msgid "_Save to Outbox" msgstr "_Zapisz w Wychodzących" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:32 msgid "_Try Again" msgstr "_Spróbuj ponownie" #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:33 msgid "Your message was sent, but an error occurred during post-processing." msgstr "" "Wysłano wiadomość, ale wystąpił błąd podczas przetwarzania po wysłaniu." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:34 msgid "Saving message to Outbox." msgstr "Zapisywanie wiadomości w katalogu Wychodzące." #: ../composer/mail-composer.error.xml.h:35 msgid "" "The message will be saved to your local Outbox folder, because the " "destination service is currently unavailable. You can send the message by " "clicking the Send/Receive button in Evolution's toolbar." msgstr "" # wd #: ../data/evolution-alarm-notify.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Evolution Alarm Notify" msgstr "Powiadamianie o alarmach Evolution" #: ../data/evolution-alarm-notify.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Calendar event notifications" msgstr "Powiadamianie o wydarzeniach z kalendarza" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:1033 #: ../modules/mailto-handler/evolution-mailto-handler.c:212 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-private.c:243 msgid "Evolution" msgstr "Evolution" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:2 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:83 msgid "Groupware Suite" msgstr "Pakiet do pracy grupowej" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "Evolution Mail and Calendar" msgstr "Poczta i kalendarz Evolution" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:4 msgid "Manage your email, contacts and schedule" msgstr "Zarządzanie wiadomościami, kontaktami i planami" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:5 msgid "mail;calendar;contact;addressbook;task;" msgstr "" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:6 msgid "Compose New Message" msgstr "Utwórz nową wiadomość" #: ../data/evolution.desktop.in.in.h:7 ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:453 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:304 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:372 msgid "Contacts" msgstr "Kontakty" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Enable address formatting" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether addresses should be formatted according to standard in their " "destination country" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Autocomplete length" msgstr "Długość automatycznego uzupełniania" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "The number of characters that must be typed before Evolution will attempt to " "autocomplete." msgstr "" "Liczba znaków, które należy wpisać, aby program Evolution podjął próbę " "automatycznego uzupełniania." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Show autocompleted name with an address" msgstr "Wyświetlanie automatycznie uzupełnionej nazwy wraz z adresem" # FZ #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Whether force showing the mail address with the name of the autocompleted " "contact in the entry." msgstr "" "Określa, czy wymuszać wyświetlanie adresu e-mail wraz z nazwą automatycznie " "uzupełnionego kontaktu." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "URI for the folder last used in the select names dialog" msgstr "Adres URI katalogu ostatnio używanego w oknie wyboru nazw" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "URI for the folder last used in the select names dialog." msgstr "Adres URI katalogu ostatnio używanego w oknie wyboru nazw." # wd #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Contact layout style" msgstr "Styl układu listy kontaktów" # wd #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "The layout style determines where to place the preview pane in relation to " "the contact list. \"0\" (Classic View) places the preview pane below the " "contact list. \"1\" (Vertical View) places the preview pane next to the " "contact list." msgstr "" "Styl układu określa miejsce panelu podglądu w stosunku do listy kontaktów. " "Wartość \"0\" (widok klasyczny) oznacza umieszczenie panelu podglądu poniżej " "listy kontaktów. Wartość \"1\" (widok pionowy) powoduje umieszczenie panelu " "podglądu obok listy kontaktów." # wd #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Contact preview pane position (horizontal)" msgstr "Pozycja panelu podglądu kontaktów (pozioma)" # wd #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Position of the contact preview pane when oriented horizontally." msgstr "Pozycja panelu podglądu kontaktów ułożonego poziomo." # wd #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Contact preview pane position (vertical)" msgstr "Położenie panelu widoku kontaktu (pionowe)" # wd #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Position of the contact preview pane when oriented vertically." msgstr "Pozycja panelu podglądu kontaktów ułożonego pionowo." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Show maps" msgstr "Wyświetlanie map" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "Whether to show maps in preview pane" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Primary address book" msgstr "Główna książka adresowa" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "" "The UID of the selected (or \"primary\") address book in the sidebar of the " "\"Contacts\" view" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Show preview pane" msgstr "Wyświetlanie panelu podglądu" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Whether to show the preview pane." msgstr "Określa, czy wyświetlać panel podglądu." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.bogofilter.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Convert mail messages to Unicode" msgstr "Konwertuje tekst wiadomości do unikodu" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.bogofilter.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Convert message text to Unicode UTF-8 to unify spam/ham tokens coming from " "different character sets." msgstr "" "Konwertuje tekst wiadomości do unikodu UTF-8, aby nie pominąć żadnych znaków " "z innych kodowań." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Save directory for reminder audio" msgstr "Katalog do zapisu plików dźwiękowych przypomnień" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Directory for saving reminder audio files" msgstr "Katalog do zapisywania plików dźwiękowych przypomnień" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder value" msgstr "Wartość przypomnień o urodzinach i rocznicach" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Number of units for determining a birthday or anniversary reminder" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder units" msgstr "Jednostki przypomnień o urodzinach i rocznicach" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Units for a birthday or anniversary reminder, \"minutes\", \"hours\" or " "\"days\"" msgstr "" # WK: Do zastanowienia (weekendy) # FZ #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Compress weekends in month view" msgstr "Kompresowanie weekendów w widoku miesiąca" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "Whether to compress weekends in the month view, which puts Saturday and " "Sunday in the space of one weekday" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Ask for confirmation when deleting items" msgstr "Pytanie o potwierdzanie przed usunięciem elementów" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Whether to ask for confirmation when deleting an appointment or task" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Confirm expunge" msgstr "Potwierdzanie oczyszczania" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Whether to ask for confirmation when expunging appointments and tasks" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Month view vertical pane position" msgstr "Położenie pionowe panelu widoku miesiąca" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "" "Position of the vertical pane, between the calendar lists and the date " "navigator calendar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Workday end hour" msgstr "Godzina końca dnia roboczego" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "Hour the workday ends on, in twenty four hour format, 0 to 23" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Workday end minute" msgstr "Minuta końca dnia roboczego" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Minute the workday ends on, 0 to 59." msgstr "Minuta końca dnia roboczego - od 0 do 59." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Workday start hour" msgstr "Godzina początku dnia roboczego" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Hour the workday starts on, in twenty four hour format, 0 to 23." msgstr "" "Godzina rozpoczęcia dnia roboczego, w formacie 24-godzinnym - 0 do 23." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Workday start minute" msgstr "Minuta początku dnia roboczego" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Minute the workday starts on, 0 to 59." msgstr "Minuta początku dnia roboczego - od 0 do 59." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:23 msgid "The second timezone for a Day View" msgstr "Dodatkowa strefa czasowa dla widoku jednego dnia" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "" "Shows the second time zone in a Day View, if set. Value is similar to one " "used in a 'timezone' key" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Recently used second time zones in a Day View" msgstr "Ostatnio używane dodatkowe strefy czasowe w widoku jednego dnia" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "List of recently used second time zones in a Day View" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Maximum number of recently used timezones to remember" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:28 msgid "" "Maximum number of recently used timezones to remember in a 'day-second-" "zones' list" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:29 msgid "Default reminder value" msgstr "Domyślna wartość przypomnienia" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:30 msgid "Number of units for determining a default reminder" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:31 msgid "Default reminder units" msgstr "Domyślne jednostki przypomnienia" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:32 msgid "Units for a default reminder, \"minutes\", \"hours\" or \"days\"" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:33 msgid "Show categories field in the event/meeting/task editor" msgstr "Wyświetlanie pola kategorii w edytorze wydarzeń/zadań/zebrań" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:34 msgid "Whether to show categories field in the event/meeting editor" msgstr "Określa, czy wyświetlać kategorie edytorze wydarzeń/zebrań" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:35 msgid "Show Role field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "Wyświetlanie pola roli w edytorze wydarzeń/zadań/zebrań" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:36 msgid "Whether to show role field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "Określa, czy wyświetlać pole roli w edytorze wydarzeń/zadań/zebrań" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:37 msgid "Show RSVP field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "Wyświetlanie pola RSVP w edytorze wydarzeń/zadań/zebrań" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:38 msgid "Whether to show RSVP field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "Określa, czy wyświetlać pole RSVP w edytorze wydarzeń/zadań/zebrań" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:39 msgid "Show status field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "Wyświetlanie pola stanu w edytorze wydarzeń/zadań/zebrań" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:40 msgid "Whether to show status field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "Określa, czy wyświetlać pole stanu w edytorze wydarzeń/zadań/zebrań" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:41 msgid "Show timezone field in the event/meeting editor" msgstr "Wyświetlanie pola strefy czasowej w edytorze wydarzeń/zadań/zebrań" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:42 msgid "Whether to show timezone field in the event/meeting editor" msgstr "" "Określa, czy wyświetlać pole strefy czasowej w edytorze wydarzeń/zadań/zebrań" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:43 msgid "Show type field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "Wyświetlanie pola typu w edytorze wydarzeń/zadań/zebrań" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:44 msgid "Whether to show type field in the event/task/meeting editor" msgstr "Określa, czy wyświetlać pole typu w edytorze wydarzeń/zadań/zebrań" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:45 msgid "Hide completed tasks" msgstr "Ukrywanie ukończonych zadań" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:46 msgid "Whether to hide completed tasks in the tasks view" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:47 msgid "Hide task units" msgstr "Jednostki ukrywania zadań" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:48 msgid "" "Units for determining when to hide tasks, \"minutes\", \"hours\" or \"days\"" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:49 msgid "Hide task value" msgstr "Wartość ukrywania zadania" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:50 msgid "Number of units for determining when to hide tasks" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:51 msgid "Horizontal pane position" msgstr "Poziome położenie panelu" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:52 msgid "" "Position of the horizontal pane, between the date navigator calendar and the " "task list when not in the month view, in pixels" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:53 msgid "Last reminder time" msgstr "Czas ostatniego przypomnienia" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:54 msgid "Time the last reminder ran, in time_t" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:55 msgid "Marcus Bains Line Color - Day View" msgstr "Kolor linii Marcusa Bainsa - widok jednego dnia" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:56 msgid "Color to draw the Marcus Bains line in the Day View" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:57 msgid "Marcus Bains Line Color - Time bar" msgstr "Kolor linii Marcusa Bainsa - pasek czasu" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:58 msgid "" "Color to draw the Marcus Bains Line in the Time bar (empty for default)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:59 msgid "Marcus Bains Line" msgstr "Linia Marcusa Bainsa" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:60 msgid "" "Whether to draw the Marcus Bains Line (line at current time) in the calendar" msgstr "" # wd #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:61 msgid "Memo preview pane position (horizontal)" msgstr "Pozycja panelu podglądu notatek (pozioma)" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:62 msgid "Position of the task preview pane when oriented horizontally" msgstr "" # wd #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:63 msgid "Memo layout style" msgstr "Styl układu notatki" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:64 msgid "" "The layout style determines where to place the preview pane in relation to " "the memo list. \"0\" (Classic View) places the preview pane below the memo " "list. \"1\" (Vertical View) places the preview pane next to the memo list" msgstr "" # wd #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:65 msgid "Memo preview pane position (vertical)" msgstr "Położenie panelu podglądu notatek (pionowe)" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:66 msgid "Position of the memo preview pane when oriented vertically" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:67 msgid "Month view horizontal pane position" msgstr "Położenie poziome panelu widoku miesiąca" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:68 msgid "" "Position of the horizontal pane, between the view and the date navigator " "calendar and task list in the month view, in pixels" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:69 msgid "Scroll Month View by a week, not by a month" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:70 msgid "Whether to scroll a Month View by a week, not by a month" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:71 msgid "Reminder programs" msgstr "Programy przypomnień" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:72 msgid "Programs that are allowed to be run by reminders" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:73 msgid "Show display reminders in notification tray" msgstr "Wyświetlanie przypomnień w obszarze powiadamiania" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:74 msgid "Whether or not to use the notification tray for display reminders" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:75 msgid "Preferred New button item" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:76 msgid "Name of the preferred New toolbar button item" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:77 msgid "Primary calendar" msgstr "Główny kalendarz" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:78 msgid "" "The UID of the selected (or \"primary\") calendar in the sidebar of the " "\"Calendar\" view" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:79 msgid "Primary memo list" msgstr "Główna lista notatek" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:80 msgid "" "The UID of the selected (or \"primary\") memo list in the sidebar of the " "\"Memos\" view" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:81 msgid "Primary task list" msgstr "Główna lista zadań" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:82 msgid "" "The UID of the selected (or \"primary\") task list in the sidebar of the " "\"Tasks\" view" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:83 msgid "Free/busy template URL" msgstr "Adres URL szablonu z informacją o zajętości" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:85 #, no-c-format msgid "" "The URL template to use as a free/busy data fallback, %u is replaced by the " "user part of the mail address and %d is replaced by the domain" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:86 msgid "Recurrent Events in Italic" msgstr "Powtarzające się wydarzenia czcionką pochyłą" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:87 msgid "" "Show days with recurrent events in italic font in bottom left calendar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:88 msgid "Search range for time-based searching in years" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:89 msgid "" "How many years can the time-based search go forward or backward from " "currently selected day when searching for another occurrence; default is ten " "years" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:90 msgid "Show appointment end times in week and month views" msgstr "Wyświetlanie czasów zakończenia spotkań w widoku tygodnia i miesiąca" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:91 msgid "Whether to display the end time of events in the week and month views" msgstr "" # wd #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:92 msgid "Show the memo preview pane" msgstr "Wyświetlanie panelu podglądu notatek" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:93 msgid "If \"true\", show the memo preview pane in the main window" msgstr "" # wd #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:94 msgid "Show the task preview pane" msgstr "Wyświetlanie panelu podglądu zadań" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:95 msgid "If \"true\", show the task preview pane in the main window" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:96 msgid "Show week numbers in Day View, Work Week View, and Date Navigator" msgstr "" "Wyświetlanie numerów tygodni w widoku dnia, tygodnia roboczego i nawigatora " "dat" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:97 msgid "Whether to show week numbers in various places in the Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:98 msgid "Vertical position for the tag pane" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:99 msgid "Highlight tasks due today" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:100 msgid "" "Whether highlight tasks due today with a special color (task-due-today-color)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:101 msgid "Tasks due today color" msgstr "Kolor zadań na dziś" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:102 msgid "" "Background color of tasks that are due today, in \"#rrggbb\" format. Used " "together with task-due-today-highlight" msgstr "" # wd #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:103 msgid "Task preview pane position (horizontal)" msgstr "Położenie panelu podglądu zadań (poziome)" # wd #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:104 msgid "Task layout style" msgstr "Styl układu zadań" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:105 msgid "" "The layout style determines where to place the preview pane in relation to " "the task list. \"0\" (Classic View) places the preview pane below the task " "list. \"1\" (Vertical View) places the preview pane next to the task list" msgstr "" # wd #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:106 msgid "Task preview pane position (vertical)" msgstr "Położenie panelu podglądu zadań (pionowe)" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:107 msgid "Position of the task preview pane when oriented vertically" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:108 msgid "Highlight overdue tasks" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:109 msgid "" "Whether highlight overdue tasks with a special color (task-overdue-color)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:110 msgid "Overdue tasks color" msgstr "Kolor zaległych zadań" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:111 msgid "" "Background color of tasks that are overdue, in \"#rrggbb\" format. Used " "together with task-overdue-highlight." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:112 msgid "Time divisions" msgstr "Przedziały czasu" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:113 msgid "Intervals shown in Day and Work Week views, in minutes" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:114 msgid "Timezone" msgstr "Strefa czasowa" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:115 msgid "" "The default timezone to use for dates and times in the calendar, as an " "untranslated Olson timezone database location like \"America/New York\"" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:116 msgid "Twenty four hour time format" msgstr "24-godzinny format czasu" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:117 msgid "" "Whether to show times in twenty four hour format instead of using am/pm" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:118 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder" msgstr "Przypomnienie o urodzinach i rocznicach" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:119 msgid "Whether to set a reminder for birthdays and anniversaries" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:120 msgid "Default appointment reminder" msgstr "Domyślne przypomnienie spotkania" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:121 msgid "Whether to set a default reminder for appointments" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:122 msgid "Use system timezone" msgstr "Użycie systemowej strefy czasowej" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:123 msgid "Use the system timezone instead of the timezone selected in Evolution" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:124 msgid "First day of the week" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:125 msgid "Monday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:126 msgid "Tuesday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:127 msgid "Wednesday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:128 msgid "Thursday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:129 msgid "Friday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:130 msgid "Saturday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:131 msgid "Sunday is a work day" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:132 msgid "(Deprecated) First day of the week, from Sunday (0) to Saturday (6)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:133 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"week-start-day-name\" instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:134 msgid "(Deprecated) Work days" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:135 msgid "" "Days on which the start and end of work hours should be indicated. (This key " "was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use the \"work-" "day-monday\", \"work-day-tuesday\", etc. keys instead.)" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Previous Evolution version" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "The most recently used version of Evolution, expressed as " "\"major.minor.micro\". This is used for data and settings migration from " "older to newer versions." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "List of disabled plugins" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "The list of disabled plugins in Evolution" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "The window's X coordinate" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "The window's Y coordinate" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "The window's width in pixels" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "The window's height in pixels" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Whether the window is maximized" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.importer.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Gnome Calendar's calendar import done" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.importer.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Whether calendar from Gnome Calendar has been imported or not" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.importer.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Gnome Calendar's tasks import done" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.importer.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Whether tasks from Gnome Calendar have been imported or not" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Check whether Evolution is the default mailer" msgstr "" "Sprawdzanie, czy programu Evolution jest domyślnym programem pocztowym" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Every time Evolution starts, check whether or not it is the default mailer." msgstr "" "Sprawdza podczas każdego uruchomienia, czy Evolution jest domyślnym " "programem pocztowym." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Default charset in which to compose messages" msgstr "Domyślny zestaw znaków tworzonych wiadomości" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Default charset in which to compose messages." msgstr "Domyślny zestaw znaków tworzonych wiadomości." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Path where picture gallery should search for its content" msgstr "Ścieżka, gdzie galeria obrazów powinna szukać swojej zawartości" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "This value can be an empty string, which means it'll use the system Picture " "folder, usually set to ~/Pictures. This folder will be also used when the " "set path is not pointing to the existent folder" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Spell check inline" msgstr "Sprawdzanie pisowni" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Draw spelling error indicators on words as you type." msgstr "Podkreślanie błędnych wyrazów podczas pisania." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Automatic link recognition" msgstr "Automatyczne rozpoznawanie odnośników" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Recognize links in text and replace them." msgstr "Rozpoznawanie odnośników w tekście i zamienianie ich." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Automatic emoticon recognition" msgstr "Automatyczne rozpoznawanie emotikon" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Recognize emoticons in text and replace them with images." msgstr "Rozpoznawanie emotikon w tekście i zamienianie ich na obrazy." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Attribute message" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "" "The text that is inserted when replying to a message, attributing the " "message to the original author" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Forward message" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "" "The text that is inserted when forwarding a message, saying that the " "forwarded message follows" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Original message" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "" "The text that is inserted when replying to a message (top posting), saying " "that the original message follows" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Group Reply replies to list" msgstr "Odpowiedź grupowa odpowiada na listę" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "" "Instead of the normal \"Reply to All\" behaviour, this option will make the " "'Group Reply' toolbar button try to reply only to the mailing list through " "which you happened to receive the copy of the message to which you're " "replying." msgstr "" "Zamiast zwykłego zachowania \"Odpowiedz wszystkim\", ta opcja spowoduje, że " "przycisk paska narzędziowego \"Odpowiedz grupowa\" spróbuje odpowiedzieć " "tylko do listy dyskusyjnej, przez którą otrzymano kopię wiadomości, na którą " "się odpowiada." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Put the cursor at the bottom of replies" msgstr "Umieszcza kursor u dołu odpowiedzi" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "" "Users get all up in arms over where the cursor should go when replying to a " "message. This determines whether the cursor is placed at the top of the " "message or the bottom." msgstr "" "Decyzja, gdzie ma znajdować się kursor podczas odpowiadania na wiadomość, " "jest w rękach użytkownika. Ta opcja określa, czy kursor ma być umieszczony " "na górze, czy na dole wiadomości." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:23 msgid "Always request read receipt" msgstr "Zawsze żądanie potwierdzenia przeczytania" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "" "Whether a read receipt request gets added to every message by default." msgstr "" "Określa, czy żądanie potwierdzenia przeczytania wiadomości ma być dodawane " "domyślnie do każdej wiadomości." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Send HTML mail by default" msgstr "Domyślne wysłanie wiadomości w formacie HTML" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "Send HTML mail by default." msgstr "Domyślne wysłanie wiadomości w formacie HTML." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Spell checking color" msgstr "Kolor sprawdzania pisowni" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:28 msgid "Underline color for misspelled words when using inline spelling." msgstr "Kolor podkreślania błędnie napisanych słów." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:29 msgid "Spell checking languages" msgstr "Języki sprawdzania pisowni" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:30 msgid "List of dictionary language codes used for spell checking." msgstr "Lista kodów języków używanych do sprawdzania pisowni." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:31 msgid "Show \"Bcc\" field when sending a mail message" msgstr "" "Wyświetlanie pola \"Ukryta kopia\" podczas wysyłania wiadomości pocztowej" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:32 msgid "" "Show the \"Bcc\" field when sending a mail message. This is controlled from " "the View menu when a mail account is chosen." msgstr "" "Wyświetlanie pola \"Ukryta kopia\" podczas wysyłania wiadomości pocztowej. " "Opcja kontrolowana z menu Widok, gdy wybrane jest konto pocztowe." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:33 msgid "Show \"Cc\" field when sending a mail message" msgstr "Wyświetlanie pola \"Kopia\" podczas wysyłania wiadomości pocztowej" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:34 msgid "" "Show the \"Cc\" field when sending a mail message. This is controlled from " "the View menu when a mail account is chosen." msgstr "" "Wyświetlanie pola \"Kopia\" podczas wysyłania wiadomości pocztowej. Opcja " "kontrolowana z menu Widok, gdy wybrane jest konto pocztowe." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:35 msgid "Show \"Reply To\" field when sending a mail message" msgstr "Wyświetlanie pola \"Odpowiedź do\" podczas wysyłania wiadomości" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:36 msgid "" "Show the \"Reply To\" field when sending a mail message. This is controlled " "from the View menu when a mail account is chosen." msgstr "" "Wyświetlanie pola \"Odpowiedź do\" podczas wysyłania wiadomości pocztowej. " "Opcja kontrolowana z menu Widok, gdy wybrane jest konto pocztowe." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:37 msgid "Show \"From\" field when posting to a newsgroup" msgstr "" "Wyświetlanie pola \"Od\" podczas wysyłania wiadomości do grupy dyskusyjnej" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:38 msgid "" "Show the \"From\" field when posting to a newsgroup. This is controlled from " "the View menu when a news account is chosen." msgstr "" "Wyświetlanie pola \"Od\" podczas wysyłania wiadomości do grupy dyskusyjnej. " "Opcja kontrolowana z menu Widok, gdy wybrane jest konto grup dyskusyjnych." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:39 msgid "Show \"Reply To\" field when posting to a newsgroup" msgstr "" "Wyświetlanie pola \"Odpowiedź do\" podczas wysyłania wiadomości do grupy " "dyskusyjnej" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:40 msgid "" "Show the \"Reply To\" field when posting to a newsgroup. This is controlled " "from the View menu when a news account is chosen." msgstr "" "Wyświetlanie pola \"Odpowiedź do\" podczas wysyłania wiadomości do grupy " "dyskusyjnej. Opcja kontrolowana z menu Widok, gdy wybrane jest konto grup " "dyskusyjnych." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:41 msgid "Digitally sign replies when the original message is signed" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:42 msgid "" "Automatically enable PGP or S/MIME signatures when replying to a message " "which is also PGP or S/MIME signed." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:43 msgid "Encode filenames in an Outlook/GMail way" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:44 msgid "" "Encode filenames in the mail headers same as Outlook or GMail do, to let " "them display correctly filenames with UTF-8 letters sent by Evolution, " "because they do not follow the RFC 2231, but use the incorrect RFC 2047 " "standard." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:45 msgid "Put personalized signatures at the top of replies" msgstr "Umieszczanie spersonalizowanych podpisów u góry odpowiedzi" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:46 msgid "" "Users get all up in arms over where their signature should go when replying " "to a message. This determines whether the signature is placed at the top of " "the message or the bottom." msgstr "" "Decyzja, gdzie ma znajdować się podpis podczas odpowiadania na wiadomość, " "jest w rękach użytkownika. Ta opcja określa, czy podpis ma być umieszczony " "na górze, czy na dole wiadomości." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:47 msgid "Do not add signature delimiter" msgstr "Bez dodawania delimitera podpisu" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:48 msgid "" "Set to TRUE in case you do not want to add signature delimiter before your " "signature when composing a mail." msgstr "" "Proszę ustawić wartość \"true\", gdy podczas tworzenia wiadomości separator " "podpisu nie ma być dodawany." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:49 msgid "Ignore list Reply-To:" msgstr "Ignorowanie nagłówka Reply-To: list" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:50 msgid "" "Some mailing lists set a Reply-To: header to trick users into sending " "replies to the list, even when they ask Evolution to make a private reply. " "Setting this option to TRUE will attempt to ignore such Reply-To: headers, " "so that Evolution will do as you ask it. If you use the private reply " "action, it will reply privately, while if you use the 'Reply to List' action " "it will do that. It works by comparing the Reply-To: header with a List-" "Post: header, if there is one." msgstr "" "Niektóre listy dyskusyjne ustawiają nagłówek Reply-To:, aby użytkownicy " "wysyłali odpowiedzi na listę nawet, jeśli ustawiono program Evolution na " "odpowiadanie prywatnie. Ustawienie tej opcji na \"true\" spowoduje próby " "zignorowania takich nagłówków Reply-To:, aby program Evolution zachowywał " "się zgodnie ze swoimi ustawieniami. Jeśli zostanie wysłana odpowiedź " "prywatna, to zostanie ona prywatna, a użycie opcji \"Odpowiedz na listę\" " "spowoduje wysłanie właśnie na listę. Ta funkcja działa na podstawie " "porównania nagłówka Reply-To: z nagłówkiem List-Post:, jeśli taki istnieje." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:51 msgid "List of localized 'Re'" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:52 msgid "" "Comma-separated list of localized 'Re' abbreviations to skip in a subject " "text when replying to a message, as an addition to the standard \"Re\" " "prefix. An example is 'SV,AV'." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:53 msgid "Save file format for drag-and-drop operation" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:54 msgid "Can be either 'mbox' or 'pdf'." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:55 msgid "Show image animations" msgstr "Wyświetlanie animacji obrazów" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:56 msgid "" "Enable animated images in HTML mail. Many users find animated images " "annoying and prefer to see a static image instead." msgstr "" "Włącza animowane obrazy w wiadomościach w formacie HTML. Wielu użytkowników " "uważa animowane obrazy za denerwujące i woli widzieć statyczny obraz." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:57 msgid "Ellipsize mode for folder names in side bar" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:58 msgid "Enable or disable type ahead search feature" msgstr "Włącza lub wyłącza funkcję \"znajdź wprowadzając\"" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:59 msgid "" "Enable the side bar search feature to allow interactive searching of folder " "names." msgstr "" "Włącza funkcję wyszukiwania w panelu bocznym, która umożliwia interaktywne " "wyszukiwanie nazw katalogów." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:60 msgid "Enable or disable magic space bar" msgstr "Włącza/wyłącza funkcję \"magiczna spacja\"" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:61 msgid "" "Enable this to use Space bar key to scroll in message preview, message list " "and folders." msgstr "" "Włączenie tej funkcji pozwala używać klawisza spacji do przewijania " "wiadomości, ich listy i katalogów." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:62 msgid "Enable to use a similar message list view settings for all folders" msgstr "" "Włączenie powoduje używanie podobnych ustawień widoku listy wiadomości we " "wszystkich katalogach" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:63 msgid "Enable to use a similar message list view settings for all folders." msgstr "" "Włączenie powoduje używanie podobnych ustawień widoku listy wiadomości we " "wszystkich katalogach." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:64 msgid "Mark citations in the message \"Preview\"" msgstr "Zaznaczanie cytatów w \"Podglądzie\" wiadomości" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:65 msgid "Mark citations in the message \"Preview\"." msgstr "Zaznaczanie cytatów w \"Podglądzie\" wiadomości." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:66 msgid "Citation highlight color" msgstr "Kolor podświetlenia cytatów" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:67 msgid "Citation highlight color." msgstr "Kolor podświetlenia cytatów." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:68 msgid "Enable/disable caret mode" msgstr "Przełącza tryb karetki" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:69 msgid "Enable caret mode, so that you can see a cursor when reading mail." msgstr "" "Włączenie trybu karetki, dzięki czemu widać kursor podczas czytania " "wiadomości." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:70 msgid "Default charset in which to display messages" msgstr "Domyślny zestaw znaków, w jakim wyświetlane są wiadomości" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:71 msgid "Default charset in which to display messages." msgstr "Domyślny zestaw znaków, w jakim wyświetlane są wiadomości." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:72 msgid "Automatically load images for HTML messages over HTTP" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:73 msgid "Show Animations" msgstr "Wyświetlanie animacji" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:74 msgid "Show animated images as animations." msgstr "Wyświetlanie animowanych obrazów jako animacji." # wd #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:75 msgid "Show all message headers" msgstr "Wyświetlanie wszystkich nagłówków wiadomości" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:76 msgid "Show all the headers when viewing a messages." msgstr "Wyświetlanie wszystkich nagłówków podczas przeglądania wiadomości." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:77 msgid "List of headers to show when viewing a message." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:78 msgid "" "Each header is represented as a pair: the header name, and a boolean " "indicating whether the header is enabled. Disabled headers are not shown " "when viewing a message, but are still listed in Preferences." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:79 msgid "Show photo of the sender" msgstr "Wyświetlanie zdjęcia nadawcy" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:80 msgid "Show the photo of the sender in the message reading pane." msgstr "Wyświetlanie zdjęcia nadawcy w oknie podglądu wiadomości." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:81 msgid "Mark as Seen after specified timeout" msgstr "Oznaczenie jako przeczytane po określonym czasie" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:82 msgid "Mark as Seen after specified timeout." msgstr "Oznaczenie jako przeczytane po określonym czasie." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:83 msgid "Timeout for marking messages as seen" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:84 msgid "Timeout in milliseconds for marking messages as seen." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:85 msgid "Sender email-address column in the message list" msgstr "Wyświetlanie kolumny adresu nadawcy na liście wiadomości" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:86 msgid "" "Show the email-address of the sender in a separate column in the message " "list." msgstr "Wyświetlanie adresu nadawcy w osobnej kolumnie w liście wiadomości." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:87 msgid "" "Determines whether to use the same fonts for both \"From\" and \"Subject\" " "lines in the \"Messages\" column in vertical view" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:88 msgid "" "Determines whether to use the same fonts for both \"From\" and \"Subject\" " "lines in the \"Messages\" column in vertical view." msgstr "" "Określa, czy używać tej samej czcionki dla wiersza \"Od\" oraz \"Temat\" w " "kolumnie \"Wiadomości\" widoku pionowego." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:89 msgid "Show deleted messages in the message-list" msgstr "Wyświetlanie usuniętych wiadomości na liście wiadomości" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:90 msgid "Show deleted messages (with a strike-through) in the message-list." msgstr "" "Wyświetlanie usuniętych wiadomości (z przekreśleniem) na liście wiadomości." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:91 msgid "Enable Unmatched search folder" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:92 msgid "" "Enable Unmatched search folder within Search Folders. It does nothing if " "Search Folders are disabled." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:93 msgid "Hides the per-folder preview and removes the selection" msgstr "Ukrywa podgląd katalogów i usuwa zaznaczenie" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:94 msgid "" "This key is read only once and reset to \"false\" after read. This unselects " "the mail in the list and removes the preview for that folder." msgstr "" "Ten klucz odczytywany jest tylko raz a następnie ustawiany jest jako " "\"false\". Służy do usuwania zaznaczenia na liście wiadomości oraz wyłącza " "podgląd katalogu." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:95 msgid "Height of the message-list pane" msgstr "Wysokość panelu listy wiadomości" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:96 msgid "Height of the message-list pane." msgstr "Wysokość panelu listy wiadomości." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:97 msgid "Whether message headers are collapsed in the user interface" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:98 msgid "Width of the message-list pane" msgstr "Szerokość panelu listy wiadomości" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:99 msgid "Width of the message-list pane." msgstr "Szerokość panelu listy wiadomości." # wd #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:100 msgid "Layout style" msgstr "Styl układu" # wd #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:101 msgid "" "The layout style determines where to place the preview pane in relation to " "the message list. \"0\" (Classic View) places the preview pane below the " "message list. \"1\" (Vertical View) places the preview pane next to the " "message list." msgstr "" "Styl układu określa miejsce panelu podglądu w stosunku do listy wiadomości. " "Wartość \"0\" (widok klasyczny) oznacza umieszczenie panelu podglądu poniżej " "listy wiadomości. Wartość \"1\" (widok pionowy) powoduje umieszczenie panelu " "podglądu obok listy wiadomości." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:102 msgid "Variable width font" msgstr "Czcionka o zmiennej szerokości" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:103 msgid "The variable width font for mail display." msgstr "Czcionka o zmiennej szerokości do wyświetlania wiadomości." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:104 msgid "Terminal font" msgstr "Czcionka terminalowa" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:105 msgid "The terminal font for mail display." msgstr "Czcionka terminalowa do wyświetlania wiadomości." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:106 msgid "Use custom fonts" msgstr "Użycie własnych czcionek" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:107 msgid "Use custom fonts for displaying mail." msgstr "Użycie własnych czcionek do wyświetlania wiadomości." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:108 msgid "Compress display of addresses in TO/CC/BCC" msgstr "Kompresja wyświetlanych adresów w polach Do/Kopia/Ukryta kopia" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:109 msgid "" "Compress display of addresses in TO/CC/BCC to the number specified in " "address_count." msgstr "" "Kompresja wyświetlanych adresów w polach Do/Kopia/Ukryta kopia do liczby " "określonej w address_count." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:110 msgid "Number of addresses to display in TO/CC/BCC" msgstr "Liczba adresów wyświetlanych w polach Do/Kopia/Ukryta kopia" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:111 msgid "" "This sets the number of addresses to show in default message list view, " "beyond which a '...' is shown." msgstr "" "Określa liczbę adresów wyświetlanych w domyślnym widoku wiadomości. Dla " "nadmiarowych wyświetlone będą \"...\"." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:112 msgid "Thread the message-list based on Subject" msgstr "Grupowanie wiadomości w wątki według tematu" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:113 msgid "" "Whether or not to fall back on threading by subjects when the messages do " "not contain In-Reply-To or References headers." msgstr "" "Określa, czy powrócić do wątkowania według tematu, jeżeli wiadomość nie " "zawiera nagłówków In-Reply-To lub Reference." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:114 msgid "Default value for thread expand state" msgstr "Domyślny stan rozwinięcia wątków" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:115 msgid "" "This setting specifies whether the threads should be in expanded or " "collapsed state by default. Evolution requires a restart." msgstr "" "Ta opcja określa czy wątki mają być domyślnie rozwinięte lub zwinięte. Po " "zmianie wymagane jest ponowne uruchomienie Evolution." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:116 msgid "Whether sort threads based on latest message in that thread" msgstr "" "Określa, czy porządkować wątki na podstawie ostatniej wiadomości danym wątku" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:117 msgid "" "This setting specifies whether the threads should be sorted based on latest " "message in each thread, rather than by message's date. Evolution requires a " "restart." msgstr "" "Ta opcja określa, czy wątki mają być porządkowane na podstawie ostatniej " "wiadomości, czy na podstawie daty. Po zmianie wymagane jest ponowne " "uruchomienie programu Evolution." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:118 msgid "Sort accounts alphabetically in a folder tree" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:119 msgid "" "Tells how to sort accounts in a folder tree used in a Mail view. When set to " "true accounts are sorted alphabetically, with an exception of On This " "Computer and Search folders, otherwise accounts are sorted based on an order " "given by a user" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:120 msgid "Log filter actions" msgstr "Działania filtra dziennika" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:121 msgid "Log filter actions to the specified log file." msgstr "Działania filtra dziennika na podanym pliku dziennika." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:122 msgid "Logfile to log filter actions" msgstr "Plik dziennika do zapisu działań filtra" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:123 msgid "Logfile to log filter actions." msgstr "Plik dziennika do zapisu działań filtra." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:124 msgid "Flush Outbox after filtering" msgstr "Czyszczenie Wychodzących po filtrowaniu" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:125 msgid "" "Whether to flush Outbox after filtering is done. Outbox flush will happen " "only when there was used any 'Forward to' filter action and approximately " "one minute after the last action invocation." msgstr "" "Określa, czy czyścić Wychodzące po ukończeniu filtrowania. Nastąpi to tylko " "około minuty od ostatniego użycia czynności filtrowania \"Przekazanie do\"." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:126 msgid "Default forward style" msgstr "Domyślny styl przekazywania" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:127 msgid "Default reply style" msgstr "Domyślny styl odpowiedzi" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:128 msgid "Prompt on empty subject" msgstr "Potwierdzenie przy pustym temacie" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:129 msgid "" "Prompt the user when he or she tries to send a message without a Subject." msgstr "Potwierdzenie podczas próby wysłania wiadomości bez tematu." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:130 msgid "Prompt when emptying the trash" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:131 msgid "Prompt the user when he or she tries to empty the trash." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:132 msgid "Prompt when user expunges" msgstr "Potwierdzanie podczas opróżniania katalogu przez użytkownika" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:133 msgid "Prompt the user when he or she tries to expunge a folder." msgstr "Potwierdzenie podczas opróżniania katalogu." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:134 msgid "Prompt before sending to recipients not entered as mail addresses" msgstr "Pytanie przed wysłaniem do odbiorców nie podanych jako adresy e-mail" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:135 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that you are trying to send " "a message to recipients not entered as mail addresses" msgstr "" "Włącza/wyłącza powtarzane ostrzeżenia o wysyłaniu wiadomości do odbiorców " "nie podanych jako adresy e-mail." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:136 msgid "Prompt when user only fills Bcc" msgstr "" "Potwierdzanie, jeżeli użytkownik wypełnił tylko pole ukrytego odbiorcy " "(Ukryta kopia)" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:137 msgid "Prompt when user tries to send a message with no To or Cc recipients." msgstr "" "Potwierdzanie podczas wysyłania wiadomości bez odbiorców w polach \"Do\" lub " "\"Kopia\"." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:138 msgid "Prompt when user tries to send unwanted HTML" msgstr "Potwierdzanie podczas próby wysłania niepożądanego formatu HTML" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:139 msgid "" "Prompt when user tries to send HTML mail to recipients that may not want to " "receive HTML mail." msgstr "" "Potwierdzanie podczas wysyłania wiadomości w formacie HTML do osób, które " "ich nie chcą." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:140 msgid "Prompt when user tries to open 10 or more messages at once" msgstr "" "Potwierdzanie podczas próby otwarcia 10 i więcej wiadomości za jednym razem" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:141 msgid "" "If a user tries to open 10 or more messages at one time, ask the user if " "they really want to do it." msgstr "" "Pytanie w przypadku, gdy użytkownik chce otworzyć w tym samym czasie 10 i " "więcej wiadomości." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:142 msgid "Prompt while marking multiple messages" msgstr "Potwierdzanie podczas zaznaczania wielu wiadomości" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:143 msgid "Enable or disable the prompt whilst marking multiple messages." msgstr "Włącza lub wyłącza zapytanie podczas zaznaczania wielu wiadomości." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:144 msgid "Prompt when deleting messages in search folder" msgstr "Potwierdzanie podczas usuwania wiadomości z katalogu wyszukiwania" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:145 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that deleting messages from " "a search folder permanently deletes the message, not simply removing it from " "the search results." msgstr "" "Włącza/wyłącza ostrzeżenia o usuwaniu oryginalnej wiadomości podczas " "usuwania jej z katalogu wyszukiwania." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:146 msgid "Asks whether to copy a folder by drag & drop in the folder tree" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:147 msgid "" "Possible values are: 'never' - do not allow copy with drag & drop of " "folders in folder tree, 'always' - allow copy with drag & drop of " "folders in folder tree without asking, or 'ask' - (or any other value) will " "ask user." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:148 msgid "Asks whether to move a folder by drag & drop in the folder tree" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:149 msgid "" "Possible values are: 'never' - do not allow move with drag & drop of " "folders in folder tree, 'always' - allow move with drag & drop of " "folders in folder tree without asking, or 'ask' - (or any other value) will " "ask user." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:150 msgid "Prompt when replying privately to list messages" msgstr "Potwierdzanie podczas odpowiadania prywatnie do listy dyskusyjnej" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:151 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that you are sending a " "private reply to a message which arrived via a mailing list." msgstr "" "Włącza/wyłącza powtarzane ostrzeżenia o wysyłaniu prywatnej wiadomości na " "wiadomości odebranej z listy dyskusyjnej." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:152 msgid "Prompt when mailing list hijacks private replies" msgstr "" "Potwierdzanie, kiedy lista dyskusyjna przechwytuje prywatne odpowiedzi" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:153 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that you are trying sending " "a private reply to a message which arrived via a mailing list, but the list " "sets a Reply-To: header which redirects your reply back to the list" msgstr "" "Włącza/wyłącza powtarzane ostrzeżenia o próbie wysyłania prywatnej " "odpowiedzi na wiadomość odebraną przez listę dyskusyjną, ale lista ustawia " "nagłówek Reply-To:, który przekierowuje odpowiedz z powrotem na listę" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:154 msgid "Prompt when replying to many recipients" msgstr "Potwierdzanie podczas odpowiadania wielu odbiorcom" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:155 msgid "" "It disables/enables the repeated prompts to warn that you are sending a " "reply to many people." msgstr "" "Włącza/wyłącza powtarzane ostrzeżenia o wysyłaniu odpowiedzi do wielu osób." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:156 msgid "" "Policy for automatically closing the message browser window when forwarding " "or replying to the displayed message." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:157 msgid "Empty Trash folders on exit" msgstr "Opróżnianie katalogów kosza podczas zakończenia" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:158 msgid "Empty all Trash folders when exiting Evolution." msgstr "" "Opróżnianie wszystkich katalogów kosza podczas zakończenia programu " "Evolution." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:159 msgid "Minimum days between emptying the trash on exit" msgstr "Minimalna liczba dni pomiędzy opróżnieniami kosza podczas wyjścia" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:160 msgid "Minimum time between emptying the trash on exit, in days." msgstr "" "Minimalny okres czasu w dniach, pomiędzy opróżnieniami kosza podczas wyjścia." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:161 msgid "Last time Empty Trash was run" msgstr "Ostanie opróżnianie kosza" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:162 msgid "" "The last time Empty Trash was run, in days since January 1st, 1970 (Epoch)." msgstr "" "Czas ostatniego opróżniania kosza, w dniach od 1 stycznia 1970 (epoki)." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:163 msgid "" "Amount of time in seconds the error should be shown on the status bar." msgstr "Czas wyświetlania błędu na pasku statusu (w sekundach)." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:164 msgid "Level beyond which the message should be logged." msgstr "Poziom, powyżej którego wiadomość ma zostać zapisana w dzienniku." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:165 msgid "" "This can have three possible values. \"0\" for errors. \"1\" for warnings. " "\"2\" for debug messages." msgstr "" "Możliwe wartości to: \"0\" dla błędów, \"1\" dla ostrzeżeń oraz \"2\" dla " "komunikatów debugowania." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:166 msgid "Show original \"Date\" header value." msgstr "Wyświetlanie pierwotnej wartości nagłówka \"Date\"." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:167 msgid "" "Show the original \"Date\" header (with a local time only if the time zone " "differs). Otherwise always show \"Date\" header value in a user preferred " "format and local time zone." msgstr "" "Wyświetla pierwotną wartość nagłówka \"Date\" (z lokalnym czasem jeśli jest " "różnica stref czasowych). W przeciwnym wypadku zawsze wyświetla nagłówek " "\"Date\" w preferowanym przez użytkownika formacie i w lokalnej strefie " "czasowej." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:168 msgid "List of Labels and their associated colors" msgstr "Lista etykiet i przypisanych im kolorów" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:169 msgid "" "List of labels known to the mail component of Evolution. The list contains " "strings containing name:color where color uses the HTML hex encoding." msgstr "" "Lista etykiet znanych składnikowi poczty programu Evolution. Lista zawiera " "ciągi zawierające nazwa:kolor, gdzie kolor używa kodowania szesnastkowego " "HTML." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:170 msgid "Check incoming mail being junk" msgstr "Wyszukiwanie wiadomości niechcianych w nadchodzącej poczcie" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:171 msgid "Run junk test on incoming mail." msgstr "Uruchamia test niechcianych dla przychodzących wiadomości." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:172 msgid "Empty Junk folders on exit" msgstr "Opróżnianie katalogów niechcianych wiadomości podczas zakończenia" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:173 msgid "Empty all Junk folders when exiting Evolution." msgstr "" "Opróżnianie wszystkich katalogów niechcianych wiadomości podczas zakończenia " "programu Evolution." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:174 msgid "Minimum days between emptying the junk on exit" msgstr "" "Minimalna liczba dni pomiędzy usuwanie niechcianych wiadomości podczas " "wyjścia" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:175 msgid "Minimum time between emptying the junk on exit, in days." msgstr "" "Minimalny okres czasu w dniach, pomiędzy usuwaniem niechcianych wiadomości " "podczas wyjścia." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:176 msgid "Last time Empty Junk was run" msgstr "Ostanie usuwanie niechcianych wiadomości" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:177 msgid "" "The last time Empty Junk was run, in days since January 1st, 1970 (Epoch)." msgstr "" "Czas ostatniego usunięcia niechcianych wiadomości, w dniach od 1 stycznia " "1970 (epoki)." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:178 msgid "The default plugin for Junk hook" msgstr "Domyślna wtyczka dla funkcji Junk hook" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:179 msgid "" "This is the default junk plugin, even though there are multiple plugins " "enabled. If the default listed plugin is disabled, then it won't fall back " "to the other available plugins." msgstr "" "To jest domyślna wtyczka niechcianych, włączona nawet, gdy włączonych jest " "więcej wtyczek. Jeśli domyślna wtyczka jest wyłączona, to inne wtyczki nie " "zostaną włączone." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:180 msgid "Determines whether to lookup in address book for sender email" msgstr "Określa, czy szukać adresu nadawcy w książce adresowej" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:181 msgid "" "Determines whether to lookup the sender email in address book. If found, it " "shouldn't be a spam. It looks up in the books marked for autocompletion. It " "can be slow, if remote address books (like LDAP) are marked for " "autocompletion." msgstr "" "Określa, czy szukać adresu nadawcy w książce adresowej. W razie odnalezienia " "nie zostanie on określony jako niechciany. Wyszukiwane wykonywane jest w " "książkach oznaczonych do automatycznego uzupełniania. W przypadku zdalnych " "książek adresowych (np. LDAP) może to być czasochłonne." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:182 msgid "" "Determines whether to look up addresses for junk filtering in local address " "book only" msgstr "" "Określa, czy szukać adresów dla filtrowania wiadomości niechcianych tylko w " "lokalnej książce adresowej" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:183 msgid "" "This option is related to the key lookup_addressbook and is used to " "determine whether to look up addresses in local address book only to exclude " "mail sent by known contacts from junk filtering." msgstr "" "Opcja ta jest powiązana z kluczem lookup_addressbook i jest używana do " "określania, czy szukać adresów w lokalnej książce adresowej tylko w celu " "wyłączenia sprawdzania niechcianej poczty we wiadomościach od osób z " "kontaktów." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:184 msgid "Determines whether to use custom headers to check for junk" msgstr "" "Określa, czy korzystać z dodatkowych nagłówków do wykrywania niechcianych " "wiadomości" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:185 msgid "" "Determines whether to use custom headers to check for junk. If this option " "is enabled and the headers are mentioned, it will be improve the junk " "checking speed." msgstr "" "Określa, czy korzystać z dodatkowych nagłówków do wykrywania niechcianych " "wiadomości. Jeśli opcja ta jest włączona i wiadomości zawierają wspomniane " "nagłówki, prędkość sprawdzania może być zwiększona." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:186 msgid "Custom headers to use while checking for junk." msgstr "Określa nagłówek do sprawdzania niechcianej poczty." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:187 msgid "" "Custom headers to use while checking for junk. The list elements are string " "in the format \"headername=value\"." msgstr "" "Określa nagłówek do sprawdzania niechcianej poczty. Format: " "\"nazwa_nagłówka=wartość\"." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:188 msgid "UID string of the default account." msgstr "Ciąg określający UID domyślnego konta." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:189 msgid "Save directory" msgstr "Katalog zapisu" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:190 msgid "Directory for saving mail component files." msgstr "Katalog do zapisu plików składników poczty." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:191 msgid "Composer load/attach directory" msgstr "Katalog załączników okna tworzenia wiadomości" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:192 msgid "Directory for loading/attaching files to composer." msgstr "Katalog wczytywania/dołączania plików dla edytora poczty." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:193 msgid "Check for new messages on start" msgstr "Sprawdzanie nowych wiadomości po uruchomieniu" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:194 msgid "" "Whether to check for new messages when Evolution is started. This includes " "also sending messages from Outbox." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:195 msgid "Check for new messages in all active accounts" msgstr "Sprawdzanie nowych wiadomości we wszystkich aktywnych kontach" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:196 msgid "" "Whether to check for new messages in all active accounts regardless of the " "account \"Check for new messages every X minutes\" option when Evolution is " "started. This option is used only together with 'send_recv_on_start' option." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:197 msgid "Server synchronization interval" msgstr "Czas pomiędzy synchronizacjami z serwerem" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:198 msgid "" "Controls how frequently local changes are synchronized with the remote mail " "server. The interval must be at least 30 seconds." msgstr "" "Określa, jak często lokalne zmiany są synchronizowane ze zdalnym serwerem " "pocztowym. Minimalny przedział czasu to 30 sekund." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:199 msgid "(Deprecated) Default forward style" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:200 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"forward-style-name\" instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:201 msgid "(Deprecated) Default reply style" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:202 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"reply-style-name\" instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:203 msgid "(Deprecated) List of custom headers and whether they are enabled." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:204 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"show-headers\" instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:205 msgid "(Deprecated) Load images for HTML messages over HTTP" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:206 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"image-loading-policy\" instead." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:207 msgid "" "(Deprecated) Asks whether to close the message window when the user forwards " "or replies to the message shown in the window" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.mail.gschema.xml.in.h:208 msgid "" "This key was deprecated in version 3.10 and should no longer be used. Use " "\"browser-close-on-reply-policy\" instead." msgstr "" #. Translators: This is the a list of words for the attach reminder plugin to look #. for in a message body. Please use any number of words here in your language that might #. indicate that an attachment should have been attached to the message. #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.attachment-reminder.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "['attachment','attaching','attached','enclosed']" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.attachment-reminder.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "" "List of clues for the attachment reminder plugin to look for in a message " "body" msgstr "" "Lista słów-kluczy dla wtyczki przypominania o załączniku do wyszukiwania w " "wiadomości" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.attachment-reminder.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "List of clues for the attachment reminder plugin to look for in a message " "body." msgstr "" "Lista słów-kluczy dla wtyczki przypominania o załączniku do wyszukiwania w " "wiadomości." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Address book source" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Address book to use for storing automatically synced contacts." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Auto sync Pidgin contacts" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Whether Pidgin contacts should be automatically synced." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Enable autocontacts" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Whether contacts should be automatically added to the user's address book." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Pidgin address book source" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "Address book to use for storing automatically synced contacts from Pidgin." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Pidgin check interval" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Check interval for Pidgin syncing of contacts." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Pidgin last sync MD5" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Pidgin last sync MD5." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Pidgin last sync time" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.autocontacts.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Pidgin last sync time." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.email-custom-header.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "List of Custom Headers" msgstr "Lista własnych nagłówków" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.email-custom-header.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "The key specifies the list of custom headers that you can add to an outgoing " "message. The format for specifying a Header and Header value is: Name of the " "custom header followed by \"=\" and the values separated by \";\"" msgstr "" "Ten klucz określa listę nagłówków użytkownika, które będą dodawane do " "wychodzących wiadomości. Format wartości to: nazwa nagłówka, znak \"=\" oraz " "wartości rozdzielone znakami \";\"" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.external-editor.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Default External Editor" msgstr "Domyślny zewnętrzny edytor" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.external-editor.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "The default command that must be used as the editor." msgstr "Domyślne polecenie używane do uruchomienia edytora." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.external-editor.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Automatically launch when a new mail is edited" msgstr "Automatyczne uruchamianie podczas edycji nowej wiadomości" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.external-editor.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Automatically launch editor when key is pressed in the mail composer." msgstr "" # wd #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.face-picture.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Insert Face picture by default" msgstr "Domyślnie wstawia obraz twarzy" # wd #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.face-picture.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether insert Face picture to outgoing messages by default. The picture " "should be set before checking this, otherwise nothing happens." msgstr "" "Określa, czy domyślnie wstawiać do wychodzących wiadomości obraz twarzy. " "Obraz powinien być ustawiony przed zaznaczeniem tej opcji. W przeciwnym " "wypadku przestawianie opcji nie ma skutku." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.itip.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Delete processed" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.itip.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Whether to delete processed iTip objects" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Notify new messages for Inbox only." msgstr "Powiadamianie tylko dla katalogu Odebrane." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Whether to notify new messages in Inbox folder only." msgstr "" "Określa, czy powiadamiać o nowych wiadomościach tylko dla katalogu Odebrane." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Enable D-Bus messages." msgstr "Włącza wiadomości D-Bus." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Generates a D-Bus message when new mail messages arrive." msgstr "Tworzy komunikat D-Bus po otrzymaniu nowych wiadomości." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Enable icon in notification area." msgstr "Włącza ikonę w obszarze powiadamiania." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Show new mail icon in notification area when new messages arrive." msgstr "" "Powiadamia o nowych wiadomościach za pomocą ikony w obszarze powiadamiania." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Popup message together with the icon." msgstr "Okno informacyjne oraz ikona." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Whether show message over the icon when new messages arrive." msgstr "" "Określa, czy wyświetlać informacje nad ikoną, gdy nadejdzie nowa wiadomość." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Enable audible notifications when new messages arrive." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "Whether to make a sound of any kind when new messages arrive. If \"false\", " "the \"notify-sound-beep\", \"notify-sound-file\", \"notify-sound-play-file\" " "and \"notify-sound-use-theme\" keys are disregarded." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Whether to emit a beep." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Whether to emit a beep when new messages arrive." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Sound filename to be played." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "" "Sound file to be played when new messages arrive, if \"notify-sound-play-" "file\" is \"true\"." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Whether to play a sound file." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "" "Whether to play a sound file when new messages arrive. The name of the sound " "file is given by the 'notify-sound-file' key." msgstr "" # wd #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Use sound theme" msgstr "Używa motywu dźwiękowego" # wd #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.mail-notification.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Play themed sound when new messages arrive, if not in beep mode." msgstr "" "Odtwarza dźwięk z motywu po otrzymaniu nowej wiadomości, jeśli nie jest " "aktywny dzwonek systemowy." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.prefer-plain.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Mode to use when displaying mails" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.prefer-plain.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "The mode to use for displaying mails. \"normal\" makes Evolution choose the " "best part to show, \"prefer_plain\" makes it use the text part, if present, " "and \"only_plain\" forces Evolution to only show plain text" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.prefer-plain.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Whether to show suppressed HTML output" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.publish-calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "List of Destinations for publishing" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.publish-calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "The key specifies the list of destinations to where publish calendars. Each " "values specifies an XML with setup for publishing to one destination." msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.plugin.templates.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "" "List of keyword/value pairs for the Templates plugin to substitute in a " "message body." msgstr "Lista kluczy/wartości dla wtyczki szablonów do zamiany w wiadomości." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Skip development warning dialog" msgstr "Pominięcie ostrzegawczego okna o rozwojowej wersji" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "Whether the warning dialog in development versions of Evolution is skipped." msgstr "" "Określa, czy okno ostrzegające o rozwojowej wersji programu Evolution nie " "zostanie wyświetlane." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Initial attachment view" msgstr "Początkowy widok załącznika" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "Initial view for attachment bar widgets. \"0\" is Icon View, \"1\" is List " "View." msgstr "" "Początkowy widok paska załączników. \"0\" - widok ikon, \"1\" widok listy." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Initial file chooser folder" msgstr "Początkowy katalog okna wybierania plików" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Initial folder for GtkFileChooser dialogs." msgstr "Katalog początkowy dla okien dialogowych GtkFileChooser." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:7 ../shell/main.c:308 msgid "Start in offline mode" msgstr "Rozpoczyna w trybie offline" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "" "Whether Evolution will start up in offline mode instead of online mode." msgstr "" "Określa, czy program Evolution zostanie uruchomiony w trybie offline, " "zamiast w trybie online." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Offline folder paths" msgstr "" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "" "List of paths for the folders to be synchronized to disk for offline usage." msgstr "" # wd #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:11 #| msgid "Enable search folders" msgid "Enable express mode" msgstr "Włącza tryb ekspresowy" # wd #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Flag that enables a much simplified user interface." msgstr "Flaga włączająca mocno uproszczony interfejs użytkownika." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Window buttons are visible" msgstr "Przyciski okna są widoczne" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Whether the window buttons should be visible." msgstr "Określa, czy przyciski okna są widoczne." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Window button style" msgstr "Styl przycisków okna" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "" "The style of the window buttons. Can be \"text\", \"icons\", \"both\", " "\"toolbar\". If \"toolbar\" is set, the style of the buttons is determined " "by the GNOME toolbar setting." msgstr "" "Styl przycisków okna. Może być \"text\" (tekst), \"icons\" (ikony), \"both\" " "(oba), \"toolbar\" (pasek narzędziowy). Jeżeli ustawione jest \"toolbar\", " "styl przycisków jest określany przez ustawienia paska narzędziowego GNOME." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Toolbar is visible" msgstr "Widoczność paska narzędzi" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Whether the toolbar should be visible." msgstr "Określa, czy pasek narzędzi jest widoczny." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Sidebar is visible" msgstr "Panel boczny jest widoczny" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Whether the sidebar should be visible." msgstr "Określa, czy panel boczny jest widoczny." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Statusbar is visible" msgstr "Pasek stanu jest widoczny" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Whether the status bar should be visible." msgstr "Określa, czy pasek stanu jest widoczny." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:23 msgid "ID or alias of the component to be shown by default at start-up." msgstr "" "Identyfikator lub alias składnika domyślnie wyświetlanego podczas " "uruchamiania." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "Default sidebar width" msgstr "Domyślna szerokość paska bocznego" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.shell.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "The default width for the sidebar, in pixels." msgstr "Domyślna szerokość paska bocznego, w pikselach." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.spamassassin.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Use only local spam tests." msgstr "Użycie tylko lokalnych testów niechcianych wiadomości." #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution.spamassassin.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Use only the local spam tests (no DNS)." msgstr "Użycie tylko lokalnych testów niechcianych wiadomości (bez DNS)." # WK: Brak kontekstu i zmiennych #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-attachment.c:397 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-bar.c:101 ../e-util/e-attachment-bar.c:106 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:176 ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:181 #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:4 msgid "Attachment" msgid_plural "Attachments" msgstr[0] "Załącznik" msgstr[1] "Załączniki" msgstr[2] "Załączników" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-attachment.c:398 msgid "Display as attachment" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-headers.c:107 #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:47 ../mail/e-mail-tag-editor.c:272 #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:5 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:64 msgid "From" msgstr "Od" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-headers.c:133 msgid "(no subject)" msgstr "(brak tematu)" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-headers.c:333 #, c-format msgid "This message was sent by %s on behalf of %s" msgstr "Ta wiadomość została wysłana przez %s w imieniu %s" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-image.c:152 msgid "Regular Image" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-image.c:153 msgid "Display part as an image" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-message-rfc822.c:246 msgid "RFC822 message" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-message-rfc822.c:247 msgid "Format part as an RFC822 message" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print.c:54 #: ../e-util/gal-view-instance-save-as-dialog.c:95 #: ../mail/e-mail-label-tree-view.c:99 #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:1328 #: ../modules/cal-config-google/e-google-chooser.c:237 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:67 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nazwa" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print.c:54 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-tree-view.c:574 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:10 msgid "Size" msgstr "Rozmiar" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:144 msgid "GPG signed" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:150 msgid "GPG encrpyted" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:156 msgid "S/MIME signed" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:162 msgid "S/MIME encrpyted" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-print-headers.c:171 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:645 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:195 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:129 msgid "Security" msgstr "Bezpieczeństwo" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-headers.c:168 #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:52 ../mail/e-mail-tag-editor.c:277 #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:77 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:6 #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:69 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:712 msgid "Subject" msgstr "Temat" #. pseudo-header #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-headers.c:187 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:344 #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:1145 msgid "Mailer" msgstr "Program pocztowy" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-enriched.c:91 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-enriched.c:98 msgid "Richtext" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-enriched.c:92 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-enriched.c:99 msgid "Display part as enriched text" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-html.c:90 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-html.c:351 msgid "HTML" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-html.c:91 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-html.c:352 msgid "Format part as HTML" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-plain.c:115 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-plain.c:185 msgid "Plain Text" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-quote-text-plain.c:116 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-text-plain.c:186 msgid "Format part as plain text" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:52 msgid "Unsigned" msgstr "Niepodpisana" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:52 msgid "" "This message is not signed. There is no guarantee that this message is " "authentic." msgstr "" "Wiadomość nie jest podpisana. Nie ma gwarancji, że ta wiadomość jest " "autentyczna." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:53 msgid "Valid signature" msgstr "Podpis prawidłowy" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:53 msgid "" "This message is signed and is valid meaning that it is very likely that this " "message is authentic." msgstr "" "Wiadomość jest podpisana i prawidłowa; jest bardzo prawdopodobne, że jest " "ona autentyczna." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:54 msgid "Invalid signature" msgstr "Nieprawidłowy podpis" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:54 msgid "" "The signature of this message cannot be verified, it may have been altered " "in transit." msgstr "" "Nie można zweryfikować podpisu wiadomości; mogła być ona naruszona podczas " "przesyłania." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:55 msgid "Valid signature, but cannot verify sender" msgstr "Podpis jest prawidłowy, ale nie można zweryfikować nadawcy" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:55 msgid "" "This message is signed with a valid signature, but the sender of the message " "cannot be verified." msgstr "" "Wiadomość ta jest podpisana prawidłowym podpisem, ale nie można zweryfikować " "jej nadawcy." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:56 msgid "Signature exists, but need public key" msgstr "Podpis istnieje, lecz wymaga klucza publicznego" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:56 msgid "" "This message is signed with a signature, but there is no corresponding " "public key." msgstr "" "Wiadomość ta jest podpisana prawidłowym podpisem, ale brak odpowiedniego " "klucza publicznego." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:63 msgid "Unencrypted" msgstr "Niezaszyfrowana" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:63 msgid "" "This message is not encrypted. Its content may be viewed in transit across " "the Internet." msgstr "" "Ta wiadomość nie jest zaszyfrowana. Jej zawartość może być przechwycona " "podczas transmisji przez Internet." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:64 msgid "Encrypted, weak" msgstr "Zaszyfrowana, słabo" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:64 msgid "" "This message is encrypted, but with a weak encryption algorithm. It would be " "difficult, but not impossible for an outsider to view the content of this " "message in a practical amount of time." msgstr "" "Ta wiadomość jest zaszyfrowana słabym algorytmem szyfrującym. Możliwe będzie " "jej odszyfrowanie przez osoby trzecie w krótkim czasie." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:65 msgid "Encrypted" msgstr "Zaszyfrowana" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:65 msgid "" "This message is encrypted. It would be difficult for an outsider to view " "the content of this message." msgstr "" "Ta wiadomość jest zaszyfrowana. Osobie obcej będzie trudno podejrzeć jej " "zawartość." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:66 msgid "Encrypted, strong" msgstr "Zaszyfrowana, silnie" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:66 msgid "" "This message is encrypted, with a strong encryption algorithm. It would be " "very difficult for an outsider to view the content of this message in a " "practical amount of time." msgstr "" "Ta wiadomość jest zaszyfrowana silnym algorytmem szyfrującym. Odszyfrowanie " "jej przez osoby trzecie w krótkim czasie jest bardzo trudne." #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:187 #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:20 msgid "_View Certificate" msgstr "_Wyświetl certyfikat" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-secure-button.c:202 msgid "This certificate is not viewable" msgstr "Tego certyfikatu nie można wyświetlić" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-source.c:115 msgid "Source" msgstr "Źródło" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-source.c:116 msgid "Display source of a MIME part" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:204 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:221 #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:50 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:67 msgid "Cc" msgstr "Kopia" #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:205 #: ../em-format/e-mail-formatter-utils.c:222 #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:51 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:68 msgid "Bcc" msgstr "Ukryta kopia" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-application-mbox.c:88 #, c-format msgid "Error parsing MBOX part: %s" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-application-smime.c:84 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse S/MIME message: %s" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-inlinepgp-encrypted.c:80 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse PGP message: %s" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-inlinepgp-signed.c:83 #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-signed.c:128 #, c-format msgid "Error verifying signature: %s" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:69 msgid "Malformed external-body part" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:102 #, c-format msgid "Pointer to FTP site (%s)" msgstr "Wskaźnik do witryny FTP (%s)" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:113 #, c-format msgid "Pointer to local file (%s) valid at site \"%s\"" msgstr "Wskaźnik do lokalnego pliku (%s) prawidłowy na witrynie \"%s\"" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:115 #, c-format msgid "Pointer to local file (%s)" msgstr "Wskaźnik do lokalnego pliku (%s)" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:134 #, c-format msgid "Pointer to remote data (%s)" msgstr "Wskaźnik do zdalnych danych (%s)" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-message-external.c:152 #, c-format msgid "Pointer to unknown external data (\"%s\" type)" msgstr "Wskaźnik do nieznanych danych zewnętrznych (typu \"%s\")" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-encrypted.c:67 #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-signed.c:81 msgid "Could not parse MIME message. Displaying as source." msgstr "" "Nie można przetworzyć wiadomości MIME. Wyświetlanie w postaci źródłowej." #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-encrypted.c:83 msgid "Unsupported encryption type for multipart/encrypted" msgstr "" "Nieobsługiwany rodzaj szyfrowania dla wiadomości " "wieloczęściowych/szyfrowanych" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-encrypted.c:102 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse PGP/MIME message: %s" msgstr "" #: ../em-format/e-mail-parser-multipart-signed.c:114 msgid "Unsupported signature format" msgstr "Nieobsługiwany format podpisu" #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:48 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:65 msgid "Reply-To" msgstr "Odpowiedź do" #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:53 ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:550 #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:573 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:7 #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:70 msgid "Date" msgstr "Data" #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:54 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:71 msgid "Newsgroups" msgstr "Grupy dyskusyjne" #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-headers.c:55 ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:72 #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Face" msgstr "Obraz" #: ../em-format/e-mail-part-utils.c:500 #, c-format msgid "%s attachment" msgstr "Załącznik: %s" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:3 msgid "Standard" msgstr "Standardowe" # wd #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:6 msgid "Proprietary" msgstr "Własnościowy" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:8 msgid "Secret" msgstr "Tajne" # wd #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:9 msgid "Top Secret" msgstr "Ściśle tajne" # wd #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:10 msgid "For Your Eyes Only" msgstr "Tylko dla odbiorcy" #. Translators: Used in send options dialog #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:12 msgctxt "send-options" msgid "None" msgstr "Brak" # wd #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:13 msgid "Mail Receipt" msgstr "Potwierdzenie poczty" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:15 msgid "R_eply requested" msgstr "Żą_danie odpowiedzi" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:16 msgctxt "ESendOptionsWithin" msgid "Wi_thin" msgstr "_W ciągu" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:17 msgctxt "ESendOptionsWithin" msgid "days" msgstr "dni" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:18 msgid "_When convenient" msgstr "W dogodny_m czasie" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:19 ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:840 msgid "Replies" msgstr "Odpowiedzi" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:20 msgid "_Delay message delivery" msgstr "_Opóźnienie dostarczenia wiadomości" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:21 msgctxt "ESendOptionsAfter" msgid "_After" msgstr "_Po" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:22 msgctxt "ESendOptionsAfter" msgid "days" msgstr "dni" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:23 msgid "_Set expiration date" msgstr "Data _ważności" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:24 msgctxt "ESendOptions" msgid "_Until" msgstr "_Do" # wd #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:25 msgid "Delivery Options" msgstr "Opcje dostarczania" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:26 msgid "_Priority:" msgstr "P_riorytet:" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:27 msgid "_Classification:" msgstr "_Klasyfikacja:" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:28 msgid "Gene_ral Options" msgstr "Opcje głów_ne" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:29 msgid "Creat_e a sent item to track information" msgstr "Utworzeni_e wysłanego elementu do śledzenia informacji" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:30 msgid "_Delivered" msgstr "_Dostarczeniu" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:31 msgid "Deli_vered and opened" msgstr "_Dostarczone i otwarte" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:32 msgid "_All information" msgstr "_Wszystkie informacje" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:33 msgid "A_uto-delete sent item" msgstr "A_utomatyczne usuwanie wysłanego elementu" # wd #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:34 msgid "Status Tracking" msgstr "Śledzenie stanu" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:35 msgid "_When opened:" msgstr "Po ot_warciu:" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:36 msgid "When decli_ned:" msgstr "Po odrzuceni_u:" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:37 msgid "When co_mpleted:" msgstr "Po ukończen_iu:" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:38 msgid "When acce_pted:" msgstr "Po _zaakceptowaniu:" # wd #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:39 msgid "Return Notification" msgstr "Powiadomienie zwrotne" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.ui.h:40 msgid "Sta_tus Tracking" msgstr "Śledzenie s_tanu" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:1 msgid "_Sort..." msgstr "_Uporządkowanie..." #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:2 msgid "_Group By..." msgstr "_Grupowanie według..." #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:3 msgid "_Fields Shown..." msgstr "_Widoczne pola..." #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:6 msgid "Clear _All" msgstr "_Wyczyść wszystko" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:7 msgid "_Show field in View" msgstr "Wyświetl_anie pola w widoku" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:8 ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1753 msgid "Ascending" msgstr "Rosnąco" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:9 ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1753 msgid "Descending" msgstr "Malejąco" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:10 msgid "Group Items By" msgstr "Grupuj według" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:11 msgid "Show _field in View" msgstr "_Wyświetlanie pola w widoku" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:12 msgid "Then By" msgstr "Następnie według" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:13 msgid "Show field i_n View" msgstr "Wyświetlanie p_ola w widoku" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:14 msgid "Show field in _View" msgstr "Wyświe_tlanie pola w widoku" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:15 msgid "Sort" msgstr "Uporządkowanie" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:16 msgid "Clear All" msgstr "Wyczyść wszystko" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.ui.h:17 msgid "Sort Items By" msgstr "Uporządkowanie według" #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "Select a Time Zone" msgstr "Wybór strefy czasowej" #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "" "Use the left mouse button to zoom in on an area of the map and select a time " "zone.\n" "Use the right mouse button to zoom out." msgstr "" "Za pomocą lewego przycisku myszy można powiększyć fragment mapy i wybrać " "strefę czasową.\n" "Przyciśnięcie prawego przycisku przywraca zwykłe powiększenie." # wd #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "Time Zones" msgstr "Strefy czasowe" # wd #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "_Selection" msgstr "_Zaznaczenie" #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.ui.h:6 msgid "Timezone drop-down combination box" msgstr "Lista rozwijana stref czasowych" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:1 ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:1239 #: ../mail/em-utils.c:240 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "Przychodzące" # wd #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:2 msgid "the current time" msgstr "czas bieżący" # wd #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:3 msgid "the time you specify" msgstr "podany czas" # wd #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:4 msgid "a time relative to the current time" msgstr "czas względem bieżącego" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:5 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:78 msgid "seconds" msgstr "sekund" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:9 ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:7 msgid "weeks" msgstr "tygodni" # wd #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:10 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:8 msgid "months" msgstr "miesiące" # wd #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:11 msgid "years" msgstr "lata" # wd #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:12 msgid "ago" msgstr "temu" # wd #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:13 msgid "in the future" msgstr "w przyszłości" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:14 msgid "Show filters for mail:" msgstr "Filtry wiadomości:" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:15 ../mail/em-filter-editor.c:166 msgid "_Filter Rules" msgstr "R_eguły filtrów" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:17 msgid "Compare against" msgstr "Porównanie z" #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:18 msgid "" "The message's date will be compared against\n" "the current time when filtering occurs." msgstr "" "Data wiadomości będzie porównywana z czasem\n" "zastosowania filtra." #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:20 msgid "" "The message's date will be compared against\n" "12:00am of the date specified." msgstr "" "Data wiadomości będzie porównywana z godziną\n" "12:00 podanego dnia." #: ../e-util/filter.ui.h:22 msgid "" "The message's date will be compared against\n" "a time relative to when filtering occurs." msgstr "" "Data wiadomości będzie porównywana z czasem\n" "podanym jako względny do czasu zastosowania filtra." #: ../e-util/gal-view-instance-save-as-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "_Create new view" msgstr "_Utwórz nowy widok" #: ../e-util/gal-view-instance-save-as-dialog.ui.h:2 #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-script-dialog.c:417 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:311 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:341 msgid "_Name:" msgstr "_Nazwa:" #: ../e-util/gal-view-instance-save-as-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "_Replace existing view" msgstr "_Zamień istniejący widok" #: ../e-util/e-activity-proxy.c:311 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1734 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Anuluj" # wd #. Translators: This is a cancelled activity. #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:259 #, c-format msgid "%s (cancelled)" msgstr "%s (anulowano)" # wd #. Translators: This is a completed activity. #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:262 #, c-format msgid "%s (completed)" msgstr "%s (ukończono)" #. Translators: This is an activity waiting to run. #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:265 #, c-format msgid "%s (waiting)" msgstr "%s (oczekiwanie)" #. Translators: This is a running activity which #. * the user has requested to cancel. #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:269 #, c-format msgid "%s (cancelling)" msgstr "%s (anulowanie)" #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:271 #, c-format msgid "%s" msgstr "%s" #: ../e-util/e-activity.c:276 #, c-format msgid "%s (%d%% complete)" msgstr "%s (ukończono %d%%)" #. Translators: Escape is a keyboard binding. #: ../e-util/e-alert-bar.c:121 msgid "Close this message (Escape)" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-bar.c:660 ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:703 msgid "Icon View" msgstr "Widok ikon" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-bar.c:662 ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:705 msgid "List View" msgstr "Widok listy" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-dialog.c:318 msgid "Attachment Properties" msgstr "Właściwości załącznika" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-dialog.c:340 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:273 msgid "F_ilename:" msgstr "Nazwa pl_iku:" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-dialog.c:375 msgid "MIME Type:" msgstr "Typ MIME:" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-dialog.c:383 ../e-util/e-attachment-store.c:483 msgid "_Suggest automatic display of attachment" msgstr "_Sugerowanie automatycznego wyświetlenia załącznika" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-handler-image.c:97 msgid "Could not set as background" msgstr "Nie można ustawić jako tło" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-handler-image.c:147 msgid "Set as _Background" msgstr "Ustaw jako _tło" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-icon-view.c:166 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-tree-view.c:549 msgid "Loading" msgstr "Wczytywanie" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-icon-view.c:178 #: ../e-util/e-attachment-tree-view.c:561 msgid "Saving" msgstr "Zapisywanie" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:104 msgid "Hide Attachment _Bar" msgstr "_Ukrywanie paska załączników" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:106 ../e-util/e-attachment-paned.c:719 msgid "Show Attachment _Bar" msgstr "_Wyświetlanie paska załączników" # wdWK: Brak kontekstu i zmiennych #: ../e-util/e-attachment-store.c:463 msgid "Add Attachment" msgstr "Dodawanie załącznika" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-store.c:466 msgid "A_ttach" msgstr "Z_ałącz" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-store.c:537 msgid "Save Attachment" msgid_plural "Save Attachments" msgstr[0] "Zapis załącznika" msgstr[1] "Zapis załączników" msgstr[2] "Zapis załączników" #. Translators: Default attachment filename. #: ../e-util/e-attachment-store.c:568 ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2056 #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2716 msgid "attachment.dat" msgstr "załącznik.dat" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:378 msgid "Open With Other Application..." msgstr "Otwórz za pomocą innego programu..." #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:385 msgid "S_ave All" msgstr "Zapisz _wszystkie" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:411 msgid "A_dd Attachment..." msgstr "Dod_aj załącznik..." #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:435 msgid "_Hide" msgstr "_Ukryj" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:442 msgid "Hid_e All" msgstr "Ukryj w_szystko" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:449 msgid "_View Inline" msgstr "_Wyświetlenie w treści wiadomości" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:456 msgid "Vie_w All Inline" msgstr "_Wyświetlenie wszystkiego w treści" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:786 #, c-format msgid "Open With \"%s\"" msgstr "Otwórz za pomocą \"%s\"" #: ../e-util/e-attachment-view.c:789 #, c-format msgid "Open this attachment in %s" msgstr "Otwiera ten załącznik w %s" #. To Translators: This text is set as a description of an attached #. * message when, for example, attaching it to a composer. When the #. * message to be attached has also filled Subject, then this text is #. * of form "Attached message - Subject", otherwise it's left as is. #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:1106 msgid "Attached message" msgstr "Załączona wiadomość" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2137 ../e-util/e-attachment.c:3022 msgid "A load operation is already in progress" msgstr "Działanie wczytywania jest już wykonywane" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2145 ../e-util/e-attachment.c:3030 msgid "A save operation is already in progress" msgstr "Działanie zapisywania jest już wykonywane" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2262 #, c-format msgid "Could not load '%s'" msgstr "Nie można wczytać \"%s\"" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2265 #, c-format msgid "Could not load the attachment" msgstr "Nie można wczytać załącznika" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2569 #, c-format msgid "Could not open '%s'" msgstr "Nie można otworzyć \"%s\"" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:2572 #, c-format msgid "Could not open the attachment" msgstr "Nie można otworzyć załącznika" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:3039 msgid "Attachment contents not loaded" msgstr "Treść załącznika nie jest wczytana" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:3115 #, c-format msgid "Could not save '%s'" msgstr "Nie można zapisać \"%s\"" #: ../e-util/e-attachment.c:3118 #, c-format msgid "Could not save the attachment" msgstr "Nie można zapisać załącznika" #: ../e-util/e-book-source-config.c:98 msgid "Mark as default address book" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-book-source-config.c:103 msgid "Autocomplete with this address book" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-book-source-config.c:277 msgid "Copy book content locally for offline operation" msgstr "" # wd #. To Translators: The text is concatenated to a form: "Ctrl-click to open a link http://www.example.com" #: ../e-util/e-buffer-tagger.c:410 msgid "Ctrl-click to open a link" msgstr "Ctrl+kliknięcie otwiera odnośnik" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:170 msgid "Mark as default calendar" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:173 msgid "Mark as default task list" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:176 msgid "Mark as default memo list" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:201 msgid "Color:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:406 msgid "Copy calendar contents locally for offline operation" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:410 msgid "Copy task list contents locally for offline operation" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cal-source-config.c:414 msgid "Copy memo list contents locally for offline operation" msgstr "" #. This is a strftime() format. %B = Month name. #: ../e-util/e-calendar-item.c:1327 ../e-util/e-calendar-item.c:2195 msgctxt "CalItem" msgid "%B" msgstr "" #. This is a strftime() format. %Y = Year. #: ../e-util/e-calendar-item.c:1329 msgctxt "CalItem" msgid "%Y" msgstr "" #. This is a strftime() format. %B = Month name, %Y = Year. #: ../e-util/e-calendar-item.c:1366 msgctxt "CalItem" msgid "%B %Y" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-calendar.c:190 msgid "Previous month" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-calendar.c:215 msgid "Next month" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-calendar.c:241 msgid "Previous year" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-calendar.c:266 msgid "Next year" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-calendar.c:290 msgid "Month Calendar" msgstr "Kalendarz miesięczny" #: ../e-util/e-categories-editor.c:224 msgid "Currently _used categories:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-categories-editor.c:235 msgid "_Available Categories:" msgstr "Dostępne _kategorie:" #: ../e-util/e-categories-selector.c:323 msgid "Icon" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-completion.c:300 #, c-format msgid "Create category \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:137 msgid "Category Icon" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:141 msgid "_No Image" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:178 msgid "Category _Name" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:190 msgid "Category _Icon" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:216 msgid "Category Properties" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-category-editor.c:277 #, c-format msgid "" "There is already a category '%s' in the configuration. Please use another " "name" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-cell-combo.c:186 msgid "popup list" msgstr "lista wyskakująca" #: ../e-util/e-cell-date-edit.c:299 msgid "Now" msgstr "Teraz" #. strftime format of a weekday and a date. #: ../e-util/e-cell-date-edit.c:307 ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:209 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1900 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:230 msgid "Today" msgstr "Dziś" # wd #. Translators: "None" as a label of a button to unset date in a #. * date table cell. #: ../e-util/e-cell-date-edit.c:317 msgctxt "table-date" msgid "None" msgstr "Brak" #: ../e-util/e-cell-date-edit.c:325 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" #: ../e-util/e-cell-date-edit.c:873 #, c-format msgid "The time must be in the format: %s" msgstr "Czas musi być podany w formacie: %s" #: ../e-util/e-cell-date.c:51 ../mail/message-list.c:1851 msgid "?" msgstr "?" #: ../e-util/e-cell-percent.c:80 msgid "The percent value must be between 0 and 100, inclusive" msgstr "" "Wartość procentowa musi się zawierać w przedziale od 0 do 100 włącznie" #: ../e-util/e-charset-combo-box.c:100 msgid "Character Encoding" msgstr "Standard kodowania znaków" #: ../e-util/e-charset-combo-box.c:123 msgid "Enter the character set to use" msgstr "Proszę podać zestaw znaków do użycia" #: ../e-util/e-charset-combo-box.c:369 msgid "Other..." msgstr "Inny..." #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:53 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "arabskie" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:54 msgid "Baltic" msgstr "bałtyckie" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:55 msgid "Central European" msgstr "środkowoeuropejskie" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:56 msgid "Chinese" msgstr "chińskie" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:57 msgid "Cyrillic" msgstr "cyrylica" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:58 msgid "Greek" msgstr "greckie" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:59 msgid "Hebrew" msgstr "hebrajskie" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:60 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "japońskie" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:61 msgid "Korean" msgstr "koreańskie" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:62 msgid "Thai" msgstr "tajskie" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:63 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "tureckie" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:64 msgid "Unicode" msgstr "unikod" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:65 msgid "Western European" msgstr "zachodnioeuropejskie" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:66 msgid "Western European, New" msgstr "zachodnioeuropejskie, nowe" #. Translators: Character set "Chinese, Traditional" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:85 ../e-util/e-charset.c:87 ../e-util/e-charset.c:89 msgid "Traditional" msgstr "tradycyjne" #. Translators: Character set "Chinese, Simplified" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:91 ../e-util/e-charset.c:93 ../e-util/e-charset.c:95 #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:97 msgid "Simplified" msgstr "uproszczone" #. Translators: Character set "Cyrillic, Ukrainian" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:101 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "ukraińskie" #. Translators: Character set "Hebrew, Visual" #: ../e-util/e-charset.c:105 msgid "Visual" msgstr "wizualne" #: ../e-util/e-client-cache.c:1162 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create a client object from extension name '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:524 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "Data i czas" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:549 msgid "Text entry to input date" msgstr "Pole tekstowe do wprowadzenia daty" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:572 msgid "Click this button to show a calendar" msgstr "Kliknięcie przycisku wyświetla kalendarz" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:626 msgid "Drop-down combination box to select time" msgstr "Pole rozwijane do wyboru czasu" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:627 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:9 msgid "Time" msgstr "Czas" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:701 msgid "No_w" msgstr "_Teraz" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:708 msgid "_Today" msgstr "_Dziś" #. Note that we don't show this here, since by default a 'None' date #. * is not permitted. #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:717 msgid "_None" msgstr "_Brak" # wd #. Translators: "None" for date field of a date edit, shown when #. * there is no date set. #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:1839 ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:2087 msgctxt "date" msgid "None" msgstr "Brak" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:1979 msgid "Invalid Date Value" msgstr "Nieprawidłowa data" #: ../e-util/e-dateedit.c:2024 msgid "Invalid Time Value" msgstr "Nieprawidłowy czas" #. strftime format of a weekday and a date. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:220 ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:258 msgid "Tomorrow" msgstr "Jutro" #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:222 msgid "Yesterday" msgstr "Wczoraj" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:230 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Mon" msgstr "Następny %a" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:236 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Tue" msgstr "Następny %a" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:242 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Wed" msgstr "Następna %a" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:248 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Thu" msgstr "Następny %a" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:254 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Fri" msgstr "Następny %a" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:260 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Sat" msgstr "Następna %a" #. Translators: This is used for abbreviated days in the future. #. * You can use strftime modifiers here too, like "Next %a", to avoid #. * repeated translation of the abbreviated day name. #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:266 msgctxt "DateFmt" msgid "Next Sun" msgstr "Następna %a" #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:353 ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:363 #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:372 msgid "Use locale default" msgstr "Użycie domyślnej lokalizacji" #: ../e-util/e-datetime-format.c:577 msgid "Format:" msgstr "Format:" #: ../e-util/e-file-utils.c:121 msgid "(Unknown Filename)" msgstr "(Nieznana nazwa pliku)" # wd #. Translators: The string value is the basename of a file. #: ../e-util/e-file-utils.c:125 #, c-format msgid "Writing \"%s\"" msgstr "Zapisywanie \"%s\"" # wd #. Translators: The first string value is the basename of a #. * remote file, the second string value is the hostname. #: ../e-util/e-file-utils.c:130 #, c-format msgid "Writing \"%s\" to %s" msgstr "Zapisywanie \"%s\" do \"%s\"" #. Don't delete this code, since it is needed so that xgettext can extract the translations. #. * Please, keep these strings in sync with the strings in the timespans array #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:67 #, c-format msgid "1 second ago" msgid_plural "%d seconds ago" msgstr[0] "sekundę temu" msgstr[1] "%d sekundy temu" msgstr[2] "%d sekund temu" # WK: Fuzzy z powodu braku kontekstu # WK: Może "za sekundę", "za %d sekundy", "za %d sekund"? #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:68 #, c-format msgid "1 second in the future" msgid_plural "%d seconds in the future" msgstr[0] "1 sekunda w przyszłości" msgstr[1] "%d sekundy w przyszłości" msgstr[2] "%d sekund w przyszłości" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:69 #, c-format msgid "1 minute ago" msgid_plural "%d minutes ago" msgstr[0] "minutę temu" msgstr[1] "%d minuty temu" msgstr[2] "%d minut temu" # WK: Fuzzy z powodu braku kontekstu # WK: Może "za minutę", "za %d minuty", "za %d minut"? #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:70 #, c-format msgid "1 minute in the future" msgid_plural "%d minutes in the future" msgstr[0] "1 minuta w przyszłości" msgstr[1] "%d minuty w przyszłości" msgstr[2] "%d minut w przyszłości" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:71 #, c-format msgid "1 hour ago" msgid_plural "%d hours ago" msgstr[0] "godzinę temu" msgstr[1] "%d godziny temu" msgstr[2] "%d godzin temu" # WK: Fuzzy z powodu braku kontekstu # WK: Może "za godznę", "za %d godzinyy", "za %d godzin"? #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:72 #, c-format msgid "1 hour in the future" msgid_plural "%d hours in the future" msgstr[0] "1 godzina w przyszłości" msgstr[1] "%d godziny w przyszłości" msgstr[2] "%d godzin w przyszłości" # WK: Patrz komentarze wyżej; l.m. 2 powinna brzmieć w zasadzie "przedwczoraj" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:73 #, c-format msgid "1 day ago" msgid_plural "%d days ago" msgstr[0] "wczoraj" msgstr[1] "%d dni temu" msgstr[2] "%d dni temu" # WK: to samo co powyżej. # WK: może "jutro", "pojutrze", "za %d dni"? #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:74 #, c-format msgid "1 day in the future" msgid_plural "%d days in the future" msgstr[0] "1 dzień w przyszłości" msgstr[1] "%d dni w przyszłości" msgstr[2] "%d dni w przyszłości" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:75 #, c-format msgid "1 week ago" msgid_plural "%d weeks ago" msgstr[0] "tydzień temu" msgstr[1] "%d tygodnie temu" msgstr[2] "%d tygodni temu" # WK: "za tydzień", "za %d tygodnie", "za %d tygodni"? #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:76 #, c-format msgid "1 week in the future" msgid_plural "%d weeks in the future" msgstr[0] "1 tydzień w przyszłości" msgstr[1] "%d tygodnie w przyszłości" msgstr[2] "%d tygodni w przyszłości" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:77 #, c-format msgid "1 month ago" msgid_plural "%d months ago" msgstr[0] "miesiąc temu" msgstr[1] "%d miesiące temu" msgstr[2] "%d miesięcy temu" # WK: "za miesiąc", "za %d miesiące", "za %d miesięcy"? #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:78 #, c-format msgid "1 month in the future" msgid_plural "%d months in the future" msgstr[0] "1 miesiąc w przyszłości" msgstr[1] "%d miesiące w przyszłości" msgstr[2] "%d miesięcy w przyszłości" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:79 #, c-format msgid "1 year ago" msgid_plural "%d years ago" msgstr[0] "rok temu" msgstr[1] "%d lata temu" msgstr[2] "%d lat temu" # WK: "za rok", "za %d lata", "za %d lat"? #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:80 #, c-format msgid "1 year in the future" msgid_plural "%d years in the future" msgstr[0] "1 rok w przyszłości" msgstr[1] "%d lata w przyszłości" msgstr[2] "%d lat w przyszłości" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:130 msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:133 ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:144 #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:155 msgid "now" msgstr "teraz" #. strftime for date filter display, only needs to show a day date (i.e. no time) #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:140 msgid "%d-%b-%Y" msgstr "%d %b %Y" #: ../e-util/e-filter-datespec.c:289 msgid "Select a time to compare against" msgstr "Proszę wybrać czas do porównywania" # wd #: ../e-util/e-filter-file.c:187 msgid "Choose a File" msgstr "Wybór pliku" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:743 msgid "R_ule name:" msgstr "Nazwa _reguły:" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:793 msgid "all the following conditions" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:794 msgid "any of the following conditions" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:800 msgid "_Find items which match:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:823 msgid "Find items that meet the following conditions" msgstr "Wyszukuje obiekty spełniające poniższe kryteria" #. Translators: "None" for not including threads; #. * part of "Include threads: None" #. protocol: #. name: #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:838 ../e-util/e-mail-signature-combo-box.c:369 #: ../libemail-engine/camel-null-store.c:28 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:139 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:622 msgid "None" msgstr "Brak" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:839 msgid "All related" msgstr "Wszystkie powiązane" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:841 msgid "Replies and parents" msgstr "Odpowiedzi i nadrzędne" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:842 msgid "No reply or parent" msgstr "Bez odpowiedzi lub obiektu nadrzędnego" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:845 msgid "I_nclude threads:" msgstr "Dołączenie _wątków:" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:922 msgid "A_dd Condition" msgstr "_Dodaj kryterium" #: ../e-util/e-filter-rule.c:1239 ../mail/em-utils.c:241 msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "Wychodzące" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:256 msgid "" "Choose the file that you want to import into Evolution, and select what type " "of file it is from the list." msgstr "Proszę wybrać typ i nazwę importowanego pliku do programu Evolution." #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:283 msgid "Select a file" msgstr "Wybór pliku" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:297 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:472 msgid "File _type:" msgstr "_Typ pliku:" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:340 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:921 msgid "Choose the destination for this import" msgstr "Proszę wybrać miejsce docelowe dla tego importu" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:365 msgid "Choose the type of importer to run:" msgstr "Typ importu:" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:373 msgid "Import data and settings from _older programs" msgstr "Import _danych i ustawień ze starszych programów" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:381 msgid "Import a _single file" msgstr "Imp_ort pojedynczego pliku" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:403 #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-page.c:202 msgid "Please select the information that you would like to import:" msgstr "Proszę wybrać informacje do importowania:" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:533 msgid "" "Evolution checked for settings to import from the following applications: " "Pine, Netscape, Elm, iCalendar. No importable settings found. If you would " "like to try again, please click the \"Back\" button." msgstr "" "Skontrolowano możliwości importu ustawień z następujących programów: Pine, " "Netscape, Elm, iCalendar. Nie odnaleziono jednak żadnych możliwych do " "zaimportowania ustawień. Aby spróbować jeszcze raz, proszę nacisnąć przycisk " "\"Wstecz\"." #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:559 #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-page.c:231 #, c-format msgid "From %s:" msgstr "Od %s:" #. Install a custom "Cancel Import" button. #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:775 msgid "_Cancel Import" msgstr "_Anuluj import" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:920 msgid "Preview data to be imported" msgstr "Podgląd danych w zaimportowania" # wd #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:926 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:939 #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1292 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1368 #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1377 msgid "Import Data" msgstr "Importowanie danych" # wd #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:934 msgid "Select what type of file you want to import from the list." msgstr "Proszę wybrać typ pliku do zaimportowania z listy." #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1282 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1317 msgid "Evolution Import Assistant" msgstr "Asystent importu programu Evolution" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1299 ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1355 msgid "Import Location" msgstr "Miejsce importu" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1310 msgid "" "Welcome to the Evolution Import Assistant.\n" "With this assistant you will be guided through the process of importing " "external files into Evolution." msgstr "" "Witamy w asystencie importu programu Evolution.\n" "Asystent ten pomaga przeprowadzić import zewnętrznych plików do programu " "Evolution." #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1327 msgid "Importer Type" msgstr "Typ importera" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1337 msgid "Select Information to Import" msgstr "Wybór danych do zaimportowania" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1346 msgid "Select a File" msgstr "Wybór pliku" #: ../e-util/e-import-assistant.c:1363 msgid "Click \"Apply\" to begin importing the file into Evolution." msgstr "" "Aby rozpocząć import pliku do programu Evolution, należy nacisnąć przycisk " "\"Zastosuj\"," #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-combo-box.c:378 msgid "Autogenerated" msgstr "Utworzono automatycznie" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:310 msgid "Close" msgstr "Zamknij" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:315 msgid "_Save and Close" msgstr "_Zapisz i zamknij" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:529 msgid "Edit Signature" msgstr "Modyfikacja podpisu" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:549 msgid "_Signature Name:" msgstr "_Nazwa podpisu:" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-editor.c:595 msgid "Unnamed" msgstr "Bez nazwy" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-manager.c:337 msgid "Add _Script" msgstr "Dodaj _skrypt" # wd #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-manager.c:422 msgid "Add Signature Script" msgstr "Skrypt dodawania podpisu" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-manager.c:492 msgid "Edit Signature Script" msgstr "Modyfikacja skryptu podpisu" #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-script-dialog.c:395 msgid "" "The output of this script will be used as your\n" "signature. The name you specify will be used\n" "for display purposes only." msgstr "" "Wyjście podanego skryptu będzie używane jako\n" "podpis. Wpisana nazwa będzie używana tylko\n" "podczas wyświetlania." # wd #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-script-dialog.c:446 msgid "S_cript:" msgstr "_Skrypt:" # wd #: ../e-util/e-mail-signature-script-dialog.c:477 msgid "Script file must be executable." msgstr "Plik skryptu musi być plikiem wykonywalnym." #: ../e-util/e-map.c:886 msgid "World Map" msgstr "Mapa świata" #: ../e-util/e-map.c:889 msgid "" "Mouse-based interactive map widget for selecting timezone. Keyboard users " "should instead select the timezone from the drop-down combination box below." msgstr "" "Obsługiwana myszą interaktywna kontrolka mapy świata do wyboru strefy " "czasowej. Użytkownicy klawiatury powinni wybrać strefę czasową z poniższej " "rozwijanej listy." #: ../e-util/e-misc-utils.c:242 msgid "Could not open the link." msgstr "Nie można otworzyć tego odnośnika." #: ../e-util/e-misc-utils.c:289 msgid "Could not display help for Evolution." msgstr "Nie można wyświetlić pomocy programu Evolution." #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:279 msgid "Show Contacts" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:311 msgid "Address B_ook:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:318 msgid "Cat_egory:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:342 msgid "_Search:" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:368 #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:1276 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1113 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1733 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:767 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:938 msgid "Any Category" msgstr "Dowolna kategoria" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:370 msgid "Co_ntacts" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:447 msgid "Search" msgstr "Wyszukiwanie" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:450 #: ../mail/importers/pine-importer.c:431 msgid "Address Book" msgstr "Książka adresowa" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:578 msgid "Select Contacts from Address Book" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-dialog.c:1001 msgid "_Remove" msgstr "_Usuń" #. To Translators: This would be similiar to "Expand MyList Inline" where MyList is a Contact List #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-entry.c:3028 #, c-format msgid "E_xpand %s Inline" msgstr "" #. Copy Contact Item #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-entry.c:3044 #, c-format msgid "Cop_y %s" msgstr "" #. Cut Contact Item #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-entry.c:3055 #, c-format msgid "C_ut %s" msgstr "" #. Edit Contact item #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-entry.c:3073 #, c-format msgid "_Edit %s" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-name-selector-list.c:583 #, c-format msgid "_Delete %s" msgstr "" # wd #: ../e-util/e-online-button.c:31 msgid "Evolution is currently online. Click this button to work offline." msgstr "" "Program Evolution jest w trybie online. Kliknięcie na tym przycisku " "przełącza w tryb offline." # wd #: ../e-util/e-online-button.c:34 msgid "Evolution is currently offline. Click this button to work online." msgstr "" "Program Evolution jest w trybie offline. Kliknięcie na tym przycisku " "przełącza w tryb online." # wd #: ../e-util/e-online-button.c:37 msgid "Evolution is currently offline because the network is unavailable." msgstr "" "Program Evolution jest w trybie offline, ponieważ sieć jest niedostępna." #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:127 msgid "Keyring key is unusable: no user or host name" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:447 msgid "You have the Caps Lock key on." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:578 msgid "_Remember this passphrase" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:579 msgid "_Remember this passphrase for the remainder of this session" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:584 msgid "_Remember this password" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-passwords.c:585 msgid "_Remember this password for the remainder of this session" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-preferences-window.c:318 msgid "Evolution Preferences" msgstr "Preferencje programu Evolution" #: ../e-util/e-print.c:161 msgid "An error occurred while printing" msgstr "Wystąpił błąd podczas drukowania" #: ../e-util/e-print.c:168 msgid "The printing system reported the following details about the error:" msgstr "System drukowania zgłosił następujące szczegóły o błędzie:" #: ../e-util/e-print.c:174 msgid "" "The printing system did not report any additional details about the error." msgstr "System drukowania nie zgłosił żadnych szczegółów o błędzie." #: ../e-util/e-rule-editor.c:185 msgid "Add Rule" msgstr "Dodawanie reguły" #: ../e-util/e-rule-editor.c:287 msgid "Edit Rule" msgstr "Modyfikacja reguły" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:81 #, c-format msgid "Matches: %u" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:565 msgid "Close the find bar" msgstr "Zamyka pasek wyszukiwania" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:573 msgid "Fin_d:" msgstr "Wyszu_kiwanie:" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:585 msgid "Clear the search" msgstr "Czyści wyszukiwanie" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:609 msgid "_Previous" msgstr "_Poprzedni" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:615 msgid "Find the previous occurrence of the phrase" msgstr "Znajduje poprzednie wystąpienie frazy" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:624 msgid "_Next" msgstr "_Następny" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:630 msgid "Find the next occurrence of the phrase" msgstr "Znajduje następne wystąpienie frazy" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:639 msgid "Mat_ch case" msgstr "Uwzględnianie _wielkości liter" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:667 msgid "Reached bottom of page, continued from top" msgstr "Osiągnięto dół strony, kontynuacja od góry" #: ../e-util/e-search-bar.c:689 msgid "Reached top of page, continued from bottom" msgstr "Osiągnięto górę strony, kontynuacja od dołu" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.c:538 ../mail/importers/elm-importer.c:331 #: ../mail/importers/pine-importer.c:424 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view.c:1088 msgid "Mail" msgstr "Poczta" #: ../e-util/e-send-options.c:570 msgid "When de_leted:" msgstr "Po _usunięciu:" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:681 ../e-util/e-source-config.c:685 msgid "Type:" msgstr "Typ:" # wd #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:693 ../e-util/e-source-config.c:697 #| msgid "_Name:" msgid "Name:" msgstr "Nazwa:" #. Translators: This is the first of a sequence of widgets: #. * "Refresh every [NUMERIC_ENTRY] [TIME_UNITS_COMBO]" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:1302 msgid "Refresh every" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:1332 ../e-util/e-source-config.c:1402 msgid "Use a secure connection" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:1428 msgid "Unset _trust for SSL certificate" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-source-config.c:1464 msgid "User" msgstr "Użytkownik" #: ../e-util/e-source-selector-dialog.c:229 msgid "_Destination" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-source-selector-dialog.c:342 msgid "Select destination" msgstr "" #. no suggestions. Put something in the menu anyway... #: ../e-util/e-spell-entry.c:384 msgid "(no suggestions)" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-spell-entry.c:408 msgid "More..." msgstr "" #. + Add to Dictionary #: ../e-util/e-spell-entry.c:479 #, c-format msgid "Add \"%s\" to Dictionary" msgstr "" #. - Ignore All #: ../e-util/e-spell-entry.c:530 msgid "Ignore All" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-spell-entry.c:558 msgid "Spelling Suggestions" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:1 msgid "A file named \"{0}\" already exists. Do you want to replace it?" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "The file already exists in \"{0}\". Replacing it will overwrite its contents." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:3 msgid "_Replace" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:4 msgid "Cannot save file \"{0}\"." msgstr "Nie można zapisać pliku \"{0}\"." #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Because \"{1}\"." msgstr "Przyczyna: \"{1}\"." #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:6 msgid "Cannot open file \"{0}\"." msgstr "Nie można otworzyć pliku \"{0}\"." #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:7 msgid "Failed to remove data source "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:8 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:61 msgid "The reported error was "{1}"." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Failed to update data source "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:10 msgid "Failed to delete resource "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:11 msgid "" "The address book backend servicing "{0}" has quit unexpectedly." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" "Some of your contacts may not be available until Evolution is restarted." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:13 msgid "The calendar backend servicing "{0}" has quit unexpectedly." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:14 msgid "" "Some of your appointments may not be available until Evolution is restarted." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:15 msgid "" "The memo list backend servicing "{0}" has quit unexpectedly." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:16 msgid "Some of your memos may not be available until Evolution is restarted." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:17 msgid "" "The task list backend servicing "{0}" has quit unexpectedly." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:18 msgid "Some of your tasks may not be available until Evolution is restarted." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:19 msgid "" "The address book backend servicing "{0}" encountered an error." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:20 msgid "The calendar backend servicing "{0}" encountered an error." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:21 msgid "The memo list backend servicing "{0}" encountered an error." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-system.error.xml.h:22 msgid "The task list backend servicing "{0}" encountered an error." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-click-to-add.c:680 #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-table-click-to-add.c:62 #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-table-click-to-add.c:143 msgid "click to add" msgstr "kliknięcie dodaje" #: ../e-util/e-table-column-selector.c:266 msgid "Move selected column names to top" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-column-selector.c:271 msgid "Move selected column names up one row" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-column-selector.c:276 msgid "Move selected column names down one row" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-column-selector.c:281 msgid "Move selected column names to bottom" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-column-selector.c:286 msgid "Select all column names" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:389 ../e-util/e-table-config.c:435 msgid "(Ascending)" msgstr "(Rosnąco)" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:389 ../e-util/e-table-config.c:435 msgid "(Descending)" msgstr "(Malejąco)" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:396 msgid "Not sorted" msgstr "Bez uporządkowania" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:441 msgid "No grouping" msgstr "Bez grupowania" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:546 msgid "Show Fields" msgstr "Wyświetlanie pól" #: ../e-util/e-table-config.c:562 msgid "Choose the order of information to appear in the message list." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-table-field-chooser-dialog.c:227 msgid "Add a Column" msgstr "Dodanie kolumny" #: ../e-util/e-table-field-chooser.c:167 msgid "" "To add a column to your table, drag it into\n" "the location in which you want it to appear." msgstr "" "Aby dodać kolumnę do tabeli, należy\n" "przeciągnąć ją na docelowe miejsce." #: ../e-util/e-table-group-container.c:369 #, c-format msgid "%s: %s (%d item)" msgid_plural "%s: %s (%d items)" msgstr[0] "%s: %s (%d element)" msgstr[1] "%s: %s (%d elementy)" msgstr[2] "%s: %s (%d elementów)" #: ../e-util/e-table-group-container.c:383 #, c-format msgid "%s (%d item)" msgid_plural "%s (%d items)" msgstr[0] "%s (%d element)" msgstr[1] "%s (%d elementy)" msgstr[2] "%s (%d elementów)" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1576 msgid "Customize Current View" msgstr "Dopasowanie bieżącego widoku" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1599 msgid "Sort _Ascending" msgstr "Uporządkowanie _rosnąco" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1602 msgid "Sort _Descending" msgstr "Uporządkowanie _malejąco" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1605 msgid "_Unsort" msgstr "_Bez uporządkowania" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1608 msgid "Group By This _Field" msgstr "_Grupowanie według tego pola" # FIXME - bo box to jest przerywana linia dookoła elementów # tak mi się wydaje #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1611 msgid "Group By _Box" msgstr "Grupowanie według o_bramowania" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1615 msgid "Remove This _Column" msgstr "Usuń tę k_olumnę" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1618 msgid "Add a C_olumn..." msgstr "Dodaj _kolumnę..." #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1622 msgid "A_lignment" msgstr "Wyrów_nanie" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1625 msgid "B_est Fit" msgstr "N_ajlepsze dopasowanie" #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1628 msgid "Format Column_s..." msgstr "Formatuj kolum_ny..." #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1632 msgid "Custo_mize Current View..." msgstr "Dopasuj bi_eżący widok..." #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1703 msgid "_Sort By" msgstr "_Uporządkowanie według" #. Custom #: ../e-util/e-table-header-item.c:1726 msgid "_Custom" msgstr "_Własne" #: ../e-util/e-text.c:2098 msgid "Select All" msgstr "Zaznacz wszystkie" #: ../e-util/e-text.c:2111 msgid "Input Methods" msgstr "Metody wprowadzania" #. Put the "UTC" entry at the top of the combo's list. #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.c:207 ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.c:429 #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.c:433 ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.c:437 #: ../e-util/e-timezone-dialog.c:803 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC" #: ../e-util/e-url-entry.c:109 msgid "Click here to open the URL" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-url-entry.c:111 msgid "Enter a URL here" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:406 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:285 msgid "_Copy Link Location" msgstr "S_kopiuj adres odnośnika" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:408 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:287 msgid "Copy the link to the clipboard" msgstr "Kopiuje odnośnik do schowka" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:416 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:295 msgid "_Open Link in Browser" msgstr "Otwórz _odnośnik w przeglądarce" # wd #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:418 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:297 msgid "Open the link in a web browser" msgstr "Otwiera odnośnik w przeglądarce internetowej" # wd #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:426 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:305 msgid "_Copy Email Address" msgstr "Skopiuj adres _e-mail" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:443 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:322 msgid "_Copy Image" msgstr "S_kopiuj obraz" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:445 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:324 msgid "Copy the image to the clipboard" msgstr "Kopiuje obraz do schowka" # wd #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:465 ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:1308 #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:351 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:1317 msgid "Select all text and images" msgstr "Zaznacza cały tekst i wszystkie obrazy" # FIXME - Nie mam pewności , że to o to idzie #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:972 ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:974 #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:976 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:992 #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:994 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:996 #, c-format msgid "Click to call %s" msgstr "Kliknięcie w celu zadzwonienia do %s" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:978 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:998 msgid "Click to hide/unhide addresses" msgstr "Kliknięcie wyświetla/ukrywa adresy" #: ../e-util/e-web-view-gtkhtml.c:980 ../e-util/e-web-view.c:1000 #, c-format msgid "Click to open %s" msgstr "Kliknięcie otwiera %s" #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:329 msgid "Save _Image..." msgstr "Zapisz _obraz..." #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:331 msgid "Save the image to a file" msgstr "Zapisuje obraz do pliku" #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:2894 msgid "Copying image to clipboard" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:3082 msgid "Save Image" msgstr "Zapis obrazu" #: ../e-util/e-web-view.c:3118 #, c-format msgid "Saving image to '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/ea-calendar-item.c:315 ../e-util/ea-calendar-item.c:324 msgid "%d %B %Y" msgstr "%d %B %Y" #: ../e-util/ea-calendar-item.c:327 #, c-format msgid "Calendar: from %s to %s" msgstr "Kalendarz: od %s do %s" #: ../e-util/ea-calendar-item.c:364 msgid "evolution calendar item" msgstr "element kalendarza programu Evolution" #: ../e-util/evolution-source-viewer.c:635 msgid "Evolution Source Viewer" msgstr "" #. Translators: The name that is displayed in the user interface #: ../e-util/evolution-source-viewer.c:665 msgid "Display Name" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/evolution-source-viewer.c:674 msgid "Flags" msgstr "" #: ../e-util/evolution-source-viewer.c:726 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:678 msgid "Identity" msgstr "Tożsamość" #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Missing date." msgstr "Brak daty." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:2 msgid "You must choose a date." msgstr "Należy podać datę." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Missing filename." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:4 msgid "You must specify a filename." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:5 msgid "File "{0}" does not exist or is not a regular file." msgstr "Plik "{0}" nie istnieje lub nie jest zwykłym plikiem." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:6 msgid "Bad regular expression "{0}"." msgstr "Błędne wyrażenie regularne "{0}"." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:7 msgid "Could not compile regular expression "{1}"." msgstr "Nie można skompilować wyrażenia regularnego "{1}"." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:8 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:100 msgid "Missing name." msgstr "Brak nazwy." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:9 msgid "You must name this filter." msgstr "Należy nadać temu filtrowi nazwę." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:10 msgid "Name "{0}" already used." msgstr "Nazwa "{0}" została już użyta." #: ../e-util/filter.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Please choose another name." msgstr "Proszę wybrać inną nazwę." #. Translators: description of a "popup" action #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-cell-popup.c:128 msgid "popup a child" msgstr "okno potomne" #. Translators: description of a "toggle" action #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-cell-toggle.c:180 msgid "toggle the cell" msgstr "przełącz komórkę" #. Translators: description of an "expand" action #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-cell-tree.c:215 msgid "expands the row in the ETree containing this cell" msgstr "rozwija wiersz w ETree zawierającym tę komórkę" #. Translators: description of a "collapse" action #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-cell-tree.c:223 msgid "collapses the row in the ETree containing this cell" msgstr "zwija wiersz w ETree zawierającym tę komórkę" #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-cell.c:123 msgid "Table Cell" msgstr "Komórka tabeli" #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-table-click-to-add.c:72 msgid "click" msgstr "kliknięcie" #: ../e-util/gal-a11y-e-table-column-header.c:163 msgid "sort" msgstr "uporządkowanie" #: ../e-util/gal-view-instance-save-as-dialog.c:296 msgid "Save Current View" msgstr "Zapis bieżącego widoku" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Do you wish to save your changes?" msgstr "Zapisać zmiany?" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:2 msgid "This signature has been changed, but has not been saved." msgstr "Podpis został zmieniony, lecz zmiany nie zostały zapisane." #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:3 msgid "_Discard changes" msgstr "_Porzuć zmiany" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:4 msgid "Blank Signature" msgstr "Pusty podpis" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Please provide an unique name to identify this signature." msgstr "Proszę podać nazwę tego podpisu." #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:6 msgid "Unable to copy image to clipboard." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:7 msgid "Unable to save image." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:8 msgid "Could not load signature." msgstr "" #: ../e-util/widgets.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Could not save signature." msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/camel-sasl-xoauth2.c:27 msgid "OAuth2" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/camel-sasl-xoauth2.c:28 msgid "" "This option will use an OAuth 2.0 access token to connect to the server" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-authenticator.c:182 #, c-format msgid "Invalid authentication result code (%d)" msgstr "" # wd #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:114 #, c-format msgid "Saving message to folder '%s'" msgstr "Zapisywanie wiadomości w katalogu \"%s\"" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:572 msgid "Forwarded messages" msgstr "Przesłane wiadomości" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:682 #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:933 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving %d message" msgid_plural "Retrieving %d messages" msgstr[0] "Pobieranie %d wiadomości" msgstr[1] "Pobieranie %d wiadomości" msgstr[2] "Pobieranie %d wiadomości" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:776 msgid "Scanning messages for duplicates" msgstr "Skanowanie wiadomości pod kątem duplikatów" # wd #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1184 #, c-format msgid "Removing folder '%s'" msgstr "Usuwanie katalogu \"%s\"" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1321 #, c-format msgid "File \"%s\" has been removed." msgstr "Plik \"%s\" został usunięty." #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1325 msgid "File has been removed." msgstr "Plik został usunięty." #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1384 msgid "Removing attachments" msgstr "Usuwanie załączników" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1548 #, c-format msgid "Saving %d message" msgid_plural "Saving %d messages" msgstr[0] "Zapisywanie %d wiadomości" msgstr[1] "Zapisywanie %d wiadomości" msgstr[2] "Zapisywanie %d wiadomości" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-folder-utils.c:1926 #, c-format msgid "Invalid folder URI '%s'" msgstr "Nieprawidłowy adres URI katalogu: \"%s\"" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session-utils.c:540 msgid "No mail transport service available" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session-utils.c:640 #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:730 #, c-format msgid "Failed to apply outgoing filters: %s" msgstr "Zastosowanie filtrów wychodzących się nie powiodło: %s" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session-utils.c:689 #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:774 #, c-format msgid "" "Failed to append to %s: %s\n" "Appending to local 'Sent' folder instead." msgstr "" "Dodanie do %s się nie powiodło: %s\n" "Zamiast tego zostanie dodane do lokalnego katalogu \"Wysłane\"." #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session-utils.c:715 #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:798 #, c-format msgid "Failed to append to local 'Sent' folder: %s" msgstr "Dodanie do lokalnego katalogu \"Wysłane\" się nie powiodło: %s" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session-utils.c:916 #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:929 ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1031 msgid "Sending message" msgstr "Wysyłanie wiadomości" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:120 ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:342 #: ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:789 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1061 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1072 msgid "Inbox" msgstr "Odebrane" #. E_MAIL_LOCAL_FOLDER_INBOX #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:121 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:782 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1059 msgid "Drafts" msgstr "Szkice" #. E_MAIL_LOCAL_FOLDER_DRAFTS #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:122 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:793 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1063 msgid "Outbox" msgstr "Wychodzące" #. E_MAIL_LOCAL_FOLDER_OUTBOX #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:123 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:797 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1065 msgid "Sent" msgstr "Wysłane" #. E_MAIL_LOCAL_FOLDER_SENT #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:124 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:785 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1067 #: ../plugins/templates/org-gnome-templates.eplug.xml.h:1 #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1082 ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1381 #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1391 msgid "Templates" msgstr "Szablony" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:1347 #, c-format msgid "User cancelled operation" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:1542 #, c-format msgid "%s authentication failed" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:1592 #, c-format msgid "No data source found for UID '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:1655 #, c-format msgid "" "No destination address provided, forwarding of the message has been " "cancelled." msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-session.c:1668 #, c-format msgid "" "No identity found to use, forwarding of the message has been cancelled." msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-store-utils.c:190 #, c-format msgid "Disconnecting from '%s'" msgstr "Rozłączanie z \"%s\"" # wd #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-store-utils.c:279 #, c-format msgid "Reconnecting to '%s'" msgstr "Ponowne łączenie z \"%s\"" #: ../libemail-engine/e-mail-store-utils.c:370 #, c-format msgid "Preparing account '%s' for offline" msgstr "Przygotowywanie konta \"%s\" do trybu offline" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-folder-cache.c:1241 #, c-format msgid "Pinging %s" msgstr "Odpytywanie %s" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:94 msgid "Filtering Selected Messages" msgstr "Filtrowanie zaznaczonych wiadomości" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:152 #, c-format msgid "" "Failed to filter selected messages. One reason can be that folder location " "set in one or more filters is invalid. Please check your filters in Edit-" ">Message Filters.\n" "Original error was: %s" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:233 #, c-format msgid "Fetching mail from '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:724 #, c-format msgid "" "Failed to apply outgoing filters. One reason can be that folder location set " "in one or more filters is invalid. Please check your filters in Edit-" ">Message Filters.\n" "Original error was: %s" msgstr "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:940 #, c-format msgid "Sending message %d of %d" msgstr "Wysyłanie %d. z %d wiadomości" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:992 #, c-format msgid "Failed to send a message" msgid_plural "Failed to send %d of %d messages" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:998 msgid "Canceled." msgstr "Anulowano." #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1000 msgid "Complete." msgstr "Ukończono." # wd #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1112 #, c-format msgid "Moving messages to '%s'" msgstr "Przenoszenie wiadomości do \"%s\"" # wd #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1113 #, c-format msgid "Copying messages to '%s'" msgstr "Kopiowanie wiadomości do \"%s\"" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1232 #, c-format msgid "Storing folder '%s'" msgstr "Zapisywanie katalogu \"%s\"" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1360 #, c-format msgid "Expunging and storing account '%s'" msgstr "Oczyszczanie i zapisywanie konta \"%s\"" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1361 #, c-format msgid "Storing account '%s'" msgstr "Zapisywanie konta \"%s\"" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-ops.c:1435 #, c-format msgid "Emptying trash in '%s'" msgstr "Opróżnianie kosza w \"%s\"" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-tools.c:71 #, c-format msgid "Could not create spool directory '%s': %s" msgstr "Nie można utworzyć katalogu kolejki \"%s\": %s" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-tools.c:111 #, c-format msgid "Trying to movemail a non-mbox source '%s'" msgstr "Próba przeniesienia movemail do źródła nie będącego mbox \"%s\"" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-tools.c:237 #, c-format msgid "Forwarded message - %s" msgstr "Przesłana wiadomość - %s" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-tools.c:239 msgid "Forwarded message" msgstr "Przesłana wiadomość" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-vfolder.c:153 #, c-format msgid "Setting up Search Folder: %s" msgstr "Ustawianie katalogu wyszukiwania: %s" #: ../libemail-engine/mail-vfolder.c:306 #, c-format msgid "Updating Search Folders for '%s' - %s" msgstr "" #. Translators: The first %s is name of the affected #. * search folder(s), the second %s is the URI of the #. * removed folder. For more than one search folder is #. * each of them on a separate line, with four spaces #. * in front of its name, without quotes. #: ../libemail-engine/mail-vfolder.c:670 #, c-format msgid "" "The Search Folder \"%s\" has been modified to account for the deleted " "folder\n" "\"%s\"." msgid_plural "" "The following Search Folders\n" "%s have been modified to account for the deleted folder\n" "\"%s\"." msgstr[0] "" "Katalog wyszukiwania \"%s\" został zmodyfikowany na koncie z powodu " "usuniętego katalogu\n" "\"%s\"." msgstr[1] "" "Następujące katalogi wyszukiwania\n" "%s zostały zmodyfikowane na koncie z powodu usuniętego katalogu\n" "\"%s\"." msgstr[2] "" "Następujące katalogi wyszukiwania\n" "%s zostały zmodyfikowane na koncie z powodu usuniętego katalogu\n" "\"%s\"." #: ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:116 ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:203 msgid "Open _Online Accounts" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:142 ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:229 msgid "This account was created through the Online Accounts service." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:690 msgid "_Restore Default" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:703 msgid "You can drag and drop account names to reorder them." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-manager.c:746 msgid "De_fault" msgstr "D_omyślne" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-tree-view.c:85 #: ../modules/mail/em-composer-prefs.c:443 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:359 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:890 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Włączone" # wd #: ../mail/e-mail-account-tree-view.c:109 msgid "Account Name" msgstr "Nazwa konta" #: ../mail/e-mail-account-tree-view.c:136 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:335 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:475 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3600 #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:49 msgid "Default" msgstr "Domyślne" #: ../mail/e-mail-autoconfig.c:578 msgid "No email address provided" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-autoconfig.c:587 msgid "Missing domain in email address" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-backend.c:754 msgid "Unknown background operation" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:129 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:860 #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:867 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:874 msgid "Close this window" msgstr "Zamyka to okno" #: ../mail/e-mail-browser.c:286 msgid "(No Subject)" msgstr "(Brak tematu)" #. GtkAssistant sinks the floating button reference. #: ../mail/e-mail-config-assistant.c:102 msgid "_Skip Lookup" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-assistant.c:562 msgid "Evolution Account Assistant" msgstr "Asystent kont programu Evolution" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-auth-check.c:352 msgid "Check for Supported Types" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-confirm-page.c:157 msgid "" "Congratulations, your mail configuration is complete.\n" "\n" "You are now ready to send and receive email using Evolution.\n" "\n" "Click \"Apply\" to save your settings." msgstr "" "Gratulacje, ukończono konfigurację poczty.\n" "\n" "Można teraz wysyłać i odbierać wiadomości\n" "za pomocą programu Evolution.\n" "\n" "Proszę nacisnąć przycisk \"Zastosuj\", aby zapisać ustawienia." #: ../mail/e-mail-config-confirm-page.c:169 msgid "Done" msgstr "Gotowe" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:552 msgid "Special Folders" msgstr "Katalogi specjalne" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:561 msgid "Draft Messages _Folder:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:571 msgid "Choose a folder for saving draft messages." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:585 msgid "Sent _Messages Folder:" msgstr "Katalog _wysłanych wiadomości:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:595 msgid "Choose a folder for saving sent messages." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:614 msgid "S_ave replies in the folder of the message being replied to" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:631 msgid "_Restore Defaults" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:645 msgid "Use a Real Folder for _Trash:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:646 msgid "Choose a folder for deleted messages." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:655 msgid "Use a Real Folder for _Junk:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:656 msgid "Choose a folder for junk messages." msgstr "" # wd #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:673 msgid "Composing Messages" msgstr "Tworzenie wiadomości" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:682 msgid "Alway_s carbon-copy (cc) to:" msgstr "Wy_syłanie kopii (cc) do:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:707 msgid "Always _blind carbon-copy (bcc) to:" msgstr "Wysyłanie ukrytych kopii wiadomości (_bcc) do:" # wd #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:742 msgid "Message Receipts" msgstr "Potwierdzenia wiadomości" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:751 msgid "S_end message receipts:" msgstr "_Wysyłanie potwierdzeń:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:776 msgid "Never" msgstr "Nigdy" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:782 msgid "Always" msgstr "Zawsze" # FZ #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:788 msgid "Ask for each message" msgstr "Pytanie dla każdej wiadomości" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-defaults-page.c:859 msgid "Defaults" msgstr "Domyślne" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:266 msgid "" "Please enter your name and email address below. The \"optional\" fields " "below do not need to be filled in, unless you wish to include this " "information in email you send." msgstr "" "Proszę podać poniżej swoje imię i nazwisko oraz adres e-mail. Pola w rubryce " "\"Informacje dodatkowe\" nie muszą być wypełnione. Podane tam informacje " "zostaną zawarte w wysyłanych wiadomościach." # wd #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:294 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:324 msgid "Account Information" msgstr "Informacje o koncie" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:303 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:333 msgid "" "Type the name by which you would like to refer to this account.\n" "For example, \"Work\" or \"Personal\"." msgstr "" # wd #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:348 msgid "Required Information" msgstr "Informacje wymagane" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:357 msgid "Full Nam_e:" msgstr "Imię i _nazwisko:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:384 msgid "Email _Address:" msgstr "Adres _e-mail:" # wdwd #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:431 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:26 msgid "Optional Information" msgstr "Informacje opcjonalne" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:440 msgid "Re_ply-To:" msgstr "O_dpowiedź do:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:467 msgid "Or_ganization:" msgstr "_Organizacja:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-identity-page.c:522 msgid "Add Ne_w Signature..." msgstr "Dodaj no_wy podpis..." #: ../mail/e-mail-config-lookup-page.c:68 msgid "Looking up account details..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-provider-page.c:485 msgid "Checking for New Mail" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-provider-page.c:501 msgid "Check for _new messages every" msgstr "Sprawdzanie _nowych wiadomości co" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-provider-page.c:700 msgid "Receiving Options" msgstr "Opcje odbierania" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-receiving-page.c:50 msgid "Receiving Email" msgstr "Odbieranie poczty" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:260 #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:266 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:24 #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:114 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:47 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:91 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:16 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:653 msgid "General" msgstr "Ogólne" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:269 msgid "_Do not sign meeting requests (for Outlook compatibility)" msgstr "Bez podpisywania żądań _zebrań (dla zgodności z programem Outlook)" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:291 msgid "Pretty Good Privacy (OpenPGP)" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:300 msgid "OpenPGP _Key ID:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:322 msgid "Si_gning algorithm:" msgstr "Algorytm p_odpisujący:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:338 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:478 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:50 msgid "SHA1" msgstr "SHA1" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:341 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:481 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:51 msgid "SHA256" msgstr "SHA256" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:344 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:484 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:52 msgid "SHA384" msgstr "SHA384" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:347 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:487 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:53 msgid "SHA512" msgstr "SHA512" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:363 msgid "Al_ways sign outgoing messages when using this account" msgstr "" "P_odpisywanie wszystkich wiadomości wychodzących podczas używania tego konta" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:375 msgid "Always encrypt to _myself when sending encrypted messages" msgstr "Szyfrowanie _wysyłanych do siebie wiadomości" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:387 msgid "Always _trust keys in my keyring when encrypting" msgstr "Kluc_ze z własnej bazie zawsze zaufane podczas szyfrowania" # wd #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:411 msgid "Secure MIME (S/MIME)" msgstr "Bezpieczne MIME (S/MIME)" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:420 msgid "Sig_ning certificate:" msgstr "Certyfikat po_dpisujący:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:444 #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:550 msgid "Select" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:462 msgid "Signing _algorithm:" msgstr "_Algorytm podpisujący:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:503 msgid "Always sign outgoing messages when using this account" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:526 msgid "Encryption certificate:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:568 msgid "Always encrypt outgoing messages when using this account" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-security-page.c:588 msgid "Always encrypt to myself when sending encrypted messages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-sending-page.c:50 msgid "Sending Email" msgstr "Wysyłanie wiadomości" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-service-page.c:640 msgid "Server _Type:" msgstr "_Typ serwera:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:142 msgid "SSL" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:145 msgid "TLS" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:307 msgid "" "This is a summary of the settings which will be used to access your mail." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:372 msgid "Personal Details" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:381 msgid "Full Name:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:395 msgid "Email Address:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:409 msgid "Receiving" msgstr "Pobieranie" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:421 msgid "Sending" msgstr "Wysyłanie" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:433 msgid "Server Type:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:454 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:608 msgid "Server:" msgstr "" # wd #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:475 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:697 #| msgid "Us_ername:" msgid "Username:" msgstr "Nazwa użytkownika:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:496 msgid "Security:" msgstr "Bezpieczeństwo:" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-summary-page.c:787 msgid "Account Summary" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-welcome-page.c:157 msgid "" "Welcome to the Evolution Mail Configuration Assistant.\n" "\n" "Click \"Continue\" to begin." msgstr "" "Witamy w asystencie konfiguracji konta pocztowego programu Evolution.\n" "\n" "Aby rozpocząć, proszę nacisnąć przycisk \"Kontynuuj\"." #: ../mail/e-mail-config-welcome-page.c:167 #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-startup-assistant.c:152 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Witamy" #: ../mail/e-mail-config-window.c:327 msgid "Account Editor" msgstr "Edytor kont" # wd #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:96 msgid "_Add to Address Book..." msgstr "Dodaj d_o książki adresowej..." # wd #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:103 msgid "_To This Address" msgstr "_Na ten adres" # wd #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:110 msgid "_From This Address" msgstr "_Z tego adresu" #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:117 msgid "Send _Reply To..." msgstr "Wyślij o_dpowiedź do..." #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:119 msgid "Send a reply message to this address" msgstr "Wysyła odpowiedź pod ten adres" # wd #: ../mail/e-mail-display.c:126 msgid "Create Search _Folder" msgstr "Utwórz katalog _wyszukiwania" #. Label + combo box has a 12px left margin so it's #. * aligned with the junk mail options above it. #: ../mail/e-mail-junk-options.c:252 msgid "Junk filtering software:" msgstr "Oprogramowanie do filtrowania niechcianych wiadomości:" # wd #: ../mail/e-mail-label-dialog.c:225 msgid "_Label name:" msgstr "_Nazwa etykiety:" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-list-store.c:57 msgid "I_mportant" msgstr "_Ważne" #. red #: ../mail/e-mail-label-list-store.c:58 msgid "_Work" msgstr "_Praca" #. orange #: ../mail/e-mail-label-list-store.c:59 msgid "_Personal" msgstr "_Osobiste" #. green #: ../mail/e-mail-label-list-store.c:60 msgid "_To Do" msgstr "_Do zrobienia" #. blue #: ../mail/e-mail-label-list-store.c:61 msgid "_Later" msgstr "Póź_niej" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-manager.c:170 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1030 msgid "Add Label" msgstr "Dodawanie etykiety" #: ../mail/e-mail-label-manager.c:221 msgid "Edit Label" msgstr "Modyfikacja etykiety" # wd #: ../mail/e-mail-label-manager.c:353 msgid "" "Note: Underscore in the label name is used\n" "as mnemonic identifier in menu." msgstr "" "Uwaga: podkreślenie w nazwie używane jest\n" "jako identyfikator skrótu w menu." #: ../mail/e-mail-label-tree-view.c:89 msgid "Color" msgstr "Kolor" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:167 msgid "Move selected headers to top" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:172 msgid "Move selected headers up one row" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:177 msgid "Move selected headers down one row" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:182 msgid "Move selected headers to bottom" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:187 msgid "Select all headers" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:206 msgid "Header Name" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-print-config-headers.c:215 msgid "Header Value" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-printer.c:125 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:101 msgid "Headers" msgstr "Nagłówki" #: ../mail/e-mail-printer.c:167 #, c-format msgid "Page %d of %d" msgstr "Strona %d z %d" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:351 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:12 msgid "Copy to Folder" msgstr "Kopiuje do katalogu" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:351 ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:518 msgid "C_opy" msgstr "S_kopiuj" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:851 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:54 msgid "Move to Folder" msgstr "Przenosi do katalogu" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:851 ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:518 msgid "_Move" msgstr "_Przenieś" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1177 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1389 #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1429 msgid "_Do not ask me again." msgstr "_Bez ponownego pytania." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1435 msgid "_Always ignore Reply-To: for mailing lists." msgstr "Z_awsze ignorowanie nagłówka Reply-To: dla list dyskusyjnych." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1637 msgid "Failed to retrieve message:" msgstr "" # wd #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1677 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2842 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving message '%s'" msgstr "Pobieranie wiadomości \"%s\"" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1865 msgid "A_dd Sender to Address Book" msgstr "Dodaj _nadawcę do książki adresowej" # wd #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1867 msgid "Add sender to address book" msgstr "Dodaje nadawcę do książki adresowej" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1872 msgid "Check for _Junk" msgstr "Wy_szukaj niechciane" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1874 msgid "Filter the selected messages for junk status" msgstr "Filtruje zaznaczone wiadomości pod kątem niechcianych wiadomości" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1879 msgid "_Copy to Folder..." msgstr "S_kopiuj do katalogu..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1881 msgid "Copy selected messages to another folder" msgstr "Kopiuje zaznaczone wiadomości do innego katalogu" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1886 msgid "_Delete Message" msgstr "_Usuń wiadomość" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1888 msgid "Mark the selected messages for deletion" msgstr "Oznacza zaznaczone wiadomości jako do usunięcia" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1893 msgid "Create a Filter Rule for Mailing _List..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1895 msgid "Create a rule to filter messages to this mailing list" msgstr "Tworzy regułę filtrującą wiadomości z tej listy dyskusyjnej" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1900 msgid "Create a Filter Rule for _Recipients..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1902 msgid "Create a rule to filter messages to these recipients" msgstr "Tworzy regułę filtrującą wiadomości do tych odbiorców" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1907 msgid "Create a Filter Rule for Se_nder..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1909 msgid "Create a rule to filter messages from this sender" msgstr "Tworzy regułę filtrującą wiadomości od tego nadawcy" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1914 msgid "Create a Filter Rule for _Subject..." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1916 msgid "Create a rule to filter messages with this subject" msgstr "Tworzy regułę filtrującą wiadomości o tym temacie" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1921 msgid "A_pply Filters" msgstr "_Zastosuj filtry" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1923 msgid "Apply filter rules to the selected messages" msgstr "Stosuje reguły filtru w odniesieniu do zaznaczonych wiadomości" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1928 msgid "_Find in Message..." msgstr "_Znajdź w wiadomości..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1930 msgid "Search for text in the body of the displayed message" msgstr "Wyszukuje tekst w treści wyświetlanej wiadomości" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1935 msgid "_Clear Flag" msgstr "Wy_czyść flagę" # wd #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1937 msgid "Remove the follow-up flag from the selected messages" msgstr "Usuwa flagę kontynuacji z zaznaczonych wiadomości" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1942 msgid "_Flag Completed" msgstr "_Oznacz jako ukończone" # wd #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1944 msgid "Set the follow-up flag to completed on the selected messages" msgstr "Ustawia flagę kontynuacji na ukończoną na zaznaczonych wiadomościach" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1949 msgid "Follow _Up..." msgstr "Kontyn_uuj..." # wdFIXME - co to jest???? #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1951 msgid "Flag the selected messages for follow-up" msgstr "Oznacza wybrane wiadomości jako kontynuację" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1956 msgid "_Attached" msgstr "_Załącznik" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1958 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1965 msgid "Forward the selected message to someone as an attachment" msgstr "Przesyła zaznaczoną wiadomość do innej osoby w postaci załącznika" # wd #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1963 msgid "Forward As _Attached" msgstr "Przekaż dalej jako _załącznik" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1970 msgid "_Inline" msgstr "_W treści wiadomości" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1972 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1979 msgid "Forward the selected message in the body of a new message" msgstr "" "Przesyła zaznaczoną wiadomość do innej osoby w treści nowej wiadomości" # wd #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1977 msgid "Forward As _Inline" msgstr "_Przekaż dalej w treści" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1984 msgid "_Quoted" msgstr "_Cytowane" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1986 ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1993 msgid "Forward the selected message quoted like a reply" msgstr "" "Przesyła zaznaczoną wiadomość do innej osoby zacytowany jak przy odpowiedzi" # wd #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1991 msgid "Forward As _Quoted" msgstr "Przekaż dalej jako _cytat" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:1998 msgid "_Load Images" msgstr "Wczytaj _obrazy" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2000 msgid "Force images in HTML mail to be loaded" msgstr "Wymusza pobranie obrazów pojawiających się w HTML-u" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2005 msgid "_Important" msgstr "_Ważna" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2007 msgid "Mark the selected messages as important" msgstr "Oznacza zaznaczone wiadomości jako ważne" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2012 msgid "_Junk" msgstr "_Niechciana" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2014 msgid "Mark the selected messages as junk" msgstr "Oznacza zaznaczone wiadomości jako niechciane" # FIXME - sprawdzić formę #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2019 msgid "_Not Junk" msgstr "_Pożądana" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2021 msgid "Mark the selected messages as not being junk" msgstr "Oznacza zaznaczone wiadomości jako pożądane" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2026 msgid "_Read" msgstr "_Przeczytana" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2028 msgid "Mark the selected messages as having been read" msgstr "Oznacza zaznaczone wiadomości jako przeczytane" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2033 msgid "Uni_mportant" msgstr "_Nieważna" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2035 msgid "Mark the selected messages as unimportant" msgstr "Oznacza zaznaczone wiadomości jako nieważne" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2040 msgid "_Unread" msgstr "_Nieprzeczytana" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2042 msgid "Mark the selected messages as not having been read" msgstr "Oznacza zaznaczone wiadomości jako nieprzeczytane" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2047 msgid "_Edit as New Message..." msgstr "Z_redaguj jako nową wiadomość..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2049 msgid "Open the selected messages in the composer for editing" msgstr "Otwiera zaznaczone wiadomości w oknie redagowania" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2054 msgid "Compose _New Message" msgstr "Utwórz _nową" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2056 msgid "Open a window for composing a mail message" msgstr "Otwiera okno tworzenia nowej wiadomości" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2061 msgid "_Open in New Window" msgstr "_Otwórz w nowym oknie" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2063 msgid "Open the selected messages in a new window" msgstr "Otwiera zaznaczone wiadomości w nowym oknie" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2068 msgid "_Move to Folder..." msgstr "P_rzenieś do katalogu..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2070 msgid "Move selected messages to another folder" msgstr "Przenosi zaznaczone wiadomości do innego katalogu" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2075 msgid "_Next Message" msgstr "_Kolejnej wiadomości" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2077 msgid "Display the next message" msgstr "Wyświetla następną wiadomość" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2082 msgid "Next _Important Message" msgstr "Następna _ważna wiadomość" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2084 msgid "Display the next important message" msgstr "Wyświetla następną ważną wiadomość" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2089 msgid "Next _Thread" msgstr "Następny wą_tek" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2091 msgid "Display the next thread" msgstr "Wyświetla następny wątek" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2096 msgid "Next _Unread Message" msgstr "Następna _nieprzeczytana wiadomość" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2098 msgid "Display the next unread message" msgstr "Wyświetla następną nieprzeczytaną wiadomość" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2103 msgid "_Previous Message" msgstr "_Poprzednia wiadomość" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2105 msgid "Display the previous message" msgstr "Wyświetla poprzednią wiadomość" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2110 msgid "Pr_evious Important Message" msgstr "P_oprzednia ważna wiadomość" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2112 msgid "Display the previous important message" msgstr "Wyświetla poprzednią ważną wiadomość" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2117 msgid "Previous T_hread" msgstr "Pop_rzedni wątek" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2119 msgid "Display the previous thread" msgstr "Wyświetla poprzedni wątek" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2124 msgid "P_revious Unread Message" msgstr "Poprzednia ni_eprzeczytana wiadomość" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2126 msgid "Display the previous unread message" msgstr "Wyświetla poprzednią nieprzeczytaną wiadomość" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2133 msgid "Print this message" msgstr "Drukuje wiadomość" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2140 msgid "Preview the message to be printed" msgstr "Wyświetla podgląd wiadomości w postaci przygotowanej do druku" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2145 msgid "Re_direct" msgstr "Prze_kieruj" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2147 msgid "Redirect (bounce) the selected message to someone" msgstr "Przekierowuje (odbija) zaznaczoną wiadomość do innej osoby" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2152 msgid "Remo_ve Attachments" msgstr "_Usuń załączniki" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2154 msgid "Remove attachments" msgstr "Usuwa załączniki" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2159 msgid "Remove Du_plicate Messages" msgstr "Usuń d_uplikaty wiadomości" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2161 msgid "Checks selected messages for duplicates" msgstr "Oznacza zaznaczone wiadomości jako duplikaty" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2166 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:27 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1547 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-attachment-handler.c:214 msgid "Reply to _All" msgstr "Odpowiedz wszystki_m" # wd #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2168 msgid "Compose a reply to all the recipients of the selected message" msgstr "Odpowiada wszystkim odbiorcom zaznaczonej wiadomości" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2173 ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:25 msgid "Reply to _List" msgstr "Odpowiedz na _listę" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2175 msgid "Compose a reply to the mailing list of the selected message" msgstr "Odpowiada na listę dyskusyjną związaną z zaznaczoną wiadomością" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2180 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-attachment-handler.c:221 msgid "_Reply to Sender" msgstr "Odpo_wiedz nadawcy" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2182 msgid "Compose a reply to the sender of the selected message" msgstr "Odpowiada nadawcy zaznaczonej wiadomości" # wd #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2187 msgid "_Save as mbox..." msgstr "_Zapisz w formacie mbox..." # wd #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2189 msgid "Save selected messages as an mbox file" msgstr "Zapisuje zaznaczone wiadomości w pliku mbox" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2194 msgid "_Message Source" msgstr "Źró_dło wiadomości" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2196 msgid "Show the raw email source of the message" msgstr "Wyświetla wiadomość w surowej, źródłowej postaci" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2208 msgid "_Undelete Message" msgstr "_Cofnij usunięcie" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2210 msgid "Undelete the selected messages" msgstr "Cofa usunięcie zaznaczonych wiadomości" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2215 msgid "_Normal Size" msgstr "_Zwykły rozmiar" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2217 msgid "Reset the text to its original size" msgstr "Przywraca pierwotny rozmiar tekstu" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2222 msgid "_Zoom In" msgstr "Po_większ" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2224 msgid "Increase the text size" msgstr "Zwiększa rozmiar tekstu" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2229 msgid "Zoom _Out" msgstr "Po_mniejsz" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2231 msgid "Decrease the text size" msgstr "Zmniejsza rozmiar tekstu" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2238 msgid "Cre_ate" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2245 msgid "Ch_aracter Encoding" msgstr "Zes_taw znaków" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2252 msgid "F_orward As" msgstr "Pr_zekaż dalej jako" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2259 msgid "_Group Reply" msgstr "O_dpowiedź grupowa" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2266 msgid "_Go To" msgstr "_Przejdź do" # wd #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2273 msgid "Mar_k As" msgstr "O_znacz jako" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2280 msgid "_Message" msgstr "Wia_domość" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2287 msgid "_Zoom" msgstr "Po_większenie" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2297 msgid "Create a Search Folder from Mailing _List..." msgstr "" # wd #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2299 msgid "Create a search folder for this mailing list" msgstr "Tworzy katalog wyszukiwania dla tej listy pocztowej" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2304 msgid "Create a Search Folder from Recipien_ts..." msgstr "" # wd #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2306 msgid "Create a search folder for these recipients" msgstr "Tworzy katalog wyszukiwania dla tych odbiorców" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2311 msgid "Create a Search Folder from Sen_der..." msgstr "" # wd #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2313 msgid "Create a search folder for this sender" msgstr "Tworzy katalog wyszukiwania dla tego nadawcy" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2318 msgid "Create a Search Folder from S_ubject..." msgstr "" # wd #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2320 msgid "Create a search folder for this subject" msgstr "Tworzy katalog wyszukiwania dla tego tematu" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2343 msgid "Mark for Follo_w Up..." msgstr "Oznacz do ko_ntynuacji..." #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2351 msgid "Mark as _Important" msgstr "Oznacz jako _ważne" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2355 msgid "Mark as _Junk" msgstr "Ozna_cz jako niechciane" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2359 msgid "Mark as _Not Junk" msgstr "Oznacz jako p_ożądane" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2363 msgid "Mar_k as Read" msgstr "O_znacz jako przeczytane" # wd #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2367 msgid "Mark as Uni_mportant" msgstr "Oz_nacz jako nieważne" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2371 msgid "Mark as _Unread" msgstr "Oznacz jako ni_eprzeczytane" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2415 msgid "_Caret Mode" msgstr "Tryb _karetki" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2417 msgid "Show a blinking cursor in the body of displayed messages" msgstr "Wyświetlanie mrugającego kursora w treści wyświetlanych wiadomości" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2423 msgid "All Message _Headers" msgstr "Wszystkie _nagłówki wiadomości" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2425 msgid "Show messages with all email headers" msgstr "Wyświetla wszystkie nagłówki wiadomości" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:2848 msgid "Retrieving message" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3770 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-attachment-handler.c:207 msgid "_Forward" msgstr "_Przekaż" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3771 msgid "Forward the selected message to someone" msgstr "Przesyła zaznaczoną wiadomość do innej osoby" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3790 msgid "Group Reply" msgstr "Odpowiedź grupowa" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3791 msgid "Reply to the mailing list, or to all recipients" msgstr "Odpowiada na listę dyskusyjną lub do wszystkich odbiorców" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3857 ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:15 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Usuń" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3869 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1372 msgid "Next" msgstr "Następny" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3873 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1365 msgid "Previous" msgstr "Poprzedni" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader.c:3882 ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:15 msgid "Reply" msgstr "Odpowiedz" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:151 msgid "Do not warn me again" msgstr "Bez ponownego ostrzegania" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:976 msgid "Printing" msgstr "" #. Translators: %s is replaced with a folder #. * name %u with count of duplicate messages. #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:1211 #, c-format msgid "" "Folder '%s' contains %u duplicate message. Are you sure you want to delete " "it?" msgid_plural "" "Folder '%s' contains %u duplicate messages. Are you sure you want to delete " "them?" msgstr[0] "" "Katalog \"%s\" zawiera %u duplikat wiadomości. Na pewno go usunąć?" msgstr[1] "" "Katalog \"%s\" zawiera %u duplikaty wiadomości. Na pewno je usunąć?" msgstr[2] "" "Katalog \"%s\" zawiera %u duplikatów wiadomości. Na pewno je usunąć?" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:2026 msgid "Save Message" msgid_plural "Save Messages" msgstr[0] "Zapisanie wiadomości" msgstr[1] "Zapisanie wiadomości" msgstr[2] "Zapisanie wiadomości" # wd #. Translators: This is part of a suggested file name #. * used when saving a message or multiple messages to #. * mbox format, when the first message doesn't have a #. * subject. The extension ".mbox" is appended to the #. * string; for example "Message.mbox". #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:2047 msgid "Message" msgid_plural "Messages" msgstr[0] "Wiadomość" msgstr[1] "Wiadomości" msgstr[2] "Wiadomości" #: ../mail/e-mail-reader-utils.c:2416 msgid "Parsing message" msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-request.c:197 msgid "The message has no text content." msgstr "" #: ../mail/e-mail-tag-editor.c:238 msgid "Flag to Follow Up" msgstr "Oznaczanie do kontynuacji" #. Note to translators: this is the attribution string used #. * when quoting messages. Each ${Variable} gets replaced #. * with a value. To see a full list of available variables, #. * see mail/em-composer-utils.c:attribvars array. #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:1372 msgid "" "On ${AbbrevWeekdayName}, ${Year}-${Month}-${Day} at ${24Hour}:${Minute} " "${TimeZone}, ${Sender} wrote:" msgstr "" "Dnia ${Year}-${Month}-${Day}, ${AbbrevWeekdayName} o godzinie " "${24Hour}:${Minute} ${TimeZone}, ${Sender} pisze:" #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:1378 msgid "-------- Forwarded Message --------" msgstr "-------- Wiadomość przekazywana ----------" #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:1383 msgid "-----Original Message-----" msgstr "-------- Wiadomość oryginalna ----------" #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:2528 msgid "an unknown sender" msgstr "nieznany nadawca" # WK: Chyba "Przeznaczenie" albo coś w tym rodzaju? # FZ #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:2949 msgid "Posting destination" msgstr "Przeznaczenie" #: ../mail/em-composer-utils.c:2950 msgid "Choose folders to post the message to." msgstr "Katalogi, do których zostanie wysłana wiadomość." #: ../mail/em-filter-editor-folder-element.c:157 msgid "Select Folder" msgstr "Wybór katalogu" #. Automatically generated. Do not edit. #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:2 msgid "Adjust Score" msgstr "Dopasowanie punktów" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:3 msgid "Any header" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:4 msgid "Assign Color" msgstr "Przypisanie kolorów" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:5 msgid "Assign Score" msgstr "Przypisanie punktów" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:7 msgid "BCC" msgstr "Ukryta kopia" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:8 msgid "Beep" msgstr "Brzęczyk" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:9 msgid "CC" msgstr "Kopia" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:10 msgid "Completed On" msgstr "Ukończono" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:13 msgid "Date received" msgstr "Data otrzymania" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:14 msgid "Date sent" msgstr "Data wysłania" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:16 msgid "Deleted" msgstr "Usunięte" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:18 msgid "does not end with" msgstr "nie kończy się na" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:19 msgid "does not exist" msgstr "nie istnieje" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:20 msgid "does not have words" msgstr "" # FZ #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:21 msgid "does not return" msgstr "nie zwraca" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:22 msgid "does not sound like" msgstr "nie brzmi jak" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:23 msgid "does not start with" msgstr "nie rozpoczyna się od" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:25 msgid "Draft" msgstr "Szkic" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:26 msgid "ends with" msgstr "kończy się na" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:28 msgid "exists" msgstr "istnieje" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:29 msgid "Expression" msgstr "Wyrażenie" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:30 msgid "Follow Up" msgstr "Kontynuuj" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:31 msgid "Forward to" msgstr "Przekaż" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:32 msgid "has words" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:33 msgid "Important" msgstr "Ważne" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:35 msgid "is after" msgstr "jest po" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:36 msgid "is before" msgstr "jest przed" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:37 msgid "is Flagged" msgstr "jest oznaczony" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:41 msgid "is not Flagged" msgstr "nie jest oznaczony" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:42 msgid "is not set" msgstr "nie jest ustawiony" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:43 msgid "is set" msgstr "jest ustawiony" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:44 ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:108 msgid "Junk" msgstr "Niechciana" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:45 msgid "Junk Test" msgstr "Test wiadomości niechcianych" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:46 msgid "Label" msgstr "Etykieta" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:47 msgid "Mailing list" msgstr "Lista dyskusyjna" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:48 msgid "Match All" msgstr "Pasuje do wszystkich" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:49 msgid "Message Body" msgstr "Treść wiadomości" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:50 msgid "Message Header" msgstr "Nagłówek wiadomości" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:51 msgid "Message is Junk" msgstr "Wiadomość jest niechciana" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:52 msgid "Message is not Junk" msgstr "Wiadomość jest pożądana" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:53 msgid "Message Location" msgstr "Położenie wiadomości" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:55 msgid "Pipe to Program" msgstr "Prześlij do programu" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:56 msgid "Play Sound" msgstr "Odtwórz dźwięk" #. Past tense, as in "has been read". #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:57 ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:14 msgid "Read" msgstr "Przeczytane" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:58 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:16 msgid "Recipients" msgstr "Lista odbiorców" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:59 msgid "Regex Match" msgstr "Dopasowanie według wyrażenia regularnego" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:60 msgid "Replied to" msgstr "Odpowiedziana do" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:61 msgid "returns" msgstr "zwraca" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:62 msgid "returns greater than" msgstr "zwraca więcej niż" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:63 msgid "returns less than" msgstr "zwraca mniej niż" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:64 msgid "Run Program" msgstr "Uruchom program" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:65 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:3 msgid "Score" msgstr "Punkty" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:66 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:15 msgid "Sender" msgstr "Nadawca" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:67 msgid "Sender or Recipients" msgstr "Nadawca lub odbiorcy" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:68 msgid "Set Label" msgstr "Ustaw etykietę" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:69 msgid "Set Status" msgstr "Ustaw stan" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:70 msgid "Size (kB)" msgstr "Rozmiar (KB)" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:71 msgid "sounds like" msgstr "brzmi jak" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:72 msgid "Source Account" msgstr "Konto źródłowe" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:73 msgid "Specific header" msgstr "Określony nagłówek" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:74 msgid "starts with" msgstr "rozpoczyna się od" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:76 msgid "Stop Processing" msgstr "Zatrzymaj przetwarzanie" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:79 msgid "Unset Color" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-filter-i18n.h:80 msgid "Unset Status" msgstr "Wyczyść stan" #. and now for the action area #: ../mail/em-filter-rule.c:583 msgid "Then" msgstr "Następnie według" #: ../mail/em-filter-rule.c:648 msgid "Add Ac_tion" msgstr "Dodaj dzi_ałanie" #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:145 msgid "Unread messages:" msgid_plural "Unread messages:" msgstr[0] "Nieprzeczytana wiadomość:" msgstr[1] "Nieprzeczytane wiadomości:" msgstr[2] "Nieprzeczytanych wiadomości:" #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:156 msgid "Total messages:" msgid_plural "Total messages:" msgstr[0] "Wszystkich wiadomości:" msgstr[1] "Wszystkich wiadomości:" msgstr[2] "Wszystkich wiadomości:" #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:177 #, c-format msgid "Quota usage (%s):" msgstr "Użycie przydziału (%s):" #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:179 #, c-format msgid "Quota usage" msgstr "Użycie przydziału" #: ../mail/em-folder-properties.c:347 msgid "Folder Properties" msgstr "Właściwości katalogu" #: ../mail/em-folder-selection-button.c:80 msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-folder-selector.c:390 msgid "C_reate" msgstr "_Utwórz" #: ../mail/em-folder-selector.c:396 msgid "Folder _name:" msgstr "_Nazwa katalogu:" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:644 msgid "Folder names cannot contain '/'" msgstr "Nazwa katalogu nie może zawierać znaku \"/\"" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:781 #, c-format msgctxt "folder-display" msgid "%s (%u%s)" msgstr "%s (%u%s)" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:1609 msgid "Mail Folder Tree" msgstr "Drzewo katalogów poczty" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:2179 ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:112 #, c-format msgid "Moving folder %s" msgstr "Przenoszenie katalogu %s" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:2182 ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:114 #, c-format msgid "Copying folder %s" msgstr "Kopiowanie katalogu %s" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:2189 ../mail/message-list.c:2280 #, c-format msgid "Moving messages into folder %s" msgstr "Przenoszenie wiadomości do katalogu %s" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:2193 ../mail/message-list.c:2282 #, c-format msgid "Copying messages into folder %s" msgstr "Kopiowanie wiadomości do katalogu %s" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree.c:2212 #, c-format msgid "Cannot drop message(s) into toplevel store" msgstr "Nie można upuścić wiadomości w katalogu głównym" #. UNMATCHED is always last. #: ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:176 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:178 msgid "UNMATCHED" msgstr "NIEPASUJĄCE" #: ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:873 ../mail/em-folder-tree-model.c:1170 msgid "Loading..." msgstr "Wczytywanie..." # wd #: ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:519 msgid "Move Folder To" msgstr "Przenoszenie katalogu do" # wd #: ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:519 msgid "Copy Folder To" msgstr "Kopiowanie katalogu do" # wd #: ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:617 msgid "Create Folder" msgstr "Tworzenie katalogu" #: ../mail/em-folder-utils.c:618 msgid "Specify where to create the folder:" msgstr "Miejsce utworzenia katalogu:" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:867 msgid "_Subscribe" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:876 msgid "Su_bscribe To Shown" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:884 msgid "Subscribe To _All" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:981 ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1875 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1641 msgid "_Unsubscribe" msgstr "Usuń su_bskrybcję" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:990 msgid "Unsu_bscribe From Hidden" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:998 msgid "Unsubscribe From _All" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1712 msgid "Folder Subscriptions" msgstr "Subskrypcje katalogów" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1751 msgid "_Account:" msgstr "K_onto:" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1764 msgid "Clear Search" msgstr "Czyści wyszukiwanie" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1781 msgid "Sho_w items that contain:" msgstr "_Wyświetlanie elementów zawierających:" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1828 msgid "Subscribe to the selected folder" msgstr "Subskrybuje zaznaczony katalog" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1829 msgid "Su_bscribe" msgstr "_Subskrybuj" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1874 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1643 msgid "Unsubscribe from the selected folder" msgstr "Usuwa subskrypcję zaznaczonego katalogu" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1914 msgid "Collapse all folders" msgstr "Zwija wszystkie katalogi" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1915 msgid "C_ollapse All" msgstr "Zwiń wszystk_o" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1925 msgid "Expand all folders" msgstr "Rozwija wszystkie katalogi" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1926 msgid "E_xpand All" msgstr "_Rozwiń wszystko" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1936 msgid "Refresh the folder list" msgstr "Odświeża listę katalogów" #: ../mail/em-subscription-editor.c:1948 msgid "Stop the current operation" msgstr "Zatrzymuje bieżące działanie" #. Translators: This message is shown only for ten or more #. * messages to be opened. The %d is replaced with the actual #. * count of messages. If you need a '%' in your text, then #. * write it doubled, like '%%'. #: ../mail/em-utils.c:86 #, c-format msgid "Are you sure you want to open %d message at once?" msgid_plural "Are you sure you want to open %d messages at once?" msgstr[0] "Na pewno otworzyć %d wiadomość?" msgstr[1] "Na pewno otworzyć %d wiadomości jednocześnie?" msgstr[2] "Na pewno otworzyć %d wiadomości jednocześnie?" #: ../mail/em-utils.c:142 #: ../modules/mailto-handler/evolution-mailto-handler.c:150 msgid "_Do not show this message again" msgstr "_Bez wyświetlania tego komunikatu ponownie" #: ../mail/em-utils.c:252 msgid "Message Filters" msgstr "Filtry wiadomości" # FIXME - upewnić się co to jest #: ../mail/em-utils.c:982 #, c-format msgid "Messages from %s" msgstr "Wiadomości od %s" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor.c:105 msgid "Search _Folders" msgstr "_Katalogi wyszukiwania" # wd #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:397 msgid "Add Folder" msgstr "Dodawanie katalogu" # wd #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:523 msgid "Search Folder Sources" msgstr "Źródła katalogu wyszukiwania" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:555 msgid "Automatically update on any _source folder change" msgstr "" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:567 msgid "All local folders" msgstr "Wszystkie lokalne katalogi" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:568 msgid "All active remote folders" msgstr "Wszystkie aktywne zdalne katalogi" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:569 msgid "All local and active remote folders" msgstr "Wszystkie lokalne i aktywne zdalne katalogi" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:570 msgid "Specific folders" msgstr "Określone katalogi" #: ../mail/em-vfolder-editor-rule.c:608 msgid "include subfolders" msgstr "" #: ../mail/importers/elm-importer.c:178 msgid "Importing Elm data" msgstr "Importowanie danych Elm" #: ../mail/importers/elm-importer.c:378 msgid "Evolution Elm importer" msgstr "Importer Elm programu Evolution" #: ../mail/importers/elm-importer.c:379 msgid "Import mail from Elm." msgstr "Importuj pocztę z Elm." #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:140 #: ../plugins/dbx-import/dbx-importer.c:250 msgid "_Destination folder:" msgstr "Katalog _docelowy:" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:146 #: ../plugins/dbx-import/dbx-importer.c:256 #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:545 msgid "Select folder" msgstr "Wybór katalogu" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:147 #: ../plugins/dbx-import/dbx-importer.c:257 #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:546 msgid "Select folder to import into" msgstr "Katalog, do którego odbędzie się import" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:437 msgctxt "mboxImp" msgid "Subject" msgstr "Temat" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:442 msgctxt "mboxImp" msgid "From" msgstr "Od" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:486 #: ../shell/e-shell-utils.c:172 msgid "Berkeley Mailbox (mbox)" msgstr "Berkeley Mailbox (mbox)" #: ../mail/importers/evolution-mbox-importer.c:487 msgid "Importer Berkeley Mailbox format folders" msgstr "Import formatu Berkeley Mailbox" #: ../mail/importers/mail-importer.c:63 msgid "Importing mailbox" msgstr "Importowanie skrzynki pocztowej" #. Destination folder, was set in our widget #: ../mail/importers/mail-importer.c:153 #: ../plugins/dbx-import/dbx-importer.c:612 #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:764 #, c-format msgid "Importing '%s'" msgstr "Importowanie \"%s\"" #: ../mail/importers/mail-importer.c:316 #, c-format msgid "Scanning %s" msgstr "Analizowanie %s" #: ../mail/importers/pine-importer.c:252 msgid "Importing Pine data" msgstr "Importowanie danych Pine" #: ../mail/importers/pine-importer.c:479 msgid "Evolution Pine importer" msgstr "Asystent importu poczty Pine dla programu Evolution" #: ../mail/importers/pine-importer.c:480 msgid "Import mail from Pine." msgstr "Importowanie poczty z Pine." #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:70 #, c-format msgid "Mail to %s" msgstr "Wiadomość do %s" #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:226 ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:269 #, c-format msgid "Mail from %s" msgstr "Wiadomość od %s" #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:252 #, c-format msgid "Subject is %s" msgstr "Tematem jest %s" #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:293 #, c-format msgid "%s mailing list" msgstr "lista dyskusyjna %s" #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:403 msgid "Add Filter Rule" msgstr "Dodawanie reguły filtru" #. Translators: The first %s is name of the affected #. * filter rule(s), the second %s is URI of the removed #. * folder. For more than one filter rule is each of #. * them on a separate line, with four spaces in front #. * of its name, without quotes. #: ../mail/mail-autofilter.c:512 #, c-format msgid "" "The filter rule \"%s\" has been modified to account for the deleted folder\n" "\"%s\"." msgid_plural "" "The following filter rules\n" "%s have been modified to account for the deleted folder\n" "\"%s\"." msgstr[0] "" "Reguła filtru \"%s\" została zmodyfikowana na koncie z powodu usuniętego " "katalogu\n" "\"%s\"." msgstr[1] "" "Następujące reguły filtru\n" "%s zostały zmodyfikowane na koncie z powodu usuniętego katalogu\n" "\"%s\"." msgstr[2] "" "Następujące reguły filtru\n" "%s zostały zmodyfikowane na koncie z powodu usuniętego katalogu\n" "\"%s\"." #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:1 msgid "Set custom junk header" msgstr "Ustaw własny nagłówek niechcianych wiadomości" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:2 msgid "" "All new emails with header that matches given content will be automatically " "filtered as junk" msgstr "" "Wszystkie nowe wiadomości z nagłówkiem pasującym do podanej treści będą " "automatycznie filtrowane jako niechciane" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:3 msgid "Header name" msgstr "Nazwa nagłówka" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:4 msgid "Header content" msgstr "Treść nagłówka" # wd #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:5 msgid "Default Behavior" msgstr "Domyślne zachowanie" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:6 msgid "For_mat messages in HTML" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:7 msgid "Automatically insert _emoticon images" msgstr "Automatyczne _wstawianie emotikon" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:8 msgid "Always request rea_d receipt" msgstr "Wysyłanie zawsze z żą_daniem potwierdzenia przeczytania" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:9 msgid "Encode filenames in an _Outlook/GMail way" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:10 msgid "Ch_aracter encoding:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:11 msgid "Replies and Forwards" msgstr "Odpowiedzi i przekazywanie" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:12 msgid "_Reply style:" msgstr "Sposób odpo_wiadania:" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:13 msgid "_Forward style:" msgstr "Sposób p_rzekazywania:" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:14 msgid "Start _typing at the bottom on replying" msgstr "_Wpisywanie odpowiedzi u dołu" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:15 msgid "_Keep signature above the original message on replying" msgstr "_Podczas odpowiadania podpis ponad wiadomością oryginalną" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:16 msgid "Ig_nore Reply-To: for mailing lists" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:17 msgid "Gro_up Reply goes only to mailing list, if possible" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:18 msgid "Digitally _sign messages when original message signed (PGP or S/MIME)" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:19 msgctxt "ReplyForward" msgid "Attachment" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:20 msgctxt "ReplyForward" msgid "Inline (Outlook style)" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:21 msgctxt "ReplyForward" msgid "Quoted" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:22 msgctxt "ReplyForward" msgid "Do Not Quote" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:23 msgctxt "ReplyForward" msgid "Inline" msgstr "" # wd #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:25 msgid "Sig_natures" msgstr "P_odpisy" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:26 msgid "Signatures" msgstr "Podpisy" # wd #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:27 msgid "_Languages" msgstr "_Języki" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:28 msgid "Languages Table" msgstr "Tabela języków" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:29 msgid "" "The list of languages here reflects only the languages for which you have a " "dictionary installed." msgstr "" "Lista dostępnych języków odnosi się tylko do języków, dla których zostały " "zainstalowane słowniki." #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:31 msgid "Check spelling while I _type" msgstr "Sp_rawdzanie pisowni podczas pisania" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:32 msgid "Color for _misspelled words:" msgstr "Kolor _błędnie napisanych słów:" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:33 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:58 msgid "Pick a color" msgstr "Wybór koloru" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:34 msgid "Spell Checking" msgstr "Sprawdzanie pisowni" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:35 msgid "" "To help avoid email accidents and embarrassments, ask for confirmation " "before taking the following checkmarked actions:" msgstr "" "Pytanie o potwierdzenie przed wykonaniem poniższych czynności, aby uniknąć " "przypadkowego wysłania wiadomości e-mail:" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:37 msgid "Sending a message with an _empty subject line" msgstr "Wysyłanie wiadomości bez _tematu" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:39 msgid "Sending a message with only _Bcc recipients defined" msgstr "Wysyłanie wiadomości tylko z _ukrytymi odbiorcami" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:41 msgid "Sending a _private reply to a mailing list message" msgstr "Wysyłanie p_rywatnej odpowiedzi na wiadomości z list dyskusyjnych" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:43 msgid "Sending a reply to a large _number of recipients" msgstr "Wysyłanie odpowiedzi do dużej _liczby odbiorców" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:45 msgid "Allowing a _mailing list to redirect a private reply to the list" msgstr "" "Zezwolenie liście _dyskusyjnej na przekierowanie prywatnej odpowiedzi na " "listę" #. This is in the context of: Ask for confirmation before... #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:47 msgid "Sending a message with _recipients not entered as mail addresses" msgstr "Wysyłanie wiadomości z _odbiorcami nie wpisanymi jako adresy e-mail" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:48 msgid "Confirmations" msgstr "Potwierdzenia" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:54 ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:1 msgid "a" msgstr "a" # wd #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:55 ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:2 msgid "b" msgstr "b" # wd #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:56 msgid "Proxy Settings" msgstr "Ustawienia pośrednika" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:57 msgid "_Use system defaults" msgstr "_Domyślne ustawienia systemu" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:58 msgid "_Direct connection to the Internet" msgstr "B_ezpośrednie połączenie z Internetem" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:59 msgid "_Manual proxy configuration:" msgstr "_Ręczna konfiguracja pośrednika:" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:60 msgid "H_TTP Proxy:" msgstr "Pośrednik H_TTP:" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:61 msgid "_Secure HTTP Proxy:" msgstr "Be_zpieczny pośrednik HTTP:" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:62 msgid "SOC_KS Proxy:" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:63 msgid "No _Proxy for:" msgstr "_Bez pośrednika dla:" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:64 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:614 msgid "Port:" msgstr "Port:" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:65 msgid "Use Authe_ntication" msgstr "Uwierzytel_nianie" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:66 msgid "Us_ername:" msgstr "Nazwa _użytkownika:" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:67 msgid "Pass_word:" msgstr "_Hasło:" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:68 msgid "Start up" msgstr "Rozpoczęcie" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:69 msgid "Check for new _messages on start" msgstr "Sprawdzanie nowych wiado_mości po uruchomieniu" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:70 msgid "Check for new messa_ges in all active accounts" msgstr "Sprawdzanie nowych wia_domości we wszystkich aktywnych kontach" # wd #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:71 msgid "Message Display" msgstr "Wyświetlanie wiadomości" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:72 msgid "_Use the same fonts as other applications" msgstr "_Używanie tych samych czcionek, co inne programy" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:73 msgid "S_tandard Font:" msgstr "_Zwykła czcionka:" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:74 msgid "Select HTML fixed width font" msgstr "Wybór czcionki o stałej szerokości używanej w HTML-u" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:75 msgid "Select HTML variable width font" msgstr "Wybór czcionki o zmiennej szerokości używanej w HTML-u" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:76 msgid "Fix_ed Width Font:" msgstr "Czcionka o _stałej szerokości:" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:77 msgid "_Mark messages as read after" msgstr "O_znaczanie wiadomości jako \"przeczytane\" po upływie" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:79 msgid "Highlight _quotations with" msgstr "_Wyróżnianie cytatów za pomocą koloru" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:80 msgid "color" msgstr "kolor" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:81 msgid "Default character e_ncoding:" msgstr "Domyślne kodowanie z_naków:" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:82 msgid "Apply the same _view settings to all folders" msgstr "Zastosowanie tych samych ustawień _widoku dla wszystkich katalogów" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:83 msgid "F_all back to threading messages by subject" msgstr "Powrót do grupowania listów w wątki według _tematu" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:84 msgid "Delete Mail" msgstr "Usuń wiadomość" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:85 msgid "Empty _trash folders" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:86 msgid "Confirm _when expunging a folder" msgstr "P_otwierdzanie oczyszczenia katalogu" #. If enabled, show animation; if disabled, only display a static image without any animation #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:88 msgid "_Show animated images" msgstr "Wyświetlanie animowanych o_brazów" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:89 msgid "_Prompt on sending HTML mail to contacts that do not want them" msgstr "_Potwierdzanie wysyłania wiadomości HTML do osób, które ich nie chcą" # wd #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:90 msgid "Loading Images" msgstr "Wczytywanie obrazów" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:91 msgid "_Never load images from the Internet" msgstr "_Nigdy" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:92 msgid "_Load images only in messages from contacts" msgstr "_Tylko w wiadomościach od kontaktów" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:93 msgid "_Always load images from the Internet" msgstr "Z_awsze" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:94 msgid "HTML Messages" msgstr "Wiadomości HTML" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:95 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:19 msgid "Labels" msgstr "Etykiety" # wd #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:96 msgid "Sender Photograph" msgstr "Zdjęcie nadawcy" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:97 msgid "_Show the photograph of sender in the message preview" msgstr "Zdję_cie nadawcy w podglądzie wiadomości" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:98 msgid "Displayed Message Headers" msgstr "Wyświetlane nagłówki wiadomości" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:99 msgid "Mail Headers Table" msgstr "Tabela nagłówków wiadomości" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:100 #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:117 #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:54 msgid "Date/Time Format" msgstr "Format daty i czasu" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:102 msgid "Check incoming _messages for junk" msgstr "_Wyszukiwanie niechcianych w nowych wiadomościach" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:103 msgid "_Delete junk messages" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:104 msgid "Check cu_stom headers for junk" msgstr "_Sprawdzanie własnych nagłówków niechcianych wiadomości" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:105 msgid "Do not mar_k messages as junk if sender is in my address book" msgstr "" "Wiadomości od _nadawców z książki adresowej nigdy nie będą oznaczane jako " "niechciane" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:106 msgid "_Lookup in local address book only" msgstr "Wy_szukiwanie tylko w lokalnej książce adresowej" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:107 msgid "Option is ignored if a match for custom junk headers is found." msgstr "" "Opcja jest ignorowana, jeśli dopasowany własny nagłówek niechcianej poczty." #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:109 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:225 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:159 msgid "No encryption" msgstr "Bez szyfrowania" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:110 msgid "TLS encryption" msgstr "Szyfrowanie TLS" #: ../mail/mail-config.ui.h:111 msgid "SSL encryption" msgstr "Szyfrowanie SSL" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:1 msgid "" "The messages you have selected for follow up are listed below.\n" "Please select a follow up action from the \"Flag\" menu." msgstr "" "Wiadomości wybrane do kontynuacji są wyświetlone poniżej.\n" "Proszę wybrać Kontynuuj z menu \"Znacznik\"." #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:3 msgid "_Flag:" msgstr "_Znacznik:" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:4 msgid "_Due By:" msgstr "_Wykonanie do:" #. Translators: Flag Completed #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:6 msgid "Co_mpleted" msgstr "Ukończo_no" # FIXME - albo inaczej? #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:7 msgid "Call" msgstr "Wywołaj" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:8 msgid "Do Not Forward" msgstr "Bez przekazywania" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:9 msgid "Follow-Up" msgstr "Kontynuuj" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:10 msgid "For Your Information" msgstr "Do twojej informacji" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:11 msgid "Forward" msgstr "Przekaż" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:12 msgid "No Response Necessary" msgstr "Odpowiedź niekonieczna" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:16 msgid "Reply to All" msgstr "Odpowiedź wszystkim" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:17 msgid "Review" msgstr "Recenzja" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:18 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Umowa licencyjna" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:19 msgid "_Tick this to accept the license agreement" msgstr "Należy zaznaczyć, aby zaakceptować umowę _licencyjną" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:20 msgid "_Accept License" msgstr "Zaakcep_towanie licencji" #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:21 msgid "Security Information" msgstr "Informacje o zabezpieczeniach" # wd #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:22 msgid "Digital Signature" msgstr "Podpis cyfrowy" # wd #: ../mail/mail-dialogs.ui.h:23 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "Szyfrowanie" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Invalid authentication" msgstr "Nieprawidłowe uwierzytelnienie" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "This server does not support this type of authentication and may not support " "authentication at all." msgstr "" "Ten serwer nie obsługuje tego rodzaju uwierzytelniania i może wogóle nie " "obsługiwać uwierzytelniania." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Your login to your server \"{0}\" as \"{0}\" failed." msgstr "Zalogowanie do serwera \"{0}\" jako \"{0}\" się nie powiodło." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Check to make sure your password is spelled correctly. Remember that many " "passwords are case sensitive; your caps lock might be on." msgstr "" "Proszę sprawdzić, czy hasło zostało wpisane prawidłowo. Wiele haseł jest " "wrażliwych na wielkość liter; może być włączony klawisz Caps Lock." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Are you sure you want to send a message in HTML format?" msgstr "Na pewno wysłać wiadomość w formacie HTML?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "Please make sure the following recipients are willing and able to receive " "HTML email:\n" "{0}" msgstr "" "Proszę upewnić się, że wymienieni niżej odbiorcy chcą otrzymywać i mają " "możliwość czytania wiadomości w postaci HTML:\n" "{0}" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Are you sure you want to send a message without a subject?" msgstr "Na pewno wysłać wiadomość bez tematu?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:10 msgid "" "Adding a meaningful Subject line to your messages will give your recipients " "an idea of what your mail is about." msgstr "" "Podanie tytułu opisującego wiadomość umożliwi odbiorcom wyobrazić sobie jej " "treść." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Are you sure you want to send a message with only BCC recipients?" msgstr "" "Na pewno wysłać wiadomość tylko z ukrytymi odbiorcami (Ukryta kopia)?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" "The contact list you are sending to is configured to hide list recipients.\n" "\n" "Many email systems add an Apparently-To header to messages that only have " "BCC recipients. This header, if added, will list all of your recipients in " "your message. To avoid this, you should add at least one To: or CC: " "recipient. " msgstr "" "Wysyłana lista kontaktów ma skonfigurowane ukrywanie listy odbiorców.\n" "\n" "Wiele systemów pocztowych dodaje nagłówek Apparently-To (Najwyraźniej-Do) do " "listów które posiadają tylko odbiorców BCC (ukryta kopia). Nagłówek może " "zawierać wszystkich odbiorców. Aby temu zapobiec, należy dodać przynajmniej " "jednego odbiorcę do pola Do: lub Kopia: (CC). " #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:15 msgid "" "Many email systems add an Apparently-To header to messages that only have " "BCC recipients. This header, if added, will list all of your recipients to " "your message anyway. To avoid this, you should add at least one To: or CC: " "recipient." msgstr "" "Wiele systemów pocztowych dodaje nagłówek Apparently-To (Najwyraźniej-Do) do " "listów które posiadają tylko odbiorców BCC (ukryta kopia). Nagłówek może " "zawierać wszystkich odbiorców. Aby temu zapobiec, należy dodać przynajmniej " "jednego odbiorcę do pola Do: lub Kopia: (CC)." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:16 msgid "Are you sure you want to send a message with invalid address?" msgstr "Na pewno wysłać wiadomość z nieprawidłowym adresem?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:17 msgid "" "The following recipient was not recognized as a valid mail address:\n" "{0}" msgstr "" "Następujący adres odbiorcy nie został rozpoznany jako prawidłowy:\n" "{0}" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:19 msgid "Are you sure you want to send a message with invalid addresses?" msgstr "Na pewno wysłać wiadomość z nieprawidłowymi adresami?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:20 msgid "" "The following recipients were not recognized as valid mail addresses:\n" "{0}" msgstr "" "Następujące adresy odbiorców nie zostały rozpoznane jako prawidłowe:\n" "{0}" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:22 msgid "Send private reply?" msgstr "Wysłać prywatną odpowiedź?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:23 msgid "" "You are replying privately to a message which arrived via a mailing list, " "but the list is trying to redirect your reply to go back to the list. Are " "you sure you want to proceed?" msgstr "" "Odpowiadane jest prywatnie na wiadomość otrzymaną przez listę dyskusyjną, " "ale lista próbuje przekierować odpowiedź z powrotem na listę. Na pewno " "kontynuować?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:24 msgid "Reply _Privately" msgstr "Odpowiedz _prywatnie" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:26 msgid "" "You are replying to a message which arrived via a mailing list, but you are " "replying privately to the sender; not to the list. Are you sure you want to " "proceed?" msgstr "" "Odpowiadane jest prywatnie na wiadomość otrzymaną przez listę dyskusyjną, " "ale prywatnie do nadawcy, a nie na listę. Na pewno kontynuować?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:28 msgid "Send reply to all recipients?" msgstr "Wysłać odpowiedź do wszystkich odbiorców?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:29 msgid "" "You are replying to a message which was sent to many recipients. Are you " "sure you want to reply to ALL of them?" msgstr "" "Odpowiadane jest na wiadomość, która została wysłana do wielu odbiorców. Na " "pewno odpowiedzieć im WSZYSTKIM?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:30 msgid "" "This message cannot be sent because you have not specified any recipients" msgstr "Wiadomość nie może zostać wysłana, gdyż nie wpisano żadnego odbiorcy" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:31 msgid "" "Please enter a valid email address in the To: field. You can search for " "email addresses by clicking on the To: button next to the entry box." msgstr "" "Proszę podać prawidłowy adres e-mail w polu Do. Można wyszukać adresy e-mail " "klikając na przycisku Do: obok pola tekstowego." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:32 msgid "Use default drafts folder?" msgstr "Użyć domyślnego katalogu szkiców?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:33 msgid "" "Unable to open the drafts folder for this account. Use the system drafts " "folder instead?" msgstr "" "Nie można otworzyć katalogu szkiców dla tego konta. Użyć systemowego " "katalogu szkiców?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:34 msgid "Use _Default" msgstr "_Domyślne" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:35 msgid "" "Are you sure you want to permanently remove all the deleted messages in " "folder \"{0}\"?" msgstr "" "Na pewno trwale usunąć wiadomości oznaczone do usunięcia z katalogu \"{0}\"?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:36 msgid "If you continue, you will not be able to recover these messages." msgstr "" "W przypadku kontynuacji, nie będzie możliwości odtworzenia tej wiadomości." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:37 msgid "_Expunge" msgstr "_Wyczyść" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:38 msgid "" "Are you sure you want to permanently remove all the deleted messages in all " "folders?" msgstr "" "Na pewno trwale usunąć wiadomości oznaczone do usunięcia ze wszystkich " "katalogów?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:39 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1529 msgid "_Empty Trash" msgstr "_Opróżnij kosz" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:40 msgid "Opening too many messages at once may take a long time." msgstr "Otwarcie zbyt wielu wiadomości jednocześnie może zająć sporo czasu." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:41 msgid "_Open Messages" msgstr "_Otwórz wiadomości" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:42 msgid "You have unsent messages, do you wish to quit anyway?" msgstr "Zostały niewysłane wiadomości. Zakończyć program mimo to?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:43 msgid "" "If you quit, these messages will not be sent until Evolution is started " "again." msgstr "" "W przypadku zakończenia, te wiadomości nie będą wysłane do czasu następnego " "uruchomienia programu Evolution." #. Translators: the {0} is replaced with an operation name, which failed. #. It can be basically anything run asynchronously, like "Fetching Mail", #. "Sending message" and others, mostly from mail-ops.c file. #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:47 msgid "Error while {0}." msgstr "Błąd podczas: {0}." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:48 msgid "Error while performing operation." msgstr "Błąd podczas wykonywania działania." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:49 msgid "Enter password." msgstr "Proszę wprowadzić hasło." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:50 msgid "Error loading filter definitions." msgstr "Błąd podczas wczytywania definicji filtrów." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:51 msgid "Cannot save to directory \"{0}\"." msgstr "Nie można zapisać do katalogu \"{0}\"." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:52 msgid "Cannot save to file \"{0}\"." msgstr "Nie można zapisać do pliku \"{0}\"." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:53 msgid "Cannot create the save directory, because \"{1}\"" msgstr "Nie można utworzyć katalogu zapisu. Przyczyna: \"{1}\"" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:54 msgid "Cannot create temporary save directory." msgstr "Nie można utworzyć tymczasowego katalogu zapisu." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:55 msgid "File exists but cannot overwrite it." msgstr "Plik istnieje, ale nie można go zastąpić." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:56 msgid "File exists but is not a regular file." msgstr "Plik istnieje, ale nie jest zwykłym plikiem." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:57 msgid "Cannot delete folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "Nie można usunąć katalogu \"{0}\"." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:58 msgid "Cannot delete system folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "Nie można usunąć katalogu systemowego \"{0}\"." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:59 msgid "" "System folders are required for Evolution to function correctly and cannot " "be renamed, moved, or deleted." msgstr "" "Katalogi systemowe są wymagane do poprawnego działania programu Evolution i " "nie mogą mieć zmienianych nazw, być usuwane bądź przenoszone." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:60 msgid "Failed to expunge folder "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:62 msgid "Failed to refresh folder "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:63 msgid "Cannot rename or move system folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "Nie można zmienić nazwy lub przenieść katalogu systemowego \"{0}\"." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:64 msgid "Really delete folder \"{0}\" and all of its subfolders?" msgstr "Na pewno usunąć katalog \"{0}\" i wszystkie jego podkatalogi?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:65 msgid "" "If you delete the folder, all of its contents and its subfolders' contents " "will be deleted permanently." msgstr "" "Jeżeli katalog zostanie usunięty, cała jego zawartość łącznie z " "podkatalogami zostanie trwale usunięta." # wd #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:67 #| msgid "Cannot delete folder \"{0}\"." msgid "Really delete folder \"{0}\"?" msgstr "Na pewno usunąć katalog \"{0}\"?" # wd #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:68 #| msgid "" #| "If you delete the folder, all of its contents and its subfolders contents " #| "will be deleted permanently." msgid "" "If you delete the folder, all of its contents will be deleted permanently." msgstr "" "Jeżeli katalog zostanie usunięty, cała jego zawartość zostanie trwale " "usunięta." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:69 msgid "These messages are not copies." msgstr "Te wiadomości nie są kopiami." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:70 msgid "" "Messages shown in Search Folders are not copies. Deleting them from a Search " "Folder will delete the actual messages from the folder or folders in which " "they physically reside. Do you really want to delete these messages?" msgstr "" "Wiadomości wyświetlane w katalogach wyszukiwania nie są kopiami. Usunięcie " "ich z katalogu wyszukiwania spowoduje także usunięcie właściwych wiadomości " "z ich fizycznego miejsca przechowywania. Na pewno usunąć te wiadomości?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:71 msgid "Cannot rename \"{0}\" to \"{1}\"." msgstr "Nie można zmienić nazwy \"{0}\" na \"{1}\"." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:72 msgid "A folder named \"{1}\" already exists. Please use a different name." msgstr "Katalog o nazwie \"{1}\" już istnieje. Proszę podać inną nazwę." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:73 msgid "Cannot move folder \"{0}\" to \"{1}\"." msgstr "Nie można przenieść katalogu \"{0}\" do \"{1}\"." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:74 msgid "Cannot open source folder. Error: {2}" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:75 msgid "Cannot open target folder. Error: {2}" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:76 msgid "Cannot copy folder \"{0}\" to \"{1}\"." msgstr "Nie można skopiować katalogu \"{0}\" do \"{1}\"." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:77 msgid "Cannot create folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "Nie można utworzyć katalogu \"{0}\"." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:78 msgid "Cannot open folder. Error: {1}" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:79 msgid "Cannot save changes to account." msgstr "Nie można zapisać zmian do konta." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:80 msgid "You have not filled in all of the required information." msgstr "Nie zostały podane wszystkie wymagane informacje." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:81 msgid "You may not create two accounts with the same name." msgstr "Nie można utworzyć dwóch kont o tej samej nazwie." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:82 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this account?" msgstr "Na pewno usunąć to konto?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:83 msgid "If you proceed, the account information will be deleted permanently." msgstr "" "W przypadku kontynuacji, informacje o koncie zostaną trwale usunięte." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:84 msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this account and all its proxies?" msgstr "Na pewno usunąć to konto i wszystkich jego pełnomocników?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:85 msgid "" "If you proceed, the account information and\n" "all proxy information will be deleted permanently." msgstr "" "W przypadku kontynuacji, informacje o koncie\n" "i pełnomocniku zostaną trwale usunięte." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:87 msgid "" "Are you sure you want to disable this account and delete all its proxies?" msgstr "Na pewno wyłączyć to konto i usunąć wszystkie jego pełnomocników?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:88 msgid "If you proceed, all proxy accounts will be deleted permanently." msgstr "" "W przypadku kontynuacji, wszystkie dane konta pełnomocnika zostaną usunięte." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:89 msgid "Do _Not Disable" msgstr "_Nie wyłączaj" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:90 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:649 msgid "_Disable" msgstr "_Wyłącz" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:91 msgid "Cannot edit Search Folder \"{0}\" as it does not exist." msgstr "" "Nie można zmodyfikować katalogu wyszukiwania \"{0}\", ponieważ on nie " "istnieje." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:92 msgid "" "This folder may have been added implicitly,\n" "go to the Search Folder editor to add it explicitly, if required." msgstr "" "Ten katalog mógł być dodany niejawnie.\n" "Aby dodać go jawnie, należy skorzystać\n" "z edytora katalogów wyszukiwania." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:94 msgid "Cannot add Search Folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "Nie można dodać katalogu wyszukiwania \"{0}\"." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:95 msgid "A folder named \"{0}\" already exists. Please use a different name." msgstr "Katalog o nazwie \"{0}\" już istnieje. Proszę podać inną nazwę." # FIXME - na 100%? #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:96 msgid "Search Folders automatically updated." msgstr "Katalogi wyszukiwania zostały automatycznie zaktualizowane." # FIXME - a może inaczej? #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:97 msgid "Mail filters automatically updated." msgstr "Filtry pocztowe zostały automatycznie zaktualizowane." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:98 msgid "Missing folder." msgstr "Brak katalogu." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:99 msgid "You must specify a folder." msgstr "Należy określić katalog." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:101 msgid "You must name this Search Folder." msgstr "Należy nadać nazwę temu katalogowi wyszukiwania." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:102 msgid "No folder selected." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:103 msgid "" "You must specify at least one folder as a source.\n" "Either by selecting the folders individually, and/or by selecting all local " "folders, all remote folders, or both." msgstr "" "Należy podać przynajmniej jeden katalog jako źródło.\n" "Albo przez indywidualny wybór katalogów, albo przez wybór \n" "wszystkich lokalnych katalogów, wszystkich zdalnych, albo obu możliwości." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:105 msgid "Problem migrating old mail folder \"{0}\"." msgstr "Problem podczas migracji starego katalogu wiadomości \"{0}\"." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:106 msgid "" "A non-empty folder at \"{1}\" already exists.\n" "\n" "You can choose to ignore this folder, overwrite or append its contents, or " "quit." msgstr "" "Istnieje już niepusty katalog w \"{1}\".\n" "\n" "Można zignorować ten katalog, zastąpić go, dodać jego\n" "zawartość, albo zrezygnować." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:109 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "Zignoruj" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:110 msgid "_Overwrite" msgstr "_Zastąp" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:111 msgid "_Append" msgstr "_Dodaj" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:112 msgid "Evolution's local mail format has changed." msgstr "Format lokalnych wiadomości programu Evolution został zmieniony." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:113 msgid "" "Evolution's local mail format has changed from mbox to Maildir. Your local " "mail must be migrated to the new format before Evolution can proceed. Do you " "want to migrate now?\n" "\n" "An mbox account will be created to preserve the old mbox folders. You can " "delete the account after ensuring the data is safely migrated. Please make " "sure there is enough disk space if you choose to migrate now." msgstr "" "Format lokalnych wiadomości programu Evolution został zmieniony z mbox na " "Maildir. Lokalna poczta musi zostać migrowana do nowego formatu przez " "kontynuowaniem działania programu Evolution. Migrować teraz?\n" "\n" "Zostanie utworzone nowe konto mbox, aby zachować poprzednie katalogi mbox. " "Można usunąć to konto po upewnieniu się, że bezpiecznie przeniesiono dane. " "Proszę się upewnić, że jest wystarczająca ilość wolnego miejsca na dysku." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:116 msgid "_Exit Evolution" msgstr "Za_kończ program Evolution" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:117 msgid "_Migrate Now" msgstr "_Migruj teraz" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:118 msgid "Unable to read license file." msgstr "Nie można odczytać pliku licencji." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:119 msgid "" "Cannot read the license file \"{0}\", due to an installation problem. You " "will not be able to use this provider until you can accept its license." msgstr "" "Nie można odczytać pliku licencji \"{0}\" z powodu problemu instalacji. Nie " "będzie można skorzystać z tego dostawcy do czasu zaakceptowania jego " "licencji." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:120 msgid "Please wait." msgstr "Proszę czekać." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:121 msgid "Querying server for a list of supported authentication mechanisms." msgstr "" "Odpytywanie serwera o listę obsługiwanych mechanizmów uwierzytelniających." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:122 msgid "" "Failed to query server for a list of supported authentication mechanisms." msgstr "" "Odpytanie serwera o listę obsługiwanych mechanizmów uwierzytelniających się " "nie powiodło." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:123 msgid "Synchronize folders locally for offline usage?" msgstr "Zsynchronizować katalogi lokalnie do użycia w trybie offline?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:124 msgid "" "Do you want to locally synchronize the folders that are marked for offline " "usage?" msgstr "" "Zsynchronizować lokalnie katalogi zaznaczone do użycia w trybie offline?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:125 msgid "Do _Not Synchronize" msgstr "_Nie synchronizuj" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:126 msgid "_Synchronize" msgstr "Z_synchronizuj" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:127 msgid "Do you want to mark all messages as read?" msgstr "Oznaczyć wszystkie wiadomości jako przeczytane?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:128 msgid "This will mark all messages as read in the selected folder." msgstr "" "Wszystkie wiadomości w wybranym katalogu zostaną oznaczone jako przeczytane." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:129 msgid "Also mark messages in subfolders?" msgstr "Oznaczyć także wiadomości w podkatalogach?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:130 msgid "" "Do you want to mark messages as read in the current folder only, or in the " "current folder as well as all subfolders?" msgstr "" "Oznaczyć jako przeczytane wiadomości tylko z bieżącego katalogu lub także z " "podkatalogów?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:131 msgid "In Current Folder and _Subfolders" msgstr "_Bieżący katalog i podkatalogi" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:132 msgid "In Current _Folder Only" msgstr "_Tylko bieżący katalog" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:133 msgid "Should Evolution close this window when replying or forwarding?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:134 msgid "_Yes, Always" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:135 msgid "_No, Never" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:136 msgid "Copy folder in folder tree." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:137 msgid "Are you sure you want to copy folder '{0}' to folder '{1}'?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:138 msgid "_Yes" msgstr "_Tak" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:139 msgid "_No" msgstr "_Nie" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:140 msgid "_Always" msgstr "_Zawsze" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:141 msgid "N_ever" msgstr "Nig_dy" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:142 msgid "Move folder in folder tree." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:143 msgid "Are you sure you want to to move folder '{0}' to folder '{1}'?" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:144 msgid "" "This message cannot be sent because the account you chose to send with is " "not enabled" msgstr "Wiadomość nie może zostać wysłana, gdyż wybrane konto jest wyłączone" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:145 msgid "Please enable the account or send using another account." msgstr "Proszę włączyć konto lub spróbować wysłać za pomocą innego konta." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:146 msgid "Mail Deletion Failed" msgstr "Usunięcie wiadomości się nie powiodło" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:147 msgid "You do not have sufficient permissions to delete this mail." msgstr "Brak uprawnień do usunięcia tej wiadomości." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:148 msgid "\"Check Junk\" Failed" msgstr "Sprawdzenie wiadomości niechcianych się nie powiodło" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:149 msgid "\"Report Junk\" Failed" msgstr "Zgłoszenie wiadomości niechcianych się nie powiodło" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:150 msgid "\"Report Not Junk\" Failed" msgstr "Zgłoszenie pożądanej wiadomości się nie powiodło" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:151 msgid "Remove duplicate messages?" msgstr "Usunąć duplikaty wiadomości?" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:152 msgid "No duplicate messages found." msgstr "Nie odnaleziono żadnych duplikatów wiadomości." #. Translators: {0} is replaced with a folder name #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:154 msgid "Folder '{0}' doesn't contain any duplicate message." msgstr "Katalog \"{0}\" nie zawiera żadnych duplikatów wiadomości." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:155 msgid "Failed to disconnect account "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:157 msgid "Failed to unsubscribe from folder "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:158 msgid "Unable to retrieve message." msgstr "Nie można pobrać wiadomości." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:159 msgid "{0}" msgstr "{0}" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:160 msgid "Failed to open folder." msgstr "otwarcie katalogu się nie powiodło." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:161 msgid "Failed to find duplicate messages." msgstr "Odnalezienie duplikatów wiadomości się nie powiodło." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:162 msgid "Failed to retrieve messages." msgstr "Pobranie wiadomości się nie powiodło." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:163 msgid "Failed to mark messages as read." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:164 msgid "Failed to remove attachments from messages." msgstr "Usunięcie załączników z wiadomości się nie powiodło." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:165 msgid "Failed to download messages for offline viewing." msgstr "" "Pobranie wiadomości do przeglądania w trybie offline się nie powiodło." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:166 msgid "Failed to save messages to disk." msgstr "Zapisywanie wiadomości na dysk się nie powiodło." #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:167 msgid "Hidden file is attached." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:168 msgid "" "The attachment named {0} is a hidden file and may contain sensitive data. " "Please review it before sending." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:169 msgid "Printing failed." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:170 msgid "The printer replied "{0}"." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:171 msgid "Could not perform this operation on {0}." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail.error.xml.h:172 msgid "You must be working online to complete this operation." msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:202 msgid "Canceling..." msgstr "Anulowanie..." #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:546 msgid "Send & Receive Mail" msgstr "Wysyłanie i odbiór wiadomości" #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:562 msgid "Cancel _All" msgstr "Anuluj _wszystko" #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:655 ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:1047 msgid "Updating..." msgstr "Aktualizowanie..." #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:655 ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:736 msgid "Waiting..." msgstr "Oczekiwanie..." #: ../mail/mail-send-recv.c:1020 #, c-format msgid "Checking for new mail at '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../mail/mail-vfolder-ui.c:78 msgid "Search Folders" msgstr "Katalogi wyszukiwania" #: ../mail/mail-vfolder-ui.c:158 msgid "Edit Search Folder" msgstr "Modyfikacja katalogu wyszukiwania" #: ../mail/mail-vfolder-ui.c:279 msgid "New Search Folder" msgstr "Nowy katalog wyszukiwania" #: ../mail/message-list.c:298 msgid "Unseen" msgstr "Niewidziana" #: ../mail/message-list.c:299 msgid "Seen" msgstr "Widziana" #: ../mail/message-list.c:300 msgid "Answered" msgstr "Z odpowiedzią" #: ../mail/message-list.c:301 msgid "Forwarded" msgstr "Przekazana" #: ../mail/message-list.c:302 msgid "Multiple Unseen Messages" msgstr "Wiele niewidzianych wiadomości" #: ../mail/message-list.c:303 msgid "Multiple Messages" msgstr "Wiele wiadomości" #: ../mail/message-list.c:316 msgid "Lowest" msgstr "Najniższy" #: ../mail/message-list.c:317 msgid "Lower" msgstr "Niższy" #: ../mail/message-list.c:321 msgid "Higher" msgstr "Wyższy" #: ../mail/message-list.c:322 msgid "Highest" msgstr "Najwyższy" #: ../mail/message-list.c:466 ../mail/message-list.c:5730 msgid "Generating message list" msgstr "Tworzenie listy wiadomości" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../mail/message-list.c:1858 ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:244 msgid "Today %l:%M %p" msgstr "Dzisiaj o %H:%M" #: ../mail/message-list.c:1867 msgid "Yesterday %l:%M %p" msgstr "Wczoraj o %H:%M" #: ../mail/message-list.c:1879 msgid "%a %l:%M %p" msgstr "%a %H:%M" #: ../mail/message-list.c:1887 msgid "%b %d %l:%M %p" msgstr "%d %b %H:%M" #: ../mail/message-list.c:1889 msgid "%b %d %Y" msgstr "%d %b %Y" #: ../mail/message-list.c:2767 msgid "Select all visible messages" msgstr "Zaznacza wszystkie widoczne wiadomości" #: ../mail/message-list.c:3395 ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:17 msgid "Messages" msgstr "Wiadomości" #. default follow-up flag name to use when clicked in the message list column #: ../mail/message-list.c:4774 msgid "Follow-up" msgstr "Kontynuuj" #: ../mail/message-list.c:5668 msgid "" "No message satisfies your search criteria. Change search criteria by " "selecting a new Show message filter from the drop down list above or by " "running a new search either by clearing it with Search->Clear menu item or " "by changing the query above." msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.c:5676 msgid "There are no messages in this folder." msgstr "Brak wiadomości w tym katalogu." #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:2 msgid "Flagged" msgstr "Oznaczony" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:8 msgid "Received" msgstr "Odebrany" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:11 msgid "Flag Status" msgstr "Stan znacznika" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:12 msgid "Follow Up Flag" msgstr "Znacznik kontynuacji" # FIXME - nie jestem pewien #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:13 msgid "Due By" msgstr "Wykonanie do" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:18 msgid "Messages To" msgstr "" #: ../mail/message-list.etspec.h:20 msgid "Subject - Trimmed" msgstr "Temat - obcięty" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:1 msgid "Subject or Addresses contains" msgstr "Pola Temat lub Adresy zawierają" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:2 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2012 msgid "Recipients contain" msgstr "Lista odbiorców zawiera" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:3 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2005 msgid "Message contains" msgstr "Wiadomość zawiera" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:4 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2026 msgid "Subject contains" msgstr "Temat zawiera" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:5 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2019 msgid "Sender contains" msgstr "Nadawca zawiera" #: ../mail/searchtypes.xml.h:6 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1998 msgid "Body contains" msgstr "Treść zawiera" # wd #. To Translators: 'Table column' is a label for configurable date/time format for table columns showing a date in message list #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:123 #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:1213 msgid "_Table column:" msgstr "_Kolumna tabeli:" #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:126 msgid "Address formatting" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:129 msgid "_Format address according to standard of its destination country" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:137 msgid "Autocompletion" msgstr "Automatyczne uzupełnianie" #: ../modules/addressbook/autocompletion-config.c:140 msgid "Always _show address of the autocompleted contact" msgstr "Zawsze _wyświetlanie adresu automatycznie uzupełnionego kontaktu" #: ../modules/addressbook/eab-composer-util.c:148 msgid "Multiple vCards" msgstr "Wiele wpisów vCard" #: ../modules/addressbook/eab-composer-util.c:156 #, c-format msgid "vCard for %s" msgstr "vCard dla %s" # wd ?? #: ../modules/addressbook/eab-composer-util.c:168 #: ../modules/addressbook/eab-composer-util.c:195 #, c-format msgid "Contact information" msgstr "Informacje kontaktowe" #: ../modules/addressbook/eab-composer-util.c:197 #, c-format msgid "Contact information for %s" msgstr "Informacje kontaktowe dla %s" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:259 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:125 msgid "New Address Book" msgstr "Nowa książka adresowa" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:268 msgctxt "New" msgid "_Contact" msgstr "_Kontakt" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:270 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:979 msgid "Create a new contact" msgstr "Tworzy nowy kontakt" # Zmieniłem z powodu niespójności: # "Nowy → Listę kontaktów" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:275 msgctxt "New" msgid "Contact _List" msgstr "_Lista kontaktów" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:277 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:986 msgid "Create a new contact list" msgstr "Tworzy nową listę kontaktów" # Zmieniłem z powodu niespójności: # "Nowy → Książkę adresową" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:285 msgctxt "New" msgid "Address _Book" msgstr "Książka _adresowa" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:287 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:902 msgid "Create a new address book" msgstr "Tworzy nową książkę adresową" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-backend.c:315 msgid "Certificates" msgstr "Certyfikaty" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:198 msgid "Address Book Properties" msgstr "Właściwości książki adresowej" #. Translators: This is a save dialog title #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:476 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:772 msgid "Save as vCard" msgstr "Zapis jako vCard" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:879 msgid "Co_py All Contacts To..." msgstr "S_kopiuj wszystkie kontakty do..." # wd #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:881 msgid "Copy the contacts of the selected address book to another" msgstr "Kopiuje kontakty z wybranej książki adresowej do innej" # wd #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:886 #| msgid "Del_ete Address Book" msgid "D_elete Address Book" msgstr "_Usuń książkę adresową" # wd #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:888 msgid "Delete the selected address book" msgstr "Usuwa wybraną książkę adresową" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:893 msgid "Mo_ve All Contacts To..." msgstr "Pr_zenieś kontakty do..." # wd #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:895 msgid "Move the contacts of the selected address book to another" msgstr "Przenosi kontakty z wybranej książki adresowej do innej" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:900 msgid "_New Address Book" msgstr "_Nowa książka adresowa" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:907 msgid "Address _Book Properties" msgstr "Właściwości książki _adresowej" # wd #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:909 msgid "Show properties of the selected address book" msgstr "Wyświetla właściwości zaznaczonej książki adresowej" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:914 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1414 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:636 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:760 msgid "Re_fresh" msgstr "O_dśwież" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:916 msgid "Refresh the selected address book" msgstr "" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:921 msgid "Address Book _Map" msgstr "_Mapa książki adresowej" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:923 msgid "Show map with all contacts from selected address book" msgstr "Wyświetla mapę ze wszystkimi kontaktami z wybranej książki adresowej" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:928 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1421 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:643 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:767 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1620 msgid "_Rename..." msgstr "Z_mień nazwę..." # wd #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:930 msgid "Rename the selected address book" msgstr "Zmienia nazwę wybranej książki adresowej" # wd #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:937 msgid "Stop loading" msgstr "Zatrzymuje wczytywanie" # wd #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:942 msgid "_Copy Contact To..." msgstr "_Skopiuj kontakt do..." # wd #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:944 msgid "Copy selected contacts to another address book" msgstr "Kopiuje wybrane kontakty do innej książki adresowej" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:949 msgid "_Delete Contact" msgstr "_Usuń kontakt" # wd #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:956 #| msgid "_Forward Contact..." msgid "_Find in Contact..." msgstr "_Znajdź w kontakcie..." # wd #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:958 #| msgid "Search for text in the body of the displayed message" msgid "Search for text in the displayed contact" msgstr "Wyszukuje tekst w treści wyświetlanego kontaktu" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:963 msgid "_Forward Contact..." msgstr "_Prześlij kontakt..." #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:965 msgid "Send selected contacts to another person" msgstr "Wysyła zaznaczone kontakty do innej osoby" # wd #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:970 msgid "_Move Contact To..." msgstr "_Przenieś kontakt do..." # wd #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:972 msgid "Move selected contacts to another address book" msgstr "Przenosi wybrane kontakty do innej książki adresowej" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:977 msgid "_New Contact..." msgstr "_Nowy kontakt..." #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:984 msgid "New Contact _List..." msgstr "Nowa _lista kontaktów..." # wd #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:991 msgid "_Open Contact" msgstr "_Otwórz kontakt" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:993 msgid "View the current contact" msgstr "Wyświetla bieżący kontakt" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:998 msgid "_Send Message to Contact..." msgstr "Wyślij _wiadomość do kontaktu..." #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1000 msgid "Send a message to the selected contacts" msgstr "Wysyła wiadomość do wybranych kontaktów" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1007 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1577 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:825 msgid "_Actions" msgstr "_Działania" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1014 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:680 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:832 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1785 msgid "_Preview" msgstr "_Podgląd" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1023 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1594 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:693 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:845 msgid "_Delete" msgstr "_Usuń" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1027 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1536 msgid "_Properties" msgstr "_Właściwości" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1035 msgid "Address Book Map" msgstr "Mapa książki adresowej" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1067 msgid "Contact _Preview" msgstr "_Podgląd kontaktu" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1069 msgid "Show contact preview window" msgstr "Wyświetla okno podglądu kontaktu" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1075 msgid "Show _Maps" msgstr "Wyświetl _mapy" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1077 msgid "Show maps in contact preview window" msgstr "Wyświetla mapy w oknie podglądu kontaktu" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1096 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:750 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:914 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1915 msgid "_Classic View" msgstr "Widok _klasyczny" # wd #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1098 msgid "Show contact preview below the contact list" msgstr "Wyświetla podgląd kontaktu pod listą kontaktów" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1103 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:757 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:921 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1922 msgid "_Vertical View" msgstr "Widok pi_onowy" # wd #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1105 msgid "Show contact preview alongside the contact list" msgstr "Wyświetla podgląd kontaktu obok listy kontaktów" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1120 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1754 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:774 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:973 msgid "Unmatched" msgstr "Niepasujące" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1130 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1764 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:784 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:983 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1991 #: ../shell/e-shell-content.c:658 msgid "Advanced Search" msgstr "Wyszukiwanie zaawansowane" # wd #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1163 msgid "Print all shown contacts" msgstr "Drukuje wszystkie widoczne kontakty" # wd #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1170 msgid "Preview the contacts to be printed" msgstr "Wyświetla podgląd kontaktów w postaci przygotowanej do druku" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1177 msgid "Print selected contacts" msgstr "Drukuje zaznaczone kontakty" # wd #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1192 msgid "S_ave Address Book as vCard" msgstr "Z_apisz książkę adresową jako vCard" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1194 msgid "Save the contacts of the selected address book as a vCard" msgstr "Zapisuje kontakty z wybranej książki adresowej w formacie vCard" #. Translators: This is an action label #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1200 #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1210 msgid "_Save as vCard..." msgstr "Z_apisz jako vCard..." # wd #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view-actions.c:1202 msgid "Save selected contacts as a vCard" msgstr "Zapisuje zaznaczone kontakty w formacie vCard" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:312 msgid "_Forward Contacts" msgstr "_Prześlij kontakty" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:314 msgid "_Forward Contact" msgstr "_Prześlij kontakt" # wdWK: strasznie nie po polsku... # FZ #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:345 msgid "_Send Message to Contacts" msgstr "_Wyślij wiadomość do kontaktów" #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:347 msgid "_Send Message to List" msgstr "_Wyślij wiadomość do listy" # WK: strasznie nie po polsku... # FZ #: ../modules/addressbook/e-book-shell-view.c:349 msgid "_Send Message to Contact" msgstr "_Wyślij wiadomość do kontaktu" #: ../modules/audio-inline/e-mail-formatter-audio.c:316 msgid "Audio Player" msgstr "" #: ../modules/audio-inline/e-mail-formatter-audio.c:317 msgid "Play the attachment in embedded audio player" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/e-mail-config-restore-page.c:165 msgid "" "You can restore Evolution from a backup file.\n" "\n" "This will restore all your personal data, settings mail filters, etc." msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/e-mail-config-restore-page.c:180 msgid "_Restore from a backup file:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/e-mail-config-restore-page.c:191 msgid "Choose a backup file to restore" msgstr "" #. Keep the title identical to EMailConfigRestorePage #. * so it's only shown once in the assistant sidebar. #: ../modules/backup-restore/e-mail-config-restore-page.c:311 #: ../modules/backup-restore/e-mail-config-restore-ready-page.c:57 msgid "Restore from Backup" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:217 msgid "Select name of the Evolution backup file" msgstr "Nazwa pliku kopii zapasowej programu Evolution" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:250 msgid "_Restart Evolution after backup" msgstr "" "_Ponowne uruchomienie programu Evolution po wykonaniu kopii zapasowej" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:277 msgid "Select name of the Evolution backup file to restore" msgstr "Nazwa pliku kopii zapasowej programu Evolution do przywrócenia" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:290 msgid "_Restart Evolution after restore" msgstr "" "_Ponowne uruchomienie programu Evolution po odtworzeniu kopii zapasowej" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:308 msgid "_Back up Evolution Data..." msgstr "Wykonaj _kopię zapasową danych programu Evolution..." #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:310 msgid "Back up Evolution data and settings to an archive file" msgstr "Tworzy kopię danych i ustawień programu Evolution w pliku archiwum" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:315 msgid "R_estore Evolution Data..." msgstr "Przywróć k_opię zapasową danych programu Evolution..." #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-restore.c:317 msgid "Restore Evolution data and settings from an archive file" msgstr "Odtwarza kopię danych i ustawień programu Evolution z pliku archiwum" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:84 msgid "Back up Evolution directory" msgstr "Wykonanie kopii zapasowej katalogu programu Evolution" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:86 msgid "Restore Evolution directory" msgstr "Odtworzenie katalogu programu Evolution" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:88 msgid "Check Evolution Back up" msgstr "Sprawdzenie kopii zapasowej programu Evolution" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:90 msgid "Restart Evolution" msgstr "Ponowne uruchomienie programu Evolution" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:92 msgid "With Graphical User Interface" msgstr "Z interfejsem graficznym" #. FIXME Will the versioned setting always work? #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:322 #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:516 msgid "Shutting down Evolution" msgstr "Wyłączanie programu Evolution" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:331 msgid "Backing Evolution accounts and settings" msgstr "Zapisywanie kont i ustawień programu Evolution" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:348 msgid "Backing Evolution data (Mails, Contacts, Calendar, Tasks, Memos)" msgstr "" "Zapisywanie danych programu Evolution (poczta, kontakty, kalendarz, zadania, " "notatki)" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:364 msgid "Back up complete" msgstr "Ukończono kopię zapasową" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:371 #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:703 msgid "Restarting Evolution" msgstr "Ponowne uruchamianie programu Evolution" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:522 msgid "Back up current Evolution data" msgstr "Wykonanie kopii zapasowej bieżących danych programu Evolution" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:529 msgid "Extracting files from back up" msgstr "Wypakowywanie plików z kopii zapasowej" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:611 msgid "Loading Evolution settings" msgstr "Wczytywanie ustawień programu Evolution" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:677 msgid "Removing temporary back up files" msgstr "Usuwanie tymczasowych plików kopii" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:688 msgid "Reloading registry service" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:915 msgid "Evolution Back Up" msgstr "" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:916 #, c-format msgid "Backing up to the folder %s" msgstr "Zapisywanie do katalogu %s" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:920 msgid "Evolution Restore" msgstr "Przywracanie kopii programu Evolution" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:921 #, c-format msgid "Restoring from the folder %s" msgstr "Przywracanie z katalogu %s" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:991 msgid "Backing up Evolution Data" msgstr "Tworzenie kopii zapasowej danych programu Evolution" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:992 msgid "Please wait while Evolution is backing up your data." msgstr "Trwa tworzenie kopii zapasowej danych. Proszę czekać." #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:994 msgid "Restoring Evolution Data" msgstr "Przywracanie kopii zapasowej danych programu Evolution" #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:995 msgid "Please wait while Evolution is restoring your data." msgstr "Trwa przywracanie danych z kopii zapasowej. Proszę czekać." #: ../modules/backup-restore/evolution-backup-tool.c:1017 msgid "" "This may take a while depending on the amount of data in your account." msgstr "Czas działania zależy od ilości danych na koncie." #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Invalid Evolution backup file" msgstr "Błędny plik kopii zapasowej Evolution" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:2 msgid "Please select a valid backup file to restore." msgstr "Proszę wybrać poprawny plik kopii Evolution do odtworzenia." #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Are you sure you want to close Evolution?" msgstr "Na pewno zamknąć program Evolution?" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "To back up your data and settings, you must first close Evolution. Please " "make sure that you save any unsaved data before proceeding." msgstr "" "Aby wykonać kopię zapasową danych i ustawień, należy najpierw zamknąć " "program Evolution. Proszę się upewnić, że zapisano wszystkie dane przed " "kontynuowaniem." #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Close and Back up Evolution" msgstr "Zamknięcie i wykonanie kopii zapasowej programu Evolution" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "Are you sure you want to restore Evolution from the selected backup file?" msgstr "Czy na pewno przywrócić dane Evolution z wybranego pliku?" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:7 msgid "" "To restore your data and settings, you must first close Evolution. Please " "make sure that you save any unsaved data before proceeding. This will delete " "all your current Evolution data and settings and restore them from your " "backup." msgstr "" "Aby wykonać dane i ustawienia, należy najpierw zamknąć program Evolution. " "Proszę się upewnić, że zapisano wszystkie dane przed kontynuowaniem. " "Spowoduje to usunięcie wszystkich obecnych danych i ustawień programu " "Evolution i przywrócenie ich z kopii zapasowej." #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:8 msgid "Close and Restore Evolution" msgstr "Zamknięcie i przywrócenie programu Evolution" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Insufficient Permissions" msgstr "Brak wystarczających uprawnień" #: ../modules/backup-restore/org-gnome-backup-restore.error.xml.h:10 msgid "The selected folder is not writable." msgstr "Nie można zapisywać do zaznaczonego katalogu." #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:145 #, c-format msgid "Failed to spawn Bogofilter (%s): " msgstr "Wywołanie programu Bogofilter się nie powiodło (%s): " #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:163 msgid "Failed to stream mail message content to Bogofilter: " msgstr "" "Przesłanie treści wiadomości pocztowej do programu Bogofilter się nie " "powiodło: " #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:212 msgid "Bogofilter either crashed or failed to process a mail message" msgstr "" "Awaria programu Bogofilter lub nie mógł on przetworzyć wiadomości pocztowej" #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:308 msgid "Bogofilter Options" msgstr "Opcje programu Bogofilter" #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:317 msgid "Convert message text to _Unicode" msgstr "Konwertowanie tekstu do _unikodu" #: ../modules/bogofilter/evolution-bogofilter.c:474 msgid "Bogofilter" msgstr "Bogofilter" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:447 msgid "Standard LDAP Port" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:453 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:625 msgid "LDAP over SSL (deprecated)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:459 msgid "Microsoft Global Catalog" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:465 msgid "Microsoft Global Catalog over SSL" msgstr "" #. Page 1 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:570 msgid "Connecting to LDAP" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:587 msgid "Server Information" msgstr "Informacje o serwerze" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:628 msgid "StartTLS (recommended)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:630 msgid "Encryption:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:654 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:246 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:180 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Uwierzytelnianie" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:677 msgid "Anonymous" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:680 msgid "Using email address" msgstr "Używając adresu e-mail" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:683 msgid "Using distinguished name (DN)" msgstr "Używając nazwy wyróżniającej (DN)" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:685 msgid "Method:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:690 msgid "" "This is the method Evolution will use to authenticate you. Note that " "setting this to \"Using email address\" requires anonymous access to your " "LDAP server." msgstr "" #. Page 2 #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:705 msgid "Using LDAP" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:722 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view.c:117 msgid "Searching" msgstr "Wyszukiwanie" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:744 msgid "Search Base:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:749 msgid "Find Possible Search Bases" msgstr "Znajdź możliwe podstawy wyszukiwania" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:774 msgid "One Level" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:776 msgid "Subtree" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:778 msgid "Search Scope:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:783 msgid "" "The search scope defines how deep you would like the search to extend down " "the directory tree. A search scope of \"Subtree\" will include all entries " "below your search base. A search scope of \"One Level\" will only include " "the entries one level beneath your search base." msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:792 msgid "Search Filter:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:804 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Pobieranie" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:825 msgid "Limit:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:836 msgid "contacts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-ldap/evolution-book-config-ldap.c:841 msgid "Browse until limit is reached" msgstr "" #: ../modules/book-config-webdav/evolution-book-config-webdav.c:136 #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:205 #: ../modules/cal-config-webcal/evolution-cal-config-webcal.c:128 msgid "URL:" msgstr "Adres URL:" #: ../modules/book-config-webdav/evolution-book-config-webdav.c:146 msgid "Avoid IfMatch (needed on Apache < 2.2.8)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:447 #, c-format msgid "HTTP Error: %s" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:475 msgid "Could not parse response" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:484 msgid "Empty response" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:492 msgid "Unexpected reply from server" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:1124 msgid "Could not locate user's calendars" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser.c:1348 msgid "Path" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser-dialog.c:264 #: ../modules/cal-config-google/e-google-chooser-dialog.c:200 msgid "Choose a Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser-dialog.c:267 msgid "Choose a Memo List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/e-caldav-chooser-dialog.c:270 msgid "Choose a Task List" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:219 msgid "Find Calendars" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:222 msgid "Find Memo Lists" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:225 msgid "Find Task Lists" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:243 msgid "Email:" msgstr "E-mail:" #: ../modules/cal-config-caldav/evolution-cal-config-caldav.c:248 msgid "Server handles meeting invitations" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-contacts/evolution-cal-config-contacts.c:71 msgid "Choose which address books to use." msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-contacts/evolution-cal-config-contacts.c:201 msgid "Use in Birthdays & Anniversaries calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-google/e-google-chooser-button.c:127 msgid "Default User Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-google/e-google-chooser.c:515 #, c-format msgid "Enter Google password for user '%s'." msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-google/e-google-chooser.c:532 msgid "User declined to provide a password" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-local/evolution-cal-config-local.c:160 msgid "Use an existing iCalendar (ics) file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-local/evolution-cal-config-local.c:185 msgid "iCalendar File" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-local/evolution-cal-config-local.c:197 msgid "Choose an iCalendar file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-local/evolution-cal-config-local.c:200 msgid "File:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/cal-config-local/evolution-cal-config-local.c:215 msgid "Allow Evolution to update the file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-attachment-handler.c:320 #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:9 msgid "I_mport" msgstr "Z_aimportuj" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-attachment-handler.c:406 msgid "Select a Calendar" msgstr "Wybór kalendarza" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-attachment-handler.c:433 msgid "Select a Task List" msgstr "Wybór listy zadań" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-attachment-handler.c:443 msgid "I_mport to Calendar" msgstr "Zai_mportuj do kalendarza" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-attachment-handler.c:450 msgid "I_mport to Tasks" msgstr "Zai_mportuj do zadań" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:517 msgid "Selected Calendars for Alarms" msgstr "Kalendarze, dla których zostaną uruchamiane przypomnienia" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:925 msgid "Ti_me and date:" msgstr "Data i _czas:" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.c:926 msgid "_Date only:" msgstr "Tylko _data:" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:1 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "Minuty" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:2 msgid "Hours" msgstr "Godziny" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:3 msgid "Days" msgstr "Dni" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:4 msgid "60 minutes" msgstr "60 minut" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:5 msgid "30 minutes" msgstr "30 minut" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:6 msgid "15 minutes" msgstr "15 minut" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:7 msgid "10 minutes" msgstr "10 minut" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:8 msgid "05 minutes" msgstr "05 minut" # FZ #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:10 msgid "Se_cond zone:" msgstr "Strefa _dodatkowa:" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:12 msgid "(Shown in a Day View)" msgstr "(Wyświetlone w widoku dnia)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:14 msgid "Use s_ystem time zone" msgstr "_Użycie systemowej strefy czasowej" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:15 msgid "Time format:" msgstr "Format czasu:" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:16 msgid "_12 hour (AM/PM)" msgstr "_12-godzinny (AM/PM)" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:17 msgid "_24 hour" msgstr "_24-godzinny" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:18 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1716 msgid "Work Week" msgstr "Tydzień roboczy" #. A weekday like "Monday" follows #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:20 msgid "Wee_k starts on:" msgstr "Początek _tygodnia:" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:21 msgid "Work days:" msgstr "Dni robocze:" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:22 msgid "_Day begins:" msgstr "Początek _dnia:" #. Monday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:24 msgid "_Mon" msgstr "p_on" #. Tuesday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:27 msgid "_Tue" msgstr "_wto" #. Wednesday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:30 msgid "_Wed" msgstr "ś_ro" #. Thursday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:33 msgid "T_hu" msgstr "_czw" #. Friday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:36 msgid "_Fri" msgstr "p_ią" #. Saturday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:39 msgid "_Sat" msgstr "_sob" #. Sunday #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:42 msgid "S_un" msgstr "_nie" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:44 msgid "Day _ends:" msgstr "_Koniec dnia:" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:45 msgid "Alerts" msgstr "Przypomnienia" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:46 msgid "_Ask for confirmation when deleting items" msgstr "Potw_ierdzanie przed usunięciem elementów" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:48 msgid "_Time divisions:" msgstr "_Przedziały czasu:" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:49 msgid "_Show appointment end times in week and month view" msgstr "" "Wyświetlanie _czasów zakończenia spotkań w widoku tygodnia i miesiąca" # FZ #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:50 msgid "_Compress weekends in month view" msgstr "_Kompresowanie weekendów w widoku miesiąca" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:51 msgid "Show week _numbers" msgstr "Wyświetlanie _numerów tygodni" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:52 msgid "Show r_ecurring events in italic in bottom left calendar" msgstr "" "Wyświ_etlanie powtarzających się wydarzeń pochyłą czcionką w dolnym lewym " "kalendarzu" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:53 msgid "Sc_roll Month View by a week" msgstr "Prze_wijanie widoku miesiąca o tydzień" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:55 msgid "Display" msgstr "Wyświetlanie" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:56 msgid "Task List" msgstr "Lista zadań" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:57 msgid "Highlight t_asks due today" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:59 msgid "Highlight _overdue tasks" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:60 msgid "_Hide completed tasks after" msgstr "_Ukrywanie ukończonych zadań po" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:63 msgid "Display reminders in _notification area only" msgstr "_Wyświetlanie przypomnień tylko w obszarze powiadamiania" #. This is the first half of a user preference. "Show a reminder [time-period] before every appointment" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:65 msgid "Sh_ow a reminder" msgstr "Wyświ_etlanie przypomnienia" #. This is the last half of a user preference. "Show a reminder [time-period] before every appointment" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:67 msgid "before every appointment" msgstr "przed każdym spotkaniem" #. This is the first half of a user preference. "Show a reminder [time-period] before every anniversary/birthday" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:69 msgid "Show a _reminder" msgstr "Wyświe_tlanie przypomnienia" #. This is the last half of a user preference. "Show a reminder [time-period] before every anniversary/birthday" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:71 msgid "before every anniversary/birthday" msgstr "przed każdą rocznicą/urodzinami" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:72 msgid "Select the calendars for reminder notification" msgstr "Proszę wybrać kalendarze, dla których mają działać przypomnienia" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:73 msgid "Default Free/Busy Server" msgstr "Domyślny serwer zajętości" #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:74 msgid "Template:" msgstr "Szablon:" # wdwd #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:76 #, no-c-format msgid "%u and %d will be replaced by user and domain from the email address." msgstr "" "%u oraz %d zostaną zastąpione przez użytkownika i domenę z adresu e-mail." #: ../modules/calendar/e-calendar-preferences.ui.h:77 msgid "Publishing Information" msgstr "Publikowanie informacji" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:313 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:191 msgid "New Calendar" msgstr "Nowy kalendarz" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:322 msgctxt "New" msgid "_Appointment" msgstr "_Spotkanie" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:324 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1521 msgid "Create a new appointment" msgstr "Tworzy nowe spotkanie" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:329 msgctxt "New" msgid "All Day A_ppointment" msgstr "Spotkanie _całodniowe" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:331 msgid "Create a new all-day appointment" msgstr "Tworzy nowe spotkanie całodniowe" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:336 msgctxt "New" msgid "M_eeting" msgstr "Ze_branie" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:338 msgid "Create a new meeting request" msgstr "Tworzy nową prośbę o zebranie" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:346 msgctxt "New" msgid "Cale_ndar" msgstr "Kal_endarz" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:348 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1395 msgid "Create a new calendar" msgstr "Tworzy nowy kalendarz" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-backend.c:703 msgid "Calendar and Tasks" msgstr "Kalendarz i zadania" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-sidebar.c:119 #, c-format msgid "Opening calendar '%s'" msgstr "" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-sidebar.c:591 msgid "Calendar Selector" msgstr "Wybór kalendarza" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:216 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:245 msgid "Print" msgstr "Wydrukuj" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:291 msgid "Calendar Properties" msgstr "Właściwości kalendarza" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:322 msgid "" "This operation will permanently erase all events older than the selected " "amount of time. If you continue, you will not be able to recover these " "events." msgstr "" "Działanie to bezpowrotnie usunie wszystkie wydarzenia starsze niż zaznaczony " "okres czasu. W przypadku kontynuowania późniejsze odzyskanie zadań nie " "będzie możliwe." #. Translators: This is the first part of the sentence: #. * "Purge events older than <> days" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:339 msgid "Purge events older than" msgstr "Usunięcie wydarzeń starszych niż" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:585 msgid "Copying Items" msgstr "Kopiowanie elementów" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:878 msgid "Moving Items" msgstr "Przenoszenie elementów" #. Translators: Default filename part saving an event to a file when #. * no summary is filed, the '.ics' extension is concatenated to it. #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1211 msgid "event" msgstr "wydarzenie" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1213 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:231 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:298 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:527 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:644 msgid "Save as iCalendar" msgstr "Zapisz jako iCalendar" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1351 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:608 msgid "_Copy..." msgstr "S_kopiuj..." # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1358 #| msgid "Select a Calendar" msgid "D_elete Calendar" msgstr "U_suń kalendarz" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1360 msgid "Delete the selected calendar" msgstr "Usuwa wybrany kalendarz" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1367 msgid "Go Back" msgstr "Wstecz" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1374 msgid "Go Forward" msgstr "Naprzód" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1381 msgid "Select today" msgstr "Dzisiaj" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1386 msgid "Select _Date" msgstr "Wybierz _datę" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1388 msgid "Select a specific date" msgstr "Wybiera określoną datę" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1393 msgid "_New Calendar" msgstr "_Nowy kalendarz" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1407 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:816 msgid "Purg_e" msgstr "Wy_czyść" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1409 msgid "Purge old appointments and meetings" msgstr "Usuwa stare spotkania i zebrania" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1416 msgid "Refresh the selected calendar" msgstr "Odświeża wybrany kalendarz" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1423 msgid "Rename the selected calendar" msgstr "Zmienia nazwę wybranego kalendarza" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1428 msgid "Find _next" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1430 msgid "Find next occurrence of the current search string" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1435 msgid "Find _previous" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1437 msgid "Find previous occurrence of the current search string" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1442 msgid "Stop _running search" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1444 msgid "Stop currently running search" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1449 msgid "Show _Only This Calendar" msgstr "Wyświetlanie tylk_o tego kalendarza" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1456 msgid "Cop_y to Calendar..." msgstr "S_kopiuj do kalendarza..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1463 msgid "_Delegate Meeting..." msgstr "_Deleguj zebranie..." # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1470 #| msgid "Delete the appointment" msgid "_Delete Appointment" msgstr "_Usuń spotkanie" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1472 #| msgid "Delete the appointment" msgid "Delete selected appointments" msgstr "Usuwa wybrane spotkanie" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1477 msgid "Delete This _Occurrence" msgstr "Usuń to _wystąpienie" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1479 msgid "Delete this occurrence" msgstr "Usuwa to wystąpienie" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1484 #| msgid "Delete _All Occurrences" msgid "Delete All Occ_urrences" msgstr "Usuń w_szystkie wystąpienia" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1486 msgid "Delete all occurrences" msgstr "Usuwa wszystkie wystąpienia" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1491 msgid "New All Day _Event..." msgstr "Nowe wydarzenie _całodniowe..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1493 msgid "Create a new all day event" msgstr "Tworzy nowe wydarzenie całodniowe" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1498 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:265 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:338 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:601 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:725 msgid "_Forward as iCalendar..." msgstr "_Przekaż jako iCalendar..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1505 msgid "New _Meeting..." msgstr "Nowe ze_branie..." # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1507 msgid "Create a new meeting" msgstr "Tworzy nowe zebranie" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1512 msgid "Mo_ve to Calendar..." msgstr "P_rzenieś do kalendarza..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1519 msgid "New _Appointment..." msgstr "Nowe _spotkanie..." # FZ #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1526 msgid "Make this Occurrence _Movable" msgstr "Uczyń to wystąpienie p_rzenośnym" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1533 msgid "_Open Appointment" msgstr "_Otwórz spotkanie" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1535 msgid "View the current appointment" msgstr "Wyświetla bieżące spotkanie" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1540 msgid "_Reply" msgstr "_Odpowiedz" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1554 msgid "_Schedule Meeting..." msgstr "Zap_lanuj zebranie..." # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1556 msgid "Converts an appointment to a meeting" msgstr "Przekształca spotkanie w zebranie" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1561 msgid "Conv_ert to Appointment..." msgstr "Prz_ekształć w zebranie..." # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1563 msgid "Converts a meeting to an appointment" msgstr "Przekształca zebranie w spotkanie" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1568 msgid "Quit" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1688 msgid "Day" msgstr "Dzień" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1690 msgid "Show one day" msgstr "Wyświetla jeden dzień" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1695 msgid "List" msgstr "Lista" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1697 msgid "Show as list" msgstr "Wyświetla jako listę" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1702 msgid "Month" msgstr "Miesiąc" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1704 msgid "Show one month" msgstr "Wyświetla jeden miesiąc" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1709 msgid "Week" msgstr "Tydzień" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1711 msgid "Show one week" msgstr "Wyświetla jeden tydzień" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1718 msgid "Show one work week" msgstr "Wyświetla jeden tydzień roboczy" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1726 msgid "Active Appointments" msgstr "Aktywne spotkania" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1740 msgid "Next 7 Days' Appointments" msgstr "Spotkania w następnych 7 dniach" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1747 msgid "Occurs Less Than 5 Times" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1778 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:798 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:997 msgid "Description contains" msgstr "Opis zawiera" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1785 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:805 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:1004 msgid "Summary contains" msgstr "Podsumowanie zawiera" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1797 msgid "Print this calendar" msgstr "Drukuje zawartość kalendarza" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1804 msgid "Preview the calendar to be printed" msgstr "Wyświetla podgląd kalendarza w postaci przygotowanej do druku" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1826 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:306 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:393 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:846 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:1045 msgid "_Save as iCalendar..." msgstr "_Zapisz jako iCalendar..." #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-actions.c:1903 msgid "Go To" msgstr "Przejdź do" # wd #. Translators: Default filename part saving a memo to a file when #. * no summary is filed, the '.ics' extension is concatenated to it. #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:229 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:525 msgid "memo" msgstr "notatka" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:272 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:657 msgid "New _Memo" msgstr "_Nowa notatka" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:274 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:219 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:659 msgid "Create a new memo" msgstr "Tworzy nową notatkę" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:279 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:664 msgid "_Open Memo" msgstr "_Otwórz notatkę" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:281 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:666 msgid "View the selected memo" msgstr "Wyświetla zaznaczoną notatkę" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:286 #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:373 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:671 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:809 msgid "Open _Web Page" msgstr "_Otwórz stronę WWW" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-memopad.c:298 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:831 msgid "Print the selected memo" msgstr "Drukuje wybraną notatkę" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1562 msgid "Searching next matching event" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1563 msgid "Searching previous matching event" msgstr "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1584 #, c-format msgid "Cannot find matching event in the next %d year" msgid_plural "Cannot find matching event in the next %d years" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1588 #, c-format msgid "Cannot find matching event in the previous %d year" msgid_plural "Cannot find matching event in the previous %d years" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-private.c:1613 msgid "Cannot search with no active calendar" msgstr "" # wd #. Translators: Default filename part saving a task to a file when #. * no summary is filed, the '.ics' extension is concatenated to it. #. Translators: Default filename part saving a task to a file when #. * no summary is filed, the '.ics' extension is concatenated to it #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:296 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:642 msgid "task" msgstr "zadanie" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:331 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:704 msgid "_Assign Task" msgstr "P_rzypisz zadanie" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:345 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:781 msgid "_Mark as Complete" msgstr "Oznacz jako ukończ_oną" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:347 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:783 msgid "Mark selected tasks as complete" msgstr "Oznacza wybrane zadania jako ukończone" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:352 msgid "_Mark as Incomplete" msgstr "Oznacz jako _nieukończone" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:354 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:790 msgid "Mark selected tasks as incomplete" msgstr "Oznacza wybrane zadania jako nieukończone" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:359 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:795 msgid "New _Task" msgstr "Nowe _zadanie" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:361 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:216 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:797 msgid "Create a new task" msgstr "Tworzy nowe zadanie" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:366 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:802 msgid "_Open Task" msgstr "_Otwórz zadanie" #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:368 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:804 msgid "View the selected task" msgstr "Wyświetla zaznaczone zadania" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-cal-shell-view-taskpad.c:385 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:1030 msgid "Print the selected task" msgstr "Drukuje wybrane zadanie" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:208 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:196 msgid "New Memo List" msgstr "Nowa lista notatek" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:217 msgctxt "New" msgid "Mem_o" msgstr "N_otatka" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:224 msgctxt "New" msgid "_Shared Memo" msgstr "Notatka _współdzielona" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:226 msgid "Create a new shared memo" msgstr "Tworzy nową notatkę współdzieloną" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:234 msgctxt "New" msgid "Memo Li_st" msgstr "Li_sta notatek" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-backend.c:236 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:624 msgid "Create a new memo list" msgstr "Tworzy nową listę notatek" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-sidebar.c:117 #, c-format msgid "Opening memo list '%s'" msgstr "" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-sidebar.c:547 msgid "Memo List Selector" msgstr "Wybór źródła notek" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:212 #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:227 msgid "Print Memos" msgstr "Drukuj notatki" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:268 msgid "Memo List Properties" msgstr "Właściwości listy notatek" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:587 msgid "_Delete Memo" msgstr "_Usuń notatkę" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:594 #| msgid "_Find in Message..." msgid "_Find in Memo..." msgstr "_Znajdź w notatce..." # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:596 #| msgid "Search for text in the body of the displayed message" msgid "Search for text in the displayed memo" msgstr "Wyszukuje tekst w treści wyświetlanej notatki" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:615 msgid "D_elete Memo List" msgstr "U_suń listę notatek" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:617 msgid "Delete the selected memo list" msgstr "Usuwa wybraną listę notatek" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:622 msgid "_New Memo List" msgstr "_Nowa lista notatek" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:638 msgid "Refresh the selected memo list" msgstr "Odświeża wybraną listę notatek" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:645 msgid "Rename the selected memo list" msgstr "Zmienia nazwę wybranej listy notatek" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:650 msgid "Show _Only This Memo List" msgstr "Wyświetlanie tylk_o tej listy notatek" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:729 msgid "Memo _Preview" msgstr "_Podgląd notatki" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:731 msgid "Show memo preview pane" msgstr "Wyświetlanie panelu podglądu notatki" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:752 msgid "Show memo preview below the memo list" msgstr "Wyświetla podgląd notatki pod listą notatek" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:759 msgid "Show memo preview alongside the memo list" msgstr "Wyświetla podgląd notatki obok listy notatek" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:817 msgid "Print the list of memos" msgstr "Drukuje listę notatek" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-actions.c:824 msgid "Preview the list of memos to be printed" msgstr "Wyświetla podgląd wydruku listy notatek" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view.c:239 msgid "Delete Memos" msgstr "Usuń notatki" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view.c:241 msgid "Delete Memo" msgstr "Usuń notatkę" #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-private.c:538 #, c-format msgid "%d memo" msgid_plural "%d memos" msgstr[0] "%d notatka" msgstr[1] "%d notatki" msgstr[2] "%d notatek" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-memo-shell-view-private.c:542 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-private.c:746 #, c-format msgid "%d selected" msgstr "%d zaznaczono" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:205 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:219 msgid "New Task List" msgstr "Nowa lista zadań" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:214 msgctxt "New" msgid "_Task" msgstr "_Zadanie" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:221 msgctxt "New" msgid "Assigne_d Task" msgstr "Przypisane za_danie" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:223 msgid "Create a new assigned task" msgstr "Tworzy nowe przypisane zadanie" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:231 msgctxt "New" msgid "Tas_k List" msgstr "Li_sta zadań" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-backend.c:233 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:748 msgid "Create a new task list" msgstr "Tworzy nową listę zadań" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-sidebar.c:117 #, c-format msgid "Opening task list '%s'" msgstr "" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-sidebar.c:547 msgid "Task List Selector" msgstr "Wybór listy zadań" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:235 #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:250 msgid "Print Tasks" msgstr "Wydrukuj zadania" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:291 msgid "Task List Properties" msgstr "Właściwości listy zadań" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:586 msgid "" "This operation will permanently erase all tasks marked as completed. If you " "continue, you will not be able to recover these tasks.\n" "\n" "Really erase these tasks?" msgstr "" "Wykonanie tego działania spowoduje trwałe usunięcie wszystkich zadań " "oznaczonych jako ukończone. W przypadku kontynuowania odzyskanie zadań nie " "będzie możliwe.\n" "\n" "Na pewno usunąć te zadania?" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:593 msgid "Do not ask me again" msgstr "Bez ponownego pytania" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:711 msgid "_Delete Task" msgstr "_Usuń zadanie" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:718 #| msgid "_Find in Message..." msgid "_Find in Task..." msgstr "_Znajdź w zadaniu..." # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:720 #| msgid "Search for text in the body of the displayed message" msgid "Search for text in the displayed task" msgstr "Wyszukuje tekst w wyświetlanym zadaniu" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:732 msgid "Copy..." msgstr "Skopiuj..." # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:739 msgid "D_elete Task List" msgstr "U_suń listę zadań" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:741 msgid "Delete the selected task list" msgstr "Usuwa wybraną listę zadań" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:746 msgid "_New Task List" msgstr "_Nowa lista zadań" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:762 msgid "Refresh the selected task list" msgstr "Odświeża wybraną listę zadań" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:769 msgid "Rename the selected task list" msgstr "Zmienia nazwę wybranej listy zadań" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:774 msgid "Show _Only This Task List" msgstr "Wyświetlanie tylk_o tej listy zadań" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:788 msgid "Mar_k as Incomplete" msgstr "Oznacz jako _nieukończone" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:818 msgid "Delete completed tasks" msgstr "Usuwa ukończone zadania" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:893 msgid "Task _Preview" msgstr "_Podgląd zadania" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:895 msgid "Show task preview pane" msgstr "Wyświetlanie panelu podglądu zadania" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:916 msgid "Show task preview below the task list" msgstr "Wyświetla podgląd zadania pod listą zadań" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:923 msgid "Show task preview alongside the task list" msgstr "Wyświetla podgląd zadania obok listy zadań" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:931 msgid "Active Tasks" msgstr "Aktywne zadania" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:945 msgid "Completed Tasks" msgstr "Ukończone zadania" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:952 msgid "Next 7 Days' Tasks" msgstr "Zadania na następne 7 dni" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:959 msgid "Overdue Tasks" msgstr "Zaległe zadania" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:966 msgid "Tasks with Attachments" msgstr "Zadania z załącznikami" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:1016 msgid "Print the list of tasks" msgstr "Drukuje listę zadań" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-actions.c:1023 msgid "Preview the list of tasks to be printed" msgstr "Wyświetla podgląd list zadań w postaci przygotowanej do druku" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view.c:374 msgid "Delete Tasks" msgstr "Usuń zadania" # wd #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view.c:376 msgid "Delete Task" msgstr "Usuń zadanie" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-private.c:631 msgid "Expunging" msgstr "Oczyszczanie" #: ../modules/calendar/e-task-shell-view-private.c:742 #, c-format msgid "%d task" msgid_plural "%d tasks" msgstr[0] "%d zadanie" msgstr[1] "%d zadania" msgstr[2] "%d zadań" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/e-mail-formatter-itip.c:149 msgid "ITIP" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/e-mail-formatter-itip.c:150 msgid "Display part as an invitation" msgstr "" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:235 msgid "Today %H:%M" msgstr "Dziś o %H:%M" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 24-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:239 msgid "Today %H:%M:%S" msgstr "Dziś o %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 12-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:248 msgid "Today %l:%M:%S %p" msgstr "Dziś o %l:%M:%S %p" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:263 msgid "Tomorrow %H:%M" msgstr "Jutro o %H:%M" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 24-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:267 msgid "Tomorrow %H:%M:%S" msgstr "Jutro o %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:272 msgid "Tomorrow %l:%M %p" msgstr "Jutro o %l:%M %p" #. strftime format of a time, #. * in 12-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:276 msgid "Tomorrow %l:%M:%S %p" msgstr "Jutro o %l:%M:%S %p" #. strftime format of a weekday. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:295 #, c-format msgid "%A" msgstr "%A" #. strftime format of a weekday and a #. * time, in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:300 msgid "%A %H:%M" msgstr "%A %H:%M" #. strftime format of a weekday and a #. * time, in 24-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:304 msgid "%A %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%A %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a weekday and a #. * time, in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:309 msgid "%A %l:%M %p" msgstr "%A %l:%M %p" #. strftime format of a weekday and a #. * time, in 12-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:313 msgid "%A %l:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%A %l:%M:%S %p" #. strftime format of a weekday and a date #. * without a year. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:322 msgid "%A, %B %e" msgstr "%A, %e %B" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date #. * without a year and a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:328 msgid "%A, %B %e %H:%M" msgstr "%A, %e %B %H:%M" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date without a year #. * and a time, in 24-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:332 msgid "%A, %B %e %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%A, %e %B %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date without a year #. * and a time, in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:337 msgid "%A, %B %e %l:%M %p" msgstr "%A, %e %B %l:%M %p" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date without a year #. * and a time, in 12-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:341 msgid "%A, %B %e %l:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%A, %e %B %l:%M:%S %p" #. strftime format of a weekday and a date. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:347 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y" msgstr "%A, %e %B %Y" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:352 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y %H:%M" msgstr "%A, %e %B %Y %H:%M" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 24-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:356 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%A, %e %B %Y %H:%M:%S" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:361 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y %l:%M %p" msgstr "%A, %e %B %Y %l:%M %p" #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 12-hour format. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:365 msgid "%A, %B %e, %Y %l:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%A, %e %B %Y %l:%M:%S %p" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:403 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:404 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:493 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:494 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:583 msgid "An unknown person" msgstr "Nieznana osoba" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:408 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:498 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:587 #, c-format msgid "Please respond on behalf of %s" msgstr "Proszę odpowiedzieć w imieniu %s" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:410 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:500 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:589 #, c-format msgid "Received on behalf of %s" msgstr "Otrzymano w imieniu %s" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:415 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has published the following meeting information:" msgstr "%s przez %s opublikował następującą informację o zebraniu:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:417 #, c-format msgid "%s has published the following meeting information:" msgstr "%s opublikował następującą informację o zebraniu:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:422 #, c-format msgid "%s has delegated the following meeting to you:" msgstr "%s delegował następujące zebranie:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:425 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s requests your presence at the following meeting:" msgstr "%s przez %s zwraca się o Twoją obecność na następującym zebraniu:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:427 #, c-format msgid "%s requests your presence at the following meeting:" msgstr "%s zwraca się o Twoją obecność na następującym zebraniu:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:433 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s wishes to add to an existing meeting:" msgstr "%s przez %s chce dodania do istniejącego zebrania:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:435 #, c-format msgid "%s wishes to add to an existing meeting:" msgstr "%s chce dodania do istniejącego zebrania:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:439 #, c-format msgid "" "%s through %s wishes to receive the latest information for the following " "meeting:" msgstr "" "%s przez %s chce otrzymać najświeższe informacje o następującym zebraniu:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:441 #, c-format msgid "" "%s wishes to receive the latest information for the following meeting:" msgstr "%s chce otrzymać najświeższe informacje o następującym zebraniu:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:445 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has sent back the following meeting response:" msgstr "%s przez %s odesłał następującą odpowiedź odnośnie zebrania:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:447 #, c-format msgid "%s has sent back the following meeting response:" msgstr "%s odesłał następującą odpowiedź odnośnie zebrania:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:451 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has canceled the following meeting:" msgstr "%s przez %s anulował następujące zebranie:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:453 #, c-format msgid "%s has canceled the following meeting:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:457 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has proposed the following meeting changes." msgstr "%s przez %s zaproponował następujące zmiany zebrania." #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:459 #, c-format msgid "%s has proposed the following meeting changes:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:463 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has declined the following meeting changes:" msgstr "%s przez %s odrzucił następujące zmiany zebrania:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:465 #, c-format msgid "%s has declined the following meeting changes:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:505 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has published the following task:" msgstr "%s przez %s opublikował następujące zadanie:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:507 #, c-format msgid "%s has published the following task:" msgstr "%s opublikował następujące zadanie:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:512 #, c-format msgid "%s requests the assignment of %s to the following task:" msgstr "%s zwraca się o przypisanie %s do następującego zadania:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:515 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has assigned you a task:" msgstr "%s przez %s przypisał Tobie zadanie:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:517 #, c-format msgid "%s has assigned you a task:" msgstr "%s przypisał Tobie zadanie:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:523 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s wishes to add to an existing task:" msgstr "%s przez %s chce dodania do istniejącego zadania:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:525 #, c-format msgid "%s wishes to add to an existing task:" msgstr "%s chce dodania do istniejącego zadania:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:529 #, c-format msgid "" "%s through %s wishes to receive the latest information for the following " "assigned task:" msgstr "" "%s przez %s chce otrzymać najświeższe informacje o następującym przypisanym " "zadaniu:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:531 #, c-format msgid "" "%s wishes to receive the latest information for the following assigned task:" msgstr "" "%s chce otrzymać najświeższe informacje o przypisanym następującym zadaniu:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:535 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has sent back the following assigned task response:" msgstr "%s przez %s odesłał odpowiedź przypisanego zadania:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:537 #, c-format msgid "%s has sent back the following assigned task response:" msgstr "%s odesłał odpowiedź przypisanego zadania:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:541 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has canceled the following assigned task:" msgstr "%s przez %s anulował następujące przypisane zadanie:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:543 #, c-format msgid "%s has canceled the following assigned task:" msgstr "%s anulował następujące przypisane zadanie:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:547 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has proposed the following task assignment changes:" msgstr "%s przez %s zaproponował następujące zmiany przypisania zadania:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:549 #, c-format msgid "%s has proposed the following task assignment changes:" msgstr "%s zaproponował następujące zmiany przypisania zadania:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:553 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has declined the following assigned task:" msgstr "%s przez %s odrzucił następujące przypisane zadanie:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:555 #, c-format msgid "%s has declined the following assigned task:" msgstr "%s odrzucił następujące przypisane zadanie:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:594 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has published the following memo:" msgstr "%s przez %s opublikował następującą notatkę:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:596 #, c-format msgid "%s has published the following memo:" msgstr "%s opublikował następującą notatkę:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:601 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s wishes to add to an existing memo:" msgstr "%s przez %s chce dodania do istniejącej notatki:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:603 #, c-format msgid "%s wishes to add to an existing memo:" msgstr "%s chce dodania do istniejącej notatki:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:607 #, c-format msgid "%s through %s has canceled the following shared memo:" msgstr "%s przez %s anulował następującą notatkę współdzieloną:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:609 #, c-format msgid "%s has canceled the following shared memo:" msgstr "%s anulował następującą notatkę współdzieloną:" # wd #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:682 msgid "All day:" msgstr "Cały dzień:" # wd #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:688 msgid "Start day:" msgstr "Dzień rozpoczęcia:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:688 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1502 msgid "Start time:" msgstr "Czas rozpoczęcia:" # wd #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:697 msgid "End day:" msgstr "Dzień końca:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:697 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1503 msgid "End time:" msgstr "Czas zakończenia:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1028 msgid "Ope_n Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1031 msgid "_Decline all" msgstr "_Odmów wszystko" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1034 msgid "_Decline" msgstr "_Odmów" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1037 msgid "_Tentative all" msgstr "_Wstępnie wszystko" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1040 msgid "_Tentative" msgstr "_Wstępnie" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1043 msgid "Acce_pt all" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1046 msgid "Acce_pt" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1049 msgid "Send _Information" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1052 msgid "_Update Attendee Status" msgstr "Z_aktualizuj stan uczestników" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1055 msgid "_Update" msgstr "Z_aktualizuj" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1505 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1553 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1624 msgid "Comment:" msgstr "Komentarz:" #. RSVP area #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1541 msgid "Send reply to sender" msgstr "" #. Updates #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1556 msgid "Send _updates to attendees" msgstr "Wyślij akt_ualizacje do uczestników" #. The recurrence check button #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1559 msgid "_Apply to all instances" msgstr "_Zastosuj do wszystkich instancji" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1560 msgid "Show time as _free" msgstr "_Wolny w tym czasie" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1561 msgid "_Preserve my reminder" msgstr "_Zachowanie własnych przypomnień" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1562 msgid "_Inherit reminder" msgstr "_Dziedziczenie przypomnienia" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1892 msgid "_Tasks:" msgstr "_Zadania:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:1895 msgid "_Memos:" msgstr "_Notatki:" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3123 msgid "Sa_ve" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3583 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5028 msgid "Attendee status updated" msgstr "Stan uczestnika został zaktualizowany" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3762 #, c-format msgid "An appointment in the calendar '%s' conflicts with this meeting" msgstr "Spotkanie w kalendarzu \"%s\" koliduje z tym zebraniem" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3791 #, c-format msgid "Found the appointment in the calendar '%s'" msgstr "Odnaleziono spotkanie w kalendarzu \"%s\"" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3904 msgid "Unable to find any calendars" msgstr "Nie można odnaleźć żadnego kalendarza" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3912 msgid "Unable to find this meeting in any calendar" msgstr "Nie można odnaleźć tego zebrania w żadnym kalendarzu" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3917 msgid "Unable to find this task in any task list" msgstr "Nie można odnaleźć tego zadania w żadnej liście" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:3922 msgid "Unable to find this memo in any memo list" msgstr "Nie można odnaleźć tej notatki w żadnej liście" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4266 msgid "Opening the calendar. Please wait..." msgstr "Otwieranie kalendarza. Proszę czekać..." #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4271 msgid "Searching for an existing version of this appointment" msgstr "Wyszukiwanie istniejącej wersji spotkania" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4664 #, c-format msgid "Unable to send item to calendar '%s'. %s" msgstr "Nie można wysłać elementu do kalendarza \"%s\". %s" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4679 #, c-format msgid "Sent to calendar '%s' as accepted" msgstr "Wysłane do kalendarza \"%s\" jako zaakceptowane" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4684 #, c-format msgid "Sent to calendar '%s' as tentative" msgstr "Wysłane do kalendarza \"%s\" jako wstępne" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4690 #, c-format msgid "Sent to calendar '%s' as declined" msgstr "Wysłane do kalendarza \"%s\" jako odrzucone" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4696 #, c-format msgid "Sent to calendar '%s' as canceled" msgstr "Wysłane do kalendarza \"%s\" jako odwołane" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4717 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5174 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5280 msgid "Saving changes to the calendar. Please wait..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4758 msgid "Unable to parse item" msgstr "Nie można przetworzyć elementu" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4951 #, c-format msgid "Organizer has removed the delegate %s " msgstr "Organizator usunął delegata %s " #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4968 msgid "Sent a cancelation notice to the delegate" msgstr "Wysłano informację o odwołaniu do delegata" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:4972 msgid "Could not send the cancelation notice to the delegate" msgstr "Nie można wysłać informacji o odwołaniu do delegata" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5020 #, c-format msgid "Unable to update attendee. %s" msgstr "Nie można zaktualizować uczestnika. \"%s\"" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5063 msgid "The meeting is invalid and cannot be updated" msgstr "" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5139 msgid "Attendee status could not be updated because the status is invalid" msgstr "" "Nie można uaktualnić stanu uczestnika, ponieważ jest on nieprawidłowy" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5211 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5250 msgid "Attendee status can not be updated because the item no longer exists" msgstr "" "Nie można zaktualizować stanu uczestnika, ponieważ ten element już nie " "istnieje" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5313 msgid "Meeting information sent" msgstr "Wysłano informacje o zebraniu" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5318 msgid "Task information sent" msgstr "Wysłano informacje o zadaniu" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5323 msgid "Memo information sent" msgstr "Wysłano informacje o notatce" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5334 msgid "Unable to send meeting information, the meeting does not exist" msgstr "Nie można wysłać informacji o zebraniu. Zebranie nie istnieje" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5339 msgid "Unable to send task information, the task does not exist" msgstr "Nie wysłać informacji o zadaniu. Zadanie nie istnieje" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5344 msgid "Unable to send memo information, the memo does not exist" msgstr "Nie można wysłać informacji o notatce. Notatka nie istnieje" # wd #. Translators: This is a default filename for a calendar. #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5409 msgid "calendar.ics" msgstr "kalendarz.ics" # wd #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5414 msgid "Save Calendar" msgstr "Zapis kalendarza" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5463 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5476 msgid "The calendar attached is not valid" msgstr "Przypisany kalendarz jest nieprawidłowy" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5464 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5477 msgid "" "The message claims to contain a calendar, but the calendar is not a valid " "iCalendar." msgstr "Wiadomość zawiera kalendarz, ale nie jest on formatu iCalendar." #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5519 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5549 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5650 msgid "The item in the calendar is not valid" msgstr "Element w kalendarzu nie jest prawidłowy" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5520 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5550 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5651 msgid "" "The message does contain a calendar, but the calendar contains no events, " "tasks or free/busy information" msgstr "" "Wiadomość zawiera kalendarz, ale nie zawiera on wydarzeń, zadań lub " "informacji o zajętości" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5565 msgid "The calendar attached contains multiple items" msgstr "Załączony kalendarz zawiera wiele elementów" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:5566 msgid "" "To process all of these items, the file should be saved and the calendar " "imported" msgstr "" "Aby przetworzyć wszystkie elementy, należy zapisać plik, a następnie " "zaimportować kalendarz" # wd #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6067 msgctxt "cal-itip" msgid "None" msgstr "Brak" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6083 msgid "Tentatively Accepted" msgstr "Wstępnie zaakceptowane" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6243 msgid "This meeting recurs" msgstr "Spotkanie powtarzalne" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6246 msgid "This task recurs" msgstr "Zadanie powtarzalne" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/itip-view.c:6249 msgid "This memo recurs" msgstr "Notatka powtarzalna" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/org-gnome-itip-formatter.error.xml.h:1 msgid "" "This response is not from a current attendee. Add the sender as an attendee?" msgstr "" "Ta odpowiedź nie pochodzi od obecnego uczestnika. Dodać nadawcę jako " "uczestnika?" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/org-gnome-itip-formatter.error.xml.h:2 msgid "This meeting has been delegated" msgstr "To zebranie zostało oddelegowane" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/org-gnome-itip-formatter.error.xml.h:3 msgid "" "'{0}' has delegated the meeting. Do you want to add the delegate '{1}'?" msgstr "\"{0}\" wydelegował zebranie. Dodać delegata \"{1}\"?" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:82 msgid "Meeting Invitations" msgstr "Zaproszenia na zebrania" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:108 msgid "_Delete message after acting" msgstr "_Usuwanie wiadomości po wykonaniu" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:122 #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:153 msgid "Conflict Search" msgstr "Wyszukiwanie konfliktów" #. Source selector #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/config-ui.c:137 msgid "Select the calendars to search for meeting conflicts" msgstr "Proszę wybrać kalendarze w celu wyszukania kolidujących zebrań" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/org-gnome-itip-formatter.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Itip Formatter" msgstr "Formater Itip" #: ../modules/itip-formatter/plugin/org-gnome-itip-formatter.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Display \"text/calendar\" MIME parts in mail messages." msgstr "Wyświetla elementy typu MIME \"text/calendar\" w wiadomościach." #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-google-summary.c:252 msgid "Google Features" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-google-summary.c:261 msgid "Add Google Ca_lendar to this account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-google-summary.c:269 msgid "Add Google Con_tacts to this account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-google-summary.c:277 msgid "You may need to enable IMAP access" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:246 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:292 msgid "Mail _Directory:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:247 msgid "Choose a MH mail directory" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:269 msgid "Local Delivery _File:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:270 msgid "Choose a local delivery file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:293 msgid "Choose a Maildir mail directory" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:315 msgid "Spool _File:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:316 msgid "Choose a mbox spool file" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:338 msgid "Spool _Directory:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-local-accounts.c:339 msgid "Choose a mbox spool directory" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:137 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:54 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:80 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:159 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguracja" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:155 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:98 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:24 msgid "_Server:" msgstr "_Serwer:" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:169 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:111 msgid "_Port:" msgstr "_Port:" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:181 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:227 msgid "User_name:" msgstr "Nazwa _użytkownika:" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:214 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:148 msgid "Encryption _method:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:229 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:163 msgid "STARTTLS after connecting" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-remote-accounts.c:233 #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:167 msgid "SSL on a dedicated port" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:70 msgid "_Use custom binary, instead of 'sendmail'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:74 msgid "_Custom binary:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:91 msgid "U_se custom arguments" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:95 msgid "Cus_tom arguments:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:113 msgid "" "Default arguments are '-i -f %F -- %R', where\n" " %F - stands for the From address\n" " %R - stands for the recipient addresses" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-sendmail-backend.c:128 msgid "Send mail also when in offline _mode" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:123 msgid "Ser_ver requires authentication" msgstr "Serwer wymaga _uwierzytelnienia" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-smtp-backend.c:209 msgid "T_ype:" msgstr "_Typ:" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-yahoo-summary.c:247 msgid "Yahoo! Features" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail-config/e-mail-config-yahoo-summary.c:256 msgid "Add Yahoo! Ca_lendar and Tasks to this account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-attachment-handler.c:425 #, c-format msgid "%d attached message" msgid_plural "%d attached messages" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:321 msgctxt "New" msgid "_Mail Message" msgstr "_Wiadomość" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:323 msgid "Compose a new mail message" msgstr "Tworzy nową wiadomość" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:331 msgctxt "New" msgid "Mail Acco_unt" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:333 msgid "Create a new mail account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:338 msgctxt "New" msgid "Mail _Folder" msgstr "Katalog wiado_mości" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:340 msgid "Create a new mail folder" msgstr "Tworzy nowy katalog wiadomości" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:636 msgid "Mail Accounts" msgstr "Konta pocztowe" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:645 msgid "Mail Preferences" msgstr "Preferencje poczty" # wd: skrócone żeby nie rozwalało okna #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:654 msgid "Composer Preferences" msgstr "Preferencje edytora" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:663 msgid "Network Preferences" msgstr "Preferencje sieci" #. Translators: The first item in the list, to be #. * able to set rule: [Label] [is/is-not] [None] #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-backend.c:954 msgctxt "label" msgid "None" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:672 msgid "Marking messages as read..." msgstr "" # wd #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1522 msgid "_Disable Account" msgstr "_Wyłącz konto" # wd #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1524 msgid "Disable this account" msgstr "Wyłącza to konto" # wd #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1531 msgid "Permanently remove all the deleted messages from all folders" msgstr "Trwale usuwa wiadomości do usunięcia ze wszystkich katalogów" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1538 msgid "Edit properties of this account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1543 msgid "_Refresh" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1545 msgid "Refresh list of folders of this account" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1550 msgid "_Download Messages for Offline Usage" msgstr "_Pobierz wiadomości do trybu offline" # wd #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1552 msgid "Download messages of accounts and folders marked for offline usage" msgstr "Pobiera wiadomości z kont i katalogów zaznaczonych do trybu offline" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1557 msgid "Fl_ush Outbox" msgstr "Wyślij wy_chodzące" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1564 msgid "_Copy Folder To..." msgstr "S_kopiuj katalog do..." #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1566 msgid "Copy the selected folder into another folder" msgstr "Kopiuje zaznaczony katalog do innego katalogu" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1573 msgid "Permanently remove this folder" msgstr "Trwale usuwa dany katalog" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1578 msgid "E_xpunge" msgstr "Opróżn_ij" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1580 msgid "Permanently remove all deleted messages from this folder" msgstr "Trwale usuwa z bieżącego katalogu wiadomości oznaczone do usunięcia" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1585 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1685 msgid "Mar_k All Messages as Read" msgstr "_Oznacz wszystkie wiadomości jako przeczytane" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1587 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1687 msgid "Mark all messages in the folder as read" msgstr "Oznacza wszystkie wiadomości w katalogu jako przeczytane" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1592 msgid "_Move Folder To..." msgstr "P_rzenieś katalog do..." #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1594 msgid "Move the selected folder into another folder" msgstr "Przenosi zaznaczony katalog do innego katalogu" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1599 msgid "_New..." msgstr "_Nowy..." #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1601 msgid "Create a new folder for storing mail" msgstr "Tworzy nowy katalog wiadomości" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1608 msgid "Change the properties of this folder" msgstr "Zmienia właściwości katalogu" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1615 msgid "Refresh the folder" msgstr "Odświeżanie katalogu" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1622 msgid "Change the name of this folder" msgstr "Zmienia nazwę katalogu" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1627 msgid "Select Message _Thread" msgstr "Zaznacz wąt_ek" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1629 msgid "Select all messages in the same thread as the selected message" msgstr "Zaznacza wszystkie wiadomości w bieżącym wątku" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1634 msgid "Select Message S_ubthread" msgstr "Zazna_cz podwątek" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1636 msgid "Select all replies to the currently selected message" msgstr "Zaznacza wszystkie odpowiedzi na zaznaczoną wiadomość" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1648 msgid "Empty _Trash" msgstr "_Opróżnij kosz" # wd #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1650 msgid "Permanently remove all the deleted messages from all accounts" msgstr "Trwale usuwa wiadomości do usunięcia ze wszystkich kont" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1655 msgid "_New Label" msgstr "_Nowa etykieta" # wd #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1664 msgid "N_one" msgstr "B_rak" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1678 msgid "_Manage Subscriptions" msgstr "_Zarządzaj subskrypcjami" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1680 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1764 msgid "Subscribe or unsubscribe to folders on remote servers" msgstr "" "Pozwala na subskrybowanie lub usuwanie subskrypcji katalogów na zdalnych " "serwerach" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1692 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1713 msgid "Send / _Receive" msgstr "Wyślij/_odbierz" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1694 msgid "Send queued items and retrieve new items" msgstr "Wysyła wiadomości z kolejki i pobiera nowe" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1699 msgid "R_eceive All" msgstr "Odbi_erz wszystko" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1701 msgid "Receive new items from all accounts" msgstr "Odbiera nowe elementy ze wszystkich kont" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1706 msgid "_Send All" msgstr "_Wyślij wszystko" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1708 msgid "Send queued items in all accounts" msgstr "Wysyła wiadomości z kolejki we wszystkich kontach" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1736 msgid "Cancel the current mail operation" msgstr "Anuluje bieżące działanie na wiadomości" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1741 msgid "Collapse All _Threads" msgstr "_Zwiń wszystkie wątki" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1743 msgid "Collapse all message threads" msgstr "Zwija wszystkie wątki" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1748 msgid "E_xpand All Threads" msgstr "_Rozwiń wszystkie wątki" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1750 msgid "Expand all message threads" msgstr "Rozwija wszystkie wątki" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1755 msgid "_Message Filters" msgstr "_Filtry wiadomości" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1757 msgid "Create or edit rules for filtering new mail" msgstr "Pozwala na utworzenie lub modyfikację reguł filtrowania wiadomości" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1762 msgid "_Subscriptions..." msgstr "_Subskrypcje..." #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1771 msgid "F_older" msgstr "_Katalog" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1778 msgid "_Label" msgstr "_Etykieta" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1795 msgid "C_reate Search Folder From Search..." msgstr "_Utwórz katalog z wyszukiwania..." #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1802 msgid "Search F_olders" msgstr "Katalogi _wyszukiwania" # wd #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1804 msgid "Create or edit search folder definitions" msgstr "Tworzy lub modyfikuje definicje katalogów wyszukiwania" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1843 msgid "_New Folder..." msgstr "_Nowy katalog..." #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1871 msgid "Show Message _Preview" msgstr "_Podgląd wiadomości" # wd #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1873 msgid "Show message preview pane" msgstr "Wyświetla panel podglądu wiadomości" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1879 msgid "Show _Deleted Messages" msgstr "Wyświetlanie _usuniętych wiadomości" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1881 msgid "Show deleted messages with a line through them" msgstr "Wyświetla usunięte wiadomości z przekreśleniem" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1887 msgid "_Group By Threads" msgstr "_Grupuj według wątków" # wd #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1889 msgid "Threaded message list" msgstr "Wątkowana lista wiadomości" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1895 msgid "_Unmatched Folder Enabled" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1897 msgid "Toggles whether Unmatched search folder is enabled" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1917 msgid "Show message preview below the message list" msgstr "Wyświetla podgląd wiadomości pod listą wiadomości" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1924 msgid "Show message preview alongside the message list" msgstr "Wyświetla podgląd wiadomości obok listy wiadomości" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1932 msgid "All Messages" msgstr "Wszystkie wiadomości" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1939 msgid "Important Messages" msgstr "Ważne wiadomości" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1946 msgid "Last 5 Days' Messages" msgstr "Wiadomości z ostatnich 5 dni" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1953 msgid "Messages Not Junk" msgstr "Wiadomości pożądane" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1960 msgid "Messages with Attachments" msgstr "Wiadomości z załącznikami" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1967 msgid "No Label" msgstr "Bez etykiety" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1974 msgid "Read Messages" msgstr "Przeczytane wiadomości" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:1981 msgid "Unread Messages" msgstr "Nieprzeczytane wiadomości" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2033 msgid "Subject or Addresses contain" msgstr "Pola Temat lub Adresy zawierają" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2043 msgid "All Accounts" msgstr "Wszystkich kontach" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2050 msgid "Current Account" msgstr "Bieżącym koncie" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-actions.c:2057 msgid "Current Folder" msgstr "Bieżącym katalogu" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view.c:638 msgid "All Account Search" msgstr "Wyszukiwanie we wszystkich kontach" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view.c:746 msgid "Account Search" msgstr "Wyszukiwanie w koncie" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:973 #, c-format msgid "%d selected, " msgid_plural "%d selected, " msgstr[0] "%d zaznaczona, " msgstr[1] "%d zaznaczone, " msgstr[2] "%d zaznaczonych, " #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:982 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:999 #, c-format msgid "%d deleted" msgid_plural "%d deleted" msgstr[0] "%d usunięta" msgstr[1] "%d usunięte" msgstr[2] "%d usuniętych" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1008 #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1014 #, c-format msgid "%d junk" msgid_plural "%d junk" msgstr[0] "%d niechciana" msgstr[1] "%d niechciane" msgstr[2] "%d niechcianych" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1021 #, c-format msgid "%d draft" msgid_plural "%d drafts" msgstr[0] "%d szkic" msgstr[1] "%d szkice" msgstr[2] "%d szkiców" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1027 #, c-format msgid "%d unsent" msgid_plural "%d unsent" msgstr[0] "%d niewysłana" msgstr[1] "%d niewysłane" msgstr[2] "%d niewysłanych" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1033 #, c-format msgid "%d sent" msgid_plural "%d sent" msgstr[0] "%d wysłana" msgstr[1] "%d wysłane" msgstr[2] "%d wysłanych" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1045 #, c-format msgid "%d unread, " msgid_plural "%d unread, " msgstr[0] "%d nieprzeczytana, " msgstr[1] "%d nieprzeczytane, " msgstr[2] "%d nieprzeczytanych, " #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1048 #, c-format msgid "%d total" msgid_plural "%d total" msgstr[0] "%d wiadomość" msgstr[1] "%d wiadomości" msgstr[2] "%d wiadomości" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1069 msgid "Trash" msgstr "Kosz" #: ../modules/mail/e-mail-shell-view-private.c:1507 msgid "Send / Receive" msgstr "Wyślij/odbierz" #: ../modules/mail/em-composer-prefs.c:447 msgid "Language(s)" msgstr "Język(i)" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:81 msgid "On exit, every time" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:82 msgid "On exit, once per day" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:83 msgid "On exit, once per week" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:84 msgid "On exit, once per month" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:85 msgid "Immediately, on folder leave" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:356 msgid "Header" msgstr "Nagłówek" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:360 msgid "Contains Value" msgstr "Zawartość" # wd #. To Translators: 'Date header' is a label for configurable date/time format for 'Date' header in mail message window/preview #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:1215 msgid "_Date header:" msgstr "_Nagłówek daty:" #: ../modules/mail/em-mailer-prefs.c:1216 msgid "Show _original header value" msgstr "Wyświetlanie pierw_otnej wartości nagłówka" #: ../modules/mailto-handler/evolution-mailto-handler.c:142 msgid "Do you want to make Evolution your default email client?" msgstr "Ustawić program Evolution jako domyślny klient poczty?" # wd #. Translators: First %s is an email address, second %s #. * is the subject of the email, third %s is the date. #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.c:311 #, c-format msgid "Your message to %s about \"%s\" on %s has been read." msgstr "Wiadomość do %s na temat \"%s\" z dnia %s została przeczytana." #. Translators: %s is the subject of the email message. #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.c:378 #, c-format msgid "Delivery Notification for \"%s\"" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.c:543 #, c-format msgid "Send a read receipt to '%s'" msgstr "" #. name doesn't matter #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.c:548 msgid "_Notify Sender" msgstr "" #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Sender wants to be notified when you have read this message." msgstr "" #: ../modules/mdn/evolution-mdn.error.xml.h:2 msgid "Sender has been notified that you have read this message." msgstr "" #: ../modules/offline-alert/evolution-offline-alert.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Evolution is currently offline." msgstr "Program Evolution jest w trybie offline." #: ../modules/offline-alert/evolution-offline-alert.error.xml.h:2 msgid "Click 'Work Online' to return to online mode." msgstr "Naciśnięcie \"Działanie w trybie online\" powraca do trybu online." #: ../modules/offline-alert/evolution-offline-alert.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Evolution is currently offline due to a network outage." msgstr "" "Program Evolution jest w trybie offline, ponieważ sieć jest niedostępna." #: ../modules/offline-alert/evolution-offline-alert.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Evolution will return to online mode once a network connection is " "established." msgstr "" "Program Evolution powróci do trybu online, kiedy zostanie ustanowione " "połączenie sieciowe." #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:68 msgid "Author(s)" msgstr "Autorzy" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:254 msgid "Plugin Manager" msgstr "Menedżer wtyczek" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:269 msgid "Note: Some changes will not take effect until restart" msgstr "" "Uwaga: część zmian zostanie uwzględniona po ponownym uruchomieniu programu" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:298 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Przegląd" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:367 #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:450 msgid "Plugin" msgstr "Wtyczka" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:488 msgid "_Plugins" msgstr "_Wtyczki" #: ../modules/plugin-manager/evolution-plugin-manager.c:489 msgid "Enable and disable plugins" msgstr "Włącza i wyłącza wtyczki" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-display-popup-prefer-plain.c:140 msgid "Display plain text version" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-display-popup-prefer-plain.c:142 msgid "Display plain text version of multipart/alternative message" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-display-popup-prefer-plain.c:148 msgid "Display HTML version" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-display-popup-prefer-plain.c:150 msgid "Display HTML version of multipart/alternative message" msgstr "" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:78 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:44 msgid "Show HTML if present" msgstr "Wyświetlanie HTML, jeżeli obecny" # wd #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:79 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:45 msgid "Let Evolution choose the best part to show." msgstr "Automatyczny wybór części do wyświetlenia." # wd #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:82 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:48 msgid "Show plain text if present" msgstr "Wyświetlanie czystego tekstu jeżeli obecny" # wd #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:83 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:49 msgid "" "Show plain text part, if present, otherwise let Evolution choose the best " "part to show." msgstr "" "Powoduje wyświetlanie części tekstowej jeśli ona istnieje, a w przeciwnym " "wypadku dokonywany jest automatyczny wybór najlepszej części do wyświetlenia." #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:87 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:53 msgid "Only ever show plain text" msgstr "Wyświetlanie zawsze tylko tekstu" # wd #: ../modules/prefer-plain/e-mail-parser-prefer-plain.c:88 #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:54 msgid "" "Always show plain text part and make attachments from other parts, if " "requested." msgstr "" "Zawsze wyświetla część tekstową, a z pozostałych części na żądanie tworzy " "załączniki." # wd #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:105 msgid "Show s_uppressed HTML parts as attachments" msgstr "Wyświetlanie _ukrytych części HTML jako załączniki" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/config-ui.c:127 msgid "HTML _Mode" msgstr "_Tryb HTML" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/org-gnome-prefer-plain.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Prefer Plain Text" msgstr "Preferowany format tekstowy" #. but then we also need to create our own section frame #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/org-gnome-prefer-plain.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "Plain Text Mode" msgstr "Tryb tekstowy" #: ../modules/prefer-plain/plugin/org-gnome-prefer-plain.eplug.xml.h:4 msgid "View mail messages as plain text, even if they contain HTML content." msgstr "Wyświetla wiadomości jako tekst, nawet gdy zawierają one treść HTML." #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:151 #, c-format msgid "Failed to spawn SpamAssassin (%s): " msgstr "Wywołanie programu SpamAssassin się nie powiodło (%s): " #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:174 msgid "Failed to stream mail message content to SpamAssassin: " msgstr "" "Wysłanie treści wiadomości pocztowej do programu SpamAssassin się nie " "powiodło: " #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:193 #, c-format msgid "Failed to write '%s' to SpamAssassin: " msgstr "Zapisanie \"%s\" do programu SpamAssassin się nie powiodło: " #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:221 msgid "Failed to read output from SpamAssassin: " msgstr "Odczytanie wyjścia programu SpamAssassin się nie powiodło: " #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:276 msgid "SpamAssassin either crashed or failed to process a mail message" msgstr "" "Awaria programu SpamAssassin lub nie mógł on przetworzyć wiadomości pocztowej" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:356 msgid "SpamAssassin Options" msgstr "Opcje programu SpamAssassin" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:371 msgid "I_nclude remote tests" msgstr "_Dołączenie zewnętrznych testów" #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:385 msgid "This will make SpamAssassin more reliable, but slower." msgstr "" "Spowoduje to pewniejsze, ale również wolniejsze działanie programu " "SpamAssassin." #: ../modules/spamassassin/evolution-spamassassin.c:559 msgid "SpamAssassin" msgstr "SpamAssassin" #. Keep the title identical to EMailConfigImportPage #. * so it's only shown once in the assistant sidebar. #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-page.c:262 #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-progress-page.c:342 msgid "Importing Files" msgstr "Importowanie plików" #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-progress-page.c:261 msgid "Import cancelled." msgstr "" #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-mail-config-import-progress-page.c:278 msgid "Import complete." msgstr "" #: ../modules/startup-wizard/e-startup-assistant.c:156 msgid "" "Welcome to Evolution.\n" "\n" "The next few screens will allow Evolution to connect to your email accounts, " "and to import files from other applications." msgstr "" #: ../modules/startup-wizard/evolution-startup-wizard.c:229 msgid "Loading accounts..." msgstr "Wczytywanie kont..." #: ../modules/text-highlight/e-mail-display-popup-text-highlight.c:95 msgid "_Format as..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/e-mail-display-popup-text-highlight.c:103 msgid "_Other languages" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/e-mail-formatter-text-highlight.c:337 msgid "Text Highlight" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/e-mail-formatter-text-highlight.c:338 msgid "Syntax highlighting of mail parts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:32 msgid "_Plain text" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:38 msgid "_Assembler" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:43 msgid "_Bash" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:54 msgid "_C/C++" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:63 msgid "_C#" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:68 msgid "_Cascade Style Sheet" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:73 msgid "_HTML" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:81 msgid "_Java" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:87 msgid "_JavaScript" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:93 msgid "_Patch/diff" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:99 msgid "_Perl" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:110 msgid "_PHP" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:123 msgid "_Python" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:128 msgid "_Ruby" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:135 msgid "_Tcl/Tk" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:141 msgid "_TeX/LaTeX" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:147 msgid "_Vala" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:152 msgid "_Visual Basic" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:159 msgid "_XML" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:177 msgid "_ActionScript" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:182 msgid "_ADA95" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:189 msgid "_ALGOL 68" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:194 msgid "(_G)AWK" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:199 msgid "_COBOL" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:204 msgid "_DOS Batch" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:209 msgid "_D" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:214 msgid "_Erlang" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:219 msgid "_FORTRAN 77" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:225 msgid "_FORTRAN 90" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:230 msgid "_F#" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:235 msgid "_Go" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:240 msgid "_Haskell" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:245 msgid "_JSP" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:250 msgid "_Lisp" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:258 msgid "_Lotus" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:263 msgid "_Lua" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:268 msgid "_Maple" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:273 msgid "_Matlab" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:278 msgid "_Maya" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:283 msgid "_Oberon" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:288 msgid "_Objective C" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:294 msgid "_OCaml" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:299 msgid "_Octave" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:304 msgid "_Object Script" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:309 msgid "_Pascal" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:314 msgid "_POV-Ray" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:319 msgid "_Prolog" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:324 msgid "_PostScript" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:329 msgid "_R" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:334 msgid "_RPM Spec" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:339 msgid "_Scala" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:344 msgid "_Smalltalk" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:350 msgid "_TCSH" msgstr "" #: ../modules/text-highlight/languages.c:355 msgid "_VHDL" msgstr "" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:129 #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-part-vcard.c:152 msgid "Show F_ull vCard" msgstr "" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:132 #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-part-vcard.c:170 msgid "Show Com_pact vCard" msgstr "" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:157 msgid "Save _To Addressbook" msgstr "" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:178 msgid "There is one other contact." msgstr "Jest jeszcze jeden inny kontakt." #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:184 #, c-format msgid "There is %d other contact." msgid_plural "There are %d other contacts." msgstr[0] "Jest jeszcze jeden inny kontakt." msgstr[1] "Są jeszcze %d inne kontakty." msgstr[2] "Jest jeszcze %d innych kontaktów." #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:209 msgid "Addressbook Contact" msgstr "" #: ../modules/vcard-inline/e-mail-formatter-vcard.c:210 msgid "Display the part as an addressbook contact" msgstr "" #: ../modules/web-inspector/evolution-web-inspector.c:96 msgid "Evolution Web Inspector" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/attachment-reminder.c:121 msgid "_Do not show this message again." msgstr "_Bez wyświetlania tego komunikatu w przyszłości." #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/attachment-reminder.c:583 #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:480 msgid "Keywords" msgstr "Słowa kluczowe" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-attachment-reminder.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Message has no attachments" msgstr "Wiadomość nie posiada załączników" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-attachment-reminder.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "Evolution has found some keywords that suggest that this message should " "contain an attachment, but cannot find one." msgstr "" "Nie odnaleziono żadnego załącznika, a wiadomość zawiera słowa sugerujące, że " "powinna mieć załącznik." #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-attachment-reminder.error.xml.h:3 msgid "_Add Attachment..." msgstr "Dod_aj załącznik..." #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-attachment-reminder.error.xml.h:4 msgid "_Edit Message" msgstr "_Modyfikuj wiadomość" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-evolution-attachment-reminder.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Attachment Reminder" msgstr "Przypomnienie o załącznikach" #: ../plugins/attachment-reminder/org-gnome-evolution-attachment-reminder.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Reminds you when you forgot to add an attachment to a mail message." msgstr "Przypomina, gdy zapomniano dołączyć plik do wiadomości." #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:635 ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:644 #: ../plugins/bbdb/org-gnome-evolution-bbdb.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Automatic Contacts" msgstr "Kontakty automatyczne" #. Enable BBDB checkbox #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:659 msgid "Create _address book entries when sending mails" msgstr "" "_Automatyczne tworzenie wpisów w książce adresowej podczas wysyłania " "wiadomości" #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:666 msgid "Select Address book for Automatic Contacts" msgstr "Książka adresowa dla kontaktów automatycznych" #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:683 msgid "Instant Messaging Contacts" msgstr "Kontakty komunikatora" #. Enable Gaim Checkbox #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:698 msgid "_Synchronize contact info and images from Pidgin buddy list" msgstr "" "_Synchronizacja informacji i obrazów kontaktów z listy znajomych " "komunikatora Pidgin" #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:705 msgid "Select Address book for Pidgin buddy list" msgstr "Książka adresowa dla kontaktów z listy znajomych komunikatora Pidgin" #. Synchronize now button. #: ../plugins/bbdb/bbdb.c:718 msgid "Synchronize with _buddy list now" msgstr "Zsynchronizuj z listą _znajomych" #: ../plugins/bbdb/org-gnome-evolution-bbdb.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "BBDB" msgstr "BBDB" #: ../plugins/bbdb/org-gnome-evolution-bbdb.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "" "Takes the gruntwork out of managing your address book.\n" "\n" "Automatically fills your address book with names and email addresses as you " "reply to messages. Also fills in IM contact information from your buddy " "lists." msgstr "" "To przejmuje czarną robotę zarządzania książką adresową.\n" "\n" "Automatycznie wstawia nazwy i adresy e-mail do książki adresowej podczas " "odpowiadania na wiadomości. Dodatkowo wstawiane są dane z listy kontaktów " "komunikatora." #: ../plugins/dbx-import/dbx-importer.c:282 msgid "Importing Outlook Express data" msgstr "Importowanie danych programu Outlook Express" #: ../plugins/dbx-import/org-gnome-dbx-import.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Outlook DBX import" msgstr "Import danych DBX programu Outlook" #: ../plugins/dbx-import/org-gnome-dbx-import.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Outlook Express 5/6 personal folders (.dbx)" msgstr "Katalogi osobiste programu Outlook Express 5/6 (.dbx)" #: ../plugins/dbx-import/org-gnome-dbx-import.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "Import Outlook Express messages from DBX file" msgstr "Importowanie wiadomości z programu Outlook Express z pliku DBX" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:291 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Security:" msgstr "Bezpieczeństwo:" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:295 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Personal" msgstr "Osobiste" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:296 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Unclassified" msgstr "Nieklasyfikowane" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:297 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Protected" msgstr "Chronione" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:298 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Confidential" msgstr "Poufne" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:299 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Secret" msgstr "Tajne" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:300 msgctxt "email-custom-header-Security" msgid "Top secret" msgstr "Ściśle tajne" # wd #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:360 msgctxt "email-custom-header" msgid "None" msgstr "Brak" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:536 msgid "_Custom Header" msgstr "_Własny nagłówek" #. To translators: This string is used while adding a new message header to configuration, to specifying the format of the key values #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:806 msgid "" "The format for specifying a Custom Header key value is:\n" "Name of the Custom Header key values separated by \";\"." msgstr "" "Format opisu wartości klucza nagłówka użytkownika to:\n" "Nazwy kluczy nagłówka użytkownika rozdzielone przez \";\"." #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:859 msgid "Key" msgstr "Klucz" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/email-custom-header.c:876 #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:489 msgid "Values" msgstr "Wartości" #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/org-gnome-email-custom-header.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Custom Header" msgstr "Własny nagłówek" #. For Translators: 'custom header' string is used while adding a new message header to outgoing message, to specify what value for the message header would be added #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/org-gnome-email-custom-header.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "Add custom headers to outgoing mail messages." msgstr "Dodaje nagłówki użytkownika do wiadomości wychodzących." #: ../plugins/email-custom-header/org-gnome-email-custom-header.ui.h:1 msgid "Email Custom Header" msgstr "Własny nagłówek wiadomości" #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:112 msgid "Command to be executed to launch the editor: " msgstr "Polecenie uruchamiające edytor: " #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:113 msgid "" "For XEmacs use \"xemacs\"\n" "For Vim use \"gvim -f\"" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:123 msgid "_Automatically launch when a new mail is edited" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:413 #: ../plugins/external-editor/external-editor.c:415 msgid "Compose in External Editor" msgstr "Napisz w edytorze zewnętrznym" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "External Editor" msgstr "Zewnętrzny edytor" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Use an external editor to compose plain-text mail messages." msgstr "Umożliwia pisanie wiadomości tekstowych w zewnętrznym edytorze." #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Editor not launchable" msgstr "Nie można uruchomić edytora" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "The external editor set in your plugin preferences cannot be launched. Try " "setting a different editor." msgstr "" "Ustawiony w preferencjach wtyczki zewnętrzny edytor nie może być " "uruchomiony. Proszę ustawić inny edytor." #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Cannot create Temporary File" msgstr "Nie można utworzyć pliku tymczasowego" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Evolution is unable to create a temporary file to save your mail. Retry " "later." msgstr "" "Nie można utworzyć tymczasowego pliku do zapisu wiadomości. Proszę spróbować " "później." #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:5 msgid "External editor still running" msgstr "Zewnętrzny edytor ciągle działa" #: ../plugins/external-editor/org-gnome-external-editor.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "The external editor is still running. The mail composer window cannot be " "closed as long as the editor is active." msgstr "" "Zewnętrzny edytor wciąż działa. Do czasu jego zamknięcia nie można zamknąć " "okna tworzenia wiadomości." #: ../plugins/face/face.c:171 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:322 msgid "Unknown error" msgstr "Nieznany błąd" #: ../plugins/face/face.c:289 msgid "Select a Face Picture" msgstr "Wybór obrazu twarzy" # wd #: ../plugins/face/face.c:299 msgid "Image files" msgstr "Pliki obrazów" # wd #: ../plugins/face/face.c:358 msgid "_Insert Face picture by default" msgstr "_Domyślne wstawianie obrazu twarzy" # wd #: ../plugins/face/face.c:371 msgid "Load new _Face picture" msgstr "W_czytaj nowy obraz twarzy" # okno budowania wyszukiwania #: ../plugins/face/face.c:432 msgid "Include _Face" msgstr "Dołącz _twarz" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Attach a small picture of your face to outgoing messages." msgstr "Dołącza do wychodzących wiadomości mały obraz twarzy nadawcy." #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Failed Read" msgstr "Odczyt się nie powiódł" # wd #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:2 msgid "The file cannot be read" msgstr "Nie można odczytać pliku" # wd #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Invalid Image Size" msgstr "Nieprawidłowy rozmiar obrazu" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:4 msgid "Please select an image of size 48 * 48" msgstr "Proszę wybrać obraz o rozmiarze 48 * 48" # wd #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Not an image" msgstr "Nie jest to obraz" #: ../plugins/face/org-gnome-face.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "The file you selected does not look like a valid .png image. Error: {0}" msgstr "Wybrany plik nie wygląda na prawidłowy obraz .png. Błąd: {0}" # wd #: ../plugins/image-inline/org-gnome-image-inline.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Inline Image" msgstr "Obraz w treści" # wd #: ../plugins/image-inline/org-gnome-image-inline.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "View image attachments directly in mail messages." msgstr "Podgląd obrazów z załączników bezpośrednio z wiadomościach." #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:368 msgid "Get List _Archive" msgstr "Pobierz _archiwum listy" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:370 msgid "Get an archive of the list this message belongs to" msgstr "Pobiera archiwum listy, z której pochodzi ta wiadomość" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:375 msgid "Get List _Usage Information" msgstr "_Pobierz informacje o liście" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:377 msgid "Get information about the usage of the list this message belongs to" msgstr "Pobiera informację o użyciu listy, z której pochodzi ta wiadomość" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:382 msgid "Contact List _Owner" msgstr "_Właściciel listy kontaktów" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:384 msgid "Contact the owner of the mailing list this message belongs to" msgstr "Kontaktuje się z właścicielem listy, z której pochodzi ta wiadomość" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:389 msgid "_Post Message to List" msgstr "_Wyślij wiadomość do listy" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:391 msgid "Post a message to the mailing list this message belongs to" msgstr "Wysyła wiadomość do listy, z której pochodzi zaznaczona wiadomość" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:396 msgid "_Subscribe to List" msgstr "_Subskrybuj listę" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:398 msgid "Subscribe to the mailing list this message belongs to" msgstr "Subskrybuje listę, z której pochodzi ta wiadomość" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:403 msgid "_Unsubscribe from List" msgstr "_Usuń subskrypcję listy" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:405 msgid "Unsubscribe from the mailing list this message belongs to" msgstr "Usuwa subskrypcję listy, z której pochodzi zaznaczona wiadomość" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/mailing-list-actions.c:412 msgid "Mailing _List" msgstr "_Lista dyskusyjna" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Mailing List Actions" msgstr "Listy dyskusyjne" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Perform common mailing list actions (subscribe, unsubscribe, etc.)." msgstr "" "Działania dla typowych poleceń listy pocztowej (subskrypcja, usunięcie " "subskrypcji, itp.)." #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:1 msgid "Action not available" msgstr "Czynność nie jest dostępna" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:2 msgid "" "This message does not contain the header information required for this " "action." msgstr "" "Wiadomość nie zawiera informacji nagłówka koniecznych dla tej czynności." #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:3 msgid "Posting not allowed" msgstr "Wysyłanie nie jest dozwolone" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:4 msgid "" "Posting to this mailing list is not allowed. Possibly, this is a read-only " "mailing list. Contact the list owner for details." msgstr "" "Wysyłanie na tę listę dyskusyjną nie jest dozwolone. Prawdopodobnie, jest to " "lista tylko do odczytu. W celu uzyskania szczegółów skontaktuj się z " "właścicielem listy." #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:5 msgid "Send e-mail message to mailing list?" msgstr "Wysłać wiadomość e-mail na listę dyskusyjną?" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:6 msgid "" "An e-mail message will be sent to the URL \"{0}\". You can either send the " "message automatically, or see and change it first.\n" "\n" "You should receive an answer from the mailing list shortly after the message " "has been sent." msgstr "" "Wiadomość e-mail zostanie wysłana na adres URL \"{0}\". Można wysłać " "wiadomość automatycznie, albo przejrzeć i zmienić ją.\n" "\n" "W krótkim czasie po wysłaniu wiadomości, powinna nadejść odpowiedź z listy " "dyskusyjnej." #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:9 msgid "_Send message" msgstr "_Wyślij wiadomość" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:10 msgid "_Edit message" msgstr "_Modyfikuj wiadomość" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:11 msgid "Malformed header" msgstr "Uszkodzony nagłówek" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:12 msgid "" "The {0} header of this message is malformed and could not be processed.\n" "\n" "Header: {1}" msgstr "" "Nagłówek {0} wiadomości jest uszkodzony i nie może zostać przetworzony.\n" "\n" "Nagłówek: {1}" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:15 msgid "No e-mail action" msgstr "Brak czynności e-mail" #: ../plugins/mailing-list-actions/org-gnome-mailing-list-actions.error.xml.h:16 msgid "" "The action could not be performed. The header for this action did not " "contain any action that could be processed.\n" "\n" "Header: {0}" msgstr "" "Nie można wykonać czynności. Nagłówek nie zawiera żadnej obsługiwanej " "czynności.\n" "\n" "Nagłówek: {0}" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:384 #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:420 #, c-format msgid "You have received %d new message." msgid_plural "You have received %d new messages." msgstr[0] "Nadeszła %d nowa wiadomość." msgstr[1] "Nadeszły %d nowe wiadomości." msgstr[2] "Nadeszło %d nowych wiadomości." # wd #. Translators: "From:" is preceding a new mail #. * sender address, like "From: user@example.com" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:395 #, c-format msgid "From: %s" msgstr "Od: %s" # wd #. Translators: "Subject:" is preceding a new mail #. * subject, like "Subject: It happened again" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:409 #, c-format msgid "Subject: %s" msgstr "Temat: %s" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:426 msgid "New email in Evolution" msgstr "" #. Translators: The '%s' is a mail #. * folder name. (e.g. "Show Inbox") #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:461 #, c-format msgid "Show %s" msgstr "Wyświetlanie katalogu %s" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:663 msgid "_Play sound when a new message arrives" msgstr "_Odtwarzanie dźwięku po otrzymaniu nowej wiadomości" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:695 msgid "_Beep" msgstr "D_zwonek systemowy" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:708 msgid "Use sound _theme" msgstr "Użycie m_otywu dźwiękowego" # wd #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:727 msgid "Play _file:" msgstr "Odt_worzenie pliku dźwiękowego:" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:736 msgid "Select sound file" msgstr "Plik dźwiękowy" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:792 msgid "Notify new messages for _Inbox only" msgstr "Powiadamianie tylko dla katalogu _Odebrane" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/mail-notification.c:802 msgid "Show _notification when a new message arrives" msgstr "Wyświetlanie powiadamiania o _nadejściu nowej wiadomości" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/org-gnome-mail-notification.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Mail Notification" msgstr "Powiadamianie o nowych wiadomościach" #: ../plugins/mail-notification/org-gnome-mail-notification.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Notifies you when new mail messages arrive." msgstr "Powiadamianie o nadejściu nowych wiadomości." #. To Translators: The full sentence looks like: "Created from a mail by John Doe " #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:232 #, c-format msgid "Created from a mail by %s" msgstr "Utworzone z wiadomości od %s" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:616 #, c-format msgid "" "Selected calendar contains event '%s' already. Would you like to edit the " "old event?" msgstr "" "Wybrany kalendarz zawiera już wydarzenie \"%s\". Zmodyfikować istniejące " "wydarzenie?" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:619 #, c-format msgid "" "Selected task list contains task '%s' already. Would you like to edit the " "old task?" msgstr "" "Wybrana lista zadań zawiera już zadanie \"%s\". Zmodyfikować istniejące " "zadanie?" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:622 #, c-format msgid "" "Selected memo list contains memo '%s' already. Would you like to edit the " "old memo?" msgstr "" "Wybrana lista notatek zawiera już notatkę \"%s\". Zmodyfikować istniejącą " "notatkę?" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:642 #, c-format msgid "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to events. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgid_plural "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to events. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:649 #, c-format msgid "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to tasks. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgid_plural "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to tasks. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:656 #, c-format msgid "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to memos. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgid_plural "" "You have selected %d mails to be converted to memos. Do you really want to " "add them all?" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:677 msgid "Do you wish to continue converting remaining mails?" msgstr "Kontynuować przekształcanie pozostałych wiadomości?" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:753 msgid "[No Summary]" msgstr "[Brak podsumowania]" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:766 msgid "Invalid object returned from a server" msgstr "Serwer zwrócił nieprawidłowy obiekt" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:821 #, c-format msgid "An error occurred during processing: %s" msgstr "Wystąpił błąd podczas przetwarzania: %s" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:855 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open calendar. %s" msgstr "Nie można otworzyć kalendarza. %s" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:862 msgid "" "Selected calendar is read only, thus cannot create event there. Select other " "calendar, please." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:865 msgid "" "Selected task list is read only, thus cannot create task there. Select other " "task list, please." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:868 msgid "" "Selected memo list is read only, thus cannot create memo there. Select other " "memo list, please." msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1203 msgid "No writable calendar is available." msgstr "Brak dostępnych kalendarzy do zapisu." #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1280 msgid "Create an _Appointment" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1282 msgid "Create a new event from the selected message" msgstr "Tworzy nowe wydarzenie z zaznaczonej wiadomości" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1287 msgid "Create a Mem_o" msgstr "Utwórz n_otatkę" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1289 msgid "Create a new memo from the selected message" msgstr "Tworzy nową notatkę z zaznaczonej wiadomości" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1294 msgid "Create a _Task" msgstr "Utwórz _zadanie" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1296 msgid "Create a new task from the selected message" msgstr "Tworzy nowe zadanie z zaznaczonej wiadomości" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1304 msgid "Create a _Meeting" msgstr "Utwórz ze_branie" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/mail-to-task.c:1306 msgid "Create a new meeting from the selected message" msgstr "Tworzy nowe zebranie z zaznaczonej wiadomości" #: ../plugins/mail-to-task/org-gnome-mail-to-task.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Convert a mail message to a task." msgstr "Przekształca wiadomość w zadanie." #: ../plugins/pst-import/org-gnome-pst-import.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Outlook PST import" msgstr "Importer danych PST programu Outlook" #: ../plugins/pst-import/org-gnome-pst-import.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Outlook personal folders (.pst)" msgstr "Katalogi osobiste programu Outlook (.pst)" #: ../plugins/pst-import/org-gnome-pst-import.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "Import Outlook messages from PST file" msgstr "Importowanie wiadomości z programu Outlook z pliku PST" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:530 msgid "_Mail" msgstr "_Poczta" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:559 msgid "Destination folder:" msgstr "Katalog docelowy:" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:569 msgid "_Address Book" msgstr "Książka _adresowa" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:574 msgid "A_ppointments" msgstr "_Spotkania" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:579 ../views/tasks/galview.xml.h:1 msgid "_Tasks" msgstr "_Zadania" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:584 msgid "_Journal entries" msgstr "Wpisy _dziennika" #: ../plugins/pst-import/pst-importer.c:701 msgid "Importing Outlook data" msgstr "Importowanie danych programu Outlook" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/org-gnome-publish-calendar.eplug.xml.h:1 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:141 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:148 msgid "Calendar Publishing" msgstr "Publikacja kalendarzy" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/org-gnome-publish-calendar.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Locations" msgstr "Położenia" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/org-gnome-publish-calendar.eplug.xml.h:3 msgid "Publish calendars to the web." msgstr "Pozwala publikować kalendarze w sieci." #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:217 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:484 #, c-format msgid "Could not open %s:" msgstr "Nie można otworzyć %s:" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:236 #, c-format msgid "There was an error while publishing to %s:" msgstr "Wystąpił błąd podczas publikowania na %s:" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:242 #, c-format msgid "Publishing to %s finished successfully" msgstr "Publikowanie na %s ukończono pomyślnie" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:290 #, c-format msgid "Mount of %s failed:" msgstr "Zamontowanie %s się nie powiodło:" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:649 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:33 msgid "E_nable" msgstr "_Włącz" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:799 msgid "Are you sure you want to remove this location?" msgstr "Na pewno usunąć to położenie?" #. To Translators: This is shown to a user when creation of a new thread, #. * where the publishing should be done, fails. Basically, this shouldn't #. * ever happen, and if so, then something is really wrong. #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:1138 msgid "Could not create publish thread." msgstr "Nie można utworzyć wątku publikowania." #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.c:1148 msgid "_Publish Calendar Information" msgstr "_Publikowanie informacji z kalendarza" # wd #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:1 msgid "iCal" msgstr "iCal" # wd #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:3 msgid "Daily" msgstr "Codziennie" # wd #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:4 msgid "Weekly" msgstr "Co tydzień" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:5 msgid "Manual (via Actions menu)" msgstr "Ręcznie (przez menu Działania)" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:9 msgid "Secure FTP (SFTP)" msgstr "" # wd #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:10 msgid "Public FTP" msgstr "Publiczne FTP" # wd #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:11 msgid "FTP (with login)" msgstr "FTP (z logowaniem)" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:12 msgid "Windows share" msgstr "Udział systemu Windows" # wd #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:13 msgid "WebDAV (HTTP)" msgstr "WebDAV (HTTP)" # wd #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:14 msgid "Secure WebDAV (HTTPS)" msgstr "Bezpieczne WebDAV (HTTPS)" # wd #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:15 msgid "Custom Location" msgstr "Własne położenie" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:17 msgid "_Publish as:" msgstr "_Publikowanie jako:" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:18 msgid "Publishing _Frequency:" msgstr "_Częstotliwość publikacji:" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:19 msgid "Time _duration:" msgstr "_Czas trwania:" # wd #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:20 msgid "Sources" msgstr "Źródła" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:23 msgid "Service _type:" msgstr "_Typ usługi:" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:25 msgid "_File:" msgstr "_Plik:" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:27 msgid "P_ort:" msgstr "P_ort:" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:28 msgid "_Username:" msgstr "Nazwa _użytkownika:" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:29 msgid "_Password:" msgstr "_Hasło:" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:30 msgid "_Remember password" msgstr "_Zapamiętanie hasła" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-calendar.ui.h:31 msgid "Publishing Location" msgstr "Publikowanie położenia" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-format-fb.c:100 #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/publish-format-ical.c:103 #, c-format msgid "Invalid source UID '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/url-editor-dialog.c:540 msgid "New Location" msgstr "Nowe położenie" #: ../plugins/publish-calendar/url-editor-dialog.c:542 msgid "Edit Location" msgstr "Modyfikacja położenia" #. Translators: the %F %T is the third argument for a #. * strftime function. It lets you define the formatting #. * of the date in the csv-file. #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:161 msgid "%F %T" msgstr "%F %T" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:375 msgid "UID" msgstr "UID" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:377 msgid "Description List" msgstr "Lista opisów" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:378 msgid "Categories List" msgstr "Lista kategorii" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:379 msgid "Comment List" msgstr "Lista komentarzy" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:382 msgid "Contact List" msgstr "Lista kontaktów" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:383 msgid "Start" msgstr "Rozpoczęcie" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:384 msgid "End" msgstr "Zakończenie" # WK: patrz inne komentarze na ten temat #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:385 msgid "Due" msgstr "Termin" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:386 msgid "percent Done" msgstr "procent ukończono" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:388 msgid "URL" msgstr "Adres URL" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:389 msgid "Attendees List" msgstr "Uczestnicy" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:391 msgid "Modified" msgstr "Zmodyfikowano" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:564 msgid "A_dvanced options for the CSV format" msgstr "Z_aawansowane opcje dla formatu CSV" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:572 msgid "Prepend a _header" msgstr "Dodanie _nagłówka" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:581 msgid "_Value delimiter:" msgstr "Separator _wartości:" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:592 msgid "_Record delimiter:" msgstr "Separator _rekordu:" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:603 msgid "_Encapsulate values with:" msgstr "Wartości _umieszczane w:" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/csv-format.c:629 msgid "Comma separated values (.csv)" msgstr "Wartości oddzielone przecinkami (.csv)" # wd #: ../plugins/save-calendar/ical-format.c:184 ../shell/e-shell-utils.c:178 msgid "iCalendar (.ics)" msgstr "iCalendar (.ics)" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/org-gnome-save-calendar.eplug.xml.h:1 msgid "Save Selected" msgstr "Zapisz wybrane" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/org-gnome-save-calendar.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "Save a calendar or task list to disk." msgstr "Zapisuje kalendarz lub listę zadań na dysku." #. #. * Translator: the %FT%T is the thirth argument for a strftime function. #. * It lets you define the formatting of the date in the rdf-file. #. * Also check out http://www.w3.org/2002/12/cal/tzd #. * #: ../plugins/save-calendar/rdf-format.c:147 msgid "%FT%T" msgstr "%FT%T" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/rdf-format.c:385 msgid "RDF (.rdf)" msgstr "RDF (.rdf)" #: ../plugins/save-calendar/save-calendar.c:121 msgid "_Format:" msgstr "_Format:" # FIXME - A może Wybór miejsca docelowego? #: ../plugins/save-calendar/save-calendar.c:187 msgid "Select destination file" msgstr "Wybór pliku docelowego" # wd #: ../plugins/save-calendar/save-calendar.c:343 msgid "Save the selected calendar to disk" msgstr "Zapisuje zaznaczony kalendarz na dysku" # wd #: ../plugins/save-calendar/save-calendar.c:374 msgid "Save the selected memo list to disk" msgstr "Zapisuje zaznaczoną listę notatek na dysku" # wd #: ../plugins/save-calendar/save-calendar.c:405 msgid "Save the selected task list to disk" msgstr "Zapisuje zaznaczone zadanie na dysku" #: ../plugins/templates/org-gnome-templates.eplug.xml.h:2 msgid "" "Drafts based template plugin. You can use variables like $ORIG[subject], " "$ORIG[from], $ORIG[to] or $ORIG[body], which will be replaced by values from " "an email you are replying to." msgstr "" "Wtyczka szkiców oparta na szablonach. Można użyć zmiennych $ORIG[temat], " "$ORIG[od], $ORIG[do] lub $ORIG[treść], które zostaną zastąpione przez " "wartości z wiadomości e-mail, na którą przygotowywana jest odpowiedź." # wd #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1148 msgid "No Title" msgstr "Bez tytułu" #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1257 msgid "Save as _Template" msgstr "Zapisz jako _szablon" #: ../plugins/templates/templates.c:1259 msgid "Save as Template" msgstr "Zapisuje jako szablon" #: ../shell/e-shell.c:279 msgid "Preparing to go offline..." msgstr "Przygotowywanie do przejścia w tryb offline..." #: ../shell/e-shell.c:332 msgid "Preparing to go online..." msgstr "Przygotowywanie do przejścia w tryb online..." #: ../shell/e-shell.c:413 msgid "Preparing to quit" msgstr "" # wd #: ../shell/e-shell.c:419 msgid "Preparing to quit..." msgstr "Przygotowywanie do zakończenia..." #: ../shell/e-shell-content.c:721 ../shell/e-shell-content.c:722 msgid "Searches" msgstr "Wyszukiwania" #: ../shell/e-shell-content.c:765 msgid "Save Search" msgstr "Zapis wyszukiwania" #. Translators: The "Show:" label precedes a combo box that #. * allows the user to filter the current view. Examples of #. * items that appear in the combo box are "Unread Messages", #. * "Important Messages", or "Active Appointments". #: ../shell/e-shell-searchbar.c:939 msgid "Sho_w:" msgstr "_Wyświetlanie:" #. Translators: This is part of the quick search interface. #. * example: Search: [_______________] in [ Current Folder ] #: ../shell/e-shell-searchbar.c:964 msgid "Sear_ch:" msgstr "Wyszu_kiwanie:" # wd #. Translators: This is part of the quick search interface. #. * example: Search: [_______________] in [ Current Folder ] #: ../shell/e-shell-searchbar.c:1032 msgid "i_n" msgstr "_w" # wd #: ../shell/e-shell-utils.c:175 msgid "vCard (.vcf)" msgstr "vCard (.vcf)" # wd #: ../shell/e-shell-utils.c:199 msgid "All Files (*)" msgstr "Wszystkie pliki (*)" #: ../shell/e-shell-view.c:292 msgid "Saving user interface state" msgstr "Zapisywanie stanu interfejsu użytkownika" #. The translator-credits string is for translators to list #. * per-language credits for translation, displayed in the #. * about dialog. #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:74 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Aviary.pl , 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011\n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " Adrian Feliks https://launchpad.net/~mexit\n" " Arkadiusz Lipiec https://launchpad.net/~alus\n" " Bartek https://launchpad.net/~bart-1024g\n" " Dawid Rollnik https://launchpad.net/~dawidr83\n" " GNOME PL Team https://launchpad.net/~translators-gnomepl\n" " GTriderXC https://launchpad.net/~gtriderxc\n" " Krzysztof Janowski https://launchpad.net/~n00bystance-gmail\n" " Krzysztof Wyszyński https://launchpad.net/~goomior\n" " Piotr Drąg https://launchpad.net/~raven46\n" " Piotr Łukomiak https://launchpad.net/~pioluk\n" " Przemysław Wirkus https://launchpad.net/~wirkusp\n" " Rafał Widełka https://launchpad.net/~rwidelka\n" " Szymon 'simpo' Porwolik https://launchpad.net/~szporwolik\n" " Szymon Zielonka https://launchpad.net/~simonnam\n" " TSr https://launchpad.net/~tsr\n" " Tomasz Dominikowski https://launchpad.net/~dominikowski\n" " Tomasz Sterna https://launchpad.net/~smoku\n" " Wadim Dziedzic https://launchpad.net/~nikdo\n" " Wiatrak https://launchpad.net/~wiatrak.\n" " neutrico https://launchpad.net/~marcin-antczak-deactivatedaccount\n" " smalolepszy https://launchpad.net/~smalolepszy-aviary\n" " wadim dziedzic https://launchpad.net/~wdziedzi\n" " wadim dziedzic https://launchpad.net/~wdziedzic\n" " wadim dziedzic https://launchpad.net/~wdziedzic-aviary\n" " Łukasz Daniel https://launchpad.net/~lukasz-daniel" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:85 msgid "Evolution Website" msgstr "Witryna programu Evolution" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:341 msgid "Categories Editor" msgstr "Edytor kategorii" # wd #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:672 msgid "Bug Buddy is not installed." msgstr "Nie zainstalowano programu Bug Buddy." # wd #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:673 msgid "Bug Buddy could not be run." msgstr "Nie można uruchomić programu Bug Buddy." #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:853 msgid "Show information about Evolution" msgstr "Wyświetla informacje o programie Evolution" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:858 ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:872 msgid "_Close Window" msgstr "_Zamknij okno" # wd #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:879 msgid "_Contents" msgstr "_Spis treści" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:881 msgid "Open the Evolution User Guide" msgstr "Otwiera podręcznik użytkownika programu Evolution" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:907 msgid "I_mport..." msgstr "Zai_mportuj..." #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:909 msgid "Import data from other programs" msgstr "Importuje dane z innych programów" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:914 msgid "New _Window" msgstr "No_we okno" # wd #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:916 msgid "Create a new window displaying this view" msgstr "Tworzy nowe okno wyświetlające ten widok" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:928 msgid "Available Cate_gories" msgstr "Dostępne _kategorie" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:930 msgid "Manage available categories" msgstr "Zarządza dostępnymi kategoriami" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:942 msgid "_Quick Reference" msgstr "Ś_ciągawka" # wd #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:944 msgid "Show Evolution's shortcut keys" msgstr "Wyświetla skróty klawiaturowe programu Evolution" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:951 msgid "Exit the program" msgstr "Kończy działanie programu" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:956 msgid "_Advanced Search..." msgstr "_Wyszukiwanie zaawansowane..." # wd #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:958 msgid "Construct a more advanced search" msgstr "Budowanie bardziej zaawansowanego wyszukiwania" # wd #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:965 msgid "Clear the current search parameters" msgstr "Czyści parametry bieżącego wyszukiwania" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:970 msgid "_Edit Saved Searches..." msgstr "_Modyfikuj zapisane wyszukiwania..." #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:972 msgid "Manage your saved searches" msgstr "Zarządzanie zapisanymi wyszukiwaniami" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:979 msgid "Click here to change the search type" msgstr "Kliknięcie - zmiana typu wyszukiwania" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:984 msgid "_Find Now" msgstr "_Znajdź teraz" # wd #. Block the default Ctrl+F. #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:986 msgid "Execute the current search parameters" msgstr "Wykonuje wyszukiwanie z bieżącymi parametrami" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:991 msgid "_Save Search..." msgstr "_Zapisz wyszukiwanie..." # wd #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:993 msgid "Save the current search parameters" msgstr "Zapisuje bieżące parametry wyszukiwania" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1005 msgid "Submit _Bug Report..." msgstr "Wyślij zgłoszenie _błędu..." #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1007 msgid "Submit a bug report using Bug Buddy" msgstr "Wysyła zgłoszenie błędu za pomocą Bug Buddy" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1012 msgid "_Work Offline" msgstr "Działanie w try_bie offline" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1014 msgid "Put Evolution into offline mode" msgstr "Rozpoczyna działanie w trybie offline" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1019 msgid "_Work Online" msgstr "D_ziałanie w trybie online" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1021 msgid "Put Evolution into online mode" msgstr "Rozpoczyna działanie w trybie online" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1049 msgid "Lay_out" msgstr "_Układ" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1056 msgid "_New" msgstr "_Nowy" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1063 msgid "_Search" msgstr "Wy_szukiwanie" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1070 msgid "_Switcher Appearance" msgstr "Wygląd _przełącznika" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1084 msgid "_Window" msgstr "O_kno" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1113 msgid "Show Side _Bar" msgstr "Wyświetlanie panelu _bocznego" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1115 msgid "Show the side bar" msgstr "Wyświetla panel boczny" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1121 msgid "Show _Buttons" msgstr "Wyświetlanie przy_cisków" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1123 msgid "Show the switcher buttons" msgstr "Wyświetla przyciski przełącznika" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1129 msgid "Show _Status Bar" msgstr "Wyświetlanie p_aska stanu" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1131 msgid "Show the status bar" msgstr "Wyświetla pasek stanu" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1137 msgid "Show _Tool Bar" msgstr "Wyświetlanie paska _narzędziowego" # wd #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1139 msgid "Show the tool bar" msgstr "Wyświetla pasek narzędziowy" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1161 msgid "_Icons Only" msgstr "Tylko i_kony" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1163 msgid "Display window buttons with icons only" msgstr "Wyświetla przyciski okna z samymi ikonami" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1168 msgid "_Text Only" msgstr "Tylko _tekst" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1170 msgid "Display window buttons with text only" msgstr "Wyświetla przyciski okna z samym tekstem" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1175 msgid "Icons _and Text" msgstr "Ikony i te_kst" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1177 msgid "Display window buttons with icons and text" msgstr "Wyświetla przyciski okna z ikonami i tekstem" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1182 msgid "Tool_bar Style" msgstr "Styl paska _narzędziowego" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1184 msgid "Display window buttons using the desktop toolbar setting" msgstr "Wyświetla przyciski okna używając ustawień środowiska" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1192 msgid "Delete Current View" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1199 msgid "Save Custom View..." msgstr "Zapisz własny widok..." #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1201 msgid "Save current custom view" msgstr "Zapisz bieżący własny widok" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1208 msgid "C_urrent View" msgstr "_Bieżący widok" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1218 msgid "Custom View" msgstr "Własny widok" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1220 msgid "Current view is a customized view" msgstr "Bieżący widok jest zmodyfikowany" # wd #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1230 msgid "Change the page settings for your current printer" msgstr "Zmienia ustawienia strony dla bieżącej drukarki" # FIXME - sprawdzić formę!! #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1591 #, c-format msgid "Switch to %s" msgstr "Przełącz do %s" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1714 #, c-format msgid "Select view: %s" msgstr "" #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1731 #, c-format msgid "Delete view: %s" msgstr "" # wd #: ../shell/e-shell-window-actions.c:1825 msgid "Execute these search parameters" msgstr "Wykonanie tych parametrów wyszukiwania" #: ../shell/e-shell-window.c:504 msgid "New" msgstr "Utwórz" #. Translators: This is used for the main window title. #: ../shell/e-shell-window-private.c:580 #, c-format msgid "%s - Evolution" msgstr "%s - Evolution" #. Preview/Alpha/Beta version warning message #: ../shell/main.c:183 #, no-c-format msgid "" "Hi. Thanks for taking the time to download this preview release\n" "of the Evolution groupware suite.\n" "\n" "This version of Evolution is not yet complete. It is getting close,\n" "but some features are either unfinished or do not work properly.\n" "\n" "If you want a stable version of Evolution, we urge you to uninstall\n" "this version, and install version %s instead.\n" "\n" "If you find bugs, please report them to us at bugzilla.gnome.org.\n" "This product comes with no warranty and is not intended for\n" "individuals prone to violent fits of anger.\n" "\n" "We hope that you enjoy the results of our hard work, and we\n" "eagerly await your contributions!\n" msgstr "" "Witamy. Dziękujemy za poświęcenie czasu na pobranie testowego wydania\n" "programu do pracy grupowej Evolution.\n" "\n" "Ta wersja programu Evolution nie jest jeszcze ukończona. Niedługo będzie,\n" "lecz niektóre funkcje są albo nieukończone albo nie działają poprawnie.\n" "\n" "Jeśli potrzebna jest stabilna wersja programu Evolution, lepiej jest\n" "odinstalować tę wersję i zainstalować zamiast niej wersję %s.\n" "\n" "W przypadku znalezienia błędu, należy go zgłosić do nas pod adresem\n" "bugzilla.gnome.org. Ten produkt jest dostarczany bez gwarancji i nie\n" "odpowiadamy za nerwy stracone w przypadku napotkania problemów.\n" "\n" "Mamy nadzieję, że spodobają się Państwu wyniki naszej ciężkiej pracy,\n" "my zaś będziemy oczekiwać z niecierpliwością na wsparcie!\n" #: ../shell/main.c:207 msgid "" "Thanks\n" "The Evolution Team\n" msgstr "" "Dzięki\n" "Zespół programu Evolution\n" #: ../shell/main.c:213 msgid "Do not tell me again" msgstr "Bez informowania ponownie" #. Translators: Do NOT translate the five component #. * names, they MUST remain in English! #: ../shell/main.c:302 msgid "" "Start Evolution showing the specified component. Available options are " "'mail', 'calendar', 'contacts', 'tasks', and 'memos'" msgstr "" "Uruchamia program Evolution wyświetlając podany składnik. Dostępne opcje to " "\"mail\" (poczta), \"calendar\" (kalendarz), \"contacts\" (kontakty), " "\"tasks\" (zadania) i \"memos\" (notatki)" #: ../shell/main.c:306 msgid "Apply the given geometry to the main window" msgstr "Zastosowuje dane wymiary do okna głównego" #: ../shell/main.c:310 msgid "Start in online mode" msgstr "Rozpoczyna w trybie online" #: ../shell/main.c:312 msgid "Ignore network availability" msgstr "Ignoruje dostępność sieci" # wd #: ../shell/main.c:315 msgid "Forcibly shut down Evolution" msgstr "Wymusza zamknięcie programu Evolution" #: ../shell/main.c:318 msgid "Disable loading of any plugins." msgstr "Wyłącza wczytywanie wtyczek." #: ../shell/main.c:320 msgid "Disable preview pane of Mail, Contacts and Tasks." msgstr "Wyłącza okno podglądu wiadomości, kontaktów i zadań." #: ../shell/main.c:324 msgid "Import URIs or filenames given as rest of arguments." msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:326 msgid "Request a running Evolution process to quit" msgstr "Wymusza zakończenie działającego procesu programu Evolution" #: ../shell/main.c:403 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot start Evolution. Another Evolution instance may be unresponsive. " "System error: %s" msgstr "" #: ../shell/main.c:499 ../shell/main.c:504 msgid "- The Evolution PIM and Email Client" msgstr "- klient poczty i organizator informacji osobistych Evolution" #: ../shell/main.c:571 #, c-format msgid "" "%s: --online and --offline cannot be used together.\n" " Run '%s --help' for more information.\n" msgstr "" "%s: nie można jednocześnie użyć opcji --online i --offline.\n" " Polecenie \"%s --help\" wyświetli więcej informacji.\n" #: ../shell/main.c:577 #, c-format msgid "" "%s: --force-online and --offline cannot be used together.\n" " Run '%s --help' for more information.\n" msgstr "" "%s: nie można jednocześnie użyć opcji --force-online i --offline.\n" " Polecenie \"%s --help\" wyświetli więcej informacji.\n" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:2 msgid "Upgrade from previous version failed:" msgstr "Aktualizacja z poprzedniej wersji się nie powiodła:" # wd #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:3 msgid "" "{0}\n" "\n" "If you choose to continue, you may not have access to some of your old " "data.\n" msgstr "" "{0}\n" "\n" "Jeżeli wybrana zostanie kontynuacja, część starych danych może nie być " "dostępna.\n" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:7 msgid "Continue Anyway" msgstr "Kontynuuj mimo to" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:8 msgid "Quit Now" msgstr "Zakończ teraz" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:9 msgid "Cannot upgrade directly from version {0}" msgstr "Nie można zaktualizować bezpośrednio z wersji {0}" #: ../shell/shell.error.xml.h:10 msgid "" "Evolution no longer supports upgrading directly from version {0}. However as " "a workaround you might try first upgrading to Evolution 2, and then " "upgrading to Evolution 3." msgstr "" "Program Evolution nie obsługuje już aktualizacji bezpośrednio z wersji {0}. " "Mimo to można obejść ten problem przez zaktualizowanie najpierw do wersji " "drugiej programu Evolution, a następnie do wersji trzeciej." #: ../smime/gui/ca-trust-dialog.c:109 #, c-format msgid "" "Certificate '%s' is a CA certificate.\n" "\n" "Edit trust settings:" msgstr "" "Certyfikat \"%s\" jest certyfikatem CA.\n" "\n" "Modyfikacja ustawień zaufania:" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:73 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:92 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:112 msgid "Certificate Name" msgstr "Nazwa certyfikatu" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:74 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:94 msgid "Issued To Organization" msgstr "Wydane organizacji" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:75 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:95 msgid "Issued To Organizational Unit" msgstr "Wydane jednostce organizacyjnej" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:76 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:96 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:114 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:638 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:134 msgid "Serial Number" msgstr "Numer seryjny" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:77 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:97 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:115 msgid "Purposes" msgstr "Zastosowania" # wd #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:78 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:98 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:116 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:640 msgid "Issued By" msgstr "Wydany przez" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:79 ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:99 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:117 msgid "Issued By Organization" msgstr "Wydane przez organizację" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:80 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:100 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:118 msgid "Issued By Organizational Unit" msgstr "Wydane przez jednostkę organizacyjną" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:81 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:101 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:119 msgid "Issued" msgstr "Wydano" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:82 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:102 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:120 msgid "Expires" msgstr "Wygasa" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:83 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:103 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:121 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:650 msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint" msgstr "Odcisk SHA1" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:84 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:104 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:122 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:651 msgid "MD5 Fingerprint" msgstr "Odcisk MD5" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:93 #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:113 msgid "Email Address" msgstr "Adres e-mail" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:614 msgid "Select a certificate to import..." msgstr "Wybierz importowany certyfikat..." #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:628 msgid "All files" msgstr "Wszystkie pliki" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:664 msgid "Failed to import certificate" msgstr "Zaimportowanie certyfikatu się nie powiodło" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:1046 msgid "All PKCS12 files" msgstr "Wszystkie pliki PKCS12" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:1063 msgid "All email certificate files" msgstr "Wszystkie pliki certyfikatów e-mail" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-manager.c:1080 msgid "All CA certificate files" msgstr "Wszystkie pliki certyfikatów CA" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:292 msgid "Not part of certificate" msgstr "" # wd #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:600 msgid "This certificate has been verified for the following uses:" msgstr "Niniejszy certyfikat został zweryfikowany dla następującego użytku:" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:604 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:387 msgid "SSL Client Certificate" msgstr "Certyfikat klienta SSL" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:609 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:391 msgid "SSL Server Certificate" msgstr "Certyfikat serwera SSL" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:614 msgid "Email Signer Certificate" msgstr "Certyfikat podpisującego e-mail" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:619 msgid "Email Recipient Certificate" msgstr "Certyfikat odbiorcy e-mail" # wd #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:634 msgid "Issued To" msgstr "Wydany dla" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:635 ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:641 msgid "Common Name (CN)" msgstr "Wspólna nazwa (CN)" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:636 ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:642 msgid "Organization (O)" msgstr "Organizacja (O)" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:637 ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:643 msgid "Organizational Unit (OU)" msgstr "Jednostka organizacyjna (OU)" # wd #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:645 msgid "Validity" msgstr "Ważność" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:646 msgid "Issued On" msgstr "Wydany dnia" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:647 msgid "Expires On" msgstr "Traci ważność w dniu" # wd #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:649 msgid "Fingerprints" msgstr "Odciski" # wd #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:671 msgid "Certificate Hierarchy" msgstr "Hierarchia certyfikatów" # wd #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:674 msgid "Certificate Fields" msgstr "Pola certyfikatu" # wd #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:677 msgid "Field Value" msgstr "Wartość pola" #: ../smime/gui/certificate-viewer.c:679 msgid "Details" msgstr "Szczegóły" #: ../smime/gui/cert-trust-dialog.c:153 msgid "" "Because you trust the certificate authority that issued this certificate, " "then you trust the authenticity of this certificate unless otherwise " "indicated here" msgstr "" "Ponieważ zaufano ośrodkowi certyfikacji, który wystawił ten certyfikat, " "zaufano też autentyczności tego certyfikatu, o ile tutaj nie wskazano inaczej" #: ../smime/gui/cert-trust-dialog.c:158 msgid "" "Because you do not trust the certificate authority that issued this " "certificate, then you do not trust the authenticity of this certificate " "unless otherwise indicated here" msgstr "" "Ponieważ nie zaufano ośrodkowi certyfikacji, który wystawił ten certyfikat, " "nie zaufano też autentyczności tego certyfikatu, o ile tutaj nie wskazano " "inaczej" #: ../smime/gui/component.c:56 #, c-format msgid "Enter the password for '%s', token '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/component.c:58 #, c-format msgid "Enter the password for '%s'" msgstr "Proszę wprowadzić hasło dla \"%s\"" #. we're setting the password initially #: ../smime/gui/component.c:86 msgid "Enter new password for certificate database" msgstr "Proszę wprowadzić nowe hasło dla bazy certyfikatów" #: ../smime/gui/component.c:89 msgid "Enter new password" msgstr "Proszę wprowadzić nowe hasło" # FIXME - może zamiast temat dać przedmiot? #. FIXME: add serial no, validity date, uses #: ../smime/gui/e-cert-selector.c:122 #, c-format msgid "" "Issued to:\n" " Subject: %s\n" msgstr "" "Wydany dla:\n" " Temat: %s\n" #: ../smime/gui/e-cert-selector.c:123 #, c-format msgid "" "Issued by:\n" " Subject: %s\n" msgstr "" "Wydany przez:\n" " Temat: %s\n" #: ../smime/gui/e-cert-selector.c:176 msgid "Select certificate" msgstr "Wybór certyfikatu" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:3 msgid "You have certificates from these organizations that identify you:" msgstr "" "Użytkownik posiada certyfikaty identyfikujące z następujących instytucji:" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:4 msgid "Certificates Table" msgstr "Tabela certyfikatów" #. This is a verb, as in "make a backup". #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:7 msgid "_Backup" msgstr "_Kopia zapasowa" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:8 msgid "Backup _All" msgstr "Kopi_a wszystkich" # FIXME - zamiast Twoje, by nie było gadającego komputera #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:10 msgid "Your Certificates" msgstr "Dostępne certyfikaty" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:11 msgid "You have certificates on file that identify these people:" msgstr "" "W ewidencji dostępne są certyfikaty identyfikujące następujące osoby:" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:12 msgid "Contact Certificates" msgstr "Certyfikaty kontaktów" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:13 msgid "" "You have certificates on file that identify these certificate authorities:" msgstr "" "W ewidencji dostępne są certyfikaty identyfikujące następujące ośrodki " "certyfikacji:" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:14 msgid "Authorities" msgstr "Ośrodki certyfikacji" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:15 msgid "Certificate Authority Trust" msgstr "Zaufanie ośrodka certyfikacji" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:16 msgid "Trust this CA to identify _websites." msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:17 msgid "Trust this CA to identify _email users." msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:18 msgid "Trust this CA to identify _software developers." msgstr "" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:19 msgid "" "Before trusting this CA for any purpose, you should examine its certificate " "and its policy and procedures (if available)." msgstr "" "Przed zaufaniem ośrodka certyfikacji dla dowolnego przeznaczenia, należy " "zapoznać się z jego certyfikatem oraz procedurami bezpieczeństwa (o ile są " "dostępne)." #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:21 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:658 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "Certyfikat" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:22 msgid "Certificate details" msgstr "Szczegóły certyfikatu" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:23 msgid "Email Certificate Trust Settings" msgstr "Ustawienia zaufania certyfikatu e-mail" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:24 msgid "Trust the authenticity of this certificate" msgstr "Zaufanie autentyczności tego certyfikatu" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:25 msgid "Do not trust the authenticity of this certificate" msgstr "Brak zaufania do autentyczności tego certyfikatu" #: ../smime/gui/smime-ui.ui.h:26 msgid "_Edit CA Trust" msgstr "_Modyfikuj zaufanie CA" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "Wersja" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:110 msgid "Version 1" msgstr "Wersja 1" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:113 msgid "Version 2" msgstr "Wersja 2" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:116 msgid "Version 3" msgstr "Wersja 3" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:192 msgid "PKCS #1 MD2 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "Szyfrowanie PKCS #1 MD2 z RSA" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:195 msgid "PKCS #1 MD5 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "Szyfrowanie PKCS #1 MD5 z RSA" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:198 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-1 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "Szyfrowanie PKCS #1 SHA-1 z RSA" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:201 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-256 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "Szyfrowanie PKCS #1 SHA-256 z RSA" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:204 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-384 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "Szyfrowanie PKCS #1 SHA-384 z RSA" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:207 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-512 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "Szyfrowanie PKCS #1 SHA-512 z RSA" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:234 msgid "PKCS #1 RSA Encryption" msgstr "Szyfrowanie PKCS #1 RSA" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:237 msgid "Certificate Key Usage" msgstr "Użycie klucza certyfikatu" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:240 msgid "Netscape Certificate Type" msgstr "Typ certyfikatu Natscape" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:243 msgid "Certificate Authority Key Identifier" msgstr "Identyfikator klucza ośrodka certyfikacji" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:255 #, c-format msgid "Object Identifier (%s)" msgstr "Identyfikator algorytmu (%s)" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:306 msgid "Algorithm Identifier" msgstr "Identyfikator algorytmu" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:314 msgid "Algorithm Parameters" msgstr "Parametry algorytmu" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:336 msgid "Subject Public Key Info" msgstr "Informacja klucza publicznego tematu" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:341 msgid "Subject Public Key Algorithm" msgstr "Algorytm klucza publicznego tematu" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:356 msgid "Subject's Public Key" msgstr "Klucz publiczny tematu" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:378 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:428 msgid "Error: Unable to process extension" msgstr "Błąd: nie można przetworzyć rozszerzenia" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:399 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:411 msgid "Object Signer" msgstr "Podpisujący obiekt" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:403 msgid "SSL Certificate Authority" msgstr "Ośrodek certyfikacji SSL" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:407 msgid "Email Certificate Authority" msgstr "Ośrodek certyfikacji e-mail" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:436 msgid "Signing" msgstr "Podpisywanie" # FIXME - albo nieodrzucanlne #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:440 msgid "Non-repudiation" msgstr "Nie odrzucone" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:444 msgid "Key Encipherment" msgstr "Kodowanie klucza" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:448 msgid "Data Encipherment" msgstr "Kodowanie danych" # FIXME - albo kluczowe uzgodnienie? #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:452 msgid "Key Agreement" msgstr "Uzgodnienie kluczy" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:456 msgid "Certificate Signer" msgstr "Podpisujący certyfikat" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:460 msgid "CRL Signer" msgstr "Podpisujący CRL" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:509 msgid "Critical" msgstr "Krytyczne" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:511 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:514 msgid "Not Critical" msgstr "Niekrytyczne" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:535 msgid "Extensions" msgstr "Rozszerzenia" #. Translators: This string is used in Certificate #. * details for fields like Issuer or Subject, which #. * shows the field name on the left and its respective #. * value on the right, both as stored in the #. * certificate itself. You probably do not need to #. * change this string, unless changing the order of #. * name and value. As a result example: #. * "OU = VeriSign Trust Network" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:615 #, c-format msgid "%s = %s" msgstr "%s = %s" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:672 ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:807 msgid "Certificate Signature Algorithm" msgstr "Algorytm podpisu certyfikatu" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:681 msgid "Issuer" msgstr "Wystawiający" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:735 msgid "Issuer Unique ID" msgstr "Unikalny identyfikator wystawiającego" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:754 msgid "Subject Unique ID" msgstr "Unikalny identyfikator tematu" #: ../smime/lib/e-asn1-object.c:813 msgid "Certificate Signature Value" msgstr "Wartość podpis certyfikatu" #: ../smime/lib/e-cert.c:201 ../smime/lib/e-cert.c:213 msgid "%d/%m/%Y" msgstr "%d.%m.%Y" #. x509 certificate usage types #: ../smime/lib/e-cert.c:392 msgid "Sign" msgstr "Podpisywanie" #: ../smime/lib/e-cert.c:393 msgid "Encrypt" msgstr "Szyfrowanie" #: ../smime/lib/e-cert-db.c:864 msgid "Certificate already exists" msgstr "Certyfikat już istnieje" #: ../smime/lib/e-pkcs12.c:199 msgid "PKCS12 File Password" msgstr "Hasło pliku PKCS12" #: ../smime/lib/e-pkcs12.c:200 msgid "Enter password for PKCS12 file:" msgstr "Proszę wprowadzić hasło dla pliku PKCS12:" #: ../smime/lib/e-pkcs12.c:307 msgid "Imported Certificate" msgstr "Zaimportowany certyfikat" #: ../views/addressbook/galview.xml.h:1 msgid "_Address Cards" msgstr "Karty _adresowe" #: ../views/addressbook/galview.xml.h:2 ../views/calendar/galview.xml.h:5 msgid "_List View" msgstr "Widok _listy" #: ../views/addressbook/galview.xml.h:3 msgid "By _Company" msgstr "Według _firmy" #: ../views/calendar/galview.xml.h:1 msgid "_Day View" msgstr "Widok _dnia" #: ../views/calendar/galview.xml.h:2 msgid "_Work Week View" msgstr "Widok tygodnia _roboczego" #: ../views/calendar/galview.xml.h:3 msgid "W_eek View" msgstr "Widok _tygodnia" #: ../views/calendar/galview.xml.h:4 msgid "_Month View" msgstr "Widok _miesiąca" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:1 msgid "_Messages" msgstr "_Wiadomości" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:2 msgid "As _Sent Folder" msgstr "_Jako katalog wysłane" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:3 msgid "By Su_bject" msgstr "Według _tematu" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:4 msgid "By Se_nder" msgstr "Według _nadawcy" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:5 msgid "By S_tatus" msgstr "Według _stanu" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:6 msgid "By _Follow Up Flag" msgstr "We_dług znacznika kontynuacji" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:7 msgid "For _Wide View" msgstr "Dla _widoku szerokiego" #: ../views/mail/galview.xml.h:8 msgid "As Sent Folder for Wi_de View" msgstr "_Jak katalog wysłane dla widoku szerokiego" #: ../views/memos/galview.xml.h:1 msgid "_Memos" msgstr "_Notatki" #: ../views/tasks/galview.xml.h:2 msgid "With _Due Date" msgstr "Z _datą ukończenia" #: ../views/tasks/galview.xml.h:3 msgid "With _Status" msgstr "Ze _stanem" language-pack-gnome-pl-base/data/pl/LC_MESSAGES/evolution-data-server-3.10.po0000644000000000000000000055673412321560321023375 0ustar # -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- # Aviary.pl # Jeśli masz jakiekolwiek uwagi odnoszące się do tłumaczenia lub chcesz # pomóc w jego rozwijaniu i pielęgnowaniu, napisz do nas: # gnomepl@aviary.pl # -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- # Zbigniew Chyla , 2000-2002. # Artur Flinta , 2004-2007. # Wadim Dziedzic , 2007-2010. # Piotr Drąg , 2009-2012. # Aviary.pl , 2007-2012. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: evolution-data-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 13:03+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-09-06 23:56+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Piotr Drąg \n" "Language-Team: Polish \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 " "|| n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:47+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Poedit-Country: Poland\n" "Language: pl\n" "X-Poedit-Language: Polish\n" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:115 #, c-format msgid "Failed to remove file '%s': %s" msgstr "Usunięcie pliku \"%s\" się nie powiodło: %s" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:143 #, c-format msgid "Failed to make directory %s: %s" msgstr "Utworzenie katalogu %s się nie powiodło: %s" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:394 #, c-format msgid "Failed to create hardlink for resource '%s': %s" msgstr "Utworzenie twardego dowiązania do zasobu \"%s\" się nie powiodło: %s" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:499 #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1135 msgid "No UID in the contact" msgstr "Brak UID kontaktu" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:773 #, c-format msgid "Conflicting UIDs found in added contacts" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:881 msgid "Loading..." msgstr "Wczytywanie..." #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:883 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4424 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Wyszukiwanie..." #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1164 #, c-format msgid "Tried to modify contact '%s' with out of sync revision" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1300 #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1369 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:2707 #, c-format msgid "Contact '%s' not found" msgstr "Nie odnaleziono kontaktu \"%s\"" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1411 #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1478 #, c-format msgid "Query '%s' not supported" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1420 #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1487 #, c-format msgid "Invalid Query '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file.c:1671 #, c-format msgid "Failed to rename old database from '%s' to '%s': %s" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/file/e-book-backend-file-migrate-bdb.c:149 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:1245 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4319 #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:383 #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:825 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:35 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:58 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sexp.c:874 #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:576 #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:607 #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:619 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2335 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:268 #: ../camel/camel-imapx-command.c:650 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:177 msgid "Unknown error" msgstr "Nieznany błąd" #. Query for new contacts asynchronously #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:833 msgid "Querying for updated contacts…" msgstr "Sprawdzanie dostępności aktualizacji kontaktów…" #. Run the query asynchronously #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:985 msgid "Querying for updated groups…" msgstr "Sprawdzanie dostępności aktualizacji grup…" #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:1673 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5055 #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1299 msgid "The backend does not support bulk additions" msgstr "Mechanizm nie obsługuje dodawania całości" #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:1822 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5191 #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1401 msgid "The backend does not support bulk modifications" msgstr "Mechanizm nie obsługuje modyfikacji całości" #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:2022 #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1493 msgid "The backend does not support bulk removals" msgstr "Mechanizm nie obsługuje usuwania całości" #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-backend-google.c:2148 msgid "Loading…" msgstr "Wczytywanie…" #. System Group: My Contacts #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-google-utils.c:1620 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/system-address-book.source.in.h:1 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/system-calendar.source.in.h:1 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/system-memo-list.source.in.h:1 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/system-task-list.source.in.h:1 msgid "Personal" msgstr "Osobiste" #. System Group: Friends #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-google-utils.c:1622 msgid "Friends" msgstr "Przyjaciele" #. System Group: Family #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-google-utils.c:1624 msgid "Family" msgstr "Rodzina" #. System Group: Coworkers #: ../addressbook/backends/google/e-book-google-utils.c:1626 msgid "Coworkers" msgstr "Współpracownicy" #. Translators: An error message shown to a user when trying to do an #. * operation on the LDAP address book which is not connected to the server #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:174 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "Brak połączenia" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:973 msgid "Failed to bind using either v3 or v2 binds" msgstr "Dowiązanie używając wersji 3 lub 2 się nie powiodło" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:1096 msgid "Reconnecting to LDAP server..." msgstr "Ponowne łączenie się z serwerem LDAP..." #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:1226 msgid "Invalid DN syntax" msgstr "Nieprawidłowa składnia DN" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:1242 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4318 #, c-format msgid "LDAP error 0x%x (%s)" msgstr "Błąd LDAP 0x%x (%s)" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:1854 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:2177 #, c-format msgid "%s: NULL returned from ldap_first_entry" msgstr "%s: ldap_first_entry zwróciło wartość NULL" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:2107 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:2235 #, c-format msgid "%s: Unhandled result type %d returned" msgstr "%s: zwrócono nieobsługiwany typ wyniku %d" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:2368 #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:2495 #, c-format msgid "%s: Unhandled search result type %d returned" msgstr "%s: zwrócono nieobsługiwany typ wyniku wyszukiwania %d" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4267 msgid "Receiving LDAP search results..." msgstr "Pobieranie wyników wyszukiwania na LDAP..." #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4446 msgid "Error performing search" msgstr "Błąd podczas wyszukiwania" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:4574 #, c-format msgid "Downloading contacts (%d)..." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5138 msgid "Adding contact to LDAP server..." msgstr "Dodawanie kontaktu na serwerze LDAP..." #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5213 msgid "Modifying contact from LDAP server..." msgstr "Modyfikowanie kontaktu na serwerze LDAP..." #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5279 msgid "Removing contact from LDAP server..." msgstr "Usuwanie kontaktu na serwerze LDAP..." #: ../addressbook/backends/ldap/e-book-backend-ldap.c:5668 #, c-format msgid "Failed to get the DN for user '%s'" msgstr "Uzyskanie DN dla użytkownika \"%s\" się nie powiodło" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:804 msgid "Loading Addressbook summary..." msgstr "Wczytywanie podsumowania książki adresowej..." #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:822 #, c-format msgid "PROPFIND on webdav failed with HTTP status %d (%s)" msgstr "PROPFIND na WebDAV się nie powiodło ze stanem HTTP %d (%s)" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:841 msgid "No response body in webdav PROPFIND result" msgstr "Brak treści odpowiedzi w wyniku PROPFIND WebDAV" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:883 #, c-format msgid "Loading Contacts (%d%%)" msgstr "Wczytywanie kontaktów (%d%%)" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1221 msgid "Cannot transform SoupURI to string" msgstr "Nie można przekształcić adresu URI biblioteki Soup na ciąg" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1332 #, c-format msgid "Create resource '%s' failed with HTTP status %d (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1430 msgid "Contact on server changed -> not modifying" msgstr "Kontakt na serwerze został zmieniony -> bez modyfikowania" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1438 #, c-format msgid "Modify contact failed with HTTP status %d (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/backends/webdav/e-book-backend-webdav.c:1514 #, c-format msgid "DELETE failed with HTTP status %d" msgstr "Usunięcie się nie powiodło ze stanem HTTP %d" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:24 msgid "No such book" msgstr "Książka nie istnieje" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:26 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:346 msgid "Contact not found" msgstr "Nie odnaleziono kontaktu" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:28 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:347 msgid "Contact ID already exists" msgstr "Identyfikator kontaktu już istnieje" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:30 msgid "No such source" msgstr "Nie ma takiego źródła" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-book-contacts-types.c:32 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:363 msgid "No space" msgstr "Brak miejsca" #. Dummy row as EContactField starts from 1 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:123 msgid "Unique ID" msgstr "Unikalny identyfikator" #. FILE_AS is not really a structured field - we use a getter/setter #. * so we can generate its value if necessary in the getter #. Translators: This is an EContact field description, in this case it's a #. * preferred user's description (or display name) of the contact. Note 'File' is a verb here. #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:128 msgid "File Under" msgstr "Podlegający plik" #. URI of the book to which the contact belongs to #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:130 msgid "Book UID" msgstr "UID książki" # FIXME - to jakiś koszmar z tą wielością imion nazwisk #. Name fields #. FN isn't really a structured field - we use a getter/setter #. * so we can set the N property (since evo 1.4 works fine with #. * vcards that don't even have a N attribute. *sigh*) #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:136 msgid "Full Name" msgstr "Imię i nazwisko" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:137 msgid "Given Name" msgstr "Imię" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:138 msgid "Family Name" msgstr "Nazwisko" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:139 msgid "Nickname" msgstr "Pseudonim" #. Email fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:142 msgid "Email 1" msgstr "E-mail 1" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:143 msgid "Email 2" msgstr "E-mail 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:144 msgid "Email 3" msgstr "E-mail 3" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:145 msgid "Email 4" msgstr "E-mail 4" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:147 msgid "Mailer" msgstr "Program pocztowy" #. Address Labels #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:150 msgid "Home Address Label" msgstr "Etykieta adresu domowego" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:151 msgid "Work Address Label" msgstr "Etykieta adresu do pracy" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:152 msgid "Other Address Label" msgstr "Etykieta innego adresu" #. Phone fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:155 msgid "Assistant Phone" msgstr "Telefon asystenta" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:156 msgid "Business Phone" msgstr "Telefon służbowy" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:157 msgid "Business Phone 2" msgstr "Telefon służbowy 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:158 msgid "Business Fax" msgstr "Faks służbowy" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:159 msgid "Callback Phone" msgstr "Telefon zwrotny" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:160 msgid "Car Phone" msgstr "Telefon w samochodzie" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:161 msgid "Company Phone" msgstr "Telefon firmowy" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:162 msgid "Home Phone" msgstr "Telefon domowy" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:163 msgid "Home Phone 2" msgstr "Telefon domowy 2" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:164 msgid "Home Fax" msgstr "Faks w domu" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:165 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:166 msgid "Mobile Phone" msgstr "Telefon komórkowy" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:167 msgid "Other Phone" msgstr "Inny telefon" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:168 msgid "Other Fax" msgstr "Inny faks" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:169 msgid "Pager" msgstr "Pager" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:170 msgid "Primary Phone" msgstr "Główny telefon" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:171 msgid "Radio" msgstr "Radio" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:172 msgid "Telex" msgstr "Teleks" #. To translators: TTY is Teletypewriter #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:174 msgid "TTY" msgstr "Dalekopis" #. Organizational fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:177 msgid "Organization" msgstr "Organizacja" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:178 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "Jednostka organizacyjna" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:179 msgid "Office" msgstr "Biuro" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:180 msgid "Title" msgstr "Tytuł" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:181 msgid "Role" msgstr "Rola" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:182 msgid "Manager" msgstr "Menedżer" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:183 msgid "Assistant" msgstr "Asystent" #. Web fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:186 msgid "Homepage URL" msgstr "Adres URL strony domowej" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:187 msgid "Weblog URL" msgstr "Adres URL bloga" #. Contact categories #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:190 msgid "Categories" msgstr "Kategorie" #. Collaboration fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:193 msgid "Calendar URI" msgstr "Adres URI kalendarza" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:194 msgid "Free/Busy URL" msgstr "Adres URL informacji zajętości" # FIXME - co to jest ICS? #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:195 msgid "ICS Calendar" msgstr "Kalendarz ICS" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:196 msgid "Video Conferencing URL" msgstr "Adres URL wideokonferencji" #. Misc fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:199 msgid "Spouse's Name" msgstr "Imię współmałżonka" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:200 msgid "Note" msgstr "Notka" #. Instant messaging fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:203 msgid "AIM Home Screen Name 1" msgstr "1. kontakt domowy AIM" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:204 msgid "AIM Home Screen Name 2" msgstr "2. kontakt domowy AIM" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:205 msgid "AIM Home Screen Name 3" msgstr "3. kontakt domowy AIM" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:206 msgid "AIM Work Screen Name 1" msgstr "1. kontakt służbowy AIM" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:207 msgid "AIM Work Screen Name 2" msgstr "2. kontakt służbowy AIM" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:208 msgid "AIM Work Screen Name 3" msgstr "3. kontakt służbowy AIM" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:209 msgid "GroupWise Home Screen Name 1" msgstr "1. kontakt domowy GroupWise" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:210 msgid "GroupWise Home Screen Name 2" msgstr "2. kontakt domowy GroupWise" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:211 msgid "GroupWise Home Screen Name 3" msgstr "3. kontakt domowy GroupWise" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:212 msgid "GroupWise Work Screen Name 1" msgstr "1. kontakt służbowy GroupWise" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:213 msgid "GroupWise Work Screen Name 2" msgstr "2. kontakt służbowy GroupWise" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:214 msgid "GroupWise Work Screen Name 3" msgstr "3. kontakt służbowy GroupWise" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:215 msgid "Jabber Home ID 1" msgstr "1. identyfikator domowy Jabber" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:216 msgid "Jabber Home ID 2" msgstr "2. identyfikator domowy Jabber" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:217 msgid "Jabber Home ID 3" msgstr "3. identyfikator domowy Jabber" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:218 msgid "Jabber Work ID 1" msgstr "1. identyfikator służbowy Jabber" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:219 msgid "Jabber Work ID 2" msgstr "2. identyfikator służbowy Jabber" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:220 msgid "Jabber Work ID 3" msgstr "3. identyfikator służbowy Jabber" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:221 msgid "Yahoo! Home Screen Name 1" msgstr "1. kontakt domowy Yahoo!" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:222 msgid "Yahoo! Home Screen Name 2" msgstr "2. kontakt domowy Yahoo!" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:223 msgid "Yahoo! Home Screen Name 3" msgstr "3. kontakt domowy Yahoo!" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:224 msgid "Yahoo! Work Screen Name 1" msgstr "1. kontakt służbowy Yahoo!" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:225 msgid "Yahoo! Work Screen Name 2" msgstr "2. kontakt służbowy Yahoo!" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:226 msgid "Yahoo! Work Screen Name 3" msgstr "3. kontakt służbowy Yahoo!" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:227 msgid "MSN Home Screen Name 1" msgstr "1. kontakt domowy MSN" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:228 msgid "MSN Home Screen Name 2" msgstr "2. kontakt domowy MSN" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:229 msgid "MSN Home Screen Name 3" msgstr "3. kontakt domowy MSN" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:230 msgid "MSN Work Screen Name 1" msgstr "1. kontakt służbowy MSN" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:231 msgid "MSN Work Screen Name 2" msgstr "2. kontakt służbowy MSN" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:232 msgid "MSN Work Screen Name 3" msgstr "3. kontakt służbowy MSN" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:233 msgid "ICQ Home ID 1" msgstr "1. identyfikator domowy ICQ" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:234 msgid "ICQ Home ID 2" msgstr "2. identyfikator domowy ICQ" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:235 msgid "ICQ Home ID 3" msgstr "3. identyfikator domowy ICQ" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:236 msgid "ICQ Work ID 1" msgstr "1. identyfikator służbowy ICQ" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:237 msgid "ICQ Work ID 2" msgstr "2. identyfikator służbowy ICQ" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:238 msgid "ICQ Work ID 3" msgstr "3. identyfikator służbowy ICQ" # FIXME - rewizja? #. Last modified time #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:241 msgid "Last Revision" msgstr "Ostatnia korekta" #. Translators: This is an EContact field description, in this case it's a #. * virtual field, which returns either name of the contact or the organization #. * name, recognized by multiple other fields, where the first filled is used. #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:245 msgid "Name or Org" msgstr "Organizacja" #. Address fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:248 msgid "Address List" msgstr "Lista adresowa" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:249 msgid "Home Address" msgstr "Adres domowy" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:250 msgid "Work Address" msgstr "Adres służbowy" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:251 msgid "Other Address" msgstr "Inny adres" #. Contact categories #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:254 msgid "Category List" msgstr "Lista kategorii" #. Photo/Logo #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:257 msgid "Photo" msgstr "Fotografia" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:258 msgid "Logo" msgstr "Logo" #. Translators: This is an EContact field description, in this case it's a name #. * of the contact, as specified in http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6350#section-6.2.2 #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:262 msgid "Name" msgstr "Imię" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:263 msgid "Email List" msgstr "Lista e-mail" #. Instant messaging fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:266 msgid "AIM Screen Name List" msgstr "Lista kontaktów AIM" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:267 msgid "GroupWise ID List" msgstr "Lista identyfikatorów GroupWise" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:268 msgid "Jabber ID List" msgstr "Lista identyfikatorów Jabber" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:269 msgid "Yahoo! Screen Name List" msgstr "Lista kontaktów Yahoo!" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:270 msgid "MSN Screen Name List" msgstr "Lista kontaktów MSN" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:271 msgid "ICQ ID List" msgstr "Lista identyfikatorów ICQ" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:273 msgid "Wants HTML Mail" msgstr "Odbiera wiadomości w formacie HTML" #. Translators: This is an EContact field description, in this case it's a #. * field describing whether it's a Contact list (list of email addresses) or a #. * regular contact for one person/organization/... #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:278 msgid "List" msgstr "Lista" #. Translators: This is an EContact field description, in this case it's a flag #. * used to determine whether when sending to Contact lists the addresses should be #. * shown or not to other recipients - basically whether to use BCC field or CC #. * message header when sending messages to this Contact list. #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:283 msgid "List Shows Addresses" msgstr "Lista wyświetlanych adresów" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:285 msgid "Birth Date" msgstr "Data urodzenia" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:286 #: ../calendar/backends/contacts/e-cal-backend-contacts.c:887 msgid "Anniversary" msgstr "Rocznica" #. Security fields #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:289 msgid "X.509 Certificate" msgstr "Certyfikat X.509" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:291 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Home ID 1" msgstr "1. identyfikator domowy Gadu-Gadu" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:292 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Home ID 2" msgstr "2. identyfikator domowy Gadu-Gadu" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:293 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Home ID 3" msgstr "3. identyfikator domowy Gadu-Gadu" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:294 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Work ID 1" msgstr "1. identyfikator służbowy Gadu-Gadu" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:295 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Work ID 2" msgstr "2. identyfikator służbowy Gadu-Gadu" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:296 msgid "Gadu-Gadu Work ID 3" msgstr "3. identyfikator służbowy Gadu-Gadu" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:297 msgid "Gadu-Gadu ID List" msgstr "Lista identyfikatorów Gadu-Gadu" #. Geo information #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:300 msgid "Geographic Information" msgstr "Informacja geograficzna" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:302 msgid "Telephone" msgstr "Telefon" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:304 msgid "Skype Home Name 1" msgstr "1. kontakt domowy Skype" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:305 msgid "Skype Home Name 2" msgstr "2. kontakt domowy Skype" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:306 msgid "Skype Home Name 3" msgstr "3. kontakt domowy Skype" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:307 msgid "Skype Work Name 1" msgstr "1. kontakt służbowy Skype" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:308 msgid "Skype Work Name 2" msgstr "2. kontakt służbowy Skype" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:309 msgid "Skype Work Name 3" msgstr "3. kontakt służbowy Skype" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:310 msgid "Skype Name List" msgstr "Lista nazw Skype" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:312 msgid "SIP address" msgstr "Adres SIP" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:314 msgid "Google Talk Home Name 1" msgstr "1. kontakt domowy Google Talk" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:315 msgid "Google Talk Home Name 2" msgstr "2. kontakt domowy Google Talk" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:316 msgid "Google Talk Home Name 3" msgstr "3. kontakt domowy Google Talk" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:317 msgid "Google Talk Work Name 1" msgstr "1. kontakt służbowy Google Talk" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:318 msgid "Google Talk Work Name 2" msgstr "2. kontakt służbowy Google Talk" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:319 msgid "Google Talk Work Name 3" msgstr "3. kontakt służbowy Google Talk" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:320 msgid "Google Talk Name List" msgstr "Lista nazw Google Talk" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:322 msgid "Twitter Name List" msgstr "Lista nazw Twitter" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-contact.c:1627 #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-destination.c:883 msgid "Unnamed List" msgstr "Lista kontaktów bez nazwy" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:43 msgid "The library was built without phone number support." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:45 msgid "The phone number parser reported an yet unkown error code." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:47 msgid "Not a phone number" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:49 msgid "Invalid country calling code" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:51 msgid "" "Remaining text after the country calling code is too short for a phone number" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:53 msgid "Text is too short for a phone number" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook-contacts/e-phone-number.c:55 msgid "Text is too long for a phone number" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:749 #, c-format msgid "Unknown book property '%s'" msgstr "Nieznana właściwość książki \"%s\"" #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:764 #, c-format msgid "Cannot change value of book property '%s'" msgstr "Nie można zmienić wartości właściwości książki \"%s\"" #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:1099 #: ../addressbook/libebook/e-book-client.c:1274 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:1522 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:1704 #, c-format msgid "Unable to connect to '%s': " msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:796 #, c-format msgid "Error introspecting unknown summary field '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:1295 msgid "Error parsing regular expression" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:1340 #: ../camel/camel-db.c:544 #, c-format msgid "Insufficient memory" msgstr "Brak pamięci" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:1473 #, c-format msgid "Invalid contact field '%d' specified in summary" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:1507 #, c-format msgid "" "Contact field '%s' of type '%s' specified in summary, but only boolean, " "string and string list field types are supported" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:2695 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3772 #, c-format msgid "" "Full search_contacts are not stored in cache. vcards cannot be returned." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3898 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3979 #, c-format msgid "Query contained unsupported elements" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3902 #, c-format msgid "Invalid Query" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3926 #, c-format msgid "" "Full search_contacts are not stored in cache. Hence only summary query is " "supported." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:3983 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:358 #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:993 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:412 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1299 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:164 #, c-format msgid "Invalid query" msgstr "Nieprawidłowe zapytanie" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:4026 #, c-format msgid "" "Full vcards are not stored in cache. Hence only summary query is supported." msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-book-backend-sqlitedb.c:4729 #, c-format msgid "Unable to remove the db file: errno %d" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:342 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:393 msgid "Success" msgstr "Powodzenie" # FIXME - jakieś inne wersje? #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:343 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2303 ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:394 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:131 msgid "Backend is busy" msgstr "Mechanizm jest zajęty" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:344 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:395 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:141 msgid "Repository offline" msgstr "Repozytorium jest w trybie offline" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:345 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2317 ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:396 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:148 msgid "Permission denied" msgstr "Brak uprawnień" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:348 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:401 msgid "Authentication Failed" msgstr "Uwierzytelnienie się nie powiodło" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:349 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:402 msgid "Authentication Required" msgstr "Wymagane jest uwierzytelnienie" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:350 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:403 msgid "Unsupported field" msgstr "Nieobsługiwane pole" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:351 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:405 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:156 msgid "Unsupported authentication method" msgstr "Nieobsługiwana metoda uwierzytelniania" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:352 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:406 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:158 msgid "TLS not available" msgstr "TLS nie jest dostępny" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:353 msgid "Address book does not exist" msgstr "Książka adresowa nie istnieje" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:354 msgid "Book removed" msgstr "Usunięto książkę" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:355 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:409 msgid "Not available in offline mode" msgstr "Niedostępne w trybie offline" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:356 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:410 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:160 msgid "Search size limit exceeded" msgstr "Przekroczono ograniczenie wielkości wyszukiwania" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:357 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:411 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:162 msgid "Search time limit exceeded" msgstr "Przekroczono ograniczenie czasu wyszukiwania" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:359 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:413 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:166 msgid "Query refused" msgstr "Zapytanie odrzucone" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:360 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:414 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:152 msgid "Could not cancel" msgstr "Nie można anulować" #. { E_DATA_BOOK_STATUS_OTHER_ERROR, N_("Other error") }, #. { OtherError, N_("Other error") }, #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:362 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:416 msgid "Invalid server version" msgstr "Nieprawidłowa wersja serwera" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:364 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2301 ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:417 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:129 msgid "Invalid argument" msgstr "Nieprawidłowy parametr" #. Translators: The string for NOT_SUPPORTED error #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:366 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:1060 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:1428 #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:1908 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2340 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:419 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:154 #, c-format msgid "Not supported" msgstr "Nieobsługiwane" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:367 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:420 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:172 msgid "Backend is not opened yet" msgstr "Mechanizm nie został jeszcze otwarty" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:368 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:174 msgid "Object is out of sync" msgstr "" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:376 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:428 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:170 msgid "Other error" msgstr "Inny błąd" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1018 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1324 msgid "Invalid query: " msgstr "Nieprawidłowe zapytanie: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1070 msgid "Cannot open book: " msgstr "Nie można otworzyć książki: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1107 msgid "Cannot refresh address book: " msgstr "Nie można odświeżyć książki adresowej: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1138 msgid "Cannot get contact: " msgstr "Nie można pobrać kontaktu: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1176 msgid "Cannot get contact list: " msgstr "Nie można pobrać listy kontaktów: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1228 msgid "Cannot get contact list uids: " msgstr "Nie można pobrać UID listy kontaktów: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1275 msgid "Cannot add contact: " msgstr "Nie można dodać kontaktu: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1324 msgid "Cannot modify contacts: " msgstr "Nie można zmodyfikować kontaktów: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book.c:1366 msgid "Cannot remove contacts: " msgstr "Nie można usunąć kontaktów: " #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book-factory.c:273 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal-factory.c:276 #, c-format msgid "No backend name in source '%s'" msgstr "Brak nazwy mechanizmu w źródle \"%s\"" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book-factory.c:324 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal-factory.c:330 #, c-format msgid "Missing source UID" msgstr "Brak UID źródła" #: ../addressbook/libedata-book/e-data-book-factory.c:335 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal-factory.c:340 #, c-format msgid "No such source for UID '%s'" msgstr "Nie ma takiego źródła dla UID \"%s\"" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:574 #, c-format msgid "Server is unreachable (%s)" msgstr "Nie można połączyć się z serwerem (%s)" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:605 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to a server using SSL: %s" msgstr "Połączenie z serwerem używając SSL się nie powiodło: %s" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:616 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected HTTP status code %d returned (%s)" msgstr "Zwrócono nieoczekiwany kod stanu HTTP %d (%s)" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:635 msgid "CalDAV backend is not loaded yet" msgstr "Mechanizm CalDAV nie został jeszcze wczytany" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:1072 msgid "Invalid Redirect URL" msgstr "Nieprawidłowy adres URL przekierowania" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:2563 #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:2955 #, c-format msgid "" "Server is unreachable, calendar is opened in read-only mode.\n" "Error message: %s" msgstr "" "Nie można połączyć się z serwerem. Kalendarz został otwarty w trybie tylko " "do odczytu.\n" "Komunikat błędu: %s" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:2907 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create local cache folder '%s'" msgstr "Nie można utworzyć lokalnego katalogu bufora \"%s\"" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:3995 msgid "CalDAV does not support bulk additions" msgstr "CalDAV nie obsługuje dodawania całości" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:4098 msgid "CalDAV does not support bulk modifications" msgstr "CalDAV nie obsługuje modyfikacji całości" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:4274 msgid "CalDAV does not support bulk removals" msgstr "CalDAV nie obsługuje usuwania całości" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:4941 msgid "Calendar doesn't support Free/Busy" msgstr "Kalendarz nie obsługuje zajętości" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:4950 msgid "Schedule outbox url not found" msgstr "Nie odnaleziono adresu URL terminarza wychodzącego" #: ../calendar/backends/caldav/e-cal-backend-caldav.c:5047 msgid "Unexpected result in schedule-response" msgstr "Nieoczekiwany wynik w odpowiedzi terminarza" #: ../calendar/backends/contacts/e-cal-backend-contacts.c:889 msgid "Birthday" msgstr "Urodziny" #: ../calendar/backends/contacts/e-cal-backend-contacts.c:925 #, c-format msgid "Birthday: %s" msgstr "Urodziny: %s" #: ../calendar/backends/contacts/e-cal-backend-contacts.c:956 #, c-format msgid "Anniversary: %s" msgstr "Rocznica: %s" #: ../calendar/backends/file/e-cal-backend-file.c:245 msgid "Cannot save calendar data: Malformed URI." msgstr "Nie można zapisać danych kalendarza: Błędny adres URI." #: ../calendar/backends/file/e-cal-backend-file.c:252 #: ../calendar/backends/file/e-cal-backend-file.c:258 msgid "Cannot save calendar data" msgstr "Nie można zapisać danych kalendarza" #: ../calendar/backends/http/e-cal-backend-http.c:479 #, c-format msgid "Malformed URI: %s" msgstr "Błędnie sformatowany adres URI: %s" #: ../calendar/backends/http/e-cal-backend-http.c:570 #, c-format msgid "Redirected to Invalid URI" msgstr "Przekierowanie na nieprawidłowy adres URI" #: ../calendar/backends/http/e-cal-backend-http.c:613 #, c-format msgid "Bad file format." msgstr "Błędny format pliku." #: ../calendar/backends/http/e-cal-backend-http.c:623 #, c-format msgid "Not a calendar." msgstr "To nie jest kalendarz." # FIXME bufora czy cache? #: ../calendar/backends/http/e-cal-backend-http.c:927 #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:494 msgid "Could not create cache file" msgstr "Nie można utworzyć pliku bufora" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:170 msgid "Could not retrieve weather data" msgstr "Nie można pobrać danych pogodowych" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:281 msgid "Weather: Fog" msgstr "Pogoda: Mgła" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:282 msgid "Weather: Cloudy Night" msgstr "Pogoda: Pochmurna noc" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:283 msgid "Weather: Cloudy" msgstr "Pogoda: Pochmurno" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:284 msgid "Weather: Overcast" msgstr "Pogoda: Zachmurzone" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:285 msgid "Weather: Showers" msgstr "Pogoda: Przelotne deszcze" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:286 msgid "Weather: Snow" msgstr "Pogoda: Śnieg" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:287 msgid "Weather: Clear Night" msgstr "Pogoda: Bezchmurna noc" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:288 msgid "Weather: Sunny" msgstr "Pogoda: Słonecznie" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:289 msgid "Weather: Thunderstorms" msgstr "Pogoda: Burze" #: ../calendar/backends/weather/e-cal-backend-weather.c:410 msgid "Forecast" msgstr "Prognoza" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2305 msgid "Repository is offline" msgstr "Repozytorium jest w trybie offline" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2307 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:255 msgid "No such calendar" msgstr "Nie ma takiego kalendarza" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2309 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:257 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:398 msgid "Object not found" msgstr "Nie można odnaleźć obiektu" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2311 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:259 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:399 msgid "Invalid object" msgstr "Nieprawidłowy obiekt" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2313 msgid "URI not loaded" msgstr "Nie można wczytać adresu URI" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2315 msgid "URI already loaded" msgstr "Adres URI jest już wczytany" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2319 msgid "Unknown User" msgstr "Nieznany użytkownik" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2321 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:263 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:400 msgid "Object ID already exists" msgstr "Identyfikator obiektu już istnieje" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2323 msgid "Protocol not supported" msgstr "Protokół nie jest obsługiwany" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2325 msgid "Operation has been canceled" msgstr "Działanie zostało anulowane" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2327 msgid "Could not cancel operation" msgstr "Nie można anulować działania" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2329 ../libedataserver/e-client.c:137 msgid "Authentication failed" msgstr "Uwierzytelnienie się nie powiodło" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2331 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:911 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:139 msgid "Authentication required" msgstr "Wymagane uwierzytelnienie" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2333 msgid "A D-Bus exception has occurred" msgstr "Wystąpił wyjątek usługi D-Bus" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal.c:2337 msgid "No error" msgstr "Bez błędu" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:261 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:408 msgid "Unknown user" msgstr "Nieznany użytkownik" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:265 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:397 msgid "Invalid range" msgstr "Nieprawidłowy zakres" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:928 #, c-format msgid "Unknown calendar property '%s'" msgstr "Nieznana właściwość kalendarza \"%s\"" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-client.c:943 #, c-format msgid "Cannot change value of calendar property '%s'" msgstr "Nie można zmienić wartości właściwości kalendarza \"%s\"" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-component.c:1340 msgid "Untitled appointment" msgstr "Termin pozbawiony nazwy" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4038 msgid "1st" msgstr "1." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4039 msgid "2nd" msgstr "2." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4040 msgid "3rd" msgstr "3." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4041 msgid "4th" msgstr "4." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4042 msgid "5th" msgstr "5." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4043 msgid "6th" msgstr "6." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4044 msgid "7th" msgstr "7." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4045 msgid "8th" msgstr "8." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4046 msgid "9th" msgstr "9." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4047 msgid "10th" msgstr "10." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4048 msgid "11th" msgstr "11." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4049 msgid "12th" msgstr "12." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4050 msgid "13th" msgstr "13." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4051 msgid "14th" msgstr "14." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4052 msgid "15th" msgstr "15." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4053 msgid "16th" msgstr "16." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4054 msgid "17th" msgstr "17." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4055 msgid "18th" msgstr "18." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4056 msgid "19th" msgstr "19." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4057 msgid "20th" msgstr "20." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4058 msgid "21st" msgstr "21." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4059 msgid "22nd" msgstr "22." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4060 msgid "23rd" msgstr "23." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4061 msgid "24th" msgstr "24." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4062 msgid "25th" msgstr "25." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4063 msgid "26th" msgstr "26." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4064 msgid "27th" msgstr "27." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4065 msgid "28th" msgstr "28." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4066 msgid "29th" msgstr "29." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4067 msgid "30th" msgstr "30." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-recur.c:4068 msgid "31st" msgstr "31." #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:707 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:734 msgctxt "Priority" msgid "High" msgstr "Wysoki" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:709 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:736 msgctxt "Priority" msgid "Normal" msgstr "Zwykły" #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:711 ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:738 msgctxt "Priority" msgid "Low" msgstr "Niski" #. An empty string is the same as 'None'. #: ../calendar/libecal/e-cal-util.c:732 msgctxt "Priority" msgid "Undefined" msgstr "Nieokreślony" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:78 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1056 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1365 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1492 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1541 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects one argument" msgstr "\"%s\" wymaga jednego parametru" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:85 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:667 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1372 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1380 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the first argument to be a string" msgstr "\"%s\" wymaga, aby pierwszy parametr był ciągiem" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:160 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects two or three arguments" msgstr "\"%s\" wymaga dwóch lub trzech parametrów" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:167 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:256 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:318 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:817 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1063 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1441 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1499 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1548 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the first argument to be a time_t" msgstr "" "\"%s\" wymaga, aby pierwszy parametr był liczbą określającą czas (time_t)" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:176 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:264 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:328 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:826 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the second argument to be a time_t" msgstr "" "\"%s\" wymaga, aby drugi parametr był liczbą określającą czas (time_t)" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:186 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the third argument to be a string" msgstr "\"%s\" wymaga, aby trzeci parametr był ciągiem" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:248 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects none or two arguments" msgstr "\"%s\" wymaga dwóch parametrów lub ich braku" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:311 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:660 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:810 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1434 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects two arguments" msgstr "\"%s\" wymaga dwóch parametrów" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:596 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:619 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:742 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:774 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:981 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1014 #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1326 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects no arguments" msgstr "\"%s\" nie wymaga parametrów" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:676 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the second argument to be a string" msgstr "\"%s\" wymaga, aby drugi parametr był ciągiem" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:707 #, c-format msgid "" "\"%s\" expects the first argument to be either \"any\", \"summary\", or " "\"description\", or \"location\", or \"attendee\", or \"organizer\", or " "\"classification\"" msgstr "" "\"%s\" wymaga, aby pierwszy parametr był jedną z wartości: \"any\" " "(dowolna), \"summary\" (zestawienie), \"description\" (opis) lub " "\"location\" (położenie) lub \"attendee\" (uczestnik) lub \"organizer\" " "(organizator) lub \"classification\" (klasyfikacja)" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:878 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects at least one argument" msgstr "\"%s\" wymaga co najmniej jednego parametru" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:893 #, c-format msgid "" "\"%s\" expects all arguments to be strings or one and only one argument to " "be a boolean false (#f)" msgstr "" "\"%s\" wymaga, aby wszystkie parametry były ciągami, lub aby podany był " "dokładnie jeden parametr, będący fałszem logicznym (#f)" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1389 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the first argument to be an ISO 8601 date/time string" msgstr "" "\"%s\" wymaga, aby pierwszy parametr był z datą/czasem w formacie ISO 8601" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-cal-backend-sexp.c:1450 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" expects the second argument to be an integer" msgstr "\"%s\" wymaga, aby drugi parametr był liczbą całkowitą" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:404 msgid "Unsupported method" msgstr "Nieobsługiwana metoda" #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:407 msgid "Calendar does not exist" msgstr "Kalendarz nie istnieje" #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1495 msgid "Cannot open calendar: " msgstr "Nie można otworzyć kalendarza: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1532 msgid "Cannot refresh calendar: " msgstr "Nie można odświeżyć kalendarza: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1573 msgid "Cannot retrieve calendar object path: " msgstr "Nie można pobrać ścieżki obiektu kalendarza: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1625 msgid "Cannot retrieve calendar object list: " msgstr "Nie można pobrać listy obiektu kalendarza: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1676 msgid "Cannot retrieve calendar free/busy list: " msgstr "Nie można pobrać listy zajętości kalendarza: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1719 msgid "Cannot create calendar object: " msgstr "Nie można utworzyć obiektu kalendarza: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1787 msgid "Cannot modify calendar object: " msgstr "Nie można zmodyfikować obiektu kalendarza: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1865 msgid "Cannot remove calendar object: " msgstr "Nie można usunąć obiektu kalendarza: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1951 msgid "Cannot receive calendar objects: " msgstr "Nie można pobrać obiektów kalendarza: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:1994 msgid "Cannot send calendar objects: " msgstr "Nie można wysłać obiektów kalendarza: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:2046 msgid "Could not retrieve attachment uris: " msgstr "Nie można pobrać adresów URI załączników: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:2091 msgid "Could not discard reminder: " msgstr "Nie można odrzucić przypomnienia: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:2132 msgid "Could not retrieve calendar time zone: " msgstr "Nie można pobrać strefy czasowej kalendarza: " #. Translators: This is prefix to a detailed error message #: ../calendar/libedata-cal/e-data-cal.c:2172 msgid "Could not add calendar time zone: " msgstr "Nie można dodać strefy czasowej kalendarza: " #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:208 #, c-format msgid "Signing is not supported by this cipher" msgstr "Ten rodzaj szyfru obsługuje podpisywania" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:221 #, c-format msgid "Verifying is not supported by this cipher" msgstr "Ten rodzaj szyfru nie obsługuje weryfikacji" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:237 #, c-format msgid "Encryption is not supported by this cipher" msgstr "Ten rodzaj szyfru nie obsługuje szyfrowania" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:251 #, c-format msgid "Decryption is not supported by this cipher" msgstr "Ten rodzaj szyfru nie obsługuje deszyfrowania" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:264 #, c-format msgid "You may not import keys with this cipher" msgstr "Nie można importować kluczy z użyciem tego szyfru" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:278 #, c-format msgid "You may not export keys with this cipher" msgstr "Nie można eksportować kluczy z użyciem tego szyfru" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:819 msgid "Signing message" msgstr "Podpisywanie wiadomości" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:1060 msgid "Encrypting message" msgstr "Szyfrowanie wiadomości" #: ../camel/camel-cipher-context.c:1187 msgid "Decrypting message" msgstr "Odszyfrowywanie wiadomości" #: ../camel/camel-data-cache.c:181 #, c-format msgid "Unable to create cache path" msgstr "Nie można utworzyć ścieżki bufora" #: ../camel/camel-data-cache.c:442 msgid "Empty cache file" msgstr "Pusty plik bufora" #: ../camel/camel-data-cache.c:511 #, c-format msgid "Could not remove cache entry: %s: %s" msgstr "Nie można usunąć wpisu bufora: %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-disco-diary.c:207 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not write log entry: %s\n" "Further operations on this server will not be replayed when you\n" "reconnect to the network." msgstr "" "Nie można zapisać wpisu dziennika: %s\n" "Kolejne działania na tym serwerze nie będą mogły zostać odtworzone\n" "po ponownym podłączeniu do sieci." #: ../camel/camel-disco-diary.c:279 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not open '%s':\n" "%s\n" "Changes made to this folder will not be resynchronized." msgstr "" "Nie można otworzyć \"%s\":\n" "%s\n" "Zmiany w tym katalogu nie zostaną ponownie zsynchronizowane." #: ../camel/camel-disco-diary.c:326 msgid "Resynchronizing with server" msgstr "Ponowne synchronizowanie w serwerze" #: ../camel/camel-disco-folder.c:76 ../camel/camel-offline-folder.c:93 msgid "Downloading new messages for offline mode" msgstr "Pobieranie nowych wiadomości dla trybu offline" #: ../camel/camel-disco-folder.c:422 #, c-format msgid "Preparing folder '%s' for offline" msgstr "Przygotowywanie katalogu \"%s\" do działania w trybie offline" #: ../camel/camel-disco-folder.c:489 ../camel/camel-offline-folder.c:336 msgid "Copy folder content locally for _offline operation" msgstr "" "Lokalne kopiowanie zawartości katalogu dla działania w trybie _offline" #: ../camel/camel-disco-store.c:518 ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:618 #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:2242 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:596 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:746 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:987 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:1216 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:291 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:519 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:567 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:659 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:1063 #, c-format msgid "You must be working online to complete this operation" msgstr "Do ukończenia tego działania konieczne jest połączenie z siecią" #: ../camel/camel-file-utils.c:732 #, c-format msgid "Canceled" msgstr "Anulowano" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:916 ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:797 #, c-format msgid "Failed to create child process '%s': %s" msgstr "Utworzenie procesu potomnego \"%s\" się nie powiodło: %s" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:964 #, c-format msgid "Invalid message stream received from %s: %s" msgstr "Otrzymano nieprawidłowy potok komunikatów z %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1171 ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1180 msgid "Syncing folders" msgstr "Synchronizowanie katalogów" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1278 #, c-format msgid "Error parsing filter: %s: %s" msgstr "Błąd podczas przetwarzania składni filtru: %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1289 #, c-format msgid "Error executing filter: %s: %s" msgstr "Błąd podczas wykonywania filtru: %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1385 #, c-format msgid "Unable to open spool folder" msgstr "Nie można otworzyć katalogu kolejki" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1397 #, c-format msgid "Unable to process spool folder" msgstr "Nie można przetworzyć katalogu kolejki" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1420 #, c-format msgid "Getting message %d (%d%%)" msgstr "Pobieranie wiadomości %d. (%d%%)" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1429 ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1451 #, c-format msgid "Failed on message %d" msgstr "Niepowodzenie przy %d. wiadomości" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1470 ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1584 msgid "Syncing folder" msgstr "Synchronizowanie katalogu" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1475 ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1592 msgid "Complete" msgstr "Gotowe" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1538 #, c-format msgid "Getting message %d of %d" msgstr "Pobieranie wiadomości %d. z %d" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1556 #, c-format msgid "Failed at message %d of %d" msgstr "Niepowodzenie przy wiadomości %d z %d" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1752 ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1779 #, c-format msgid "Execution of filter '%s' failed: " msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1769 #, c-format msgid "Error parsing filter '%s': %s: %s" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-filter-driver.c:1788 #, c-format msgid "Error executing filter '%s': %s: %s" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:138 msgid "Failed to retrieve message" msgstr "Pobranie wiadomości się nie powiodło" #: ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:537 msgid "Invalid arguments to (system-flag)" msgstr "Nieprawidłowe parametry funkcji (system-flag)" #: ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:555 msgid "Invalid arguments to (user-tag)" msgstr "Nieprawidłowe parametry funkcji (user-tag)" #: ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:1046 ../camel/camel-filter-search.c:1055 #, c-format msgid "Error executing filter search: %s: %s" msgstr "Błąd podczas wykonywania wyszukiwania przez filtr: %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:311 #, c-format msgid "Learning new spam message in '%s'" msgid_plural "Learning new spam messages in '%s'" msgstr[0] "Rozpoznawanie nowej niechcianej wiadomości w \"%s\"" msgstr[1] "Rozpoznawanie nowych niechcianych wiadomości w \"%s\"" msgstr[2] "Rozpoznawanie nowych niechcianych wiadomości w \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:351 #, c-format msgid "Learning new ham message in '%s'" msgid_plural "Learning new ham messages in '%s'" msgstr[0] "Rozpoznawanie nowej pożądanej wiadomości w \"%s\"" msgstr[1] "Rozpoznawanie nowych pożądanych wiadomości w \"%s\"" msgstr[2] "Rozpoznawanie nowych pożądanych wiadomości w \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:399 #, c-format msgid "Filtering new message in '%s'" msgid_plural "Filtering new messages in '%s'" msgstr[0] "Filtrowanie nowej wiadomości w \"%s\"" msgstr[1] "Filtrowanie nowych wiadomości w \"%s\"" msgstr[2] "Filtrowanie nowych wiadomości w \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:1009 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:321 msgid "Moving messages" msgstr "Przenoszenie wiadomości" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:1012 msgid "Copying messages" msgstr "Kopiowanie wiadomości" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:1332 #, c-format msgid "Quota information not supported for folder '%s'" msgstr "Informacje o przydziale nie są obsługiwane dla katalogu \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:3578 #, c-format msgid "Expunging folder '%s'" msgstr "Czyszczenie katalogu \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:3810 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving message '%s' in %s" msgstr "Pobieranie wiadomości \"%s\" w %s" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:3965 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving quota information for '%s'" msgstr "Pobieranie informacji o przydziale dla \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-folder.c:4205 #, c-format msgid "Refreshing folder '%s'" msgstr "Odświeżanie katalogu \"%s\"" #. Translators: The '%s' is an element type name, part of an expressing language #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:888 ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:931 #, c-format msgid "(%s) requires a single bool result" msgstr "(%s) wymaga pojedynczego wyniku logicznego" #. Translators: Each '%s' is an element type name, part of an expressing language #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:966 #, c-format msgid "(%s) not allowed inside %s" msgstr "(%s) nie jest dopuszczalne wewnątrz %s" #. Translators: The '%s' is an element type name, part of an expressing language #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:973 ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:981 #, c-format msgid "(%s) requires a match type string" msgstr "(%s) wymaga pasującego typu ciągu" #. Translators: The '%s' is an element type name, part of an expressing language #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:1009 #, c-format msgid "(%s) expects an array result" msgstr "(%s) oczekuje wyniku tablicowego" #. Translators: The '%s' is an element type name, part of an expressing language #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:1019 #, c-format msgid "(%s) requires the folder set" msgstr "(%s) wymaga zbioru katalogów" #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:1932 ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:2098 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot parse search expression: %s:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Nie można przetworzyć wyrażenia wyszukiwania: %s:\n" "%s" #: ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:1944 ../camel/camel-folder-search.c:2110 #, c-format msgid "" "Error executing search expression: %s:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Błąd podczas wykonywania wyrażenia wyszukiwania %s:\n" "%s" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:730 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:735 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1398 #, c-format msgid "Failed to execute gpg: %s" msgstr "Wykonanie polecenia gpg się nie powiodło: %s" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:735 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:914 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Nieznany" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:800 #, c-format msgid "" "Unexpected GnuPG status message encountered:\n" "\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Wystąpił nieoczekiwany komunikat opisujący stan GnuPG:\n" "\n" "%s" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:836 #, c-format msgid "Failed to parse gpg userid hint." msgstr "Przetworzenie identyfikatora użytkownika gpg się nie powiodło." #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:861 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:876 #, c-format msgid "Failed to parse gpg passphrase request." msgstr "Przetworzenie żądania podania hasła od gpg się nie powiodło." #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:897 #, c-format msgid "" "You need a PIN to unlock the key for your\n" "SmartCard: \"%s\"" msgstr "" "Należy podać kod PIN, aby odblokować klucz\n" "SmartCard: \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:901 #, c-format msgid "" "You need a passphrase to unlock the key for\n" "user: \"%s\"" msgstr "" "Należy podać ciąg znaków odblokowujący klucz dla\n" "użytkownika: \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:907 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected request from GnuPG for '%s'" msgstr "Nieoczekiwana żądanie programu GnuPG dla \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:919 msgid "" "Note the encrypted content doesn't contain information about a recipient, " "thus there will be a password prompt for each of stored private key." msgstr "" "Proszę zauważyć, że zaszyfrowana treść nie zawiera informacji o odbiorcy, " "więc dla każdego klucza prywatnego będzie wymagane podanie hasła." #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:950 ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:524 #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:268 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:402 #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:150 #, c-format msgid "Cancelled" msgstr "Anulowano" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:971 #, c-format msgid "Failed to unlock secret key: 3 bad passphrases given." msgstr "" "Odblokowanie tajnego klucza się nie powiodło: podano 3 błędne ciągi znaków." #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:984 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected response from GnuPG: %s" msgstr "Nieoczekiwana odpowiedź od programu GnuPG: %s" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1115 #, c-format msgid "Failed to encrypt: No valid recipients specified." msgstr "" "Zaszyfrowanie wiadomości się nie powiodło: nie podano prawidłowych odbiorców." #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1665 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:846 msgid "Could not generate signing data: " msgstr "Nie można utworzyć danych podpisujących: " #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1715 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1923 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2033 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2184 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2284 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2332 msgid "Failed to execute gpg." msgstr "Wykonanie polecenia gpg się nie powiodło." #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1794 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1802 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1810 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1830 #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:973 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:987 #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:996 #, c-format msgid "Cannot verify message signature: Incorrect message format" msgstr "Nie można zweryfikować podpisu wiadomości: niepoprawny format" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1876 msgid "Cannot verify message signature: " msgstr "Nie można zweryfikować podpisu wiadomości: " #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:1999 msgid "Could not generate encrypting data: " msgstr "Nie można utworzyć danych szyfrujących: " #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2052 msgid "This is a digitally encrypted message part" msgstr "To jest część wiadomości zaszyfrowana cyfrowo" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2110 ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2119 #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2142 #, c-format msgid "Cannot decrypt message: Incorrect message format" msgstr "Nie można odszyfrować wiadomości: niepoprawny format" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2130 #, c-format msgid "Failed to decrypt MIME part: protocol error" msgstr "" "Odszyfrowanie części MIME się nie powiodło: błąd na poziomie protokołu" #: ../camel/camel-gpg-context.c:2225 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1287 msgid "Encrypted content" msgstr "Zaszyfrowana zawartość" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:643 #, c-format msgid "No quota information available for folder '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:727 ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:801 #, c-format msgid "No destination folder specified" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:747 msgid "Unable to move junk messages" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:821 msgid "Unable to move deleted messages" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:1008 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:800 msgid "Apply message _filters to this folder" msgstr "_Filtrowanie wiadomości w tym katalogu" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:1114 #, c-format msgid "Could not create folder summary for %s" msgstr "Nie można utworzyć podsumowania katalogu dla %s" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-folder.c:1123 #, c-format msgid "Could not create cache for %s: " msgstr "Nie można utworzyć bufora dla %s: " #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:1333 msgid "Server disconnected" msgstr "Serwer został rozłączony" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:1772 msgid "Error writing to cache stream" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:2457 #, c-format msgid "" "Alert from IMAP server %s:\n" "%s" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:3053 #, c-format msgid "Not authenticated" msgstr "Nie uwierzytelniono" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:3131 msgid "Error performing IDLE" msgstr "Błąd podczas wykonywania zajętości" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4030 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to IMAP server %s in secure mode: %s" msgstr "" "Połączenie z serwerem IMAP %s w trybie bezpiecznym się nie powiodło: %s" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4031 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:203 msgid "STARTTLS not supported" msgstr "STARTTLS nie jest obsługiwane" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4072 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to IMAP server %s in secure mode: " msgstr "" "Połączenie z serwerem IMAP %s w trybie bezpiecznym się nie powiodło: " #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4150 #, c-format msgid "IMAP server %s does not support %s authentication" msgstr "Serwer IMAP %s nie obsługuje uwierzytelniania %s" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4161 ../camel/camel-session.c:494 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:303 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:748 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:505 #, c-format msgid "No support for %s authentication" msgstr "Brak obsługi uwierzytelniania %s" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4180 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:409 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:595 msgid "Cannot authenticate without a username" msgstr "Nie można uwierzytelnić bez nazwy użytkownika" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4189 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:604 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:669 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:690 msgid "Authentication password not available" msgstr "Hasło uwierzytelnienia jest niedostępne" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4402 msgid "Error fetching message" msgstr "Błąd podczas pobierania wiadomości" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4451 ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4458 msgid "Failed to close the tmp stream" msgstr "Zamknięcie potoku tymczasowego się nie powiodło" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4487 msgid "Failed to copy the tmp file" msgstr "Skopiowanie pliku tymczasowego się nie powiodło" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4612 msgid "Error moving messages" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4616 msgid "Error copying messages" msgstr "Błąd podczas kopiowania wiadomości" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4783 msgid "Error appending message" msgstr "Błąd podczas dołączania wiadomości" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:4980 msgid "Error fetching message headers" msgstr "Błąd podczas pobierania nagłówków wiadomości" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5143 msgid "Error retrieving message" msgstr "Błąd podczas pobierania wiadomości" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5274 ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5495 #, c-format msgid "Fetching summary information for new messages in '%s'" msgstr "Pobieranie informacji podsumowujących dla nowych wiadomości w \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5334 #, c-format msgid "Scanning for changed messages in '%s'" msgstr "Wyszukiwanie zmodyfikowanych wiadomości w \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5389 msgid "Error fetching new messages" msgstr "Błąd podczas pobierania nowych wiadomości" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5601 msgid "Error while fetching messages" msgstr "Błąd podczas pobierania wiadomości" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5609 ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5642 #, c-format msgid "Fetching summary information for %d message in '%s'" msgid_plural "Fetching summary information for %d messages in '%s'" msgstr[0] "" "Pobieranie informacji podsumowujących dla %d nowej wiadomości w \"%s\"" msgstr[1] "" "Pobieranie informacji podsumowujących dla %d nowych wiadomości w \"%s\"" msgstr[2] "" "Pobieranie informacji podsumowujących dla %d nowych wiadomości w \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5776 ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5806 msgid "Error refreshing folder" msgstr "Błąd podczas odświeżania katalogu" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:5928 msgid "Error expunging message" msgstr "Błąd podczas czyszczenia wiadomości" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6036 msgid "Error fetching folders" msgstr "Błąd podczas pobierania katalogów" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6119 msgid "Error subscribing to folder" msgstr "Błąd podczas subskrybowania katalogu" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6181 msgid "Error creating folder" msgstr "Błąd podczas tworzenia katalogu" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6234 msgid "Error deleting folder" msgstr "Błąd podczas usuwania katalogu" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6305 msgid "Error renaming folder" msgstr "Błąd podczas zmieniania nazwy katalogu" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6379 msgid "Error retrieving quota information" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6437 msgid "Search failed" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6499 msgid "Error performing NOOP" msgstr "Błąd podczas wykonywania NOOP" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6607 msgid "Error syncing changes" msgstr "Błąd podczas synchronizowania zmian" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:6912 msgid "Lost connection to IMAP server" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:7359 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get message with message ID %s: %s" msgstr "Nie można pobrać wiadomości z identyfikatorem %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:7360 msgid "No such message available." msgstr "Nie ma takiej wiadomości." #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:7521 ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:7536 msgid "Cannot create spool file: " msgstr "Nie można utworzyć pliku kolejki: " #: ../camel/camel-imapx-server.c:8276 msgid "IMAP server does not support quotas" msgstr "" #. create a dummy "." parent inbox, use to scan, then put back at the top level #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:203 ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:1143 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:473 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:316 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:752 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:758 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:842 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:395 msgid "Inbox" msgstr "Odebrane" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:487 #, c-format msgid "IMAP server %s" msgstr "Serwer IMAP %s" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:490 #, c-format msgid "IMAP service for %s on %s" msgstr "Usługa IMAP dla %s na %s" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:591 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:95 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:83 msgid "Password" msgstr "Hasło" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:593 msgid "" "This option will connect to the IMAP server using a plaintext password." msgstr "" "Przy tej opcji połączenie z serwerem IMAP nastąpi używając hasła w postaci " "czystego tekstu." #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:687 #, c-format msgid "No such folder %s" msgstr "Katalog \"%s\" nie istnieje" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:1413 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving folder list for %s" msgstr "Pobieranie listy katalogów dla %s" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:1783 #, c-format msgid "" "The folder name \"%s\" is invalid because it contains the character \"%c\"" msgstr "" "Nazwa katalogu \"%s\" jest nieprawidłowa, ponieważ zawiera znak \"%c\"" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:1794 #, c-format msgid "Unknown parent folder: %s" msgstr "Nieznany katalog nadrzędny: %s" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-store.c:1804 #, c-format msgid "The parent folder is not allowed to contain subfolders" msgstr "Katalog nadrzędny nie może zawierać katalogów podrzędnych" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-stream.c:98 #, c-format msgid "Source stream returned no data" msgstr "Potok źródłowy nie zwrócił danych" #: ../camel/camel-imapx-stream.c:107 #, c-format msgid "Source stream unavailable" msgstr "Potok źródłowy jest niedostępny" #: ../camel/camel-junk-filter.c:168 msgid "Synchronizing junk database" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-lock.c:106 #, c-format msgid "Could not create lock file for %s: %s" msgstr "Nie można utworzyć pliku blokady dla %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-lock.c:149 #, c-format msgid "Timed out trying to get lock file on %s. Try again later." msgstr "" "Upłynął czas przeznaczony na uzyskanie blokady pliku %s. Proszę spróbować " "ponownie później." #: ../camel/camel-lock.c:211 #, c-format msgid "Failed to get lock using fcntl(2): %s" msgstr "Uzyskanie blokady używając fcntl(2) się nie powiodło: %s" #: ../camel/camel-lock.c:278 #, c-format msgid "Failed to get lock using flock(2): %s" msgstr "Uzyskanie blokady używając flock(2) się nie powiodło: %s" #: ../camel/camel-lock-client.c:106 #, c-format msgid "Cannot build locking helper pipe: %s" msgstr "Nie można utworzyć potoku do pomocniczego programu blokującego: %s" #: ../camel/camel-lock-client.c:130 #, c-format msgid "Cannot fork locking helper: %s" msgstr "Nie można utworzyć procesu dla pomocniczego programu blokującego: %s" #: ../camel/camel-lock-client.c:211 ../camel/camel-lock-client.c:239 #, c-format msgid "Could not lock '%s': protocol error with lock-helper" msgstr "" "Nie można zablokować \"%s\": błąd podczas komunikacji z programem blokującym" #: ../camel/camel-lock-client.c:227 #, c-format msgid "Could not lock '%s'" msgstr "Nie można zablokować \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:105 #, c-format msgid "Could not check mail file %s: %s" msgstr "Nie można sprawdzić pliku z wiadomościami %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:119 #, c-format msgid "Could not open mail file %s: %s" msgstr "Nie można otworzyć pliku z wiadomościami %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:129 #, c-format msgid "Could not open temporary mail file %s: %s" msgstr "Nie można otworzyć tymczasowego pliku z wiadomościami %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:159 #, c-format msgid "Failed to store mail in temp file %s: %s" msgstr "Zapisanie wiadomości w pliku tymczasowym %s się nie powiodło: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:193 #, c-format msgid "Could not create pipe: %s" msgstr "Utworzenie potoku nie powiodło się: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:207 #, c-format msgid "Could not fork: %s" msgstr "Nie można utworzyć procesu: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:245 #, c-format msgid "Movemail program failed: %s" msgstr "Błąd programu Movemail: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:246 msgid "(Unknown error)" msgstr "(Nieznany błąd)" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:273 #, c-format msgid "Error reading mail file: %s" msgstr "Błąd podczas odczytywania pliku z wiadomością: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:286 #, c-format msgid "Error writing mail temp file: %s" msgstr "Błąd podczas zapisywania do tymczasowego pliku z wiadomościami: %s" #: ../camel/camel-movemail.c:493 ../camel/camel-movemail.c:562 #, c-format msgid "Error copying mail temp file: %s" msgstr "Błąd podczas kopiowania tymczasowego pliku z wiadomościami: %s" #: ../camel/camel-multipart-signed.c:297 #, c-format msgid "No content available" msgstr "Brak dostępnej treści" #: ../camel/camel-multipart-signed.c:305 #, c-format msgid "No signature available" msgstr "Brak dostępnego podpisu" #: ../camel/camel-multipart-signed.c:689 #, c-format msgid "parse error" msgstr "błąd przetwarzania" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:704 #, c-format msgid "Resolving: %s" msgstr "Wyszukiwanie: %s" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:727 msgid "Host lookup failed" msgstr "Wyszukanie adresu się nie powiodło" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:733 #, c-format msgid "Host lookup '%s' failed. Check your host name for spelling errors." msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:737 #, c-format msgid "Host lookup '%s' failed: %s" msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:858 msgid "Resolving address" msgstr "Wyszukiwanie adresu" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:879 msgid "Name lookup failed" msgstr "Wyszukanie nazwy się nie powiodło" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:886 msgid "Name lookup failed. Check your host name for spelling errors." msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-net-utils.c:890 #, c-format msgid "Name lookup failed: %s" msgstr "Wyszukanie nazwy się nie powiodło: %s" #: ../camel/camel-network-service.c:354 #, c-format msgid "Could not connect to '%s:%s': " msgstr "" #: ../camel/camel-offline-folder.c:212 #, c-format msgid "Syncing messages in folder '%s' to disk" msgstr "Synchronizowanie wiadomości w katalogu \"%s\" na dysku" #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:58 msgid "Virtual folder email provider" msgstr "Dostawca wirtualnych katalogów poczty" #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:60 msgid "For reading mail as a query of another set of folders" msgstr "Do odczytu poczty jako zapytania na innym zbiorze katalogów" #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:263 #, c-format msgid "Could not load %s: Module loading not supported on this system." msgstr "Nie można załadować %s: System nie obsługuje ładowania modułów." #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:272 #, c-format msgid "Could not load %s: %s" msgstr "Nie można wczytać %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:281 #, c-format msgid "Could not load %s: No initialization code in module." msgstr "Nie można wczytać %s: Brak kodu inicjującego w module." #: ../camel/camel-provider.c:429 ../camel/camel-session.c:406 #, c-format msgid "No provider available for protocol '%s'" msgstr "Brak dostawcy dla protokołu \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:35 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:85 msgid "Anonymous" msgstr "Anonimowo" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:37 msgid "This option will connect to the server using an anonymous login." msgstr "" "Przy tej opcji łączenie z serwerem nastąpi używając anonimowego konta." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:70 #, c-format msgid "Authentication failed." msgstr "Uwierzytelnienie się nie powiodło." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:81 #, c-format msgid "" "Invalid email address trace information:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Nieprawidłowe informacje identyfikujące poprzez adres e-mail:\n" "%s" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:95 #, c-format msgid "" "Invalid opaque trace information:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Nieprawidłowe nieprzejrzyste informacje identyfikujące:\n" "%s" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-anonymous.c:109 #, c-format msgid "" "Invalid trace information:\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Nieprawidłowe informacje identyfikujące:\n" "%s" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-cram-md5.c:46 msgid "CRAM-MD5" msgstr "CRAM-MD5" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-cram-md5.c:48 msgid "" "This option will connect to the server using a secure CRAM-MD5 password, if " "the server supports it." msgstr "" "Przy tej opcji połączenie z serwerem nastąpi używając hasła CRAM-MD5, o ile " "będzie ono obsługiwane przez serwer." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:59 msgid "DIGEST-MD5" msgstr "DIGEST-MD5" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:61 msgid "" "This option will connect to the server using a secure DIGEST-MD5 password, " "if the server supports it." msgstr "" "Przy tej opcji połączenie z serwerem nastąpi używając hasła DIGEST-MD5, o " "ile będzie ono obsługiwane przez serwer." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:855 #, c-format msgid "Server challenge too long (>2048 octets)" msgstr "Za długie wezwanie serwera (>2048 oktetów)" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:866 #, c-format msgid "Server challenge invalid\n" msgstr "Nieprawidłowe wezwanie serwera\n" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:874 #, c-format msgid "Server challenge contained invalid \"Quality of Protection\" token" msgstr "" "Wezwanie serwera zawierało nieprawidłowy token \"Quality of Protection\" " "(jakość ochrony)" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:907 #, c-format msgid "Server response did not contain authorization data" msgstr "Odpowiedź serwera nie zawiera danych o upoważnieniu" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:928 #, c-format msgid "Server response contained incomplete authorization data" msgstr "Odpowiedź serwera zawiera niekompletne dane o upoważnieniu" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-digest-md5.c:941 #, c-format msgid "Server response does not match" msgstr "Niepotwierdzona odpowiedź serwera" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:91 msgid "GSSAPI" msgstr "GSSAPI" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:93 msgid "" "This option will connect to the server using Kerberos 5 authentication." msgstr "" "Opcja ta spowoduje łączenie z serwerem używając uwierzytelniania Kerberos 5." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:134 msgid "" "The specified mechanism is not supported by the provided credential, or is " "unrecognized by the implementation." msgstr "" "Podany mechanizm nie jest obsługiwany przez określoną metodę " "uwierzytelniania lub nie jest rozpoznawany przez implementację." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:139 msgid "The provided target_name parameter was ill-formed." msgstr "Podany parametr nazwa_celu został błędnie utworzony." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:142 msgid "" "The provided target_name parameter contained an invalid or unsupported type " "of name." msgstr "" "Podany parametr nazwa_celu zawiera nieprawidłową nazwę lub nazwę " "nieobsługiwanego typu." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:146 msgid "" "The input_token contains different channel bindings to those specified via " "the input_chan_bindings parameter." msgstr "" "Parametr input_token zawiera inne przyłącza kanałów w stosunku do podawanych " "przez parametr input_chan_bindings." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:151 msgid "" "The input_token contains an invalid signature, or a signature that could not " "be verified." msgstr "" "Parametr input_token zawiera podpis nieprawidłowy, lub taki, który nie może " "zostać zweryfikowany." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:155 msgid "" "The supplied credentials were not valid for context initiation, or the " "credential handle did not reference any credentials." msgstr "" "Podane dane uwierzytelniania nie są prawidłowe dla inicjacji kontekstu, lub " "uchwyt tych danych nie wskazuje na nie." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:160 msgid "The supplied context handle did not refer to a valid context." msgstr "Podany uchwyt kontekstu nie odnosi się do prawidłowego kontekstu." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:163 msgid "The consistency checks performed on the input_token failed." msgstr "Sprawdzenie spójności elementu input_token się nie powiodło." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:166 msgid "The consistency checks performed on the credential failed." msgstr "Sprawdzenie spójności danych uwierzytelniania się nie powiodło." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:169 msgid "The referenced credentials have expired." msgstr "Wskazane dane uwierzytelniania wygasły." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:175 ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:340 #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:388 ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:405 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:612 #, c-format msgid "Bad authentication response from server." msgstr "Błędna odpowiedź serwera na uwierzytelnienie." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-gssapi.c:417 #, c-format msgid "Unsupported security layer." msgstr "Nieobsługiwana warstwa bezpieczeństwa." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-login.c:40 msgid "Login" msgstr "Logowanie" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-login.c:42 ../camel/camel-sasl-plain.c:46 msgid "This option will connect to the server using a simple password." msgstr "" "Przy tej opcji połączenie z serwerem nastąpi używając hasła w postaci " "czystego tekstu." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-login.c:110 #, c-format msgid "Unknown authentication state." msgstr "Nieznany stan uwierzytelnienia." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-ntlm.c:48 msgid "NTLM / SPA" msgstr "NTLM / SPA" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-ntlm.c:50 msgid "" "This option will connect to a Windows-based server using NTLM / Secure " "Password Authentication." msgstr "" "Opcja ta spowoduje łączenie z serwerem opartym na systemie Windows używając " "mechanizmu NTLM/Secure Password Authentication." #: ../camel/camel-sasl-plain.c:44 msgid "PLAIN" msgstr "PLAIN" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:46 msgid "POP before SMTP" msgstr "POP przed SMTP" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:48 msgid "This option will authorise a POP connection before attempting SMTP" msgstr "" "Ta opcja spowoduje uwierzytelnienie połączenia POP przed wykorzystaniem SMTP" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:84 msgid "POP Source UID" msgstr "UID źródła POP" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:98 #, c-format msgid "POP Before SMTP authentication using an unknown transport" msgstr "Uwierzytelnianie POP przed SMTP używając nieznanego transportu" #: ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:110 ../camel/camel-sasl-popb4smtp.c:119 #, c-format msgid "POP Before SMTP authentication attempted with a %s service" msgstr "Próbowano uwierzytelnić POP przed SMTP za pomocą usługi %s" #: ../camel/camel-search-private.c:116 #, c-format msgid "Regular expression compilation failed: %s: %s" msgstr "Kompilacja wyrażenia regularnego się nie powiodła: %s: %s" #: ../camel/camel-session.c:415 #, c-format msgid "Invalid GType registered for protocol '%s'" msgstr "Zarejestrowano nieprawidłowe GType dla protokołu \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-session.c:509 #, c-format msgid "%s authentication failed" msgstr "Uwierzytelnienie %s się nie powiodło" #: ../camel/camel-session.c:645 msgid "Forwarding messages is not supported" msgstr "Przekazywanie wiadomości nie jest obsługiwane" #. Translators: The first argument is the account type #. * (e.g. "IMAP"), the second is the user name, and the #. * third is the host name. #: ../camel/camel-session.c:1420 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the %s password for %s on host %s." msgstr "Proszę podać hasło %s dla %s na serwerze %s." #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:351 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1074 #, c-format msgid "Cannot find certificate for '%s'" msgstr "Nie można odnaleźć certyfikatu dla \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:379 msgid "Cannot create CMS message" msgstr "Nie można utworzyć wiadomości CMS" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:384 msgid "Cannot create CMS signed data" msgstr "Nie można utworzyć danych podpisanych CMS" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:390 msgid "Cannot attach CMS signed data" msgstr "Nie można załączyć danych podpisanych CMS" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:397 msgid "Cannot attach CMS data" msgstr "Nie można załączyć danych CMS" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:403 msgid "Cannot create CMS Signer information" msgstr "Nie można utworzyć informacji podpisującego CMS" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:409 msgid "Cannot find certificate chain" msgstr "Nie można odnaleźć łańcucha certyfikującego" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:415 msgid "Cannot add CMS Signing time" msgstr "Nie można dodać czasu podpisania CMS" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:439 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:454 #, c-format msgid "Encryption certificate for '%s' does not exist" msgstr "Certyfikat szyfrujący dla \"%s\" nie istnieje" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:461 msgid "Cannot add SMIMEEncKeyPrefs attribute" msgstr "Nie można dodać atrybutu SMIMEEncKeyPrefs" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:466 msgid "Cannot add MS SMIMEEncKeyPrefs attribute" msgstr "Nie można dodać atrybutu MS SMIMEEncKeyPrefs" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:471 msgid "Cannot add encryption certificate" msgstr "Nie można dodać certyfikatu szyfrującego" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:477 msgid "Cannot add CMS Signer information" msgstr "Nie można dodać informacji podpisującego CMS" #. Translators: A fallback message when couldn't verify an SMIME signature #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:510 msgid "Unverified" msgstr "Niezweryfikowany" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:512 msgid "Good signature" msgstr "Poprawny podpis" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:514 msgid "Bad signature" msgstr "Błędny podpis" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:516 msgid "Content tampered with or altered in transit" msgstr "Treść sfałszowana lub naruszona podczas przekazu" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:518 msgid "Signing certificate not found" msgstr "Nie znaleziono certyfikatu podpisującego" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:520 msgid "Signing certificate not trusted" msgstr "Niewiarygodny certyfikat podpisujący" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:522 msgid "Signature algorithm unknown" msgstr "Nieznany algorytm podpisu" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:524 msgid "Signature algorithm unsupported" msgstr "Nieobsługiwany algorytm podpisu" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:526 msgid "Malformed signature" msgstr "Błędnie zbudowany podpis" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:528 msgid "Processing error" msgstr "Błąd przetwarzania" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:573 msgid "No signed data in signature" msgstr "Brak podpisanych danych w podpisie" # FIXME - jak tłumaczyć digest? #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:578 msgid "Digests missing from enveloped data" msgstr "Brak deklaracji w opakowanych danych" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:591 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:602 msgid "Cannot calculate digests" msgstr "Nie można wyliczyć deklaracji" # c-format #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:609 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:613 msgid "Cannot set message digests" msgstr "Nie można ustawić podsumowań wiadomości" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:623 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:628 msgid "Certificate import failed" msgstr "Zaimportowanie certyfikatu się nie powiodło" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:638 #, c-format msgid "Certificate is the only message, cannot verify certificates" msgstr "" "Certyfikat jest jedyną wiadomością, nie można zweryfikować certyfikatów" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:641 #, c-format msgid "Certificate is the only message, certificates imported and verified" msgstr "" "Certyfikat jest jedyną wiadomością, certyfikaty zaimportowane i zweryfikowane" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:645 msgid "Cannot find signature digests" msgstr "Nie można odnaleźć streszczenia podpisu" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:662 #, c-format msgid "Signer: %s <%s>: %s\n" msgstr "Podpisujący: %s <%s>: %s\n" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:858 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1148 msgid "Cannot create encoder context" msgstr "Nie można utworzyć kontekstu szyfratora" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:864 msgid "Failed to add data to CMS encoder" msgstr "Dodanie danych do szyfratora CMS się nie powiodło" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:869 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1165 msgid "Failed to encode data" msgstr "Szyfrowanie danych się nie powiodło" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1013 ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1262 msgid "Decoder failed" msgstr "Dekoder zakończył pracę z błędem" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1082 msgid "Cannot find common bulk encryption algorithm" msgstr "Nie można odnaleźć wspólnego algorytmu szyfrowania całości" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1090 msgid "Cannot allocate slot for encryption bulk key" msgstr "Nie można przydzielić miejsca dla klucza szyfrowania całości" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1101 msgid "Cannot create CMS Message" msgstr "Nie można utworzyć wiadomości CMS" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1107 msgid "Cannot create CMS Enveloped data" msgstr "Nie można utworzyć opakowanych danych CMS" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1113 msgid "Cannot attach CMS Enveloped data" msgstr "Nie można dołączyć opakowanych danych CMS" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1119 msgid "Cannot attach CMS data object" msgstr "Nie można dołączyć obiektu danych CMS" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1128 msgid "Cannot create CMS Recipient information" msgstr "Nie można utworzyć informacji odbiorcy CMS" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1133 msgid "Cannot add CMS Recipient information" msgstr "Nie można dodać informacji odbiorcy CMS" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1159 msgid "Failed to add data to encoder" msgstr "Dodanie danych do szyfratora się nie powiodło" #: ../camel/camel-smime-context.c:1269 msgid "S/MIME Decrypt: No encrypted content found" msgstr "Deszyfrowanie S/MIME: Nie znaleziono zaszyfrowanej zawartości" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:1999 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create folder '%s': folder exists" msgstr "Nie można utworzyć katalogu \"%s\": katalog istnieje" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2042 #, c-format msgid "Opening folder '%s'" msgstr "Otwieranie katalogu \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2231 #, c-format msgid "Scanning folders in '%s'" msgstr "Skanowanie katalogów w \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2259 ../camel/camel-store.c:2304 #: ../camel/camel-vtrash-folder.c:48 msgid "Trash" msgstr "Kosz" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2273 ../camel/camel-store.c:2321 #: ../camel/camel-vtrash-folder.c:50 msgid "Junk" msgstr "Niechciane" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2774 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create folder: %s: folder exists" msgstr "Nie można utworzyć katalogu: %s: katalog istnieje" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2788 #, c-format msgid "Creating folder '%s'" msgstr "Tworzenie katalogu \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:2906 ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:418 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:315 #, c-format msgid "Cannot delete folder: %s: Invalid operation" msgstr "Nie można usunąć katalogu: %s: nieprawidłowe działanie" #: ../camel/camel-store.c:3049 ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:469 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:841 #, c-format msgid "Cannot rename folder: %s: Invalid operation" msgstr "Nie można zmienić nazwy katalogu: %s: nieprawidłowe działanie" #: ../camel/camel-stream-filter.c:346 msgid "Only reset to beginning is supported with CamelStreamFilter" msgstr "" "Tylko przywrócenie do początku jest obsługiwane za pomocą CamelStreamFilter" #: ../camel/camel-stream-null.c:78 msgid "Only reset to beginning is supported with CamelHttpStream" msgstr "" "Tylko przywrócenie do początku jest obsługiwane za pomocą CamelHttpStream" #: ../camel/camel-stream-process.c:275 #, c-format msgid "Connection cancelled" msgstr "Anulowano połączenie" #: ../camel/camel-stream-process.c:280 #, c-format msgid "Could not connect with command \"%s\": %s" msgstr "Nie można połączyć się za pomocą polecenia \"%s\": %s" #: ../camel/camel-subscribable.c:395 #, c-format msgid "Subscribing to folder '%s'" msgstr "Subskrybowanie katalogu \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-subscribable.c:527 #, c-format msgid "Unsubscribing from folder '%s'" msgstr "Usuwanie subskrypcji katalogu \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:310 #, c-format msgid "NSPR error code %d" msgstr "Kod błędu biblioteki NSPR %d" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:649 ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:662 #, c-format msgid "The proxy host does not support SOCKS4" msgstr "Pośrednik nie obsługuje SOCKS4" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:675 #, c-format msgid "The proxy host denied our request: code %d" msgstr "Pośrednik odrzucił żądanie: kod %d" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:773 ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:781 #, c-format msgid "The proxy host does not support SOCKS5" msgstr "Pośrednik nie obsługuje SOCKS5" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:789 #, c-format msgid "Could not find a suitable authentication type: code 0x%x" msgstr "Nie można odnaleźć odpowiedniego typu uwierzytelniania: kod 0x%x" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:801 msgid "General SOCKS server failure" msgstr "Ogólny błąd serwera SOCKS" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:802 msgid "SOCKS server's rules do not allow connection" msgstr "Reguły serwera SOCKS nie umożliwiają połączenia" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:803 msgid "Network is unreachable from SOCKS server" msgstr "Nie można osiągnąć sieci z serwera SOCKS" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:804 msgid "Host is unreachable from SOCKS server" msgstr "Nie można osiągnąć komputera z serwera SOCKS" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:805 msgid "Connection refused" msgstr "Połączenie zostało odrzucone" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:806 msgid "Time-to-live expired" msgstr "Wygasł czas życia" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:807 msgid "Command not supported by SOCKS server" msgstr "Polecenie nie jest obsługiwane przez serwer SOCKS" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:808 msgid "Address type not supported by SOCKS server" msgstr "Typ adresu nie jest obsługiwany przez serwer SOCKS" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:809 msgid "Unknown error from SOCKS server" msgstr "Nieznany błąd z serwera SOCKS" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:842 #, c-format msgid "Got unknown address type from SOCKS server" msgstr "Otrzymano nieznany typ adresu z serwera SOCKS" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:860 #, c-format msgid "Incomplete reply from SOCKS server" msgstr "Niepełna odpowiedź z serwera SOCKS" #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:880 #, c-format msgid "Hostname is too long (maximum is 255 characters)" msgstr "Nazwa komputera jest za długa (maksymalnie 255 znaków)" #. SOCKS5 #. reserved - must be 0 #: ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:912 ../camel/camel-tcp-stream-raw.c:922 #, c-format msgid "Invalid reply from proxy server" msgstr "Nieprawidłowa odpowiedź z serwera pośrednika" #: ../camel/camel-url.c:331 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse URL '%s'" msgstr "Nie można przetworzyć adresu URL \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:494 #, c-format msgid "Updating folder '%s'" msgstr "Aktualizowanie katalogu \"%s\"" #: ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:855 ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:965 #, c-format msgid "Cannot copy or move messages into a Virtual Folder" msgstr "Nie można skopiować lub przenieść wiadomości do katalogu wirtualnego" #: ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:888 #, c-format msgid "No such message %s in %s" msgstr "Brak wiadomości %s w %s" #: ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:941 #, c-format msgid "Error storing '%s': " msgstr "Błąd podczas zapisywania \"%s\": " #: ../camel/camel-vee-folder.c:1171 msgid "Automatically _update on change in source folders" msgstr "A_utomatyczne aktualizowanie po zmianie w katalogach źródłowych" #. Translators: 'Unmatched' is a folder name under Search folders where are shown #. * all messages not belonging into any other configured search folder #: ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:42 msgid "Unmatched" msgstr "Niedopasowane" #: ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:444 #, c-format msgid "Cannot delete folder: %s: No such folder" msgstr "Nie można usunąć katalogu: %s: katalog nie istnieje" #: ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:479 #, c-format msgid "Cannot rename folder: %s: No such folder" msgstr "Nie można zmienić nazwy katalogu %s: katalog nie istnieje" #: ../camel/camel-vee-store.c:542 msgid "Enable _Unmatched folder" msgstr "Włączenie katalogu _Niepasujące" #: ../camel/camel-vtrash-folder.c:49 msgid "Cannot copy messages to the Trash folder" msgstr "Nie można skopiować wiadomości do katalogu kosza" #: ../camel/camel-vtrash-folder.c:51 msgid "Cannot copy messages to the Junk folder" msgstr "Nie można skopiować wiadomości do katalogu niechcianych wiadomości" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:38 msgid "Checking for New Mail" msgstr "Sprawdzanie nowych wiadomości" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:40 msgid "C_heck for new messages in all folders" msgstr "_Sprawdzanie nowych wiadomości we wszystkich katalogach" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:42 msgid "Ch_eck for new messages in subscribed folders" msgstr "Spr_awdzanie nowych wiadomości w subskrybowanych katalogach" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:44 msgid "Use _Quick Resync if the server supports it" msgstr "Użycie opcji _Quick Resync, jeśli serwer ją obsługuje" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:46 msgid "_Listen for server change notifications" msgstr "_Nasłuchiwanie powiadomień o zmianach na serwerze" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:49 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:46 msgid "Folders" msgstr "Katalogi" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:51 msgid "_Show only subscribed folders" msgstr "Wyśw_ietlanie tylko subskrybowanych katalogów" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:54 msgid "O_verride server-supplied folder namespace" msgstr "_Nadpisanie przestrzeni nazw katalogów podanej przez serwer" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:56 msgid "Namespace:" msgstr "Przestrzeń nazw:" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:59 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:41 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:81 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:101 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:41 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opcje" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:61 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:43 msgid "Apply _filters to new messages in all folders" msgstr "_Filtrowanie nowych wiadomości we wszystkich katalogach" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:63 msgid "_Apply filters to new messages in Inbox on this server" msgstr "_Filtrowanie nowych wiadomości w Odebranych na tym serwerze" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:65 msgid "Check new messages for _Junk contents" msgstr "Sprawdzanie nowych wiadomości pod kątem nie_chcianych treści" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:67 msgid "Only check for Junk messages in the IN_BOX folder" msgstr "Szukanie niechcianych tylko w katalogu _Odebrane" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:69 msgid "Automatically synchroni_ze remote mail locally" msgstr "Automatyczne synch_ronizowanie zdalnej poczty lokalnie" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:75 msgid "Default IMAP port" msgstr "Domyślny port IMAP" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:76 msgid "IMAP over SSL" msgstr "IMAP przez SSL" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:83 msgid "IMAP+" msgstr "IMAP+" #: ../camel/providers/imapx/camel-imapx-provider.c:85 msgid "For reading and storing mail on IMAP servers." msgstr "Przeglądanie i przechowywanie poczty na serwerach IMAP." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:194 #, c-format msgid "~%s (%s)" msgstr "~%s (%s)" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:204 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:213 #, c-format msgid "mailbox: %s (%s)" msgstr "mailbox: %s (%s)" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:222 #, c-format msgid "%s (%s)" msgstr "%s (%s)" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:499 msgid "_Index message body data" msgstr "_Indeksowanie treści wiadomości" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-folder.c:727 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot get message %s from folder %s\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Nie można pobrać wiadomości %s z katalogu %s\n" "%s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:43 msgid "_Use the '.folders' folder summary file (exmh)" msgstr "_Użycie pliku podsumowania katalogu \".folders\" (exmh)" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:50 msgid "MH-format mail directories" msgstr "Katalogi z wiadomościami formacie MH" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:51 msgid "For storing local mail in MH-like mail directories." msgstr "Przechowywanie lokalnej poczty w katalogach podobnych do MH." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:68 msgid "Local delivery" msgstr "Dostarczanie lokalne" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:69 msgid "" "For retrieving (moving) local mail from standard mbox-formatted spools into " "folders managed by Evolution." msgstr "" "Pobieranie (przenoszenie) lokalnej poczty ze standardowych kolejek w " "formacie mbox do katalogów zarządzanych przez program Evolution." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:83 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:103 msgid "_Apply filters to new messages in Inbox" msgstr "_Filtrowanie nowych wiadomości w Odebranych" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:90 msgid "Maildir-format mail directories" msgstr "Katalogi z wiadomościami formacie Maildir" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:91 msgid "For storing local mail in maildir directories." msgstr "Przechowywanie lokalnej poczty w katalogach Maildir." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:104 msgid "_Store status headers in Elm/Pine/Mutt format" msgstr "_Zapisywanie nagłówków opisujących stanu formacie Elm/Pine/Mutt" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:111 msgid "Standard Unix mbox spool file" msgstr "Standardowy uniksowy plik poczty mbox" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:112 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:126 msgid "" "For reading and storing local mail in external standard mbox spool files.\n" "May also be used to read a tree of Elm, Pine, or Mutt style folders." msgstr "" "Odczyt i przechowywanie lokalnej poczty w zewnętrznych standardowych " "plikach.\n" "kolejek w formacie mbox. Opcji tej można użyć do odczytu drzewa katalogów\n" "obsługiwanego przez programy Elm, Pine czy Mutt." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-provider.c:125 msgid "Standard Unix mbox spool directory" msgstr "Standardowy uniksowy katalog poczty mbox" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:98 #, c-format msgid "Could not rename folder %s to %s: %s" msgstr "Nie można zmienić nazwy katalogu %s na %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:180 #, c-format msgid "Local mail file %s" msgstr "Lokalny plik z wiadomościami %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:223 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:383 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:117 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:581 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:89 #, c-format msgid "Store root %s is not an absolute path" msgstr "" "Lokalizacja nadrzędna miejsca przechowywania %s nie jest ścieżką bezwzględną" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:232 #, c-format msgid "Store root %s is not a regular directory" msgstr "" "Lokalizacja nadrzędna miejsca przechowywania %s nie jest zwykłym katalogiem" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:244 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:254 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:396 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:145 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get folder: %s: %s" msgstr "Nie można pobrać katalogu: %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:291 #, c-format msgid "Local stores do not have an inbox" msgstr "Lokalne miejsca przechowywania nie mają skrzynki odbiorczej" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:456 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:748 #, c-format msgid "Could not delete folder index file '%s': %s" msgstr "Nie można usunąć pliku \"%s\" z indeksem katalogu: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:484 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:778 #, c-format msgid "Could not delete folder meta file '%s': %s" msgstr "Nie można usunąć metapliku katalogu \"%s\": %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-store.c:596 #, c-format msgid "Could not rename '%s': %s" msgstr "Nie można zmienić nazwy \"%s\": %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-local-summary.c:567 #, c-format msgid "Unable to add message to summary: unknown reason" msgstr "Nie można dodać wiadomości do zestawienia: przyczyna nieznana" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:100 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:335 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:117 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:329 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:159 msgid "No such message" msgstr "Nie ma takiej wiadomości" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:225 #, c-format msgid "Cannot append message to maildir folder: %s: " msgstr "Nie można dołączyć wiadomości do katalogu w formacie maildir: %s: " #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:273 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:283 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:390 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:171 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:181 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get message %s from folder %s: " msgstr "Nie można pobrać wiadomości %s z katalogu %s: " #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-folder.c:353 #, c-format msgid "Cannot transfer message to destination folder: %s" msgstr "Nie można przenieść wiadomości do katalogu docelowego: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:125 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:850 #, c-format msgid "Folder %s already exists" msgstr "Katalog %s już istnieje" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:230 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:261 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:403 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:424 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create folder '%s': %s" msgstr "Nie można utworzyć katalogu \"%s\": %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:245 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:369 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:524 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get folder '%s': %s" msgstr "Nie można pobrać katalogu \"%s\": %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:251 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:379 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:533 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get folder '%s': folder does not exist." msgstr "Nie można pobrać katalogu \"%s\": katalog nie istnieje." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:278 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get folder '%s': not a maildir directory." msgstr "" "Nie można pobrać katalogu \"%s\": nie jest katalogiem z wiadomościami w " "formacie maildir." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:283 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:442 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:566 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create folder '%s': folder exists." msgstr "Nie można utworzyć katalogu \"%s\": katalog istnieje." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:347 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:387 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:684 #, c-format msgid "Could not delete folder '%s': %s" msgstr "Nie można usunąć katalogu \"%s\": %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:349 msgid "not a maildir directory" msgstr "to nie katalog z wiadomościami w formacie maildir" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:630 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-store.c:1065 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:214 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:233 #, c-format msgid "Could not scan folder '%s': %s" msgstr "Nie można przeszukać katalogu \"%s\": %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-summary.c:458 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-summary.c:591 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open maildir directory path: %s: %s" msgstr "Nie można otworzyć katalogu z wiadomościami ze ścieżki: %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-summary.c:582 msgid "Checking folder consistency" msgstr "Sprawdzanie spójności katalogu" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-summary.c:675 msgid "Checking for new messages" msgstr "Wyszukiwanie nowych wiadomości" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-maildir-summary.c:770 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:450 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:683 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:832 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:141 msgid "Storing folder" msgstr "Zapisywanie katalogu" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:187 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open mailbox: %s: " msgstr "Nie można otworzyć skrzynki: %s: " #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:253 #, c-format msgid "Cannot append message to mbox file: %s: " msgstr "Nie można dołączyć wiadomości do pliku mbox: %s: " #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:382 msgid "The folder appears to be irrecoverably corrupted." msgstr "Katalog jest uszkodzony w sposób uniemożliwiający naprawę." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-folder.c:439 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-folder.c:69 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create folder lock on %s: %s" msgstr "Nie można utworzyć blokady katalogu dla %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:391 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:589 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create a folder by this name." msgstr "Nie można utworzyć katalogu o tej nazwie." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:435 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get folder '%s': not a regular file." msgstr "Nie można pobrać katalogu \"%s\": to nie jest zwykły plik." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:605 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create directory '%s': %s." msgstr "Nie można utworzyć katalogu \"%s\": %s." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:617 #, c-format msgid "Cannot create folder: %s: %s" msgstr "Nie można utworzyć katalogu: %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:619 msgid "Folder already exists" msgstr "Katalog już istnieje" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:659 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:672 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:701 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not delete folder '%s':\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Nie można usunąć katalogu \"%s\":\n" "%s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:682 #, c-format msgid "'%s' is not a regular file." msgstr "\"%s\" nie jest zwykłym plikiem." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:691 #, c-format msgid "Folder '%s' is not empty. Not deleted." msgstr "Katalog \"%s\" nie jest pusty. Nie został usunięty." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:718 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:733 #, c-format msgid "Could not delete folder summary file '%s': %s" msgstr "Nie można usunąć pliku podsumowania katalogu \"%s\": %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:815 #, c-format msgid "The new folder name is illegal." msgstr "Nowa nazwa katalogu jest niedozwolona." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:831 #, c-format msgid "Could not rename '%s': '%s': %s" msgstr "Nie można zmienić nazwy \"%s\": \"%s\": %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-store.c:915 #, c-format msgid "Could not rename '%s' to %s: %s" msgstr "Nie można zmienić nazwy \"%s\" na %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:460 #, c-format msgid "Could not open folder: %s: %s" msgstr "Nie można otworzyć katalogu %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:522 #, c-format msgid "Fatal mail parser error near position %s in folder %s" msgstr "Krytyczny błąd przetwarzania na pozycji %s w katalogu %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:607 #, c-format msgid "Cannot check folder: %s: %s" msgstr "Nie można sprawdzić katalogu: %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:696 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:841 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:148 #, c-format msgid "Could not open file: %s: %s" msgstr "Nie można otworzyć pliku %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:711 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:163 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open temporary mailbox: %s" msgstr "Nie można otworzyć tymczasowej skrzynki: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:728 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:958 #, c-format msgid "Could not close source folder %s: %s" msgstr "Nie można zamknąć katalogu źródłowego %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:741 #, c-format msgid "Could not close temporary folder: %s" msgstr "Nie można zamknąć katalogu tymczasowego: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:760 #, c-format msgid "Could not rename folder: %s" msgstr "Nie można zmienić nazwy katalogu: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:855 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1124 #, c-format msgid "Could not store folder: %s" msgstr "Nie można zapisać katalogu: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:894 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1164 #, c-format msgid "" "MBOX file is corrupted, please fix it. (Expected a From line, but didn't get " "it.)" msgstr "" "Plik MBOX jest uszkodzony, proszę go naprawić (oczekiwano wiersza Od:, ale " "go nie otrzymano)." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:904 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1176 #, c-format msgid "Summary and folder mismatch, even after a sync" msgstr "Niezgodność katalogu z zestawieniem, nawet po synchronizacji" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1069 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:356 #, c-format msgid "Unknown error: %s" msgstr "Nieznany błąd: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1234 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1264 #, c-format msgid "Writing to temporary mailbox failed: %s" msgstr "Zapisanie do tymczasowej skrzynki się nie powiodło: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mbox-summary.c:1253 #, c-format msgid "Writing to temporary mailbox failed: %s: %s" msgstr "Zapisanie do tymczasowej skrzynki się nie powiodło: %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-folder.c:118 #, c-format msgid "Cannot append message to mh folder: %s: " msgstr "Nie można dołączyć wiadomości do katalogu mh: %s: " # y, c-format #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:543 #, c-format msgid "Could not create folder '%s': %s" msgstr "Nie można utworzyć katalogu \"%s\": %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-store.c:559 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get folder '%s': not a directory." msgstr "Nie można pobrać katalogu \"%s\": nie jest katalogiem." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-mh-summary.c:232 #, c-format msgid "Cannot open MH directory path: %s: %s" msgstr "Nie można otworzyć ścieżki katalogu MH: %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:97 #, c-format msgid "Spool '%s' cannot be opened: %s" msgstr "Nie można otworzyć kolejki \"%s\": %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:111 #, c-format msgid "Spool '%s' is not a regular file or directory" msgstr "Kolejka \"%s\" nie jest zwykłym plikiem lub katalogiem" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:427 #, c-format msgid "Spool mail file %s" msgstr "Plik %s z kolejką wiadomości" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:431 #, c-format msgid "Spool folder tree %s" msgstr "Drzewo katalogów kolejek %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:434 msgid "Invalid spool" msgstr "Nieprawidłowa kolejka" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:494 #, c-format msgid "Folder '%s/%s' does not exist." msgstr "katalogu \"%s/%s\" nie istnieje." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:507 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not open folder '%s':\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Nie można otworzyć katalogu \"%s\":\n" "%s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:513 #, c-format msgid "Folder '%s' does not exist." msgstr "Katalog \"%s\" nie istnieje." # y, c-format #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:521 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not create folder '%s':\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Nie można utworzyć katalogu \"%s\":\n" "%s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:534 #, c-format msgid "'%s' is not a mailbox file." msgstr "\"%s\" nie jest plikiem skrzynki." #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:598 #, c-format msgid "Store does not support an INBOX" msgstr "Miejsce przechowywania nie obsługuje katalogu Odebrane" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:617 #, c-format msgid "Spool folders cannot be deleted" msgstr "Nie można usuwać katalogów kolejek" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-store.c:632 #, c-format msgid "Spool folders cannot be renamed" msgstr "Nie można zmieniać nazw katalogów kolejek" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:179 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:191 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:203 #, c-format msgid "Could not synchronize temporary folder %s: %s" msgstr "Nie można zsynchronizować katalogu tymczasowego %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:221 #, c-format msgid "Could not synchronize spool folder %s: %s" msgstr "Nie można zsynchronizować katalogu kolejki %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:253 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:272 #: ../camel/providers/local/camel-spool-summary.c:285 #, c-format msgid "" "Could not synchronize spool folder %s: %s\n" "Folder may be corrupt, copy saved in '%s'" msgstr "" "Nie można zsynchronizować katalogu kolejki %s: %s\n" "Katalog może być uszkodzony, zapisano kopię w \"%s\"" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:287 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:392 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:516 #, c-format msgid "Internal error: UID in invalid format: %s" msgstr "Błąd wewnętrzny: UID w nieprawidłowej postaci: %s" # c-format #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:351 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:356 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:698 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:1173 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get message %s: %s" msgstr "Nie można pobrać wiadomości %s: %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:363 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:542 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:623 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:688 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:707 #, c-format msgid "Cannot get message %s: " msgstr "Nie można pobrać wiadomości %s: " #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:531 #, c-format msgid "This message is not currently available" msgstr "Ta wiadomość jest obecnie niedostępna" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:599 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:605 #, c-format msgid "Posting failed: %s" msgstr "Wysłanie się nie powiodło: %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:670 msgid "Posting failed: " msgstr "Wysłanie się nie powiodło: " #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:695 #, c-format msgid "You cannot post NNTP messages while working offline!" msgstr "" "Nie można wysyłać wiadomości NNTP podczas działania w trybie offline." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-folder.c:715 #, c-format msgid "You cannot copy messages from a NNTP folder!" msgstr "Nie można kopiować wiadomości z katalogu NNTP." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:48 msgid "" "_Show folders in short notation (e.g. c.o.linux rather than comp.os.linux)" msgstr "_Skrócone nazwy katalogów (np. c.o.linux zamiast comp.os.linux)" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:51 msgid "In the subscription _dialog, show relative folder names" msgstr "Wyświetlanie względnych _nazw katalogów w oknie subskrypcji" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:57 msgid "Default NNTP port" msgstr "Domyślny port NNTP" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:58 msgid "NNTP over SSL" msgstr "NNTP przez SSL" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:64 msgid "USENET news" msgstr "Grupy dyskusyjne USENET" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:66 msgid "This is a provider for reading from and posting to USENET newsgroups." msgstr "" "To jest dostawca pozwalający na odczyt i wysyłanie na grupy nowin USENET." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:87 msgid "" "This option will connect to the NNTP server anonymously, without " "authentication." msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-provider.c:97 msgid "" "This option will authenticate with the NNTP server using a plaintext " "password." msgstr "" "Przy tej opcji uwierzytelnianie na serwerze NNTP nastąpi używając hasła w " "postaci czystego tekstu." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:386 #, c-format msgid "Could not read greeting from %s: " msgstr "Nie można odczytać powitania z %s: " #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:394 #, c-format msgid "NNTP server %s returned error code %d: %s" msgstr "Serwer NNTP %s zwrócił kod błędu %d: %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:555 #, c-format msgid "USENET News via %s" msgstr "Grupy dyskusyjne USENET za pośrednictwem %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1227 #, c-format msgid "" "Error retrieving newsgroups:\n" "\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Błąd podczas pobierania grup dyskusyjnych:\n" "\n" "%s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1339 #, c-format msgid "You cannot create a folder in a News store: subscribe instead." msgstr "" "Nie można utworzyć katalogu w drzewie grup dyskusyjnych: zamiast tego należy " "subskrybować grupę." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1355 #, c-format msgid "You cannot rename a folder in a News store." msgstr "Nie można usunąć katalogu z drzewa grup dyskusyjnych." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1378 #, c-format msgid "You cannot remove a folder in a News store: unsubscribe instead." msgstr "" "Nie można usunąć katalogu w drzewie grup dyskusyjnych: zamiast tego należy " "usunąć subskrypcję grupy." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1597 #, c-format msgid "" "You cannot subscribe to this newsgroup:\n" "\n" "No such newsgroup. The selected item is a probably a parent folder." msgstr "" "Nie można subskrybować tej grupy:\n" "\n" "Nie ma takiej grupy. Wybrany element jest prawdopodobnie katalogiem " "nadrzędnym." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:1664 #, c-format msgid "" "You cannot unsubscribe to this newsgroup:\n" "\n" "newsgroup does not exist!" msgstr "" "Nie można usunąć subskrypcji tej grupy:\n" "\n" "Grupa nie istnieje." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:2101 msgid "NNTP Command failed: " msgstr "Polecenie NNTP się nie powiodło: " #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:2198 #, c-format msgid "Not connected." msgstr "Brak połączenia." #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-store.c:2292 #, c-format msgid "No such folder: %s" msgstr "Katalog nie istnieje: %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:200 #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:339 #, c-format msgid "%s: Scanning new messages" msgstr "%s: Wyszukiwanie nowych wiadomości" # FIXME - xover? A może z końca? #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:222 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected server response from xover: %s" msgstr "Nieoczekiwana odpowiedź serwera od xover: %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:360 #, c-format msgid "Unexpected server response from head: %s" msgstr "Nieoczekiwana odpowiedź serwera z początku: %s" #: ../camel/providers/nntp/camel-nntp-summary.c:407 #, c-format msgid "Operation failed: %s" msgstr "Działanie się nie powiodło: %s" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:509 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:588 #, c-format msgid "No message with UID %s" msgstr "Brak wiadomości o UID %s" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:604 #, c-format msgid "Retrieving POP message %d" msgstr "Pobieranie wiadomości %d. z serwera POP" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:699 msgid "Unknown reason" msgstr "Nieznana przyczyna" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:751 msgid "Retrieving POP summary" msgstr "Pobieranie zestawienia POP" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:812 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:815 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:828 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:841 #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:855 msgid "Cannot get POP summary: " msgstr "Nie można pobrać zestawienia POP: " #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:966 msgid "Expunging old messages" msgstr "Oczyszczanie ze starych wiadomości" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-folder.c:992 msgid "Expunging deleted messages" msgstr "Oczyszczanie z usuniętych wiadomości" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:39 msgid "Message Storage" msgstr "Przechowywanie wiadomości" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:41 msgid "_Leave messages on server" msgstr "_Pozostawianie wiadomości na serwerze" #. Translators: '%s' is replaced with a widget, where user can #. * select how many days can be message left on the server. #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:45 #, c-format msgid "_Delete after %s day(s)" msgstr "_Usuwanie po %s dniach" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:47 msgid "Delete _expunged from local Inbox" msgstr "Usuń _oczyszczone z lokalnej skrzynki odbiorczej" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:49 msgid "Disable _support for all POP3 extensions" msgstr "_Bez obsługi jakichkolwiek rozszerzeń POP3" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:55 msgid "Default POP3 port" msgstr "Domyślny port POP3" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:56 msgid "POP3 over SSL" msgstr "POP3 przez SSL" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:63 msgid "POP" msgstr "POP" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:65 msgid "For connecting to and downloading mail from POP servers." msgstr "Łączenie się i pobieranie poczty z serwerów POP." #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:85 msgid "" "This option will connect to the POP server using a plaintext password. This " "is the only option supported by many POP servers." msgstr "" "Przy tej opcji uwierzytelnianie na serwerze POP będzie nastąpi używając " "hasła w postaci czystego tekstu. Wiele serwerów POP obsługuje tylko tę opcję." #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-provider.c:95 msgid "" "This option will connect to the POP server using an encrypted password via " "the APOP protocol. This may not work for all users even on servers that " "claim to support it." msgstr "" "Przy tej opcji uwierzytelnianie na serwerze POP nastąpi używając protokołu " "APOP. Może on nie funkcjonować dla wszystkich użytkowników, nawet, jeśli " "serwer teoretycznie obsługuje protokół." #. Translators: This is the separator between an error and an explanation #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:99 msgid ": " msgstr ": " #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:161 #, c-format msgid "Failed to read a valid greeting from POP server %s" msgstr "" "Odczytanie prawidłowego przywitania z serwera POP %s się nie powiodło" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:176 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to POP server %s in secure mode: %s" msgstr "" "Połączenie z serwerem POP %s w trybie bezpiecznym się nie powiodło: %s" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:177 msgid "STLS not supported by server" msgstr "STLS nie jest obsługiwane przez serwer" #. Translators: Last %s is an optional #. * explanation beginning with ": " separator. #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:198 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to POP server %s in secure mode%s" msgstr "Połączenie z serwerem POP %s w trybie bezpiecznym się nie powiodło%s" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:211 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to POP server %s in secure mode: " msgstr "Połączenie z serwerem POP %s w trybie bezpiecznym się nie powiodło: " #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:351 #, c-format msgid "Cannot login to POP server %s: SASL Protocol error" msgstr "" "Nie można zalogować się na serwerze POP %s: błąd na poziomie protokołu SASL" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:373 #, c-format msgid "Failed to authenticate on POP server %s: " msgstr "Uwierzytelnienie na serwerze POP %s się nie powiodło: " #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:481 #, c-format msgid "POP3 server %s" msgstr "Serwer POP3 %s" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:484 #, c-format msgid "POP3 server for %s on %s" msgstr "Serwer POP3 dla %s na %s" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:704 #, c-format msgid "" "Unable to connect to POP server %s:\tInvalid APOP ID received. Impersonation " "attack suspected. Please contact your admin." msgstr "" "Nie można połączyć się z serwerem POP %s:\tOdebrano nieprawidłowy " "identyfikator APOP. Podejrzenie ataku przejęcia tożsamości. Proszę " "skontaktować się z administratorem." #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:759 #, c-format msgid "" "Unable to connect to POP server %s.\n" "Error sending password: " msgstr "" "Nie można połączyć się z serwerem POP %s.\n" "Błąd podczas wysyłania hasła: " #. Translators: Last %s is an optional explanation #. * beginning with ": " separator. #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:774 #, c-format msgid "" "Unable to connect to POP server %s.\n" "Error sending username%s" msgstr "" "Nie można połączyć się z serwerem POP %s.\n" "Wystąpił błąd podczas wysyłania nazwy użytkownika%s" #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:856 #, c-format msgid "No such folder '%s'." msgstr "Katalog \"%s\" nie istnieje." #: ../camel/providers/pop3/camel-pop3-store.c:873 #, c-format msgid "POP3 stores have no folder hierarchy" msgstr "Przechowalnie POP3 nie posiadają hierarchii katalogów" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-provider.c:36 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/sendmail.source.in.h:1 msgid "Sendmail" msgstr "Sendmail" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-provider.c:38 msgid "" "For delivering mail by passing it to the \"sendmail\" program on the local " "system." msgstr "" "Wysyłanie poczty poprzez przekazywanie jej działającemu lokalnie programowi " "\"sendmail\"." #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:50 msgid "sendmail" msgstr "sendmail" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:52 msgid "Mail delivery via the sendmail program" msgstr "Wysyłanie wiadomości za pomocą programu sendmail" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:140 #, c-format msgid "Failed to read From address" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:157 #, c-format msgid "Message send in offline mode is disabled" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:185 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse recipient list" msgstr "Nie można przetworzyć listy odbiorców" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:202 #, c-format msgid "Could not parse arguments" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:233 #, c-format msgid "Could not create pipe to '%s': %s: mail not sent" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:258 #, c-format msgid "Could not fork '%s': %s: mail not sent" msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:307 msgid "Could not send message: " msgstr "Nie można wysłać wiadomości: " #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:337 #, c-format msgid "'%s' exited with signal %s: mail not sent." msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:347 #, c-format msgid "Could not execute '%s': mail not sent." msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/sendmail/camel-sendmail-transport.c:352 #, c-format msgid "'%s' exited with status %d: mail not sent." msgstr "" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-provider.c:42 msgid "Default SMTP port" msgstr "Domyślny port SMTP" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-provider.c:43 msgid "SMTP over SSL" msgstr "SMTP przez SSL" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-provider.c:44 msgid "Message submission port" msgstr "Port wysyłania wiadomości" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-provider.c:50 msgid "SMTP" msgstr "SMTP" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-provider.c:52 msgid "For delivering mail by connecting to a remote mailhub using SMTP." msgstr "" "Wysyłanie poczty za pośrednictwem połączenia ze zdalnym serwerem pocztowym " "używając SMTP." #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:158 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:166 msgid "Welcome response error: " msgstr "Błąd odpowiedzi na powitanie: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:202 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to SMTP server %s in secure mode: %s" msgstr "" "Połączenie z serwerem SMTP %s w trybie bezpiecznym się nie powiodło: %s" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:212 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:226 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:234 msgid "STARTTLS command failed: " msgstr "Polecenie STARTTLS się nie powiodło: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:246 #, c-format msgid "Failed to connect to SMTP server %s in secure mode: " msgstr "" "Połączenie z serwerem SMTP %s w trybie bezpiecznym się nie powiodło: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:338 #, c-format msgid "SMTP server %s" msgstr "Serwer SMTP %s" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:341 #, c-format msgid "SMTP mail delivery via %s" msgstr "Wysyłanie wiadomości za pomocą SMTP poprzez %s" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:415 #, c-format msgid "SMTP server %s does not support %s authentication" msgstr "Serwer SMTP %s nie obsługuje uwierzytelniania %s" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:496 #, c-format msgid "No SASL mechanism was specified" msgstr "Nie podano mechanizmu SASL" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:526 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:537 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:550 msgid "AUTH command failed: " msgstr "Polecenie AUTH się nie powiodło: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:691 #, c-format msgid "Cannot send message: service not connected." msgstr "Nie można wysłać wiadomości: brak połączenia z usługą." #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:698 #, c-format msgid "Cannot send message: sender address not valid." msgstr "Nie można wysłać wiadomości: nieprawidłowy adres nadawcy." #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:702 msgid "Sending message" msgstr "Wysyłanie wiadomości" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:727 #, c-format msgid "Cannot send message: no recipients defined." msgstr "Nie można wysłać wiadomości: nie podano odbiorców." #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:740 #, c-format msgid "Cannot send message: one or more invalid recipients" msgstr "" "Nie można wysłać wiadomości: co najmniej jeden z odbiorców jest nieprawidłowy" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:861 msgid "Syntax error, command unrecognized" msgstr "Błąd składniowy. Nie rozpoznano polecenia." #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:863 msgid "Syntax error in parameters or arguments" msgstr "Błąd składniowy wśród parametrów lub parametrów" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:865 msgid "Command not implemented" msgstr "Niezaimplementowane polecenie" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:867 msgid "Command parameter not implemented" msgstr "Niezaimplementowany parametr polecenia" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:869 msgid "System status, or system help reply" msgstr "Stan systemu lub odpowiedź z pomocą systemową" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:871 msgid "Help message" msgstr "Komunikat pomocy" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:873 msgid "Service ready" msgstr "Usługa gotowa" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:875 msgid "Service closing transmission channel" msgstr "Usługa zamyka kanał transmisyjny" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:877 msgid "Service not available, closing transmission channel" msgstr "Usługa nie jest dostępna, zamykanie kanału transmisyjnego" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:879 msgid "Requested mail action okay, completed" msgstr "Pomyślnie wykonano żądaną operację na wiadomości" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:881 msgid "User not local; will forward to " msgstr "Użytkownik nie jest lokalny; przesłanie do " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:883 msgid "Requested mail action not taken: mailbox unavailable" msgstr "" "Nie wykonano żądanej operacji na wiadomości: skrzynka jest niedostępna" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:885 msgid "Requested action not taken: mailbox unavailable" msgstr "Nie wykonano żądanej operacji: skrzynka jest niedostępna" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:887 msgid "Requested action aborted: error in processing" msgstr "Przerwano żądaną czynność: błąd podczas przetwarzania" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:889 msgid "User not local; please try " msgstr "Użytkownik nie jest lokalny; proszę spróbować " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:891 msgid "Requested action not taken: insufficient system storage" msgstr "" "Nie wykonano żądanej operacji: brak miejsca w miejscu przechowywania " "wiadomości" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:893 msgid "Requested mail action aborted: exceeded storage allocation" msgstr "Przerwano żądaną czynność: przekroczony wykorzystany rozmiar" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:895 msgid "Requested action not taken: mailbox name not allowed" msgstr "Nie wykonano żądanej operacji: niedozwolona nazwa skrzynki" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:897 msgid "Start mail input; end with ." msgstr "" "Rozpoczynanie wprowadzania wiadomości; proszę zakończyć przez ." #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:899 msgid "Transaction failed" msgstr "Transakcja się nie powiodła" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:903 msgid "A password transition is needed" msgstr "Wymagana jest zmiana hasła" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:905 msgid "Authentication mechanism is too weak" msgstr "Mechanizm uwierzytelniania jest za słaby" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:907 msgid "Encryption required for requested authentication mechanism" msgstr "Żądany mechanizm uwierzytelniający wymaga szyfrowania" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:909 msgid "Temporary authentication failure" msgstr "Chwilowe niepowodzenie podczas uwierzytelniania" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1166 msgid "SMTP Greeting" msgstr "Powitanie SMTP" #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1193 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1207 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1215 msgid "HELO command failed: " msgstr "Polecenie HELO się nie powiodło: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1290 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1305 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1315 msgid "MAIL FROM command failed: " msgstr "Polecenie MAIL FROM się nie powiodło: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1342 msgid "RCPT TO command failed: " msgstr "Polecenie RCPT TO się nie powiodło: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1359 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1369 #, c-format msgid "RCPT TO <%s> failed: " msgstr "Wykonanie RCPT TO <%s> się nie powiodło: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1412 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1423 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1434 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1493 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1513 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1527 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1536 msgid "DATA command failed: " msgstr "Polecenie DATA się nie powiodło: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1561 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1576 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1585 msgid "RSET command failed: " msgstr "Polecenie RSET się nie powiodło: " #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1610 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1624 #: ../camel/providers/smtp/camel-smtp-transport.c:1631 msgid "QUIT command failed: " msgstr "Polecenie QUIT się nie powiodło: " #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.addressbook.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Contact UID of a user" msgstr "UID kontaktu użytkownika" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder" msgstr "Przypominanie o urodzinach i rocznicach" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "Whether to set a reminder for birthdays and anniversaries" msgstr "Określa, czy ustawić przypominanie dla urodzin i rocznic" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder value" msgstr "Wartość przypomnień o urodzinach i rocznicach" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Number of units for determining a birthday or anniversary reminder" msgstr "" "Liczba jednostek do ustalania przypominania o urodzinach lub rocznicach" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Birthday and anniversary reminder units" msgstr "Jednostki przypominania o urodzinach i rocznicach" #: ../data/org.gnome.evolution-data-server.calendar.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Units for a birthday or anniversary reminder, \"minutes\", \"hours\" or " "\"days\"" msgstr "" "Jednostki dla przypominania o urodzinach i rocznicach, \"minutes\" (minuty), " "\"hours\" (godziny) lub \"days\" (dni)" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:205 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:216 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:862 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:1198 msgid "Bus name vanished (client terminated?)" msgstr "Nazwa magistrali zniknęła (klient został zakończony?)" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:264 msgid "No response from client" msgstr "Brak odpowiedzi od klienta" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:334 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:345 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:856 #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:1192 msgid "Client cancelled the operation" msgstr "Klient anulował działanie" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-mediator.c:416 msgid "Client reports password was rejected" msgstr "Klient zgłasza, że hasło zostało odrzucone" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-session.c:569 msgid "Add this password to your keyring" msgstr "Dodanie tego hasła do bazy kluczy" #: ../libebackend/e-authentication-session.c:674 msgid "Password was incorrect" msgstr "Niepoprawne hasło" #: ../libebackend/e-backend.c:428 #, c-format msgid "%s does not support authentication" msgstr "%s nie obsługuje uwierzytelniania" #: ../libebackend/e-collection-backend.c:800 #, c-format msgid "%s does not support creating remote resources" msgstr "%s nie obsługuje tworzenia zdalnych zasobów" #: ../libebackend/e-collection-backend.c:859 #, c-format msgid "%s does not support deleting remote resources" msgstr "%s nie obsługuje usuwania zdalnych zasobów" #: ../libebackend/e-data-factory.c:304 #, c-format msgid "No backend factory for hash key '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:134 #, c-format msgid "Data source is missing a [%s] group" msgstr "Brak grupy [%s] w źródle danych" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1008 #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:1138 #, c-format msgid "Data source '%s' does not support creating remote resources" msgstr "Źródło danych \"%s\" nie obsługuje tworzenia zdalnych zasobów" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1022 #, c-format msgid "" "Data source '%s' has no collection backend to create the remote resource" msgstr "" "Źródło danych \"%s\" nie posiada mechanizmu kolekcji do tworzenia zdalnych " "zasobów" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1050 #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:1251 #, c-format msgid "Data source '%s' does not support deleting remote resources" msgstr "Źródło danych \"%s\" nie obsługuje usuwania zdalnych zasobów" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1064 #, c-format msgid "" "Data source '%s' has no collection backend to delete the remote resource" msgstr "" "Źródło danych \"%s\" nie posiada mechanizmu kolekcji do usuwania zdalnych " "zasobów" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1095 #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:1347 #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/module-ubuntu-online-accounts.c:1028 #, c-format msgid "Data source '%s' does not support OAuth 2.0 authentication" msgstr "" #: ../libebackend/e-server-side-source.c:1438 #, c-format msgid "File must have a '.source' extension" msgstr "Plik musi mieć rozszerzenie \".source\"" #: ../libebackend/e-source-registry-server.c:532 #: ../libedataserver/e-source-registry.c:1876 msgid "The user declined to authenticate" msgstr "Użytkownik odmówił uwierzytelnienia" #: ../libebackend/e-source-registry-server.c:801 #, c-format msgid "UID '%s' is already in use" msgstr "UID \"%s\" jest już używany" #: ../libebackend/e-user-prompter-server.c:306 #, c-format msgid "Extension dialog '%s' not found." msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:46 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Anniversary" msgstr "Rocznica" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:47 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Birthday" msgstr "Urodziny" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:48 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Business" msgstr "Służbowe" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:49 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Competition" msgstr "Konkurencja" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:50 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Favorites" msgstr "Ulubione" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:51 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Gifts" msgstr "Prezenty" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:52 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Goals/Objectives" msgstr "Cele" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:53 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Holiday" msgstr "Dzień wolny" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:54 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Holiday Cards" msgstr "Kartki świąteczne" #. important people (e.g. new business partners) #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:56 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Hot Contacts" msgstr "Ważne kontakty" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:57 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Ideas" msgstr "Pomysły" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:58 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "International" msgstr "Międzynarodowe" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:59 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Key Customer" msgstr "Kluczowy klient" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:60 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Różne" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:61 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Personal" msgstr "Osobiste" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:62 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Phone Calls" msgstr "Rozmowy telefoniczne" #. Translators: "Status" is a category name; it can mean anything user wants to #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:64 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Status" msgstr "Stan" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:65 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Strategies" msgstr "Strategie" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:66 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Suppliers" msgstr "Dostawcy" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:67 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Time & Expenses" msgstr "Czas i wydatki" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:68 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "VIP" msgstr "VIP" #: ../libedataserver/e-categories.c:69 msgctxt "CategoryName" msgid "Waiting" msgstr "Oczekujące" #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:133 msgid "Source not loaded" msgstr "Nie można wczytać źródła" #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:135 msgid "Source already loaded" msgstr "Źródło zostało już wczytane" #. Translators: This means that the EClient does not #. * support offline mode, or it's not set to by a user, #. * thus it is unavailable while user is not connected. #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:146 msgid "Offline unavailable" msgstr "Tryb offline jest niedostępny" #: ../libedataserver/e-client.c:168 msgid "D-Bus error" msgstr "Błąd D-Bus" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:166 msgid "Address book authentication request" msgstr "Żądanie uwierzytelnienia książki adresowej" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:171 msgid "Calendar authentication request" msgstr "Żądanie uwierzytelnienia kalendarza" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:175 msgid "Mail authentication request" msgstr "Żądanie uwierzytelnienia poczty" #. generic account prompt #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:178 msgid "Authentication request" msgstr "Żądanie uwierzytelnienia" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:188 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for address book \"%s\"." msgstr "Proszę podać hasło dla książki adresowej \"%s\"." #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:194 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for calendar \"%s\"." msgstr "Proszę podać hasło dla kalendarza \"%s\"." #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:200 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for mail account \"%s\"." msgstr "Proszę podać hasło dla konta poczty \"%s\"." #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:206 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for mail transport \"%s\"." msgstr "Proszę podać hasło dla przesyłania poczty \"%s\"." #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:212 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for memo list \"%s\"." msgstr "Proszę podać hasło dla listy notatek \"%s\"." #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:218 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for task list \"%s\"." msgstr "Proszę podać hasło dla listy zadań \"%s\"." #: ../libedataserver/e-source-authenticator.c:224 #, c-format msgid "Please enter the password for account \"%s\"." msgstr "Proszę podać hasło dla konta \"%s\"." #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:627 #, c-format msgid "Source file is missing a [%s] group" msgstr "Brak grupy [%s] w pliku źródła" #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:949 #, c-format msgid "Data source '%s' is not removable" msgstr "Źródło danych \"%s\" nie jest usuwalne" #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:1041 #, c-format msgid "Data source '%s' is not writable" msgstr "Źródło danych \"%s\" nie jest zapisywalne" #: ../libedataserver/e-source.c:1559 msgid "Unnamed" msgstr "Bez nazwy" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-mail-signature.c:487 #, c-format msgid "Signature script must be a local file" msgstr "Skrypt podpisu musi być lokalnym plikiem" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-webdav.c:1553 #, c-format msgid "" "SSL certificate for host '%s', used by address book '%s', is not trusted. Do " "you wish to accept it?" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-webdav.c:1562 #, c-format msgid "" "SSL certificate for host '%s', used by calendar '%s', is not trusted. Do you " "wish to accept it?" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-webdav.c:1571 #, c-format msgid "" "SSL certificate for host '%s', used by memo list '%s', is not trusted. Do " "you wish to accept it?" msgstr "" #: ../libedataserver/e-source-webdav.c:1580 #, c-format msgid "" "SSL certificate for host '%s', used by task list '%s', is not trusted. Do " "you wish to accept it?" msgstr "" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 12-hour format. #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 12-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1663 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1962 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%a, %d.%m.%Y %I:%M:%S %p" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 24-hour format. #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 24-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1668 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1953 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%a, %d.%m.%Y %H:%M:%S" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 12-hour format, without seconds. #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 12-hour format, without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1673 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1958 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %I:%M %p" msgstr "%a, %d.%m.%Y %I:%M %p" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without seconds. #. strftime format of a weekday, a date and a #. * time, in 24-hour format, without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1678 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1949 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %H:%M" msgstr "%a, %d.%m.%Y %H:%M" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 12-hour format, without minutes or seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1683 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %I %p" msgstr "%a, %d.%m.%Y %I %p" #. strptime format of a weekday, a date and a time, #. * in 24-hour format, without minutes or seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1688 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y %H" msgstr "%a, %d.%m.%Y %H" #. strptime format of a weekday and a date. #. strftime format of a weekday and a date. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1691 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1811 #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1944 msgid "%a %m/%d/%Y" msgstr "%a, %d.%m.%Y" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 12-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1698 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%d.%m.%Y %I:%M:%S %p" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 24-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1702 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %H:%M:%S" msgstr "%d.%m.%Y %H:%M:%S" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 12-hour format, #. * without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1707 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %I:%M %p" msgstr "%d.%m.%Y %I:%M %p" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 24-hour format, #. * without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1712 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %H:%M" msgstr "%d.%m.%Y %H:%M" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 12-hour format, #. * without minutes or seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1717 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %I %p" msgstr "%d.%m.%Y %I %p" #. strptime format of a date and a time, in 24-hour format, #. * without minutes or seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1722 msgid "%m/%d/%Y %H" msgstr "%d.%m.%Y %H" #. strptime format of a weekday and a date. #. This is the preferred date format for the locale. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1725 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1814 msgid "%m/%d/%Y" msgstr "%d.%m.%Y" #. strptime format for a time of day, in 12-hour format. #. strftime format of a time in 12-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1885 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:2006 msgid "%I:%M:%S %p" msgstr "%I:%M:%S %p" #. strptime format for a time of day, in 24-hour format. #. strftime format of a time in 24-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1889 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1998 msgid "%H:%M:%S" msgstr "%H:%M:%S" #. strptime format for time of day, without seconds, #. * in 12-hour format. #. strftime format of a time in 12-hour format, #. * without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1894 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:2003 msgid "%I:%M %p" msgstr "%I:%M %p" #. strptime format for time of day, without seconds 24-hour format. #. strftime format of a time in 24-hour format, #. * without seconds. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1898 ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1995 msgid "%H:%M" msgstr "%H:%M" #. strptime format for time of day, without seconds 24-hour format, #. * and no colon. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1902 msgid "%H%M" msgstr "%H%M" #. strptime format for hour and AM/PM, 12-hour format. #: ../libedataserver/e-time-utils.c:1906 msgid "%I %p" msgstr "%I %p" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "Proxy type to use" msgstr "Typ używanego pośrednika" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "What proxy type to use. \"0\" means system, \"1\" means no proxy, \"2\" " "means manual proxy." msgstr "" "Jakiego typu pośrednika używać. \"0\" oznacza systemowy, \"1\" oznacza brak " "pośrednika, \"2\" oznacza ręcznie ustawienie pośrednika." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Whether to use http-proxy" msgstr "Określa, czy używać pośrednika HTTP" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "Whether to use proxy for HTTP requests." msgstr "Określa, czy używać pośrednika dla żądań HTTP." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:5 msgid "Whether proxy server requires authentication" msgstr "Określa, czy serwer pośrednika wymaga uwierzytelnienia" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "Whether authentication is required to access proxy server." msgstr "" "Określa, czy uwierzytelnienie jest wymagane do dostępu do serwera pośrednika." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Host name for HTTP requests" msgstr "Nazwa komputera dla żądań HTTP" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Host name to use for HTTP requests." msgstr "Nazwa komputera do użycia dla żądań HTTP." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Port number for HTTP requests" msgstr "Numer portu dla żądań HTTP" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Port number to use for HTTP requests." msgstr "Numer portu do użycia dla żądań HTTP." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Proxy authentication user name" msgstr "Nazwa użytkownika uwierzytelnienia pośrednika" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "User name to use to authenticate against proxy server." msgstr "Nazwa użytkownika do uwierzytelnienia na serwerze pośrednika." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Proxy authentication password" msgstr "Hasło uwierzytelnienia pośrednika" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Password to use to authenticate against proxy server." msgstr "Hasło do uwierzytelnienia na serwerze pośrednika." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "List of hosts to connect to without proxy" msgstr "Lista komputerów do połączenia bez pośrednika" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "List of hosts for which do not use proxy." msgstr "Lista komputerów, dla których nie używać pośrednika." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Host name for HTTPS requests" msgstr "Nazwa komputera dla żądań HTTPS" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Host name to use for HTTPS requests." msgstr "Nazwa komputera do użycia dla żądań HTTPS." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "Port number for HTTPS requests" msgstr "Numer portu dla żądań HTTPS" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Port number to use for HTTPS requests." msgstr "Numer portu do użycia dla żądań HTTPS." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "Host name for SOCKS requests" msgstr "Nazwa komputera dla żądań SOCKS" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Host name to use for SOCKS requests." msgstr "Nazwa komputera do użycia dla żądań SOCKS." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:23 msgid "Port number for SOCKS requests" msgstr "Numer portu dla żądań SOCKS" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "Port number to use for SOCKS requests." msgstr "Numer portu do użycia dla żądań SOCKS." #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Automatic proxy configuration URL" msgstr "Adres URL automatycznej konfiguracji pośrednika" #: ../libedataserver/org.gnome.evolution.shell.network-config.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "Where to read automatic proxy configuration from." msgstr "Skąd odczytywać automatyczną konfigurację pośrednika." #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/e-goa-password-based.c:131 #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/e-signon-session-password.c:365 #, c-format msgid "No such data source for UID '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/e-goa-password-based.c:143 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot find a corresponding account in the org.gnome.OnlineAccounts service " "from which to obtain a password for '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/e-goa-password-based.c:219 #, c-format msgid "Invalid password for '%s'" msgstr "" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:222 #, c-format msgid "Code: %u - Unexpected response from server" msgstr "Kod: %u - nieoczekiwana odpowiedź od serwera" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:243 #, c-format msgid "Failed to parse autodiscover response XML" msgstr "" "Przetworzenie kodu XML odpowiedzi automatycznego wykrywania się nie powiodło" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:252 #, c-format msgid "Failed to find Autodiscover element" msgstr "Odnalezienie elementu automatycznego wykrywania się nie powiodło" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:264 #, c-format msgid "Failed to find Response element" msgstr "Odnalezienie elementu odpowiedzi się nie powiodło" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:276 #, c-format msgid "Failed to find Account element" msgstr "Odnalezienie elementu konta się nie powiodło" #. TODO: more specific #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/goaewsclient.c:290 #, c-format msgid "Failed to find ASUrl and OABUrl in autodiscover response" msgstr "" "Odnalezienie ASUrl i OABUrl w odpowiedzi automatycznego wykrywania się nie " "powiodło" #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/module-gnome-online-accounts.c:1241 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot find a corresponding account in the org.gnome.OnlineAccounts service " "from which to obtain an access token for '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/gnome-online-accounts/module-gnome-online-accounts.c:1268 #, c-format msgid "Failed to obtain an access token for '%s': " msgstr "" #: ../modules/google-backend/module-google-backend.c:192 #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/calendar.service-type.in.in.h:1 #: ../modules/yahoo-backend/module-yahoo-backend.c:200 msgid "Calendar" msgstr "Kalendarz" #: ../modules/google-backend/module-google-backend.c:261 #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/contacts.service-type.in.in.h:1 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/contacts-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "Contacts" msgstr "Kontakty" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:292 msgid "Not part of certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:575 msgid "_Close" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:600 msgid "This certificate has been verified for the following uses:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:604 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:387 msgid "SSL Client Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:609 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:391 msgid "SSL Server Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:614 msgid "Email Signer Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:619 msgid "Email Recipient Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:634 msgid "Issued To" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:635 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:641 msgid "Common Name (CN)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:636 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:642 msgid "Organization (O)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:637 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:643 msgid "Organizational Unit (OU)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:638 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:134 msgid "Serial Number" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:640 msgid "Issued By" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:645 msgid "Validity" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:646 msgid "Issued On" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:647 msgid "Expires On" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:649 msgid "Fingerprints" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:650 msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:651 msgid "MD5 Fingerprint" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:653 msgid "General" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:672 msgid "Certificate Hierarchy" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:676 msgid "Certificate Fields" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:680 msgid "Field Value" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/certificate-viewer.c:682 msgid "Details" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:95 msgid "Version" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:110 msgid "Version 1" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:113 msgid "Version 2" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:116 msgid "Version 3" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:192 msgid "PKCS #1 MD2 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:195 msgid "PKCS #1 MD5 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:198 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-1 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:201 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-256 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:204 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-384 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:207 msgid "PKCS #1 SHA-512 With RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:234 msgid "PKCS #1 RSA Encryption" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:237 msgid "Certificate Key Usage" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:240 msgid "Netscape Certificate Type" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:243 msgid "Certificate Authority Key Identifier" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:255 #, c-format msgid "Object Identifier (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:306 msgid "Algorithm Identifier" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:314 msgid "Algorithm Parameters" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:336 msgid "Subject Public Key Info" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:341 msgid "Subject Public Key Algorithm" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:356 msgid "Subject's Public Key" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:378 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:428 msgid "Error: Unable to process extension" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:395 msgid "Email" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:399 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:411 msgid "Object Signer" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:403 msgid "SSL Certificate Authority" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:407 msgid "Email Certificate Authority" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:436 msgid "Signing" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:440 msgid "Non-repudiation" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:444 msgid "Key Encipherment" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:448 msgid "Data Encipherment" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:452 msgid "Key Agreement" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:456 msgid "Certificate Signer" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:460 msgid "CRL Signer" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:509 msgid "Critical" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:511 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:514 msgid "Not Critical" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:535 msgid "Extensions" msgstr "" #. Translators: This string is used in Certificate #. * details for fields like Issuer or Subject, which #. * shows the field name on the left and its respective #. * value on the right, both as stored in the #. * certificate itself. You probably do not need to #. * change this string, unless changing the order of #. * name and value. As a result example: #. * "OU = VeriSign Trust Network" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:615 #, c-format msgid "%s = %s" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:658 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:674 #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:812 msgid "Certificate Signature Algorithm" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:683 msgid "Issuer" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:714 msgid "Subject" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:738 msgid "Issuer Unique ID" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:757 msgid "Subject Unique ID" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/e-asn1-object.c:818 msgid "Certificate Signature Value" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:201 msgid "The signing certificate authority is not known." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:203 msgid "" "The certificate does not match the expected identity of the site that it was " "retrieved from." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:205 msgid "The certificate's activation time is still in the future." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:207 msgid "The certificate has expired." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:209 msgid "" "The certificate has been revoked according to the connection's certificate " "revocation list." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/module-trust-prompt.c:211 msgid "The certificate's algorithm is considered insecure." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:162 msgid "Certificate trust..." msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:163 msgid "_View Certificate" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:164 msgid "_Reject" msgstr "_Odrzuć" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:165 msgid "Accept _Temporarily" msgstr "Zaakceptuj ty_mczasowo" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:166 msgid "_Accept Permanently" msgstr "Zaakceptuj na _stałe" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:203 #, c-format msgid "SSL certificate for '%s' is not trusted. Do you wish to accept it?" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:209 msgid "Detailed information about the certificate:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:223 msgid "Issuer:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:224 msgid "Subject:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:225 msgid "Fingerprint:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/trust-prompt/trust-prompt-gtk.c:226 msgid "Reason:" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/calendar.service-type.in.in.h:2 msgid "Integrate your calendars" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/contacts.service-type.in.in.h:2 msgid "Integrate your contacts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/e-signon-session-password.c:257 msgid "Signon service did not return a secret" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/evolution-data-server-uoa.desktop.in.in.h:1 msgid "Evolution Data Server" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/evolution-data-server-uoa.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Required to have EDS appear in UOA" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/google-calendar.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "Google Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/google-contacts.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "Google Contacts" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/google-gmail.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "GMail" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/mail.service-type.in.in.h:1 msgid "Mail" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/mail.service-type.in.in.h:2 msgid "Integrate your mailboxes" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/module-ubuntu-online-accounts.c:1009 #, c-format msgid "" "Cannot find a corresponding account service in the accounts database from " "which to obtain an access token for '%s'" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:85 #, c-format msgid "Expected status 200 when requesting guid, instead got status %d (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:102 #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:299 msgid "Error parsing response as JSON: " msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:120 msgid "Didn't find email member in JSON data" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:282 #, c-format msgid "" "Expected status 200 when requesting your identity, instead got status %d (%s)" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:317 msgid "Didn't find 'id' in JSON data" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/uoa-utils.c:322 msgid "Didn't find 'emails.account' in JSON data" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/windows-live-mail.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "Windows Live Mail" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/yahoo-calendar.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "Yahoo! Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../modules/ubuntu-online-accounts/yahoo-mail.service.in.in.h:1 msgid "Yahoo! Mail" msgstr "" #: ../modules/yahoo-backend/module-yahoo-backend.c:227 msgid "Tasks" msgstr "Zadania" #: ../services/evolution-addressbook-factory/evolution-addressbook-factory.c:47 #: ../services/evolution-calendar-factory/evolution-calendar-factory.c:51 #: ../services/evolution-user-prompter/evolution-user-prompter.c:31 msgid "Keep running after the last client is closed" msgstr "Dalsze działanie po zamknięciu ostatniego klienta" #: ../services/evolution-addressbook-factory/evolution-addressbook-factory.c:49 #: ../services/evolution-calendar-factory/evolution-calendar-factory.c:53 msgid "Wait running until at least one client is connected" msgstr "Oczekiwanie, dopóki co najmniej jeden klient nie zostanie połączony" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/birthdays.source.in.h:1 msgid "Birthdays & Anniversaries" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/caldav-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "CalDAV" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/google-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "Google" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/ldap-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "On LDAP Servers" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/local.source.in.h:1 #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/local-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "On This Computer" msgstr "Lokalne" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/vfolder.source.in.h:1 msgid "Search Folders" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/weather-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "Weather" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/webcal-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "On The Web" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-source-registry/builtin/webdav-stub.source.in.h:1 msgid "WebDAV" msgstr "" #: ../services/evolution-user-prompter/prompt-user-gtk.c:122 msgid "_Dismiss" msgstr "" language-pack-gnome-pl-base/data/pl/LC_MESSAGES/file-roller.po0000644000000000000000000011655512321560322020765 0ustar # -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- # Aviary.pl # Jeśli masz jakiekolwiek uwagi odnoszące się do tłumaczenia lub chcesz # pomóc w jego rozwijaniu i pielęgnowaniu, napisz do nas: # gnomepl@aviary.pl # -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- # Sławomir Mikuła , 2002. # Zbigniew Chyla , 2003. # Artur Flinta , 2003-2006. # Wadim Dziedzic , 2007-2008. # Tomasz Dominikowski , 2007-2009. # Piotr Drąg , 2009-2013. # Aviary.pl , 2007-2013. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: file-roller\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-27 16:23+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-17 18:12+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Piotr Drąg \n" "Language-Team: Polish \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n==1 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 " "|| n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:49+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Poedit-Country: Poland\n" "Language: pl\n" "X-Poedit-Language: Polish\n" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:165 #, c-format msgid "File is not a valid .desktop file" msgstr "Plik nie jest prawidłowym plikiem .desktop" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:190 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized desktop file Version '%s'" msgstr "Nierozpoznany plik .desktop w wersji \"%s\"" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:973 #, c-format msgid "Starting %s" msgstr "Uruchamianie %s" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:1115 #, c-format msgid "Application does not accept documents on command line" msgstr "Program nie przyjmuje dokumentów w wierszu poleceń" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:1183 #, c-format msgid "Unrecognized launch option: %d" msgstr "Nierozpoznana opcja startowa: %d" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:1388 #, c-format msgid "Can't pass documents to this desktop element" msgstr "Nie można przekazać dokumentów do elementu pliku .desktop" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggdesktopfile.c:1409 #, c-format msgid "Not a launchable item" msgstr "Nie można uruchomić elementu" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:226 msgid "Disable connection to session manager" msgstr "Rozłącza połączenie z menedżerem sesji" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:229 msgid "Specify file containing saved configuration" msgstr "Określa plik zawierający zapisaną konfigurację" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:229 msgid "FILE" msgstr "PLIK" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:232 msgid "Specify session management ID" msgstr "Określa identyfikator zarządzania sesją" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:232 msgid "ID" msgstr "Identyfikator" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:253 msgid "Session management options:" msgstr "Opcje zarządzania sesją:" #: ../copy-n-paste/eggsmclient.c:254 msgid "Show session management options" msgstr "Wyświetla opcje zarządzania sesją" #: ../data/file-roller.desktop.in.in.h:1 ../src/fr-window.c:2052 #: ../src/fr-window.c:5441 msgid "Archive Manager" msgstr "Menedżer archiwów" #: ../data/file-roller.desktop.in.in.h:2 msgid "Create and modify an archive" msgstr "Tworzenie i modyfikowanie archiwów" #: ../data/file-roller.desktop.in.in.h:3 msgid "zip;tar;extract;unpack;" msgstr "zip;tar;rozpakuj;rozpakowanie;rozpakowywanie;" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:1 msgid "How to sort files" msgstr "Jak porządkować pliki" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:2 msgid "" "What criteria must be used to arrange files. Possible values: name, size, " "type, time, path." msgstr "" "Jakich kryteriów używać do porządkowania plików. Możliwe wartości: name, " "size, type, time, path." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:3 msgid "Sort type" msgstr "Rodzaj porządkowania" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:4 msgid "" "Whether to sort in ascending or descending direction. Possible values: " "ascending, descending." msgstr "" "Określa, czy porządkować w kierunku rosnącym lub malejącym. Możliwe " "wartości: ascending, descending." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:5 ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:2 msgid "List Mode" msgstr "Tryb listy" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:6 msgid "" "Use 'all-files' to view all the files in the archive in a single list, use " "'as-folder' to navigate the archive as a folder." msgstr "" "Użycie wartości \"all-files\" wyświetli wszystkie pliki w archiwum na " "pojedynczej liście, użycie wartości \"as-folder\" wyświetli archiwum jako " "katalog." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:7 msgid "Display type" msgstr "Wyświetlanie typu" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:8 msgid "Display the type column in the main window." msgstr "Wyświetlanie kolumny typu w głównym oknie." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:9 msgid "Display size" msgstr "Wyświetlanie rozmiaru" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:10 msgid "Display the size column in the main window." msgstr "Wyświetlanie kolumny rozmiaru w głównym oknie." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:11 msgid "Display time" msgstr "Wyświetlanie daty" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:12 msgid "Display the time column in the main window." msgstr "Wyświetlanie kolumny daty w głównym oknie." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:13 msgid "Display path" msgstr "Wyświetlanie ścieżki" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:14 msgid "Display the path column in the main window." msgstr "Wyświetlanie kolumny ścieżki w głównym oknie." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:15 msgid "Name column width" msgstr "Szerokość kolumny nazwy" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:16 msgid "The default width of the name column in the file list." msgstr "Domyślna szerokość kolumny nazwy na liście plików." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:17 msgid "Max history length" msgstr "Maksymalna długość historii" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:18 msgid "Max number of items in the 'Open Recents' submenu." msgstr "Maksymalna liczba elementów w podmenu \"Otwórz ostatnie\"." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:19 msgid "View toolbar" msgstr "Wyświetlanie paska narzędziowego" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:20 msgid "Whether to display the toolbar." msgstr "Określa, czy wyświetlać pasek narzędziowy." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:21 msgid "View statusbar" msgstr "Wyświetlanie paska stanu" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:22 msgid "Whether to display the statusbar." msgstr "Określa, czy wyświetlać pasek stanu." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:23 ../src/ui.h:208 msgid "View the folders pane" msgstr "Wyświetla panel katalogów" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:24 msgid "Whether to display the folders pane." msgstr "Określa, czy wyświetlać panel katalogów." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:25 msgid "Editors" msgstr "Edytory" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:26 msgid "" "List of applications entered in the 'Open File' dialog and not associated " "with the file type." msgstr "" "Lista programów podanych w oknie \"Otwórz plik\", niepowiązanych z typem " "pliku." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:27 msgid "Compression level" msgstr "Poziom kompresji" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:28 msgid "" "Compression level used when adding files to an archive. Possible values: " "very-fast, fast, normal, maximum." msgstr "" "Poziom kompresji używany podczas dodawania plików do archiwum. Możliwe " "wartości: very-fast, fast, normal, maximum." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:29 msgid "Encrypt the archive header" msgstr "Szyfrowanie nagłówka archiwum" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:30 msgid "" "Whether to encrypt the archive header. If the header is encrypted the " "password will be required to list the archive content as well." msgstr "" "Określa, czy szyfrować nagłówek archiwum. Jeśli nagłówek jest szyfrowany, to " "do wyświetlenia zawartości archiwum będzie wymagane hasło." #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:31 msgid "Do not overwrite newer files" msgstr "Bez zastępowania nowszych plików" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:32 msgid "Recreate the folders stored in the archive" msgstr "Odtwarzanie katalogów w archiwum" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:33 msgid "Default volume size" msgstr "Domyślny rozmiar woluminu" #: ../data/org.gnome.FileRoller.gschema.xml.in.h:34 msgid "The default size for volumes." msgstr "Domyślny rozmiar woluminów." #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:327 msgid "Extract Here" msgstr "Rozpakuj tutaj" #. Translators: the current position is the current folder #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:329 msgid "Extract the selected archive to the current position" msgstr "Rozpakowuje wybrane archiwum w bieżącym położeniu" #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:346 msgid "Extract To..." msgstr "Rozpakuj do..." #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:347 msgid "Extract the selected archive" msgstr "Rozpakowuje wybrane archiwum" #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:366 msgid "Compress..." msgstr "Utwórz archiwum..." #: ../nautilus/nautilus-fileroller.c:367 msgid "Create a compressed archive with the selected objects" msgstr "Tworzy skompresowane archiwum z zaznaczonych obiektów" #: ../src/actions.c:112 ../src/fr-window.c:5735 ../src/fr-window.c:6262 msgid "Open" msgstr "Otwórz" #: ../src/actions.c:125 ../src/fr-window.c:5291 msgid "All archives" msgstr "Wszystkie archiwa" #: ../src/actions.c:132 msgid "All files" msgstr "Wszystkie pliki" #: ../src/actions.c:499 msgid "Copyright © 2001–2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc." msgstr "Copyright © 2001–2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc." #: ../src/actions.c:500 msgid "An archive manager for GNOME." msgstr "Menedżer archiwów dla środowiska GNOME." #: ../src/actions.c:503 msgid "translator-credits" msgstr "" "Sławomir Mikuła , 2002\n" "Zbigniew Chyla , 2003\n" "Artur Flinta , 2003-2006\n" "Wadim Dziedzic , 2007-2008\n" "Tomasz Dominikowski , 2007-2009\n" "Piotr Drąg , 2009-2013\n" "Aviary.pl , 2007-2013\n" "\n" "Launchpad Contributions:\n" " GNOME PL Team https://launchpad.net/~translators-gnomepl\n" " Patryk Wychowaniec https://launchpad.net/~p98\n" " Piotr Drąg https://launchpad.net/~raven46\n" " Piotr Łukomiak https://launchpad.net/~pioluk\n" " Tomasz Dominikowski https://launchpad.net/~dominikowski\n" " Wadim Dziedzic https://launchpad.net/~nikdo\n" " falcone https://launchpad.net/~przemyslawsokol" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:116 msgid "Could not add the files to the archive" msgstr "Nie można dodać plików do archiwum" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:117 #, c-format msgid "You don't have the right permissions to read files from folder \"%s\"" msgstr "Brak uprawnień do odczytu plików z katalogu \"%s\"" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:182 ../src/ui.h:47 msgid "Add Files" msgstr "Dodaj pliki" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:193 msgid "_Options" msgstr "_Opcje" #. load options #: ../src/dlg-add.c:202 ../src/ui/add-options.ui.h:1 msgid "Load Options" msgstr "Wczytanie opcji" #. save options #: ../src/dlg-add.c:209 ../src/dlg-add.c:827 msgid "Save Options" msgstr "Zapis opcji" #. clear options #: ../src/dlg-add.c:216 msgid "Reset Options" msgstr "Przywróć domyślne opcje" #: ../src/dlg-add.c:828 msgid "_Options Name:" msgstr "Nazwa _opcji:" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/dlg-ask-password.c:132 #, c-format msgid "Password required for \"%s\"" msgstr "Wymagane jest hasło dla \"%s\"" #: ../src/dlg-ask-password.c:141 msgid "Wrong password." msgstr "Błędne hasło." #: ../src/dlg-batch-add.c:87 ../src/fr-application.c:329 #: ../src/fr-application.c:683 msgid "Compress" msgstr "Kompresja" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:96 ../src/fr-window.c:6820 #, c-format msgid "" "Destination folder \"%s\" does not exist.\n" "\n" "Do you want to create it?" msgstr "" "Katalog docelowy \"%s\" nie istnieje.\n" "\n" "Utworzyć go?" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:105 ../src/fr-window.c:6829 msgid "Create _Folder" msgstr "U_twórz katalog" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:124 ../src/dlg-extract.c:142 ../src/dlg-extract.c:169 #: ../src/fr-window.c:4241 ../src/fr-window.c:6724 ../src/fr-window.c:6729 #: ../src/fr-window.c:6850 ../src/fr-window.c:6869 ../src/fr-window.c:6874 msgid "Extraction not performed" msgstr "Nie przeprowadzono rozpakowania plików" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:125 ../src/fr-window.c:6846 #, c-format msgid "Could not create the destination folder: %s." msgstr "Nie można utworzyć katalogu docelowego: %s." #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:170 ../src/fr-window.c:4410 ../src/fr-window.c:4494 #, c-format msgid "" "You don't have the right permissions to extract archives in the folder \"%s\"" msgstr "Brak uprawnień do rozpakowania plików do katalogu \"%s\"" #: ../src/dlg-extract.c:283 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:1 #: ../src/ui.h:114 msgid "Extract" msgstr "Rozpakuj" #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:112 ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:225 msgid "There was an internal error trying to search for applications:" msgstr "Wystąpił wewnętrzny błąd podczas próby wyszukania programów:" #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:294 ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:303 #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:331 ../src/fr-archive.c:744 #: ../src/fr-window.c:3970 ../src/fr-window.c:7453 ../src/fr-window.c:7810 #: ../src/fr-window.c:9357 msgid "Archive type not supported." msgstr "Nieobsługiwany typ archiwum." #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:313 #, c-format msgid "" "There is no command installed for %s files.\n" "Do you want to search for a command to open this file?" msgstr "" "Nie zainstalowano polecenia dla plików %s.\n" "Wyszukać polecenie, aby otworzyć ten plik?" #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:318 msgid "Could not open this file type" msgstr "Nie można otworzyć pliku tego typu" #: ../src/dlg-package-installer.c:321 msgid "_Search Command" msgstr "Wy_szukaj polecenie" #: ../src/dlg-password.c:91 #, c-format msgid "Enter a password for \"%s\"" msgstr "Proszę wprowadzić hasło dla \"%s\"" #: ../src/dlg-prop.c:96 #, c-format msgid "%s Properties" msgstr "Właściwości archiwum %s" #: ../src/dlg-update.c:163 #, c-format msgid "Update the file \"%s\" in the archive \"%s\"?" msgstr "Zaktualizować plik \"%s\" w archiwum \"%s\"?" #. secondary text #: ../src/dlg-update.c:174 ../src/dlg-update.c:199 ../src/ui/update.ui.h:2 #, c-format msgid "" "The file has been modified with an external application. If you don't update " "the file in the archive, all of your changes will be lost." msgid_plural "" "%d files have been modified with an external application. If you don't " "update the files in the archive, all of your changes will be lost." msgstr[0] "" "Plik został zmodyfikowany za pomocą zewnętrznego programu. Jeśli plik w " "archiwum nie zostanie zaktualizowany, to wszystkie zmiany zostaną utracone." msgstr[1] "" "%d pliki zostały zmodyfikowane za pomocą zewnętrznego programu. Jeśli pliki " "w archiwum nie zostaną zaktualizowane, to wszystkie zmiany zostaną utracone." msgstr[2] "" "%d plików zostało zmodyfikowanych za pomocą zewnętrznego programu. Jeśli " "pliki w archiwum nie zostaną zaktualizowane, to wszystkie zmiany zostaną " "utracone." #: ../src/dlg-update.c:189 #, c-format msgid "Update the files in the archive \"%s\"?" msgstr "Zaktualizować pliki w archiwum \"%s\"?" #: ../src/fr-application.c:65 msgid "Add files to the specified archive and quit the program" msgstr "Dodaje pliki do podanego archiwum i kończy działanie programu" #: ../src/fr-application.c:66 msgid "ARCHIVE" msgstr "ARCHIWUM" #: ../src/fr-application.c:69 msgid "Add files asking the name of the archive and quit the program" msgstr "Dodaje pliki pytając o nazwę archiwum i kończy działanie programu" #: ../src/fr-application.c:73 msgid "Extract archives to the specified folder and quit the program" msgstr "" "Rozpakowuje pliki z archiwów do podanego katalogu i kończy działanie programu" #: ../src/fr-application.c:74 ../src/fr-application.c:86 msgid "FOLDER" msgstr "KATALOG" #: ../src/fr-application.c:77 msgid "Extract archives asking the destination folder and quit the program" msgstr "" "Rozpakowuje pliki z archiwów pytając o katalog i kończy działanie programu" #: ../src/fr-application.c:81 msgid "" "Extract the contents of the archives in the archive folder and quit the " "program" msgstr "" "Rozpakowuje zawartość archiwów do katalogu archiwum i kończy działanie " "programu" #: ../src/fr-application.c:85 msgid "Default folder to use for the '--add' and '--extract' commands" msgstr "Domyślny katalog, używany przy poleceniach \"--add\" i \"--extract\"" #: ../src/fr-application.c:89 msgid "Create destination folder without asking confirmation" msgstr "Tworzy katalog docelowy bez potwierdzenia" #: ../src/fr-application.c:93 msgid "Use the notification system to notify the operation completion" msgstr "Używa systemu powiadamiania do powiadomienia o ukończeniu działania" #: ../src/fr-application.c:96 msgid "Start as a service" msgstr "Uruchamia jako usługa" #: ../src/fr-application.c:99 msgid "Show version" msgstr "Wyświetla wersję" #: ../src/fr-application.c:365 ../src/fr-application.c:401 #: ../src/fr-application.c:427 ../src/fr-application.c:707 #: ../src/fr-window.c:9420 msgid "Extract archive" msgstr "Rozpakowanie plików z archiwum" #: ../src/fr-application.c:565 msgid "- Create and modify an archive" msgstr "- Tworzenie i modyfikowanie archiwów" #. manually set name and icon #: ../src/fr-application.c:833 msgid "File Roller" msgstr "File Roller" #: ../src/fr-archive.c:1845 msgid "You don't have the right permissions." msgstr "Brak uprawnień." #: ../src/fr-archive.c:1845 msgid "This archive type cannot be modified" msgstr "Tego typu archiwum nie można modyfikować" #: ../src/fr-archive.c:1859 msgid "You can't add an archive to itself." msgstr "Nie można dodać pliku archiwum do niego samego." #. Translators: %s is a filename. #: ../src/fr-command-7z.c:297 ../src/fr-command-rar.c:422 #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:304 #, c-format msgid "Adding \"%s\"" msgstr "Dodawanie pliku \"%s\"" #. Translators: %s is a filename. #: ../src/fr-command-7z.c:447 ../src/fr-command-rar.c:554 #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:425 #, c-format msgid "Extracting \"%s\"" msgstr "Rozpakowywanie pliku \"%s\"" #: ../src/fr-command.c:597 #, c-format msgid "Archive not found" msgstr "Nie odnaleziono archiwum" #. Translators: %s is a filename. #: ../src/fr-command-rar.c:503 ../src/fr-command-tar.c:370 #, c-format msgid "Removing \"%s\"" msgstr "Usuwanie pliku \"%s\"" #: ../src/fr-command-rar.c:685 #, c-format msgid "Could not find the volume: %s" msgstr "Nie można odnaleźć woluminu: \"%s\"" #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:380 msgid "Deleting files from archive" msgstr "Usuwanie plików z archiwum" #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:485 msgid "Recompressing archive" msgstr "Ponowne kompresowanie archiwum" #: ../src/fr-command-tar.c:744 msgid "Decompressing archive" msgstr "Dekompresowanie archiwum" #: ../src/fr-file-selector-dialog.c:772 ../src/fr-file-selector-dialog.c:817 msgid "Could not load the location" msgstr "Nie można wczytać położenia" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:344 ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:363 #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:379 ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:427 #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:445 ../src/fr-window.c:2915 msgid "Could not create the archive" msgstr "Nie można utworzyć archiwum" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:346 ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:365 msgid "You have to specify an archive name." msgstr "Należy wprowadzić nazwę archiwum." #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:429 msgid "You don't have permission to create an archive in this folder" msgstr "Brak uprawnień do utworzenia archiwum w tym katalogu" #. Translators: the name references to a filename. This message can appear when renaming a file. #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:447 ../src/fr-window.c:8123 msgid "New name is the same as old one, please type other name." msgstr "Nowa nazwa jest taka sama jak poprzednia. Proszę wpisać inną." #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:466 #, c-format msgid "A file named \"%s\" already exists. Do you want to replace it?" msgstr "Plik o nazwie \"%s\" już istnieje. Zastąpić go?" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:467 #, c-format msgid "" "The file already exists in \"%s\". Replacing it will overwrite its contents." msgstr "Plik już istnieje w \"%s\". Zastąpienie go nadpisze jego zawartość." #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:474 ../src/fr-window.c:6652 msgid "_Replace" msgstr "_Zastąp" #: ../src/fr-new-archive-dialog.c:489 msgid "Could not delete the old archive." msgstr "Nie można usunąć starego archiwum." #: ../src/fr-stock.c:41 msgid "C_reate" msgstr "_Utwórz" #: ../src/fr-stock.c:42 ../src/fr-stock.c:43 msgid "_Add" msgstr "_Dodaj" #: ../src/fr-stock.c:44 msgid "_Extract" msgstr "R_ozpakuj" #: ../src/fr-window.c:1173 msgid "Operation completed" msgstr "Ukończono działanie" #: ../src/fr-window.c:1290 #, c-format msgid "%d object (%s)" msgid_plural "%d objects (%s)" msgstr[0] "%d obiekt (%s)" msgstr[1] "%d obiekty (%s)" msgstr[2] "%d obiektów (%s)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:1295 #, c-format msgid "%d object selected (%s)" msgid_plural "%d objects selected (%s)" msgstr[0] "Zaznaczono %d obiekt (%s)" msgstr[1] "Zaznaczono %d obiekty (%s)" msgstr[2] "Zaznaczono %d obiektów (%s)" #: ../src/fr-window.c:1680 msgid "Folder" msgstr "Katalog" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2060 msgid "[read only]" msgstr "[tylko do odczytu]" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2179 #, c-format msgid "Could not display the folder \"%s\"" msgstr "Nie można wyświetlić katalogu \"%s\"" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2270 ../src/fr-window.c:2308 #, c-format msgid "Creating \"%s\"" msgstr "Tworzenie pliku \"%s\"" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2274 #, c-format msgid "Loading \"%s\"" msgstr "Wczytywanie pliku \"%s\"" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2278 #, c-format msgid "Reading \"%s\"" msgstr "Odczytywanie pliku \"%s\"" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2282 #, c-format msgid "Deleting the files from \"%s\"" msgstr "Usuwanie plików z \"%s\"" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2286 #, c-format msgid "Testing \"%s\"" msgstr "Testowanie pliku \"%s\"" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2289 msgid "Getting the file list" msgstr "Pobieranie listy plików" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2293 #, c-format msgid "Copying the files to add to \"%s\"" msgstr "Kopiowanie plików do dodania do \"%s\"" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2297 #, c-format msgid "Adding the files to \"%s\"" msgstr "Dodawanie plików do \"%s\"" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2301 #, c-format msgid "Extracting the files from \"%s\"" msgstr "Rozpakowywanie plików z \"%s\"" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2304 msgid "Copying the extracted files to the destination" msgstr "Kopiowanie rozpakowanych plików do miejsca docelowego" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2313 #, c-format msgid "Saving \"%s\"" msgstr "Zapisywanie pliku \"%s\"" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2320 #, c-format msgid "Renaming the files in \"%s\"" msgstr "Zmienianie nazw plików w \"%s\"" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2324 #, c-format msgid "Updating the files in \"%s\"" msgstr "Aktualizowanie plików w \"%s\"" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2499 msgid "_Open the Archive" msgstr "_Otwórz archiwum" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2500 msgid "_Show the Files" msgstr "_Wyświetl pliki" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2617 #, c-format msgid "%d file remaining" msgid_plural "%'d files remaining" msgstr[0] "Pozostał %d plik" msgstr[1] "Pozostały %'d pliki" msgstr[2] "Pozostało %'d plików" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2621 ../src/fr-window.c:3196 msgid "Please wait…" msgstr "Proszę czekać…" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2677 msgid "Extraction completed successfully" msgstr "Pomyślnie ukończono rozpakowywanie" #. Translators: %s is a filename #: ../src/fr-window.c:2709 ../src/fr-window.c:6248 #, c-format msgid "\"%s\" created successfully" msgstr "Pomyślnie utworzono \"%s\"" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2799 ../src/fr-window.c:2971 msgid "Command exited abnormally." msgstr "Polecenie zakończyło się z kodem błędu." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2920 msgid "An error occurred while extracting files." msgstr "Wystąpił błąd podczas rozpakowywania plików." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2926 #, c-format msgid "Could not open \"%s\"" msgstr "Nie można otworzyć \"%s\"" #: ../src/fr-window.c:2931 msgid "An error occurred while loading the archive." msgstr "Wystąpił błąd podczas wczytywania archiwum." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2935 msgid "An error occurred while deleting files from the archive." msgstr "Wystąpił błąd podczas usuwania plików z archiwum." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2941 msgid "An error occurred while adding files to the archive." msgstr "Wystąpił błąd podczas dodawania plików do archiwum." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2945 msgid "An error occurred while testing archive." msgstr "Wystąpił błąd podczas testowania archiwum." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2950 msgid "An error occurred while saving the archive." msgstr "Wystąpił błąd podczas zapisywania archiwum." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2954 msgid "An error occurred while renaming the files." msgstr "Wystąpił błąd podczas zmieniania nazw plików." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2958 msgid "An error occurred while updating the files." msgstr "Wystąpił błąd podczas aktualizowania plików." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2962 msgid "An error occurred." msgstr "Wystąpił błąd." #: ../src/fr-window.c:2968 msgid "Command not found." msgstr "Nie odnaleziono polecenia." #: ../src/fr-window.c:3124 msgid "Test Result" msgstr "Wyniki testu" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4088 ../src/fr-window.c:8803 ../src/fr-window.c:8837 #: ../src/fr-window.c:9116 msgid "Could not perform the operation" msgstr "Nie można wykonać działania" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4114 msgid "" "Do you want to add this file to the current archive or open it as a new " "archive?" msgstr "" "Dodać ten plik do bieżącego archiwum, czy też otworzyć go jako nowe archiwum?" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4144 msgid "Do you want to create a new archive with these files?" msgstr "Utworzyć nowe archiwum z użyciem tych plików?" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4147 msgid "Create _Archive" msgstr "U_twórz archiwum" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4176 ../src/fr-window.c:7261 msgid "New Archive" msgstr "Nowe archiwum" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4750 msgid "Folders" msgstr "Katalogi" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4788 ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:7 msgctxt "File" msgid "Size" msgstr "Rozmiar" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4789 msgctxt "File" msgid "Type" msgstr "Typ" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4790 ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:8 msgctxt "File" msgid "Modified" msgstr "Zmodyfikowany" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4791 msgctxt "File" msgid "Location" msgstr "Położenie" #: ../src/fr-window.c:4800 ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:6 msgctxt "File" msgid "Name" msgstr "Nazwa" #. Translators: this is the label for the "open recent file" sub-menu. #: ../src/fr-window.c:5723 msgid "Open _Recent" msgstr "O_twórz ostatnie" #: ../src/fr-window.c:5724 ../src/fr-window.c:5736 msgid "Open a recently used archive" msgstr "Otwiera ostatnio używane archiwum" #: ../src/fr-window.c:5752 msgid "_Other Actions" msgstr "_Inne działania" #: ../src/fr-window.c:5753 msgid "Other actions" msgstr "Inne działania" #. Translators: after the colon there is a folder name. #: ../src/fr-window.c:5821 ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:4 #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:2 msgid "_Location:" msgstr "_Położenie:" #: ../src/fr-window.c:6640 #, c-format msgid "Replace file \"%s\"?" msgstr "Zastąpić plik \"%s\"?" #: ../src/fr-window.c:6643 #, c-format msgid "Another file with the same name already exists in \"%s\"." msgstr "Inny plik o tej samej nazwie już istnieje w \"%s\"." #: ../src/fr-window.c:6650 msgid "Replace _All" msgstr "Z_astąp wszystkie" #: ../src/fr-window.c:6651 msgid "_Skip" msgstr "_Pomiń" #: ../src/fr-window.c:7445 ../src/fr-window.c:7802 #, c-format msgid "Could not save the archive \"%s\"" msgstr "Nie można zapisać archiwum \"%s\"" #: ../src/fr-window.c:7572 msgid "Save" msgstr "Zapisz" #: ../src/fr-window.c:7896 msgid "Last Output" msgstr "Ostatnie dane" #. Translators: the name references to a filename. This message can appear when renaming a file. #: ../src/fr-window.c:8118 msgid "New name is void, please type a name." msgstr "Nowa nazwa jest pusta. Proszę wpisać nazwę." #. Translators: the %s references to a filename. This message can appear when renaming a file. #: ../src/fr-window.c:8128 #, c-format msgid "" "Name \"%s\" is not valid because it contains at least one of the following " "characters: %s, please type other name." msgstr "" "Nazwa \"%s\" jest nieprawidłowa, ponieważ zawiera co najmniej jeden z " "następujących znaków: %s. Proszę wpisać inną nazwę." #: ../src/fr-window.c:8164 #, c-format msgid "" "A folder named \"%s\" already exists.\n" "\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Katalog o nazwie \"%s\" już istnieje.\n" "\n" "%s" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8164 ../src/fr-window.c:8166 msgid "Please use a different name." msgstr "Proszę użyć innej nazwy." #: ../src/fr-window.c:8166 #, c-format msgid "" "A file named \"%s\" already exists.\n" "\n" "%s" msgstr "" "Plik o nazwie \"%s\" już istnieje.\n" "\n" "%s" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8236 msgid "Rename" msgstr "Zmień nazwę" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8237 msgid "_New folder name:" msgstr "_Nowa nazwa katalogu:" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8237 msgid "_New file name:" msgstr "_Nowa nazwa pliku:" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8241 msgid "_Rename" msgstr "Zmień n_azwę" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8258 ../src/fr-window.c:8277 msgid "Could not rename the folder" msgstr "Nie można zmienić nazwy katalogu" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8258 ../src/fr-window.c:8277 msgid "Could not rename the file" msgstr "Nie można zmienić nazwy pliku" #. Translators: %s are archive filenames #: ../src/fr-window.c:8710 #, c-format msgid "Moving the files from \"%s\" to \"%s\"" msgstr "Przenoszenie plików z \"%s\" do \"%s\"" #. Translators: %s are archive filenames #: ../src/fr-window.c:8713 #, c-format msgid "Copying the files from \"%s\" to \"%s\"" msgstr "Kopiowanie plików z \"%s\" do \"%s\"" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8764 msgid "Paste Selection" msgstr "Wklejanie zaznaczenia" #: ../src/fr-window.c:8765 msgid "_Destination folder:" msgstr "Katalog _docelowy:" #: ../src/fr-window.c:9375 msgid "Add files to an archive" msgstr "Dodaje pliki do archiwum" #. This is the time format used in the "Date Modified" column and #. * in the Properties dialog. See the man page of strftime for an #. * explanation of the values. #: ../src/glib-utils.c:769 msgid "%d %B %Y, %H:%M" msgstr "%d %B %Y, %H∶%M" #: ../src/gtk-utils.c:557 msgid "Could not display help" msgstr "Nie można wyświetlić pomocy" #: ../src/gtk-utils.c:651 msgid "Change password visibility" msgstr "Zmiana widoczności hasła" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:1 msgid "Add" msgstr "Dodaj" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:2 msgid "Include _files:" msgstr "Z _określonymi plikami:" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:3 msgid "E_xclude files:" msgstr "_Bez określonych plików:" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:4 msgid "_Exclude folders:" msgstr "Be_z określonych katalogów:" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:5 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:5 msgid "example: *.o; *.bak" msgstr "Na przykład: *.o; *.bak" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:6 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:6 msgid "Actions" msgstr "Czynności" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:7 msgid "Add only if _newer" msgstr "Dodawanie tylko, jeśli _nowszy" #: ../src/ui/add-dialog-options.ui.h:8 msgid "_Follow symbolic links" msgstr "_Podążanie za dowiązaniami symbolicznymi" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:1 msgid "_New Archive" msgstr "_Nowe archiwum" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:3 ../src/ui.h:223 msgid "View All _Files" msgstr "Wyświetlanie _wszystkich plików" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:4 ../src/ui.h:226 msgid "View as a F_older" msgstr "Wyświetlanie w postaci kata_logu" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:5 ../src/ui.h:207 msgid "_Folders" msgstr "_Katalogi" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:6 ../src/ui.h:34 msgid "_Help" msgstr "Pomo_c" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:7 msgid "_About Archive Manager" msgstr "_O menedżerze archiwów" #: ../src/ui/app-menu.ui.h:8 msgid "_Quit" msgstr "Za_kończ" #: ../src/ui/ask-password.ui.h:1 ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:4 msgid "_Password:" msgstr "_Hasło:" #: ../src/ui/delete.ui.h:1 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Usuń" #: ../src/ui/delete.ui.h:2 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:4 msgid "_Files:" msgstr "O_kreślone pliki:" #: ../src/ui/delete.ui.h:3 msgid "example: *.txt; *.doc" msgstr "Na przykład: *.txt; *.doc" #: ../src/ui/delete.ui.h:4 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:2 msgid "_All files" msgstr "W_szystkie pliki" #: ../src/ui/delete.ui.h:5 ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:3 msgid "_Selected files" msgstr "_Wybrane pliki" #: ../src/ui/error-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "C_ommand Line Output:" msgstr "_Dane w wierszu poleceń:" #: ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:7 msgid "_Keep directory structure" msgstr "Zachowanie _struktury katalogów" #: ../src/ui/extract-dialog-options.ui.h:8 msgid "Do not _overwrite newer files" msgstr "Bez _zastępowania nowszych plików" #: ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:1 msgid "_Select All" msgstr "_Zaznacz wszystkie" #: ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:2 ../src/ui.h:102 msgid "Dese_lect All" msgstr "Odz_nacz wszystkie" #: ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:3 msgid "Show Hidden Files" msgstr "Wyświetlanie ukrytych plików" #: ../src/ui/file-selector.ui.h:5 ../src/ui.h:184 msgid "Go up one level" msgstr "Przechodzi o poziom w górę" #: ../src/ui.h:31 msgid "_Archive" msgstr "_Archiwum" #: ../src/ui.h:32 msgid "_Edit" msgstr "_Edycja" #: ../src/ui.h:33 msgid "_View" msgstr "_Widok" #: ../src/ui.h:35 msgid "_Arrange Files" msgstr "_Uporządkowanie plików" #: ../src/ui.h:40 msgid "Information about the program" msgstr "Informacje o programie" #: ../src/ui.h:43 msgid "_Add Files…" msgstr "_Dodaj pliki…" #: ../src/ui.h:44 ../src/ui.h:48 msgid "Add files to the archive" msgstr "Dodaje pliki do archiwum" #: ../src/ui.h:52 msgid "Close the current archive" msgstr "Zamyka bieżące archiwum" #: ../src/ui.h:55 msgid "Contents" msgstr "Spis treści" #: ../src/ui.h:56 msgid "Display the File Roller Manual" msgstr "Wyświetla podręcznik użytkownika programu File Roller" #: ../src/ui.h:61 ../src/ui.h:82 msgid "Copy the selection" msgstr "Kopiuje zaznaczenie" #: ../src/ui.h:65 ../src/ui.h:86 msgid "Cut the selection" msgstr "Wycina zaznaczenie" #: ../src/ui.h:69 ../src/ui.h:90 msgid "Paste the clipboard" msgstr "Wkleja zawartość schowka" #: ../src/ui.h:72 ../src/ui.h:93 msgid "_Rename…" msgstr "Zmień n_azwę…" #: ../src/ui.h:73 ../src/ui.h:94 msgid "Rename the selection" msgstr "Zmienia nazwę zaznaczonych elementów" #: ../src/ui.h:77 ../src/ui.h:98 msgid "Delete the selection from the archive" msgstr "Usuwa zaznaczone elementy z archiwum" #: ../src/ui.h:103 msgid "Deselect all files" msgstr "Odznacza wszystkie pliki" #: ../src/ui.h:106 ../src/ui.h:110 msgid "_Extract…" msgstr "R_ozpakuj…" #: ../src/ui.h:107 ../src/ui.h:111 ../src/ui.h:115 msgid "Extract files from the archive" msgstr "Rozpakowuje pliki z archiwum" #: ../src/ui.h:118 msgid "New…" msgstr "Nowe…" #: ../src/ui.h:119 msgid "Create a new archive" msgstr "Tworzy nowe archiwum" #: ../src/ui.h:122 msgid "Open…" msgstr "Otwórz…" #: ../src/ui.h:123 ../src/ui.h:127 msgid "Open archive" msgstr "Otwiera archiwum" #: ../src/ui.h:130 msgid "_Open With…" msgstr "_Otwórz za pomocą…" #: ../src/ui.h:131 msgid "Open selected files with an application" msgstr "Otwiera zaznaczone pliki przy użyciu wybranego programu" #: ../src/ui.h:134 msgid "Pass_word…" msgstr "_Hasło…" #: ../src/ui.h:135 msgid "Specify a password for this archive" msgstr "Określa hasło dla archiwum" #: ../src/ui.h:139 msgid "Show archive properties" msgstr "Wyświetla właściwości archiwum" #: ../src/ui.h:143 msgid "Reload current archive" msgstr "Wczytuje ponownie zawartość archiwum" #: ../src/ui.h:146 msgid "Save As…" msgstr "Zapisz jako…" #: ../src/ui.h:147 msgid "Save the current archive with a different name" msgstr "Zapisuje bieżące archiwum pod inną nazwą" #: ../src/ui.h:151 msgid "Select all files" msgstr "Zaznacza wszystkie pliki" #: ../src/ui.h:154 msgid "_Test Integrity" msgstr "Test _spójności" #: ../src/ui.h:155 msgid "Test whether the archive contains errors" msgstr "Testowanie poprawności archiwum" #: ../src/ui.h:159 ../src/ui.h:163 msgid "Open the selected file" msgstr "Otwiera zaznaczony plik" #: ../src/ui.h:167 ../src/ui.h:171 msgid "Open the selected folder" msgstr "Otwiera zaznaczony katalog" #: ../src/ui.h:176 msgid "Go to the previous visited location" msgstr "Przechodzi do poprzednio odwiedzonego położenia" #: ../src/ui.h:180 msgid "Go to the next visited location" msgstr "Przechodzi do następnego odwiedzonego położenia" #. Translators: the home location is the home folder. #: ../src/ui.h:189 msgid "Go to the home location" msgstr "Przechodzi do położenia początkowego" #: ../src/ui.h:197 msgid "_Toolbar" msgstr "Pasek _narzędziowy" #: ../src/ui.h:198 msgid "View the main toolbar" msgstr "Wyświetla pasek narzędziowy" #: ../src/ui.h:202 msgid "Stat_usbar" msgstr "Pasek _stanu" #: ../src/ui.h:203 msgid "View the statusbar" msgstr "Wyświetla pasek stanu" #: ../src/ui.h:212 msgid "Find…" msgstr "Znajdź…" #: ../src/ui.h:213 msgid "Find files by name" msgstr "Wyszukuje pliki według nazwy" #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:1 msgid "_Filename:" msgstr "_Nazwa pliku:" #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:3 msgid "Location" msgstr "Położenie" #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:5 msgid "_Encrypt the file list too" msgstr "Szyfrowanie także _listy plików" #. this is part of a sentence, for example "split into volumes of 10.0 MB", where MB stands for megabyte. #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:7 msgid "Split into _volumes of" msgstr "Podział na _woluminy o rozmiarze" #. MB means megabytes #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:9 msgid "MB" msgstr "MB" #: ../src/ui/new-archive-dialog.ui.h:10 msgid "_Other Options" msgstr "_Inne opcje" #: ../src/ui/password.ui.h:1 msgid "Password" msgstr "Hasło" #: ../src/ui/password.ui.h:2 msgid "_Encrypt the file list" msgstr "Szyfrowanie _listy plików" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:1 msgctxt "File" msgid "Name:" msgstr "Nazwa:" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:2 msgid "Archive size:" msgstr "Rozmiar archiwum:" #. after the colon there is a folder name. #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:4 msgid "Location:" msgstr "Położenie:" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:5 msgid "Compression ratio:" msgstr "Współczynnik kompresji:" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:6 msgid "Last modified:" msgstr "Ostatnia modyfikacja:" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:7 msgid "Content size:" msgstr "Rozmiar zawartości:" #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:8 msgid "Number of files:" msgstr "Liczba plików:" #. after the colon there is a file type. #: ../src/ui/properties.ui.h:10 msgid "Type:" msgstr "Typ:" #: ../src/ui/update.ui.h:1 msgid "_Update" msgstr "Zakt_ualizuj" #: ../src/ui/update.ui.h:3 msgid "S_elect the files you want to update:" msgstr "Pr_oszę wybrać pliki do aktualizacji:" language-pack-gnome-pl-base/data/pl/LC_MESSAGES/GConf2.po0000644000000000000000000024664012321560322017626 0ustar # -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- # Aviary.pl # Jeśli masz jakiekolwiek uwagi odnoszące się do tłumaczenia lub chcesz # pomóc w jego rozwijaniu i pielęgnowaniu, napisz do nas: # gnomepl@aviary.pl # -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: gconf\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 18:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-01-17 21:37+0000\n" "Last-Translator: wadim dziedzic \n" "Language-Team: Polish \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2014-04-10 11:56+0000\n" "X-Generator: Launchpad (build 16976)\n" "X-Poedit-Country: Poland\n" "X-Poedit-Language: Polish\n" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:162 #, c-format msgid "Failed to get configuration file path from '%s'" msgstr "Nie powiodło się pobranie ścieżki pliku konfiguracyjnego z \"%s\"" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:173 #, c-format msgid "Created Evolution/LDAP source using configuration file '%s'" msgstr "" "Utworzono źródło Evolution/LDAP przy użyciu pliku konfiguracyjnego \"%s\"" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:447 #, c-format msgid "Unable to parse XML file '%s'" msgstr "Nie można przetworzyć pliku XML \"%s\"" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:456 #, c-format msgid "Config file '%s' is empty" msgstr "Plik konfiguracyjny \"%s\" jest pusty" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:467 #, c-format msgid "Root node of '%s' must be , not <%s>" msgstr "Węzeł główny \"%s\" musi być typu , a nie <%s>" #: ../backends/evoldap-backend.c:505 #, c-format msgid "No